saws 
raasth Sehr sauron ie 


Stet 
terres 
af 


Shepesess 
by edt ont 
ai a tegsirecte 
(eS 
Utes 


Soe eth i 
etree ese Se 


re) Saat “ ie 
ord ao epee paar 
Srstowribs ate arpa ternearsrer ate 


en 


~d mc " as 
Fore piste 
* sy ‘ Bares weet 
yy 
Scant teat 
is ieee 
i 
ve dy 4 is sf 
Pegi th 
ata oe 
o2. t . ws a . a zi 
Z x ; 
: : : one 
+ it aiake 
; Matti 
Wile 
. at 
iy oF : 
; seh | ana Mtesecd 
: ‘ ars Shines 
| : i Se ietee 
Ba y * , ind veabed eit capbantes 


mh 


ae 


ra 
ante 


Meera hbelets 
en) Fritiyige al legate 


oe 
yeas pe td 


enadt cite 
uatetictersa tens fue “Dee ble arta iat 
re] auc aries apa ie imagenes eae 
faa Pdi a seigetects eptegeti terse a 
ils Bollf beatatea tances 


chateseni st 
i 


lard ety hy abet 
pica htier si } Bt 
Berane I ae 
Hane , roth 
f Py a eC tt er sae Pet 
Js ooh) ty saan Abeer 
a re lyse ‘e Ue ea t 


i 
Beat 


AD): 
aay ~~ 
at ae 
Toreneit 


ere teOatts 
2 Serehiorn 


iat 


sailbenen at 
Bestar 


iy 


a matty 


i eter 


Behe 
‘sehsyos vende, i 
spaniel ateiary] 
i xi 


iat} of 
a shies 
pia wre dat he 


<a ofl ow a 
cea 
it brotitl ; "i 


Eerie 
Bhi thy 

atte 
war bull 
sect “ 


ith! os 


i 
titer eigtsitataendt 
Eee Dmmies saci io 
iat isd aes 

sea che beat ine taal asd iy chad 


Mihara rioee 
: 


sate 


tgltsh 


eunbere ieretts 
Saiisiaey 
hie 


fee tee eel coe oe Ww ~& o. Nh A -v. POL we Ue? 2) ces co ae St “a oe 

ewe guecee an 7 kus wevut aw, aS ~ at le “wt J u~ sgeercue | MOS 

= - a wc ecey mon CS. ~w~ WwW ly 4 Douws wi 

wey lS orrue vy  vueuv”~ gu¥ 4 orgs ww - ww VIN Wey SEY Sorry "oCe 
a oe vee, Wg Ape oS Vl «eS ms det 
- os Ds Sil - PR IASI AS ISS | « 

SS ages eee SS yy See Ras eee = = ggege sein 

PO ha ido inc we “ww -v ~~ Vw v <= SUG a Ve sSUh HA dy, hh eeu, ,% 

SS = 3 ! R r 7 - - ge 

“J SVUVUy -Venes gee oh Sar) vt wa - 4 DADS -Seox 

=i ~ 7 “eo -_- -~ aw = ~~ eds we AS Uw ~~ ! ww os 

Severn ee el Fo aay OE -- SP oui og BI8- oy AN eewen wee fees 

w 
J that ba v7 yreueer” YORI 


vet v= 
4 UUVy" Achebe pak pA ST et 
wo VESSTSSS NY Sepwemvuyce’ ervey vuln Wwo AMS 
Aes ; Tou, we i. VSFyvye v hat 
vuuUUY we < ~ wv ves « “eo ' 4) Le Vy Y y's 


’ N Yu. Su. Ww yy we \s 
soyve Viow yy AS Sey RFI ppt teh Jp oyves IAT ACR 


w oe” ee ww v 
soph Aa were S id SeSeersesve <SU IOUS AMAA wig 
Se aS 4 Diag ~ iw GUE vee AT AA ALES RE oe NG Sy AC ~ 

IAL Ler, SES PGES SY TNE Y, wy ver -e. ¥} GOD be AS 
ow re / ~ Gs) ws  Oewe wuh  Oe eA ", ws 
3 YS iw k, Vy Vuyy wt go el iol BAN, II Ng Mawel 4 e' we a Vid! ky = 
wee | 59> y Zyvyy X mw rn _v Siw >}. « LS a” oS %U p39" Ae STS 
$e Rr we VID hy See -— Ax bed oe WC as ei ee: es = ~ aN 
a oh Ne AA Tw wie w - w w FSGS = ~ wwe 
Ha Pyese Sy Ssgers bi so ihe wu VS 
Ai oe fe bas | t - 
ww Tyy TY Ew wt, 
SAIN A S| rCEE 
Yew ys 7.” os Owe 
A DN RR cw 
www #85 Nhaguth ADA S wae 
~ wea as ANA Yess 
Pld 5 : wv. ce? ’ SPise 
“PL NARA DS ~*~ A 
wee et FAIRY < MARE 
hs bat | at SE ws 
JZ “ww we \ 


Ue § 
¢ ga 


r 
Ar 
auf 

~ 

\ r 
a2 . 
“\ 
aa® 
a, 


‘ \ » 
a Aer a ~ 
a : 

Ap 


~ 


A 
RarAnA‘ 
as 
nm 
~ 
~~ 


ala! VN 
Arh - 


/ 


aA a. 


~~ 
N 


= f £ EC : 
EOE OC c 
. do ne a € G¢@¢ © Cre 

c Cae (CG « ck Cue Aw’ Ca 


Ww 46 & ar i Came 
a ar , —_ ME € 
© Gear (4 CF LE (Cam Cr 
‘ 4 oo (a MET & 4 
Qe G C ({ re a EC 
va ? -! 7 f MN 4 « , ( it ar 
TOA ES | ¢& i= @ € € 

« 

€ ( 


ay « 


“3 
=> 


™N\ 
OA ON a 


ar 
ae 
A LA 


. aAr 


aAAn 
AN 
~~ 
> & AA@A -_ ‘ 
AAD 
AAA ARQ 


, 
‘ 


Aan 
Z AANA 
Am 

A 


TV_¥ 


(Come & TAE Time 
MIL 6 MEM © 4 
« « <4 «aes a « 
(Oma &€ Cl 

aa © éitec (< (| 
<4 Gy x" WC CRO a 
COT MK CUCL EL TC 
( Ci COE CC _< y 
PSE a P d WG 

¢ CO. COM (ce ( s rr? 


aA 


yy 
a Oe. G, 
—-a* 


Anamaaa 
aanAnr 

7 = 
AS 
WN es fee BES 


r\ 


se” 
“ta aae 
WY 


coy 
yo 
> 


AANA 


N\A 
Com) 
SS 
ot 

R 

~~ 

~*~ 

Ax 
a am 

a 

‘ a“ 
= 
EN 
AAnrA 
NArloenAna 


=— 
= 
= 
_~ 
~ 
a 


CQ € ¢ y ( 
iM COE ag 
CoeO@OE Ga HE CE 

i 


AAA a 
AAT 
aah > 


an 


a 
Aq 
~* 
ae 

A 

oN 
~ = 
= A 

2 

— 

aad’, 


wit 


4 Gm 
aud 


( 

ae K m ud - 

i Care cE Ca Ziel «€« @ 
yy « 


za 
a ey Oe 


~ A 
2 f\a 
~~ 
la 

as 


AA: 


~~ 
AN 
TN Naas 
eee a 
= aS 
= ~ 


ren 
oN 
a 
Ce 
a 
—™ 


=a lA 
Be 
Veen 
“RAEN 
YPN 


Whe 
iy Way 4 


t/ 


THE 
AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST 


Issued by 
The Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


Vol. 4.—1925-1927. 


WITH FORTY-NINE PLATES, 
And Nineteen Text-figures. 


an Nears 
awa INST 7 
OU" U7, 
aS “> 


ee2 A> 


Sydney: 
Printed and Published for the Society by “ 
‘The Sydney and Melbourne Publishing Co., Ltd., Sydney. BEAD rps WS 
» RATIONAL WY 


SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 


INDEX TO VOLUME 4. 


Albatrosses in Sydney Harbour, by W. E. J. Paradice, 319. 

Animals of Australasia (Review), 361. 

Australia, Birds of, Check List (Review), 322. 

Australian Eneyclopaedia (Review), 323. 

Australian Shrimp of the Genus Penaeus, by W. J. Phillips, 3. 

Australian Tenebrionidae, A Check List of the, by H. J. Carter, 117, 280, 294. 
Australian Ticks, by E. W. Ferguson, 24. 


Black Swan and Black Duck Breeding in Centennial Park, by W. E. J. Paradice, 
321. 
Blue-tongued Lizards, Birth of, 293. 
Burrell, Harry, Burrowing Habits of Tachyglossus aculeatus, 197. 
Field Notes on Natural Habits of Echidna, 8. 
Practical Observations of Ornithorhynchus beneath water, 4. 
Butterflies of National Park, by G. A. Waterhouse, 40. 


Caloundra Shells, by Tom Iredale, 331. 

Centrostephanus rodgersti in Port Jackson, by W. E. J. Paradice, 321. 
Carter, H. J., A Check List of the Australian Tenebrionidae, 117, 280, 294. 
Channel-bill Cuckoo, Eggs of the, 330. 

Chisholm, E. C., The Principal Fauna of the Comboyne Plateau, 54, 295. 
Comboyne Plateau, The Principal Fauna of the, by E. C. Chisholm, 54, 295. 
Cuttlefish “Bones” of the Sydney Beaches, by Tom Iredale, 186. 


Echidna, Field Notes on Natural Habits of, by Harry Burrell, 8. 
, (Tachyglossus aculeatus), The Burrowing Habits of, by Harry Burrell, 
197. | 


Ferguson, E. W., Australian Ticks, 24. 
Fishermen versus Seals, 338. 
Forster’s Paintings, by Tom Iredale, 48. 


Gilbert, P. A., The Birds of North-west Islet, 210. 


Halloran, Aubrey, Presidential Address, 283. 
Hardy, G. H., Critical remarks on Pachyneres australis Malloch, 337. 
Hedley, Charles, Corals of North-west Tslet, 249. 
Obituary, 289. 

Hoyle, H. C., Obituary, 290. 
Hull, A. F. Basset, A Naturalist in North Queensland, 9. 

Appointed to Taronga Park Trust, 288. 

and Tom Iredale, Monograph of the Australian Lorieates, 75, 

164, 256, 324, 339, 


Insects of Australia and New Zealand (Review), 360. 
Tredale, Tom, Caloundra Shells, 331. 
George Forster’s Paintings, 48. 
Marine Molluscs of North-west Islet, 237. 
The Cuttlefish “Bones” of the Sydney Beaches, 186. 
and A. F. Basset Hull, Monograph of the Australian Loriecates, 
75, 164, 256, 324, 339. 


Lepidoptera of Yeppoon, by A. Jefferis Turner, 17. 
Le Souef, A. S., Notes on the Seals found in Australian Seas, 112. 
Livingstone, Arthur A., Bryozoa of North-west Islet, 247. 


Maegillivray, W. and White, C. T., Botany of North-west Islet, 251 
MeCulloch, The Late Allan, 277. 
MeNeill, Frank A., Crustacea of North-west Islet, 299. 
Musgrave, Anthony, Biology of North-west Islet: 
(A) Narrative, 199. 
(B) Insects, 241. 
(1) Bibliography, 253. 


North-west Islet (Queensland), The Biology of: 
(A) Narrative, by Anthony Musgrave, 199. 
(B) Birds, by P. A. Gilbert, 210. 
(C) Fishes, by Gilbert P. Whitley, 227. 
(D) Marine Molluses, by Tom Tredale, 237. 
(E) Insects, by Anthony Musgrave, 241. 
(F) Bryozoa, by Arthur A. Livingstone, 247. 
(G) Corals, by Charles Hedley, 249. 
(H) Botany, by C. T. White and W. Macgillivray, 251. 
(1) Bibliography, by Anthony Musgrave, 253. 
(J) Crustacea, by Frank A. MeNeill, 299. 
National Park, The Butterflies of, by G. A. Waterhouse, 40. 
Naturalist, A, in North Queensland, by A. F. Basset Hull, 9. 


Ornithorhynchus, Practical Observations of, beneath water, by Harry Burrell, 4. 
“Ornithologia,” an Old Time “Poem,” 36. 


Pachyneres australis Malloch, Critical remarks on, by G. H. Hardy, 337. 
Paradice, W. E. J., Some Recent Natural History Observations, 319. 
Phillips, W. J., Notes on an Australian Shrimp of the Genus Penaeus, 3. 
Platypus, The (Review), 362. ‘ 
Pollock, E. F., Lecture by, 42. 
Presidential Addresses : 

Aubrey Halloran, 283. 

G. A. Waterhouse, 38. 


Reviews, 322, 323, 360. 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: 
Annual Reports, 37, 281. 
New Members, 1, 43. 279, 286, 330. 
Notes. 1, 43, 279, 329. 
See also Sections. 


4 : 
ff = > “ha - 
a ee ee 

2 a 


Seals found in Australian Seas, Notes on the, by A. S. Le Souef, 112. 
Sections: 

Biological Survey, 46. 

Entomological, 47, 279, 290. 

Ornithological, 46, 291. 
Sphaeroma quoyana, Notes on the Occurrence of, at Cockatoo Island, by W. E. J. 

Paradice, 319. 2 
Shearwaters on Lion Island, 2. 

> 


Waterhouse, G. A., Butterflies of National Park, 40. 

Presidential Address, 38. 
White, C. T., and Macgillivray, W., Botany of North-west Islet, 251. 
Whitley, Gilbert P., Fishes of North-west Islet, 227. 


Yeppoon, The Lepidoptera of, by A. Jefferis Turner, 17. 


~ AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST 


vA Greonian Ing 


f fo. 
fin tf } 7 HOD 
ie J U L } 7 
\ Mu 
Issued by the Sonal Mug 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 
4 x 
i - Edited by 
A. F. BASSET HULL, C.F.A.0.U. a 


ee a 


> Pa 


Vol. 4—Part 1 


(Price, 4/-.) 


Sydney, June 12, 1925. 


ote communications to be addressed to the Hon. Secretary, 
Box 2399, General Post Office, Sydney. 


Sydney: 
The Sydney and Melbunrnw Publishing Co., Ltd., Printers. 


Rol Zeal Society of New South Wa es. 4 
Established 1879. 
REGISTERED UNDER THE JOMPANIES ACT, 1899 (1917). 


ay 3 COUNCIL, 1924-1925. 


President: 
G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., F.E.S. 
ay Vice-Presidents : . 
ee J. H. Campbell, MB.E., E. A. D’Ombrain, MB, B.S, 
Sey E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M., 
mie Professor Launcelot Harrison. 


Members: 
H. E. Finckh. Allan R. MeCulloch. 
W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. A. Musgrave. 
A. Halloran, B.A., LL.B. A. J. Nicholson, M.Se. 
J. R. Kinghorn. W. C. Shipway. 
D. G. Stewart, B.A. 


OFFICERS. 
Hon. Secretary: EH. F. Pollock. Hon. Treasurer: Donald H. Scott. 
Hon. Librarian: Philip Shipway. 


aA Hon. Editor: A. F. Basset Hull, C.F.A.0.U. Hon: Auditor: EH. Contes. 


ie OFFICERS OF SECTIONS. 

Basak Entomological Section. : Biological Survey Section. 3 
a Chairman: G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc. Chairman: Professor Launcelot Harrison. - 
wN F.E.S. Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. -. 
et Hon. Secretary: G. M. Goldfinch. oe G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Se., 


os * Ornithological Section. Committee: Professor Griffith Taylor, Pro- 
Chairman: A. H. Chisholm. fessor W. R. Browne, A. J. Nicholson, 


‘eS} Vice-Chairman: A. F. Basset Hull. 
f Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley: M.Sc. and E. Cheel. 


f Committee: E. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., B.S. Economic Zoology Section. 
4 P. A. Gilbert, J. R. Kinghorn, E. F. Chairman: C. Hedley, F.L.S. 
Pollock and H. Wolstenholme. Hon. Secretary: A. F. Basset Hull. 


Supscrrption: Ordinary Member, £1 1s. per annum. (Entrance Fee £1/1/. 
Associate Member, 7s. 6d. per annum. (No Entrance Fee). 


PRIVILEGES: pf 
Ordinary Members—Free admission to Taronga Zoological Park; Additional "3 
Tickets admitting 20 Adults or 40 Children each year; 
Free Copy of “Australian Zoologist.” (if desired). 
Associate Members—Free Copy of “Australian Zoologist.” 


~ 


: “THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST.” 
y Communications intended for “The Australian Zoologist” should preferably 
be type-written. 
Authors should state whether proofs and reprints are desired when submitting 
MS. Fifty reprints of any article appearing under a separate title will be supplied 
| gratis. If more are required, terms may be ascertained on application to the 
Editor. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


NOTES. 


Mr. Allan R. McCulloch, a member of the Council of the Society, has ob- 
tained leave of absence for six months, and left on a visit to Lord Howe Island. 
We trust the trip will restore Mr. McCulloch to perfect health. 


Dr, A. B. Walkom, Secretary of the Linnean Society, has resigned his posi- 
tion on the Council of the Royal Zoological Society, and the vacancy has been 
filled by the appointment of Mr. James Roy Kinghorn, of the Australian Museum 


staff. 


The annual meeting of the Royal Zoological Society will take place in the 
theatre attached to the Zoology Department of the Sydney University at 8 p.m. 
on Wednesday, 15th July. The annual dinner of. members and their friends will 
precede the meeting, and take place in the Union Hall at the University. 
Members are requested to notify the Hon. Secretary of the number of seats 
they desire engaged. 


After the meeting Mr. E. F. Pollock will deliver a short lecture entitled 
“Camera Studies of some Australian Birds,’ which will be illustrated by a fine 
collection of lantern slides from studies made by camera naturalists largely resi- 
dent in other States. 


The following new members of the Society have been elected since the last 
issue of the “Zoologist”:—Ordinary members—J. A. Miller, Dr. A. Duncomb. 
Associate members—G. P. Whitley, W. J. Thorpe and Dr. Martian Stanko 
(Mexico). 


The following six members of the Council will retire, in terms of the Articles 
of Association, at the annual meeting, and are eligible for re-election:—Dr. G. 
A. Waterhouse, Prof. Launcelot Harrison, and Messrs. A. J. Nicholson, J. R. 
Kinghorn, A. Halloran and H. E. Finckh. 


On Thursday evening, 25th June, at the Australian Museum, Mr. E. F. 
Pollock, the Hon. Secretary of this Society, will deliver a lantern lecture entitled, 
“Beasts and Birds through a Camera,” in which, we understand, he will make a 
special appeal for the encouragement of Nature study by young people. 


Congratulations to Dr. R. J. Tillyard on his election as a Fellow of the 
Royal Society, London; to Mr. Charles Hedley, who has been awarded the Clark 
Memorial Medal for his meritorious research work; to Mr. R. H. Cambage, who 
has received the honor of Commander of the Order of the British Empire; and 
to Mr. Tom Iredale, who has been appointed Conchologist to the Australian 
Museum. 


The Monograph of the Australian Loricates will be continued in next Part 
of this Journal. 


Members are reminded that their annual subscriptions become due on the 
1st July. Ordinary members, £1/1/; Associate members, 7/6. 


SHEARWATERS ON LION ISLAND. 
Plate i. 


On Ist December, 1924, a party consisting of members of the Ornithological 
Section of the Society paid a visit to Lion Island, in the Hawkesbury River 
Estuary, otherwise called Broken Bay, about twenty miles north of Sydney 
Heads. This island strikingly resembles a lion couchant in its outline, as viewed 
from Pittwater, its bold sandstone headland facing the entrance to the Bay, while 
the land falls rapidly westward forming the shoulders, and is rounded off by a 
gently sloping point which represents the hindquarters of the lion. 

At the invitation of Mr. Harry Wolstenholme the party spent Saturday 
night at his seaside residence fronting the ocean at Palm Beach, and by daylight 
on Sunday they were on board a launch which conveyed them over the two miles 
of the Bay to the Island, where they landed in a sandy cove. The morning was 
erisp and clear, and a short climb over sandstone boulders fallen from the cliffs 
brought the members to the first burrows of Puffinus pacificus, the Wedge-tailed 
Shearwater. There was little soil amongst the boulders, but a foot or so sup- 
ported the tangled growth of serub and trees clinging to the sides of the cliff. 
Amongst the rocks and under the roots of the serub the Shearwaters had made 
their nests and laid their single white eggs. This bird is as punctual in its 
breeding habits as its cousin of Bass Strait and Cape Woolomai, Victoria, 
Puffinus tenuirostris, the Short-tailed Shearwater, the first eggs being laid with 
commendable regularity on the 26th of November each year, while by the first of 
December there is not a tenanted burrow without its egg. 

While rather longer from tip to tip than the southern species, P. pacificus 
is of slighter build, and lays an egg very little more than half the bulk and 
weight of that of P. tenuwirostris, and the young bird is never so fat or tooth- 
some (!) as the Tasmanian “Mutton Bird.’ The Wedge-tail has a range in 
Australia extending from Montague Island, N.S.W., to Raine Islet, Northern 
Queensland, and from South-west Australia to probably the same northern lati- 
tude. It is evidently extending its range southward, while the Short-tail is 
doing the same in a northerly direction; the two species are found together 
amongst the countless thousands of dead birds that are washed up on the shores 
of eastern Australia every year about the end of October. No completely satis- 
factory explanation of this remarkable mortality has ever been given, although 
several theories have been advanced from time to time. 

The colony on Lion Island probably consists of a thousand or more birds, 
and they appear to be little disturbed by enemies, although doubtless some 
young birds and eggs are taken by the large lace lizards and hawks. They are 
not molested by man, so far as could be ascertained. 


NOTE ON AN AUSTRALIAN SHRIMP OF THE GENUS PENAEUS AS A 
COMMERCIAL FISHERIES PRODUCT IN WELLINGTON. 


By W. J. Puuwiers, F.L.S., F.R.G.S. 


Dominion Museum, Wellington, N.Z. 
(Plate ii, fig. 1). 

During the autumn months (March and April), enormous numbers of a 
erustacean were sold in most Wellington fish shops as Sydney prawn. These 
had been imported from Sydney markets and found a ready sale among all 
classes of the community. The manager of the N.Z. Trawling and Fish Supply 
Co. informed me that approximately one ton of Sydney prawns had been im- 
ported by him and sold during the above season. 

Apparently there are two species of Penaeus abundant in the shallow waters 
of New South Wales, both of which are most popular articles of food in Aus- 
tralia. The first and probably the best known is Penaeus esculentus, which 
reaches a length of nine inches, while the second, Penaeus macleayi, is a little 
smaller. Specimens of the shrimp exposed for sale in Wellington agreed in most 
respects with Penaeus macleayi as described by Haswell (Cat. Aust. Crustacea, 
p. 201, 1882), and measured from four to five inches in length, having a most 
remarkable length of antennae, which in almost every case measured from six to 
nine inches. 

An interesting point of difference between our examples and Penaeus mac- 
leayi may be noted. According to Haswell’s description, the rostrum of Penaeus 
macleayi is unarmed below and has above five or six teeth of which the fifth is 
separated from the fourth by an interval greater than that separating the others. 
In our examples, as may be clearly seen from the photograph (Plate ii.), the fifth 
and sixth teeth are separated by a greater interval than any of the others. This 
character is constant in all specimens; and, if, on examination of Haswell’s type, 
his description of Penaeus macleayi is found to be correct, there is a possibility 
that our examples are new to science. In this case, I suggest the name Penaeus 
haswelli for our species. 

Penaeus esculentus agrees with our examples in that the superior border of 
the rostrum is armed with a series of six pointed teeth, of which the most pos- 
terior is separated from the next by a distance greater than the interval between 
the others. Penaeus esculentus has, however, three or four teeth on the lower 
border of the rostrum. , 

Dr. Aleock (Cat. Ind. Decapod Crustacea in Ind. Mus., pt. 3, 1906). re- 
ferring to the genus Penaeus points out that it is well represented in the Indian 
Ocean, and forms a large part of the food of many fishes. But beyond this the 
Crustacea of the genus Penaeus constitute no inconsiderable part of that plen- 
teous harvest of the sea so prolific around the Indian coast line. It is difficult to 
say what the prawn fisheries of India may be worth; but Kishinouye in the 
Journal of the Fisheries Bureau of Tokyo, 1900, valued the dried prawns ex— 
ported from Japan to China at a little over £20,000. Most edible crustacea sold 
as prawns or under parallel native names in India, California, Japan, and 
Australia are referable to the genus Penaeus. 


PRACTICAL OBSERVATIONS OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS 
BENEATH WATER. 


(Plate ii., figs. 2 & 3.) 


By Harry Burret, C.M.Z.8. 


In his original and instructive book, “The Minds and Manners of Wud 
Animals” (page 9), Dr. W. T. Hornaday states:—‘‘In animals or men, instinct 
often functions as a sixth sense.’ On that particular point I agree entirely 
but desire to add here that the sixth sense referred to (call it Instinct if you will) 
appears to be general, and more constant in Ornithorhynchus than in other 
creatures that I have most critically observed, including “reasoning man.” 

From my first observations of Ornithorhynchus in captivity, I felt convinced 
that when completely submerged in water the creature relied to a considerable 
extent on the so-called sense of touch. From that opinion, I refrain to waver 
even now; further than to suspect and predict the existence of a permanent 
sixth sense functioning in unison with the sense of touch, and that, possibly, 
of a primary rather than of a secondary nature. 

My reasons for such belief evolved from circumstantial evidence surround- 
ing the many unsolved secrets pertaining to this primitive animal’s singular 
habits, both on land and beneath the water. 

During a brief controversy relating to the sense of smell of Ornithorhynchus 
searching for food in the bed of a river, the question arose as to whether that 
animal obtained its prey exclusively by sense of touch or in conjunction with 
the sense of smell. At that time, all participants in the discussion were posi- 
tively bound to theory, no previous attempts whatever having been made with a 
practical view to elucidate the problem. 

Not feeling inclined to pause at a dead end at that stage, 1 there and then 
decided to create a crude contrivance wherein to investigate systematically, with- 
out undue interference with the selected subject’s natural behaviour. At the out- 
set I was well aware that the intended captive would be nervous and excited, 
but concluded that such unavoidable conditions might be counterbalanced to some 
extent, by liberating the creature suddenly into fifty gallons of cool, fresh water, 
simultaneously with the critical time of test. At least, I imagined that a sudden 
stimulant of that nature would lessen the shock somewhat, if only temporarily, 
as my presence beneath the water would be unsuspected by the animal. How- 
ever, when all was in readiness for the try—out, I obtained an uninjured adult 
female Platypus from a burrow nearby, and so as to give the specimen ample 
opportunity of thoroughly registering or recording the dread smell of human 
hands (to say nothing of the seeing and feeling of same), before liberating her 
into the tank, I handled her repeatedly and deliberately, occasionally rubbing 
my hands, back and front, over her sniffing nostrils, besides frequently fingering 


BURRELL. 5 


her sensitive lips; all this with a notion that if her sense of smell above water 
was even fifty per cent. less efficient beneath, she might be expected to shy 
clear the instant she came in contact with the submerged hands that had just 
previously overhauled her. But such was not the ease; in fact quite the reverse 
occurred, and to the marked astonishment of several onlookers the perturbed sub- 
ject instantly sounded, then after probing her way systematically, if not feel- 
ingly, along the sandy bottom of the test tank, finally reclined leisurely beneath 
the unscrupulous hands that, only a few minutes earlier, were beyond doubt the 
dread of her precious life. (See confirmatory illustrations. | Cinematographed 
by Mr. J. S. P. Ramsay). 

During that uncomfortable try-out, the creature swam several times to the 
surface for a timely blow, only to repeat similar manoeuvrings on each oceasion 
that she decided to again sound, and this, notwithstanding the fact that I had 
deliberately interfered with her several times below, with the specific object 
of forcing her into action. 

At one time, while she was practically stationary on the sand beneath my 
hands, I placed my finger directly above, and within an eighth of an inch of 
her nostrils. But obviously, she was quite unaware of my presence or behaviour 
until my finger came in contact with the tip of her bill. “Cat-like”’ then, she 
arched her back, raised her tail, turned a kind of twisting somersault, and swam 
away. Later, again, she returned to the same zone exactly, and casually nuzzled 
my hands as if nothing unusual had transpired. Possibly, the finger tap on the 
snout did not seem to her to be any more than the sudden flip of a startled 
shrimp. Nevertheless, I am quite convinced that she did not return solely to 
satisfy her curiosity, nor purposely for shelter, as such a convenience was avail- 
able elsewhere in the enclosure of which she, at times, took advantage. 

Judging from all that transpired during the entire term of that experimental 
Session, and after taking several concocted suggestions and theories into due 
consideration, I ultimately came to the conclusion that if the creature had any 
sense of smell at all beneath the water, then she certainly did not display the 
slightest suspicion of possessing any throughout the whole period of my investi- 
gations. 

I observed also, that the previously suggested abnormal sense of touch was 
not nearly so acute as I had heretofore surmised it to be. That is to say, not 
to the degree of detecting immediate danger (at least, of a foreign nature) 
while wholly submerged. Still that special and, possibly, complicated organ may 
be extremely sensitive and quite indispensable to the creature while sifting mud, 
and selecting various suitable foodstuffs below. If that be the case (I take it 
as such), then it is seemingly safe to assert and record that an adult platypus 
has no enemies of consequence to fear beneath the water. Otherwise, and apart 
from my observations, it is somewhat doubtful if the docile Ornithorhynchus. 
would have fared so well through the many evolutionary phases that may have 
transpired since pre-historic times. 

What factor is it then, may I ask, that constitutes the stability of this 
freakish species prolonged existence? Is it because of a super-sixth sense or 
simply because such creatures, apparently, fare well on that common commodity 
ealled mud? With the proviso that the former trait is responsible for the latter, 
I suggest both. i 

As regards the five known sensory organs of a platypus when on land, or 
afloat, I have little to add, except direct confirmation, if necessary, in support of 
the fact. But, beneath the water, where mud is quite possibly consumed regard- 
less of taste, I suggest that the sense of taste should be considered as not func— 
tioning, and that it remains so until the animal swims to the surface, where it 


6 OBSERVATIONS OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS, 


then leisurely masticates the food previously packed hurriedly for that purpose 
in the cheek pouches, while below. 

Of the remaining two senses, “Seeing and Hearing,” as far as I could as- 
certain, both were temporarily short cireuited, so to speak, while the creature 
remained submerged, principally by means of a watertight facial furrow which 
simultaneously envelopes alike the orifice of both ear and eye directly the creature 
decides to sound. 

While submerged, the animal appears to be positively devoid of the sense of 
hearing. I came to that conclusion after endeavouring to attract its attention 
by shouting out at the top of my voice, while the creature clamoured gropingly 
about my submerged hands and around the exterior surface of the glass helmet 
enveloping my head, without demonstrating the slightest symptoms of agitation 
whatever. 

Vibration of voice, if any, made no apparent impression on the sluggish sub- 
ject either. 

Testing the sense of sight proved rather complexing to me. However, I 
came to the conclusion that, strictly speaking, the animal cannot see, and, un- 
less capable of differentiating between light and shade, through the aforemen- 
tioned tightly closed furred furrows (as man on earth ean through casually 
closed eyelids), then it seemingly does so, and to perfection, through the medium 
of a sixth sense. 

As a guide to critics interested in this subject, let me state here that it is 
practically impossible to accurately test the sense of smell of a freshly handled 
platypus by introducing natural foods into the enclosure. Hence the omission 
of such a scheme in my cinema venture. Of course a test could be made, and 
no doubt successfully too, with a contented undisturbed captive, but I have 
intentionally left that opening to other enthusiasts perchance intent on checking 
off carefully my slender theoretical views. 

If, as was previously supposed, the sense of touch is confined solely to the 
procuring of food, and that all earthly smells are quite indiscernible by the 
creature while it remains submerged, what then of that suggested special sense 
of touch with its abnormal nervous system? Why abnormal, anyway? That is 
the query. If man and animals are credited with possessing a sixth sense, what 
constitutes or governs that sense? Is it not reasonable to claim that it is 
governed by a nervous system, precisely as other senses are said to be? There — 
is either a sixth sense, or there is not. If not, then we must hopelessly muddle 
through with that loophole word Instinct, and appear wise when confronted with 
a set theory. On the other hand, if we are justified in proclaiming the existence 
of a sixth sense, then permit me to add my quota to assist in confirming that 
fact. As an example, in this case, I prefer substituting for the word Instinet, 
the phrase “Sense of direction,” principally because of the simplicity of ex- 
planation of what appears to me to be both practical and feasible, particularly 
so in connection with the habits of the world’s most highly specialised mammal 
Ornithorhynchus anatinus. 

To assert as above without some explanation pertaining to the whims of our 
wonder mammal, occurs to me as deliberately evading the issue, or perhaps I 
should say, the duty of a Field Naturalist so engaged. However, to be as brief 
as my ability permits, the following explanations, though ungarnished, may ap- 
pear of some interest to scientifically trained minds keen on coining a more be- 
fitting phrase than the haphazard substitute that IT have already suggested, 

In a previous test case T proved beyond doubt that a platypus in captivity 
will devour in assorted foodstuffs (not including mud), half of its own weight 
nightly. Now if similar quantities are consumed at large, then, as a platypus 


BURRELL, 7 


providore, it is beyond my imagination to comprehend how the creature obtains 
such an enormous supply, unless mud be included in the bill of fare as a kind 
of “fill-up” necessity, if not a staple food. 

Of the many platypus that I have had oceasion to dissect, the intestines 
and stomachs of most, especially the robust and healthy-looking specimens, con—- 
tained much mud, and apparently little else, while the cheek pouches of all 
bulged, crammed with grit, mud, and crunched aquatic creatures, seemingly of 
minute forms. 

On one occasion, in the presence of the late Charles M. Hoy, I extracted a 
small shrimp (entire) from the stomach of a foraging female platypus, collected 
at noon. Possibly, the Crustacean slipped down accidentally. Nevertheless, that 
query does not upset my theory, that platypus are indiscriminate mud-suckers, 
but tends rather to strengthen my contention, that the sense of taste is apt to 
cease functioning beneath water. 

Live shrimps collected direct from the feeding grounds of platypus are 
readily devoured by Ornithorhynchus in captivity. In fact, most specimens 
prefer them to indigenous river bank worms or other known varieties of food 
supplied. From personal observation, I can vouch for one male platypus in 
captivity that lived entirely on dead raw prawns (salt water variety) for eight 
months, and was then, apparently, in splendid condition. Furthermore, it is 
said to have lived four months longer when (unfortunately for the experimenters) 
it escaped from its neglected enclosure, and this despite the audacious assertion 
that platypus will not live in captivity. The above information, abbreviated, 
may suffice for the present. There are other complicated confirmatory clues that 
I could divulge first-hand to strengthen my theories, if space were available or 
permissible. That aside, I have no hesitation in stating here, that platypus are 
confirmed mud suckers, and, that part of their living foodstuffs are both dis- 
covered and secured by that, may I add, pre-historic vacuum-—like process en~ 
hanced twofold by a sixth sense. 

Apart from other perceptible instances, in this isolated test case alone, a 
sixth sense appeared to predominate even above the sense of touch, while the 
other four senses remained practically dormant or useless the while. Such con- 
ditions, then, should permit the creature to concentrate its energy more deliber- 
ately, and with less confusion on the two active organs of sense that are pro- 
bably mutually dependent one on the other for an undisputable primary pur- 
pose, i.e., the power of tracking and taking prey. Why not? 

Again, as mud is seemingly a necessity, if only to appease an enormous 
appetite (“What won’t fatten will fill!”), why an abnormal nervous system 
of touch? Surely the presence of mud could be readily determined by a pud- 
dling platypus, without such special features as super-sensitized abnormally— 
formed lips, ete. Evidently, in framing the law, “The survival of the fittest,” 
fleetness of foot and ferocity were not considered essential factors, and that’s 
that! 

In conclusion, if a platypus must actually touch a shrimp, or other active 
prey of the kind it so relishes and thrives upon in captivity, then, to my mind, 
such wary crustacea, etc., would be rarely taken alive at large. On the other 
hand, if a sixth sense functions to assure direction, then I consider that it would 
be quite possible for a platypus to collect half of its own weight in live animal 
foodstuffs nightly. And not without. 


FIELD NOTES ON NATURAL HABITS OF ECHIDNA. 
(TACHYGLOSSUS ACULEATUS). 
By Harry Burreu, C.M.Z.8. 


In his book, “The Mammals of South Australia” (page 32), Dr. Wood- 
Jones, referring to the deposition of Echidna eggs, states:—‘It would appear to 
be very probable that the elongated muzzle of the mother Echidna is used for 
this purpose.” 

At present I can neither confirm nor dispute that suggestion. But, as I 
am a convert to the slogan, “Team work wins,” perhaps the following information 
will strengthen the standing theory that the egg is simply deposited directly into 
the pouch, fundamentally. 

On 13/9/24, at Manilla, N.S.W., I examined the pouch of an Echidna, 
and there discovered an embryo measuring 34 m.m., from tip of snout to tip 
of tail (say two or three days old). The empty egg-shell was in the pouch 
also, and, after being extracted, examined, and replaced so that it might remain 
moist for the morrow’s cinematographing, there it remained intact for exactly 
twenty hours longer before being forcibly extracted again, and preserved finally 
for future reference. 

Now what struck me as being extraordinary at the time was the seeming 
neglect of the mother in permitting the shell, or capsule, to remain there so long 
(at least. three days), if she was so accustomed to manipulating unhatched eggs 
with her muzzle at the time of laying. 

No one can disprove the fact that an Echidna is capable of probing her 
snout into any part of her pouch. She can do so, and with simplicity, just as 
she can take hold of a flattened egg-shell by the only available means—her 
mouth. I took some pains to prove that point, long since. That aside, the 
fact of her not having removed the shell strengthens my belief that the muzzle 
was never intended by nature for use in transporting egg-shells at any given 
stage, full or empty. 

As regards Professor Wood-Jones’s assumption (loc. cit.) that “it is obvious 
that the egg has no power to effect its own translation from the cloaca to the 
pouch, unless it rolls into it or is deliberately put therein.” I concur that this 
is obviously correct, and I wish to record here, as I have long since done else- 
where in respect of other of our mammals, that it is evidently deliberately 
placed there by nothing more than a protruding fundament. Exereta is placed 
there in a like manner. That I know! 

The egg-shell, filled ont while moist, measured, length, 17 mm., width, 15 
mm. 

Temperature of female Echidna (ventral) 90°. 

Temperature of pouch (containing young) 84°. 

Incidentally, the only theory to the contrary for discussion now, as far as 
I can ascertain off-hand, is whether the shell is purposely left in the pouch as 
a kind of irritant to agitate the mammary glands and baby alike, or finally to 
dissolve itself into a lappable pap. Mammy is not worrying, anyway! 


[Mr. Burrell’s interesting theories in this and the preceding paper are given 
in his own words, no attempt being made to edit or adapt. Those who know 
Mr. Burrell personally will recognise the value of his theories and suggestions, 
coming, as they do, from a man who has spent many years in exhaustively 
studying the monotremes in their natural surroundings—Hd. |. 


A NATURALIST IN NORTH QUEENSLAND. 
By A. F. Basser Huu, 
(Plates iii—yv.) 


Seeking in the field for facts in support of some theory, one is occasionally 
faced by results that can only be described as negative. Such results, however, 
have a distinct value, either in tending to disprove the theory or in showing the 
faults in its construction, and thus assisting the observer in rendering the edifice 
proof against the winds of adverse criticism. Such a result attended an ex- 
pedition undertaken by the writer last year, which occupied the greater part of 
three months and entailed travelling upwards of three thousand miles. 

For some years past I had been studying the relation of the Loricate fauna 
to the rock which formed the littoral, and had satisfactorily proved that in 
southern Anstralia at least the sedimentary rocks favoured a profusion of both 
species and individuals, while the igneous rocks were very sparsely populated 
by these interesting multivalves (1). 

In the winter of 1923, Mr. Charles Hedley and Professor H. C. Richards, in 
the course of a trip from Brisbane to Thursday Island, spent some days in 
studying the Flinders Group of islands, near Princess Charlotte Bay, about 120 
miles north of Cooktown, Queensland. On his return to Sydney, Mr. Hedley 
informed me that these islands were composed of sandstone and resembled in a 
remarkable degree the foreshores of Port Jackson. As sandstone country is 
most favourable to Loricates in New South Wales, and I was aware that the 
mainland of Queensland in the vicinity of the Flinders Group is granitie in 
formation, I determined to visit the Group to see whether my theory held good 
in this far northern region. 

Early in May, 1924, accompanied by Mr. Gerald Lewers, a keen young 
colleetor of Loricates, I left Sydney and proceeded to Bowen, where J proposed 
to supplement some research work conducted during October, 1923 (2). The 
weather was unfavourable, strong south-easterly winds blowing for the week 
after our arrival, but when the wind had moderated somewhat we left Port 
Denison in a 24 ft. sailing boat belonging to Mr. Cecil Hall, accompanied by 
the owner and Mr. E. H. Rainford, the veteran collector of fishes and marine 
invertebrates, shaping our course for the islands of the Whitsunday Group. We 
anchored for the night under the lee of Saddle-back Island (Plate iv., fig. 5), 
and in the very early dawn, owing to warning bumps from a rock that the 
falling tide brought too near to the boat’s keel, we pushed out and landed in a 
sheltered cove on Armit Island, pitching our camp on the wide coral beach under 
the shade of some tall casuarinas. Here the mean height between low and high 
tides is about 15 feet, the spring and cyclone tides rising considerably higher. 


(1). Proce. Linn. Soc., xliv., 1924, ix. 
(2). New Queensland Loricates. Proc. Roy. Soc., Q., xxxvi. 1924, 109, 


10 A NATURALIST IN NORTH QUEENSLAND, 


The beach is carved into three benches, indicating the neap, spring, and cyclone 
limits, the latter extending some distance into the fringing growth of grass, con- 
volvulus and casuarina serub, where pumice stone, cuttlefish bones and dead 
shells mark the heights to which the storm—driven waters rise (Plate v., fig. 9). 
Like most of the islands in this group, Armit Island has a wide fringing coral 
reef on the western and southern sides, and two days were spent in examining 
these reefs at low tide. When the tide did not serve we fished, with indifferent 
success, or went into the serub in search of birds and land shells. The birds 
were few, both as regards species and individuals. Several huge nest-mounds 
of the Serub-Fowl (Megapodius duperryii) were seen, together with the birds, 
and they seemed to be in use, freshly accumulated material being scattered all 
over the tops of two mounds, but we did not disturb them or search for eggs. 
Some deserted mounds, covered with low serub, were also seen. A pair of 
Ospreys (Pandion leucocephalus), several Bar-shouldered Doves (Geopelia 
humeralis), and numerous Silver-eyes (Zosterops) were noted. On the shore at 
low tide some waders, Curlew, Whimbrel, Stints, ete., were seen, and several 
Crows (Corvus cecilae) cawed dismally to each other. Several species of land 
shells were secured including a large Thersites. On the third day we sailed over 
to Grassy Island and worked the reef for Loricates at low tide, returning to 
Armit Island in the evening. Another day was spent on the reef of that 
Island, and on the sixth day out from Bowen we returned to that port. Armit 
Island appears to be chiefly diorite and Grassy Island basalt. The net results 
in Loricates were fourteen species, several of which were represented by two or 
three specimens only. Approximately only two per cent. of the stones turned 
and examined yielded any specimens, and none were found on the living coral. 
A few were found under loose blocks of dead coral, but the majority of the 
specimens were taken from the scattered diorite or basalt stones lying on the 
reef, which for the most part was dead, only the outer fringe facing deep water 
showing any notable quantity of living coral. A most interesting discovery was 
made on Armit Island. In 1923 I had found a new Plaxiphorid at Stone 
Island, Port Denison, which I named Aerilamma primordia. It obviously be- 
longed to the same family group as the great hairy-girdled shells that are so 
common on the surface of rocks just below high tide mark on the Australian 
coast from Tweed Heads to Tasmania, and round the Leeuwin to Fremantle. 
But the new species was very small and ocenpied a most unusual station, being 
taken from under small stones embedded in coral sand at low water. Certainly 
only a few examples were found, seven in all. Two or three were taken under 
stones on the reef at Armit Island, but on examining the little rocky point shown 
in Plate v., fig. 9, we discovered it to be the home of numerous specimens of this 
shell, tucked away in the crevices of the rock, occupying spaces between clusters 
of oysters, or clinging to the bare face of the stone, in the manner one would 
naturally expect from a well-conducted member of the family ! The re— 
discovery of the long lost Haploplax adelaidensis (3) on Grassy Island was 
another noteworthy incident of this visit. 

The results of this part of our expedition were positive, inasmuch as they 
proved the correctness of the assumption that the igneous rocks were not favour— 
able. to the Loricate fauna. The total number of species collected was fourteen, 
five of which are common to the whole coast of Queensland from Gladstone to 
Thursday Island. Considering the sheltered position of the reefs examined, the 
two kinds of country rock, and the masses of dead coral lying loose on the 


(3). Iredale and Hull, Aust. Zool., iii., 1924, 294. 


HULL. ii 


reefs, one might have reasonably expected to find a large number of individuals 
of the species found. This, however, was not the case, the total number of each 
species, excepting the five common ones, not exceeding twelve and ranging as 
low as three. Compare this result with what could certainly be achieved in Port 
Jackson, where four active collectors working on four days could be certain of 
taking thirty species, of which fifteen would be obtainable by the hundred or even 
thousand ! 

A few days were spent in the vicinity of Bowen collecting under adverse 
weather and tide conditions, and on the 27th of May we left for Townsville, 
there to join the s.s. Kallatina, which trades between Brisbane and ports in the 
Gulf of Carpentaria, calling at the Flinders Group on the way. Leaving Towns- 
ville at midnight on the 28th and calling at Cairns and Cooktown, we sighted 
the high peaks of Stanley and Flinders Islands in the afternoon of the 31st. 
The only inhabitants of the whole Group are the four white skippers of Morey 
& Co’s beche-de-mer luggers, the native crews (mixed aboriginals, Papuans, ete.) 
and a few aboriginal women. All are located at the firm’s station on Flinders 
Island. Mr. Markwell, Morey & Co.’s representative, made us welcome, showed 
us a suitable spot for camping, with abundant wood and water, and assigned to 
us Charlie Kumalla, a Bathurst Head aboriginal, as gentleman help. “Kumalla’’ 
(Kumera) means “potato,” and Charles of that lowly appellation claims King— 
ship over Flinders Island, but his claim is disputed by his uncle Whaleboat, as 
merry an old monarch as his nephew is saturnine. The Court of Claims, as re- 
presented by Mr. Instone, whom we subsequently met at Ninian Bay, considers 
neither claimant entitled to the throne or the brass crescent that forms the regal 
insignia. Whaleboat emphatically asserted “Halla this islan belonga me,” and 
when I asked him how many of the original tribe remained, he had to admit 
that there were only nine, including himself, and some of them were ‘“alonga 
mainlan.” Both kings (Plate iii., fig. 1) were sad gossips, and related scan— 
dalous stories about their neighbours, at least we gathered that they were seandal- 
ous from the frequent references to “poliss’ in the narratives, and the mis— 
chievous or malevolent grins and gestures which accompanied the stories. Our 
acquaintance with pidgin English was limited, so we missed much of the salter 
parts of the tales. 

Having fixed up our camp we strolled along the beach next morning, and 
could searcely realise that we were not in a retired corner of Port Jackson, so 
similar were the surroundings of sandstone rocks, weatherworn and rugged, and 
the stunted Euealypt scrub with a few mangroves on the water’s edge. As the 
tide fell we proceeded to wade out on the reef in search of Loricates. There was 
some loose shingle about high water mark, but below that we suddenly plunged 
into glutinous blue mud a foot or more in depth. This was not encouraging, 
but we persevered until we reached the outer fringe of the reef, which consisted 
of scattered lumps of dead coral on which a few large Amphitomuras, more or 
less eroded, were clinging. Here and there a living piece of coral showed that 
the reef was beginning to recover from the effects of the 1899 cyclone which was 
the probable cause of its destruction. Every time a stone or loose piece of dead 
coral was turned over the water was -clouded by the disturbed mud, and the 
stones were found to be devoid of anything in the shape of a Loricate. After 
plodding over half a mile of this muddy reef we went back to the cleaner sand 
near high water mark, and there found a few specimens of Ischnochiton luticolens 
and Haploplar arbutum. Charlie was then consulted and shown the specimens 
taken. “Oh, yes, plenty that fella he stop. Plenty good kaikai.’ In his 
“laneus” the name of the shell was “Alwulli,” but he appeared to be familiar 
only with the large Amphitomura, the smaller species, of course valueless for 


12 A NATURALIST IN NORTH QUEENSLAND, 


food, being unworthy of notice. He did not know where we could get any but 
the large shells. This was disheartening, but from day to day we persevered, 
examining miles of the shores of both Flinders and the other large island of the 
group, Stanley Island. The results were meagre in the extreme, three examples 
of a Lucilina, one Lophochiton, and two Acanthochitons. The two small shells 
found on the first day were plentiful enough, but the net result amounted to 
seven species, three very common, and four very scarce. Consequently the ques— 
tion I set out in the beginning of this narrative was answered in the negative. 

The reasons are fairly obvious. In the first place, coral is not a congenial 
base for Loricates, most of which are vegetable feeders. Living corals are rarely 
associated with the class of seaweed affected by these animals, and therefore one 
can only expect to find the carnivorous species, such as Cryptoplax, Schizochiton 
and some Acanthochitons associated with living coral. Dead coral is rarely found 
weed—bearing, and is generally very muddy, and very few species of Loricates 
care for muddy situations. 

It therefore becomes necessary to modify the conclusion, “That the Loricates 
exhibit a marked preference for sandstone, limestone, and other sedimentary 
rocks, the number of species exceeding twenty-five, and there being a wealth of 
individuals,’ by the addition of the proviso that the conditions of suitable food 
supply and clean water are present. 

One day was spent in visiting Clack Reef, a few miles to the eastward of 
Flinders Island. Markwell conveyed us to the reef in his lugger, but we found 
nothing of interest there. About two miles of “nigger heads” outline the reef, 
which is chiefly composed of dead coral. The wind was blowing fresh from the 
south-east, and our investigations were necessarily limited to the vicinity of the 
nigger heads, where we found nothing but the Amphitomuras, some of which ex— 
ceeded five inches in length, but all were eroded by the action of weather and 
exposure during low water. 

We climbed to the top of the 1,000 ft. hill on Flinders Island, and noted the 
remarkable absence of living creatures. No butterflies, or lizards were seen, but 
grasshoppers and numerous green ants on the trees were met with. The birds 
were few, both in numbers and species, the common Crow (Corvus cecilae) being 
the most numerous, hanging about our camp on the look out for seraps. Other 
land birds noticed were the Singing Honeyeater (Ptilotis sonora), Sun Bird 
(Cinnyris frenata), Kingfisher (Aleyone pusilla), Bar-shouldered Dove (Geopelia 
humeralis), Kestrel (Cerchneis cenchroides), and a few Swallows and Martins. 
On the shores were a few Reef Herons, Silver Gulls, Lesser Crested Terns, Caspian 
Terns, Pied Oystercatchers, Large-billed Stone Plovers, Sea Eagles and Ospreys. 
None of these species was represented by more than two pairs, most were in 
pairs only. The aboriginals asserted that there were no animals such as opossums, 
rat kangaroos, or rats on the islands. Land shells were scarce, excepting one 
large Thersites, dead shells of which were common, but we failed to obtain any 
living specimens, although we employed the native women to search for us, as” 
they use this snail for food when they can get it. 

Close to our eamp is a “bench mark,” established by H.M.S. Dart in 1899 
(Plate iv., fig. 7), and on the rocks near by some natives have imitated the 
blatant tourist who loves to smirch the scenery with his objectionable name 
(Plate v., fig. 10). 

We were able to agreeably supplement our rations with real turtle, in soup, 
steaks, and stew, all of which were most palatable. I also essayed a beche-de— 
mer soup which took eight hours of preparation, but was worth the trouble! 
The dried sea-slug requires soaking in fresh water overnight; it is then eut into 
thin slices and boiled over a slow fire for eight hours, by which time it has dis- 


HULL. 13 


solved into a rich jelly. It has very little flavor-of its own, its value lying in 
its thickening and enriching qualities. My soup was “flavoured” with turtle 
meat, cut into small blocks, a dove, onions, dried herbs, and the usual condiments. 
It certainly was most appetising, all hands having three “goes” at it. 

Having exhausted the Loricate possibilities of the Flinders Group, we ar- 
ranged with Markwell, who. was going out to the Barrier to provision his other 
luggers, to take us with him, and if possible carry us on to Cooktown, 120 miles 
south, calling at Lizard Island on the way. After a breakfast of goat chops, we 
left in the lugger at 9 a.m. on 12th June. The cold south-easterly wind that had 
been blowing almost without intermission ever since we reached Bowen dropped 
to such a light air that the lugger did little more than drift eastward, and it was 
dusk when we anchored under Cape Melville. On the way down we saw several 
turtle and dugong, and the crew had some willing chases in the dinghy, but 
failed to capture anything. Their harpoons were serviceable weapons, with iron 
barbed heads, so fitted to long shafts that when an animal was struck the barb 
remained in while the shaft was pulled out of the socket, nnd, attached by a 
line to the barb, with a long line in the hands of the harpooner, hampered the 
movements of the animal when it sounded, and indicated its return to the sur- 
face. I have recently seen it stated in the Sydney Bulletin that the dugong is 
nearly extinct in Queensland, but this is quite erroneous. J] saw several, and 
Markwell informed me that they are plentiful in the shallow waters of Princess 
Charlotte Bay. There is little encouragement offered to the hunter to systemati- 
eally carry on a dugong fishery, the price of the oil being too low to make it a 
paying proposition. The crews of the luggers stationed at Flinders Island fre- 
quently secure dugongs for food, and I saw fresh hides there, and used some 
of the oil for frying fish. 

The next morning we started with a light westerly wind, and reached Pipon 
Island. A lightship formerly anchored here was swept away by a cyclone, 
and the crew were lost. An automatic light now stands on the end of the reef, 
and we landed on the island where the light-keeper’s quarters used to be, and 
found many wading: birds, including Pelicans, Oyster—catchers, Curlews, ete., all 
of which moved out on the sandbanks, keeping well away from the intruders. 
A pair of Caspian Terns had their nest, containing two eggs, on the island 
just above high water mark. This evidence of a sea-bird breeding in June ap- 
peared worthy of remark, but Markwell turned up his log book in which he had 
entered useful memoranda as to possible food supplies, and gave me the follow— 
ing interesting data:—‘l0th August 1923, on No. 2 Reef, N.E. of Flinders 
Island, birds with fresh eggs and some dropped eggs while hovering over- 
head. 1st December on Stapleton Island off Barrow Head, eggs and young 
birds. 19th May, 1924, on Pipon Island fresh eggs.’””’ We know from the re- 
cords of Jukes and Maegillivray that there are at least two breeding seasons on 
Raine Islet, April-May and October-December. My discoveries and Markwell’s 
notes indicate that almost at any time in the year one may find sea-birds breed— 
ing somewhere along the Great Barrier Reef. Our search for Loricates at Pipon 
Island was not rewarded to any extent. The large Amphitomuras were plentiful 
on the nigger heads, and Cecil Hall found a solitary Schizochiton in a crevice 
in a block of dead coral on the reef. This was the first living specimen of this 
curious vermiform Loricate I had seen, and I looked forward with interest to 
the possibility of finding it in quantity. The wind continued light, veering to 
the S.E., and the current being against us we drifted back to Cape Melville and 
anchored at 3 p.m. Lewers went out with some of the crew after dugong, and 
landing on Boulder Rock, a great pile of granite about a mile from the Cape, 


14 A NATURALIST IN NORTH QUEENSLAND, 


found the Silver Gulls nesting there. The whole of Saturday, 14th June, we 
crawled along with a light S.E. wind; landed on Barrow Island, and found a 
nest of the White-headed Osprey containing two eggs. Although the shore of 
this island was strewn with loose stones, I found no Loricates of any species, 
not even the common big fellow. By evening we had reached Noble Island, a 
rugged mass with three peaks of varying altitudes, the highest about 400 feet. 
In the morning we landed, and found a shaft and tunnel where wolfram was 
mined during the war. An Osprey’s nest containing three eggs was found by 
Lewers on the lowest peak. The beautiful Macleay’s Kingfisher was seen, and 
a rail, probably Hypotaenidia philippensis was flushed from the long grass. 
Some of the crew found suitable wood for fire-making, and they instructed 
Lewers in the art in which he soon became quite proficient. 

At 7.30 am. we left Noble Island, and with a freshening S.E. wind beat 
out to the Howick Group of Islands, landing on No. 1 Island at low water at 1 
p-m. Here there is a magnificent live coral reef over which we wandered select— 
ing specimens for the collection of the Great Barrier Reef Committee. It was a 
gorgeous garden of colour that was spread out before us, and we soon had our 
kerosene tins full of speeimens. Pushing on to the eastern end of the reef we 
found a dead patch, with many loose stones embedded in the sand. Here I found 
the natural haunt of the Schizochiton, taking twenty fine specimens, together 
with a few large Lucilinas, and some specimens of Lophochiton granijvr. Lewers 
secured half a dozen large mangrove crabs, which we cooked for tea and found 
delicious. Boughton or No, 2 Island was also visited, being separated from No. 
1 by a very narrow channel. 

Next morning, June 16, we started for Lizard Island, which loomed blue 
on the distant horizon, but a stiff south-easterly wind met us as we left the 
shelter of the big Howick, and after beating into a heavy sea for an hour we 
were forced to return to shelter, anchoring in the channel between Boughton 
and Coquet, or No, 3 Island. There is an automatic light on this island, and 
an Osprey’s nest was built on the platform, but had been pulled down by the 
patrol steamer. The birds had rebuilt in a high mangrove, and the nest con—- 
tained one egg, and a Japanese sandal reposed amongst the odds and ends of 
the lining. Silver Gulls were nesting here, fresh eggs being found. As the tide 
fell we worked down the reef, mostly of dead coral debris, and found the 
Schizochitons in numbers, several handsome Lucilinas, and seven other species 
of Loricates. Altogether this day’s captures equalled the total takings on the 
Flinders Group. The next day we were joined by the Alidina, another of 
Morey’s luggers, which had run in from the outer Barrier Reef for shelter. 
Together we ran round to the lee side of Howick No. 1, and there we stayed 
for four days, pitching to the choppy seas, swept by bitterly cold rain squalls, 
in the intervals of which we fished and cooked our meals under difficulties. We 
had turtles, crabs, and plenty of cod and snapper, so our days were not without 
their compensating moments. Besides, the time was of the greatest value to me, 
as I was able to make good specimens of the Schizochitons, which require a great 
deal of manipulation while drying to preserve the girdle and keep it from 
shrinking. Each specimen, after the animal had been removed, was bound with 
tape on a slip of wood, and was subsequently removed, the girdle pressed out, 
and replaced on the slip six times, at intervals of about ten hours. A fine range 
of well-preserved specimens was the ultimate result. The fishing, which started 
fairly well with 12 to 15 Ib. snapper, began to fall off as some sharks came’ 
round and snapped the snapper on the way to the surface, leaving only a head 
or half a fish on the line. The nights were far from comfortable, as it was too 


HULL. 15 


wet to sleep on deck, and the small stuffy cabin was not only overcrowded with 
ourselves, but was infested with huge cockroaches which nibbled our toes and 
brushed our faces with their offensive antennae. Lewers and Hall went with 
some of the crew in the dinghy and examined the near reef, but it was muddy 
and no Loricates were seen. At-8 a.m. on the 19th June, the wind still blowing 
strong from the S.E., an Albatross came and sat on the water just astern of the 
dinghy which was tossing at the end of the painter a few yards from the lugger. 
The bird had a dark bill, greyish-white feet, black wings, the colour extending 
right across the back, the tip of the tail was black, and the whole under surface 
was white, and a dark greyish shading extended from the shoulders round the 
neck, almost meeting under the chin. The head was greyish-black. It was much 
disturbed by small sharks, and frequently rose, cireling round a little, and then 
settling down again. It answered fairly well to the description of Diomedea 
chrysostoma, except for the neck shading. The mate of the Alidina, a Filipino, 
said he had seen a similar bird at Raine Islet and also off Cairns. The record 
is interesting, as occurrences of Albatrosses so far north are rare. 

On the following day, the wind showing no sign of abating, we decided to 
run back to the Flinders Group, as there was no apparent hope of getting 
further south. Leaving the anchorage at 8.30 am. we reached Point Barrow 
at noon, and anchored in Ninian Bay, going ashore and calling on Mr. Instone 
at “Abbey Peak” in the afternoon. A pair of Ospreys had built a huge nest 
in a large dead tree near the landing place. Lewers climbed up to it, but it 
contained no eggs, having been recently re-lined ready for use. The foreshore 
was very muddy, and the rocks granite, on which a few Amphitomuras clung; 
one or two small Ischnochitons were also found. A small crocodile was seen 
swimming across the shallow bay, and we saw the skull of one Mr. Instone had 
shot, the animal measuring 14 ft. 6 in. For two days it blew almost with the 
force of a gale, and we had to shift our anchorage further inshore. Early on 
Sunday, 22nd June, we left the Bay, beating out to Cape Melville. Rounded the 
Cape at noon, and ran under double reefed mainsail and jib only, whipped by 
violent squalls from the high hills of bare granite which threatened more than 
once to “take the sticks out of her,’ and reached the shelter of the islands at 2 
p-m., our morning’s run of forty miles in four hours being somewhat of a 
record. 

As illustrating the facility with which the aboriginals can communicate by 
means of their sign language, the following incident may be related. While we 
lay in Ninian Bay, about halt a mile from the shore, some aboriginals appeared 
on the beach and signalled. One of our crew explained that they had a little 
pig with a white mark for sale. No voice from the shore could possibly be 
audible in the strong wind at that distance. The dinghy was sent ashore, and 
the pig duly arrived. It was black fore and aft, with a white band encircling 
its middle. After some bargaining the pig was purchased for ten sticks of 
tobacco, value under three shillings, and its former owners returned to the shore. 
The dinghy was brought back, and the pig left to roam the deck and make itself 
at home. Some time later I was looking out and saw a small black object swim— 
ming shorewards; it was the pig. The dinghy was hastily launched and the pig 
recaptured almost on the point of exhaustion. Contrary to the generally ac— 
cepted belief that a pig will cut its throat with its fore trotters if it attempts 
to swim, this particular example did not exhibit even a seratch on its throat. 

The following five days were spent in further investigation of the reefs of 
the islands, but the tides were unfavourable, and the wind bitterly cold. On the 
27th June the three Iuggers which had been out on the Barrier returned with 


16 A NATURALIST IN NORTH QUEENSLAND. 


their cargoes of beehe-de-mer and trochus shell. Markwell classified. the 
varieties of beche-de-mer as follows:—Deepwater Black, Barrier Red, Teat- 
fish, Prickle-fish or Culla-culla, Mumma teat-fish, Mainland black, Sand Red, 
Tiger—fish, Lolly, Sandfish, Chalkfish, and Curryfish, the quality and value descend— 
ing in the order given. As evidencing the recuperative nature of the fishing 
grounds Miller, one of the skippers, told me that he had fished over a section of 
reef, and returning a month later had got a good haul of beche-de—-mer on the 
same ground. He had taken nine bags of trochus shell and two months later 
got ten bags from the same area. 

On 28th June the Kallatina arrived on her northward voyage, and we de- 
cided to go with her as far as Thursday Island, leaving at dawn, and arriving 
at the island on the following afternoon. A week was spent in collecting on the 
shore of the island, where we took no less than seven species of Loricates, a most 
unexpected result, as the great tides and sweeping currents would suggest un- 
favourable conditions. The big Amphitomuras were there literally in thousands, 
but the other species were not numerous in individuals. By the courtesy of Mr. 
Crawford, the Collector of Customs, we were enabled to visit Booby Island, about 
20 miles west of Thursday Island, a rugged rock on which there is a lighthouse. 
We saw only one Booby, the Brown Gannet, there, and a few Crested Terns. 
In a rift in the rocks there are a few Ficus trees, and from one of them a 
large bird was flushed. It was light, almost white in colour, bluish on the head 
and back, and had a long tail. Mr. Norgate, the lighthouse keeper, told me that 
it was a New Guinea Pheasant, and was not uncommonly seen passing over from 
New Guinea to the mainland. It was evidently one of the large Pheasant 
Coucals of New Guinea, but no specimen has been recorded as taken in Aus- 
tralia. 

I was asked to give an address to the Thursday Island branch of the Royal 
Geographical Society on the aims and objects of the Great Barrier Reef In- 
vestigation Committee. A large audience assembled in the schoolhouse, and 
listened very attentively to my remarks. As everyone on the island is directly 
or indirectly interested in the solution of the various economic problems of the 
pearl shell, trochus and beche-de—mer industries, much good may be expected 
from the formation of this branch of the Society. Mr. Hocking, one of the 
oldest pearlshellers on the island, has a remarkable museum in which he has 
beautiful series of exhibits showing the various products of the reefs in their 
natural and manufactured states. I noted a new object made from the former 
waste keeled edges of the trochus shells, which are now cut into ovals, polished, 
and stained pink, amethyst, or green, and make most attractive imitation cat’s- 
eyes. We met with much hospitality from the residents of Thursday Island, 
and the Collector of Customs placed one of the Department’s cottages at our 
disposal, thus giving us every facility for handling and preparing our specimens. 
We left the island by the Kallatina on her return from the Gulf Ports on 7th 
July, and journeyed through to Brisbane in this small but very comfortable and 
well-found boat, 


17 


THE LEPIDOPTERA OF YEPPOON. 
By A. Jerrerts Turner, M.D., F.E.S. 


The Lepidoptera of Australia must remain incompletely known until there 
are resident collectors in every considerable area. At present this is far from 
being the case. In Queensland the lepidopterous fauna of the coastal strip from 
the Tweed River to Gympie is fairly well-known, though very far from com— 
pletely. For the purposes of this paper we may term this the Brisbane fauna. 
Next to this we know most of the fauna of the coastal district around Cairns, 
though still less completely. In the Central district we know many species from 
Duaringa, from the work of the late Mr. George Barnard and his sons, but 
have with hardly an oxception no records from the coastal district. Advantage 
was taken by several entomologists of the recent Congress of Ornithologists to 
investigate the lepidoptera of the district around Yeppoon. This watering 
place is surrounded by open forest and jungle. To the immediate north is a 
range of low coastal hills jungle-covered and extremely rich to the entomologist, 
though it is to be feared that much of it will before long be cleared. Here Mr. W. 
B. Barnard and myself collected from October 17th to 21st, and again from the 
26th to the 29th. From October 22nd to October 26th we collected around the 
camp at Byfield, a banana-growing district, about 25 miles to the north, also of 
mixed forest and jungle. Mr. A. Musgrave collected some lepidoptera in both 
localities, and Mr. R. Illidge helped us in compiling the list of Rhopalocera. The 
week after our departure, Mr. G. M. Goldfinch also collected at Yeppoon from 
November 4th to 8th. Taken altogether, this was an entomological foray of 
some magnitude, and the list of species hera given is of some scientific value, 
for hitherto this district has been to the entomologist a terra incognita. 


LYCAENIDAE. 


Candalides xanthosjilos Hb. 
Thysonotis taygetus Feld. 
Nacaduba perusia Feld. 
Nacaduba ancyra Feld. 
Nacaduba berenice H.-Sch. 
Euchrysops cnejus Fab. 
Lampides boeticus Lin. 
Chilades trochilus Freyer. 


Delias argenthona Fab. 
Elodina parthia Hew. 
Huphina perimale Don. 
Appias ega Bdvy. 
Catopsilia gorgophone Bay. 


Zizina labradus Godart. 
*Miletus apelles Fab. 
Ogyris amaryllis Hew. 
*Arhopala amytis Hew. 
*Arhopala meander Bday. 
Deudorix diovis Hew. 
*“Hypolycaena phorbas Fab. 


PIERIDAE. 


Catopsilia pomona Fab. f. crocalebram. 
Terias libythea Fab. 

Terias hecabe Lin. 

Terias smilax Don. 


18 i THE LEPIDOPTERA OF YEPPOON. 


Danaida archippus Fab. 
Danaida affinis Fab. 
Danaida petilia Stoll. 
Danaida hamata Macleay. 
Euploea tulliolus Fab. 
Euploea corinna Macleay. 
Acraea andromacha Fab. 
*Mycalesis terminus Fab. 
Hypocysta adiante Hb. 
Hypocysta irius Fab. 


sthenelus Macleay. 
aegeus Don. 
capaneus Westw. 
leosthenes Dhbld. 


Papilio 
Papilio 
Papilio 
Papilio 


*Toxidia tyrrhus Mab. 
Toxidia parvula Ploetz. 
Padraona heterobathra Low. 


Sauris hirudinata Gn. 
*Gymnoscelis acidna Turn. 
Chloroelystis cissocosma Turn. 


*Chloroclystis nigrilineata Warr. 


Eucymatoge ghosha Wk. 


Eois albicostata Wk. 

Eois eretmopus Turn. 
Xenocentris pilosata Warr. 
Scopula desita Wlk. 
Scopula rubraria Dbld. 
Scopula recessata Wk. 
Scopula oppilata W1k. 


Mizocera latilineata W1k. 
Cymatoplex haleyone Meyr. 
Eucyclodes pieroides Wk. 


Cleora inflexaria Snel. 
Cleora compactaria Wk. 
Cleora lacteata Warr. 
Cleora displicata Wk. 
Boarmia suasaria Gn. 
Boarmia externaria Wk. 
Boarmia maculata Lue, 


NYMPHALIDAE. 


Hypocysta pseudirius Butl. 
Yphthima arctous Fab. 
Melanitis leda Lin. 

Eulepis sempronius Fab. 
Phaedyma shepherdi Moore. 
Precis villida Fab. 
Pyrameis kershawi MeCoy. 
Hypolimnas bolina Lin. 
Cupha prosope Fab. 


PAPILIONIDAE. 


*Papilio parmatus Gray. 
Papilio lycaon Westw. 
Papilio sarpedon Lin. 
Eurycus cressida Fab. 


HESPERIDAB. 


Padraona flavovittata Lin. 
Badamia exclamationis Fab. 
Hasora discolor Feld. 


LARENTIADAE. 


Buchoeca rubropunctaria Dbld. 


Cidaria scythropa Meyr. 
Cidaria uncinata Gn. 
Xanthorhoe brujata Gn. 


STERRHIDAE. 


Scopula despoliata Wk. 
Scopula hypochra Meyr. 
Scopula innocens Butl. 
*Trygodes catacissa Turn. 


*Chrysocraspeda cruoraria Warr. 


Anisodes pallida Moore. 
Pisoraca eryptorhodata Wk. 


GEOMETRIDAE. 


Pingasa emiliaria Gn. 
Terpna quadrilinea Lue. 
Rhuma subaurata Wk. 


BOARMIADAE. 


Boarmia symmorpha Turn. 
Ectropis sabulosa Warr. 
Ectropis hemiprosopa Turn. 
Ectropis camelaria Gn. 
Casbia albinotata Warr. 
Rhinodia rostraria Gn. 


*Nadagarodes ochrophara Turn. 


Zeuctophlebia squalidata Wk. 
Dichromodes ornata Wk. 
Adeixis inostentata Wlk. 
*Eumelia aureliata Gn. 


Protoparce convolwuli Lin. 


Balantiucha decorata Warr. 
Balantiucha leucocephala Wk. 


Eressa strepsimeris Meyr, 


Lexis nitens Wk. 
Thallarcha leptographa Turn. 
Philenora aspectatella Wk. 
Philenora chionastis Meyyr. 
Asura bipars Wk. 

Asura cervicalis Wk. 


Celama fraterna Moore. 
Celama argentea Lue. 


Canthylidia pallida Buti. 
Agrotis poliotis Hmps. 
Euxoa radians Gn. 
Sideridis diatrecta Butl. 
Sideridis abdominalis Wk. 
Sideridis dentosa Turn. 
Cosmodes elegans Don. 
Calogramma festiva Gn. 
Spodoptera mauritia Bdy. 
Amyna natalis W1k. 
Amyna octo Gn. 
Caradrina obtusa Hmps. 
Aucha vesta Swin. 

Aucha triphaenoides Wlk. 
*Araeoptera pleurotypa Turn. 
Araeoptera canescens Wk. 
Trissernis prasinoscia Meyr. 
Micrapatetis leucozona Turn. 
Eublemma parva Hb. 
Eublemma pectorora Lue. 
*Eublemma curvata Lue. 
Catoblemma dubia Buti. 
Catoblemma aplecta Turn. 
Cerynea trogobasis Hmps. 
Ozarba punctigera Wk. 


TURNER. 


OENOCHROMIDAE, 


Epidesmia tryzaria Gn. 
Epidesmia transcissata W1k. 
Oenochroma punctiunculis Lue. 


SPHINGIDAE, 


EPIPLEMIDAE. 


*Monobolodes subfalcata Warr. 


SYNTOMIDAR. 


ARCTIADAE. 


Termessa laeta Wk. 
*“Hemonia micrommata Turn. 
Schistophleps albida Wk. 
Utetheisa pulchella Lin. 
“Maenas maculifascia Wk. 


Nowak. 


Nola brunella Hmps. 


Nocrurpag. 


Eustrotia amorpha Butl. 
Eustrotia ritsemae Snel. 
Tarache detrita Butl. 
Callipyris drosera Meyr. 
Corgatha figuralis Wlk. 
Oruza semilux Wk. 
Lophoptera squammigera Gn. 
Sarrothripus symmicta Turn. 
Selepa celtis Moore. 
Selepa rhythmopis Turn. 
*Selepa geraea Hmps. 
Blenina lichenopa Meyr. 
Calathusa basicunea W1k. 
Calathusa metableta Turn. 
Earias smaragdina Butl. 
Nertobriga signata Wk. 
Acontia amata Wik. 
Acontia transversa Gn. 
Erebus dentifascia W1k. 
Grammodes justa Wk. 
Grammodes cooma Swin. 
*Melipotis dubia Butl. 
Mocis frugalis Fab. 
Catephia acronyctoides Gn. 
Tolpia conscitulana Wk. 


19 


20 THE LEPIDOPTERA OF YEPPOON. 


Rivula ommatopis Meyr. 
Anomis sabulifera Gu. 
Rhesala cyclostigma Turn. 
Rhesala digramma W1k. 
Hyperlopha cristifera W1k. 
Othreis fullonica Lin. 
Artigisa impropria Wk. 
Sandava xylistis Swin. 
Sericea spectans Gn. 
Hypaetra discolor Fab. 
Anticarsia bolinoides. 
Oxyodes tricolor Gn. 
Hypertrocta variabilis Swin. 


Prionopterina grammatistis Meyr. 


Porthesia galactopis Turn. 
Porthesia fimbriata Lue. 
Porthesia lutea Fab. 


Digama marmorea Buti. 
*Hypsa dama Fab. 


Anthela acuta Wk. 


Digglesia cycloloma Turn. 


Pollanisus subdolosus Wk. 


Rhodoneura dissimulans Warr. 
*Rhodoneura bastialis Wk. 


Anerastria apotomella Meyr. 
Ecbletodes psephenias Turn. 
“Ancylosis lapsalis Wk. 
Trissonca ianthemis Meyr. 
Odontarthria subfuscella Hmps. 


Heteromicta pachytera Meyr. 


Neargyria argyraspis Meyr. 
Crambus cuneiferellus Wlk. 
Argyria amoenalis Snel. 


Endotricha dispergens Lue. 
Endotricha mesenterialis Wk. 
Endotricha docilis Wk. 
Endotricha pyrosalis Gn. 
Scenedra decoratalis Wlk. 
Trichophysetis cretacea Butl. 


Meyrickiella ruptella W1k. 
“Tampa tephraea Turn. 
Hlomodes bracteigutta Wk. 
Heterormista modesta Swin. 
Heterormista psammochrea Low. 
Aginna circumscripta Wk. 
Hydrillodes lentalis Gn. 
Progonia patronalis Wlk. 
Simplicia robustalis Gn. 
Nodaria armatalis Wk. 
Chusaris oculalis Moore. 
Hypena gonospilalis Wk. 
Hyblaea puera Cram, 


LYMANTRIADAE. 


Euproctis habrostola Turn. 
[Taken on North Keppel Island. ] 
Lymantria reducta Wk. 


Hypsipaz. 
Hypsa plagiata Wik. 


ANTHELIDAR., 


LASIOCAMPIDAE. 


ZYGAENIDAE. 

Pollanisus viridipulverulentus Quer. 
THYRIDIDAE. 

* Addaea fragilis Warr. 

Addaea polyphoralis Wk. 
PHYCITIDAE. 


*Epicrocis saturatella Mab. 

Epicrocis sublignalis Wik. 

Spatulipalpia pallidicostalis Wk. 

Nephopteryx minutella Rag. 

Nephopteryx metasarca Low. 
GALLERIADAE, 

Galleria mellonella Lin. 
CRAMBIDAE, 

*“Ubida holomochla Turn. 


Anaclastis apicistrigella Myr. 
Talis bivittella Don. 


SCHOENOBIADAE, 
Cirrhochrista puncticulata Hmps. 


PYRALIDAE. 


Curena externalis Wk. 
Herculia albidalis Wik. 
Bostra disticha Turn. 
Spectatrota fimbrialis Warr. 
Cardamyla didymalis Wk. 
Heterobela triglochis Turn. 


Nymphula dicentra Meyr. 
Nymphula turbata Butl. 
Nymphula nitens Butl. 
*Cataclysta foedalis Gn. 
*Cataclysta repititalis Warr. 
Araeomorpha atmota Turn. 
*Aulacodes siennata Warr. 
Musotima suffusalis Hmps. 
Musotima ochropteralis Gn. 
Ercta ornatalis Dup. 
Hymenia fascialis Cram. 
Nacoleia parasephis Meyr. 
Nacoleia chrysorycta Meyr. 
Nacoleia amphidecalis W1k. 
Bradina mannalis W1k. 
*Bradina admixtalis W1k. 
Tatobotys janapalis Wk. 
Sylepta quaternalis Zel. 
*Sylepta nigrilinealis Wk. 
Sylepta adipalis Led. 
Sylepta pompalis Wik. 
Sylepta derogata Fab. 
Nausinoe pueritia Cram. 
Phacellura indica Saund. 
Hedylepta diemenalis Gu. 
Hedylepta poeonalis Wik. 


Palaeodes samealis Hmps. 


Trichoptilus adelphodes Meyr. 


Orneodes phricodes Meyr. 


Isochorista eudrosa Turn. 
Acroceuthes metaxanthana Wk. 
Capua vacuana Wk. 

Cacoecia australana Lewin. 


Spilonota semicanella Wk. 
Eucosma plebeiana Zel. 
Bactra testudinea Turn. 
Polychrosis botrana Schif. 
Articolla prospera Meyr. 
Argyroploce illepida Butl. 


Cosmopteryx mimetis Meyr. 
Zapyrastra calliphana Meyr. 
Labdia deliciosella Wk. 
Labdia chryselectra Meyr. 
Labdia cyanogramma Meyr. 


TURNER. 


PYRAUSTIDAE. 


Buclasta maceratalis Led. 
Dysallacta negatalis Wk. 
Margaronia incurvata Warr. 


*Margaronia pulverulentalis Hmps. 


Margaronia excelsalis Wk. 
Marasmia venilialis Wk. 
Sceliodes cordahs Dbld. 
“Archermis metriodes Turn. 
*Entephria cribata Fab. 
Bocchoris onychinalis Gn. 
Prooedema inscisalis W1k. 
Prophantis octoguttalis Feld. 
Maruca testulalis Geyer. 
Acharana licarsisalis W1k. 
Crocidolomia binotalis Gn. 
Sameodes cancellalis Zel. 
Hyalobathra archeleuca Meyr. 
Ischnurges illustralis Led. 
Polygrammodes lucalis W1k. 
*Noorda amethystina Swin. 
Noorda nyctiphaes Turn. 
Metasia strangalota Meyr. 
Metasia acharis Meyr. 
Metasia microchrysalis Wk. 
Heliothela ophideres Wk. 


TINEODIDAR. 


PTEROPHORIDAE. 


Sphenarches caffer Zel. 


ORNEODIDAB. 


TORTRICIDAE. 


Colocyttara asperana Wk. 
Colocyttara epidesma Low. 
Colocyttara phaeolopha Turn. 


EUCOSMIDAE. 


Argyroploce amoebaea Low. 


Argyroploce miltographa Meyr. 


Argyroploce doxicastana Meyr. 
*Argyroploce exedra Turn. 
Laspeyresia aurantiana Pryer. 


EXLACHISTIDAE. 


Pyroderces aulacosema Low. 
Pyroderces mesoptila Meyr. 
Pyroderces terminella Wk. 

Otonoma anemois Meyr. 


21 


22 THE LEPIDOPTERA OF YEPPOON. 


Aristotelia furtiva Meyr. 
Aristotelia thetica Meyr. 
Anacampsis simplicella Wk. 
Acanthophila xanthastis Low. 
Platyedra gossypiella Saund. 
*“Anaptilora isocosma Meyr. 
Anaptilora eremias Meyr. 


Cryptophasa themerodes Turn. 
Plectophila thrasycosma Meyr. 
Odites pudica Low. 


Macrobathra mesopora Meyr. 
Barea leucocephala Turn. 
Oenochroa laetella Wik. 
Epipyrga agaclita Meyr. 
Scaeosopha mitescens Lue. 
Eulechria tropica Meyr. 
Eulechria threnodes Turn. 
Eulechria xipheres Turn. 
Eulechria amaura Meyr. 
Eulechria triferella W1k. 


Eulechria melanogramma Turn. 


Machimia pudica Zel. 
Machimia sobriella Wk. 
Machimia costimacula Meyr. 
Machimia sarcodes Turn. 


Machaeretis melanospora Meyr. 


Machaeretis samphoras Meyr. 
Machaeretis heniocha Meyyr. 


Aeoloscelis hydrographa Meyr. 


Vanicela wenadelpha Meyr. 
*“Brenthia quadriforella Zel. 


Tanaoctena odptila Turn. 
Hyponomeuta paurodes Meyr. 


Hyponomeuta myriosemus Turn. 


Epicephala albistriatella Turn. 


Tonza purella Wilk. 


Buccuwlatrix ulocarena Turn. 
Erechthias caustophara Turn. 
Iphierga stasiodes Meyr. 
Moerarchis australasiella Don. 


Xyleutes duponcheli Newm. 


Charagia cyanochlora Low. 


GELECHIADAB. 


Crocanthes prasinopis Meyr. 
Crocanthes micradelpha Low. 
Achoria inopina Meyr. 
Lecithocera micromela Low. 
Dichomeris thanatopsis Low. 
Tituacia deviella Wk. 


XYLORYCTIDAE. 


Catoryctis eugramma Meyr. 
Procometis hylonoma Meyr. 


OECOPHORIDAR. 


Ocystola neurota Meyr. 
Coesyra translatella W1k. 
Coesyra, cyclotoma Meyyr. 
Coesyra disticta Turn. 
Coesyra leptospila Meyr. 
Enchronista proximella Wk. 
Philobota cosmocrates Meyr. 
Chrysonoma fascialis Fab. 
Zonopetala divisella Wlk. 
Eochrois laetiferana Wk. 
Eochrois protophaes Meyr.’ 
Tortricopsis pyroptis Meyr. 
Eutorna pabulicola Meyr. 
Leptosaces schistopa Meyr. 
Scorpiopsis pyrobola Meyyr. 
Peritorneuta circulatella Wk. 
Peritorneuta thyellia Meyr. 


HELIODINIDAE. 


“Stathmopoda mimantha Meyr. 
Stathmopoda crocophanes Meyr. 


GLYPHIPTERYGIDAE. 


*“Simaethis ophiosema Low. 


HYPONOMEUTIDAR. 


Lactura cristata Butl. 
Lactura pilcheri Lue. 


GRACILARIADAE, 
PLUTELLIDAE. 


TINEIDAE. 


Scardia clonodes Meyr. 
Monopis meliorella Wk. 
Tinea xystidophora Meyr. 


CossIDAk. 


HAPIALIDAE. 


TURNER. 23 


Our record comprises 407 species, of which 57 are Rhopalocera. This is of 
course only a small fraction of what would be obtained by continuous collecting 
in what is certainly a rich locality. It gives only the species obtainable at 
one season of the year, and these very incompletely. But it may claim to 
be a fairly representative list, very few families are not represented, and 
some are represented to a considerable extent. Before discussing what 
conclusions may be drawn from it, let us first state the problem that we 
were endeavouring to solve. We wished to know whether the coastal district 
of Central Queensland had any peculiar endemic fauna. So far as the species 
attached to the forest areas are concerned this was scarcely possible, for the 
forest presents an unbroken area throughout the Queensland coast. The ease is 
different with the species attached to the jungle. It is a perfectly accurate state— 
ment, that the Queensland coastal district consists of a sea of Australian forest 
dotted with islands of Indo—Malayan jungle, and whether the jungle presented a 
gradual transition in its fauna from south to north was an open question. We 
also wished to establish the relationship of what we may call the Yeppoon fauna 
to the Brisbane and Cairns faunas. To the first question we can give an un— 
equivocal answer. The number of unidentified species (not represented in our 
list) was comparatively small, and with only two or three exceptions they be— 
long to those sections of our fauna that are at present most imperfectly known, 
the Nocruryar and Hypeninae sections of the Nocruman, the PHycrripan, and 
the various families of the Trynorpea. The Yeppoon fauna is not peculiar, but 
consists of a mixture of the Brisbane and Cairns faunas. The presence of the 
latter was very evident; a large number of species, which I have marked with 
a * find in Yeppoon their most southern record. Many of these species were 
both conspicuous and abundant. Yeppoon is probably the limit of the range 
of many of them, though we must acknowledge that stragglers at any rate may 
yet be found further south, and that we know hardly anything of the Lepi- 
doptera between Yeppoon and Gympie, a distance of 300 miles, including the 
Bundaberg district. An instance in point was the large and handsome Cupha 
prosope, which we found abundant everywhere, while in Brisbane it is a rare 
visitor. Many species also find in Yeppoon their most northern record, but in 
this instance it is much less probable that it is their real northern limit. Though 
our knowledge of the districts to the north is fragmentary, there are indications 
that the Brisbane fauna extends much further north, to the Eungella Plateau 
behind Macleay, and to the highlands around Herberton. Our conelusion that 
the jungle fauna of the Queensland coast contains no endemie areas applies to 
low altitudes only. The mountain jungles above 2,000 ft. may not conform to 
this, but here we have no sufficient data from which to draw any conclusion. 

Among the Rhopalocera we took only a small proportion of the LycAmNIDAE 
and Hesperian that must be found in the locality; in the other families there 
are not so many gaps to be filled. The Gromerrites are poorly represented, 
least so in the SrerrHiDAE. Of the Nocrurpax the list is comparatively large. 
The same is true of the PyrAusTipaxr, a characteristically tropical group. Next 
to these are the OzcopHORImAH, and it is noteworthy that all of this family that 
have been identified occur further south. Of the other families the GELECHIADAE 
were best represented. Probably the Torrricrres would be found much better 
represented in the autumn. 


24 


AUSTRALIAN TICKS. 
By E. W. Frreuson, M.B., Ch.M. 


The attention of the public has recently been directed to two aspects of the 
tick problem—the poisonous effects of the scrub tick in human beings, and the 
outbreak of tick fever in cattle in the Tweed River district. 

It would seem advantageous, therefore, to briefly review the present state of 
knowledge of our Australian ticks, including all the described species, as well 
as those of known noxious habits. 

Ticks belong to the class ARACHNIDA, which includes the spiders and scorpions, 
and to the order AcARINA, which comprises both mites and ticks. With the mites 
—many of which are of interest, both from the medical and economic aspects— 
I do not propose to deal in this article. © 

The classification of the ticks has been the subject of much discussion, which 
will be found in Nuttall, Warburton, Cooper, and Robinson: “Ticks, a Mono- 
graph of the Ixodoidea,’ Part II., 1911. The arrangement there suggested is 
followed in what appears below. According to these authorities the ticks are 
included in the super—family [xopompa Banks, which is further subdivided into 
the families ArGAsIDAn and Ixoprpaz. 

Im the ArGAstpAr the whole body is covered by a more or less uniform 
leathery integument, whereas the Ixopipan possess a shield or seutum which covers 
the whole back in the male but only forms a small patch on the anterior part of 
the dorsum of the female. In the ArGAstpAn the capitulum—which includes the 
“biting” apparatus—is ventral in position, and may be completely concealed from 
above; in the Ixopipax it is anterior and visible in its entirety. There are other 
differences between the two families which need not be further enumerated here. 

Life History.—The tick passes through four separate stages in its life history 
—egg, larva, nymph, and adult. The larvae possess only three pairs of legs, and 
the nymph may be distinguished from the adult by the absence of the genital 
pore. Beyond this general scheme the life histories of different species vary 
greatly, particularly in regard to the relationship of the species to their hosts. 

Too little is known in this respect of the life histories of Australian ticks, 
and, with one exception, the life history has not been fully worked out of a 
single native species. 

Several different types of life histories are known among ticks. Thus in 
some species (e.g., Boophilus australis) all the stages are passed on the one 
animal, the female only dropping off when replete. In other cases (eg., Ixodes) 
each stage, when replete, drops from the host, ecdysis taking place on the ground. 
Tn still other cases the larval and nymphal stages may be passed on the one 
individual, the nymph dropping off when replete. 

In some instances ticks appear to attack numerous animals indiscriminately; 
in other cases they are more or less rigidly restricted to a species or group of 
closely related species of animals; or the larva, or larva and nymph, may be 


FERGUSON. 25 


confined to one species and the other stages to another, or may attack other 
animals indiscriminately. 

ARGASIDAE.—Two genera (Argas and Ornithodorus) are admitted by Nut- 
tall, Warburton, Cooper, and Robinson (1908), though these authors state that 
the differences between the two are less obvious than was formerly considered 
the case, intermediate species having been found that tend to bridge the gap 
between the type species of the two genera (loc. cit., p. 3). The chief distinction 
lies in the lateral margin of the dorsum, which in Argas is distinctly flattened 
with a structure different from the general integument, this margin giving the 
body a sharp edge which is never completely obliterated even when the tick is 
replete; in Ornithodorus the margins are thick and ill-defined, not differing in 
structure from the rest of the integument and disappearing on distension. The 
capitulum is ventral in Argas and quite invisible from above; in Ornithodorus 
it is subterminal and the anterior portions often visible dorsally in the adult. 

Both genera contains species whieh ave of great economic importance, beng 
carriers of spirochaetes, which are the casual organisms of disease in human be— 
ings and animals. Thus Spirochaeta marchouwi, the cause of spirochaetosis in 
fowls, may be transmitted by Argas persicus, A. reflexus, and Ornithodorus mou- 
bata. S‘pirochacta duttoni, the causal organism of West African relapsing fever, 
is conveyed by Ornithodorus moubata, and it is now generally considered that 
relapsing fever in Persia and other parts of Western Asia is carried by Argas 
persicus. 

Argas persicus (Oken), 1818.—This cosmopolitan species has been introduced 
into Australia, and is now well established, probably in all the States. It is a 
denizen—in this country, at any rate—of fowl houses and coops, and is com- 
monly termed the fowl tick. ; 

As the vector of the causal organism of fowl spirochaetosis, this species is of 
considerable economie importance. A full account of the life history will he 
found in Nuttall, Warburtor, Cooper, and Robinson (1908). The eggs are laid 
in the hiding places of the adults, in cracks and crevices in the walls (op. cit., 
p- 81). Hatching takes place in about three weeks. The larvae drop off the 
fowl after feeding, and by moulting change to the nymphal stage, after which 
the nymphs attach themselves to a fresh host. Two moults take place in the 
nymphal stage, the adult tick emerging after the second moult. 

A second species (Argas reflexus Fabr.) is ineluded by Rainbow in his 
“Synopsis of Australian Acarina”’ (1906). The geographical distribution, ac- 
cording to Nuttall and Warburton, is Europe and Northern Africa, As the 
species is a common parasite of the pigeon, it might easily be introduced. 

Argas vespertilionis (Uatr., 1796).—The bat tick is recorded by Taylor 
(1913, p. 73) from Townsville. 

Argas lagenoplastis Froggatt, 1906, was described by Froggatt from the 
nests of the fairy martin or bottle swallow, Lagenoplastes ariel—tI have obtained 
this tick from the nests of the same bird at Rooty Hill, near Sydney. It is of 
interest, as being the only native species of the genus. 

Ornithodorus talaje (Guerin, 1849).—This species is the only member of the 
genus recorded from Australia. It has a wide distribution, and frequents native 
houses, attacking man. <A variety or distinet species (capensis) has been described 
which was found in penguin nests off the coast of South Africa. A specimen 
of this species was taken by Dr. J. B. Cleland from the little penguin (Hudyp- 
tula minor) in Western Australia. At least one other undescribed species of 
Ornithodorus occurs in Australia. 

Txopmar.—Various attempts have been made to split up the Ixopmar into 
separate tribes. It is not necessary here to discuss the question, and the ar- 


26 AUSTRALIAN TICKS, 


rangement of genera given by Nuttall and Warburton (1911) has been followed. 
These authorities divide the [xopipaE into two sections. 

I. Prostriata; with anal grooves surrounding the anus in front. 
Ixodes. i 

Il. Metastriata; with anal grooves surrounding the anus behind. Genera: 
Haemaphysalis, Dermacentor, Rhipicentor, Rhipicephalus, Margaropus, Boophilus, 
Hyalomma, Amblyomma, Aponomma. 

Aponomma is regarded by Nuttall and Warburton as only a sub-genus of 
Amblyomma, while Boophilus is regarded by many as a sub-genus of Margaropus. 

The genera may be separated by the following key, which is extracted from 
the characters given by Nuttall and Warburton for the different genera. 


Genus 


With anal grooves contouring the anus in front 


(Prostriata) . Ixodes. 
With anal grooves contouring ‘the anus "behind 
(Metastriata) . 1 
Capitulum short (iaebnaroetratay 2 
yee long (Longirostrata) A te 
¢ Festoons present; anal grooves well marked .. 3 
( Festoons absent; anal grooves obsolete .. 6 
{ Eyes absent .. Haemaphysalis. 
(Eyes present .. EOS eG UN eke ce 4 
Basis eapituli scien anlne dorsally no ventral 
2m) plates or shields .. .. .. Dermacentor. 
Basis ecapituli hexagonal 5 
5 { No ventral shields in the ¢ .. Rhipicentor. 
~ (Adanal shields present in the d .. Rhipicephalus. 
6 § 3 with median ventral plate .. : ae Margaropus. 
(¢ with adanal and accessory adanal plates oe Boophilus. 
Gvauid Cobwell MAGE so Sa om oo oo wo aco 6: Hyalomma. 
7} 3 without adanal shields, sometimes with small 
plaqnes near festoons .. 8 
( Eyes present .. Amblyomma. 
( Eyes absent .. Aponomma. 


IxopEs. 


This genus is well represented in Australia by some eleven species, includ— 
ing the common bush tick (Imodes holocyclus). The following keys comprise the 
Australian species, and are extracted from Nuttall and Warburton’s keys to the 
genus. 


Males. 
( Body with five posterior brushes of hairs .. .. I. putus. 
Body without such harms sse) ce) ene ee ee i 
rep Legsminordinatelyalonpa june nem m ent ae ere I. vespertilionis. 
(Hegssmoderatelym lonely aeccimeei sae cceueenne 2 
5 hen grooves closed behind . I. holocyclus. 
Anal grooves open behind .. I. tasmani. 
Females. 
§ Legs inordinately long (on bats) .. .. .. .. .. I. vespertilionis. 
( Legs moderate .. .. .. : erat il 
¢ Anal grooves meant « or lose henna aay 6 2 
( Anal grooves subparallel or divergent .. .. .. 4 
2 


( With article 1 much enlarged .. .. .. .. .. .. 3 
( Palps normal . st A A Rh a -.-  T. holocyclus, 


3 


=~1 


FERGUSON. r=) 


Seutum broader than ae? anal grooves closed 


| behind wet yates : I. australiensis. 
Seutum as broad as - long; “auell grooves conyer- 
| gent, but open behind, at least in replete 
females Bia Os eee Ah Getcoe Red wicl OSS TI. victoriensis. 
Coxe practically iaeined SACO oe 6. SRG 5 
4 sane of the coxe with distinct spurs Jo) ees 9 
Seutum broadest quite in front (on marine birds) T, putus. 
5 £ is near middla or posteriorly .. .. 6 
6 ( Sento broadest behind the middle .. .. .. 7 
d rr 3 near middle or a little anteriorly T. vestitus. 
7 ( Seutum broader than long .. .. .. .. .. .. -- 8 
a sf longer than br oad Pe erie ores I. fecialis. 
Palps with article 1 greatly prinrsed on sentra 
a} OVA Golde oo © nigga Gal emalio, oor I. tasmani. 
Palps with article 1 small See Ee Oa el ene | Leomnichonhynchn. 
§¢ Spurs present on trochanters .. .. .. .. .. -. I. percavatus. 
9 UNo SPUTSMONMIOCOANLELS elas) Mlcriele cic) ie ele I. eudyptidis. 


Ixodes holocyclus Neumann, 1899.—This well-known species, commonly called 
the bush tick or bottle tick, is widespread along the coastal region of Eastern 
Australia. The exact distribution has not yet been worked out. It is common 
around Sydney, but it does not appear to have been recorded from the Blue 
Mountain districts, though specimens are in the departmental collection from 
Bunya Mountains in Queensland. Nuttall and Warburton record (1911, p. 237) 
the species from Western Australia, and also from India. The tick so prevalent 
in Northern Queensland probably belongs to this species, though no specimens 
are to hand. Taylor (1913, p. 71), however, records it from Cairns district. 
The question of distribution is of some importance, since it is probable that 
this species exerts a controlling influence on the establishment of the introduced 
fox in the coastal districts. It has been found on a large number of hosts, 
including marsupials (Macropus spp., Phascogale, Perameles), rodents (R. rattus), 
dogs, man and birds (Pitta, duck). 

As an account of the life history of this species has been published recently 
by Mr. Clunies Ross, of the Veterinary School, University of Sydney, it is not 
proposed to enter fully into the subject here. It may be stated, however, that 
the three stages are passed on different hosts, the tick dropping to the ground 
after each stage. The so-called seed ticks, which occasionally attack human 
beings in large numbers (over 200 have been taken off a single individual), are 
the larval form. 

The chief interest in the species lies in the toxic effects produced in man 
and dogs. As in the case of Dermacentor venustus, in British Columbia, it seems 
probable that the symptoms produced by this tick are due to a toxin elaborated 
by the tick, rather than to a specific organism introduced through the wound. 
This point is, however, still unsettled, though it is significant that repeated search 
of the blood and other tissues in affected dogs has, so far, failed to reveal any 
evidence of the presence of a parasite. In dogs the principal symptom is an 
ascending paralysis, affecting first the hinder extremities, so that the dog ap- 
pears to drag the hind quarters. If the condition be recognised early, and the 
tick be found and removed, retovery may take place; otherwise it ends fatally, 
probably by paralysis of the muscles of respiration. The work of Dr. Sydney 
Dodd (1921) first firmly established that these cases of paralysis in dogs were 
due to Ixodes holocyclus, though, from practical experience, this species had been 


28 AUSTRALIAN TICKS, 


incriminated as the cause for many years. 

In human beings the symptoms are less definite in their course, and the 
records in the past have not been too satisfactory, and characterised generally by 
lack of authentic identification of the species. 

Several fatal cases due to ticks have occurred in children, in one of which 
the species was authentically identified. 

Ixodes fecialis, Warburton and Nuttall, 1909—This species was described 
from a gorged female from Dasyurus geoffroyi, Western Australia. In the same 
paper a variety—aegrifossus—was described from an opossum (Queensland) and 
Perameles obesula (Western Australia). Later Nuttall (1916, p. 327) recorded 
the species from Dasyurus viverrinus, New South Wales, and also condemned the 
variety aegrifossus (p. 335), as intermediate forms were found between the type 
and the supposed variety. 

Specimens in the departmental collection are from D. viverrinus and Rattus 
rattus (Sydney). The male is unknown. 

Ixodes ornithorhynchi, Lucas, 1845.—Originally recorded from Tasmania, 
this species has been recorded by Nuttall (1916, p. 329), alsc from Western 
Australia and Victoria; in all cases specimens were taken on the platypus 
(Ornithorhynchus anatinus). In view of the apparent restriction of the species 
to this host, the record of J. ornithorhynchi trom Marianne Islands (Nuttall 
and Warburton, 1911, p. 242) must be viewed with suspicion. The male is un- 
known. 

Ixodes tasmani, Neumann, 1899.—Deseribed from (a) specimens collected 
by Verreaux (1847) in Tasmania; (b) specimens from the Island of St. Pierre 
(Ponafidin ?); and (€) an unknown loeality, the hosts being unknown. 

Nuttall (1916, pp. 321-4) has redeseribed the species and described the 
male, specimens being from Trichosurus vulpecula, Queensland, and Dasyurus 
maculatus, Petauroides volans, Trichosurus vulpecula, and Phascolarctus cinereus 
Victoria. Specimens in the departmental collection from an opossum (BHidsvold. 
Queensland), appear to belong to this species. 

Ixodes vestitus, Neumann, 1908.—Described from Western Australia from 
Myrmecobius fasciatus; also recorded from a snake (Diemenia suiperciliosa). The 
characteristic clothing of stiff hairs should make this species easily recognisable. 
The male is unknown. 

Ixodes australiensis, Neumann, 1904.—Described from Western Australia as 
occurring on Canis familiaris; also recorded as occurring on Bettongia leseueri. 
The species has the first palpal joint much enlarged, as is the ease in the next 
species. G 

Ixodes victoriensis, Nuttall, 1916.—Described from two gorged @ from a 
wombat (doubtless Phascolomys mitchelli), Victoria. The species is allied to 
I, australiensis (Neumann), but differs therefrom, especially in the structure of 
the capitulum, seutum and tarsi. 

Ixodes putus (Pickard—Cambridge, 1878).—“This species has a remarkably 
wide geographical distribution. As yet it has only been found parasitie on 
marine birds or infesting their breeding places, where it occasionally attacks 
man” (Nuttall and Warburton, 1911, p. 260). Among the records occurs King 
Island (Tasmania ?). This species is, however, recorded by Nuttall (1916, pp. 
330-1) as occurring commonly on various species of penguins and the sooty 
albatross on Macquarie Island. 

Ixodes percavatus Neumann, 1906.—Recorded by Nuttall (1916, p. 329) 
from Perth, Western Australia from a 2 taken by Prof. J. B. Cleland on a pen— 
guin (Hudyptula minor). Jn forwarding this specimen Prof. Cleland noted that 


FERGUSON. 29 


the specimen had been identified as I. eudyptidis by Neumann. 

Ixodes eudyptidis Maskell, 1885.—This species, referred by Nuttall anu 
Warburton (1911, p. 284) to their list of doubtful species, has been resuscitated 
by Nuttall (1916, p. 320), who has examined a co-type of I. eudyptidis, Maskell. 
This author has determined it as the species so identified by Neumann (1899, p 
128) and later described by Nuttall and Warburton (1, ep. 217) as J. newmanni. 
Neumann himself degraded two other names—/. praecoxalis, Neumann, 1899, and 
I. intermedius, Neumann, 1899—to the rank of synonyms of I. eudyptidis, 
Maskell. 

The species was originally described from New Zealand, but Nuttall (1916, 
p. 327) records it from Hudyptula minor from various places off the New South 
Wales coast and from Flinders Island, Bass Strait. Specimens from Hudyptula 
minor from Western Australia were identified by Neumann as this species, but 
one at least of these has been referred by Nuttall to Zxodes percavatus, Neumann 
(wide supra). 

Ixodes vespertilionis Koch, 1844—This world-wide species is recorded by 
Nuttall and Warburton (1911, p. 277) from Vesperugo tricolor, South Australia. 
The species is limited to bats. 

Two other species of Ixodes found on marine birds may be found to occur 
in Australia—I. auritulus, Neumann, 1904, recorded by Nuttall (1916, p. 315) 
from Aptenodytes patachonica and Megalestris antarctica, Macquarie Island, and 
I. unicavatus, Neumann, 1908, recorded by Nuttall (1916, p. 334) from Diomedea 
exulans, Antipodes Island. 


HAEMAPHYSALIS. 
The following keys to the Australian species are extracted from the keys of 
the genus given by Nuttall and Warburton (loc. cit., p. 353) :— > 
Males. 


Coxal spurs normal and inconspicuous .. .. 
One or more coxe strongly spurred (only coxa 
IV. with a long spur, palpal article 2 with 


ventral spur) .. .. ...... .. - 4H. spinigera var. no1)ae—guineae. 
( elie article 3 with dorsal spur, more or less 
GEEK oo 00 o¢ Foy pepe ee H. bispinosa. 
( fp or sail no “aah spur DN AEN ers 2 
( Seutum ‘with surface irregular, very coarsely 
2 (TUBNGIBNES (og ho ooo bo. cbsbcs oto .o co eo cee H. papuana. 
( - Otherwisewncne acy aiscernsca 3 
{ Seutum markedly eoneare SEL tae War actr b ca n4 4 
5 SHOU OvalGdvwn chet taci brace eye A H. banerofti. 
4 § Hach palp long and x narrow .. . 2 H. humerosa. 
x conical, article 2 being” broad basally ; HH. leachi. 
Females. 
‘ Palpal article 3 with distinct dorsal spine, more 
or less erect .. . HH. bispinosa. 
Palpal article 3 without dlonsall Baines but “poe 
terior border may protrude .. .. nt il 
¢ Seutum much longer than broad .. . 
( 5 only slightly or not longer than hrosdl. 3 
( Palp much longer than broad . é 0: HT. humerosa. 
2? ,,  short-cone shaped, as broad as ‘Jong au FT. leachi. 
H. papuana. 


with no spur, or at most a 
” slight ‘point Peepers orsce asco. sein wis ener aes H. bancrofti. 


(Ss) 


a Palpal article 3 with distinct ventral spur .. 


30 AUSTRALIAN TICKS, 


Of the species recorded from Australia, two—H., bispinosa and H. leachi— 
are probably introduced and possibly, as Nuttall and Warburton suggest, with 
Indian cattle. Excluding these two species, these authors allow two species for 
Australia, but have apparently overlooked their own record of H. spinigera var. 
novae guinede from Australia. The Australian record of H. papuana is possibly 
erroneous, but the species is included in the table on the strength of Tryon’s 
records, and since it occurs in New Guinea there is no reason why it should not 
be found to occur in Australia. H. longicornis (Neumann, 1901) is not included 
in the table, being regarded by Nuttall and Warburton as a doubtful species. 

Haemaphysalis leachi (Audouin, 1827).—Neumann recorded this species from 
New South Wales, the specimens from a horse having been sent by the Agricul— 
tural Department. Froggatt (1900, p. 542) states that the specimens were taken 
on horses and cattle at Grafton and Wallangarra. Neumann (1905, p. 258) 
erected a variety australis for the Australian specimens, and later (1911, p. 115) 
made the variety into a sub-species. Nuttall and Warburton (1915, p. 467), 
however, do not regard the supposed differences as more than variations whicb 
may oceur in a series from other localities. This species is widely distributed 
in Africa and Southern Asia, and has doubtless been introduced into Australia. 
An account of the life history is given in Nuttall and Warburton (1915, pp. 536- 
542). The species requires three hosts upon which to feed during its larval, 
nymphal and adult stages. The larva and nymph remain attached to the host 
for three to seven days, and the females from eight to sixteen days. The males 
may remain on the host for many weeks. 

H. leachi is the carrier in Africa of canine piroplasmosis, a very fatal dis- 
ease in dogs. The organism is imbibed by females when sucking the blood of 
an infected animal; it then undergoes development in the tick and penetrates the 
eggs. The larvae and nymphs, though infected, are not capable of transmitting 
the disease, but the adults are, and may remain so after fasting for several 
months. 

Taylor records the species from Ching Do, Northern Queensland, taken on 
Macropus agilis. 

Haemaphysalis bispinosa Neumann, 1897.—This species has a widespread 
distribution in India, Burma, Malay States, China, Japan and Borneo, and has 
been recorded from East Africa. It is not uncommon in the north coastal dis- 
tricts of New South Wales, and specimens from horse (Ballina) and calf (Bon- 
ville) sent from this laboratory are recorded by Nuttall and Warburton. The 
species has also been introduced into New Zealand, where it is now the common 
cattle tick. An account of its life history will be found in an article “The Cattle 
Tick (Haemaphysalis bispinosa)” by J. G. Myers, in the New Zealand Journal 
of Agriculture, XXVII., p. 67, 1923. The species is a “three—host” tick, cattle 
being the chief hosts, but other animals, including some of the introduced small 
birds, are infected. The winter is passed as a nymph hidden at the base of 
rushes and clumps of rough grass. 

Haemaphysalis bancrofti Nuttall and Warburton, 1915.—These authors re- 
cord this tick from Macropus giganteus and M. dorsalis from the Burnett River 
district, and from Bettongia penicillata, also from Queensland. Specimens in 
the departmental collection from Hidsvold (Burnett River district), taken off a 
rock wallaby (Macropus sp.), are apparently referable to the same species. All 
stages—larva, nymph, adult (2)—are known, but the life history has yet to be 
worked out, and also whether the species is responsible for the transmission of 
any parasites. 

Haemaphysalis humerosa, Warburton and Nuttall, 1909.—This species has 


FERGUSON. 31 


apparently a wide distribution in Australia, originally deseribed from Parameles 
macrura, Barrow Island, North-west Australia. It has been recorded from the 
Northern Territory from the same host; and from Sydney off Perameles nasuta. 
Nymphs, and adults (¢) are known. 

Haemaphysalis spinigera var. novae-guineae (Hirst, 1914).—Originally 
described as a distinct species, Nuttall and Warburton (1915, p. 449) have de- 
graded novae—guineae to a variety of the Asian H. spinigera (Neumann, 1897). 
Tt was described from marsupials from German New Guinea, but Nuttall and 
Warburton also record it from a kangaroo, Northern Territory. 

Haemaphysalis papuana Thorell, 1882—Canestrini (1884, p. 705) determined 
a tick from Queensland as this specics. Nuttall and Warburton (1915, p. 404) 
state that his determination is probably wrong, or else the figure he gave is in- 
correct. The species is recorded by Tryon (1917-1919) from Queensland, in the 
latter instance as infesting cattle. ; 

Haemaphysalis longicornis Neumann, 1901.—A doubtful species, described 
originally from two 2 found on cattle at Kempsey, New South Wales. Neumann 
later (1905, p. 257) degraded the species to a variety of H. concinna (Koch, 
1844), and in 1911 (p. 111) raised it to the rank of a sub-species. Nuttall and 
Warburton (1915, p. 512) regard this identification as open to grave suspicion, 
as H. concinna is seareely to be identified in the absence of the characteristic 9. 
Froggatt (1900, p. 542) states that specimens were taken on cattle at Narrabri 
and Kempsey. 

DERMACENTOR. 


One species—Dermacentor atrosignatus Neumann, 1906, is doubtfully re- 
corded as Australian. Jaodes cowalis, Gervais, 1842, may possibly also belong 
to this genus. In the present state of knowledge it seems extremely doubtful if 
the genus oceurs in Australia. 

RHIPICEPHALUS. 


Rhipicephalus sanguinius (Latreille, 1804)—The common European dog 
tick, this species has been recorded (6 d, 5 2) by Neumann (1897, p. 389) from 
a dog from Queensland. The tick is recorded by Tryon (1917-1919) as occurring 
in the Northern Territory and in Queensland, in the latter instance as infesting 
dogs. The species is of importance, as it is the vector of canine piroplasmosis 
(P. canis) in India and probably throughout Asia, Southern Europe and North 
Africa (Nuttall, 1913, p. 309). 

This genus is often regarded as a sub-genus of Margaropus; one species is 
found in Australia. 

BoopHinus. 


Boophilus annulatus australis (Fuller, 1899).—The well-known cattle tick of 
Queensland is generally regarded as a variety of the Texas Fever tick (B. annu- 
latus, Say, 1821), and is evidently an introduction into Australia, possibly, as 
suggested by Gilruth, from Batavia in 1872. It was first discovered near Darwin 
in 1880-81, from whence it spread into Queensland and over practically the 
whole of that State, except the dry inland areas. It has also established itself in 
northern New South Wales. 

The importance of B. annulatus australis lies in the fact that it is the vector 
of Piroplasma bovis, the causal organism of bovine piroplasmosis, commonly 
known as tick fever or redwater fever; which has been the cause of serious 
economic loss. All stages of the tick may be found on the host at the one time 
as ecdysis occurs on the animal; the replete female drops off the beast to lay 
its eggs, which average in number about 3,000. The eggs having hatched, the 
larvae crawl up grass stems, vegetation, fences, etc., to await a host. Apart from 


32 AUSTRALIAN TICKS, 


conveying infection, these ticks may cause deterioration and even death by in— 
festation of a beast in enormous numbers—tick worry. An extensive literature 
has grown up on the economic aspect and should be consulted for full details as 
regards life history, symptoms, prevention, treatment, disinfestation, ete. 


HyaLomma. 
A single species of this genus has been introduced into Australia; there are 
no native species. 
Hyalomma aegyptium (Linneus, 1758).—This species is recorded by Taylor 
(1913, p. 71) from dogs, Townsville, Queensland. The species was also taken by 
J. B. Cleland on camels in Western Australia. 


AMBLYOMMA. 

This genus is represented in Australia by six deseribed species, which oceur 
on marsupials, domestic animals, and reptiles. The following keys to the Aus- 
tralian species is extracted from the table in Patton and Cragg (1913, p. 612), 
given as after Neumann. 


Males. 
, Seutum with marginal groove completely con— 
touring the posterior border .. .. Go. AO A. triguttatum. 


Scutum with incomplete marginal groove "(formed 
of punetations or not contouring the pos— 
ferlor) borden)! co.,; cep osen Omens if 


~~ 


, Scutum with marginal groove continous ser wet 2 
I i Seutum with a light border, and eee groove 
formed of punctations .. .. 3 
( Scutum with reddish yellow utes, areal 
grooves commencing posterior to the eyes .. A. moreliae. 
| Sceutum coloured brown, marginal grooves com— 
\ mencing on a level with the eyes... .. . A. australiense. 
Seutum with broad border interrupted, Seaton 
| with very fine punetations .. . A. limbatum. 
3 Seutum with uninterrupted straight "porder, 
festoons with large punctations .. .. .. .. A, albolimbatum., 
Females. 
¢ Coxa 1 with unequal spurs .. te 1 
( Coxa 1 with equal or subequal spurs ae 4 
¢ Seutum as broad as long... .. .. .. . 2 
( Seutum much broader than LOTR A. postoculatum. 
| Porose areas with prominent borders, ante as re 
as iheveyesie-t iy) o fe A, triguttatum. 
Porose areas without prominent borders, smaller 
sl than the eyes .... . 3 
Seutum without spots, interal grooves fries “pail 
A formed of punctations .. .. A. australiense. 
4) Seutum with five light spots, without ‘Tateral 
erooves .. .. = SEY DoOkbROO oc A. limbatum. 
¢ Seutum as broad or iavaig anaes than iene we A. albolimbatum. 
( Seutum much broader than Oy eeu On ons lon A. moreliae. 


Amblyomma albolimbatum, Neumann, 1906.—This species oceurs commonly 
on reptiles; specimens in the departmental collection were taken from the tiger 
snake, stumpy-tailed lizard (Trachysaurus rugosus), and “bob-tailed goanna”— 
the latter specimens are from Geraldton, Western Australia (J. Clark, 29th 
November, 1912). The original specimens were taken on Trachysarus rugosus, 


FERGUSON. 33 


Amblyomma moreliae (Koch, 1867).—This species, described from the carpet 
snake, occurs commonly on reptiles; specimens are in the collection of the Health 
Department from a carpet snake, Brisbane, tiger snake and brown snake, Sydney. 
Taylor (1913, p. 72) records the species from the green spinifex snake, Northern 
Territory. Neumann recorded it from the horse and kangaroo. 

Amblyomma trigultatum, Ioch, 1844.—This species has been recorded from 
a number of hosts, including the platypus (Ornithorrhynchus), kangaroo, horse 
and ox. 

A gorged 2 from the ox is in the departmental collection, also two 2 from 
red kangaroo, Wagrakine, Western Australia. 

Froggatt (1900, p. 541) records it from the following localities in New 
South Wales:—Barham (paddymelon), Dubbo (cattle), Narrabri (dogs and 
cattle). : 

Amblyomma australiense, Neumann, 1905.—Described from the echidna. 
Taylor (1913, p. 72) records it from Townsville from the same host. 


Amblyomma limbatum, Neumann, 1899.—Deseribed from six ¢ from King 
Island, and two 2 Adelaide. 


Amblyomma postoculatum, Neumann, 1899.—Also deseribed from Xing Island 
from a single 2 received with the ¢ of A. limbatum. No host is recorded for 
either species. 

APONOMMA. 


This genus is regarded by Nuttall and Warburton as a sub-genus of 


Amblyomma. It is well represented in Australia, and at least one species is of 
very common occurrence on lizards (Varanus). 
Males. 
{ Scutum without marginal grooves .. .. .. .. .. A. ecinctum. 
( Seutum with marginal CARON 56 Jad) Ba oo ota eo ] 
( Tarsi without subterminal humps .. .... .... A. trachysauri. 
( Tarsi with subterminal humps .. .. .. .. .. .. 2 
Seutum with punetate marginal grooves, and 
\ with reddish spots .. .. .. 30s are: WSS Al. decorosum. 
“| Seutum with deep lateral prooves, Epcownish red 
WAENOUILESOUSNRae rane) Ulesiench ie eenein Chen oa A. hydrosauri. 
Females. 
Scutum with three metallic spots .. .... .... A. trimaculatum. 
} Seutum uniformly reddish brown, without green 
FS] XOUS ao oe beet, cept Moke werew idos ypc 5 he il 
‘ Seutum heart shaped (lateral angles toward the 
a Ghaieratorr wen) oo 5h oe A. ecinetum. 
( Seutum triangular (lateral angles’ towards "the 
PINION IAN) ie oto go Haas tue se a 
Seutum broader than long; porose areas sub-— 

2} triangular and subcontiguous’.. .. .. .... A. trachysauri. 
Santini ms lone BS lorCeVl 65 cc oc co ca a6 od on 3 
Hypostome with 6 rows of teeth; porose areas 

small, round, close, at a subtangent to the 
3 | posterior border of ARTS CRON 65 oo ca oe A. decorosum. 
/ Hypostome with 8 rows of teeth; porose areas 


large, oval and remote from each other .. . A. hydrosauri. 


34 AUSTRALIAN TICKS, 


Aponomma decorosum (Koch, 1867).—This is much the commonest species 
and is to be taken practically on every specimen of “goanna” (Varanus spp.). 
The departmental collection contains specimens from Varanus varius, Dubbo, 
Junee; and V. gouldi, Cobar. Taylor (1913, p. 73) records the species from the 
echidna (Tachyglossus aculeatus), Townsville. Neumann recorded it from V/V. 
giganteus, Brisbane, from ? python, a snake and echidna, and also from Fiji. 


Ixodes varani, Koch, is cited by Neumann as a synonym. 


Aponomma trimaculatum (Lucas, 1878)—The records of this species include 
Sumatra and New Guinea (Varanus leucostigma) as well as Australia, a single 
2 is recorded by Neumann from Bostawrus, New South Wales. Taylor records it 
from Varanus varius, Townsville. 

Aponomma hydrosauri (Denny, 1843).—Deseribed from Hydrosaurus (= 
Varanus) gouldi, Tasmania. Neumann records it from V. varius, New South 
Wales. 

A, concolor, Neumann, is given by Blanchard (1909, p. 136) as a synonym; 
it was recorded from the echidna, Queensland. Froggatt (1900, p. 541) states 
that it is the common lizard tick and records it from V. varius, Goulburn, and 
the echidna, Bombala. 


Aponomma trachysauri (Lucas, 1861).—The species is doubtfully placed on 
the Australian list. The original specimens were taken on Trachysaurus scaber 
in the Menagerie of the Museum de Paris. 7. scaber may be intended for T. 
rugosus, the stump-tailed lizard or shingle-back, which is the only species of 
Trachysaurus; Mr. J. R. Kinghorn, of the Australian Museum, is, however, unable 
to trace any use of the name scaber in the genus. There is also the possibility 
that the ticks may have become attached to the lizard while in captivity. 


Aponomma ecinctum, Neumann, 1901.—Deseribed from specimens sent from 
the New South Wales Department of Agriculture. Froggatt (1900, p. 542) 
states that the species is common on Aulacocyclus kaupi—a passalid beetle. Neu- 
mann also recorded it from the Philippines. 


Species of Doubtful Validity or Position. 


Ixodes phascolomys, MacAlister, 1871—Described from engorged females 
taken from a wombat (Phascolomys). Nuttall and Warburton (1911, p. 287) 
place it among the list of condemned species with a note “a purely nominal 
species.” The figure is that of a replete female and so generalised that it might 
apply to almost any species of Ixodid tick. There are before me specimens of 
two species of ticks taken on the wombat. One is Ixodes holocyclus, vepresented 
by a single 2; the other is represented by numerous males and replete and semi- 
replete females of a species of Aponomma, which does not appear to correspond 
with any of the described species of that genus. Another species of tiek, 7xodes 
victoriensis, was described from the wombat by Nuttall in 1916. 


Ixodes coxalis, Gervais, 1842.—Of this species, which is placed in their con- 
demned list, Nuttall and Warburton (1911, p. 283) write:—“Judging from 
original description may be a Dermacentor, from New Holland.” TI have not 
seen the original description, but Neumann (1899, p. 157), who also tentatively 
refers it to Dermacentor, states that the species was taken on a skink. 


FERGUSON. 


List of Species with Hosts. 


Argasidae— 

Argads persicus .. «+ «+ + 
vespertilionis 
lagenoplastes 
talaje 


” 

” 

Ornithodorus 
Ixodidae— 

Ixodes holocyclus .. .. «. 


6 fecialis .. 
” ornithorhynchi 
tasmani 


australiensis 


victoriensis .. «- 


5; westttus .. .. «« 
” putus .. «2 «es oe 
eS eudyptidis 
” percavatus 
as ves pertilionis 
haemaphysalis leachi .. 
oo bispinosa 
of bancrofti 
ay humerosa .. 
cp spinigera, 
var. novae— 
guineae. 
» papuana 
” longicornis 


Dermacentor atrosignatus . 

Rhipicephalus sanguineus . 
Boophilus annulatus 

CUBS co 90 oo do 


Hyalomma aegyptium . 


Amblyomma albolimbatum . 
-o moreliae . .. 


triguttatum . 


5 australiense 

é limbatum 

x postoculatum 
Aponomma decorosum 

trimaculatum . 

a hydrosauri 

” trachysauri 

ecinctum 


“Izodes” phascolomys 
0 cozalis 


Host. 


IOS Ge ad oc Aone 
IBA so! eo) Gal Oo) CORO 
Lagenoplates ariel 
Penguin 


Marsupials, dogs, sheep, 
ines, [OUI Go Ag Bo 
Dasyurus,  Perameles, 
Trichosurus, Rattus . 
Ornithorhynchus 
Trichosurus, Dasyurus, 
Petauroides, 
Phascolarctus 
Canis familiaris, 
Bettongia 
Phascolomys 
Myrmecobius, Diemonia 
Sea birds 
Budyptula .. 
EBudyptula .. 
Vesperugo .. .. < 
Horse, cattle, Macropus 
Horse, cattle 
Macropus spp-, 
Bettongia .. 
Perameles 


Macropus 


Cattle Setarctethaxe 
Cattle ee sel a%) oe. i 


IGE oo ba oo 0 OC 
Cattle .. 


a6 a0 oO Go 


Camel, dog .. .. 
Trachysaurus, Notechis 
Snakes (carpet, brown, 
tiger, etc.), horse, and 
kangaroo. ieee atc 
Horse, cattle, dogs, 
kangaroo, ee 
Echidna... .. . 
Unknown 
Unknown : 
Varanus spp., 
Echidna .. 5 
Varanus, cattle .. 
Varanus, Wehidna .. 
Trachysaurus .. .. «+ 
Beetles .. ase aires 
WGA ac 00 65 eo 0 
Slonk 


snakes, 


35 


State. 


All States. 
Queensland. 
N.S.W., Q 
West Australia. 


Q., N.S.W., W.A. 


West Aus., N.S.W., Q. 


N.S.W., Tas., Vie. 
Tas., Q, Vie, 


West Australia. 


Victoria. 

West Australia. 
KXing Island. 
N.S.W., Flinders Is. 
West Australia. 
South Australia. 
N.S.W., Queensland. 
N.S.W. 
()ueensland. 
North-west Australia, 
N.S.W. 


Queensland. 


Queensland. 

N.S.W. 

? Australian. 

Queensland, N. Ter. 

Queensland, N.S.W., 
Nor. Tar., North- 
West Aus., W.A. 

West Aus., Q. 

N.S.W., West Aus. 


Q., N.S.W., Northern 
Territory. 

N.S.W., West Aus. 

Queensland. 


King. Is., South Aus. 
King Island. 
N.S.W., Queensland. 


Q., N.S. W. 
Tas., N.S.W., Q. 
? Australian. 


9 
9 


36 


“ORNITHOLOGIA”: AN OLD TIME “POEM.” 

Nearly ninety-eight years ago, or to be exact, in the month of October, 1827, 
James Jennings, of Ladywell, Lewisham, England, completed a remarkable book 
entitled “Ornithologia, or The Birds: a Poem, in Two Parts; with an Introduction 
to their Natural History; and Copious Notes.” This work was dated 1828, but 
a copy in the possession of Mr. Tom Iredale bears the autograph of Robert 
Southey and the date “Keswick, 11 December, 1827,” proving that copies had 
issued from the press prior to the date on the title page. 

The last part of the title, the ‘copious notes” is more than justified, as the 
notes comprise about eighty per cent. of the total printed matter, the “Poem” 
being frequently limited to two lines at the top of a page. The author’s merits 
as a descriptive naturalist far transcended his powers as a versifier—poet he 
was not! He takes as his Theme the Birds— 

“those Princes of Air, 
Who oft warble for man, and oft lighten his care,” 
and brings the Raptors, the Insessors, the Rasors, the Grallators and the Nata- 
tors in concourse assembled to meet the Eagle, who has issued his imperial edict 
that all must appear in peaceful guise, “without malice prepense.” 
“Hven Ravens, he said, must their croaking avoid; 
Nor with screams of the Peacock would he be annoyed.” 

First he deals with European birds, and each species named in the jingle 
is classified, described briefly, and a few details of its habits are given in the 
notes. In the second part he presents the Foreign birds, reference being made 
to many of our Australian species. Some lines are here quoted :— 

And many Black Swans, that of yore were so rare, 
On the waters were pleas’d their dark plumes to display, 
While elegant gracefulness waits on their way. 
The Prince of the Waders, the huge Jabiru, 
Up the dell in much haste with a long serpent flew. 
The Parrots, too, came, not of Afrie or Ind; 
Yet loth their description the muse to rescind: 
The Aterrimus, prince of the Psittacid tribe; 
The searlet-rob’d Lory its name will describe; 
The Banksian, black, crested, and bold Cockatoo, 
With side tail feathers ting’d of a bright crimson hue, 
Midst the woods of Australia delighting to rove; 
Have never been seen in an ocecident grove. 
The Menura, the Channel-bill, the “Pinguin,” the “Coucal Gigantic,” 
Australia’s own; 
The Ash-grey Cereopsis; there also well known.” 

Many more references to our birds might be quoted, but sufficient extracts 
have been given to show the comprehensive nature of Ms. Jennings’s “poem.” 
The most interesting feature of the “Notes” to Australian readers is a “Synopsis 
of Dr. Latham’s Last Work on Birds. The Latin names of the Genera are sup- 
plied, in part, from the Index Ornithologicus of Dr. Latham, and the remainder 
from private information kindly communicated by Dr. L. from his MS. copy 
of a new edition of the imdex not yet published.” Latham’s Inder was never 
published. Jt is interesting to note that the generie name Anthophagus for the 
Honey-eaters was proposed in this MS. Index, and it was published only in the 
work by Jennings. As the name was even then preoccupied it eannot stand for 
the group. 

Mathews and Tredale published a fuller note on this interesting old work 
in The Austral Avian Record, vol. iv., 1922, 172. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZooLocist, Vol. iv. Pate 1. 


The Wedge-tailed Shearwater in its nest-burrow on Lion Island, Broken Bay, New South Wales. 


The Wedge-tailed Shearwater’s solitary egg on the bare ground of the nest- burrow. 


Photographs by Norman Chaifer. 


THe AvsTRALIAN Zoo.ocist, Vol. iv. PLATE Ti. 


1. A Shrimp or Prawn found in New Zealand Waters. 
Photograph by H. Hamilton. 


Mr. Harry Burrell testing behaviour of the Platypus under water in his specially 
constructed observation tank. 


Cinematographed by J. S. P. Ramsay. 


= yh S in 
4 223 ' 
Set 
= 


ss 


PLATE Il. 


lv. 


Tue AustTrRaLiAn Zoouoaist, Vol. 


‘Ssoip [[UJ UL SUOS Loy} GJIM ~BMOSNG,, radon, oy} JO Mato oy} 


‘TMH Jesseq wy Aq sqdexsojogg 


«l00p,, OY} 1ajUe 0} [MLID OF Atessodou st yy “AduNYy OATVU wey} 4B ‘StepuRsyT Sdoputf,T OK} ‘uUreAodoy pue <Aqoy, 


OOM SUTALIVD PURIST SIopUI[y JO W9UIO AL 


JO OM} “HIRI pue qqaAy TTT 
*‘pue[suven() *pue[s] So pulp oy Jo duo} ogy O4 SJUBUITeTO [BALL oq} “ey [RUIN yy OTLTV) pue JBOCOTRT AA 


‘GNVISNAGN?) HLION NI LSVIVeALVN VW 


PLATE IV. 


THe AUSTRALIAN ZooLogist, Vol. iv. 


TIME yesseg Wy Aq sydeasojoyg 


pues] Slepul,y uo du) -g 

‘pueysy SIopuI,] UO Jaeq “QIWH JO Wey youeq +) 

‘puv[sy AejuejG uo syveg apse surmoys ‘puvjsusant ‘pueys] sxepur,y Jo doy oy} Worg MolA “9 
‘purjsusan?) ‘dnory Avpunsyiy Ay ‘puR[syT yeq—atppeg “Gc 


‘INVISNAGAY HLYON NI LSVIVaNGVN VW 


PLATE v. 


Tue AustTrALiAn ZooLocist, Vol. iv. 


TIME Josseg «7 “vy Aq sydeasojorg 


‘BELYRT[RS ‘S'S JO SULSSII ay} UO payoaod s[[Ny) AOATIG “ZT 

‘pur[s] Slepulfy ‘tassny, 1ow—ap—oyeq B UO OsIvd SUIpPROTT “TT 

‘puURIsyT Stepul,y] WO Jepfnoq suo}spuRg “OT 

‘salted apt} Sutmoys ‘puefsusan?) ‘dno AvpunsyupA ‘pues, JIuIy uo yaeaq °G 


‘dNVISNAGAY HLYON NI LSITVaALVN VW 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


PUBLICATIONS. 
“The Australian Zoologist” 


A Journal containing reports of the proceedings of the Society, papers re- 
lating to the Zoology of Australia, notes and comment upon matters coming 
within the scope of the Society’s aims and objects. Published at irregular intervals. 


VOLUME TI. (1914-1920). Parts 1 to 8. 
256 pp. with 19 plates and 63 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 


VOLUME II. (1921-2). Parts 1 to 4. 


172 pp. with 45 plates and 16 text figures. Unbound. Price 12/6 net. 


VOLUME III. (1922-5). Parts 1 to 8. 
362 pp. with 41 plates and 27 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 


AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS. 


No. 1. Check-List of the Fishes and Fish-like Animals of New South Wales, 
by Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist, Australian Museum, 104 pp., 43 plates. 
Bound in Boards. Price 5/-. Postage 4d. 


Application for Publications should be made to the Honorary Secretary, 
Box 2399, G.P.0O., Sydney. 


CONTENTS OF THIS PART. 


Jd Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales .. .. .. .. 


, Rhesseyegen on ston Talend coy eee 


Ticks, by E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. 
“Ornithologia,’ An Old Time “Poem” .. 


THE 
AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST 


SS ne 


4 UibAR 


Issued -by the 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


Edited by 
A, F. BASSET HULL, 0.F.A.0.U. 


Vol. 4—Part 2 


(Price, 6/-.) 


Sydney, November 10, 1925. 


All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Secretary, 
Box 2399, General Post Office, Sydney. 


Sydney: 
Sydney and Melbourne Publishing Co., Ltd., 29 Alberta St., 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 
Established 1879. 
REGISTERED UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 1899 (1917). 


President: 
Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B. 


Vice-Presidents : 
J. H. Campbell, M.B.E., E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M., 
Professor Launcelot Harrison, G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc. B.E., F.E.S. 


Members: 
Robert C. Dixson, J.P. J. R. Kinghorn. 
E. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., B.S. A. Musgrave. 
H. E. Finckh. A. J. Nicholson, M.Se. 
W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. David G. Stead. 
Ellis Le G. Troughton. 
OFFICERS. ; 
Hon. Secretary: BE. F. Pollock. Hon, Treasurer: D. G. Stewart, B.A. 
Hon. Librarian: Philip Shipway. 
Hon. Editor: A. F. Basset Hull, C.F.A.0.U. Hon. Auditor: E. E. Coates. 
OFFICERS OF SECTIONS. 
Entomological Section. Biological Survey Section. 
Chairman: G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sce., Chairman: Professor Launcelot Harrison. 
FE.E.S. Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. 
Hon. Secretary: G. M. Goldfinch. Ga ro ena G. Athol Waterhouse, D.&c., 
; Ornithological Section. Committee: Professor Griffith Taylor, Pro- 
ee A. H. Chisholm. fessor W. R. Browne, A. J. ‘Ninboleie 
ice-Chairman: A. F. Basset Hull. AM-Gie and, (Chea 
Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. aaa 5 > 
Committee: E. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., B.S. Economic Zoology Section. 


P. A. Gilbert, J. R. Kinghorn, E. F. Chairman: C. Hedley, F.L.S. 
Pollock and H. Wolstenholme. Hon. Secretary: A. F. Basset Hull. 


Supsoription: Ordinary Member, £1 1s. per annum. (Entrance Fee £1/1/. 
Associate Member, 7s. 6d. per annum. (No Entrance Fee). 


PRIVILEGES: 
Ordinary Members—Free admission to Taronga Zoological Park; Additional 
Tickets admitting 20 Adults or 40 Children each year; 
Free Copy of “Australian Zoologist.” (if desired). 
Associate Members—Free Copy of “Australian Zoologist.” 


“THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST.” 

Communications intended for “The Australian Zoologist” should preferably 
be type-written. 

Authors should state whether proofs and reprints are desired when submitting 
MS. Fifty reprints of any article appearing under a separate title will be supplied 
gratis. If more are required, terms may be ascertained on application to the 
Editor. 


: 5 ice ‘i 


TLD EY Ry eR 


ye 


“ 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


ANNUAL MERTING. 


The Annual General Meeting was held in the Zoology Lecture Theatre, The 
University, Sydney, on Wednesday, 15th July. 30 members were present. 

In the absence of the President, Dr. G. A. Waterhouse, through illness, the 
following report was read by Dr. E. W. Ferguson, Vice-President :— 


Membership. 


The number of members on the Register as at 30th June, 1925, was 400, 30 
being life members, 252 ordinary members, 10 life associate members, 102 associate 
members, and 6 honorary members. The Society lost nine members by death dur- 
ing the year; four of these were life members, namely: Messrs. W. A. B. Greaves, 
J. F. Hennessey, J. Y. Mills, and R. Sands. The others were Mr. W. C. Ship- 
way, one of the original members of the Society and a councillor and legal ad- 
viser for many years; Professor W. A. Haswell, formerly Professor Emeritus of 
Zoology of the Sydney University; the Hon. H. E. Kater, M.L.C.; Mr. E. M. 
Moors, at one time lecturer in mathematics at the Sydney University, and Mr. 
Max Scharff. 


The Council. 


Six meetings of Council were held during the year, the attendances at which 
were as follows:—Dr. Waterhouse, A. F. Basset Hull, E. F. Pollock, 6; J. H. 
Campbell, Dr. Ferguson, H. E. Finckh, A. Musgrave, D. H. Scott, D. G. Stewart, 
5; Dr. O’Ombrain, A. Halloran, P. Shipway, Dr. Walkom, 4; W. W. Froggatt, 
Prof. Harrison, W. C. Shipway, 3; A. J. Nicholson, 2; A. R. McCulloch, 1. 
The two lastnamed members were on leave of absence during part of the year. 


The Australian Zoologist. 

During the year three parts of the journal were issued, Parts 7 and 8, com- 
pleting Volume 3, in October, 1924, and January, 1925, and Part 1 of Volume 
4, issued in May, 1925. 

Sections. 

The various sections have been active, and full reports of their doings are 

published in another part of the journal. 
Finances. 


The Society’s financial position continues to improve, “as will be seen from 
the Balance Sheet. 


38 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 
By G. A. WarerHovuse, D.Se., B.E., F.E.S. 


To the members of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales, I 
offer my humble apologies for my absence from the chair this evening, but my 
health for the past few months has not been of the best, and I have been forced 
to cancel all my engagements for the present. 

On March 21st, of this year, a very important advance was made in the 
activities of this Society, when the Hon. C. W. Oakes, on behalf of the chair- 
man (I. Farnell, Esq.) and the Trustees of the National Park, handed over to 
this Society a stone cottage and a wooden cabin, to be used by the members 
of the Society as biological stations in the investigation of the fauna and flora 
of the National Park. 

The cottage is situated at Gundamaian, Deer Park, on the Port Hacking 
River, is built of stone, and contains six rooms and a wide verandah, whilst 
adjacent are a large kitchen and outhouses. Water is laid on to the premises. 
The cottage overlooks the river, and is about 23 miles below the dam at Audley, 
and may be reached by launch, either from Audley or from Cronulla. A good 
motor road, via Audley, leads to the cottage, which is about an hour and a half 
by car from Sydney. The cottage is an excellent base to investigate the fauna 
of the surrounding forest country, and the trees growing on the river bank ¢on- 
tain several interesting northern species. The marine fauna of the shore and 
the mud flats at low tide are very easy of access. A condition of the grant by 
the Trustees is that the cottage should be furnished and used by members of 
our Society to study the fauna and flora of the Park in all its aspects. 

A start has been made to supply enough equipment to enable nine or ten 
members to camp there at one time, though, should sufficient funds become avail- 
able, the cottage is large enough to accommodate up to twenty persons. The 
furniture and cooking utensils have been purchased from a grant of fifty pounds 
from the funds of the Society, supplemented by a few substantial donations from 
ifs members. 

Already a considerable amount of preliminary investigation has been carried 
out in the vicinity of the cottage, which is in the charge of the Biological Survey 
Section of this Society, and the responsible officers are Professor L. Harrison, 
chairman, and Dr. I. Mackerras, honorary secretary. This section proposes to 
study the general zoology, both terrestrial and marine, to pay special attention 
to the insects and their ecological conditions, and also as a means to this end, 
the geology, physiography and flora of the region. A contour map of this area 
has been prepared, the types of country studied, and the flora to a certain ex- 
tent listed. The physiography, geology and flora are the necessary initial steps 
in conducting a biological survey. A large collection of insects, including a few 
species new to science, has already been made, and some excellent photographs 
obtained of them in their natural surroundings. 

Deer Park has suffered very little alteration by the presence of man, and 
no doubt is at the present time in much the same condition as was Sydney Cove 
when Captain Phillip first landed there in 1788 and founded the City of Sydney. 
The study of this portion of the Park will enable us to know to a great extent 
what was the original fauna and flora of Sydney itself. 

The cabin, on the other hand, is situated near the southern boundary of the 
Park, slightly north of the road from Waterfall Railway Station to the Upper 
Causeway, and also very close to the Port Hacking River. It is a substantial 
wooden stiucture of two rooms and a verandah; a large tank for the supply 


WATERHOUSE. 39 


of water has also been provided. It is in charge of the Ornithological Section 
of the Society, with Mr. A. H. Chisholm as its present chairman, and My. Neville 
Cayley as honorary secretary. The furniture and utensils necessary to provide 
for camping have been provided by a grant from the funds of the Society, 
with the addition of a few subscriptions from members. 

Beside the better forest growth in the neighbourhood, there is a larger area 
of brush country, than that surrounding the cottage, such a type of country 
that once existed in small isolated areas closer to Sydney, but which have long 
since been swept away by the advance of settlement. This richer growth is 
due to the presence of the Upper Permian beds and the Narrabeen shales, 
whilst near the cottage the much poorer Hawkesbury sandstone is the only 
rock present. 

The charm of the cabin is its quietness, and it is a unique centre from 
which the habits of the birds can be observed. The greater number of different 
species of trees also increases the number of birds that can be seen here. To 
the entomologist it affords an excellent collecting ground, and no doubt many 
Indo-Malayan types of insects, not already recorded from as far south as Sydney, 
will in the near future be found to occur here. A few such species have already 
been collected. i 

In addition to the remarks I and other members of the Society made on 
the opening day, I wish to record the great thanks of the Society to the chair- 
man and members of the National Park Trust for their kindness in placing 
these two buildings at the disposal of members of this Society. It now remains 
for the working members of the Society to show their appreciation and to en- 
deavyour to add to our knowledge of the fauna of the Park by making as com- 
plete collections as possible, and more particularly by studying the habits of 
the animals in their natural surroundings. 

Other members of the Society may materially help in the work that has 
been begun by augmenting the funds that are in hand. With better equipment, 
much better work can be accomplished. I therefore make an appeal for further 
donations towards this end. It is often thought that the naturalist should be 
able to put up with every inconvenience and discomfort when engaged upon his 
work. Much of the great work of the past has been done under these conditions, 
but how much better the work and how much greater the knowledge that would 
have been obtained, if better equipment had been with these past expeditions. 

Neither the cottage nor the cabin are to be regarded as picnic resorts, they 
are the bases from which good work will be done, and much useful knowledge 
obtained. They are situated so close to Sydney, that they can be reached with 
ease and often a single night could be spent at either place with some specific 
object in view. : 

To this Society has come the first biological station in Australia, and it is 
to be hoped that it will not be the last, for there are many areas needing in- 
vestigation before it is too late. One such area is the Mount Kosciusko Plateau, 
where the old fauna of South-Eastern Australia calls for an intensive study. 
In some groups of insects, more particularly the Lepidoptera and Coleoptera, 
a great deal of work has already been done there, but this work is still far from 
complete. 

Another area, at which I should like to see a hut established for a bio- 
logical station, is at Barrington Tops. A party led by Professor L. Harrison, 
consisting of several members of this Society and some University students spent 
over three weeks there in the early part of this year. Despite the excessive wet 
weather a very large collection of insects was made (many of which are new 
to science), and other interesting animals were obtained. The flora was partly 


40 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 


investigated, and a new genus of tree fern (Hemitelia) for Australia was col- 
lected. The nearest locality recorded for this genus is Lord Howe Island. Im- 
portant additions to the geology and physiography of the Barrington Tops were 
made. The specimens obtained on this trip were so numerous that sufficient 
time has not yet elapsed to study them thoroughly, but sufficient has been done 
to show that important new contributions have been made to the Natural History 
of Australia. 

Many of the species obtained were of a distinct southern type, being only 
found elsewhere at Mount. Kosciusko and in Tasmania. On the same days that 
I was catching several butterflies on Barrington Tops, Dr. Turner was collect- 
ing the same species at Cradle Mountain, in Tasmania. Though the southern 
element of the Australian fauna predominated at Barrington Tops, there were 
however many species of undoubted Indo-Malayan origin. It was remarkable 
to see such southern forms as Oreizenica flying in the same spots as Terias 
and Catopsilia. 

It is to be hoped that the intention of the Lands Department to proclaim 
the Barrington Tops a reserve will be persevered with, and that provision will 
be made whereby a hut could be erected and permanent fireplaces established at 
a suitable spot to serve as a base from which the intensely interesting fauna 
of that district could be studied. 

Another point with regard to this Society I should like to bring to your 
notice, and that is that the members should have one or more direct represen 
tatives upon the Trust of the Taronga Zoological Park. During the past years 
the relations of this Society and the Park have been very cordial, but in my 
opinion better results than those that up to now have obtained at Taronga Park, 
would be brought about, if one or more of our members with a knowledge cf 
zoology were given seats on the Trust. 

I append a preliminary list of the butterflies found in the National Park, 
which will serve a useful purpose in giving some account of the butterflies re- 
corded from the Park. A beginning can thus be made towards a more complete 
and detailed list. The 52 species listed below are species that I know have 
been caught in the Park; I have undoubtedly caught many more, but until lately 
have not placed labels on them to distinguish them from the surrounding dis- 
trict. Many other species have been taken at Como, Sutherland, Stanwell Park 
and Clifton, most of which doubtless also occur in the Park, but so far no de- 
finite record has been obtained. Indeed, the list of the Park butterflies will 
probably be increased to about 100 species, for rather more than that number 
have been captured within the County of Cumberland. The food plants of 
nearly all of the species listed are known, and they will be found recorded in the 
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 1923, pp. xvii.-xxii. 

Danaida archippus. Found throughout the Park. 

Yphthima arctous. Common in the shallow gullies of the forest country. 

Hypocysta euphemia. Found always near cliffs and high rocks upon which 
the insects are fond of alighting. 

Hypocysta metirius. Very common. 

Hypocysta pseudirius. Very common. 

Hypocysta adiante. Very common in grassy places, especially where a little 
moisture is present. 

Heteronympha merope. Found throughout the Park, a nearly full-grown 
larva obtained at the end of August. 

Heteronympha mirifica. Found chiefly near the scrub areas, females at 
times common near the Waterfall, and when settled on the ground almost im- 
possible to see, as when their wings are closed they resemble the dead leaves. 


WATERHOUSE. 41 


Heteronympha banksi. Found only in the autumn and near the scrub areas. 
Fond of resting out of reach on the leaves of tall trees. 

Argynnina hobartia cyrila. Three females caught many years ago at the 
southern end in November, and one recently near the cottage in October. 

Xenica acantha. Found throughout the Park, near watercourses. 

Tisiphone abeona. Found in many parts of the Park in the vicinity of 
sword grass (Gahnia), the food plant of the larva. 

Pyrameis cardui kershawi. Common at times. 

Pyrameis itea. Found throughout the Park. 

Precis villida. Very common. 

Candalides xanthospilos. Abundant at times. 

Candalides hyacinthina, Common. 

Candalides acasta. Found usually near a low-growing species of Cassythae, 

Candaltides absimilis. Not uncommon. 

Miletus ignita. Eggs and larvae feeding on Acacia pauciglandulosa. near 
the cottage during April, 1925, 63 larvae were found in the ant’s nest at the 
base of one small plant, one butterfly seen. Larvae, pupae and imagines found 
near the cottage at the end of September, 1925. 

Nacaduba lineata. One female seen flying round Cupania near the cottage. 

Nacaduba biocellata. Occasional specimens found. 

Zizina labradus. Very common. 

Neolucia agricola. Common in September and October, larvae found during 
August. 

Neolucia sulpitius. One specimen caught on the Mangrove island near the 
cottage. 

Ogyris abrota. I once found numerous larvae and pupae near Audley, but 
most of them had suffered from the attacks of a dipterous parasite. 

Talmenus evagaros. Often very plentiful, flying round Acacia near the dam 
at Dudley, during January eggs, larvae, pupae and the perfect insects have been 
obtained. Pupae and butterflies near the cabin during March; also found at 
other spots, but always near Acacia. 

Delias harpalyce. Occasionally seen. 

Delias nigrina. Common. 

Delias nipa. Occasionally seen. 

Anaphaeis java teutonia. At times very common. 

Appias paulina ega. Occasionally seen. 

Catopsilia pyranthe pythias. At times common. 

Papilio aegeus. At times common. 

Papilio macleayanus. Common near the scrub areas. 

Trapezites symmonus. Common in the vicinity of the food plant (Xerotes 
longifolia). 

Trapezites eliena. Common. 

Trapezites maheta. Found both in spring and autumn, at times common. 

Trapezites phigalia, Common in the spring in fairly open forest country. 

Hesperilla ornata. Common. 

Hesperilla picta. Common. 

Hesperilla mastersi. Three males of this rare and beautiful species were 
captured by me in March, on the tidge about half a mile north of the National 
Park Station. I have also caught it at Clifton about Christmas time. 

Hesperilla donnysa. Common. 

Toxidia peroni. Common. 

Toxidia parvula. Common. 

Dispar compacta. An occasional specimen caught. 


42 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 


Signeta tymbophora. One female has been taken near Waterfall, but as this 
local species has been taken several times in the autumn at Stanwell Park, it 
probably will be found to occur in many places in the Park, especially in the 
more open gullies near the scrub areas. 

Taractrocera papyria. Caught on several occasions. 

Padraona flavovittata. Common. 

Padraona lascivia. Common. 

Telicota augias kreffti. Common. 

Netrocoryne repanda, ‘Taken on several occasions. 


Lecture by Mr. E, F. Pollock. 


After the Annual Meeting, a short lecture on “Some Australian Birds” was 
delivered by Mr. E. F. Pollock, the Hon. Secretary of the Society. 

Mr. Pollock explained that he had prepared the slides with which he illus- 
trated his lecture from negatives which had been kindly lent to him by orni- 
thologists whose pictures were, in his opinion, of quite exceptional merit. A 
series of a dozen pictures, by Mr. Rolf Keys, of Napier, New Zealand, illustrat- 
ing the life history of Sula serrator, the Australian gannet, came early under 
notice. There is a “rookery” of these birds at Cape Kidnappers, the most 
easterly cape of the Province of Hawkes Bay, N.Z. The pictures included several 
panoramic views of the rookery and the adult birds, together with the nests, eggs, 
and young in all stages of growth. Some excellent studies, by Mr. D. W. Gauk- 
rodger, of Blackall, Queensland, included the Emu, the ground Dove, the crested 
Pigeon, the White Necked Heron, the Spotted Bower Bird and others. <A few 
pictures from negatives, by Messrs. J. S. Ramsay, H. EB. Finckh and N. Chaffer 
were also shown. By far the largest proportion of the pictures, however, had 
been taken by Mr. Otho Webb, an ornithologist and bird photographer, who lives 
near Jandowae in Queensland. The collection was especially interesting, as em- 
bracing birds well known to New South Wales ornithologists. Excellent series of 
pictures illustrated the parent birds, nests, eggs and young of such birds as the 
Rufous Song Lark, the White Throated Fly Eater, the Black Faced Cuckoo 
Shrike, the White Shouldered Caterpillar Eater, the Crimson Breasted Chat, the 
Yellow Tailed Tit Warbler, the Sordid Wood Swallow, the Magpie Lark, the 
Australian Butcher Bird, the Rufous Breasted Whistler, the Striped and Fuscous 
Honey Eaters, the Friar Bird, the Yellow Throated Friar Bird, the Australian 
Pipit, the Olive Backed Oriole, the Apostle Bird and the White Winged Chough. 
Especially fine series were also seen of the White Fronted Heron, the Tawny 
Frogmouth, the Laughing and Red Backed Kingfishers, to say nothing of such 
well known birds as the “Jacky Winters,” “Willie Wagtails” and “Yellow Bobs.” 
Some interesting pictures were shown of Mr. Webb carrying on his photographie 
work almost lost to view in lofty gums or at the head of mammoth tripods made 
of 40 foot saplings. Illustrations of the scrubland where the birds abound added 
to the interest of a wonderful set of pictures. 

In supporting a vote of thanks to the lecturer, Mr. A. H. Chisholm, chair- 
man of the Ornithological Section, said that the pictures just shown were pos- 
sibly unique in Australia, if not in the whole world, as a collection of Australian 
bird pictures. He spoke of the remarkable, progress made in bird photography 
in recent years, and expressed the opinion that Queensland ornithologists now 
led the world in this respect. He complimented both lecturer and the photo- 
graphers on the admirable pictures exhibited. Mr. Pollock, in responding to 
the vote of thanks, said it had given him immense pleasure making slides from 
such excellent negatives, and he hoped on some future occasion to show a further 


lot of bird studies, from negatives lent to him by bird lovers in other parts of 
Australia. 


NOTES. 43 


Officers for 1925-6. 

At a meeting held on 27th July, the followmg members were elected officers 
for the year ending 30th June, 1926:—President, Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B.; 
Vice-Presidents, J. H. Campbell, Dr. E. W. Ferguson, Professor L. Harrison, 
and Dr. G. A. Waterhouse; Honorary Secretary, E. F. Pollock; Honorary 
Treasurer, Donald H. Scott; Honorary Editor, A. F. Basset Hull; Honorary 
Librarian, Phillip Shipway; Members of Council (to fill statutory vacancies), 
Dr. G. A. Waterhouse, Professor L. Harrison, H. E. Finckh, A. Halloran, J. R. 
Kinghorn, and A. J. Nicholson. 

Annual Dinner. 

About fifty members and their friends attended the Annual Dinner of the 
Society, which was held at the Sydney University Union, on the evening of the 
General Meeting. Members and guests subsequently inspected the Zoology De- 
partment of the University. 

New Councillors. 

The following gentlemen have been elected members of the Council, viz. :— 
Mr. Robert C. Dixson, a life member of the Society; Mr. Ellis Le G. Troughton, 
Zoologist in charge of Mammals and Skeletons at the Australian Museum; and 
Mr. David G. Stead, the well-known naturalist. 


Visit to the Capricorn Islands. 

A party of naturalists, mainly ornithologists, intend visiting the islands of 
the Capricorn group, off the coast of Queensland, in November, to witness, in- 
vestigate and record the breeding of the sea birds which abound there, and also 
the habits of the turtles. The party is being organised by Mr. E. F. Pollock, 
the Hon. Secretary of this Society, and members wishing to accompany the party 
should communicate with him at once. It is intended to camp on the islands for 
probably two or three weeks, leaving Sydney by train about November 22. 

New Members. 

The following new members of the Society have been elected since the last 
issue of “The Australian Zoologist,” viz.:— 

Ordinary members.—Messrs. J. J. Rouse, D. G. Stead, W. F. Henderson, 
C. A. Gibb, F, W. Middleton, W. F. L. Bailey, F. I. W. Harrison, O. Von 
Drehnen, A. J. Wood, F. J. Elder, BE. 8. Tribe, D. Shindler, H. J. Fitzpatrick 
and Dr. C. U. Carruthers. 

Associate members.—Miss L. Hall, A. A. Girault, W. J. Phillips, N. C. 
Hewitt, A. E. Brookes, and the Royal Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of 
Victoria. 

Obituary. 

This Society has suffered severely during the past few months. The loss by 
death of Mr. W. C. Shipway, a Councillor for many years, was referred to in 
the Annual Report, and shortly afterwards our Honorary Treasurer, Mr. Donald 
H. Scott, died suddenly. Although he had not held office very long, his business 
capabilities had deeply impressed members, and his breezy genial manner had 
endeared him to his associates on the Council. His death was followed by that 
of Mr. Allan Riverstone McCulloch, a Councillor of twelve years’ standing, and 
the author of the first Zoological Handbook published by the Society, “The 
Fishes of New South Wales.” Mr. McCulloch died at Honolulu, where he had 
gone to represent this State at the Pan-Pacifie Conference. Every one who had 
the privilege of Allan MecCulloch’s acquaintance will regret the loss of that 
brilliant young scientist whose fame as an authority on icthyology was world- 
wide. His happy spirit, his adventurous nature, and his overflowing love of all 
created things earned for him a host of personal friends, who are now taking 
steps to erect a monument over his ashes at his beloved Lord Howe Island. 


ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 
BALANCE SHEET AS AT 30th JUNE, 1925. 


LIABILITIES. ASSETS. 
Gis eSede £ .s. d. S6seseas 
Income “Account x ac) gea ss se eee ee os PLS 147 Ineome Account :— 
Handbook. Hnnd! Account \s. <6 see) ee 200) ave 1D Government Savings Bank .. . 114 1 5 
IeSeIVEl-ACCOUNE sic a -2ceniiclcieniet ite sce ROG) a pamO Less Overdraft at Commercial 
Banking Co., of Sydney, 
Limited Sil iste, wien ee slaeee 6 10 
113 14 7 
Handbook Fund Account :— 
Government Savings Bank .. . 47 2 5 
£200: Commonwealth 5%—due 
1928, at 944—(Present value 
—2nd July, 1925, at 100, 
07 —se201)is doocee  LBSt POmnO 
————— 235 7 5 
Investments :-— 
£50: Inseribed Commonwealth 
5%, due 1927, at Ook a AielGmee 
£50: Inseribed Commonwealth 
5%, due 1927, at 954 .. .. 47 8 9 
£450: Inseribed Commonwealth 
6%, due 1930, at par .. .. 450 0 0 
£100: Inseribed Commonwealth 
6%, due 1934, at-96 .. .. 96 0 0 
£50: Inseribed N.S.W. Stock, 
52%, due 1935, at par... .. 50 0 0 
= $5 
£700: Face Value—(Present 
Value, 2nd July, 1925— 


£717/13/9). 
£1,040 7 0 £1,040 7 0 


INCOME ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDING 30th JUNR, 1925. 


RECEIPTS. was 
See Sano sa Ss Gb 8 os ch 
Balance from 30th June, 1924 .. 80 4 8 Publication ‘ ‘Auttralian Zoologist” : 
Annual Subscriptions :— Printing—(ineluding Authors’ 
Year ending 30th June, 1925 .. 24817 0 Copies) at VRS aes ee} 7 
Associate Members .. .. .. 3410 0 Blocks jtup steer coset as 37 12 0 
Year ending 30th June, 1926 230 0 7 
—(paid in advance) we 20) 40 Office Accommodation 52 0 0 
Associate oe a in Printing and Stationery .. 21 8 0 
advance) .. 417 6 Books :— 
Year ending 30th June, 1927— 8 Vols. “Matthews’ Birds” .. 17 4 0 
(Associate Member paid in C. Lords “Vertebrate Animals” Hoa 
advance) anG Australian Museum Magazine . 11 8 
313 16 0 1816 8 
Entrance fees for New Members 1919 0 Biological Section :— 
Donations :-— Shipway and  Berne—Legal 
Government Grant .. .. .. .. 50 0 0 Expenses for Lease National 
Wome AOOLOPISH? ish 2) ee cia. eis ae) aT ere nets ks oo 60:00 i 2B @ 
————— 51 1 0 Furniture for Cottage a0 4910 1 
Sales— “Zoologist” —(ineluding Furniture for Cabin .. 30 15 11 
Reprints) .. .. () ai) Insurance on Furniture .. 12 6 
Biological Sections :— Postage Ornithological Section Ua} 6 
ronson 26 <i) fe se ee. os U8) Bj. {0 — 8314 6 
Interest :— Advertising in “Great Northern’ Sian) 
Commonwealth Stock t 40 15 0 Bank Charges and Small Items . 211 0 
New South Wales Stock—(in- Petty Cash—(Postages, ete.) 183 Wal 2 
eluding 10/- Bonus on re- Dinner Account :— 
newal of 1925 Stock £50) .. est Lest) Paid to University for 1925 
Savings Bank Interest on ac- Dinner .. . 11 4 0 
TOWNE co Bb Do ade Od oso Arion ed Balance on 30th June, 1995: — 
46 16 1 Government Savings Bank VEE 186) 
Dinner Account :— Less Overdraft at Commercial 
SYA eMOLMICK ELS) reycy vcreiiitere) busts) sis U2 yo) Banking Co., of Sydney, 
Limited C0.) “0 6 10 
113 14 7 
£549 8 6 £549 8 6 
HANDBOOK P PUBLICATION FUND ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDING 30th JUNE, 1925. 
RECEIPTS. DISBURSEMENTS. 
Leese ae oS & Gh & &. Gh 
Balance from 30th June, 1924 .. . 225 3 9 | Balance on 30th June, 1925 :— 
Handbook Sales (‘Fishes of New South | Government Savings Bank .. 47 2 5 
Wales”) Borer ahve Sars ily ZL) £200: Commonwealth War 
Donations .. . A stobsninie it) Oe | Bonds, 1928, at 944 .. .. 188 5 0 
Savings Bank liiorsihio a ee 8 93 4 } <— 235 7 5 
Interest on £200: War Bond Hem bes Pa oe Bonne HS 0 O | 
} see eee 
£235 7 5 | ‘ai Ob 


D. H. Scott, Hon. Treasurer. 


We have examined the books and vouchers of the Society for the twelve months ended 30th June, 1925, and 
certify the above statements of Receipts and Disbursements and Balance Sheet to be in accordance therewith. 


Sydney, 7th July, 1925, 


(Sgd.) Coates, CunnincHam & Co., Public Accountants. 


46 SECTIONS. 


BIOLOGICAL SURVEY SECTION: 


At a meeting of the Royal Zoological Society of N.S.W., held at Bull’s 
Chambers, on Friday, the 1st of August, at 8 p.m., with the president, Dr. G. A. 
Waterhouse, in the chair, it was deeided to accept the offer of the Chairman of 
the National Park Trust of a cottage and cabin in National Park, and to form 
a Biological Survey Section of the Royal Zoological Society of N.S.W. The 
meeting resolved itself into the inaugural meeting of that Section, and elected 
the following officers :— 

Chairman, Prof. L. Harrison, Vice-Chairman, Mr. A. J. Nicholson; Hon. 
Secretary, Mr. N. W. Cayley; Hon. Treasurer, Dr. G. A. Waterhouse; Executive 
Committee, Prof. L. Harrison (General Zoology), Dr. G.-A. Waterhouse (Ento- 
mology), Mr. N. W. Cayley (Ornithology), Mr. E. Cheel (Botany), Prof. T. 
Griffith Taylor (Geography), Prof. W. R. Browne (Geology), and Mr. A. J. 
Nicholson (Oecology). 

On the 21st of March, 1925, the Chief Secretary, the Honourable C. W. 
Oakes, M.L.A., handed the cabin and the cottage over to the President of the 
Society, in the presence of a large gathering of members and visitors. The 
President in turn handed over the cabin to Mr. A. H. Chisholm, Chairman of the 
Ornithological Section, and the cottage to Prof. L. Harrison, Chairman of the 
Biological Survey Section. The company was afterwards entertained at after- 
noon tea at Audley, by Mr. Frank Farnell, Chairman of the National Park 
Trust. 

The cottage and the cabin have been well furnished by means of grants 
from the Society and donations from private individuals. Both stations have 
been in use, and a certain amount of useful material and information has been 
collected. The area near the cottage has been mapped by Miss L. D. Hall and 
a contour, geological and vegetation map of the country surrounding the cabin 
will be undertaken next month. 

I. M. Macxerras, Acting Hon. Secretary. 


ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. 
TuHirpD ANNUAL REPORT. 


During the year just ended, nine meetings were held, all being satisfactorily 
attended—an average attendance of fifteen,—at each, lecturettes and addresses 
were delivered, and some fine bird photographs sereened, providing interest and 
enjoyment. 

On August 22nd, 1924, Mr. A. H. Chisholm led a discussion on voice mimi- 
ery among Australian birds. 

On September 19th, Mr. H. Wolstenholme lectured on “Australian Bird 
Names and Their Meanings.” 

On October 17th, Mr. E. J. Bryce gave “Some Observations on Bird-Life 
in North America.” 

On November 21st, Mr. A. H. Chisholm reported on the proceedings of 
the annual Congress of the R.A.O.U., held in Central Queensland during 
October, and Mr. H. Wolstenholme spoke on the birds observed during that 
trip. 

On January 16th, 1925, Mr. N. W. Cayley contributed “Observations on 
the Plumage display of some Australian birds.” 

On February 20th, Mr. Tom Iredale led a discussion on the genus Gery- 
gone (Fly-eatere Warblers). 

On March 20th, Mr. Dayid Uniapon, the educated aborigine, spoke of 


SECTIONS. 47 


aboriginal myths and legends relating to birds and mammals. 

On April 17th, a fine series ef pictures of birds, taken by Mr. Otho 
Webb, of Jandowae, Queensland, were shown as lantern slides by Mr. Cayley. 

On May 15th, lantern slides from bird photographs were shown, the pic- 
tures being by Messrs. D. W. Gankrodger, A. E. Keane and M. Cohn. 

On June 19th, Mr. P. A. Gilbert read a comprehensive paper on the 
“Superb Lyre-bird.” 

Members are justly proud of the part the Section played in the establish- 
ment of the first Australian Biological Survey Station, and are unanimous in 
their thanks and appreciation of the generous help afforded the movement by 
the members of the National Park Trust, especially the wholehearted interest 
of the Chairman, Mr. Frank Farnell. Acknowledgments are due also to the 
Council of the Royal Zoological Society for its contribution of £25 towards 
the expense of furnishing the cabin at Palm Creek, National Park. 

At the meeting held on May 15th, Mr. Frank Farnell was presented with 
a painting of a Lyre-bird as a small acknowledgment of his many courtesies to 
bird-students. 

At the meeting held on June 19th, a presentation was made to Mr. E. 
Nubling of a painting of a satin Bower-bird, on the oceasion of his marriage. 

During the year several inter-State visitors and others from country dis- 
tricts were welcomed at meetings. 

In conelusion, it may be stated that the cabin is furnished with acecommo- 
dation for six, and all members of the affiliated Societies are welcome to at- 
tend the section’s meetings and to use the cabin. Application in the latter case 
should be made to the Chairman or Hon. Secretary of the Section. 


NevitLe Cayuey, Hon. Secretary. 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. 
THe ANNUAL REPORT. 


During the past year five ordinary meetings of this Section were held, the 
average attendance being 11 members and visitors. The August meeting of the 
Section was, through the courtesy of Professor Harrison, held at the Zoology 
Department of the University of Sydney, and an opportunity was afforded to 
members to inspect the extensive and valuable entomological collections of the 
Macleay Museum. Prof. Harrison addressed the meeting, and expressed the 
hope that specialists in the various orders of insects would co-operate in the 
naming and systematic working out of the Macleay Museum collections. Several 
members expressed their willingness to assist in this work. 

The February meeting was devoted to the exhibition of and discussion 
upon the splendid entomological collections made during January and February 
of this year at Barrington Tops, by an expedition organised and led by Prof. 
Harrison. These collections will provide much material for study in distribution 
of Antarctic types, and the southward penetration of Papuan and Indo-Malayan 
derivatives. 

At the April meeting, Mr. John Mann gave an account of the progress 
made under the Commonwealth Prickly Pear Board in the introduction and ac- 
climatisation of insects destructive to prickly pear. His remarks were most in- 
teresting, as were also the specimens exhibited, illustrating most of the insects 
with which experiments are being carried out. 


G. M. Gotprincu, Hon. Secretary. 


48 


GEORGE FORSTER’S PAINTINGS. 


By Tom IreDALE. 
(By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 
Plates vi.-vill. 

Many naturalists have heard about J. Reinhold Forster and his son George, 
but very few have seen the paintings made by the latter and preserved in the 
British Museum (Natural History). 

When Banks accompanied Captain Cook on the eventful first voyage, he 
engaged three artists to make paintings of the scenes, peoples and objects of 
natural history encountered on the trip. With regard to the latter item erude 
methods of preservation were in vogue, and a good picture was correctly re- 
garded as of the first importance. The method of procedure was as follows:— 
As soon as a specimen was procured it was handed to the artist who made a 
sketch, perhaps two or three, sometimes washing on some colours, at other times 
adding colour notes and then handing it over to the scientific worker interested, 
who at once prepared a detailed description. The specimen was then preserved, 
or, in the case of birds apparently good for food, cooked and eaten. Conse- 
quently in the latter ease the sketch and description was the only basis of all 
later work. The artist then finished the sketch at leisure, and, in the case of 
Sydney Parkinson, the natural history artist on the first voyage, the completion 
never eventuated as illness and death intervened. Thus all that remains of 
Parkinson's work is a series of unfinished pencil sketches with a few pencil notes 
thereon, relative to the locality and the colours of the bill and feet. These 
sketches make part of the Banksian Library, now in the British Museum, while 
the detailed descriptions simultaneously prepared by Solander are in the same 
place. No list of the sketches was published until 1906, though the sketches and 
descriptions had been examined by many workers from Latham, who saw them 
soon after they reached England, until Salvin almost a hundred years later. 
Thirty-two sketches of birds were made by Parkinson, but only one while in 
Australia, but as this is certainly of the first New South Wales bird it may be 
mentioned here. The plate is numbered 10 and shows a pencil sketch of a Black 
Cockatoo with the information, “The whole bird black, spots on the head and 
on the shoulders dirty white, the breast feathers waved with pale brown, the 
outer feathers of the tail scarlet and yellow with narrow facia of black, the iris 
dark brown, the pupil black, the beak dirty white, with the point of the upper 
mandible dark grey. Black Cockatoo.” Latham named this species the Banksian 
Cockatoo. 

As soon as the second yoyage was mooted Banks and Solander again made 
preparations to travel with Cook, but the arrangement miscarried, and the artist 
they had selected also declined the journey. Choice of a substitute fell upon J. 
Reinhold Forster, probably the ablest naturalist of his day, and certainly the 
most literary. Forster had already published translations into English of French 
voyages, and is reported to have been a master of seventeen languages. Hodges 
was engaged as artist, but Forster employed his son George to make natural his- 
tory paintings. The same method of dealing with the specimens was continued, and 
some pencil sketches persist. When the voyage was completed J. R. Forster, who 
had made all his notes with the object of writing up a complete account of the voy- 


IREDALE. 49 


age, was denied this privilege and forbidden to publish any such work. It was ad- 
mitted that he could prepare the natural history portion, but this he refused to 
do. He however published some “Observations” dealing with natural history, 
but these were general and not descriptive in connection with birds which were 
scarcely mentioned. Many years later his “Descriptiones Animalium” were 
edited by Lichtenstein, and issued from Forster’s original M.S., which had gone 
to the Berlin Museum. A book dealing with the voyage was published under 
George Forster’s name, and this has been often regarded as the work of J. R. 
Forster, the father, but as the son soon made a name for himself he may have 
prepared the book. In neither the father’s Observations nor the son’s account do 
any illustrations appear. As noted above, George Forster's paintings make part 
of the Banksian Library, having come into the possession of Sir Joseph Banks 
by purchase, as recorded in Maiden’s book, “Sir Joseph Banks.’ The paintings 
number one hundred and sixty-eight, and among these were two birds procured 
in Tasmania. Unfortunately the Resolution, on board of which were the Forsters, 
did not touch Australia, but went straight to New Zealand. The Adventure hav- 
ing become separated from her consort made a bay in South Tasmania, now 
known as Adventure Bay, and someone on board captured a Penguin and shot 
a strange Hawk. These were preserved until the Adventure met the Resolution 
in New Zealand, when G. Forster made pencil sketches of them. These historic 
birds were the Crested Penguin and the White Goshawk. A number of the 
paintings illustrate seabirds, the majority Neozelanic birds, and the remainder 
Pacific Island birds with a few from Staten Land and South Africa. On this 
voyage Norfolk Island was discovered, and some birds from that locality painted. 

Although, as pointed out above, more than one sketch was made, in some 
cases no sets of duplicates of these paintings were known until quite recently 
when a series in the Australian Museum was recognised as the work of George 
Forster. 

This collection of bird paintings numbers fifty-three, and was secured some 
years ago from the relatives of Captain Cook. ‘The only solution appears to be 
that George Forster made these paintings, perhaps for services rendered, perhaps 
for money, for either Cook or for his cousin Isaac Smith. It must be remem- 
bered that George was engaged by his father, and not directly by the Government 
so that he was, comparatively speaking, a free agent. The paintings are bound 
in a book entitled “South Sea Birds,” and numbered consecutively: the paintings 
are on folio sheets and to each has been appended a name taken from a MS. list 
pasted in the beginning of the book. This list is said to be in the handwriting 
of Admiral Isaac Smith, the cousin of Captain Cook, who, as a youngster, ac- 
companied Cook on both the first and second voyages. 

This MS. list is valueless and misleading, as the Admiral wrote the list in 
his old age, some fifty years after the voyage, and knew nothing whatever about 
birds. As a guide to his determination he referred to the published account and 
then guessed with which painting the description agreed. These remarks are 
here transcribed, as the book may be referred to by some one also unfamiliar 
with these birds. My identification of the species depicted is added in each case. 
In the Australian Encyclopaedia just published (Vol. I., p. 484) appears the 
statement: “He seems, however, to have made many duplicates, and had at least 
30 redrawn in London by a more skilful artist for presentation to George III.; 
a good many of these came into the possession of Cook’s cousin, Isaac Smith 
(q.v.), and are now in the Australian Museum at Sydney.” As this may be read 
to mean that the redrawn paintings are in the Museum here, it is best to note 
that the ones here dealt with are by George Forster himself. The Forster 
paintings in the British Museum were recorded in the “History of the Collections 


50 GEORGE FORSTER’S PAINTINGS. 


contained in the Natural History Departments of the British Museum,” Vol. IL., 
179-199, 1906, and the corresponding painting is here quoted by the B.M. No., so 
that a correlation can easily be made. No reproductions of that series as a 
whole have been published, but two appeared in the Penny Cyclopaedia Vol. 
XVIII., 1840. On p. 40 “P. urinatrix Gm. (Forst., Draw., t. 88—from which 
our cut is taken,” and P. vittata Gm. from B.M., No. 87, p. 47. 

The following is a complete list of the Australian Museum set :—- 


A.M. 1—‘A Parrot of New Zealand” (Isaae Smith) The Kaka (Nestor meri- 
dionalis Gmelin). B.M., No. 50. 

A.M. 2.—*A Green Parroquet of New Zealand.” The N.Z. Redfronted Parrakeet 
(Cyanoramphus novaezealandiae Sparrmann). B.M., No. 46. 

A.M. 3.—“A Green Parroquet of Norfolk Island and Friendly Islands.” The 
Horned Parrakeet (Nymphicus cornutus Gmelin) of New Caledonia. 
B.M., No. 43. 

A.M. 4.—“Hawk of New Zealand.” The N.Z. Longtailed Cuckoo (Urodynamis 
taitensis Sparrmann) killed at Tahiti. B.M., No. 56. 

A.M. 5.—“A small Cuckoo.” The N.Z. Shining Cuckoo (Lamprocoeccyx lucidus 
Gmelin). B.M., No. 57. 

4.M. 6.—‘A Crow of New Caledonia.” The New Caledonian Swallow Shrike 
(Artamides caledonicus Gmelin). B.M., No. 53. 

A.M. 7.—*‘A small Plover of New Zealand.” Rail, identity uncertain. 

A.M. 8.—“A small Plover of New Zealand.” Rail, identity uncertain. 

A.M. 9.—“A Kings Fisher of New Zealand.” The N.Z. Sacred Kingfisher (Saur- 
opatis sanctus Vigors & Horsfield subsp.). B.M., No. 

A.M. 10.—A King’s Fisher of Friendly Islands, query if not New Hebrides.” The 
Cape Verde Islands Kingfisher (Halcyon actaeon Lesson). B.M., No. 60. 

A.M. 11—*“Pigeon of New Caledonia.” The Tonga Tabu Fruit Pigeon (Globi- 
cera pacifica Gmelin). B.M., No. 139. 

A.M. 12.—“Dove of New Caledonia.” The Tahiti Rederowned Fruit Pigeon 
(Ptilopus porphyraceus Forster). B.M., No. 140. 

A.M. 15.—-“A New Zealand small bird Fantail.’ The N.Z. Rifleman (Acan- 
thisitta chloris Sparrmann). B.M., No. 164. 

Note:—Smith called this a “Fantail,” though the bird shows scarcely a. tail 
at all. 

A.M. 16.—Small Fantail of New Zealand.’ The Tanna Island White Eve 
(Zosterops flavifrons Gmelin). B.M., No. 158. 

A.M. 13.—‘Small Fantail of New Zealand” (PI. vi., fig. 1). The Norfolk Island 
Robin (Petroica multicolor Gmelin). B.M., No. 150. 

Note:—J. R. Forster named this Muscicapa dibapha (Descr. Anim. ed, Licht. 
1844, 267) and Gmelin’s name (Syst. Nat. 1789, 844 error pro 944) was pro- 
posed for Latham’s Red-bellied Flycatcher (Gen. Synops. Birds., 1 p. 343, n. 40, 
t. 50) from specimens in the Leverian Museum and Sir Joseph Banks Colln. ex 
Forster from Norfolk Island. This is of interest, as until quite recently the Nor- 
folk Island and continental Australian forms were confused and Forster's locality 
overlooked, the Gmelinian name being used for the continental race. , 
A.M. 14.—“A singing bird of New (Zealand) eall’d by us the Mocking Bird.” 

The N.Z. Bush Wren (Xenicus longipes Gmelin). B.M., No. 165. 

Note:—This is another bad guess by Isaac Smith. 

A.M. 17.—“A New Zealand small (bird).” The New Caledonian Flycatcher 
(M. naevia Gmelin = Diaphoropterus montrosieri). B.M., No. 159. 

A.M. 18.—“Cuekoo of New Zealand, eall’d by us the small Wattle Birds’ The 
N.Z. Saddleback (Creadion carunculatus Gmelin). B.M., No. 144. 


TREDALE. 51 


A.M. 19—“Cuckoo of New Zealand, eall’d by us the large Wattle Bird.” The 
N.Z. Crow (Callaeas cinerea Gmelin). B.M., No. 52. 

A.M. 20.—*A Cuckoo of New Zealand, called by us the Poya Bird.” The N.Z. 
Tui (Prosthemadera novaeseelandiae Gmelin). B.M., No. 61. 

A.M. 21—“A Cuckoo of New Zealand.” The New Caledonian Honey Eater 
(Gliciphila fasciata Sparrmann). Not included among the British 
Museum paintings. 

A.M. 22.—*A singing Bird of New (Zealand) called the Mocking Bird.” The 
N.Z. Bell Bird (Anthornis melanurus Sparrmann). B.M., No. 62. 

A.M. 23.—‘Small euckoo of New Zealand.” The Tonga Tabu Wattled Honey 
Eater (Foulehaio carunculata Gmelin). B.M., No. 64. 

A.M. 24.—“Small cuckoo, query New Hebrides.” The Tanna Island Cardinal 
Honey Hater (Myzomela cardinalis Gmelin). B.M., No. 63. 

A.M. 25.—‘New Zealand Bird large fantail.” The Wood Swallow (not Neo- 
zelanic) (Artamus ‘leucoryn (chus) Linné). B.M., No. 40, from 
“Poemanghee,” September 7, 1774. 

A.M. 26.—“A Wood Pigeon of New Zealand.” The N.Z. Pigeon (Hemiphaga 
novaescelandiae Gmelin). B.M., No. 137. 

A.M. 27.—“A Duplicate of the Pigeon” crossed out. The Norfolk Island Pigeon 
(Hemiphaga spadicea Latham. Not included in British Museum paint- 
ings. (PI. vi., fig. 2). 


This illustration may be the only one made by George Forster of the Norfolk 
Island bird, and J. R. Forster wrote thus of it in his Deser. Anim., ed. Licht., p. 
279: “Dio 10 Octobris novam deteximus insulam, quam et eodem die exploravimus, 
inter aves in ea observavimus pene omnes easdem, quas in nova Zelandia obvias 
habuimus, at omnes coloribus magis vividis et pulchris ornatas seilo Psittacum 
hypopolium et pacificum, Columba argetraeam, Motacillam Ventilabrum, Procel- 
larias Gaviam, tridactylam et fuliginosam: in rupibus frequentes nidos habebant 
Pelecani Piscatores.’ The Columba argetraea referred to was the New Zealand 
Pigeon which Forster had described under that name (p. 80) and was shown by 
the previous painting, the present one differing in the “more vivid colouring.” 


A.M. 28.—“A Cuckoo of New Zealand.” The Tahiti Reed Warbler (Conopo- 
deras caffra Sparrmann). B.M., No. 55. 

A.M. 29.—“Grossbeak of New Zealand.” The N.Z. Thrush (Turnagra tanagra 

7 Sparrmann). B.M., No. 145. 

A.M. 30.—*A New Zealand Bird tame like a Robbin.” The N.Z. Robin (Miro 
albifrons Gmelin). B.M., No. 148. 

A.M. 31—“New Zealand Sand Lark.” The N.Z. Pipit (Austranthus novaes- 
eelandiae Gmelin). B.M., No. 143. 

A.M. 32—“A Hawk of New Caledonia, South Sea, September, 1774.” The 
New Caledonian Harrier (Circus juxta Peale subsp.). Not ineluded in 
the British Museum series of paintings. 

A.M. 33.—“A New Zealand Rail or Wood Hen nearly the size of a common 
Fowl feed about by small brooks.” The N.Z. Wood-hen (Gallirallus 
australis Sparrmann). B.M., No. 126. 

A.M. 34——“The Painted Duck of New Zealand”’ The N.Z. Paradise Duck 
(Casarca variegata Gmelin). B.M., No. 67. 

A.M. 35— “A duck eall’d Racehorse from its swiftness on running on the water 
but cannot fly of Staten Land. Terra del Fuego weighed 29 lb.”” The 
Racehorse Duck (Tachyeres cinereus Gmelin). B.M., No. 68. 

A.M. 36.—“A Black Pintato Mother Carey Chicken of high South.’ (PI. vii., 
fig. 2). The Longwinged Black Petrel (Pterodroma macroptera 
Smith). B.M., No, 93, : 


52 GEORGE FORSTER’S PAINTINGS, 
' 

This species is not uncommon at sea in the Tasman Sea, but is not known 
to breed on this side, but is also common in the Great Australian Bight, and 
has been found breeding in West Australia. 

A.M. 37.—“A Pintatoe Bird seen in high south latitude or Pintado.”’ The Cape 
Pigeon (Petrel) (Daption capensis Linné). B.M., No. 96. 

A.M. 38.—‘A Gull call’d Port Egmont hen seen Lat. 50°S.” (PI. vii, fig. 3). 
The Antarctic Petrel (Thalassoica antarctica Gmelin). B.M., No. 95. 

From Forster’s Deser. Anim. ed. Licht., p. 60, we find that he described the 
species from a specimen procured on December 26, 1772, and gave as its range 
“round the Antaretie Circle above 58°S.” Isaae Smith has strangely confounded 
this species, as the Port Egmont Hen was the name for the Antarctic Skua. 
A.M. 39.—‘Antaretic White Peterel or Ice Bird seen only Lat. 60° to 70°.” 

The Snowy Petrel (Pagodroma nivea Forster). B.M., No. 89. 

A reproduction of this painting has appeared in the Australian Museum 
Magazine, Vol. ii., 226. 

A.M. 40.—‘Blue Peterel of Dusky Bay, New Zealand or high southern lat. (PI. 
vi., fig. 4). The Blue Petrel (Halobaena caerulea Gmelin). B.M., No. 86. 

Easily distinguished from the Prions, whether broad billed or narrow billed, 
by the white tip to the tailfeathers. Otherwise this is a much rarer bird and 
when Lichtenstein edited Forster’s descriptions he had not seen it and therefore 
commented :—‘An obseure species; I believe it not different from the Prion save 
in age.” Forster himself named it Procellaria similis as specimens of this and 
the next species were procured together on December 28, 1772, in the Antarctic 
Circle southward from the Cape of Good Hope. This species does not oceur in 
Dusky Bay, New Zealand. 

A.M. 41.—“Blue Peterel of Dusky Bay, New Zealand, or high southern lat.” 
(Pl. vi., fig. 3). The Broadbilled Prion (Pachyptila vittata Gmelin). 
B.M., No. 87. 

This was first met with at the end of November, 1772, going into the An- 
tarctic Circle from the Cape. Forster wrote “volant celerrime,” and was more 
impressed by the coloured band across the back seen when flying than with the 
curious broad bill. The B.M. painting was reproduced in the Penny Cyclopaedia, 
Vol. XVIII, 1840, p. 47. The two paintings here reproduced show the differ- 
ences between this and the preceding bird well, probably better than any made 
since, as the wing formation is seen to differ, a character since commonly over- 
looked. 

A.M. 42.—“Antaretie Grey Albatross.” (Pl. viii. fig. 4). The Antarctie Ful- 
mar (Priocella antarctica Stephens). B.M., No. 91. 

Another bad guess by Isaac Smith, as the bird figured is not an Albatross 
at all, but the southern representative of the Northern Fulmar with which it 
was confused by such early ornithologists as Forster, Kuhl and Lesson. To-day 
on account of the bill formation and colouration it is regarded as a distinct 
genus. 

A.M. 43.—“Seen at sea in high South Lat. White Albatross.” (PI. viii., fig. 1). 
The Snowy Albatross (Diomedea chionoptera Salvin). B.M., No. 99. 

Forster called this “The large white Albatross,’ and the specimen, from 
which this painting was probably made, was procured on October 24, 1772, with 
a wing expanse of ten feet two inches (English). From the picture reproduced 
the species appears to be the larger whiter one and the locality agrees. 

A.M. 44.—“A Sea Bird seen in high lat. a Noddy.” (PI. vii. fig. 4). The 
Wideawake Tern (Onychoprion fuscatus Linné subsp.). B.M., No. 110 

This painting was made from a specimen procured off New Caledonia on 
September 16, 1774, and which was described by Forster as Sterna serrata. This 
name was published, from Forster’s MS. in Berlin, by Wagler, and the name is 


TREDALE. 53 


used for the subspecifie form inhabiting the Coral Sea and commonly breeding 

on the Great Barrier Reef. 

A.M. 45.—“A small Grey Bird seen near the Cape of Good Hope, October, 
1772.” A small Tern in immature plumage, the basis of Sterna media 
Forster (Ed. Licht., p. 20), the name preoccupied. 

A.M. 46—“A Shag of New Zealand that makes its nest in Trees.” (Pl. vii. 
fic. 1). The Booby Gannet (Sula leucogaster Boddaert subsp.). 
B.M., No. 108. 

Another of Isaac Smith’s guesses wide of the mark, as the bird figured is 

the Booby Gannet, which was secured at New Caledonia September 16, 1774. 

Forster named this Pelecanus plotus (Bd. Licht., p. 278) and Forster’s name is 

used for the Coral Sea subspecies ranging through the Great Barrier Reef. 

A.M. 47.—“A Crested Shag of New Zealand.” The N.Z. Spotted Shag (Sticto- 
carbo punctatus Sparrmann). B.M., No. 103. 

A.M. 48—“A Shag New Zealand and Staten Land.” The Magellan Shag 
(Hypoleucus magellanicus Gmelin). B.M., No. 105. i 

A.M. 49.—“Small Albatross seen in Lat. 65°.” The lightmantled Sooty Alba- 
tross (Phoebetria palpebrata VWorster. (Pl. viii., fig. 2). B.M., No. 102. 


Had this painting been available many 
years ago there might have been no con- 
fusion as it is so unmistakable. The 
species was met with from “December 5, 
1772— January 13, 1773” in the “An- 
taretie Ocean,” and through misunder- 
standing Gmelin’s name “fuliginosa”’ 
given to Forster’s bird was applied to a 
uniform sooty bird met with in warmer 
waters. -When the icy south was later 
investigated this Antaretice form was 
again met with and regarded as a 
novelty. 

AM. 50—‘A Pinguin of New Zealand.” 
The Antarctic Penguin (Py- 
goscelis antarctica Forster). 

B.M., No. 82. Medallion of J. R. Foster. 

This bird does not inhabit New Zealand, but was met with in the Antarctic 
Ocean south of the Cape. 

A.M. 51—‘A New Bird seen on Staten Land Terra del Fuego January, 1774 
(should be 1775) supposed to feed on shore.” The Sheath Bill 
(Chionis alba Gmelin). B.M., No. 125. 

A.M. 52—“A New Curlew seen on Staten Land Terra del Fuego January, 1774” 
(should be 1775). The Black faced Ibis (Lheristicus melanopis Gmelin). 
B.M., No. 117. 

A.M. 53.—“Antaretie Peterel seen with the Ice, 1772, smaller than No. 39.” (PI. 
vii., fig. 3). The Snowy Petrel (Pagodroma nivea Forster). B.M., 
No. 90, is a pencil outline. 

While No. 39 is a larger painting there is no proof that the two paintings 
were intended to represent different birds, though lately it has been proved that 
two forms exist. : 

In the Australian Musenm is preserved a Medallion, by Wedgwood, of J. R. 
Forster, which is here reproduced. 


THE PRINCIPAL FAUNA OF THE COMBOYNE PLATEAU, 1923-1925. 
By E. C. CuisHotm, M.B., Cx.M., R.A.O.U. 


The Comboyne Plateau is situated in the County of Macquarie, on the middle 
North Coast, about 20 miles by air line from the sea, the nearest point being 
about Laurieton, a little south of east, the mouth of the Camden Haven River. 
The average elevation is about 2,200 feet above sea level. By air line it is about 
170 miles north by a little east of Sydney, though by rail and road about 250 
miles. The area of the Plateau is estimated at about 70 square miles. The 
average rainfall for 16 years is about 60 inches per annum. The maximum in 
that time was 98.87 in 1921, and the minimum 42 in 1915. For the half year to 
June 30th this year (1925) 51 inches fell. The maximum temperature recorded 
for the summer was 105°, and the minimum in winter about 30°. The whole of 
the centre of the Plateau is of basaltic formation and supporting rain forest or 
brush composed of soft wood timbers, which at the time of writing has been 
largely cleared. The outskirts, where the formation is of sedimentary rock, 
carries the usual hard wood timbers, of which Eucalyptus predominates. The 
fauna of the two regions differs considerably, many species being wholly con- 
fined to the one or the other area, while some are found on both. Since it has 
been so largely cleared, many forms which the early settlers knew are not to be 
found here now. 


INVERTEBRATA. 


VERMES, 


The worms here are interesting, two species of which appear to be new. 

Gordius sp. Gordian Worm. A long wiry species and cylindrical, measur- 
ing about a foot, and about a line in diameter, ringed, and with a hard integu- 
ment with an opalescent sheen. Two of these were seen in shallow running 
water, but only one was captured, which proved to be the male, known by its 
forked tail, the other evidently being the female. This was in the third or free 
swimming stage. In the first two stages of its existence it is parasitic, living 
in the interior of large moths or beetles, and during these stages it feeds on its 
host, while during the last stage it takes no food, being concerned wholly with 
reproduction. JI had this specimen alive in water for a fortnight. It is a 
Nematode. 

An Oligochete. Genus and species apparently new. Specimen presented 
to the Australian Museum. An Earth Worm, measuring 25 inches, with a dia- 
meter about the middle of § of an inch. This was ploughed up from the red 
voleanie soil, and is said to be not uncommon, though it is the only individual I 
have seen. 

Digaster sylvatica. Squirter. Called so from its habit of ejecting from 
numerous pores of the skin simultaneously a watery fluid on irritation. This 


CHISHOLM. 55 


fluid is of a nitrogenous nature and excreted by the Nephridia, or segmenta 
organs which serve the function of kidneys. This is a comparatively short squat 
worm, 3 or 4 inches long, and up to half an inch in diameter, found mostly in 
under decaying soft wood logs, which it riddles with its burrows, evidently feed- 
ing on the decomposing wood. This is a very common species. 

Microscolex modestus. This is the common garden earth worm, here being 
very plentiful. : 

A Perichaete ? So far apparently a new species, as it has not been success- 
fully identified. This species is found under logs and decaying vegetation in the 
brushes, and seems to be fairly plentiful. 

I am greatly indebted to Dr. Anderson, of the Australian Museum, and the 
zoologists in charge of the lower invertebrates for identifying these forms for 
me. 

The Hirudinea. Leeches. Have one representative here in an orange striped 
species, which so far I have not identified. 


MOLLUSCA—GaAsTEROPODA. 


Hedleyella falconari. A large snail found only in the brushes and fairly 
common, though it is mostly the empty shell that one comes across. I have one 
in my possession with a circumference of 74 inches, with the diameter varying 
from 23 to 2 inches. 

Hedleyella atomata. Comparatively rare; one very fine example was found 
in the brush after a fire had been through it. 

Thersites novae-hollandiae. A smaller and more depressed form of T. 
dupuyana from further south. Fairly common. 

Limax (? sp.). <A large slug frequenting the hard wood timber and climb- 
ing the large smooth barked Hucalypts at night and leaving its prints on the 
trunk which can be easily detected; it lies hidden in holes and under leaves at 
the base of the tree in the day time. It is 3 inches long or so with red mark- 
ings at its anterior end, and about the thickness of a finger. 

There is also a small black species of slug attacking garden plants. 


ARTHROPODA—crusTaAcea. 


An Amphipod. Sandhopper. Common in the brushes amongst the fallen 
damp leaves or under logs. ‘The identification of this species is under considera- 
tion at the Australian Museum. This measures from {ths of an inch to 1 inch 
long and up to 4 inch in vertical diameter. 

Parachoeraps bicarinatus. The common fresh water Crayfish or Yabbie, is 
fairly numerous in the creeks. 


INSECT A—ortTHOPTERA. 


Orthodera ministralis (prasina). A little green Mantis or Praying Lady, 
common on garden plants, preying on small Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera. 

Cyrtacanthacris exacta. A large mottled green Grasshopper, very common 
in grass lands in the summer months. Measures nearly 3 inches in length. 

Locusta danica. Yellow Winged Locust. A smaller species than the last, 
measuring about 2 inches. Common. 

Tryxalis rafflesii. Slender narrow-headed Grasshopper. This is very 
common and very destructive to garden plants. It is green, varying to salmon 
in colour, and reaches 3 inches in length. These are the three common Grass- 


56 PRINCIPAL FAUNA OF THE COMBOYNE PLATEAU, 


hoppers of the family Acridiidae. 

Gryllus servillei. Field Cricket. Fairly common. 

Gryllatalpa coarctata. Mole Cricket. Living-in holes in the ground, it is 
much more often heard than seen. 


ODONATA. 
Of the Dragon Flies, two species stand out prominently :— 
Diplax rubra. Red-bodied Dragon Fly. Fairly plentiful about running 
water. 
Orthetrum nigrifrons. Blue-bodied Dragon Fly. This is found in the 
same situations as the last. 
HYMENOPTERA. 


Of the Ants the Genus Myrmecia (Bull-dog Ants) and Iridomyrmex detectus 
(Red-meat Ant) are absent from the basalt and Hetatomma metallicwm (Green- 
head Ant) is rare. 

Diamma bicolor. A large metallic blue flower Wasp is common. 


COLEOPTERA. 

Members of the Carabidae (Carnivorous Ground Beetles) are very numerous. 

Macrogyrus canaliculatus. Water Beetle or Whirligig Beetle. | Common 
in numbers in still water, flying into the house, sometimes at night attracted by 
the light. 

Lamprima latreillei. Stag Beetle. Very uncommon about the brushes, 
feeding on the foliage of the Eucalypts. The family Scarabaeidae is well re- 
presented by several species, though I have met with neither Anoplognathus 
porosus nor A. viridaeneus. There is a fire-fly beetle here, but so far I have not 
identified it. 

Zopherosis georgii. This is an extraordinary looking beetle, one individual 
only of which I have seen, belonging to the family Tenebrionidae (Meal Worm 


Beetles). The Curculionidae (Weevils) have several representatives. The 
Cerambycidae (Longicorns) the larvae of which are wood borers are well re- 
presented. The Chrysomelidae do not appear to be numerous. 

DIPTERA. 


Fristalis tenax. Bee Fly. Very common on garden flowers. The larva 
has a long tail, and lives in liquid refuse. 


HEMIPTERA—HETEROPTERA, 
The Pentatomidae. Shield Bugs. Fairly well represented. 


HOMOPTERA. 
Chlorocysta vitripennis. A small green Cicada. This is the only Cicada I 
have seen, though I am told that Cyclochila australasiae (green or yellow Cicada) 
has been seen here. 


LEPIDOPTERA—RHOPALOCERA. (Butterflies). 


Danaida archippus. Some years fairly numerous and seen nearly every month 
of the year. Last season (1924-1925) not at all common. Its numbers depend on 
its food plant Asclepias physocarpa (Native Cotton Plant) which, although well 
distributed here, in bad seasons is eaten down by eattle, so that the larva has not 
the same chance to develop as when it is left alone. 

Danaida petilia. Not nearly so plentiful as D. archippus. Seen from No- 
vember to May inelusive, the larva feeding on Asclepias physocarpa. 

Euploea corinna. Seen from October to March inclusive, fairly common. 


—— 


CHISHOLM. 57 


Food plants Mandevillea, Marsdenia and Oleander. 

Yphthima arctous. Rare; only seen two or three times in October and Mareh 
on the cleared land. Food plants, grasses. 

Hypocysta metirius. The only representative of the genus seen and very 
common in the more open parts of the partially cleared brush lands. Appearing 
in September and dying off in May. The larva feeds on grasses. 

Heteronympha merope. Plentiful, the males appearing first towards the 
end of October and dying off in January, the females appearing in mid-November 
and disappearing in the first week of May. J ood plants, grasses. 

Heteronympha mirifica. Not very often seen, the males appearing in Novem- 
ber and December, and the females from Webruary to the middle of April. It 
frequents the soft wood brushes and is frequently seen about their edges. 

Heteronympha banksi. Seen from the end of February to the beginning of 
May, and sometimes quite common in certain localities, inhabiting partially cleared 
brush land, where it can get plenty of sunlight. Seen more often amongst the 
foliage of the trees than on the ground. 

Xenica acantha. The only one of the genus represented here and not com- 
mon. It favours the cleared land at the edge of the brushes amongst ferns and 
low growth. The larvae of this and the two preceding species are grass feeders. 
Seen from the latter end of November to the third week in March. 

Lisiphone joanna. I call this species “2. joanna” provisionally, as it ap- 
pears to correspond more closely to this form than to the others and being very 
variable in its markings. One wants more material to really settle this point. 
If Z. joanna is a hybrid between Y. morrisi and T. abeona, as Dr. Waterhouse is 
endeavouring to prove with apparent success this might quite likely prove to be 
T. joanna on account of its variability, though it appears to resemble T. morrisi 
rather more closely in colouration than 7. abeona, as the specimens with orange 
markings are rare compared to those without. This is only found on one side of 
the Plateau, on the south-west, and here its food plant Gahnia grows in pro- 
fusion. It is fairly plentiful here. — 

Precis villida. Seen every month, but July and August. Some years much 
less common than in others. Food plants Plantago varia (rib grass), Hrythraea 
australis (Australian Centaury), Scabaeus, Antirrhinum and Pentstemon. 

Pyrameis kershawi. Not at all common here, except in the hotter months, 
and only seen from September to March. Food plants of larva Helichrysum, 
Gnaphalium, Cape weed, and probably other species of the Compositae. 

Pyrameis itea. Seen in every month but July. Fairly plentiful in Sep- 
tember, October and November. Food plant of larva Urtica incisa (common 
nettle). 

Acroea andromacha. Flying from November until May inclusive. More 
numerous in February, March and April. Food plant here Passiflora edulis 
(cultivated Passion) and P. alba. Common in the brushes. 

Candalides absimilis. Not at all common. Seen in January and February 
and again from September to November inclusive. Food plants Castanospermum 
australe (Black Bean), which does not grow here, and a native Wistaria (Dr. 
Waterhouse) and probably others. 

Candalides xanthospilos. Rare, only seen once in third week of October. 

Thysonotis taygetus. Only seen once here and that was a female in mid- 
April. Food plant Alphitonia excelsa (Red Ash) (Dr. Waterhouse). There 
must be others, as this tree does not grow here as far as I ean find out. 

Nacaduba lineata. What I took to be this species seen a few times in 
February I was unable to identify for certain on account of not being able to 


58 | PRINCIPAL FAUNA OF THE COMBOYNE PLATEAU, 


procure one. Its food plant is Cupama. 

Nacaduba florinda, I have only seen one individual and that was in the first 
week of March. Food plant Trema aspera (Peach leaf Poison bush). 

Nacaduba felderi. Fairly common from December to February inclusive. 
Food plants several species of Acacia (Dr. Waterhouse). 

Lampides boeticus (damoetes). Apparently rare here. Only seen once and 
that was in November. Food plants. Many of the Leguminosae such as Dolichos, 
Cytisus scoparia (Broom) Sweet Peas, Lupins, ete. The larvae feeding inside 
the pods. 

Zizina labradus. Fairly plentiful and seen in every month but July. Food 
plant, Clover. 

Lucia lucanus. Rare, only seen once and that was in February. Food plant 
apparently not known. ; 

Paralucia aurifer. Rare; seen only once on the western edge at the end of 
February. Food plant Bursaria (Blackthorn) (Dr. Waterhouse). 

Ialmenus evagoras. Fairly common from the later end of November till the 
middle of April. Food plants here Acacia melanoxylon (Blackwood), and Acacia 
binervata (two-veined Hickory). It is said that several other Acacias are 
amongst its food plants. The larvae are in colonies and always accompanied by 
swarms of the little black ant. : 

Delias aganippe. Very rare here and only seen 3 times in the latter end of 
September. Food plant Loranthus pendula (Mistletoe) whose host is largely 
Eucalyptus which grows mostly at the edges which probably accounts for its 
rarity in the centre. Hxocarpus cupressiformis (Native Cherry) is another food 
plant. 

Delias harpalyce. Very rare. In fact it was a great surprise to see it at all 
so far north. It was only seen twice, once in mid-October and again in the 
third week in April. Food plant Loranthus pendulus and probably other species 
of Mistletoe. 

Delias nigrina. This is the common Delias here and very plentiful at certain 
times. Seen in every month but August. Food plant Phrygilanthus celastroides 
(Mistletoe) which is a parasite on several brush trees. 

Delias nysa. Rare. Only seen twice, the first week in May and third week 
in April. Mistletoe is presumed to be its food plant. 

Elodina angulipennis. Not very common. Seen from October to April. 
Food plant Capparis (Caper). . parthia I have not come across. 

Anaphaeis teutonia. Fairly common in season, all travelling in a northerly 
direction. Seen from October to the third week in January. Food plants, species 
of Capparis, though I know of none growing here. Two food plants it favours 
in the western country are Capparis mitchelli (Native Orange), and Apophyllum 
anomalum (Warrior Bush) of the family CAPPARIDACEAE. 

Appias ega, Very common at certain times. Seen from November to April. 
Food plant said to be Capparis sp. 

Catopsilia pyranthe. Seen from September to April inclusive and fairly 
plentiful. The antennae of all I have examined have been uniformly pinkish, 
thus favouring the variety C. lacteola. Food plant here Cassia sophera. Ova 
found in January and February. Larvae February to May. Pupae March and 
April and on to Septemper. 

Catopsilia gorgophone. I have only seen this species a few times, being in 
the months of February and March. Food plant Cassia. 

Terias sulphurata, Seen in two broods. One in March, April and May, and 
the other in September and October and fairly plentiful at such times. Food 


CHISHOLM. 59 


plant Breynia oblongifolia (Dr. Waterhouse). 

Terias smilar. Seen from September to April flying over grass lands and 
fairly plentiful. One of its food plants, quoting Dr. Waterhouse, is Cassia 
fistula. 

Papilio sthenelus. Very rare and only seen in February and March twice, 
though commoner at a lower elevation on the coast. Food plants Citrus and 
Salvia. 

Papilio aegeus. Fairly plentiful in most years, but this last season, 1924-5, 
exceptionally numerous. Seen from the third week of October to the third week 
in April, and especially plentiful in December, January and February. Food 
plant Citrus of several species and Zieria. 

Papilio macleayanus. The commonest Swallow-tail here, seen every month, 
but rare in May, June, July and August, very plentiful at other times. Food 
plants Doryphora sassafras (Sassafras), Cinnamomum oliveri (Cimnamon Laurel), 
Daphnanandra tenuipes (Yellow Wood) and in other places Camphora officinalis 
(Camphor Laurel). 

Papilio choredon, Not at all common. Seen from the end of September to 
the end of April. Food plant here probably Doryphora sassafras as the camphor 
laurel is very scarce, being very little grown. 

Papilio lycaon. Not at all plentiful and only seen occasionally from the 
middle of February to the end of March. Not seen in 1925 at all. One of its 
food plants is the Custard Apple, but there must be others, as this does not grow 
here. P. anactus curiously enough I have not met with here, which surprises me, 
as I should have expected to see it, especially as Citrus trees are plentiful. 

Burycus cressida. Decidedly rare and only seen once, and that was in 
November. Food plants Aristolochia (several species) (Dr. Waterhouse). 

Trapezites symmomus. I have only seen one individual of this—in March. 
Food plant Xerotes, which is common here in the form of X. longifolia. 

Toxidia leucostigma. The commonest Skipper here and very plentiful from 
October to April. Food plants probably grasses. 

Padraona sunias. Fairly plentiful and seen more often on garden flowers. 
Food plants, grasses. 

Cephrenes sperthias. Not seeing this close I am not certain of it. Only 
seen once or twice in February. Food plant, palms. 

There are two palms growing here, viz.: Linospadix monostachyus (Walking 
Stick Palm) and Archontophoenix cunninghamiana (Bangalow), both of which 
have been greatly restricted by the clearing of the brushes, which would account 
for the rarity of this species. 

Hasora haslia. Distinetly rare and only seen once, and that was in mid- 
September. Food plant, Native Wistaria (Dr. Waterhouse). 

Netrocoryne repanda. Not common and only seen a few times in October, 
November and February. Food plants Callicoma and Endiandra (Dr. Water- 
house). 

HETEROCERA. (Moths). 

Phalaenoides glycinae. Very rare and only seen once or twice—in February 
and December. Food plants, cultivated Grape and Virginia Creeper. 

Eutrichopidia latina. Very rare. Only seen once in the month of October. 

\Agarista agricola. A very handsome species and seen fairly often from 
October to March. Food plant said to be Vitis baudiniana (antarctica). One of 
the native grapes and probably others too. 

Syntomis annulata. Very rare. Only seen once in October. An allied 
smaller species, fairly common. 


60 PRINCIPAL FAUNA OF THE COMBOYNE PLATEAU, 


Cizara ardenia. Rare. Only seen once—in November. Larva said to feed 
on the native vine (V%tis). 

Chaerocampa celerio. The commonest Sphinx here. Seen in February, 
March and April, when it is plentiful. I have taken the larva on the cultivated 
grape in other districts, but here only on two species of Arwm the common 
garden one and a native Typhonium brownti. The larva is very variable in 
colouration, being various shades of green, black or brown, with two large yellow 
eyespots on each side, one on the fourth segment with a black or dark green centre 
in which are from 3 to 5 yellow spots, and the other more oval on the fifth seg- 
ment pure yellow. 

Chaerocampa oldenlandi 2? <A closely allied species to C. celerio, but I am 
not absolutely certain of its identity, but it appears to answer to this species. 
Rare and only seen once in February. Food plant of C. oldenlandi is said to be 
the cultivated Grape. 

Chaerocampa erotus. Quite a rare Sphinx and only met with a few times in 
January and February. I have taken the Jarva of this in other districts on the 
eultivated grapes, it is of a light green ground colour with a narrow pink lateral 
line from about the fourth segment, and running to the tail, above which is a 
series of eight eyespots of light yellowish green surrounded by dark green, one 
on each segment on each side, commencing about the third. The tail appendage 
is pink. ; 

Chaerocampa scrofa. Seen from September to April and fairly plentiful. 
Food plant Hpilobiwm glabellum. 

Macrosila casuarina. The specifie name is unfortunate, for the larva does 
not feed on the Casuarina (Native Oak), but on the Privet (Ligustrum), several 
species, Tecoma capensis and I have also seen it feeding on the common olive. It 
is not common here, probably on account of these food plants mentioned being 
cultivated very little, though there is a native Tecoma, viz.: T. australis (Wonga 
Wonga Vine) which grows plentifully in the brushes, which probably is a food 
plant, though I cannot verify this. Seen flying in November and February. 

Protoparce convolvuli. A very common species here. Seen from September 
to March inclusive. Food plants, Convolvulus and Sweet Potato, and very des- 
tructive to the latter last season (1924-5). 

Pielus sp.? The larva of an interesting form, probably of the family PrenmaE 
(a Wood Moth) is occasionally ploughed or dug up from the ground, which has 
been attacked by the fungus Cordyceps which has killed it and transformed it into 
a hard woody material, while the contour of the Caterpillar is perfectly preserved, 
the legs and every segment being well defined, even to the smallest detail. These 
transformed larvae are generally found embedded perpendicular to the surface 
with the head end uppermost and at no great depth. In all the specimens I have 
seen there has been no central stipes growing upwards from the head end as 
seems to be the case with the species described from New Zealand where the stipes 
reaches a height up to 92 inches above the surface and is likened to a miniature 
spike of the grass tree (Xanthorrhoea). The specimens found here have a root 
like attachment to one side of the head and growing at an angle with it, but no 
sign of stipes showing above the surface of the ground. I exhibited a specimen 
44 inches long with a diameter of 4 inch at a meeting of the Linnean Society on 
June 24th, 1925, when an interesting discussion took place. Another specimen 
was exhibited for me at a meeting of the Naturalists’ Society on October 7th, 
1924. 

Metura elongata. A case moth, only seen very occasionally in the larval form, 
probably preferring the hard wood timber to the brushes. This is the only case 


CHISHOLM. 61 


moth I have met with. 

Doratiphora casta. The only cup moth I have seen here, the larva of whicb 
was feeding on Eucalyptus saligna (Sydney Blue Gum). The larvae were found 
in March and April, when they pupated underground until December and January, 
when the imagines appeared. 

Nyctemera amica. A day-flying species and fairly common. Seen from 
September to January, when it is plentiful and occasionally seen in March and 
as late as June. Food plant Erechites prenanthoides of the family composrran, 

Darala (teara) contraria. Rare and only seen once. The larva of this is 
one of the “processional caterpillars’ moving from place to place in search of 
food plants in long lines. The larva is gregarious, living in log shelters formed 
of silk, generally at the butts of their food tree and feeding nocturnally. Food 
plants, different species of Acacia to which they are very destructive, denuding 
tree after tree of its foliage, and, if in large numbers, destroying every tree in 
their neighbourhood. Seen flying in November. 

Apina callisto. A day-flying species, inhabiting grass lands. Not common 
here and seen only a few times in April and May. Food plants probably 
grasses. 

Chelepteryx felderi. A very variable species as to colouration from French 
grey or lavender to brownish grey on the upper surface of forewings, and from 
bright pink to brownish grey on the upper surface of hindwings. About the 
centre of the costa of forewing on the upper surface is a black line running 
diagonally towards the base on each side of which within the cell is an eyespot. 
The under surface of wings is very beautifully marked in black, brown and red 
with two large white spots on the forewing, corresponding in position to the eye- 
spots on upper surface. Only one individual of this species and only the remains 
of that was found in April, having evidently been freshly killed by a bird. The 
larva of this has coarse bristly hair and lives on the ground under leaves and 
feeds nocturnally. What its food plant here is I do not know, but one of its 
food plants is Xylomelum pyriforme (the Native Pear) which does not grow 
here. The moth measures 44 inches across the wings. 

Teia anartoides. Not common here. The larva is hairy, having several tufts 
of hair on the back projecting beyond the general surface. This is a pest in some 
localities at certain times of the year, attacking garden plants of many kinds. 

Euchloris submissaria, A Geometrid. Fairly often seen. Having a protec- 
tive colouration of a light green and with its wings spread on a tree trunk, it is 
difficult to detect. 

Agrotis infusa. Bugong Moth. Not at all common and only occasionally 
seen. The larva of this is a cut worm. 

Maenas (ophideres) salaminia. A very handsome species, measuring 34 inches 
aeross the outspread wings, the fore pair of which are dark green on the upper 
surface, the veining showing as red lines, the costa is deeply margined with 
opalescent cream, profusely dotted with green and purple spots, the upper surface 
of hindwings is orange yellow with broad black markings. This is rare here. J 
have only seen it once—in April. When settled it forms a triangle of dark 
green, edged with cream, which projects over the head, forming a hood. It be- 
longs to the family NOCTUIDAE. 

Dasypoda selenophora. Only seen occasionally, from December to February 
inclusive in the house. 

Pericea spectans. Not common. Seen in the house in November. February 
and April. 


62 PRINCIPAL FAUNA OF THE COMBOYNE PLATEAU, 


ARACHNIDAE. 


The ARANEIDAE (Spiders) are plentiful. The genus Lycosa (Ground 
Spiders) appears to be poorly represented. 

Latrodectus hasseltii. Red-back Spider. I have not met with this species. 

Isopeda villosa. So called “Tarantula,” the real Tarantula belonging to quite 
a distinct family, not represented in Australia. This is seen at times, especially 
on the walls or ceilings of houses and frequently before a change of weather. 
This is a very useful species in a house, killmg an enormous number of small flies. 
I have watched with great interest its manner of procuring its prey. It stalks 
the fly till fairly close and then springs on it. There are many other spiders un- 
identified. Of the acArEmAE (Mites and Ticks) :— 

Ixodes holocyclus. Brush Tick. This is common in the brushes, the poison 
being very virulent, causing death frequently in the smaller domestic animals 
by a gradually progressive paralysis, starting with hind limbs and ending witb 
paralysis of the respiratory or circulatory centres, or both. This species is hold- 
ing the fox in check in the brush country, only until such time as the latter 
acquires immunity. 

Myriopoda. Represented by the common Centipede, which is plentiful and 
a Millipede. 


VERTEBRATA. 
PISCES. 
Anguilla reinhardtti. Long-finned Eel. Fairly plentiful and growing to 
over 4 feet in length. 
Introduced. 


Salmo irideus. Rainbow Trout. This fish was introduced here many years 
ago, but did not survive and all trace of it has disappeared. With the aid of two 
residents here, Mr. Tom Jones and Mr. R. Rubie, who kindly volunteered to bring 
a consignment of the fry of this species from Wingham, where I had arranged 
for it to be sent by train to the Comboyne, I was enabled to liberate 1,500 fry, 
about 6 weeks old, in Thone Creek, on September 10th, 1924, in their company 
and with their help. They appear to be doing well. 


AMPHIBIA—ANOURA, 

Hyla caerulea. Great Green Tree Frog. Very rare and only seen once, and 
never heard. 

Hyla peronvi. Brown Tree Frog. Seen on several occasions about the gar- 
den and pot plants on verandah, but probably the same individual. This was 
biseuit-coloured with punetiform markings of green all over its dorsal surface. 
and with orange yellow and black markings on inner surface of thighs. 

Hyla aurea. Green and Golden Bell Frog. Does not occur here. 

A brown frog, found under logs in moist situations in the brushes with a 
marbled under surface with a carmine patch on the opposed surfaces of thigh 
and body. I take it to be Cryptotis froggatti or possibly C. haswelli. Fairly com- 
mon. There are several other unidentified species, though frogs, as a class, are 
not very plentiful. 

REPTILIA—OPHIDIA. 


Python variegatus. Carpet Snake. This is the only representative of the 
family Boidae here. PP. spilotes (Diamond Snake) being absent. This is not 
nearly so much in evidence as it used to be on account of the brushes being cleared 
for grazing land. It is seen in the outlying parts occasionally, but is not plenti- 
ful. In some places it is encouraged to take up its abode near barns on account 


CHISHOLM, j 63 


of its propensity for killing rats and mice, but the majority of people kill it on 
sight. 

Pseudechis porphyriacus. Black Snake. The commonest snake we have, 
though it is said by old residents that before the brushes were cleared it was very 
seldom seen. It prefers the cleared country and is frequently found in the 
neighbourhood of swamps and creeks, a large part of its food being frogs. It is 
quite at home in the water and is said occasionally to feed on small eels, as they 
have been found in the stomach. I think, too, that crayfish probably form part 
of its food. It is not very often that one hears of cases of bite from this species 
considering its numbers and how widely distributed it is in every sort of country, 
though I had a case under my care quite recently. The mortality from the bite 
of this species is very low, especially when inflicted through clothing, which absorbs 
a large portion of the venom. 

Notechis scutatus. ‘Tiger Snake. This is not a common species and found 
generally in or near the brushes, and is greatly feared here. It nearly always 
shows fight and is very agile. 1 know of a dog being killed here after a desperate 
fight with one, which it killed, and died a few hours after. This snake varies 
considerably in its colouration, sometimes ihe bands are only just distinguishable, 
at others well marked. : 

Acanthophis antarctica. Death Adder. J am not quite satisfied in my mind 
whether this is here or not. I have not seen it, though always on the look-out 
for it. On the other hand I have been assured by men who should know it that 
it has been seen and killed here. 

Furina occipitalis, Black and White-ringed Snake. I have only seen this 
once and don’t think it is very plentiful. This goes by the name of “Bandy 
Bandy” here, and is looked upon as being very deadly, whereas it really is harm- 
less. Though belonging to the family coLUBRIDAE and subfamily ELAPINAE of the 
division Proteroglypha the poison fang is so small that the result of a bite is 
likened to that from the sting of a bee. 

Pseudelaps squamulosus. Red-bellied Snake. This is a small species less 
than a foot in length, found in rocky situations in hard wood country at the 
edge of the Plateau. It is a handsome species, of a blackish colour, on dorsal 
surface, crimson on under surface. The head is black on top, surrounded by 
dirty white at the edges, which is continued down each side of the neck for a dis- 
tance of from half to three-quarters of an inch in a gradually tapering streak. I 
have only seen one individual of this species, though it is probably fairly plenti- 
ful. This snake again, although it belongs to the subfamily Elapinae which in- 
eludes the deadly venomous species would be practically harmless, having a very 
small poison fang. 

Denisonia signata. Black-bellied Snake. Not common. 


LACERTILIA. 


Ablepharus lineo-ocellatus. Small Garden Lizard. Very uncommon in the 
brush country and seen mostly off the basalt. 

Lygosoma (siaphos) aequale. A very common lizard, found under logs in 
cleared country. The color is an opalescent brown above with an orange under 
surface, with a broad black band on the sides. There are only two fully deve- 
loped toes with a third rudimentary one on the radial aspect of each pair of 
feet, which are far apart. The tail is longer than the body and ends bluntly like 
that of a snake. It is evidently a transitory form. 

Lygosoma (hinulia) quoyi. A lizard. Only occasionally seen about logs in 
the semi-cleared brush. 


64 PRINCIPAL FAUNA OF THE COMBOYNE PLATEAU, 


Amphibolurus muricatus. Common Dragon. Very uncommon and only seen 
amongst hard wood country at the edge of the Plateau. Physignathus leswewrit. 
Eastern Water Dragon. Appears to be absent, though common at the base of the 
Plateau in waters flowing from it. 

Pygopus lepidopus. Common Slow-worm. I have only met with one in- 
dividual, which was sent to me for identification in a very battered condition 
under the impression it was a snake. 

Varanus varius. Lace Lizard or “Goanna.” Does not exist on the Plateau, 
though one was noted here years ago. 

The Chelonia. Tortoises. Are not represented here. 

AVES, 

Alectuwra lathami. Brush Turkey. Fairly numerous on the outskirts of the 
Plateau and on the slopes where the brushes are still standing, and they are less 
likely to be disturbed. In these localities I have seen their nesting mounds 
several times. As the foxes get a hold here these birds will gradually become ex- 
tinct. The brush tick at the present time is one of the worst enemies of the fox, 
and seems to be holding him in check, but before long he will acquire immunity. 
The Dingo, which is numerous here, is another enemy of the brush turkey, raiding 
the nesting mounds for the eggs. 

Coturniz pectoralis. Stubble Quail. I have come across quail once or twice 
singly or a pair together in the open, but only on the wing, which seem to be 
this bird. 

Ptilonopus magnificus. Wampoo. Called here “Bubbly Mary,’ a name pro- 
bably given to it by early Scotch settlers on account of its peculiar call, often 
corrupted into “Bubblo Mary.”* This fruit pigeon is a very handsome bird and 
at certain seasons when particular berries or native fruit such as figs are ripe is 
to be found in the dense brushes on the outskirts of the Plateau. 

Lopholaimus antarcticus. Top Knot Fruit-pigeon. Commonly ealled here 
“Flock Pigeon” on account of its habit of associating in numbers. This is quite 
a common bird at certain seasons, feeding on many different kinds of fruit and 
berries, found in the brushes. Ficus macrophylla, The Moreton Bay Fig, and 
others of the genus are among its favourite food trees. It is very fond of the 
fruit of Acronychia laevis, a tree bearing white berries in profusion. 

Columba norfolciensis. White-headed Fruit Pigeon. Called locally “Baldy” 
on account of its white head. Not at all common, but appearing as certain brush 
fruit ripens, mostly keeping up in the highest trees and very difficult to detect. 

Macropygia phasianella. Pheasant-tailed or Brown Pigeon.. Fairly common, 
frequenting the lower shrubs and often seen feeding on the ground on fallen 
berries. It allows a much closer approach than the preceding species. 

Geopelia placida. Peaceful Dove. Not very plentiful and only seen in small 
numbers. It feeds on the ground on seeds. 

Chalcophaps chrysochlora. Green Pigeon. This is another ground feeder 
and fairly common. It is generally met with in the brushes, never more-than two 
together, and often seen singly. 

Leucosarcia melanoleuca. Wonga. Another ground feeder and fairly plenti- 
ful, not so often seen as heard. It rises from the ground with a great “whirring” 
and alighting on a bough it will remain perfeetly still, allowing one to walk quite 
close underneath. It is an inhabitant of the brushes. 

Phalacrocorax carbo. Black Cormorant. Very rare here, only occasionally 
one seen. 


* Compare “Bubbly Jock,” the common Turkey of the Barnyard. 


CHISHOLM. 65 


Phalacrocorax varius. White-breasted Cormorant. This is more frequently 
seen than the last bird, though only rarely one or two together may be encoun- 
tered. The scarcity of feed probably accounts for this. The only native 
fish are eels, although lately I have been instrumental in having the Rainbow 
Trout Salmo irideus liberated in one creek here. It seems to be a disputed 
point as to whether the Cormorant does as much damage as it is supposed in 
the matter of destroying fish, as one of its main foods is the crayfish, which 
itself does a good deal of damage in destroying the ova and probably young fish. 
Therefore, it is necessary that its habits and food should be carefully studied to 
see on which side the balance lies. It has been stated by competent authorities 
that, when these birds have been thinned out in certain localities, the fish have 
diminished more rapidly on account of the extra increase of the crayfish. 

Lobibyx novae-hollandiae. Spur-winged Plover. Seen occasionally about the 
low-lying open land, especially in the neighbourhood of creeks. 

Burhinus magnirostris. Stone Plover or Land Curlew. Heard and seen 
mostly on the southern and western parts of the Plateau, but not plentiful. 

Threskiornis spinicollis. Straw-necked Ibis. At certain times of the year 
fairly numerous, feeding in the open cleared lands. This species ranks high 
among our useful birds, the grasshopper forming a large part of its food when 
that insect is prevalent. 

Notophoyx novae-hollandiae. White-fronted Heron. Only seen occasionally 
about the creeks. 

Nycticorax caledonicus? Only seen once and, as it was on the wing, I am a 
little doubtful of the species, but it seemed to be this bird. It was flying along 
the course of a creck. t 

Anas superciliosa. Black Duck. Very rare here. J have only once seen a 
pair on the main creek. This is the only species of duck I have seen, though the 
Wood Duck (Chenonetta jubata) is reported to have been seen here in days gone 
by. 

Astur novae-hollandiae. Grey Goshawk. Uncommon and only seen once in 
the brush forest. 

Astur fasciatus. Goshawk. Only occasionally seen about the brushes. 

Accipiter cirrhocephalus. Sparrow Hawk. I have only seen it a few times 
but as it inhabits the dense brushes it is probably much more numerous than it 
appears to be. 

Uroaetus audax. Wedge-tailed Eagle. Seen rarely ane? sometimes a pair 
together, especially soaring over the open country. 

Haliastur sphenurus. Whistling Eagle. I have only seen this bird once. 

Teracidea berigora. Brown Hawk. Not very common, but seen occasionally. 

Cerchneis cenchroides. Kestrel. Seen especially in the autumn months and 
generally two together. 

Ninox boobook. Boobook Owl. Fairly numerous here and mostly found in 
the brushes. Frequently heard at night in spring and summer. 

Tyto alba. Barn Owl. Occasionally seen flying in the dusk. It feeds diur- 
nally, too. I have disturbed it feeding on a rat in the early afternoon. This 
goes by the name of “Screech” Owl owing to the peculiar loud and weird eall. 

Trichoglossus moluccanus. Blue Mountain Lorikeet. J have never seen it in 
flocks here but in pairs, and they are not plentiful. They feed when amongst 
the brushes on berries and fruits, while in the hard wood timber they follow the 
Euealypts in blossom for the nectar. 

Calyptorhynchus fumereus. Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoo. This is to be 
found both amongst the hard woods and in the brushes. A large part of this 


66 PRINCIPAL FAUNA OF THE COMBOYNE PLATEAU, 


bird’s food is composed of Lepidopterous and Coleopterous larvae, which it ex- 
tracts from under the bark and in the sapwood of the timber trees. Generally 
seen here in small flocks, but by no means plentiful. C. banksii, the red-tailed 
bird, I have not come across, but it is said to inhabit the fringe of hard wood 
timber at the edges of the Plateau, feeding to a large extent on the fruit of the 
Casuarina. Nor have I seen Callocephalon fimbriatum (The Gang Gang) also 
reported to be here, which I can quite believe, but only amongst the hard woods 
of the rugged country at the edge of the Plateau. 

Cacatua galerita. White Cockatoo. Fairly common, at times in small flocks, — 
and frequently seen in the brushes, probably feeding on some of the hard fruits 
of the brush trees. 

Aprosmictus scapularis, King Parrot. Fairly numerous, especially about 
the brush timber, where it finds plenty of food in the shape of fruit and berries. 
Generally seen in small flocks with perhaps only one bird in adult male plumage. 

Platycercus elegans. Lowry or Crimson Parrot. This is the most common 
of the family, inhabiting the brush country, largely for the sake of the many 
different kinds of fruit to be found there. 

Platycercus eximius. Rosella. This is gene a rare bird and found mostly in 
the clearings or at the edge of the brush timber where it feeds largely on the 
seeds of the Scotch Thistle. In course of time this bird will probably increase 
as the timber is cleared. On the coast in the neighbourhood it is quite plentiful. 

Podargus strigoides. Frogmouth or More Pork. Probably fairly numerous, 
but seldom seen, and keeping mostly to the hard wood timber outside the basalt. 
I have only come across one bird and that happened to be within a few feet of 
the ground. 

Eurystomus orientalis. Dollar Bird. A migratory species. A few birds 
seen in spring and summer, but by no means numerous. 

Dacelo gigas. Laughing Jackass. Common; often found in the brush timber, 
where it gets a plentiful supply of food, consisting of worms and grubs, found 
amongst the decaying leaves on the ground. Also seen in the open cleared land. 

Halcyon sanctus. Sacred Kingfisher. A migratory species, and only seen 
here in the spring and summer preferring the open forests, though seen in the 
brushes, especially when they have been partially cleared. 

Hirundapus caudacuta. Spine-tailed Swift. In the late summer fairly plen- 
tiful; sometimes seen in great numbers. Part of its food consists of Hymenoptera, 
as in two instances which have come under my notice it has been found to have 
been feeding on a large blue wasp. 

Cuculus pallidus. Pallid Cuckoo. <A rare bird here. JI have only seen it 
once, and never heard its peculiar note, which is so conspicuous in other parts 
of the State in the spring months. This is a migrant. 

Cacomantis flabell{formis. Fan-tailed Cuckoo. This is a migrant, though I 
have known it in certain localities in some years to remain the whole year through. 
I saw one this year (1925) on July 19th, which rather points to its being stationary 
in this district, though it appears to be more numerous in the hot months. 

Cacomantis pyrrhophanus. Square-tailed Cuckoo. This is a rarer bird than 
the last. I have only come across it here amongst hard wood timber at the edge 
of the Plateau. 

Lamprococeyx plagosus. Green Bronze Cuckoo. 

Chalcites basalis. Narrow-billed Bronze Cuckoo. One or other of these I 
have seen or perhaps both once or twice, but have not been close enough to 
identify. Not seen in the brushes. 

Eudynamys orientalis. Koel. Called here the “Corn Planter,” as it arrives 


CHISHOLM. 67 


about the middle of October at the time the corn is planted, and is heard til) 
about the middle or last week of March. Its peculiar call from which it derives 
the name of “Coo-ee Bird,” is much more offen heard than the bird is seen, and 
it can be heard for long distances. It is an exceedingly shy bird, and it often 
requires a lot of stalking in thick scrub before a view is obtained of it. It is by 
no means plentiful. 

Centropus phasianus. Pheasant Coucal. Not very common. Seen oceasion- 
ally in cleared low-lying land, which is eovered with long grass or bracken. Much 
more often heard than seen. 

Menura novae-hollandiae. Lyre Bird. Commonly heard in the brushes, but 
as these are gradually being cleared the birds are getting fewer. I can’t help 
thinking that it is only a matter of a comparatively short time before it becomes 
extinet, for it has numerous enemies and when the fox becomes immune to the 
attacks of the tick, this bird will rapidly disappear. The Dingo, which is pre 
valent here, is another of its worst enemies. Laying only one egg doesn’t give it 
the same chance as in the case of a bird laying many. Its nesting site, again, 
being close to the ground is very vulnerable, and probably many adult birds are 
caught while sitting on the nest. It nests in the winter months, which is pro- 
longed into early spring. I have found a fresh egg here on July 13th and again 
on September 7th. In both cases the nests were deserted later from the old bird 
being caught on the nest judging from the numerous adult feathers all round the 
nest. This is undoubtedly the best mimic we have and perhaps the finest in the 
world. The dancing mound seems to be the most favored place for mimicking 
purposes, and here it goes through some grotesque movements with its tail which 
is in a state of quiver. all the while, being spread to its fullest. JI was lucky 
enough to witness this partially from a distance once. 

Hirundo neoxena. Welcome Swallow. Common here as in most places, but 
most numerous in the spring and summer. Its movements here are peculiar. It 
appears every now and again in mid-winter for a few days and disappears again. 
This year (1925) I saw a pair on July 20th for a short time in fairly cold weather, 
though the day was sunny. 

Hylochelidon nigricans. Tree Martin. Seen fairly often in the warmer 
months, especially about standing ringharked forest timber and often seen flying 
in the company of Hirundo neoxena. It evidently breeds here amongst the dead 
timber. 

Rhipidura flabellifera. Grey Fantail. This bird hardly seems a migrant 
here, as I have seen it in mid-July, though this may be an exception as they are 
more numerous in spring and summer. This is an inhabitant of the open forests, 
being seldom met with in the brushes. 

Rhipidura rufifrons. Rufous Fantail. Unlike the last bird this is strictly 
migratory and prefers the dense brush to the open. It is fairly plentiful during 
the spring and summer. 

Rhipidura leucophrys. Wagtail. A stationary bird, seen all the year, and 
fairly common, preferring the open country. Often in association with the Pee- 
wit and frequently building its nest right under the nest of that bird, probably 
as a protection against wet weather, though one of its favourite sites for a nest 
is on a branch overhanging water. 

Seisura inquieta. Restless Flycatcher or “Grinder.” A migratory species 
and seen here generally in the autumn months, evidently on the move. Not 
common. 

Monarcha melanopsis. Black-faced Flycatcher. A migrant, only seen here 
in the spring and summer, and fairly plentiful. This bird has some pretty liquid 


68 PRINCIPAL FAUNA OF THE COMBOYNE PLATEAU, 


notes. Generally seen in the brushes. 

Microeca fascinans. Jacky Winter. Apparently a stationary species, 
though it is mostly seen in the cold winter months. Probably the explanation is 
found in the fact that it gets into the forest timber for the breeding months and 
is therefore not so evident and comes out into the cleared land where its food 
supply may be more abundant in the cold months of winter. It is not very 
plentiful. I have heard this bird giving forth quite a sustained song in which 
were incorporated the notes of a canary which was kept in its neighbourhood. 
I consider it quite a songster, at its best in the early morning catching the first 
rays of the sun from a high eminence. 

Petroica phoenicea, Flame-breasted Robin. Only seen in the open here in 
autumn and winter breeding in the hard wood forests, but not inhabiting the 
brushes. Generally in small companies in which one male in full plumage is 
seen to perhaps a dozen grey birds, both females and young males. The males 
do not take on their full plumage for at least one year, as I have found two 
grey birds sharing a nest with eggs. This is one of the hosts of Chalcites basalis 
(the Narrow-billed Bronze Cuckoo), but not so far as I know of Lamprococeyz 
plagosus (the Green Bronze Cuckoo). 

Erythrodryas rosea. Rose-breasted Robin. An inhabitant of the brushes, 
not so often seen, but probably much more numerous than it appears to be as it 
mostly keeps to the high branches of the brush trees, feeding in such situations 
and not on the ground. 

Eopsaltria australis. Yellow Robin. Fairly numerous, preferring the 
brushes to the more open country. Very tame in disposition, it allows a close 
approach, and if one stands still for a while it will sometimes dart to within 
a few inches of one’s feet to pick up an insect. 

Pachycephala pectoralis. Golden Whistler. This is a stationary bird in 
contradistinetion to P. rufiventris which is a migrant and which I have never 
seen here, preferring the open forest lands. P. pectoralis is an inhabitant of the 
brushes and fairly common. 

Colluricincla harmonica. Grey Shrike Thrush. Not very plentiful, inhabit- 
ing both the brushes and the more open country. One of our best songsters. 
Pairs are few and far between, each pair keeping to one locality. 

Grallina cyanoleuca.  Peewit. Quite common here. This is one of our 
most useful species, feeding largely at the edge of swamps and lagoons, it is said, 
on the pond snail (Bullinus) which is an intermediate host of the liver Fluke 
(Fasciola hepatica), a great enemy to the pastoralist, especially in wet seasons in 
certain localities. By its feeding on large grasshoppers (plague locusts) also it 
does an immense amount of good. 

Falecunculus frontatus. Yellow-breasted Shrike Tit. I have only seen this 
bird once and that was in the brush, though it is probably more common amongst 
the Euealpts at the edge of the Plateau. 

Graucalus novae-hollandiae. Blue Jay. A migrant, appearing in the spring 
in small flocks, and departing again in the autumn. I have seen it here as late 
as April 30th. This is another useful species, feeding in the tree tops, taking 
insects off the leaves on the wing. Occasionally attacking fruit, which seems to 
form a small part of its food. 

Cinclosoma punctatum. Spotted Ground Bird. Found on the edges of the 
Plateau in the more open country, especially in localities where low vegetation 
abounds and often in rocky situations. Only occasionally seen. 

Oreocincla lunulata. Mountain Thrush. A rare bird and only seen once in 
the brush feeding amongst fallen leaves, and this is just the situation one would 


CHISHOLM. 69 


expect to find it in numbers; probably when the brush was more extensive it 
was more numerous; being a ground bird, many have probably fallen victims to 
some of the Carnivora. 

Acrocephalus australis, Reed Warbler. Very rare. Only one seen. 

Gerygone fusca. Brown Flyeater. Very common, feeding amongst the 
branches of the brush timber and often in small flocks. G. albogularis (Native 
Canary) I have not seen here. 

Acanthiza lineata. Green Tit Warbler. Only seen on the outskirts of the 
Plateau amongst the Eucalypts, generally in small flocks. 

Acanthiza pusilla. Brown Tit Warbler. Common about the serubs often in 
association with G. fusca. It does not congregate in flocks, but is seen singly 
or in pairs, feeding amongst the lower vegetation. 

Geobasileus reguloides. Buff-rumped Tit Warbler. Only seen at the 
boundary of the basalt amongst the hard wood timber and not very plentiful. 

Geobasileus chrysorrhous. Yellow-tailed Tit Warbler. Not common and 
found in semi-cleared land where a few shrubs have been left, generally as- 
sociating in small flocks. 

Sericornis lathami. Yellow-throated Serub Wren. Not often seen on ac- 
count of its habitat being the dense brush; it is also very shy. It is probably 
much more numerous than it appears to be. JI have seen it occasionally feed- 
ing with other species in low scrub in more open country. 

Sericornis frontalis. White-browed Scrub Wren. Like the last bird, this is 
an inhabitant of the brushes, though much more often seen in the more open 
serub. It is not so shy as S. lathami. These two species are sometimes seen 
feeding together. 

Malurus cyaneus. Blue Wren. Not often seen. 

Malurus lamberti. Variegated Blue Wren. Even less frequent than the 
preceding, but living in dense undergrowth, it may be more numerous than it 
appears to be. The habits of the two species are very alike. This is a shyer 
bird than WM. cyaneus. 

- Artamus cyanopterus. Dusky Wood Swallow. This is the. only represen- 
tative of the genus I have seen here, inhabiting the outskirts of the Plateau mostly 
or where the land has been partially cleared. It congregates in small companies. 
In some localities remaining all the year, in others migrating. 

*  Psophodes olivaceus. Coach Whip. This is an inhabitant of the brushes 
and is fairly common, though much more often heard than seen. It lives close 
to the ground and is very shy. 

Climaeteris leucophoea. White-throated Tree Creeper. Seen in both brush 
and hard wood timber. Not a common bird here. 

Dicaeum hirundinacewm. Mistletoe Bird. I have only seen it once here, 
though it is probably fairly common. The Mistletoe in the brushes is generally 
on the higher branches of tall trees, which makes it a difficult matter to detect 
the bird. 

Pardalotus punctatus. Spotted Diamond Bird. Not seen about the brush 
timber, but amongst the Eucalypts at the edge and slopes of the Plateau. This 
is the only one of the genus I have seen here. 

Zosterops lateralis. Silver Eye. Very numerous here and seen in large 
flocks, having plenty of native fruits to feed upon, especially in the warmer 
months, though it is essentially insectivorous, and if fed on fruit alone soon be- 
comes ill and dies. I consider this one of our most useful birds, feeding on many 
noxious insects, including Lepidoptera in all stages, especially the smaller moths. 
This is a bird generally condemned as harmful, especially by the fruit grower, 


70 PRINCIPAL FAUNA OF THE COMBOYNE PLATEAU, 


and incessant war is waged on it. It does do a good bit of damage to the soft 
fruits, but if one takes the trouble to observe it closely he will be surprised to 
find how quickly it clears up an infested orchard if given free play. It is the 
one bird of all to search for and find the hiding places of the Codlin Moth, and 
where woolly aphis is prevalent it will quickly clear it up. I speak with a clear 
knowledge of this bird, for I have kept it in captivity and noted its food. It 
is an insectivorous species, first and last, but, beg a honey eater, it has a 
partiality for sweet substances, and, like many others of the honeyeaters, it feeds 
on native berries and fruits when nectar from blossoms is scarce, and thus takes 
toll of orchard fruit when it gets the opportunity. In the case of this bird a 
clear knowledge of its food is essential before condemning it as noxious. I am 
firmly of the opinion that the reason our orchards are so widely infested with in- 
sect pests at the present time is largely due to the destruction of this species, the 
balance is so overwhelmingly in its favor. In a pamphlet issued by the Depart- 
ment of Agriculture entitled “The Food of Australian Birds,” July, 1918, under 
the heading Zosterops coerulescens p. 74, will be found the results of the analysis 
of the stomach contents of many individuals of this species from all over the 
State, and at varying times of the year, showing the variety of insects this bird 
consumes. 

Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris. Spine-bill. Not often seen. As the Pro- 
teaceae family of plants is very poorly represented here this may be the reason. 
Tt seems to feed largely on the nectar of Loranthus (Mistletoe). Banksia, Lam- 
bertia and Grevillea are absent, and these are amongst its favourite food plants. 

Meliphaga lewinii. Yellow-eared Honeyeater. This is the common Meli- 
phaga of the brushes and is fairly plentiful, feeding to a large extent on native 
fruit of various kinds. 

Meliphaga chrysops. Yellow-faced Honeyeater. Very rare and only seen 
once, preferring the more open forest country. 

Myzantha garrula. Soldier Bird. A very rare species here. A pair were 
seen about the partially cleared land for a week or so, but not seen since. On 
the coast in the neighbourhood it is quite common amongst Eucalypt timber. 

Anthochaera carunculata. Gill Bird. Very rare here and only seen once, 
though probably more often seen amongst the Eucalypts at the boundary of the 
Plateau. 

Philemon corniculatus. Leather Head. Common at certain times—the 
autumn and spring—when it is on the move, as it is a migrant. On the whole 
the Meliphagidae are very poorly represented on the Plateau. Being the most 
numerous family of all, one would have expected a greater variety here. 

Anthus australis. Ground Lark or Pipit. Fairly numerous on the cleared 
land. Evidently a recent acquisition since clearing has taken place, as before 
this the whole of the central part of the Plateau was a dense brush. 

Aegintha temporalis. Red-browed Finch or Red Head. Quite numerous in 
small flocks, seen mostly at the edge of the brushes. This is the only Finch here. 
Although I have been told that Zonaeginthus guttatus (the Diamond Sparrow) 
has been seen here, I have only seen it on the lower levels. 

Oriolus sagittatus. Olive-backed Oriole. An isolated bird, seen now and 
again, but it is not very common. It feeds on the native fruits and berries, 
which it swallows whole. One of its foods is the introduced Ink Weed (Phyto- 
lacca octandra) which is plentiful here. It is insectivorous, feeding on Lepi- 
dopterous and Hymenopterous larvae. I have watched it feeding on the stem 
Saw Fly larvae, which infest gum (Eucalypt) saplings. 

Chibia bracteata. Drongo Shrike. Seen occasionally inhabiting the brushes. 


CHISHOLM. Tal 


It is shy and very difficult to approach close enough to identify, for it keeps 
mostly to the higher branches, and is always on the move. 

Ailuroedus crassirostris. Green Cat-bird. Fairly common at the western 
side of the Plateau. 

Ptilonorhynchus violaceus. Satin Bower Bird. One of the most numerous 
birds in the brushes. Generally seen in small companies. Its main food con- 
sists of many brush fruits and it has become rather a menace to orchards. A 
male in full plumage is quite a rarity compared to the number of females and 
immature males in green plumage, actounted for by the fact that the males do 
not assume the blue-black dress for some years. The bowers are generally well 
hidden and apparently are used as play houses in the early morning and evening 
when the birds begin to assemble. Strewn all round are snail shells and blue 
parrots’ feathers. 

Sericulus chrysocephalus. Regent Bird. This is another bower builder, but 
not such a common bird as the last, and it is quite uncommon to find a bower. 
These two bower birds are frequently associated and, like the last bird, the males 
do not don full dress for some years, consequently one more often sees the grey 
bird. The food consists of brush fruit and insects. Beimg an inhabitant of the 
brushes and shy, it is difficult to observe. 

Ptilorhis paradisea. Rifle Bird. I was lucky enough to see one of these 
once in a brush on the outskirts of the Plateau, but it is getting exceedingly 
searce, largely due to the early settlers shooting them and driving them away 
into more remote brushes. 

Corvus cecilae. Crow. The only chance I had of examining a bird here 
was one that had been shot, the down and proximal part of neck and body and 
feathers of which were pure white. Probably Corvus coronoides (The Raven) 
may be here too, though neither is common. 

Strepera graculina. Pied Bell Magpie. One of the commonest birds here, 
feeding in the brushes on native fruits, and doing a fair amount of damage to 
orchard fruit. It is insectivorous, and at times carnivorous, feeding in company 
with the Black-backed Magpie, on scraps of meat thrown out. 

Cracticus torquatus. Grey Butcher Bird. Common, and seen mostly in the 
open country, especially during autumn and winter. 

Gymnorhina tibicen. Black-backed Magpie. This has become quite numer- 
ous here, but only since clearing has taken place. Old inhabitants have informed 
me that it was unknown here before the brushes were cleared. It is quite a 
usual thing to see as many as 30 or 40 together. One of its favourite foods is 
the large Cockchafer Beetle larva, which it digs out of the ground with its bill. 


Introduced. 


Sturnus vulgaris. Starling. The only introduced bird here and beginning 
to get numerous, and seen in large flocks. As we see it here, it is decidedly 
beneficial, feeding in the open land and living largely upon grasshoppers and 
other ground insects. It does not attack orchard fruit here and keeps well away 
from dwellings. 

Curiously enough Passer domesticus (the English Sparrow) has not yet 
made its appearance here up to the time of writing (July 25th, 1925). This is 
rather remarkable, seeing how ubiquitous it is. This is the only town and dis- 
trict that I think I have visited in New South Wales where I have not met with 
it. This is probably due to the remoteness of this place in mountainous country, 
well off the railway. In the neighbouring towns on the coast such as Taree and 
Wingham, it is plentiful, and I saw it once close up to the foot of the Plateau. 


72 PRINCIPAL FAUNA OF THE COMBOYNE PLATEAU, 


MAMMALIA—monoTrEMATA. 


Ormthorhynchus anatinus. Platypus. I have seen this here several times, 
though I don’t think it is very plentiful, probably much less so now than when 
the early settlers arrived, as many have been shot. It enjoys a fair degree of 
rvotection at present. 

Tachyglossus aculeatus. Echidna. Commonly called Porcupine. Not com- 
mor I have ouly seen one, and that was in heavy brush at the edge of the 
Plateau. 

MARSUPIALIA. 


Perameles obesula. Short-nosed Bandicoot. Fairly common in outlying 
parts of the Plateau, where it is less disturbed. 

Perameles nasuta. Long-nosed Bandicoot. I have been told this animal has 
been seen here, though I have not met with it myself. 

Dasyurus maculatus. Tiger Cat. This has been seen on the outskirts of the 
Plateau, but it appears to be rather uncommon. 

The Common Native Cat (D. viverrinus) is said to inhabit the country at 
the base of the Plateau, but is unknown or very rare on the summit. 

Phascologale penicillata. Native Weasel. An animal which, from its des- 
cription, I take to be this species, was trapped some time ago. I have never 
‘seen if here, and it appears to be very rare anywhere now,-though quite a com- 
mon species about Sydney in the early colonial days. It is very similar to the 
common opossum in colouration, having a grey fur with black bushy tail for the 
distal two-thirds of its length, which, however, is not prehensile. In general 
form and shape of head it resembles the Native Cat. This is the largest of the 
so-called “Pouched Mice,” other species of which I have not met with nor heard 
of as having been seen here. 

Acrobates pygmaeus. Pygmy Flying Squirrel or Flying Mouse. This is 
evidently a rare species. I only know of its having been seen once. 

Petaurus sciureus. Sugar Squirrel. One of the small flying opossums. 
Fairly common on the outskirts and like all these nocturnal animals much more 
numerous than they appear to be since they live in hollows by day and only 
move about after dark. 

Petauroides volans. Large Flying Squirrel or Flying Opossum. This 
species is almost as large as the common opossum with a tail much longer in 
proportion and bushy. Probably fairly common. 

Pseudochirus peregrinus. Ringtailed Opossum. Said to be fairly numer- 
ous in the brushes. I have not met with it, nor have I seen the nests. It is 
more common in the outlying brushes. It is capable of springing long distances 
from one tree top to another. 

Trichosurus vulpecwla. Common Opossum. This is fairly plentiful 
amongst the Eucalypt timber on the outskirts of the Plateau, but not seen about 
the brushes. 

Trichosurus caninus. Shorteared Opossum. ‘This is an inhabitant of the 
brushes and approaching the Black Opossum of Tasmania in color and general 
appearance, but differing in the shorter ears. Only seen occasionally in the out- 
lying brushes. 

Phascolarctus cinereus. Native Bear or Koala. Very rare here now and 
only inhabiting the Eucalypt timber at the edge of the Plateau. I have only 
seen one. I 

There appear to be only two wallabies :— 

Macropus sp. Brush Wallaby, with dark reddish fur, a specimen of which 


CHISHOLM. 73 


Rough Map of the Comboyne Plateau. 
Seale about ~ inch to 1 mile. 


Block kindly lent by the Linnean Society of N.S.W. 


I have not been able to obtain for identification purposes, though I have seen it 
in the distance. It is a medium sized animal. 

Macropus wilcori. Pademelon or Red Legged Wallaby. ‘This species in- 
habits the brushes and is very common. 

Aepyprymnus rufescens. Kangaroo Rat or Rufous Rat Kangaroo. Not 
here now, but I am informed by an early settler that years ago they were a 
great pest to the farmers, and had to be persistently poisoned. This animal 
appears to be fast becoming extinct, probably largely due to the depredations 
of the fox, as living their daylight hours in a nest on the ground they become an 
easy prey for this animal. I am indebted to Mr. Howard Smith, a very reliable 
observer and an old resident of the Plateau, and also to Mr. Thomas Jones, one 
of the original early pioneers, for much of the information about the Marsupials, 
and to the latter, especially, for forms that existed here in the early days of 
settlement, but which have since disappeared. 

Phascogale flavipes. Yellow-footed Pouched Mouse. Fairly common. 


CHEIROPTERA. 
The Microcheiroptera (Insectivorous Bats) are fairly numerous, probably 
represented by several species, which I have had no opportunity of identifying. 


74 PRINCIPAL FAUNA OF THE COMBOYNE PLATEAU. 


Pteropus poliocephalus. Flying Fox. A member of the suborder Mega- 
cheiroptera or Fruit Bats. This is fairly plentiful in some seasons, feeding 
largely on the brush fruits, the native fig being one of its favourite foods, and 
doing great damage to orchard fruit. 

RODENTIA. 

Hydromys chrysogaster. Water Rat. This is the only native member of 
the family Muridae that occurs here and apparently was much more plentiful 
in days gone by. 

CARNIVORA. 

Canis dingo. Dingo. Fairly plentiful at the outskirts of the Plateau and 
about the rough country of the mountain sides. At times several may be seen 
together. Not appearing in the more cleared portions of the central parts. 


Introduced. 


RODENTIA. 

Lepus cuniculus. Rabbit. Beginning to get a hold here and quite numer- 
ous in certain parts of the Plateau, and quite common in the centre in the 
cleared areas. 

Epimys norvegicus. Grey Rat. I have only seen this rarely, though it 
may be common in certain parts. 

Mus rattus. Black Rat. This is quite a common species in the brushes, 
though seen also about buildings, especially barns where there is grain. 

Mus musculus. Mouse. Numerous at times. During the earlier half of this 
year (1925) there was almost a plague of them. ' 

CARNIVORA. 

Vulpes vulgaris. Fox. This animal is fighting hard to get a hold here and 
seems to be slowly succeeding. It has the Dingo as a competitor, but its worst 
enemy is the brush tick, which is holding it up in the brush country. It ap- 
pears to be very vulnerable to this Acareid at present, but it is only a matter 
of time before it will acquire complete immunity. This is the deadly foe of the 
ground living birds. The Lyre Bird, Swamp Pheasant (Coucal) and Brush- 
Turkey are doomed to disappear in the near future from this coastal country, 
through the agency of this animal. 


NATURAL HISTORY ERRORS. 


Ida M. Mellen, Aquarist to the New York Zoological Society, contributes a 
note to the Society’s “Bulletin” on the prevalence and perpetuation of Natural 
History errors. She takes as her text an extract from the Boonville Republican: 
“Nothing is more gratifying than to make a mistake and then see it copied with- 
out credit by all the other newspapers in the same country.” She details some 
of the popular errors, such as the existence of polar bears and walruses in the 
Antarctic (penguins in the Arctie might have been cited as a parallel error), the 
pilot-fish “signalling the time and direction for the shark to dart at its victim,” 
the assertion that a whale is a fish, and other inaccuracies that have a habit of 
cropping up at irregular intervals. Curiously enough, in the same paper the 
same author writes on the Walking Fish (Periophthalmus) which “is not dis- 
commoded by a sojourn of five or six hours among the roots of the mango trees, 
on which, as the accompanying illustration shows, it is in the habit of ‘roosting.’ ” 
“Mangrove” trees grow on the mudflats and their roots are washed by the tidal 
waters. “Mango” trees are essentially inshore dwellers. The origin of this 
error can probably be traced to the stenographer or the compositor, but it should 
not have escaped the proof-reader! 


75 


A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES. 
(Phylum Mortuusca—Order Loricara. ) 
By Tom Irepaue and A. F. Basser HULL. 


Vv. 
Family CryPTOCONCHIDAE. 


This, and the next Family—Cryptoplacidae—are very closely related, and 
indeed have been merged into one by Thiele; but as the members of the latter 
are well differentiated and are common characteristic Australian forms, we re- 
tain the two. The two families together constitute a remarkable section of the 
Order, and might even be regarded as a primary subdivision, a very notable 
feature being the scant slitting of the anterior valve. The slits vary from none 
to five, every other group having more than eight (with the exception of Schizo- 
chiton, which has six, but is obviously descended from an eight-slit form). In 
addition the teementum shows throughout a tendency to reduction, and the arti- 
culamentum appears as sidewings, but no reduction generally in the size of the 
shell takes place. In the family Cryptoplacidae the shell itself diminishes so 
that in some cases it is almost lost. The variation in the slitting of the pos- 
terior valve of the Cryptoconchidae is also noteworthy as the range is from some 
six to none, but only in one section does the insertion plate itself diminish. 

The species are mostly small; are not uncommon, and are individually 
variable. They occur chiefly between tide marks, but are not so gregarious as 
some Ischnochitons, e.g., Ischnoradsia, but appear to be more solitary. Many 
species occur in southern waters, but the family is also found in tropical waters 
where, however, the Cryptoplacidae is more peculiarly represented. 

The seulpture of the Cryptoconchidae consists of nodules, more or less 
elongated, and in many species the lateral and central areas show no differen- 
tiation, while the dorsal area is only indicated by a slight change of sculpture. 
No linear series can be arranged so as to suggest the evolution of the species, 
as the vaiiation has been in eyery direction, and the species showing the most 
highly developed superficial seulpture—an important item in a group with such 
generalised ornamentation—has the most primitive (many slit) tail valve. This 
occurs il more HaSieAG than one, and even in the genus from which the family 
takes its name.* Contrariwise, the species showing the most specialisation as 
to the tail valve shows a superficial sculpture and form inseparable from other 
species with a generalised tail valve. 


*Cryptoconchus——One of the most abnormal Loricates, the animal being very 
large, with a huge leathery girdle enclosing a large shell of which practically 
only the dorsal area is exposed. C. porosus was long regarded as a unique 
example of the genus, but Nierstrasz has recently named a second species from 
the Moluccas, a peculiar ease of discontinuous distribution, as the original species 
is confined to New Zealand. 

‘A 


76 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


From the above it will be gathered that “Acanthochitons” are difficult to 
indicate by positive characters of high value, the anterior valve few-slit, general- 
ly five; the median valves one-slit, rarely none; the tail valve many to none; 
the plate sometimes degenerating into a callus. 

The number of species is not yet satisfactorily determined, as several have 
been described from single specimens, and the extent of individual variation in 
species is not yet well known. Nor are the groups clearly distinguished, the 
best marked, as more material is secured, showing intermediate forms. At pre- 
sent an artificial key can be provided by means of the tail valve, supported by 
superficial sculpture, the radula being available only in connection with the 
higher groupings, and the gills being invariably short. 


This artificial separative scheme is as follows:— 


Posterior valve two-slit, sometimes showing interslitting, in some cases the slits 
becoming obsolete: 


Insertion plate directed backward .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Acanthochiton. 
Posterior valve many-slit: 
Anterior valve five-ribbed .. .. .. .. .. .. «. «ss «2 «- .- Notoplaz. 


Anterior valve without ribbing: 
Insertion plates large: 
Sculpture of linear ridges only .. .. .. . . Glyptelasma. 
Posterior valve with insertion plate short, many-slit, like that of an 
Ischnochiton, becoming callused with age .. .. .. Sime tae Craspedoplax. 
Anterior and median insertion plates long: 
Girdle anteriorly produced .. .. .. .. . . Craspedochiton. 
All valves unslit; tegmentum small; girdle leathery .. .. .. .. .. .. Choriplaz. 
Genus ACANTHOCHITON. 


Acanthochitona Gray, London Medical Repository, xv., 1821, 234. Type by 
monotypy Chiton fascicularis Linn. 

Acanthochites Risso, Hist. Nat. ’Eur. Merid., iv., 1826, 268. Type by virtual 
tautonomy A. communis Risso = C. fascicularis Linn. ti 

Phakellopleura Guilding, Zool. Journ., v., 1830, 28. Type by monotypy Chiton 
fascicularis Sowerby. 

Hamachiton Middendorf, Mem. Sci. Nat. Imp. Sci. St: Petersb., vi.. 1848, 83-98. 

Type by present designation Chiton fascicularis Linn. 

Platysemus Middendorf, Mem. Sci. Nat. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., vi., 1848, 83-98. 

Type by present designation Chiton fascicularis Linn. 

Stectoplar Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., iv., 1882, 284, 288. Type by monotypy 

Stectoplax porrecta Cpr. (Japan). 

Anisochiton Fischer, Manuel de Conch., 1885, 881. Type by present designation 

Chiton fascicularis Linn. 

Shells small, elongate; pustulose sculpture; lateral and central areas not 
differentiated; no radial ribbing on anterior or posterior valves; latter normal to 
small; insertion plates and sutural laminae very large; usually five, rarely three 
slits in anterior valve, slits sometimes obsolete; median valves one-slit, rarely un- 
slit; posterior valve with large insertion plate, one slit on each side; girdle 
leathery, more or less covered with delicate or strong spicules, notably bunched 
and larger at the sutures, though apparently missing in some species when the 
shell is dried. 

In the group as here utilised several sections can be noted, and it is possible 


IREDALE AND HULL. 77 


that these should be regarded as distinct genera. They can be indicated as 
follows :— 


Posterior valve two-slit only: 
Girdle delicately spiculose: 
Tufts large, siliceous: 


Dorsal area wedge-shaped .. .. .. .. .. series of granostriatus. 
Girdle cvarsely spiculose: 
PIE EESH COATS Cur vemmcte Pits tae) iar Teersiar ose) )- to) caacta\s.4 c/n sy. aie SELIES OL; COL. 


Girdle leathery: 
Tufts asbestoid in pockets, visible on underside of girdle 

To! Ob eon once Ud: Ooh nano . series of sweurit. 

Girdle finely spiculose, tufts large: 


Dorsal area linear: 
Insertion plate of posterior valve not sinuate .. .. .. pilsbryt. 
Posterior valve with two side slits, interslit 
. series of wilsoni, crocodilus, curiosus, sphenorhynchus, and aenigma. 


This section can be separated into two groups, very different at sight, 
though technically small separative characters only can be cited; the girdle tufts 
in one case disappearing in the dried shell, though noticeable in life; in the 
other the tufts remaining prominent when dried. 

The species of this genus can, in most cases, be further grouped in series, 
the superficial appearance being generally similar and the differences being found 
in details of sculpture, colour of shell and spicules or tufts, dimensions, and 
habitat. So much of the authors’ descriptions is mere repetition that we here 
give a general diagnosis of the main features of a series, limiting the text re- 
lating to the individual species to the synonymy, the differential details of sculp- 
ture, ete., and the distribution. 


(i.). Series of A. gramostriatus. 


Shells medium, elongate, semi-carinated. Colour variable within limits of 
ochraceous to brown, dull greenish-erey or whitish, in some instances enlivened 
with bright orange-yellow, very rarely showing reds or blues, and then only on 
beaks of one or two valves. Exposed portion of valves in living examples barely 
one-fourth of total width, in dried specimens the girdle shrinks to less than one- 
half, leaving the exposed portion of the valves equal to the width of the girdle 
on both sides. The sculpture is composed of pustules, elongate, oval, or circular; 
concave, flat, or slightly convex. The anterior valve is either five-waved, or 
rounded without visible undulations. There is no differentiation between the 
lateral and central areas of the median valves, which have a distinet wedge-shaped 
jugal area terminating posteriorly in a pronounced beak, and this area is of 
varied sculpture. The posterior valve has the mucro post-central, and the post- 
muecronal area is more or less concave. The girdle is densely clothed with minute 
spicules, varying in colour with the species; the sutural tufts are disproportionately 
large (as compared with other members of the family) and also vary in colour. 
The interior features comprise varying colours; a squared and minutely crenu- 
lated sinus; long insertion plates; slits 5-1-2, and the insertion plate of the pos- 
terior valve has the slits on each side, and the plate between these slits ‘is 
sinuated, 


78 A MONOGRA4PH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


ACANTHOCHITON GRANOSTRIATUS. 
(Plate ix., figs. 5-9.) 


Acanthochites granostriatus Pilsbry, Nautilus, viii., 1894, 119. Port Jackson and 
Port Hacking, N.S.W. Type in coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. Pilsbry, Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1894, 81, pl. ii., f. 1-6, pl. iv., f. 37. 

Acanthochites tatei Torr & Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxii. 1898, 219, pl. 
vii, f. 7. Encounter Bay, South Australia. Type in coll. Torr. 

Acanthochiton granostriatus May, Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xv., f. 13. 
Colour brown to bluish-grey, with bright yellow markings, brilliant when 

alive, subdued when dried. 

Anterior valve rounded, covered with oval flattened pustules which are flat 
topped; five low rounded undulations. 

Median valves with lateral and central areas similarly pustulose; dorsal area 
trigonal, smooth, though colour lines are seen, suggesting grooves. 

Posterior valve large, with mucro post-central, elevated; postmucronal area 
a little concave below the mucro, a small triangular smooth area extending to 
mucro; rest of valve pustulose. 

Girdle densely minutely spiculose; large sutural tufts present, dull olive- 
green or brown. 

Interior pink, stained darker in the middle of the cavity (Pilsbry). Most 
examples examined by us have a dark green interior. 

Dimensions: 9 x 34 mm. (Type), 10 x 7 mm. (Co-type in spirit). We 
have examples of dried shells measuring 17 x 7 mm. 

Station: Under stones, commonly between tide marks, though occurring also 
below low water mark. 

Habitat: New South Wales (type locality), South Queensland, Victoria, 
South Australia, North Tasmania. 

Remarks: This shell is easily distinguished by its delicate appearance and 
beautiful colouration. The waves in the anterior valve are a noticeable feature, 
while the spicules are slender and generally pale greenish in colour. The pus- 
tules are oval, flattened, with flat tops, and are fairly erowded. The dorsal area 
is smooth. 

Geographical variation is not marked, and we have been unable to distinguish 
subspecies. The name tate? was given to a shell supposed to be new by Torr and 
Ashby, but which the authors now regard as identical with granostriatus; in case 
series may prove the South Australian form separable the name is available. 


ACANTHOCHITON BEDNALLI. 


(Plate ix., figs. 1-4.) 

Acanthochites bednalli Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1894, 81, pl. u., f. 
7-11. Gulf St. Vincent, South Australia. Type in coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Philad. 

Acanthochiton bednalli var. johnstoni Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xlvii., 
1923, 231, f. Carnarvon, Western Australia. Type in coll. Ashby. 

Acanthochiton bednalli May, Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xv., f. 12. 

Colour sombre, dull grey and white. 

Anterior valve rounded, covered with minute rounded oval pustules which 
are flat topped; no undulations or elevations present. 

Median valves with lateral and central areas sculptured as anterior valve; 
dorsal area longitudinally striate; the seventh valve shows a faint ridge separat- 
ing the lateral and central areas. 

Posterior yalve with smal] triangular striate area reaching to the mucro, 


iREDALE AND HULL. 79 


which is situated at about the posterior four-fifths; the remainder of the valve 
pustulose; post-mucronal area not concave. 

Girdle having large green sutural tufts. 

Interior: Variable from white to green. 

Dimensions: 13 x 64 mm. (Type, dry). Average dry examples, 26 x 12 
mm. 

Station: Between tide marks, under stones. 

Habitat: South Australia (Sultana Bay example described), Victoria, Tas- 
mania. 

Remarks: This shell is separable from A. granostriatus by its coarser ap- 
pearance, duller coloration, lack of waving in the anterior valve, and the coarse 
green spicules of the sutural tufts. The main differential feature is the sculpture 
of the dorsal area, fine longitudinal sulci being present, whereas in granostriatus 
this portion of the shell is smooth. This character requires careful verification 
as the smooth shell is coloured with longitudinal lines which look like sulci, and 
the shell must be closely examined by reflected light to determine this sculpture. 
Variation in the breadth of the jugal area is also present, and it is suggested 
that this may be a sexual feature. 

Geographical variation has not been determined, as though Ashby named a 
Western Australian form (johnstont) he gave no differential features from 
granostriatus, while placing the shells examined as a variety of bednalli. Until 
specimens are re-examined we leave Ashbv’s variety where he placed it. Speci- 
mens from southern Tasmania show variation in the breadth of the dorsal areas, 


and also in the form of the pustules, but we have not discerned any constant 
features. 


ACANTHOCHITON MACROCYSTIALIS. 
(Plate ix., figs. 20-23.) 

Acanthochiton macrocystials Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xlviii., 1924, 324, 
pl. xxxi., f. 3 a, b,c. Port Arthur, South Tasmania. Type in coll. Ashby. 
This recently described species is compared with granostriatus, bednalli, and 

gatliffi, but the diagnostic features are not satisfactory, while the figures pro- 

vided are not much more helpful. According to the description this species has a 

smooth jugal area, broader than in granostriatus or bednalli, while the granules 

are intermediate in size between those of the two compared species, a physical 
impossibility as each varies; further those of macrocystialis are “often pointed” 
while those of bednalli are “bluntly obovate,” but the type of the latter has the 
granules “pointed.” Such descriptions are difficult to understand, and the species 
named still more difficult to comprehend. The girdle is described as spiculose, 
whereas that of gatliffi is spongy. Ashby gives “slits 4—0—1—3,” but the normal 

formula is 5—1—2. 

Ashby regards the “habitat of this species (within kelp-roots) as constituting 

a discovery of exceptional interest,’ but this station has been well known in con- 

nection with Neo-Zelanic species for over fifty years, and it was through this fact 

that the late Mr. W. L. May discovered this species, being incited to search the 
station by Iredale’s constant urging. 


ACANTHOCHITON THACK WAYI. 
(Plate ix., figs. 10-11.) 


Acanthochiton thackwayi Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., xlviii., 1924, 318, pl. 
xxxi.. f. 1, 2. Fly Point, Port Stephens, New South Wales. Type in coll. 
Ashby. 


80 A MONOGRAPH OF THR AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Another recently described species, the status of which is better fixed, and 
through study of one of Thackway’s original specimens we find that this is a de- 
finite form apparently representing bednalli in New South Wales waters. The 
general appearance recalls that of bednalli, but the pustules are circular and con- 
vex and more separated than in the southern species, while the smooth dorsal 
area is characteristic of granostriatus. Anterior valve obscurely five-waved; 
tufts large, greenish-white; interior greenish-white. Ashby does not give the 
internal features, while his measurements are 9 x 4.5, including the hair tufts; 
shell itself only 7 x 4.5. The dimensions of Thackway’s specimen are 8 x 4, 
while Hull has specimens collected at Shellharbour, N.S.W., measuring 11 x 6 
mm. 

Habitat: Port Stephens and Narrabeen (Thackway), Port Jackson (Hull), 
Shellharbour (McAndrew), New South Wales. 


ACANTHOCHITON GATLIFFI. 
(Plate ix., figs. 24-25.) 


Acanthochiton gatliffi Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xliii, 1919, 398, pl. 
xlu., f. 2-5. Port Lineoln, South Australia. Type in coll. Ashby. May, 
Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xv., f. 15. 

This species was described from a shell measuring 5 x 24 mm., taken at 
Port Lincoln, South Australia. Mr. C. J. Gabriel has furnished us with a speci- 
men measuring 8 x 4 mm., dredged in 8 fath., off Point Cook, Port Phillip, Vic- 
toria, and determined by the author. Judging from this example, which we 
figure, the species is easily separable by its very coarse sculpture, the lined and 
posteriorly pitted dorsal area. The anterior valve has the pustules somewhat 
convex and circular, but in the latero-pleural areas the pustules are more elon- 
gate ovals, arranged linearly near the jugum, radially towards the lateral edge; 
the jugum is pitted; the posterior valve has the mucro more elevated, the post- 
mucronal slope steeper than granostriatus. 

The girdle tufts are large, like those of bednalli, the spicules bluish-white; 
girdle probably wide with minute scale-like spicules present. Compared with 
Ashby’s description the rays on the anterior valve are obscure. There appear to 
be only three slits. Ashby writes five and figures four. The side slits are 
obscure. 

Habitat: Port Lincoln, S.A. (Type) Port Phillip, Victoria (Gatliff and 
Gabriel). Tasmania (May). 


ACANTHOCHITON SHIRLEYI. 
(Plate ix., figs. 16-19.) 


Acanthochiton shirleyi Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., xlvi., 1922, 13, pl. iii., 
f. 2 a-e. Northwest Reef, Capricorn Group, Queensland. Type in coll. 
Ashby. 

The sculpture of this shell consists of small, flat, circular pustules; the 
posterior valve with suboval tegmentum, the mucro posterior and planate but 
terminal. The interior characters are peculiar, the anterior insertion plate be- 
ing much produced; the seventh valve (figured) with tegmentum elongate, almost 
parallel sided, the sutural plates large, the sutural laminae produced forward 
triangularly with a wide sinus; the insertion plates of the posterior valve show- 
ing triangular sutural laminae winged laterally, posteriorly perpendicularly 
lengthened, two-slit and sinuate. 

Dimensions: 11 x 5 mm. (curled). 


iREDALE AND HULL. 81 


Habitat: Queensland, all along the Great Barrier Reef. 

Remarks: Specimens sent by Dr. Shirley to Iredale were not named on 
account of their defective condition. Ashby has described these shells, naming 
the species in honour of the collector. The surface was greatly eroded, and the 
author’s characters are partly based on this feature. The species appears to be 
the coral reef representative of the bednalli series, as Hedley has collected it at 
various points on the Great Barrier Reef. 


ACANTHOCHITON COMPLANATUS. 
(Plate ix., figs. 12-15.) 
Acanthochiton complanatus Hull, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxxvi., 1924, 112, 
pl. xxi., f. 2 a-c. North Queensland. Type in Queensland Museum. 

This is the Queensland mainland representative of granostriatus and agrees 
in colouration and style with that species, but the pustules are circular and flat- 
tened, and the dorsal area is only smooth anteriorly, broken and semi-pustulose 
towards the beaks of the valves. It differs from shirleyi at sight in the more 
numerous and more crowded pustulation, in its elevation, and its much finer 
spiculose bunches; the interior is bluish-white. 

Dimensions: 15 x 8 mm. (Type). 

Station: Under small stones embedded in coral sand. 

Habitat: Magnetic Island, off Townsville, North Head and Stone Island, 
Port Denison, Howick I. (north of Cooktown), and Thursday I., Queensland. 


(ii.). ACANTHOCHITON COXI. 
(a). ACANTHOCHITON COXI COXI. 
(Plate ix., figs. 26-30.)' 

Acanthochites coxi Pilsbry, Nautilus, vii., Feb., 1894, 119. Port Jackson, New 
South Wales. Type in coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. 
Philad., May, 1894, 80, pl. iii., f. 21-26, pl. iv., f. 34. 

Acanthochiton coxi Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xlvi., 1922, 18 (from Bal- 
moral, North Borneo!). 

Shell large, a little elevated, elongate, semi-carinated. Colour dark greenish, 
maculated with white or yellow. 

Anterior valve semicircular, covered with elongate pear-shaped pustules, 
convex, closely packed but not overlapping; no radial ribbing. 

Median valves with narrow, almost linear dorsal area, longitudinally grooved; 
latero-pleural areas closely packed with elongate convex pustules radiating from 
the beak; pleural area not differentiated but pustules smaller and still more 
crowded. i 

Posterior valve large; mucro post-central; ante-mucronal area wedge-shaped, 
narrow, grooved on each side and having longitudinal rows of elongate pustules; 
remainder of valve with similar smaller pustules radially arranged. 

Girdle densely very coarsely spiculose, spicules broad at base and rapidly 
tapering; large tufts of longer spicules at sutures. 

Interior: Pink (Pilsbry), but examples are frequently met with in which 
there is no trace of this colour, and most of the Shellharbour examples have a 
greenish interior. The insertion plates of the anterior valve are very long, and 
of the median valves large; the posterior valve is sinuate between the slits, some- 
times with interslitting; slits 5—1—2. 

Dimensions: 33 x 12 mm. (Type). Paratype in spirit, 23 x 13 mm. 

Station: Under or at the edge of insertion of stones in sandy or muddy 


82 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


situations. 

Habitat: New South Wales. (Type locality: Port Hacking, N.S.W., speci- 
men described, Balmoral, Middle Harbour, Port Jackson). Bulli, Shellharbour, 
ete., N.S.W. : 

Remarks: This is a strikingly handsome shell when well-preserved, the pear 
or tear-shaped (May & Torr’s lachrymosus) pustules furnishing a very well 
marked character. It prefers sheltered situations such as harbours and almost 
landlocked bays. McAndrew has taken a very fine series at Shellharbour, 
N.S.W., where the rock is sandstone, numerous fragments of which are embedded 
im muddy sand. 


(b). ACANTHOCHITON COXI LACHRYMOSUS. 
(Plate ix., figs. 27-29.) 


Acanthochites lachrymosus May & Torr, Pap. & Proe. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1912, 36, 
pl. i. f. 1-4. Frederick Henry Bay, Tasmania. Type in Tasmanian Museum. 
Acanthochiton cori May, Ulus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xvi., f. 1. 

The south Tasmanian shells have the tear-shaped drops more confused and 
overlapping, while the Victorian ones from Portland (C. J. Gabriel) have the 
drops smaller and separated. The girdle spicules of all the southern shells are 
smaller and more delicate than those of the northern ones. Undoubtedly the two 
forms are subspecifically distinct. 

Dimensions: 34 x 124 mm. 

Habitat: Victoria, Tasmania. 


(iii.). Series of A. swewrit. 
ACANTHOCHITON SUEURII. 


(Plate x., figs. 1-4.) 


Chiton sueurii Blainville, Dict. Sei. Nat., xxxvi., 1825, 553. King George Sound, 

South-west Australia. Type in Paris Museum. 

Chiton (Acanthochiton) asbestoides E. A. Smith, Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, 83, pl. 

vi., f. 6. Flinders Island, Bass Strait. Type in Brit. Mus. 

Acanthochites asbestoides Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xy., 1893, 17, pl. 2, f. 55. Proe. 

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1894, 79, pl. iii., f. 16-20. 

Acanthochiton sueurti May, Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xvi., f. 3. 

Shell medium to large, depressed, semi-carinated. Colour black or bluish- 
slate, sometimes white. 

Anterior valve rounded, with faint indication of ribbing, covered with small 
oval pustules. 

Median valves similarly sculptured, pustules smaller on dorsal area, which 
is not differentiated, but the lateral areas are a little raised; valve u. is longer 
than the others. 

Posterior valve very small; mucro post-central; post-mucronal area sloping, 
protractive, pustulose throughout. 

Girdle leathery, broad, having long asbestoid golden or silvery tufts, the bases 
of which are distinctly visible on the under side of the girdle. 

Interior: Deep blue; sits 5—1—2. 

Dimensions: 25 x 15 mm. (Tasmania). 

Station: Under or at the edge of insertion, occasionally on the upper sur- 
face of stones embedded in sand, from median to below low tide mark. 

Habitat: Western Australia (King George Sound example described), 
South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 83 


Remarks: This is a very common shell in Queen Charlotte Sound, Western 
Australia, nearly every example being much eroded. King Island, Bass Strait, 
examples are generally larger, and less eroded. Shells from the latter locality 
also have a smoother dorsal area; the pustules are larger and rounded towards 
the edge. 

ACANTHOCHITON KIMBERI. 


(Plate x., figs. 5-12.) 


Acanthochites kimberi Torr, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxxvi., 1913, 167, pl. vi., 

f. 5 a-f. Kangaroo Island, South Australia. Type in coll. Torr. 
Acanthochiton kimberi May, Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xv., f. 16. 
Acanthochiton mazillaris Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xliii., 1919, 397, pl. 

xli., figs. 5-6; pl. xlii., f. 1. Marino, South Australia. Type in coll. Ashby. 

Shell medium to small, elongate, depressed. Colour purple-brown, varied 
with pale yellow. 

Anterior valve pustulose, undulated, not ribbed; apex almost smooth; pus- 
tules increasing in size and becoming elongate towards the edge, where they are 
rather separate; the pustules are convex-topped ovals. 

Median valves with latero-central areas pustulose as anterior valve; dorsal 
area narrow, triangular, with small longitudinal euts and thus separated from 
the latero-central areas, but with no separative line. 

Posterior valve small, mucro central; post-mucronal area sloping; ante- 
mucronal wedge small, sculpture as in median valve but less elongate pustules. 

Girdle wide, leathery; sutural tufts long, asbestoid. 

Interior greenish to bluish; slits variable. 

Dimensions: 10 x 4mm. (Type), 15 x 6 mm. (maximum measured). 

Station: Under stones between tide marks. 

Habitat: South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania, New South Wales (Port 
Jackson example described). 

Remarks: Described from Aldinga, South Australia, by Torr, the sculpture 
is said to be of fine, fairly numerous pustules. The anterior valve has three 
slits in the insertion plate which is fairly long; one slit on each side of the median 
valves, and two side slits in the posterior valve which has the insertion plate 
directed backwards. The asbestoid tufts are noted, and three “sharply defined” 
riblets on the anterior valve. New South Wales shells agree generally, but pre- 
sent some peculiarities which render it diffienlt to decide as to their exact status. 
The sculpture varies a little from that described by Torr, the pustules being as 
given in our description. The interior features vary so that while the anterior 
insertion plate is generally three-slit the slits become insignificant and even obso- 
lete, and the median valves are generally unslit. The posterior valve commonly 
shows two slits but sometimes these are obsolete, so that a shell with the slit 
formula 0—0—0 is possible. Moreover, interslitting may occur in this valve, 
while sometimes the seventh valve, rarely the sixth, has one slit on each side 
though the others are unslit. A series of figures are given to elucidate these 
features. 

We have placed A. mazillaris Ashby here, as the description only lays stress 
upon “a row of exceptionally large milk-white pustules,” and the other features 
suggest this species. 

ACANTHOCHITON DELICIOSUS. 


(Plate x., fig. 6.) 


Acanthochites deliciosus Thiele, Die Fauna Sud-west Aust., ii, 1911, 403. Bun- 
bury, South-west Australia. Type in Berlin Mus. 


84 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


This species, described from Koombane Bay, South-west Australia, from a 
very small, probably young, shell, belongs to the kimberi series. The sculpture 
is of coarse granules, the asbestoid girdle tufts characteristic, and the slitting 
?—1—2, the anterior valve apparently not having been disarticulated. Examples 
were collected by Hull at Woody Island, Recherche Archipelago, and King 
George’s Sound, W.A. 

The shell is a little less elongate than the normal A. kimberi; the pustules 
are elongate ovals radiating towards the edge; the jugal area is not differentiated 
but only pitted. Slits 3—1—2. 

Dimensions: 3.5 x 1.75 mm. (Type). 

Habitat: South-western Australia. 

Thiele’s figures are reproduced here, while a detailed painting of half of a 
median valve of one of Hull’s specimens appears on plate x., fig. 6, showing 
very elongated pustules widely separated. 


Fig. 1. Fig. 2. 
A. deliciosus. A. michaelseni. 


ACANTHOCHITON MICHAELSENI. 


Cryptoplax michaelseni Thiele, Die Fauna Sud-west Aust., iii, 1911, 404. Sharks 

Bay, West Australia. Type in Berlin Museum. 

This species, described by Thiele under the genus name Cryptoplax on ac- 
count of the lack of slitting of the insertion plates, is apparently the Western 
Australian representative of the kimberi degenerates of the East. Through a 
misapprehension of the description Ashby has “rediscovered” a Cryptoplaz, 7 
mm. long, from Carnarvon, Western Australia, to which he has applied Thiele’s 
name. The Thielean figures here reproduced absolutely prove that Thiele’s 
species is not a Cryptoplax in our usage of the genus. Thiele’s shell is distinetly 
sculptured with small tubercles, the tegmentum similar to that of Acanthochiton 
generally, the dorsal area free from pustules, the mucro posterior, slitting three 
in the anterior valve only, no slits in the remaining valves. General colouration 
yellowish brown. 

(iv.). ACANTHOCHITON PILSBRYI. 


(Plate ix., figs. 31-35.) 


Acanthochites pilsbryi Sykes, Proc. Malac. Soe., ii., 1896, 91, pl. vi., f. 6, 6a. 
Port Phillip, Victoria. Type in Nat. Mus., Melbourne. 

Acanthochites maughani Torr & Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxii, 1898, 
218, pl. vii. f. 5. Port Victor, South Australia. Type in coll. Torr. 
Hedley & Hull, Ree. Aust. Mus., vii., 1909, 265, pl. Ixxiv., f. 24-27. 

Acanthochiton pilsbryi Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xliii., 1919, 394, pl. 
xli., f. 1-3. 


ITREDALE AND HULL. 85 


Acanthochiton pilsbryi maughaneanus Ashby, id. ib., 395, pl. xli., f. 4. Middle 

Harbour, Sydney, N.S.W. ‘Type in coll. Ashby. 

Shell medium, elongate, depressed. Colour reddish fawn to brown, oc- 
casionally black. 

Anterior valve pustulose, pustules elongate, convex, separate, longer towards 
edge; apex tending to smoothness, no ribbing present. 

Median valves with dorsal area narrow, linear and smooth; transverse 
growth lines, latero-central areas pustulose, a faint elevation indicating their 
junction, the pustules on the former radially arranged, on the latter linear, the 
pustules oblique and touching each other. 

Posterior valve large; mucro central; ante-mucronal band as dorsal; re- 
mainder of valve pustulose as anterior valve. 

Girdle broad in life, contracting and curling when dry to less than one- 
fourth, covered with rather long spicules; sutural tufts small. 

Interior: Bluish or pinkish. Insertion plate of posterior valve short, per- 
pendicular, not sinuate; slits 5—1—2, 

: Dimensions: 10 x 3.5 mm. (Type). 

Station: Under stones in muddy situations below median tide mark. 

Habitat: New South Wales (Port Jackson specimen described), Victoria, 
South Australia, Tasmania. 

Remarks: The variation in sculpture cannot be construed geographically, as 
extremes occur commonly in N.S.W. waters. Ashby has named the N.S.W. 
form, but none of his characters are constant, and the interior features do not 
differ at all. The shell, when alive, has a huge girdle which dries up more than 
that of any other species, consequently no idea of the living shell can be gained 
from the dried specimens commonly handled. Two figures are given, showing 
the differences in life and death. 


(v.). Series of A. wilsoni. 


ACANTHOCHITON WILSONI. 
(Plate x., fig. 18.) 


Acanthochites (Notoplax) wilsoni Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soe., ii., 1896, 92, pl. vi., 

f. 2, 2c. Port Phillip, Victoria. Type in Nat. Mus., Melbourne. 
Acanthochites verconis Torr & Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxii., 1898, 217, 

pl. 7, f. 4. Gulf St. Vincent, South Australia. Type in coll. Torr. 

Shell elevated, carinated, side-slopes convex. Colour (of the type) “the 
ridge marked with bands of reddish and salmon-pink; the lateral areas of a 
dark red; the pleural areas marked with red and white.” 

Described and figured by Sykes from Port Phillip, Victoria, the figures be- 
ing untrustworthy, as in the case of A. pilsbryi, described at the same time, in 
which the pustules are said to be round, and there are no such pustules on the 
shell. In the present case “sculptured all over with well-marked flattened 
tubercles” is read and the figure shows these very small and crowded. ‘The 
dorsal area is elongated, wedge-shaped, marked with both longitudinal and trans- 
verse striae. The posterior valve has an elevated and rather pointed mucro at 
about the posterior third. : 

Girdle large, densely spiculose. Sykes describes it as showing no visible 
tufts, but as in the case of its nearest ally A. purpuratus, the tufts are doubtless 
present, but are withdrawn and disappear as the girdle dries or even as it shrinks 
in alcohol. 

Interior whitish, becoming stained with red under the jugal area. Slits 
5—1—6. 


86 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Dimensions: 25 x 10 mm. (Type), 18 x 10 (figured example, dry and 
curled). 

Station: Under stones below Jow water mark. 

Habitat: Victoria (but not extending round Wilson’s Promontory), South 
Australia. 

Remarks: Our figure is of a specimen from MeDonnell Bay, South Aus- 
tralia, which agrees well with the author’s description, the granules being oval 
and flattened. Torr and Ashby described (1898) A. verconis from Gulf St. Vin- 
cent, dredged by Dr. Verco, a specimen 10 x 4 mm., with the pleural area 
covered with ten to eleven diagonal rows of squamose pustules, the dorsal area 
striated, the mucro central; slits 5—l—8. This has since been synonymised by 
the authors, but Hedley’s figures of their type do not coincide with those pro- 
vided by Sykes. 

ACANTHOCHITON PURPURATUS. 


(Plate x., figs. 15-17.) 


Acanthochiton purpuratus Hull, Aust. Zool., iii., 1923, 196, pl. xxvii. f. 2. Be- 
tangabe Inlet, néar Twofold Bay, New South Wales. Type in Australian 
Museum. 

Superficially resembling A. wilsoni, but with the pustules round, convex, 
and separated; the dorsal area smooth; the posterior valve with the muero ele- 
vated, posterior, and the post-mueronal area concave. Colour purplish-red 
(ochraceous, flecked with dull red). 

Girdle very large, fleshy, dull purple, densely clothed with delicate spicules, 
and having large sutural tufts which generally disappear as the girdle dries. 

Interior white, slits 5—1—10. Insertion plate of anterior valve very long, 
of median valves large, and of posterior valve large with two side slits, 8-slit 
between, slits small, but having a long deep groove running to the tegmentum; 
plate a little produced backward. 

Dimensions: 18 x 11 mm. (Type, dried). 

Station: Under stones, or in interstices of friable shale, in sheltered pools, 
below low water mark. 

Habitat: New South Wales (Betangabe Inlet, Shellharbour, Port Jackson, 
and Long Reef, north of Sydney). 

vi. Series of A. crocodilus. 


ACANTHOCHITON CROCODILUS. 


(a). ACANTHOCHITON CROCODILUS CROCODILUS. 
Acanthochiton crocodilus Torr & Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., xxii., 1898, 

216, pl. vi., f. 2. Marino, South Australia. Type in coll. Torr. 

Shell medium, elongate, depressed. Colour pale olive-green. 

Anterior valve strongly five-ribbed, sculptured with triangular pustules with the 
apices directed forward and outward, small at the apex of the valve, increasing 
in size towards the margin. 

Median valves with broadly triangular dorsal area, each margin of which 
is deeply notched with three to eight notches; lateral areas distinctly raised with 
a strongly raised diagonal rib; latero-pleural areas covered with triangular pus- 
tules which become very flat and large as they approach the anterior margin. 

Posterior valve with mucro median, ante-mucronal area smooth, post- 
mucronal area concave, sculptured similarly to median valves, but pustules much 
smaller. 

Girdle broad, spongy, densely spiculose and edged with notable long spicules ; 


IREDALE AND HULL. 87 


short, brownish. 

Interior bluish-white; slits 5—1—6; anterior insertion plate long, median 
sutural laminae large, posterior insertion plate short, terminally perpendicular, 
thickened, two-slits interslit with three or four notches. 

Dimensions: 17 x 8 mm. (Type) dried specimen. 

Habitat: South Australia (Marino; Dr. Torr). 

Remarks: The authors emphasise the strongly raised diagonal rib (which, 
however, is not clearly shown in the figure), the very coarse shagreening, and 
the microscopical striation of the pustules. Although we have not seen specimens 
from Victoria or Tasmania the range of the species probably extends throughout 
southern and south-eastern Australia. We separate the New South Wales shell 
as a subspecies. 

(b). ACANTHOCHITON CROCODILUS DEBILIOR, n. sub. sp. 
(Plate x., figs. 13, 14.) 

Shell generally similar to the preceding, but with the anterior valve five- 
waved (not ribbed); the latero-pleural areas hardly separated, a diagonal rib 
being merely indicated; posterior valve with mucro at posterior fourth; sutural 
tufts long and composed of large spicules. Colour variable, white with a few 
faint markings chiefly towards the beaks; uniform purple, and dark red are some 
of the variations observed. 

Dimensions: 20.5 x 8.5 mm. (Dried example). 

Station: On, under, or at the edge of insertion of stones in sand or mud, 
below low water mark. 

Habitat: New South Wales (Port Jackson, and Shellharbour). 

Remarks: This subspecies differs from the South Australian shell in the 
generally weaker sculpture, and the obsolescence of the ribs on anterior and 
median valves. 

(vii.). ACANTHOCHITON CURIOSUS, n. sp. 
(Plate x., figs. 24, 25.) 

Shell broadly ovate, flattened. Colour grey-brown. 

Sculpture of minute separate circular, convex pustules; dorsal area smooth; 
posterior valve with mucro at about the posterior third, depressed, post-mucronal 
slope concave. - 

Girdle very wide, covered with very fine spicules; sutural tufts white, long, 
silky. 
Interior bluish-white; anterior insertion plate very large, 5-slit; median in- 
sertion plates very wide, 1-slit; posterior valve with large sutural laminae, pos- 
teriorly 2-sht and irregularly 8-slt between where the plate is calloused and 
perpendicular. 

Dimensions: 21 x 15 mm. (Dried shell). 

Station: Under stones lying on dead coral reef at low tide. 

Habitat: Armit Island, near Whitsunday Group, Queensland (Type) and 
other localities northward to Torres Strait. Type in Queensland Museum. 

(vill.). ACANTHOCHITON AENIGMA, Nn. sp. 
(Plate x., figs. 21, 23.) 

Shell small, elongate, narrow, elevated, carinated. Colour pale fawn, mottled 
with reddish-brown. 

Anterior valve faintly five-ribbed, the ribs bearing slightly elongate pustules, 
the sculpture otherwise consisting of circular, separate, convex granules. 

Median valves rather elongate; dorsal area wedge-shaped, with margins den- 
tate, smooth, but showing colour lines; latero-pleural areas covered with separated, 
suboval, convex granules, more massed laterally. 


88 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


seven sutural tufts on each side and four around the anterior valve, spicules 

Posterior valve with apex elevated at posterior third; post-mucronal slope 
concave, pustules more circular thereon. 

Girdle densely finely spiculose, sutural tufts long. 

Interior pinkish-white, centre of valves deep pink. Anterior valve with 
large insertion plate, obseurely five-slit; median valves with large sutural laminae 
sometimes unslit, valve vii. with 1—1 slits; posterior valve with sutural laminae 
and insertion plate produced backwards, four-slit, not sinuated. 

Dimensions: 11 x 5 mm. 

Station: Dredged in 70 fathoms. 

Habitat: Off Ulladulla, New South Wales. 

Remarks: This is the first fairly deepwater Loricate, other than Lepido- 
pleurids, recorded from the coast of New South Wales. It was taken alive from 
a block of stone brought up in a trawl by C. W. Mulvey, of the trawling com- 
pany. Type in the Australian Museum. 


(ix.). ACANTHOCHITON SPHENORHYNCHUS, n. sp. 
(Plate x., figs. 19, 20.) 

Shell rather depressed, broadly oval, subcarinate, dorsal areas narrow. 
Colour greyish-white, painted with brown spots, blotches and streaks, and suf- 
fused jugally with lavender. 

Anterior valve showing no undulations, covered with crowded, cireular, flat- 
topped pustules. 

Median valve with narrow jugal area, smooth, subcutaneously lined; latero- 
pleural areas not differentiated, densely pustulose, pustules circular, flat-topped. 

Posterior valve with mucro at posterior fourth, post-mucronal slope straight. 

The pustules vary a little from circular to oval, those on the post-mucronal 
area being circular, as are those on the lateral edge of the anterior valve; the 
remainder of the anterior valve pustules vary towards oval, some are concave, 
some flat-topped; on the latero-pleural areas those nearest the jugum are con- 
cave, while those on the pleural area are flat-topped. 

Girdle wide, densely finely spiculose; sutural tufts notable. 

Interior white, valves vii. and viii. having central purple spots. Anterior 
insertion plate large, with five distinct slits; median insertion plate large, 1-slit; 
posterior insertion plate large, projecting a little backward, 2-slit, sinuate, witb 
seven teeth between slits. 

Dimensions: 16 x 83 mm. 

Station: Under stones at low water. 

Habitat: Hayman Island, near Port Denison (type) and other Queensland 
localities to Torres Strait. 

Remarks: The type shell was collected by E. H. Rainford; and Hull col- 
lected several specimens at the other localities. Type in Queensland Museum. 


Genus MeruropPLax. 
Meturoplax Pilsbry, Nautilus, vii., 1894, 107. Type by original designation 

Acanthochites retrojectus Pilsbry. 

Shell very small, sculpture pustulose, no dorsal area appreciably differen- 
tiated, although on that place the pustules are smaller and more crowded, the 
tail valve very small and insignificant, the mucro terminal and the post-mucronal 
area retractive, the girdle finely spiculose, the sutural tufts asbestoid and pocketed 
as in the series of A. swewrti; internally anterior valve regularly five-slit, median 
valves one-slit on each side, posterior valve with two side slits only, the insertion 
plate thrown strongly forward. Only one species is known, apparently a de- 
rivative of the A. sweurt group, but now well distinguished. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 89 


METUROPLAX RETROJECTA, 
(Plate x, figs. 26, 30.) 


Acanthochites retrojectus Pilsbry, Nautilus, vii., Jan., 1894, 107. Port Jackson, 
New South Wales. Type in Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad. Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Philad., May, 1894, 78, pl. ii., f. 12-15. 

Acanthochiton retrojectus var. pustulosus Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xlvi., 
1922, 15. Quarantine Station, Sydney Harbour, N.S.W. Type in coll. 
Ashby. 

Shell small, flattened, round-backed. Colour dark and light green, some- 
times black, variously blotched and patched witk colour. 

Anterior valve rounded, not ribbed, covered with small rounded, separated, 
convex pustules. 

Median valves with dorsal area not differentiated, latero-pleural areas 
similarly pustulose, pustules larger towards the edge. Although the dorsal area 
is not separated the pustules are smaller and oval, showing an indistinct trigonal 
area. 

Posterior valve small, mucro elevated, posterior; post-mucronal area re- 
tractive, sculptured with minute pustules as on anterior edge, small ante-mucronal 
wedge showing dorsal sculpture. 

Girdle downy, sutural tufts prominent, asbestoid, long and silky. 

Interior dark green. Slits 5—1—2. 

Dimensions: 94 x 34 mm. (Type), 12 x 6 mm. (Paratype in spirit) ; 
average dry specimens, 11 x 5 mm. 

Station: Generally on the surface of the littoral rocks below median tide 
mark, in crevices and frequently associated with Galeolaria caespitosa, where it 
accommodates itself to the convolutions of the vermiform shell and, becoming 
sedentary, suffers greatly from erosion. It is also found below low water mark 
in the interstices of clusters of the Tunicate ‘“Cunjevoi,’’ on the seaward side of 
the shore rocks. 

Habitat: New South Wales (Port Jackson specimen described), Queensland, 
eastern Victoria. 

Remarks: The sculpture of this shell is very variable amongst examples 
taken from the same locality; sometimes there are large separated pustules on the 
latero-pleural areas, in other cases the pustules are small and closely massed. 
Queensland shells are broader, more regularly pustulose, the pustules well marked 
on the dorsal area; there is a faint waving on the anterior valve; the posterior 
valve rather larger. (Hxamples taken by Hull on Facing Island, Port Curtis, 
Burnett Heads, and Cooktown, Queensland). Victorian examples show the 
posterior insertion plate striate between slits. 


Genus NoTOPLAX. 


Notoplaz H. Adams, P.Z.S., 1861, 385. Type by monotypy Cryptoplax (Noto- 
plaxz) speciosa H. Adams. 

Macandrellus Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. I., 1878, 299. Type by original desig- 
nation Acanthochites costatus H. Adams & Angas. 

® Mecynoplax Thiele, Gebiss das Schnecken (Troschel) II., 1892, 393. Type by 
monotypy M. acutirostratus — Notoplax hilgendorfi Thiele. 

Loboplax Pilsbry, Nautilus vu., 1893, 32. Type by original designation Chiton 
violaceus Quoy & Gaimard. ; 
Shells small to large, elongate oval, tegmentum small, girdle large; coloura- 


90 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


tion brown to pale red. Sculpture bold, with more or less distinct radials 
separating the lateral from the pleural areas, and similar radials on end valves, 
sometimes obsolete, at others very prominent: dorsal area represented by a linear 
ridge, girdle always very broad, sometimes leathery with only sutural tufts pre- 
sent, while others are so densely spiculose that the sutural tufts are difficult to 
distinguish: insertion plates very large, posterior valve many slit. 

The inclusion of Macandrellus and Loboplax as synonyms is necessary, as 
though the types of these groups look at first sight distinet, every gradation is 
found, so that the names cannot be utilised even in a sectional sense. The 
second Neozelanic species of “Loboplax” has a girdle like that of “Macandrellus,” 
thought its specific distinction from violaceus is still im question. On the other 
hand immature specimens of true Notoplax can scarcely be differentiated from 
shells of “Macandrellus.” 

There is a tendency throughout the series of forward movement in the in- 
sertion plate of the posterior valve: this is clearly seen in the Australian gabrieli, 
more noticeable in the Lord Howe Island leuconotus, and exaggerated in the 
New Caledonian tridacna: the same movement is seen in members of the speciosa 
series, but the extremes have not yet been found. 

It is somewhat difficult to express the differences in key form, but the 
characters may be abbreviated as follows :— 


Girdle thickly spiculose: 


Spicules delicate lkesilk 2. (0.0 se 3c) 2 ceo se ae) = ol) =len SPeCtOsts 
Amterior valve ribbed) <r .5 3. sc << ttles mich cis) eter gL acct 
Pustules larger, girdle like plush .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. macandrewi. 

Spicules coarse and glassy .. .. .. .. .. .. .. -. .- -- «. subspeciosa. 

Girdle sparsely covered with spinelets, sutural tufts prominent: 

IDPS ySPE EA Soy loame ore ao Sakon oo va oerod oo 0b Go Bo ce om tnd 
smooth posteriorly pitted .. .. .. ...... .. .. subviridis. 
smooth: 

General sculpture fine with fine radials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .- costata. 

coarse with coarse radials .. .. .. .. .. .. extra. 
less coarse with bolder radials .. .. .. .. rubrostrata. 


Series of N. speciosa. 


Shell large, valves very narrow, elongate, girdle very broad, densely 
spiculose. 

Colour varied, tegmentum of red brown varying to yellow or dark brown. 
Anterior yalve small, semicircular, ribbed either prominently or ribs obsolete, 
pustulose. 

Median valves with narrow smooth dorsal area, lateropleural areas generally 
separated by a ray of larger pustules which vary in size and shape. 

Posterior valve large, mucro practically terminal, elevated, post-mucronal 
slope steep. 

Girdle densely spiculose but spicules varying in size, and sutural tufts rarely 
prominent though generally distinguishable. 

Interior varying from white to pink or green. 

Insertion plates very large, those of anterior strongly thrown forward, 
median ones like wings, and that of posterior valve long and nearly perpen- 


dicular. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 91 


NOTOPLAX SPECIOSA. 
(Pl. xii., fig. 3.) 


Cryptoplax (Notoplax) speciosa H. Adams, P.Z.S., 1861, 385. Tasmania. Type 
in Brit. Mus. 

Acanthochites (Notoplax) speciosus Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xv., 1893, 32, pl. 1, 
figs. 23-26 (from type). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1894, 83, pl. iv., 
fies. 31-33 (from St. Vincent Gulf, S.A.). 

Acanthochiton (Notoplax) spongialis Ashby, Journ. Roy. Soc. West Austr., x., 
1923, 13, pl. 1. D’Entreeasteaux Channel, South Tas. Type in coll. Ashby. 

Acanthochiton speciosus May, Ilustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, pl. xvi., f. 2. 
The large size and massive spiculose girdle make this species distinctive, 

the spicules being long, thin and delicate. The pustules on the anterior valve 

are round and flattopped, the radial ribbing being represented only by larger 
elongated pustules; similarly the pustules of the median valves are smaller and 
rounder towards the beaks, larger and more oval towards edges: the lateropleural 
rib is formed of larger semiconfluent oval pustules limiting a small lateral area 

The posterior valve has no ribbing behind the mucro. Interior pinkish white. 
Dimensions: 72 x 24 mm. (Type): 38 x 18 mm., 42 x 21 mm. 

Station: Dredged in shallow water, generally living in sponges. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia. 

Remarks: We figure a valve from shell sand Long Bay, New South Wales, 
which we attribute to this species, though recovery of the entire shell may show 
characters for separation. The South Australian shell dredged by Verco and 
figured by Pilsbry differs from the Tasmanian form in the shape of the posterior 
valve and other minor differences, and may be called Notoplax speciosa addenda 
nov. 


NOTOPLAX RUBROSTRATA. 


Acanthochites rubrostratus Torr, Trans. Roy Soc. S.A., xxxvi., 1913, 169, pl. vii., 

figs. 7a-f. St. Francis Island and Henley Beach, S.A. Type in coll. Torr. 

In the original description this species was contrasted only with speciosa, 
and Ashby regards it as the South Australian representative of that species. 
The anterior valve is distinctly five ribbed, while the latero-pleural areas are 
separated by a well-marked rib, but there is no ribbing on the post-mucronal 
area. Torr described the girdle as “leathery covered with minute spinelets, hav- 
ing long silky tufts at the sutures,’ while Ashby states the spicules are coarse. 
As the type dimensions are only 11 x 6 mm. we cannot exactly determine this 
form. 


NOTOPLAX GLAUERTT. 


Acanthochiton spongialis glawerti Ashby, Journ. Roy. Soe. West Austr., x., 1923, 

14, pl. i, f. 2. Cottesloe, Perth, W.A. 

This is the Westralian representative of N. speciosa,—Ashby’s spongialis 
being an exact synonym of the typical speciosa—apparently differing in the rib- 
bing of the end valves, glauerti being recorded as haying five ribs on the an- 
terior valve, and six ribs behind the mucro on the posterior valve. | Ashby’s 
figures are curious, but not illuminating. 

Dimensions: 17 x 8 mm. (Type). 

Station: In sponge. 

Habitat: West Australia. 


92 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


NOTOPLAX SUBSPECIOSA, N.sp. 
(Plate xii., fig. 2; pl. xi., fig. 14.) 


This species differs from typical N. speciosa in the character of f.he girdle 
spicules which are large and thick. The pustulation is more elongate and there 
rarely appears any ribbing on the lateral areas nor on the post-mucronal slope 
of the posterior valve. 

Dimensions: 32 x 12 mm. 26 x 11 mm. (Type). 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: Port Arthur, South Tasmania (Type). Port Lincoln, S.A. 

Remarks: Ashby separated a Tasmanian species as A. spongralis comparing 
it with A. speciosa. Probably the species here named was regarded by Ashby 
as speciosa, but unfortunately the series used by Ashby for his types of spongialis 
were the identical ones Iredale had compared with the type of speciosa in the 
British Museum, May haying sent them to him for that purpose. Type in Aus- 
tralian Museum. 


NOTOPLAX MACANDREWI, n.sp. 
(Plate xi., figs. 4, 7, 10, 13; Plate xii., fig. 1.) 


The beautiful broad girdle with silky spicules, resembling a piece of plush, 
makes this species one of the most striking of the order. The shell is very small 
in proportion to the girdle and the whole facies suggests its alliance with the 
speciosa series, though at first sight it recalls costata. The pustules are com- 
paratively larger than those of speciosa, obsolete radials on the anterior valve, a 
suggestion of a lateropleural rib, but no ribs on the posterior valve. The mucro 
is posterior, but the post-mucronal slope is slightly slanting. The colouration of 
the shell is rose-red to yellowish red, the girdle silvery. 

Interior pink. 

Dimensions: 17 x 10 mm. Type. 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: Shellharbour, New South Wales. 

Remarks: We have great pleasure in naming this species after Mr. G. 
McAndrew, of Shellharbour, whose intensive collecting in the type locality has 
added so much to our material. Type in Australian Museum. 


Series of NV. costata. 


Shell small, valves narrow, elongate, girdle very broad, finely spiculose with 
sutural tufts prominent. 

Colouration of various tones from brick to orange. 

Anterior valve generally five ribbed, otherwise much as in speciosa. 

Median valves with linear dorsal area and lateral areas well distinguished 
by a nodulose rib: sculpture throughout of elevated nodules of varying shapes 
and sizes. 

Posterior valve with mucro posterior, generally elevated, post-mucronal area 
small and generally ribbed. 

Girdle varying from almost leathery to somewhat closely spiculose. 

Interior generally pinkish white. 

Insertion plates of anterior and median valves large, but that of posterior 
valve comparatively smaller with a strong suggestion of forward throwing. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 93 


NOTOPLAX COSTATA. 
(Plate xi., figs. 1, 5, 8, 11, 14.) 


Acanthochites costatus H. Adams & Angas, P.Z.S., 1864, 194. Sydney, N.S.W. 

Type in Brit. Mus. Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xv., 1893, 40, pl. 3, fig. 74. 
Acanthochiton costata May, Illustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, pl. xv., f. 14. 

In this, the first described form, the anterior valve is notably five ribbed, 
the general pustulose character of the shell being small flat topped ovals. The 
dorsal area is smooth, the lateropleural rib is well marked, while the posterior 
valve has the mucro at posterior third, the post-muecronal area five ribbed. 

Girdle minutely spiculose, sutural tufts of large spicules prominent. 

Interior pinkish white. Slits 5—1—6, posterior plate nearly vertical. 

Dimensions: 18 x 7 mm. (Type). 

Habitat: New South Wales, Victoria,. Tasmania, South Australia. 

Remarks: This species is replaced in southern Queensland by a distinct 
species, gabrieli, but ranges into South Tasmania and even to South Australia. 

Specimens from Port Arthur, S. Tasmania, are larger with small crowded 
rounded pustules, a little larger than those of typical shells, and may be called 
Notoplax costata tasmanica nov. Type: 24 x 10 mm. 

A specimen from Port Lincoln, South Australia, collected by Dr. W. G. Torr, 
differs in less pronounced pustules on the pleural areas, but stronger more no- 
dulose ribs, the posterior valve with the mucro more depressed, the post-mucronal 
area indistinctly noduled, the anterior ribbing distinct, the nodules separate, the 
dorsal area smooth. 


NOTOPLAX SUBVIRIDIS. 


Acanthochites subviridis Torr, Trans. Roy. Soe. S.A., xxv., 1911, 104, pl. xxv., 
figs. 3a-f. Rabbit Island, Albany, South-west Austr. Type in coll. Torr. 
This is undoubtedly the Westralian representative of the costata series: the 

anterior valve is strongly five ribbed, the elongate nodules coalescing, the pus- 

tules between the ribs being almost circular: the lateral areas have strong ribs, 
and the post-mucronal area is strongly ribbed: the mucro posterior, the slope 
perpendicular, the pustules oval, flattened, concave topped, touching but not over- 
lapping: all insertion plates very long: the dorsal area has the posterior portion 
pitted, the anterior smooth: the girdle leathery, the sutural tufts long and silky. 

Dimensions: 22 x 12 mm. (Type). 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: South-western Australia. 


NOTOPLAX GABRIELI. 
(Plate xi., figs. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15.) 


Acanthochiton (Notoplax) gabrieli Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. §.A., xlvi., 1922, 10, 
pl. iti., fig. 3 (pessime). Caloundra, Queensland. Type in coll. Gatliff. 
This species differs at sight in) the pitting of the dorsal area; the pustules 

are rounder, convex: the lateropleural diagonal rib consists of connected rounded 

pustules, the lateral area raised: the mucro is terminal, little elevated, the post- 
mucronal slope with a slight forward tilt, showing no ribbing. 

Girdle leathery, wide, with notable sutural tufts. 

Internal features diagnostic: anterior insertion plates smaller: median plates 
less expanded, posterior plate slightly protractive, striate. ; 


94 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Dimensions: That of type not given. 26 x 13 mm. (dried). Specimen 
figured from same lot as type. 

Station: Under stones between tide marks. 

Habitat: Southern Queensland. 

NOTOPLAX EXTRA, 0.Sp. 
(Plate xi., fig. 2.) 

In this species the very strong oval pustulation of the pleural areas is 
diagnostic: the ribbing on the anterior and posterior valves, as well as the latero- 
pleural rib are strongly nodulose, the oval nodules showing a strong tendency 
to coalesce into a solid line: the median valves are more narrowed anteriorly and 
more attenuate than those of the preceding forms, while the girdle covering con- 
sists of short fine spicules like felt, the sutural tufts prominent. Sometimes the 
dorsal area, which is smooth, is coloured differently, e.g., plum, the general 
colouration being rose. Dimensions: 22 x 7 mm. 

Station: Below low water mark. 

Habitat: Southern Tasmania (Port Arthur). Type in Australian Museum. ° 

NOTOPLAX MAYI. 
(Plate xii., fig. 4.) 

Acanthochiton mayi Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xlvi., 1922, 12, pl. iii, figs. 
la-b. Dredged 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania. Type in Hobart 
Mus. 

This species was named by Ashby from valves dredged, but as only median 
valves are known, the correct location of the species is indefinite. 

The valve here figured was dredged in 80 fathoms, 22 miles east of Narra- 
been, and agrees very closely with a co-type of Ashby’s species in the Australian 
Museum, but is larger, the valve being 7 x 7 mm. As the shape suggests affinity 
with speciosa, if it followed the same proportions, the whole shell might reach 
a length of 60 mm. with a breadth of 20-30 mm., a fine species. It is easily dis- 
tinguished from any other species by the coarse pustules, the striate beaks of the 
otherwise smooth dorsal area and the form of the tegmentum. 

Genus GLYPTELASMA, n.gen. 

An extraordinary development paralleling that of the Ischnochitonid group, 
Stenochiton, is that of the series here named Glyptelasma, Acanthochites mat- 
thewsi Pilsbry being the type. The whole shell is elongate, the girdle wide and 
leathery, faintly spiculose, sutural tufts small, the surface of the shell shows a 
linear sculpture, only granulose near beaks of median valves in some eases: the 
internal features resemble those of Notoplax. This peculiar Adelaidean develop- 
ment may be regarded as an offshoot of the pre-Notoplar stem, the internal fea- 
tures having altered little, though the sculpture has developed so that it is now 
the most specialised in the whole group of the CryprocoNcHipar and CryPTo- 
PLACIDAE. 

The two known species are easily separated as the lateral areas of the 


second species, glypta, are smooth and unsculptured, while the sculpture on the 
pleural areas is reduced to a few cuts. 


GLYPTELASMA MATTHEWSI. 
(a). GLYPTELASMA MATTHEWSI MATTHEWSI. 
(Plate x1., figs. 17, 19; 21, 22:) 


Acanthochites matthewsi Pilsbry, Nautilus, vii., 1894, 120 (ex Bednall & Pilsbry 
MS.). South Australia = Yorke’s Peninsula fide E, H. Matthews, Nautilus, 


iREDALE AND HULL. 95 


ix., 189, 72. Type lost. 

Acanthochites (Notoplax?) matthewsi Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 

1894, 83, pl. iv., figs. 27-30. 

Notoplax porcina Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xhii., 1919, 395, pl. xli., figs. 7- 

10. Gulf St. Vincent, S.A. (dredged). Type in coll. Torr. 

Shell medium, elongate, a little elevated, valves keeled, anterior valve faintly 
five waved, posterior valve large, girdle leathery, sutural tufts small. 

Colour greenish white, waved irregularly longitudinally with zig zag lines 
of darker green. 

Anterior valve apically minutely pustulose, pustules massing into irregular 
wayy zig zagging lines. 

Median valye with long narrow triangular dorsal area almost smooth, but 
showing faint grooving anteriorly: lateropleural areas sculptured with longi- 
tudinal lines parallel to jugum becoming broken into pustules towards beak and 
on lateral area which is indicated by a slight elevation: some valves show pus- 
tules on entire lateral area, while in others these have become obsolete and one 
of the latter cases was described by Ashby under the name porcina (type ex- 
amined). j 

Posterior valve with mucro elevated at posterior third, post-mucronal area 
concave below mucro and thence flattened, covered with small rounded pustules, 
remainder of valve as median sculpture. 

Girdle large, leathery, with fine spicules present and sutural tufts of small 
silky spines. 

Interior bluish. white. Slits 5—1—6. 

Dimensions of lost type: 26 x 8 mm. (dried). Neotype, 14 x 5 mm. 
(dried). porecina: 35 x 11 mm. 

Station: Below low water and dredged. 

Habitat: South Australia, Victoria. 

Remarks: The type was unfortunately lost in transit after Pilsbry’s figures 
were drawn: the neotype figured is from the type locality. 


(b). GLYPTELASMA MATTHEWSI OCCIDENTALIS, n.subsp. 
(Plate xi., figs. 18, 20.) 


The West Australian shells, collected by Hull at Middleton Beach, King 
George Sound, differ subspecifically in the more crowded linear sculpture of 
the median yalves and their notably more slanting direction: the pustulose area 
is restricted to the central portion-of the pleural areas, but the interstices of 
the ribs being scratched more extensive nodulation is apparently seen. The jugal 
area is broader and the lines number twenty, whereas in the typical form they 
only number thirteen in the same sized shell. The anterior valve has distinct V 
wrinkling between the linear radials, whereas the typical form shows uninterrupted 
wavy wrinkling. 

Dimensions: 21 x 9 mm. 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: South-west Australia. Type in Western Australian Museum. 


GLYPTELASMA GLYPTA. 
(Plate xi., fig. 23.) 


Acanthochites (Notoplaz) glyptus Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soce., ii., 1896, 92, pl. vi., 
figs. 5, 5a. Port Phillip, Victoria. Type in Nat. Mus., Melbourne. 


96 4 MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 

This species is readily recognised by its complete lack of nodular sculpture, 
the whole shell being smooth save for a few slanting cuts on the pleural areas: 
the lateral areas are slightly raised but no dividing rib. The anterior valve is 
similarly five waved, the elevations scarcely distinguishable: dorsal area not dif- 
ferentiated: the mucro elevated at about posterior fourth, the post-mucronal 
area a little excavate. 

Girdle leathery, tufts small and inconspicuous. 

Interior white. Slitting 5—1—6. 

Dimensions: 22 x 7 mm. (Type). 

Station: Dredged. 

Habitat: Victoria. : 

Remarks: The specimen figured was kindly loaned to us by Mr. C. J. 
Gabriel. 

Genus CRASPEDOPLAX, n.gen. 

This genus is introduced, with type, Hanleya variabilis A. Adams & Angas. 
This is a peculiar form showing many differences from the normal Acantho- 
chitonids, the anterior insertion plate, though five-slit, being short and Ischno- 
chétonoid in appearance, the median valves showing sutural laminae sometimes 
large but comparatively small for the family, while the insertion plate of the 
posterior valve is small, somewhat irregularly 6-10 sht and with age disappear- 
ing, a callus ridge not unlike that of a Poneroplax or Onithochiton developing. 
The radula was examined by Thiele, who classed the type species under Loboplaz, 
a group very unlike in every other feature. The girdle shows the usual sutural 
tufts, but scale-like spicules otherwise cover it. It appears to be more closely 
related to Craspedochiton, but differs from that group in habitat, girdle features 
and apparently also in the radula. The species may be eae: superficially. 


Shell broad to medium, low .. .. .. . +. «- variabilis. 
Narrow, elevated, pleural areas pee seulptared oe oe oe COrnmuta. 
Narrow, elevated, pleural areas finely sculptured .. .. .. .. .. elegans. 


CRASPEDOPLAX VARIABILIS, 
(Plate xi., figs. 29-34.) 


Hanleya variabilis H. Adams & Angas, P.Z.S., 1864, 194. Yorke Peninsula, 

South Australia. Type lost. 

Acanthochites (Loboplax) variabilis Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soe. i1., 1897, 156. 

Acanthochites rufus Torr, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8.A., xxxvi., 1912, 167, pl. vi., figs. 
4a-f. Kangaroo Island, South Australia. 

Loboplax variabilis Thiele, Revision Chitonen, 1910, 72, pl. vii., figs. 9, 10, 11. 

Shell small, depressed, broadly ovate to elongate oval, girdle scaly with small 
sutural tufts of spicules. 

Colour green, varied with yellow or white: black: black and white: red, ete. 

Anterior valve broad and shallow, pustulose throughout, five indistinct waves 
being generally discernible: pustules small and round. 

Median valve with triangular dorsal area showing longitudinal lines of small 
elongate pustules: the lateropleural area showing different series of pustules: 
those on the lateral area, which is very small and slightly raised, small and 
massed, those on the pleural areas larger slanting ovals arranged in irregular 
longitudinal series: this arrangement is very pronounced in some juveniles and 
is altogether obsolete in most adults which then show practically a uniform pus- 
tulose surface. 


=h 


IREDALE AND HULL. 9 


Posterior valve with the mucro post central, the post-mucronal area flattened, 
the ante-mucronal wedge indistinct, otherwise pustulose. 

Girdle finely scaly with small sutural tufts of glassy spicules. 

Interior greenish to white. Shtting 5—1—10 to 0. 

Dimensions: 16 x 10 mm. (Type). 10 x 5 mm, (rufus). 13 x 74 mm. 
Specimen figured. 

Station: Between tide marks, generally associated with calcareous algae. 

Habitat: Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South Aus- 
tralia, South-west Australia. 

Remarks: This species from the type locality, the specimen figured may be 
regarded as the neotype, is a large broad shell, the name variabilis being very 
pertinent; the New South Wales shells are much smaller, comparatively longer 
and narrower, more elevated, while the pustulation is more regular and may be 
called Craspedoplax variabilis cambrica, u.subsp., the North Queensland shells 
are still smaller with notably coarse pustules and may be distinguished as Cras- 
pedoplax variabilis diminuta, n.subsp. 

CRASPEDOPLAX CORNUTA. 
(Plate xi., fig. 39.) 
Acanthochites cornutus Torr & Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. §.A., xxii, 1898, 217, 
pl. 6, fig. 3. Marino, 8.A. Type in coll. Torr. 
Acanthochites exilis Torr & Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. §.A., xxii., 1898, 218, pl. 
7, fig. 6. Gulf St. Vincent, S.A. Type in coll. Torr. 
Acanthochites cornutus Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. §.A., xlvi., 1922, 17. 

Shell small, elevated, semikeeled, dorsal area trigonal, girdle minutely scaly 
with prominent sutural tufts. 

Colouration yellowish green marbled with greenish white. 

Anterior valve semicircular, covered with small rounded pustules and obso- 
letely waved with five undulations. 

Median valves with dorsal trigonal area longitudinally striate and separated 
from the lateropleural areas by a series of longitudinal pits, generally five in 
number: the lateral area is differentiated by a slight wave, small in extent, and 
minutely pustulose: the pleural areas are covered with much larger pustules 
arranged longitudinally, from ten to twelve rows being counted on each side. 

Posterior valve with elevated posterior mucro, the post-mucronal area a 
little concave below the muero, sculpture similar to that of other valves. 

Girdle scaly, sutural tufts with few long spicules present. 

Interior white. Slitting 5—1—6, side slit very low. 

Dimensions: 8 x 3mm. Type: 3 x 1 mm. (type of exilis): 8 x 3.5. Speei- 
men figured. 

Station: Dredged. 

Habitat: South Australia, Victoria. 

Remarks: Ashby has affirmed that the two species Torr & Ashby described 
at the same time are synonymous, and has named a specimen dredged at Sor- 
rento, Victoria, by Mr. C. J. Gabriel as conspecific. From the lastnamed speci- 
men, kindly loaned to us by Mr. Gabriel, our description and figure have been 
_ prepared. 


CRASPEDOPLAX ELEGANS, n.sp. 

(Plate xi., figs. 35-38.) 
Shell small, elongate, elevated, carinate, girdle scaly, tufts prominent. 
‘Colouration pinky grey with scarlet blotches at times, otherwise mottled. 


98 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Anterior valve obsoletely rayed with larger pustules, the pustulation being 
minute elongate ovals, flattened but convex topped. 

Median valves with dorsal area narrowly cuneate flanged with ditches and 
minutely pitted; the lateral areas small, slightly raised but not differentiated in 
the character of the pustules which are somewhat irregular small convex ovals - 
radiating outwards on the pleural areas, 

Posterior valve with an elevated posterior mucro at about the posterior 
third, post-mucronal slope straight. 

Girdle minutely scaly with small sutural tufts of glassy spicules. 

Interior greenish white with dark green median blotches. Slitting 5—1—46. 
Plates small, delicately striate, median slit very low down. 

Dimensions: 8.5 x 4 mm. 

Station: Under stones between tide marks. 

Habitat: Howick Island, Queensland. (Type). North Head, Bowen, North 
Queensland. Type in Queensland Museum. 


Genus CRASPEDOCHITON. 
Craspedochiton Shuttleworth, Mittheil. Naturf. Gesell. Berne, 1853, 67. Type by 
monotypy Chiton laqueatus Sowerby. 
Angasia Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1881, pp. 283, 286, 289, 290 (1882). ? Nom. 
nud, Type by original designation A. tetrica Cpr., Ceylon (not described). 
Angasia Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 286. Type by monotypy A. tetrica 

Cpr. MS., Ceylon, pl. 61, figs. 27-32. 

Not Angasia White, P.Z.S., 1863, 498. 

Spongiochiton Dall, Pro. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1881, pp. 283, 286 (1882). ? Indeter- 
minate. Type by monotypy, S. productus Cpr. (not described). 
Spongiochiton Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1892, 26, xv., 1893, 35, pl. 1, figs. 14-22. 

(A. carpenteri) fide Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., ix., 1910, 100. 

Phacellozona Pilsbry, Nautilus, vii., 1893, 139: new name for Angasia supra. 
Thaumastochiton Thiele, Revision Chitonen, 1909, 34. Type by monotypy 

Craspedochiton (Thaumastochiton) mobiusi Thiele. 

An Indo-Pacifie group of many names, but few specimens, most of which 
have been dredged. The notable feature is the anterior production of the girdle 
and the degeneration of the posterior insertion plate. Thus through the anterior 
production of the girdle the anterior insertion plate is very long, almost as long 
as that of Notoplaz, whereas that of the posterior valve is small and many slit, 
being reduced to a callus in the subgenus Thawmastochiton. 

The animal is small, resembling in this respect, that of Loricella. The 
specific characters given below apply generally as the species are not well dif- 
ferentiated. The type species was described from the Philippines, and Angasia 
tetrica from Ceylon, but a variety calculosa of the latter was distinguished from 
the Philippines, the latter being the typical species. Reeve had described Chiton 
petasus (P.Z.S., 1847, 25, Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, pl. xxvi., fig. 112) from N. W. 
Celebes, and this form was later redeseribed by Nierstrasz as Craspedochiton 
tessellatus (Siboga Exped. Monog., xlviii., 1905). 

Though Ashby separated the Australian form from that of the Philippines, 
he did not compare it with Reeve’s and Nierstrasz’s species with which it may be 
identical. 


CRASPEDOCHITON JAUBERTENSIS. 


Craspedochiton jaubertensis Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. §.A., xlviii., 1924, 326, pl. 
xxxi., figs. 5a, b, ec. Off Cape Jaubert, North-west Austr., 70 feet. Type 


IREDALE AND HULL. 99 


in coll. Ashby. 

Craspedochiton laqueatus Sowerby, Odhner. Kungl. Svenska. Vetensk. Handl., 

Bd., 52, 1917, 70. Same specimens. 

Shell small, tegmentum normal, girdle wide, produced anteriorly and nar- 
rowed posteriorly, shell slightly elevate, semicarinate. 

Colour rosepink throughout, blotched sometimes with white. 

Anterior valve five ribbed, ribs composed of larger pustules running into 
each other, the whole of the valve covered with pustules of various sizes and 
shapes, mostly circular but some oval, all convex topped. 

Median valves with dorsal area smooth, that of the first median valve tri- 
angular bounded by a rib, the pleural areas being separated by a rib from the 
lateral areas which are notably elevated: the succeeding median valves do not 
show the dorsal boundary rib: the pustules on the pleural areas are small convex 
ovals arranged in about ten longitudinal rows on each side, the lateral areas 
thowing two elevated rows of larger pustules with a few smaller ones between. 

Posterior valve with the mucro flattened, a little before the middle, the post- 
mucronal slope depressed, tuberculose, smaller towards the dorsal area. 

Girdle leathery with a few glassy spicules showing at sutural pores. 

Interior white, deep rose medially. Slits 5—1—9, festooned. 

Dimensions: 36 x 22 mm. (Ashby). Odhner, 27.5 x 18 mm. Specimen 
figured, 20 x 12 mm. 

Station: Shallow water, generally dredged. 

Habitat: Tropical Northern Australia from Cape Jaubert, North-west Aus- 
tralia to Cape York, Queensland. Abrolhos, W.A. 

Remarks: The whole specimen figured is from Torres Straits, and agrees 
with shells received from Odhner, part of the lot whence Ashby described his 
species. One of the latter provided the dissected drawings. 

Genus CHORIPLAX. 
Choriplax Pilsbry, Nautilus, vii., 1894, 139: new name for Microplax H. Adams 

& Angas. 

Microplar H. Adams & Angas, P.Z.S., 1864, 194. Type by monotypy M. grayi 

H. Adams & Angas. 

Not Microplax Fieber, Europ. Hemipt., 1861, 53. 

This peculiar group is only known by two specimens, one from Port Jack- 
son, the other from South Australia. The similarity of the species to those of 
Leptoplax may be only superficial, while its relationship to Cryptoconchus is very 
distant, and it belongs to a different suborder to Katharina and Amicula. While 
we regard Choriplar as a member of the Cryptoconchidae, Katharina belongs to 
the family Mopaliidae as Thiele’s studies effectually decided. 

Shell elongate, thin, delicate, girdle horny. Tegmentum reduced to a very 
small more or less eireular patch: articulamentum large, sutural laminae very 
small, unslit. 

CHORIPLAX GRAYI. 
(a). CHORIPLAX GRAYI GRAYI. 


(Plate xi., figs. 24-27.) 


Microplaz grayi H. Adams & Angas, P.Z.S., 1864, 194. Sydney Harbour. Type 
in British Museum. 
Microplax grayi Angas, P.Z.S., 1865, 58, pl. 11, fig. 16. P.Z.S., 1867, 224. 
Microplax grayi Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1892, 21, pl. 6, figs. 9-11. 
Shell elongated, convex, brown: exposed portion of the valves minute, wide 
heart shaped, carinated, strongly granulated, the intervals between the exposed 


100 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


parts of the valves about as long as the latter. Lateral areas defined by a dis- 
tinct rib. Girdle moderate, corneous, smooth. Length, 13; width, 5 mm. 

There is little to add to the original description as this typical form has 
not been met with since: it is quite transparent, looking like thin horn, very 
elevated: the exposed parts of the valves measure 1.5 to 1.75 mm. We have re- 
produced the figures drawn by E. A. Smith from the type and the species will 
be readily recognised when re-discovered. 


(b). CHORIPLAX GRAYI PATTISONI. 
(Plate xi., fig. 28.) 
Choriplax grayi pattisoni Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xlv., 1921, 137, pl. 1X 
figs. la-c. Near Cape Banks Lighthouse, S.A. Type in coll. Pattison. 
A specimen from §.A. generally agreeing with the preceding was separated 
subspecifically and this may be granted until more material is secured. Length, 


Family CRYPTOPLACIDAE. 
18 x 8.5 mm.: exposed portion of valves with a maximum of 1.5 mm. in breadth 
by 1 mm. in length. Ashby regarded as the sutural laminae the articulamentum 
of Carpenter, and later reported that the type of grayi was very much longer 
and narrower in proportion, but the measurements deny this, and the specimens 
have not been compared together. 

This family comprises a series which appear specialised relatives of the 
preceding, but as the species are now well distinguished and are known from the 
Tertiary Beds of Australia in the same advanced state, we allow the family 
distinction. 

The members are all elongate, worm-like Loricates with a narrow shell em- 
bedded in a huge fleshy girdle which is densely spiculose. The juveniles of all 
species have the valves in contact but as they grow the valves become separated, 
and in some cases do not increase in size, so that the valves are comparatively 
larger in the former state. There is a strong tendency to absolute diminution of 
the valves so that almost a valveless form may yet be found. The nearest ap- 
proach is one that insinuates itself into coral blocks and the valves are very 
minute and widely separated: this form probably occurs in Australian waters, 
but has not yet been recovered. The girdle shows small sutural tufts, but these 
are not always superficially visible, but are more prominent in life. 

The internal features are characteristic: the anterior insertion plate is large, 
generally three slit, the slits with an inclination to become lost, the median valves 
with large sutural laminae, but with no slits, the posterior valve with an unslit 
insertion plate, sometimes thrown backward, but generally with a strong forward 
direction. 

The external sculpture is granulose, sometimes the granules forming chains 
of lozenges, at others massing into irregular lines, the dorsal area linear, narrow, 
smooth, the lateropleural areas united and indistinguishable: the mucro of the 
posterior valve practically terminal, often absolutely so. In shape the first valve 
is circular, generally more than a semicircle, the second valve is irregularly 
orbieular, the third roundly oval, the remainder elongate ovals. 


Genus CRYPTOPLAX. 

Cryptoplax Blainville, Diet. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), xii., 1818, 124. Type by sub- 
sequent designation, Haddon Chall. Rep., xv., 1886, 37 Chiton larvaeformis 
Burrow. ; 

Chitonellus Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Verteb., vi., pt. 1, 1819, 316, Type by 


IREDALE AND HULL. 101 


tautonymy C. laevis = Chiton chitonellus Blainville, 1825 == Chiton larvae- 

formis Burrow. 

Oscabrella Broderip, British Cyclopaedia, ii., 1836, 31 (as of Lamarck). Type 
by monotypy Chitonellus laevis Lamarck. 

Chitoniscus Herrmannsen, Index Generum Malacoz., 1846, 225. New name for 
Chitonellus Lamarck. 

Ametrogephyrus, Phaenochiton and Dichachiton Middendorif, Mem. Sci. Nat. 
Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., vi., 1847, 97, Feb., 1848. Type by present 
designation Chiton larvaeformis Burrow. 

As there is only one genus in the Family the characters given need not be 
restated: for many years attempts were made to distinguish two genera by means 
of the presence or absence of sutural pores and tufts, but it is now known that 
no importance is attachable to the presence or apparent absence of these pores. 
The girdle spicules vary in size, according to age, while little essential variation 
in the different species can be determined: the sculpture varies appreciably, and 
in the most restricted species, such as mystica, two series may be separated, one 
with longer, narrower valves, the other with shorter, broader, valves, the shells 
showing similar differences in sculpture so that sexual variation is suggested. In 
the juveniles the posterior insertion plate is a little backward or perpendicular, 
even when the adult shows strong forward movement, and the slitting in the 
anterior valve is generally more pronounced and suggestive of five slits. 

Measurements of animals, dried or in spirits, are practically valueless as 
though Pilsbry noted that those of “mummies” were seemingly useless, these 
animals can contract or expand in life and die in any state so that spirit speci- 
mens show all the faults seen in dried ones. 


A guide to the species is here presented: 
Valves scarcely disconnected: 
Sculpture of lozenge shaped nodules .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. mystica. 
Sculpture nodules coarser: shell smaller .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. torresiana. 
Valves (posterior) disconnected : 
Sixth valve large. 


ISiculestcoarsemermeca orci tier: rericiey ier Deoreaiion eae ore cols) attr tec, ASEMEQTG: 

Spiculeswvery iin esr, rowers lei sass cach lols) Weer asia Ueyen feleua aver ae sien sen, Sredaler 
Sixth valve small. 

Posterior insertion plate thrown forward .. .. .. .. .. .. larvaeformis. 

Posterior insertion plate straight .. .. .. .. ............ .. royana. 
All valves small. 

spicules sshontmandestout. ui aul nian er ts 2s 28 buemrow 

Syancuilles loner granel Wiese 5555 46 co ba 6c au os 55 60 ce oa bo MANOA: 


CRYPTOPLAX LARVAEFORMIS. 
(Plate xii., figs. 5, 10, 17, 25, 28, 35.) 


Chiton larvaeformis Burrow, Elements Conchology, 1815, 191, pl. xxviii., figs. 
2-4. No loe. Type in British Museum. 

Cryptoconchus larvaeformis id. ib., 190, ex Blainville, MS., n.n. 

Cryptoplax larviformis Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), xii., 1818, 124. 

Chitonellus laevis Lamarck, Hist. Anim. s. Verteb., vi., pt. 1, 1819, 317. New 
“Holland (Peron & Lesueur). Type in Paris Mus. 

Chiton chitonellus Sowerby, Genera Recent and Fossil Shells, pt. xii., 1823, pl. 
139, new name for Chitonellus laevis Lamarck. 

Chiton eruciformis Sowerby, id. ib., text to pl. 139, new name for Chitonellus 
laevis, Lamarck. 


102 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Chiton chitonellus Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), xxxvi., 1825, 550, new 
name for C. laevis Lamarck. 

Chiton laevis Blainville, Manuel Malac., 1825, 603, pl. 87, fig. 5 (Lamarck’s type 
figured). ° : 

Chiton larvaeformis Blainville, id. ib., fig. 6 (Prob. Peron spec.). 

Chiton vermtformis Blainville, Dict. Sei. Nat. (Levrault), xxxvi., 1825, 553, 
new name for C. larvaeformis Burrow. 

Chiton fasciatus Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. de l’Astrol Zool., i., 1835, 408, pl. 73, 
figs. 21-29. Tonga Tabu. Type in Paris Mus. 

Chiton oculatus Quoy & Gaimard, id. ib., 410, pl. 73, figs. 37-38. New Guinea or 
Vanikoro. Type in Paris Mus. 

Chitonellus fasciatus Reeve, Conch. Syst., ii., 1842, 13, pl. exxxv., figs. 3, 4, 5. 
Philippines. 

Cryptoplax fasciata Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., i, 1877, 75. Darnley I., 
Torres St. 

Cryptoplar oculata ? Brazier, id. ib., 75. Sue I., Torres St. 

Cryptoplax montanoi Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, Ser. 7, vi., 1882, 
190. Borneo and Lucon. Type in Paris Mus. 

Cryptoplax montanoi Thiele, Revision Chitonen, 1909, 52 (= oculata Q. & G.). 

Cryptoplax peroni Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom., Paris, Ser. 7, vi., 1882, 191. 
New Holland (Peron & Lesueur), based on type of C. laevis Lam. in Paris 
Mus. 

Cryptoplax peroni Thiele, Revision Chitonen, 1909, 56 (redescribed). 

2? Cryptoplax caledonicus Rochebrune, Bull. Sci. Philom., Paris, Ser. 7, vi., 1882, 
196. New Caledonia (not common). Type in Paris Mus. 

Cryptoplax caledonicus Thiele, Revision Chitonen, 1909, 55, pl. vi., figs. 97-102. 

Cryptoplax huerteli Rochebrune, Bull. Sci. Philom. Paris, Ser. 7, vi., 1882, 196. 
New Caledonia (rare). Type in Paris Mus. 

Cryptoplax huerteli Thiele, Revision Chitonen, 56, pl. vi., figs. 103-107. 

? Cryptoplax uneiniferus Rochebrune, Bull. Soe. Philom. Paris, Ser. 7, vi., 1882, 
196. New Caledonia (common). ‘Type in Paris Mus. 2 

? Cryptoplax unciniferus Thiele, Revision Chitonen, 1909, 55 (= caledonicus 
Rochebrune). 

Cryptoplax larvaeformis Haddon, Zool. Rep. Challenger, xv., 1886, Polypl. 37. 
pl. ii., fig, 12a-m. Fiji. 

Cryptoplax larvaeformis Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xv., 1893, 56, pl. 11, figs. 31-36, 
40-43. Viti I. specs. Tonga Tabu, Fiji and Philippines. 

Cryptoplax larvaeformis Pilsbry, Proc. Mal. Soe., iv., 1901, 154, pl. xiv., figs. 
12-16. Viti and Samoa I. 

Cryptoplax larvaeformis Nierstrasz, Siboga Exped. Monog., xlviii., 1905, 73, pl. 
figs. 154-158. Molucea Islands. 

Cryptoplax larvaeformis Thiele, Revision Chitonen, 1909, 54, pl. vi., figs. 87-89. 
Hapai, Tonga group. 

Cryptoplax oculatus Haddon, Zool. Rep. Challenger, xy., 1886, Polypl., 41, pl. 1, 
fig. 10, pl. iii., figs. 10a-m. Samboangan, Philippine I. 

Cryptoplax oculatus Melvill & Standen, Journ. Linn. Soe. (Lond.) Zool., xxvii., 
1891, 181. Torres Straits. 

Cryptoplax oculatus Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xv., 1893, 55, pl. 9, figs. 1-5 (Haddon’s 
account only). 

Cryptoplax oculatus Nierstrasz, Siboga Exped. Monog., xlviii., 1905, 74, pl. 

, fig. 28, fig. 151-153. ; 


IREDALE AND HULL. 103 


Cryptoplax coronatus Thiele, Revision Chitonen, 1909, 54, ex Rochebrune M.S., 
specimens of larvaeformis from Tonga Tabu: probably types of fasciatus 
Quoy & Gaimard, in Paris Mus. 

Cryptoplax lamarcki Thiele, Revision Chitonen, 1909, 54, ex Rochebrune M.S., 
specimens of larvaeformis from New Caledonia in Paris Mus. 

Cryptoplax lamarkii Dupuis, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, Jr., 1918, 529 (states 
specimens are part of laevis Lam., probably incorrectly, more likely figured 
shells of larvaeformis Blainville with false locality added). 

This large species is superficially recognisable by the separation and size 
of the four last valves, and the posterior insertion plate is thrown very much 
forward. 

Contrasted with striata in which the sixth valve is very large, in this form 
it is very small: the first four valves are generally in contact, the fifth is a little 
separated and less than the fourth, the sixth further apart and still less, the 
seventh still further away but slightly larger, while the posterior approaches 
closely to the seventh and is a little larger. Such is the position of the valves 
in an adult specimen, but a senile shell may show the valves a little more 
separated: in the juvenile all the valves are closely in contact, the last valve ap- 
pearing very large. 

The sculpture varies peculiarly: in the immature it may show almost linear 
sculpture in the posterior valves while retaining nodulose sculpture in the earlier 
ones: in some half-grown shells the whole of the valves may show nodulose sculp- 
ture, while in senile shells this may be worn away and a sculpture of deep con- 
centric growth lines alone be seen. Some specimens show the apices of the valves 
well raised and peaked, while others show the apex depressed and worn. ‘The 
girdle spicules are elongate, blunt, and superficially smooth, but microscopically 
faintly striate. 

Dimensions: 107 x 20 mm., 82 x 14 mm. (dried). 

Station: Under coral blocks. 

Habitat: North Queensland. Extralimital. 

Remarks: The complicated history of this species is shown by the synonymy. 
When Blainville studied the specimens of this Order at the British Museum he 
labelled two species with the new generic name Cryptoconchus, one of these being 
ealled C. larvaeformis. His essay was at the time denied publication and Burrow, 
writing a little book on Conchology with access to the British Museum deseribed 
the species as new, did not use Blainville’s generic name, but accepted his specific 
name. Some years afterwards Blainville was commissioned to prepare the con- 
chological articles for a French Dictionary of Natural Science, and there intro- 
duced the new genus but altered the spelling to Cryptoplaz. The next year 
Lamarck named the same genus Chitonellus introducing two species laevis and 
to vermiformis, suppressing the genus Cryptoplax or Chitonellus. Ten years 
striatus, both in the Paris Museum. Blainville later altered the name larvaeformis 
later Quoy & Gaimard described and figured two more species as Chiton, C. 
fasciatus from Tonga Tabu and C. oculatus from New Guinea or Vanikoro. These 
two have been recently regarded as different species, the former being recognised 
as a synonym of larvaeformis, but they are now shown to be identical. Roche- 
brune, having access to the material at the Paris Museum, made a number of new 
species, basing them upon the types of Lamarck, Blainville, Quoy & Gaimard 
and other specimens. He transferred or destroyed original labels and conse- 
quently made all reviews unsatisfactory. His descriptions are inadequate and 
incorrect, and it is difficult to make certain of any data in connection therewith. 


104 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


However, from criticism of the known species and localities and the remarks 
made by those who have examined this material, we conclude that our synonymy 
shows the facets. 

As to the exact synonymy of oculata and larvaeformis we have shells col- 
lected by Dr. Paradice at Maori Reef on the Great Barrier Reef, showing the 
two “species” exactly, but they are certainly conspecific: these are confirmed by 
a series collected at Murray I., Torres Straits, at one end of the Reef and an- 
other series from Masthead Reef at the other end, both collected by Mr. C. 
Hedley. 


CRYPTOPLAX MYSTICA, n.sp. 
(Plate xii., figs. 9, 19, 21, 22, 23, 27, 33.) 
Chitonellus striatus Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, Chitonellus, pl. 1, figs. 4 a-b. 
Cryptoplax striatus Haddon, Zool. Rep. Challenger, xv., 1886, Polypl., 39, pl. 1, 
fig. 9, pl. iii, fig. 9a-m., and of Smith, Pilsbry and recent authors generally, 
but not C. striatus Lamarck. 
Cryptoplax torresianus Rochebrune, Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Austr., xlvi., 

1922, 577/8: not of Rochebrune. 

Cryptoplax rostratus Reeve, Ashby, id., xlvii., 1923, 239, pl. xix., figs. 2a, b, ¢.: 
not of Reeve. 

Shell large, elongate, comparatively broad, last four valves scarcely dis- 
connected when adult, sculpture coarsely nodulose, girdle densely coarsely spicu- 
lose. 

Colouration of girdle yellow to brown, of shell red brown, grey or yellow, 
often with a white dorsal stripe. 

The broad valves and the lozenge shaped nodulose sculpture with the broad 
connected valves separate this from all species except the next one. 

The posterior valve has the mucro terminal, the post-mucronal slope directed 
forwards. 

Girdle spicules long, pointed, and coarsely striated. 

Interior bluish green, darker medially. Posterior insertion plate thrown 
very abruptly forward and flattened. 

Dimensions: 64 x 15 mm. (dried). 

Station: Under stones below low water mark, and in worm holes and erevices 
in soft rocks. 

Habitat: New South Wales. 


CRYPTOPLAX TORRESIANA. 
Cryptoplax torresianus Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, Ser. vii., 1882, 195. 

Torres Straits. Type in Paris Mus. 

Cryptoplax torresianus Thiele, Revision Chitonen, 1909, 9 (= striata Lam.). 
Cryptoplax striatus Smith, Rep. Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, 84. 
Cryptoplax striatus Melville & Standen, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Lond.) Zool., xxvii. 

1891, 181. Torres Straits. 

Cryptoplax striatus Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soe. Q’ld., xxiii., 1911, 96. 

Thiele has stated that Rochebrune’s torresianus named from Torres Straits is 
the same as the Port Jackson species (striata olim), and Ashby formerly sug- 
gested Rochebrune’s name should be used for the N.S.W. species. As there is a 
shell living in North Queensland that simulates the N.S.W. shell we leave torre- 
siana to that species. There is a discontinuity of range as the N.S.W. species 
has not yet been found in South Queensland. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 105 

We have examined shells from Cairns, North Queensland, which resemble 
the Port Jackson shell, but have distinctly coarser sculpture, while they are 
smaller. The posterior valve appeared to have the mucro not terminal, and the 
girdle spicules seemed coarser. This we call at present torresiana. 

A shell from Pelsart I., Abrolhos, West Australia, also resembles the New 
South Wales species, but though curled and only about 20 mm. in length seems 
to be adult, the valves being solid: the girdle spicules are striate, while the sculp- 
ture is coarse, the nodules more separated and less lozenge shaped: the sutural 
laminae are more spread out in the median valves and the insertion plate of the 
posterior valve shorter terminally and less thrown forward. 


CRYPTOPLAX STRIATA. 
(Plate xii., figs. 7, 12, 15, 20, 29, 36.) 
Chitonellus striatus Lamarck, Hist. Anim. s. Vertel, vi. 1819, 317. Seas of New 

Holland, Peron & Lesueur = Kangaroo I. Type in Paris Mus. 

Chitonellus gunnii Reeve, Conch Icon, iv., 1847, Chitonellus, pl. i. sp. & fig. 5. 

Van Diemen’s Land. Type in Brit. Mus. 

Chitonellus rostratus id. ib., pl. i., sp. & fig. 6. Raines I., Torres St., error = 

Tasmania. Type in Brit. Mus. 

Gryptoplax gunnii Pilsbry, Proc. Mal. Soce., iv., 1901, 156, pl. xv., figs. 17-19, 24- 

26. 

Cryptoplax striatus Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., xlvii., 1923, 237, pl. xix., 
fig. 5. var. gunni id. ib. 

Cryptoplax striatus May, Illustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, pl. xvi., fig. 6. 

Not Cryptoplax striatus of authors dealing with specimens from New South 

Wales. 

Shell very large and elongate, valves long and narrow, posterior four dis- 
connected when half-grown, sculpture tending to longitudinal ribbing, girdle 
densely coarsely spiculose. 

Colouration dull, brown and red, sometimes girdle differently coloured or 
even banded with lighter as in “rostratus.” 

Anterior valves longer than broad, sculpture becoming obsolete. 

Median valves lengthened and narrow, the sixth valve large: the second valve 
broad, rest narrower. 

Posterior valve shorter than seventh valve with mucro almost posterior, but 
post-mucronal slope a little produced backward and concave. 

Interior greenish white. Posterior insertion plate large and nearly perpen- 
dicular. : 

Juvenile sculpture resembles that of New South Wales mystica. 

Dimensions: 92 x 16 mm., 100 x 19 mm., 121 x 15 mm. 

Station: Below stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: Victoria, South Australia, Tasmania, West Australia. 

Remarks: Apparently no one has recently examined Reeve’s figure and des- 
eription of Chitonellus rostratus as though he gave “Raines’ Island, Torres 
Straits: Capt. Ince,” there can be no hesitation in denying that locality, the 
figure being a good one of a Tasmanian shell, the surveying ships sheltering in 
South Tasmania during the hurricane season in Torres Straits. It is certainly 
not the Port Jackson species with which it has been identified by Ashby. 

From all localities two forms of the species are met with and we believe 
these to be sexual: these are represented by the names gunnii and rostrata. At 
present we are unable to definitely separate the many subspecies that exist, while 


106 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


there may even be two species confused. 

West Australian specimens from various places collected by Hull are less 
elongate, valves less separated, mucro of the posterior valve nearly terminal and 
the sculpture more nodulose. These we call C. striata occidentalis subsp.u. and 
they are quite different from Cryptoplax striata var. westernensis Ashby, Trans. 
Roy. Soc. South Austr., xlvii., 1923, 238, from Rottnest, W.A., coll. Ashby, 
which is stated to differ in lacking the granulose sculpture with the girdle spicules 
shorter and more slender: dimensions, 35 x 15 mm. 


CRYPTOPLAX IREDALEI. 
(Plate xii., figs. 6, 11, 18, 26, 30, 34.) 
Cryptoplax iredalei Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., xlvii., 1923, 238, pl. xix., 
fig. 4. Port Lincoln, Gulf St. Vincent, S. Austr. Type in coll. Ashby. 
Cryptoplax gunnii May, Ilustr. Index Tasm. Shells, 1923, pl. xvi., fig. 7. 

Similar to the preceding in general appearance but easily separable by the 
very different girdle spicules which are very fine, the girdle appearing like felt. 

Colouration distinct: valves purple, girdle purple banded with grey. 

The valves are even narrower than those of the preceding species, while the 
sculpture is even more linear: the smooth dorsal area in the adult becomes con- 
cave, showing curved growth lines. Posterior mucro terminal. 

Interior pinkish white. Posterior insertion plate produced forward. 

Dimensions: 81 x 18 mm., 72 x 21 mm. 

Station: Under stones below low water. 

Habitat: Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia, West Australia. 

Remarks: West Australian shells from Pelsart I., Abrolhos, have even 
longer and narrower valves, the sculpture irregularly wavy and linear, the smooth 
dorsal area diminishing in width in the valves posteriorly so that in the last 
three it appears as a narrow gutter: the girdle spicules are even more delicate 
than those of the eastern forms. We introduce for it the subspecifie name 
Cryptoplax iredalei attenuata n.subsp. On the other hand the South Tasmanian 
form which has been figured by May as C. gunnii is a smaller shell than the 
typical one, the valves broader, less separated, the sculpture very similar, but the 
girdle spicules notably larger, pointed, apparently smooth and scattered. The 
posterior valve has the mucro posterior, but more depressed, and the posterior 
insertion plate does not slope so much forward. This may be a distinct species, 
but at present we prefer to name it as a subspecies Cryptoplax iredalei meri- 
diana n.subsp. Type from Port Arthur, 8. Tasmania. 58 x 11 mm. 


CRYPTOPLAX BURROWI. 
(Plate xii., figs. 13, 31, 32.) . 
Chiton (Chitonellus) burrowi K. A. Smith, Rep. Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, 85: new 
name for C. larvaeformis Reeve not Burrow: also from Port Molle, Queens- 
land (Coppinger). Type in Brit. Mus. 
Chitonellus larvaeformis Reeve, Conch Icon., 1847, Chitonellus, pl. 1, fig. 3. 
Port Adelaide, Australia, error = North Queensland. 
Not Cryptoplax burrowi Haddon, Zool. Rep. Challenger, xv., 1886, Polypl., 42, 
pl. ii., figs. 11 a-m (which refer to a form of C. elioti Pilsbry). 
Not Cryptoplax burrow: Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xv., 1893, 54, pl. 9, figs. 6-10 
(copies). 
Shell small for the group, posterior valves separated, sixth smallest, girdle 
spicules blunt and flattened. 


7 


IREDALE AND HULL. 107 


Colouration yellowish brown, girdle yellowish. 

In the dried shells the first four valves are in contact, the fifth half a valve 
length away, the sixth three valve lengths away, the seventh four'valve lengths 
distant, the eighth less than two valve lengths distant. 

In size the fifth valve is less than the fourth, the sixth less than the fifth, 
the seventh larger than the sixth and the eighth larger than the fourth. The 
sculpture is nodulose in the juvenile, irregularly linear in the adult where it 
becomes indistinct. The posterior valve has the tegmentum elevated medially, 
the mucro elevated and posterior. 

Interior white. Slitting normal. 

Dimensions: 57 x 12 mm. Type. 

Station: Among coral blocks. 

Habitat: North Queensland. 

Remarks: When E. A. Smith named this species he regarded the figure given 
by Reeve for his Chitonellus larvaeformis as sufficiently exact to represent his 
species. Smith’s specimens were from Port Molle, N. Queensland, collected by 
Coppinger, whereas Reeve had given the locality “Port Adelaide.” As in the 
ease of Haploplax adelaidensis Reeve discussed in this Monograph, p. 293, Reeve’s 
locality is undoubtedly erroneous and burrowi came from Queensland. When 
Haddon reported upon the Challenger Polyplacophora he reproduced drawings 
made by Smith from specimens in the British Museum, but it is now seen that 
Smith had confused another species as the valves figured appear to belong to a 
form of the elioti group, a copy reproduced (pl. xii., fig. 32), being quite un- 
like that of the true burrowi (pl. xii., fig. 31). 


Fig. 3. C. hartmeyeri. 


CRYPTOPLAX HARTMEYERI. 
(Plate xii., figs. 14, 37, 38, 39.) 
Cryptoplax hartmeyeri Thiele, Die Fauna Sudwest Austral, iii., 1911, 405, pl. 
Shark’s Bay, West Australia. Type in Berlin Mus. 
Not C. hartmeyeri Ashby. 
Thiele differentiated this species from burrowi by means of the girdle 


108 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


spicules which are longer and more slender and flattened. In addition the valves 
are a little differently spaced and the sculpture is more notable. We here re- 
produce Thiele’s figures as Ashby has altogether misidentified the species, his 
specimen from Yallingup appearing from his indefinite photographs to belong to 
the form we have mentioned under C. torresiana. 


[CRYPTOPLAX ROYANA, n.sp. 
(Plate xii., figs. 8, 16, 24.) 


Size comparatively small, valves disconnected posteriorly, but not as much 
as those of C. larvaeformis of the same size. Fifth valve large, the last five be- 
ing almost all the same size, elongate and narrow. 

Colouration bright pink mottled with scarlet, anterior valve sometimes white, 


girdle white. : 
Anterior valve elongately semicircular, ornamented with longitudinal wrinkly 


lines wavy anteriorly. : 

Median valves with smooth dorsal area, wrinkly longitudinal lines, five in 
number on each side: juvenile sculpture shown by two nodules. 

Posterior valve with mucro elevated, terminal, post-mucronal slope nearly 
perpendicular. 

Girdle spicules long and pointed, striate. 

Interior white. Posterior plate nearly perpendicular. 

Dimensions: 29 x 7 mm. 

Station: In crevices of coral rock. 

Habitat: Lord Howe Island (Roy Bell). 

Note:—While this Monograph excludes the Lord Howe Island Loricates 
generally, it is deemed desirable to insert the description of this new species 
here as it forms a connecting link between the southern and northern species]. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 


Plate ix. 


Acanthochiton bednalli Pilsbry, whole shell. 

Acanthochiton bednalli Pilsbry, anterior valve. 

Acanthochiton bednalti Pilsbry, median valve. 

Acanthochiton bednalli Pilsbry, posterior valve. 

Acanthochiton granostriatus Pilsbry, whole shell. 

Acanthochiton granostriatus Pilsbry, median valve. 
Acanthochiton granostriatus Pilsbry, posterior valve from behind. 
Acanthochiton granostriatus Pilsbry, posterior valve front view. 
Acanthochiton granostriatus Pilsbry, posterior valve from side. 
10. <Acanthochiton thackwayi Ashby, whole shell. 

11. <Acanthochiton thackwayi Ashby, median valve. 

12. <Acanthochiton complanatus Hull, whole shell. 

13. Acanthochiton complanatus Hull, anterior valve. 

14. Acanthochiton complanatus Hull, median valve. 

15. <Acanthochiton complanatus Hull, posterior valve. 

16. <Acanthochiton shirleyi Ashby, whole shell. 

17. Acanthochiton shirleyi Ashby, median valve. 

18. Acanthochiton shirleyi Ashby, posterior valve. 

19. Acanthochiton shirleyi Ashby, interior of. 


a 


Fig. 


SOR OOE SU O23 OU TOS sho = 


Fig. 


$2) 98. SU Se) OU G0) BO) Ft 


Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
‘Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochtton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 


Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 
Acanthochiton 


IREDALE AND HULL. 


macrocystialis Ashby, whole shell. 
macrocystialis Ashby, anterior valve! 
macrocystialis Ashby, posterior valve. 
macrocystialis Ashby, median valve. 

gatliffi Ashby, whole shell. 

gatliffi Ashby, median valve. 

coxi coxi Pilsbry, whole shell. 

coxi lachrymosus May & Torr, anterior valve. 
coxi lachrymosus May & Torr, median valve. 
coxt lachrymosus May & Torr, posterior valve. 
coxi coxi Pilsbry, median valve. 

pilsbryt Sykes, whole shell (living). 

pilsbryi Sykes, whole shell (dried). 

pilsbryi Sykes, anterior valve. 

pilsbryi Sykes, median valve. 

pilsbryi Sykes, posterior valve. 


Plate x. 


sueurii Blainville, whole shell. 

sueurti Blainville, median valve. 

sueurti Blainville, posterior valve from side. 
sueurii Blainville, posterior valve front view. 
kimberi Torr, whole shell. 

kimberi Torr, half median valve (W.A.). 
kimberi Torr, median valve (N.S.W.). 
kimberi Torr, median valve (S.A.). 

kimberi Torr, posterior valve. 

kimbert Torr, interior of posterior valve. 
kimberi Torr, anterior valve. 

kimberi Torr, interior of anterior valve. 
crocodilus debilior Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 
crocodilus Torr & Ashby, posterior valve. 
purpuratus Hull, whole shell. 

purpuratus Hull, posterior valve from side. 
purpuratus Hull, posterior valve front view. 
wilsoni Sykes, whole shell. 

sphenorhynchus Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 


sphenorhynchus Iredale & Hull, posterior valve. 


aenigma Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 
aenigma Iredale & Hull, median valve. 
aenigma Iredale & Hull, posterior valve. 
curiosus Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 
curiosus Iredale & Hull, posterior valve. 


Meturoplax retrojecta Pilsbry, whole shell. 

Meturoplax retrojecta Pilsbry, median valve. 

Neturoplax retrojecta Pilsbry, posterior valve. 
Meturoplax retrojecta Pilsbry, posterior valve from side. 
Meturoplax retrojecta Pilsbry, inter:or of posterior valve. 
Craspedochiton jaubertensis Ashby, whole shell. 
Craspedochiton jaubertensis Ashby, anterior valve. 
Craspedochiton jaubertensis Ashby, median valve. 


109 


110 


Fi 


g. 


99 


OU go Po 


34. 
35. 
36. 


CONOn pwn 


A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Craspedochiton jaubertensis Ashby, interior of posterior valve. 
Craspedochiton jaubertensis Ashby, posterior valve from side. 
Craspedochiton jaubertensis Ashby, posterior valve front view. 


Plate xi. 


Notoplax costata H. Adams & Angas, whole shell. 

Notoplax extra Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 

Notoplax gabrieli Ashby, whole shell. 

Notoplax macandrewi Iredale & Hull, anterior valve. 
Notoplax costata H. Adams & Angas, anterior valve. 
Notoplax gabrieli Ashby, anterior valve. 

Notoplax macandrewi Iredale & Hull, median valve. 

Notoplax costata H. Adams & Angas, median valve. 

Notoplax gabrieli Ashby, median valve. 

Notoplaz macandrewi Iredale & Hull, posterior valve. 
Notoplar costata H. Adams & Angas, posterior valve. 
Notoplax gabrieli Ashby, posterior valve. 

Notonlax macandrewi Iredale & Hull, posterior valve side view. 
Notoplax costata H. Adams & Angas, posterior valve side view. 
Notoplax gabrieli Ashby, posterior valve side view. 

Notoplax subspeciosa Iredale & Hull, posterior valve. 
Glyptelasma m. matthewsi Pilsbry, whole shell. 

Glyptelasma m. occidentalis Iredale & Hull, anterior valve. 
Glyptelasma m. matthewsi Pilsbry, median valve. 

Glyptelasma m. occidentalis Iredale & Hull, median valve. 
Glyptelasma m. matthewsi Pilsbry, posterior valve. 
Glyptelasma m. matthewsi Pilsbry, posterior valve side view- 
Glyptelasma glypta Sykes, whole shell. 

Choriplax grayi H. Adams & Angas, whole shell. 

Choriplax grayi H. Adams & Angas, anterior valve. 
Choriplax grayi H. Adams & Angas, posterior valve. 
Choriplax grayi H. Adams & Angas, median valve. 

Choriplax g. pattisoni Ashby, whole shell. 

Craspedoplaz variabilis Ashby, whole shell. 

Craspedoplax variabilis Ashby, anterior valve. 

Craspedoplax variabilis Ashby, half median valve. 
Craspedoplax variabilis Ashby, posterior valve. 

Craspedoplax variabilis Ashby, interior of unslit posterior valve. 
Craspedoplax variabilis Ashby, interior of slit posterior valve. 
Craspedoplax elegans Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 
Craspedoplax elegans Iredale & Hull, anterior valve. 
Craspecoplax elegans Iredale & Hull, median valve. 
Craspedoplax elegans Iredale & Hull, posterior valve. 
Craspedoplar cornuta Torr & Ashby, whole shell. 


Plate xii. 


.—Notoplax macandrewi Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 


Notoplax subspeciosa Tredale & Hull, whole shell. 
Notoplax speciosa H. Adams, median valve (N.S.W.). 
Notoplaz mayi Ashby, median valve (N.S.W.). 
Cryptoplax larvaeformis Burrow, whole shell. 


IREDALE AND HULL, 111 


Cryptoplax iredalei Ashby, posterior valve from side. 
Cryptoplax striata Lamarck, posterior valve from side. 
Cryptoplax royana Iredale & Hull, posterior valve from side. 
Cryptoplax mystica Iredale & Hull, posterior valve from side. 

10. Cryptoplax larvaeformis Burrow, posterior valve from side. 

ll. Cryptoplazx iredalei Ashby, whole shell. 

12. Cryptoplax striata Lamarck, whole shell. 

13. Cryptoplax burrowi Smith, whole shell. 

14. Cryptoplax hartmeyeri Thiele, whole shell. 

15. Cryptoplax striata Lamarck, posterior valve. 

16. Cryptoplax royana Iredale & Hull, posterior valve. 

17. Cryptoplax larvaeformis Burrow, posterior valve. 

18. Cryptoplax iredalei Ashby, posterior valve. 

19. Cryptoplax mystica Iredale & Hull, interior of posterior valve. 

20. Cryptoplax striata Lamarck, interior of posterior valve. 

21. Cryptoplax mystica Iredale & Hull, posterior valve. 

22. Cryptoplax mystica Iredale & Hull, median valve. 

23. Cryptoplax mystica Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 

24. Cryptoplax royana Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 

25. Cryptoplax larvaeformis Burrow, anterior valve. 

26. Cryptoplax iredalei Ashby, anterior valve. 

27. Cryptoplax mystica Iredale & Hull, whole shell, juvenile. 
. 28. Cryptoplax larvaeformis Burrow, whole shell, juvenile. 

29. Cryptoplax striata Lamarck, whole shell, juvenile. 

30. Cryptoplax iredaiei Ashby, whole shell, juvenile. 

31. Cryptoplax burrowi Smith, posterior valve. 

32. Cryptoplax burrowi Smith, posterior valve, error. 

33. Cryptoplax mystica Iredale & Hull, posterior valve, juvenile. 

34. Cryptoplax iredalei Ashby, posterior valve, juvenile. 

35. Cryptoplax larvaeformis Burrow, posterior valve, juvenile. 

36. Cryptoplax striata Lamarck, posterior valve, juvenile. 

37. Cryptoplax hartmeyeri Thiele, anterior valve. 

38. Cryptoplax hartmeyeri Thiele, median valve. 

39. Cryptoplax hartmeyeri Thiele, posterior valve. 


Re OOLem aces 


ERRATUM :—An error occurred in the text title of the shrimp figured on plate 
1, Part 1. This crustacean is the common Sydney school prawn, and is not 
found in New Zealand “waters,” but is sold in the “markets” of the Dominion. 
The author of the article spoke of “our examples,” and, as he is a New Zealander, 
the error is easily explainable. This prawn belongs to the genus Metapenaeus, 
and its variable rostrum is well known. It is therefore not entitled to the 
specifie or subspecific distinction suggested by Mr. Phillips; further the name 
haswelli is preoccupied. 


NOTES ON THE SEALS FOUND IN AUSTRALIAN SEAS. 
By A. S. Le Souer, C.M.Z.8. 


(Plates xiii.-xv.) 


Reference to the early history of Australia shows that we once had a very 
abundant seal fauna, and that our first commercial asset was a large export of 
seal skins and oil. Between the years 1798 and 1826 British, French and 
American vessels came to collect the spoil (1). During this time of heedless 
destruction the Sea Elephant (Mirownga leonina), which then existed on King 
Island, was exterminated in our local waters, and only a scattered remnant is 
left of one of our fur seals (Arctocephalus forsteri). 

Owing to the seals being under the jurisdiction of the several southern 
States, each being responsible for those found on their respective coasts, no 
systematic survey has been made, and we have little reliable information regard- 
ing their numbers, range and habits. With a view to learning something of this 
group, every opportunity has been taken by the writer to study them during the 
past few years; several trips have been made to islands inhabited by seals off 
the coast of New South Wales, and information gathered from various. sources. 
The result has been apparently to record the occurrence in our seas of the New 
Zealand Fur Seal (Arctocephalus forsteri), hitherto only! known from the 
Dominion, and to throw a little light on the habits of the Australian Fur Seal. 
The latter species has generally been referred to in literature as Otaria cinerea 
Peron, but as the species to which Peron actually gave this name was doubtless 
a hair-seal, I shall use the name Arctocephalus doriferus Wood Jones (2). 

The value of our fur seals does not appear to have been realised. The 
protection afforded them by the States is more nominal than real, and only in 
Tasmania is any effort made to utilise them commercially. That they are wortb 
attention is shown by the following letter from Messrs. Wilcox Mofflin, Ltd. 

Dear Sir,—At your request we have examined skins of the New Zealand Fur 
Seal taken from King Island and the Australian Bight, and also of the Australian 
Fur Seal from Julia Percy Island, and have pleasure in stating that these pelts 
are of good quality, the under fur being fine and dense. The finest Alaskan furs 
are taken from three-year-old bulls, and as the pelts we examined were from 
females, they probably would not represent the same quality obtained from young 
bulls of the species named. 

We cannot make an estimate of the value of the skins without having them 
made up, but we should think that they would be worth not less than 50 per cent. 
ef the best Alaskan furs, and may be of equal value——Yours faithfully, 

Witcox, Morruin, Lrp. (Signed) L. M. Tricas, Director. 

A. S. Le Souef, Esq., Taronga Zoological Park Trust. 


(1) Murihiku; McNab, 1909. 
(2) Rec. South Aust. Mus., iii., 1925, p. 9. 


LE SOUF. 113 


In Australian seas one may identify five species of seals as follows:— 

(A). Crab Eating Seal, Lobodon carcinophaga Hombron and Jacquinot. 
This is only a stray from the Antarctic, one being recorded from Port Phillip 
in July, 1897, while another was found at Portland, Victoria, in January, 1894. 

(B). Leopard Seal, Ogmorhinus leptonyx Peters. This species is another 
visitor from the Antarctic, and is fairly numerous in our waters in winter. 

(C). The New Zealand Fur Seal, Arctocephalus forsteri Lesson. Found 
on King Island, Bass Strait, and on the islands of the Recherche Archipelago, 
South-western Australia, and probably other places. 

(D). The Australian Fur Seal, Arctocephalus doriferus Wood Jones. The 
most numerous of our seals; found in South-eastern Australian seas from Seal 
Rocks, north of Port Stephens, N.S. Wales, to Julia Perey Island, Victoria, and 
perhaps on Casuarina Island, off Kangaroo Island, South Australia. 

(E). The Australian Hair Seal, Arctocephalus albicollis Peron, which 
should now be known as Arctocephalus cinereus Peron, according to Wood Jones. 
It is found, as far as I know, from Dangerous Reef, Spencer’s Gulf, S.A., to 
Houtman’s Abrolhos, W.A. 

Leopard Seal, Ogmorhinus leptonyx Peters. 

The Leopard Seal apparently extends as far north as latitude 35°S. in win- 
ter, as it is often recorded from the coast of New South Wales in August and 
September; the farthest northern record that I can trace is of a specimen taken 
from the Hawkesbury River. In August, 1921, after a severe gale lasting a fort- 
night, no less than five of these animals were found on different parts of the 
coast. They include sea birds in their dietary; one taken at Manly in 1921 had 
the remains of Mutton Birds (Puffinus) im its stomach, and another killed at 
La Perouse in 1925 had eaten a penguin. Referring to this species Senior- 
Constable Knight, of King Island, states in a letter dated 25th July, 1925, “These 
are often found on the beach sick from eating birds, mostly penguins, and are 
bound up with feathers. After rolling about on the beach for some time, they 
get rid of a quantity of feathers, and are all right again and return to the 
water.” Senior-Constable W. J. Mansfield in a letter from Flinders Island, Bass 
Strait, dated 17th May, 1924, states that he has “seen a fair amount of the Sea 
_ Leopard, which is frequently found washed up on the various islands in winter 
time.” It is noticeable that all which come ashore on the New South Wales 
coast are injured or sick; some are severely cut about, and others, though showing 
no sign of injury, are completely exhausted and soon die. All I have personally 
seen have been females, though the one which appears in the photograph (Plate 
xiii.) was reported to be 10 feet long, and has the appearance of a male. 


The New Zealand Fur Seal, Arctocephalus forsteri Lesson. 


This species, I believe, can now be definitely recorded from Australian seas, 
as the skin and skull of a specimen collected from King Island in June, and two 
from the Recherche Archipelago in April, 1925, are now in the Australian Museum 
and are tentatively identified as this species. As far as can be gathered the 
species is very scarce in our waters, though possibly it has been confused with 
the Australian Fur Seal and therefore has not been recognised. In a letter dated 
17th May, 1925, Senior-Constable W. J. Mansfield, of Flinders Island, says: “The 
Sea Bear or Fur Seal is no doubt the true Fur Seal. It used to live and breed 
on Saltpetre Rocks, on the western side of King Island, but they are not so 
aumerous as Otaria cinerea [— A. doriferus], and were hunted by the sealers 
until they were almost extinct; there have not been any of them captured, as 


114 NOTES ON THE SEALS FOUND IN AUSTRALIAN SEAS, 


far as I can ascertain, for the past 30 years. It was known to the sealers here 
as the Black Seal, and they state that it has a beautiful thick soft fur, and its 
habits are similar to O. cinerea, and used to have its young at the same time.” 
In a letter dated 11th June, 1924, Mr. F. Lewis, chief inspector of fisheries and 
game, Victoria, states that “he has been informed by fishermen that there are 
about 100 seals on King Island, which are locally known as the Black Seal. 
Senior-Constable Knight, of King Island, was kind enough to interest himself 
in the matter, and under a special permit issued by the Tasmanian Government, 
procured one specimen of the local Black Seal, which, on examination of the 
teeth, I considered to be Arctocephalus forsteri. | Two specimens were also ob- 
tained in the open season from the Recherche Archipelago by Captain Douglas in 
1925. Regarding this species in the Great Australian Bight, Mr. W. R. Barwick 
writes under date 2nd September, 1924, “When speaking recently to the Hon. 
Cuthbert McKenzie, M.L.C., I gleaned the following information regarding their 
deseription. Mr. McKenzie states that they are smaller than the hair seal, very 
active and swift in the water. When wet they are black and shiny, and dark 
brown when dry; the nose is sharp, resembling that of a fox, ears small and 
pointed. . . . The animals are very timid; they haunt only the most rugged 
spots, isolate themselves, and do not habit with the fur seal. They have their 
own rockeries and generally pup about November.” 


The Australian Fur Seal, Arctocephalus doriferus Wood Jones. 


This seal is the common species of south-eastern Australian waters, and is 
apparently the species which exists in numerous colonies from Seal Rocks, near 
Port Stephens, N.S. Wales, to the islands of Bass Strait, and on Julia Perey 
Island, off the south-west coast of Victoria. Mr. F. Lewis, Chief Inspector of Game 
and Fisheries, Victoria, in a letter dated 11th June, 1924, states that there are 
four colonies of seals in strictly Victorian waters, namely, Julia Perey Island 
in the west; Seal Rocks off Western Port; the Glennies and the Anser Groups 
near Wilson’s Promontory, and a small colony at the Skerries, at the mouth of 
the Wingen River in eastern Victoria. He further mentions that the two first- 
named are fairly large colonies, probably 3,000 or 4,000 seals at each place. In- 
quiries made from fishermen operating crayfish pots in Bass Strait seem 
to show that there are a good number of colonies between Victoria and Tas- 
mania, the chief of which are White Rock, S.W. of Shooting Island, about 100 
seals; Council Rock in Banks Strait, about 150; South West Isle, Kent Group, 
about 200; Barrenjoie, east of Launceston Heads, about 200; West Moneur, east 
of Wilson’s Promontory, about 300; Hogan Group, about 300; Read’s Rocks, 
east of King Island, 1,500 to 2,000. Captain Colin McDonald estimates that 
there are about 600 seals on the Anser Group. Senior-Constable Mansfield, of 
Flinder’s Island, puts the number of seals on Council Rock at 1,800 to 2,000, and 
thinks that there are about 1,000 on Barrenjoie. To this list we can add the 
seals on Seal Rocks, near Port Stephens, estimated at 500 animals. 

Observations tend to show that the main herds keep to their respective bases 
throughout the year, but that small herds, consisting chiefly of bull seals, make 
fairly long journeys. Senior-Constable W. J. Mansfield, of Flinder’s Island, 
writes to the effect that the seals on Barrenjoie and Council Rock “remain there 
all the year round, only leaving to go fishing for food.” Mr. W. H. Williams, 
who was lighthouse keeper at Seal Rocks, Port Stephens, for about 20 years, 
states that he thinks the seals are about in the same numbers throughout the 
year. Herds occasionally visit Montague Island, off Narooma, New South Wales. 
A fairly large herd, estimated at about 200 animals, arrives there every year in 


LE SOUF. 115 


August and leaves again early in November, and smaller groups, of from 10 to 
20, return in midsummer, and leave in the autumn. Mr. W. H. Williams, now 
lighthouse keeper at Montague Island, has given the following memorandum of 
their comings and goings during 1924-5: “The main herd, about 200 altogether, 
returned in August, 1924, and left again in November; about 20 came in January, 
1925, and left about the middle of March, only one remaining; on May 20th 
about 10 returned, and the main herd came back in August.” I visited the Island 
in February, 1924, when 20 seals were noted. These, with two exceptions, were 
all bulls. The main herd was observed in September, 1925, when upwards of 100 
animals were present; these again were with three or four exceptions, large bulls. 
I cannot say where these seals come from, though one would suspect that they 
are part of the herd based on Seal Rocks, about 300 miles to the north. The 
head lighthouse keeper at Seal Rocks reports that there has been apparently no 
lessening in the numbers of seals on the rocks between July and September, 
1925. Seals have been seen as far north as Crowdy Head, New South Wales, 
and stray animals have at times visited the vicinity of Eden (Twofold Bay). 

The food of these seals is very variable, though in the main it consists of 
fish that are of little or no commercial food value. Senior-Constable Mansfield 
states that they take various kinds of fish, including Barracouta, and the jaw 
bones of these were found on the seal rookeries. Edward Mansell stated that 
he had found a seal’s stomach full of Jellyfish, and another informant has taken 
13 salmon (a large mullet) from a seal. Two seals opened at Montague Island 
were found to contain (1) 13 Poreupine Fish, 2 Flathead, 1 Red Rockeod, 1 
Stingray; (2) 7 Stimgray, 1 Morwong, 1 Flathead. I have frequently timed a 
seal under water and have never seen one stay away from the air for longer 
than 40 seconds; it would therefore not be possible for seals to reach fish in 
deep water. A fisherman at Seal Rocks saw a seal throwing a Stingray up in 
the air, until the fish ultimately came to pieces, and was swallowed. 

These seals have a peculiar habit of holding one flipper high in the air 
when lying on the surface of the water; this probably serves to keep them head- 
on to the wind and sea. In a dead calm a seal often lies on its back in the 
water, and brings the hind flippers over to meet one fore flipper, and thus 
floats in a bow-shaped position. When sleeping in the water the body is re- 
laxed and the head hangs under water for about 40 seconds in repose, being 
raised for 5 seconds to breathe; a seal has been noted to thus obtain broken 
sleep for upwards of an hour. When in the Arctic Stefansson observed that 
Phoca hispida slept in the same way on the ice, the average length of the nap 
being 30 seconds, and the periods of waking 5 seconds (Hunters of the Great 
North, 1923, p. 256). When on shore, however, they may sleep soundly, though 
one or two of a herd raise their heads occasionally to look round for enemies. 
Individuals of a herd have no “esprit de corps’ for, if danger is seen by one 
animal, it will not warn the rest but quietly gets away. I have seen this hap- 
pen on several occasions, but notably once when sitting quietly on a rock over- 
looking the herd on Montague Island, one seal suspecting that I was not part 
of the landscape moved up to make sure, and then turned and made quietly out 
to sea, leaving the others quite undisturbed. On land they are rather timid. 

The males are extremely fussy and quarrelsome among themselves, but show 
great deference to the females. When a bull comes in from the sea to take up 
a position on the rocks, every other male in the vicinity noisily disputes his 
progress, but if a female should join the group, she is not only allowed a free 
passage, but she will select a dry coated male, and proceed to squeeze the ex- 
cess moisture out of her coat against his body, and without any protest being 
Taised she may even go to sleep, using the big chap as a pillow. 


116 NOTES ON THE SEALS FOUND IN AUSTRALIAN SEAS, 


Seals are very playful and thoroughly enjoy romping in the waves, some- 
times jumping right out of the water, apparently just for the fun of it. When 
visiting Seal Rocks during a southerly gale, I could see those which happened 
to be in the water holding a regular surfing carnival. They would ride up to 
the island on the top of an enormous wave, and just before it crashed against 
the rocks they would turn a back somersault and slide down the back of the 
comber, in a sort of water switchback. When tired of this they would land on 
the rocks and clamber up to a place of safety before the next wave thundered 
against the sides of the island. 

Arctocephalus doriferus is polygamous. When at Seal Rocks on the 6th of 
November, 1923, I found the centre of the island occupied by several small 
groups of females, numbering from 6 to 25 animals; each lot was presided over 
by an enormous bull, who continually waddled round his sphere of influence. 
There were no pups at that date. The two ends of the island were occupied 
by a number of bulls of all ages, among which there was a good deal of fighting 
and quarrelling. 

Normally, this species makes three kinds of sound. The first is a loud, full 
throated call, like the bawl of a calf; the next is a series of short barks, which 
are uttered as a protest against the too close approach of another seal; if this 
protest is to be enforced the voice changes to a deep coughing growl. The call 
of the young is a single bleat like the ery of a lamb. 

Australian Hair Seal, Arctocephalus albicollis Peron (= A. cinereus vide Wood 
Jones. ) 

This species is found in south-eastern Australian waters, appears to be 
fairly numerous on many islands in the Great Australian Bight, and extends its 
range as far north as the Houtman’s Abrolhos, off Geraldton, Western Australia. 
Mr. W. D. Walker in a letter dated 20th February, 1923, states that “The com- 
mon Hair Seal abounds in the Neptune Group on Pearson’s, Evans’, Price and 
Goat Islands. They are comparatively tame, very inquisitive, and may be 
touched if the observer is sufficiently patient, and, in fact, if approached too 
near in the case of the cows and young, the old bulls will show vigorous fight. 
They bask asleep in the sun, usually alongside and partly immersed in small 
salt water pools. They bark like dogs and are very slow and cumbersome on 
land, but quick in the water. They will leap or fall 20 feet from rock to rock 
when making for the sea when frightened.” 


Note:—Reference may be made to the strong appeal by Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, 
of the California Academy of Sciences, for the protection of the Fur Seal herds 
of the Southern Hemisphere, published in this journal, Vol. iii, p. 11. The 
very definite opinion as to the commercial value of our fur seals expressed by 
Messrs. Wileox Mofflin, Ltd., is interesting in view of the experience of the 
Western Australian branch of that firm in relation to a shipment of skins ex- 
ported in 1921, and which, I was informed, realised far less than they cost to 
procure. It was then suggested that the impossibility of having the skins 
treated by Russian experts was the real reason for the low price realised. It is 
clear, however, that at the present date skins of our Australian fur seals have 
a substantial commercial value. They are practically unprotected in Western 
Australia, and the measures of protection in other States appear to require re- 
vision. Now is the time for the Commonwealth Government to step in and 
regulate the taking of seals in any of the Australian seas. Perhaps a close 
season could be proclaimed for two or three years, during which time a survey 
of the herds could be undertaken, and regulations framed accordingly.—Hditor, 


—_— 


THe AUSTRALIAN ZooLocist, Vol. iv. PLATE VI. 


GEORGE FORSTER’S PAINTINGS. 


1. Norfolk Island Robin. 2. Norfolk Island Pigeon. 
3. Broad-billed Prion. 4. Blue Petrel. 


ar a 
a 
a, 

td 


PLATE VII. 


lv. 


Vol. 


Tue AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 


UIA], OYVMBAPT AL 


u 


‘eed Yyor[_ poscurm-suoy 


SONILNIVd SMULSUOW AOYOUD 


TI 


Iq ojoceyUy 
qouurry) Aqoog 


o 
- 


Vill. 


PLATE 


THe AustTrALiAn Zoouoaist, Vol. iv. 


‘IV Vjaiwjuy P 
‘ssomyeqry 400g 


peyjueu-jqysry = “Z 


SONTLINIVd 


SMaALSYON WOUOWD 


‘jotjog AMOoUg 


*SSOI}Eq TV 


AMoug 


Yi 


THe AUSTRALIAN ZooLoaist, Vol. iv. PLATE Ix, 


Tue AustraLrAn Zoonoaist, Vol. iy. Pate x. 


Tue AusTRALIAN ZooLocist, Vol. iv. PLATE Xt. 


un 


PLATE XIt. 


ly. 


THe AvusTrRALIAN ZooLocist, Vol. 


THe AusTRALIAN Zoouoaist, Vol. iv. PLATE XIII. 


The Australian Hair Seal; female and young. 
Photograph by W. D. Walker. 


Leopard Seal. 


Photograph by F. Kimbel, 


fis 


F bee 


ae 


7 
_ 
, 
7 
4 
nt 


THe AvsTRALIAN Zoo.Loaist, Vol. iv. PLATE XIV. 


The Australian Fur Seal. Group of bulls on Montague Island; the animal on 
the right is the sentinel. 


Australian Fur Seals making for the water. Montague Island. 


“2 4s4 ‘ - en 
20s. igs Raye a “- 


canes 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZooLogisT, Vol. iv. PuLaTE XV. 


Group of Australian Fur Seals in Taronga Park. 


' . 
. 
r 

‘ 

- . 

. 

A 
tenn fale SS 


Royal Zological Society of New South Wales. 


PUBLICATIONS. 
“The Australian Zoologist’’ 


A Journal containing reports of the proceedings of the Society, papers re- 
lating to the Zoology of Australia, notes and comment upon matters coming 
within the scope of the Society’s aims and objects. Published at irregular intervals. 


VOLUME I. (1914-1920). Parts 1 to 8. 
256 pp. with 19 plates and 63 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 


VOLUME II. (1921-2). Parts 1 to 4. 
i172 pp. with 45 plates and 16 text figures. Unbound. Price 12/6 net. 


VOLUME IIi. (1922-5). Parts 1 to 8. 
362 pp. with 41 plates and 27 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net, 


VOL. IV. PART 1. Published 12th June, 1925. Price, 4/-. 
Page. 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales .. .. .. 
Shearwaters on Lion Island .. 


Note or an Australian Shrimp of the genus Penaeus as a commercial Fisheries 
Product in Wellington, N.Z., by W. J. Phillipps, F.L8., F.B.GS.... 3 


Practical Observations of Sa dae Stale beneath water, ae geet iene 
C.M.Z.8. 


Field Notes on Natural Habits of Echidna, by ae Burrell, C.M.Z.S. .. 
A Naturalist in North Queensland, by A. F. Basset Hull . ee 
_ Lepidoptera of Yeppoon, Queensland, by A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S. 17 
Picks hy Beis Mero usOns= Mebyt ChyMe: ce We ineilemsela seo tle ce ereielel ree. oe 
EOrminoloriay Ans Oldw Dimas OClizs sere’? tak ole. sistieie: ce) vie rereitele ve 0, cio)" OO 


oo 


AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS. 


No. 1. Check-List of the Fishes and Fish-like Animals of New South Wales, 
by Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist, Australian Museum, 104 pp., 43 plates. 
Bound in Boards. Price 5/-. Postage 4d. 


Application for Publications should be made to the Honorary Secretary, 
Box 2399, G.P.0., Sydney. 


CONTENTS OF THIS PART. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales SIR eee 


Presidential Address, by G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., Biss! RES. | 
Sections—Annual Reports :— 


~~ 


Biological Survey Section .. .. .. .. «2. ea Sighs e 


aes Wass 
Mntomological Section 6.720! su so een sete seeloiein care ie ark: 


George Forster’s Paintings, by Tom Iredale . bE: . 


The Principal Fauna of the Comboyne Plateau, by E. ©. oe 
HM, RAO dg... he tg ae 


aT 
ie 
— 


AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST 


Issued by the 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


Edited by 
A. F. BASSET HULL, 0.F.A.0.U. 


Vol. 4—Part 3 


(Price, 6/-.) 
gas INS Toy 


May ew 
Sydney, February 22, 1926. JONAL_MU 


All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Secretary, 
Box 2899, General Post Office, Sydney. 


Sydney: 
Sydney and Melbourne Publishing Co., Ltd., 29 Alberta 8t., 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


Established 1879. 
REGISTERED UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 1899 (1917). 


COUNCIL, 1924-1925. 


President: 
Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B. 


Vice-Presidents : 
E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M., 
Professor Launcelot Harrison, G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., B.E., F.E.S. 


DfLembers: 
Robert C. Dixson, J.P. J. R. Kinghorn. 
E. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., B.S. A. Musgrave. 
H. E. Finckh. BAL Sel: Nicholson, M.Se. 
W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. David G. Stead. 
Ellis Le G. Troughton. 
OFfrIcERs. 
Hon, Secretary: EH. F. Pollock. Hon. Treasurer: D. G. Stewart, B.A. 
Hon. Librarian: Philip Shipway. 
Hon. Editor: A. F. Basset Hull, C.F.A.0.U. Hon. Auditor: E. E. Coates. — 
OFFICERS OF SECTIONS. 
Entomological Section. Biological Survey Section. 
Chairman: G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., Chairman: Professor Launcelot Harrison. 
F.E.S. Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. ; 
Hon. Secretary: G. M. Goldfinch. Hon. Treasurer. G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Se., — 


F.E.S. 

Committee: Professor Griffith Taylor, Pro- 
fessor W. R. Browne, A. J. Nicholson, 
M.Se., and E. Cheel. © 


Ornithological Section. 
Chairman: A. H. Chisholm. 
Vice-Chairman: A. F. Basset Hull. 
Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. 


Committee: EK. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., B.S. Economic Zoology Section. 
P. A. Gilbert, J. R. Kinghorn, E. F. Chairman: C. Hedley, F.L.S. 
Pollock and H. Wolstenholme. Hon. Secretary: A. F. Basset Hull. 


SugscripT1ion: Ordinary Member, £1 1s. per annum. (Hntrance Fee £1/1/. 
Associate Member, 7s. 6d. per annum. (No Entrance Fee). 


PRIVILEGES: 
Ordinary Members—Free admission to Taronga Zoological Park; Additional 
Tickets admitting 20 Adults or 40 Children each year; 
Free Copy of “Australian Zoologist.” (if desired). 
Associate Members—Free Copy of “Australian Zoologist.” 


“THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST.” 
Communications intended for “The Australian Zoologist” should preferably 
be type-written. 
Authors should state whether proofs and reprints are desired when submitting 
MS. Fifty reprints of any article appearing under a separate title will be supplied 


gratis. If more are required, terms may be ascertained on application to the 
Editor. 


A CHECK LIST OF THE AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAR 
By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. 


Plates xvi. and xvii. 


Preface. 


The Catalogue of Australian Coleoptera published by Masters in 1886 
enumerated 127 genera and 512 species of TenwprioNipAr. Of these 29 genera 
and 87 species have since been sunk as synonyms or shown not to refer to Aus- 
tralian insects, leaving 98 valid genera and 425 valid species. The subfamilies 
in this family were omitted by Masters. 

The present check-list contains the names of 28 subfamilies, 169 genera and 
1,085 species, an increase of 72 per cent. in the genera and of 155 per cent. in 
species. 

The growing importance of entomology in the economics of agriculture; its 
co-ordination with other fields of natural history; the vast numbers of insects to 
be studied by the modern entomologist make it highly desirable that museums 
and scientific students should have the readiest access to accurate information, 
to which end a correct catalogue is indispensable. 

In this check-list I have not used the faunal subdivisions given by Sloane in 
his check-list of CArABIpArn [Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1905, Supplt.]. 

The exact locality, where known, is given for species which appear to have 
a limited habitat. Where the State only, or more than one State is mentioned, a 
wider range may be inferred. 

The large number of apterous forms and the sluggish habits of the TENE- 
BRIONIDAE give them a special value in zoo-geography. The general facts as to the 
origin of the Australian fauna—established by the evidence of Tate, Spencer 
and Hedley in general zoology and by Sloane* and Tillyard in entomology con- 
tain much confirmatory evidence in the study of this group. Of the 169 genera in 
the following list no less than 128—or more than 75% are endemic, and include 
the large genera especially characteristic of our inland fauna, eg., Helaeus, 
Saragus, Nyctozoilus and Adelium with their allies. Of the remaining genera, 
seven contain cosmopolitan grain pests—viz.: Alphitophagus, Gnathocerus, 
Latheticus, Palorus, Sitophagus, Tenebrio and Triboliwm, while the following 
table shows the distribution of genera that are not limited to Australia. 

The two largest and most widely distributed groups, the Helaeinae and the 
Adeliinae (the former wholly, the latter almost entirely confined to Australia) 
include 443 species, or 41% of the total. Again, of the 85 subfamilies in Gebien’s 
world list no less than 57 (or 67%) are unrecorded from Australia. A brief 
comparison of the world’s TrNEBRIONIDAE, in fact, shows this family to be one 
of the most characteristic local elements of a natural fauna. 

There is some evidence of a relation of our TENEBRIONIDAE with those of 
Oceania. (Scotoderus aphodioides Pase. is found in New Caledonia and Wallis 
Island; Platydema striatum Montr. in New Caledonia and Lord Howe Island; 


* Especially see Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic. 1915, Part i, 


118 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE. 


both having a wide distribution in eastern Australia. One species of Diphyr- 
rhyncus occurs in New Zealand; while many of our genera—especially of the 
Adeliinae—show a great convergence with Pacifie Island forms—Hydissus 
(Meneristes) curtulus Oll. and H. vulgaris Oll. from Lord Howe Island are 
closely related to our common H. feronioides Pase. 

The Indo-Malayan immigration is well marked in the more brilliant metallic 
beetles like Amarygmus, of which the nearest ally, Chalcopterus, is the most 
numerous genus of Australian TENEBRIONIDAE—as well as forms like Ceropria, 
Leiochrodes, and the fine groups of Cyphaleinae and Cnodaloninae. One species 
of Promethis has a doubtful record from India. A pertinent fact in this con- 
nection comes from a late publication, “Résultals de l’expedition Scientifique 
Neérlandaise 4 la Nouvelle Guinée, Tenebrionidae,’ 1920. Of the 64 genera here 
recorded by Gebien for this island no less than 31 are in the Australian list, 
while the following—hbesides five cosmopolitan species—oceur on both sides of 
Torres Strait :— 


Mesomorphus viliger Blanch. Setenis sulcigera Boisd. 
Bradymerus crenatus Pase. Encyalesthus atroviridis Macl. 
B. raucipennis Blk. Toxicum punctipenne Pasce. 
Ceropria peregrina Pase. Espites basalis Pase. 

C. maculata Geb. Chariothes planicollis Fairm. 
Leiochrodes suturalis Westw. Amarygmus morio F. 
Dioclina nitida Cart. Chalcopterus bellus Blackb. 
Palorus austrinus Champ. C. modestus Blackb. 


There is little doubt but that further researches in the Papuan fauna will 
result in the discovery of analogous occurrences. 

It is more difficult to trace species having Antarctic origin or affinity. Pro- 
bably some of the Tasmanian genera and those which range from Tasmania 
along the Alpine regions of Victoria and New South Wales, come under this 
category, e.g., Cotulades, Brycopia, the purely Tasmanian Edylius, Enneboeus, 
Melytra, Phaennis and the moss-beetles Mnionophilus and others. 

With American TENEBRIONIDAE there is little connection—Adelium sulcatulum 
Fairm. is a solitary Chilian representation of one of our principal groups. But 
the most remarkable connection with American fauna occurs in the case of 
Tretothorax cleistostoma Lea—a species found in ants’ nests in N. Queensland— 
the single member of a group of which the four otherwise known representatives 
are all American—their habitats being respectively California, Texas, San 
Domingo and Colombia. These extraordinary insects form a separate sub- 
family, and are so different from anything in the whole race of TENEBRIONIDAE 
—that the deseriber of the Australian species—as also the late veteran ento- 
mologist, Canon Blackburn—placed it in a new family (TRETOTHORACTIDAE). Our 
ocean beach fauna contains species with a wide range. Thus Caediomorpha 
heteromera King is as common at Fremantle as in the Sydney district; Caedius 
sphaeroides Hope ranges from Queensland to Western Australia, while the genus 
Trachyscelis is of world-wide distribution. 


The most numerous genera in our list are the following :— 


Chalcopterus, 110 species. Widely spread. 
Pterohelacus, 82 species. Widely spread. 

Cardiothorax, 64 species. Confined to Eastern Australia. 
Adelium, 62 species. Widely spread. 

Saragus, 56 species. Widely spread. 

Amarygmus, 55 species. Widely spread. 


CARTER, 119 


Helaeus, 48 species. Chiefly central and western. 
While Seiratrana, Licinoma and Brycopia—all closely related to Adelium— 
include 73 species between them. 


The following genera have disappeared from Australian lists since the date 
of Masters’ catalogue :— 


Emeax Pasc. = Nyctoporis Esch. 
Pseudocaedius Blkb. = Sobas Pasc. 
Prionotus Muls et Rey = Achora Pase. 


Apostethus Pasc. = Adelodemus Haag. 

Opatrum F. (Aus. spp.) now Gonocephalum Chey. 
Tsostira Pasc. = Bradymerus Perr. 

Ecripsis Pase. = Ammidium Er. 


Phycosecis Pase. (now Trogositidae). 

Ulodica Pase. = Ulodes Er. 

Latometus Er. = ? Colydiidae. 

Typhobia Pasc. = Platydema Cast et Br. 

Hoplocephala Cast et Br. = Arrhenoplita Aus. spp. probably  Pentaphyllus 
Latr. 

Acthosus Pase. = Uloma Cast. 

Lindia Blkb. = Lyphia Mauls. 

Saragodinus Bates = Dysarchus Pase. 

Chileone Bates = Hypaulax Bates. 

Nyctobates Guér. Aus. spp., now Setenis. 

Ephidonius Pasc. = Brises Pase. 

Tyndarisus Pase. = Lepispilus Westw. ; 

Augolesthus Motsch. = Chariotheca Pasce. 

Dechius Pase. = Scotoderus Perr. 

Microphyes Macl. = Alphitobius Steph. 

Moerodes Waterh. = Prophanes Westw. 

Apomestris Bates = Altes Pase. 


Decialma Pase. = Olisthaena Er. 
Tetraphyllus Cast et Br. (Aus. spp. now Hemicyclus Westw.). 
Dinoria Pase. = Brycopia Pase. 


Pseudhelops Guér. (Aus. spp. now Coripera Pasc.). 

Arcothymus Pasc. (a New Caledonian genus). 

Mimopeus Pase. = Cilibe Breme. [M. amaroides Pase. = Cilibe elongata Br. 
N.Z.]. 

Cymbeba Pase. A New Caledonian genus. 

Eurypera Pase. = Amarygmus Dalm. 


GENERA NOT LIMITED TO AUSTRALIA. 


Occurring also in Occurring also in 
oO < S$ s o S Ss ic) 
B <4 athe lat S [=| < < 3S 
Alphitobius NG atte had at Sex Chartotheca id id 
Amarygmus . Satis us Cossyphus Fel Riaean 
Anemia .. Sen e Crypticus Sth UH ise 
Bradymerus ore ae * Derispia .. . m 
Byrsaaz a Diphyr- 
Caedius . ioe . rhyncus o C 
fee s Enneboeus .. * 


Ceropria 


120 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


Occurring also in Occurring also in 

3 folic: z sue 2 

3 < q << © a << itn ret Cy 
Encyalesthus if Promethis ss 
Gonocephalum * * * * Pseudostrongy- 
Hoplocephala *: he lium * 4 
Hypophloeus Se AS an Scotoderus . 
Lepispilus = Setenis .. 2 . 
Leiochrodes bal pe . Strongylium ot ya 
Lyphia . se Shales Tarpela vy 
Menephilus Senge ss Thesilea .. - 
Mesomorphus Yee! Toxicum . ere 
Pentaphyllus hel sy ae on aie Trachyscelis ‘ 
Platydema 2 AEN it i Uloma Pants * 


“Je ne m’etendrai pas sur les diffieultés exceptionnelles qui présente la 
classification de cette famille; elles sont connues de tous les entomologistes qui 
ont abordé son étude.” Lacordaire, Col. v., p. 12, “Il est presque inutile de dire 
que les caractéres inscrits dans le tableau suivant, qui m’a couté beaucoup de 
peine, ne s’appliquent qu’a la généralité des espéces de chaque tribu.” l.e., p. 
290, Lacordaire (1859). 

“This family contains a large number of genera, possessing in common 
very few characters, yet linked together by such gradual changes in structure 
that their classification presents almost insuperable difficulties. The division 
into tribes can scarcely be exhibited in a tabular form, on account of the varied 
relations exhibited by the members of some of the tribes.” Leconte and Horn. 
“Col. of N. Amer.,” p. 359 (1883). 

The above quotations will, I trust, to some extent excuse the weakness in 
some of the links in the tabular chain I have tried to forge. Intended as a 
guide to students of our Coleoptera, it has been to some extent adapted from 
the works of the authors quoted above. 

The term subfamily has been employed in order to facilitate the use of the 
key with the classification adopted in the Junk Catalogue of Tenebrionidae, 
edited by Hans Gebien, the European authority on the family. 

The large additions made to the genera and species since Lacordaire’s work 
appeared, together with the increased knowledge available has led to changes— 
a few of which are indicated below. At the same time the general arrange- 
ment and, in great part, the lesser details remain as Lacordaire gave them—a 
striking testimony to his grasp of the subject. 

I have used to some extent Lacordaire’s divisions Platagénes and Otidogénes 
in No. 9 of my key, as generally applicable. It may be noted, however, that 
in the much larger group of Platagénes “having the antennal orbits wide and 
unelevated” there oceur exceptions like Pterohelaeus cornutus Macl., and Ono- 
sterrhus bos Cart., in which the orbits are angulate and elevated. But even then 
the orbits are quite distinct from the narrowly subtriangular process found in 
the Amarygminae. 

I have sought in vain for a clear distinction between the Pedininae and the 
Opatrinae. Lacordaire, followed by Leconte and Horne, give the dilatation of 
the front tarsi in the male in the former group as the separating character; but 
even if constant this seems to me too trivial a division between subfamilies, 
while an examination of the species of Cestrinus and Mesomorphus shows this 
character as evanescent. 


CARTER, 121 


I have raised Briseis to subfamily rank, a distinction long overdue. An 


analysis of its distinctive characters may be found in Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. 
Wales, 1914, pp. 45, 46. The subfamily Amphidorinae has been separated from 


the 


Adeliinae (from which our genera Hetyche, Mieretyche and Phaennis are 


clearly separated inter alia by their subspinose tarsal clothing, as originally in- 
dicated by their authors). 


iG). 


20. 


Key to Subfamilies. 


Ventral segments 3 and 4 with hind margins coriaceous .. . 5 
Ventral segments entirely cormeous .. .. .. .. .. «+ ws ee 2 
Middle coxae without visible trochantins .. .. .. .. .. .. 3 
Middle coxae with visible trochantins .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . Nyctoporinae. 
Anterior coxae widely separated .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .- Zopherinae. 
Anteriorcoxae: SUDCONHPUOUS: 2205-0 26 2. ie we om es le 4 
Antennae with 11 visible segments .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Stenosinae. 
Antennae with 10 visible segments .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 
(11th segment sunk within the 10th) .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Dacoderinae. 
Tarsi spinose beneath .. .. .. Spats ie veil nase ei seia BIA ee Oe 6 
Tarsi bristled or Glare penenthe SO ORL SHORGeaRCCLOe, Usodae 8 
Tarsi pilose or tomentose beneath .. .. .. .. .. «. «- 9 
ASTIN) GUGM a5 56.60 co doce cd lesrie (oloe once como lH MAU CORED ALR 
Antennae prederately iene Bice Mah. ie PEO Mai 7 
Antennal segments gradually widening. outwards .. .- «- «. Phalerwnae. 
Apical segments of antennae very slightly thickened .. .. .. Crypticinae. 
Front feebly dilated at sides, body clothed with ee erect 

hairs?) . .. Amphidorinae. 
Front broadly aatatedl at tes, nauk sah so Feiosed .. «- «. Opatrinae. 
Antennal orbits wide and rounded, not (or ey raised .. 10 
Antennal orbits short and erect .. .. .. Spot 22 
Head with ocular groove to receive base of Pantenan Bat dels 11 
Head without such groove .. .. nae 12 
Head with transverse excavation selina again eorlteenneg Bantoptagias 
Head without such excavation .. .. . eco G0 Mocs (oOuls Bulenel Ulseye hrs 
Eyes more prominent than antennal Orbits) Borsa combo ic) Sag 13 
Eyes less prominent than antennal orbits .. .. .. .. .... 14 
Mandi blesmsimplenes se ucomierk Sacre ceils aise vai oie a. | Letochrinae: 
Mandibles bifid) at-apex <j... 3. 32. <i ne 1: «1 coves Deaperimae: 
Mandibles trifid at apex .. .. See ee ee ale oe PRrenapatinae: 
Penultimate segment of tarsi ane fot ain TTR R aR. Cal, 15 
Penultimate segment of tarsi bilobed .. .. .. .. .. .. Heterotarsinae. 
Widdlemcoxaemwathouteiochantinseie emery) eieilen learn 16 
iMiddlescoxaes withitrochantinse = epee yee ies ea) elect. 17 
Margins of pronotum and elytra not (or feebly) foliate .. .. Ulominae. 
Margins of pronotum and elytra foliate .... ... .. .. Cossyphanae. 
Mesosternum deeply notched. Metasternum ‘Gal gaaa) ; 

elongate .. .. .. 18 
Mesosternum not (or sera) Potenea!  Teiectimum, (ea 

general) short .. .. .. sBeeahes ierabiesai nosso 3 22 
Margins of elytra od anematan Foliate. Ch eee een elaeunae’ 
Margins of pronotum only foliate .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Nyetozoilinae. 
Margins of pronotum and elytra not foliate............ 19 
Mesosternum declivous, slightly concave or flat .. .. .. .. Tenebrioninae. 
Mesosternum horizontal, forked or strongly concave .. .. .. 20 


Mandibles bifid at apex, prosternum (in general) carinate .. 21 


122 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


Mandibles entire at apex, prosternum not carinate .. .. Cnodaloninae. 
21. Tibial spurs and tarsal claws very long .. ........ .. .. .. Briseinae. 


Tibial spurs and tarsal claws normal .. .. .. . soe «s «- Cyphalemae. 
22. Elytra narrowly embracing body, pried antennal Reerierie not 
Hb Go Ga oo c -. .. .. Adeliinae. 
Elytra widely embracing Body, pares noni peement flattened Helopinae. 
23, Body apterons) <2 oc) so. «10 astride mes meter eto ne Cx LC Orne na tece 
Body winged . : Be Sa 00) 1G, (08, G0 99! 09 Ba 80. 96 24 
24. Head vertical, “sick ae si eeteate we ee we ee «. Amarygminae. 


Head lightly inelined, body pleaeee| cnlone oe ee ee we «» Strongylinae. 


KEY TO GENERA. 

I. Zopuerinar. Contains only the “iron bark” beetle. Zopherosis georget 
White. 

Il. SwreENOsSINAE, includes two genera, Cotulades and Docalis—small, obscure 
insects found under bark—especially in Tasmania and Australian mountain re- 
gions—haying short antennae and tarsi and narrow, subquadrate prothorax. 
They may be separated thus :— 

Elytra, widely, OVate 2. 3% cis Seve ales c's) sacs eka ey See RCT lee eC Ola tke 
Elytra oblong .. .. . s daniels) fo). OCOeSs 

[Gebien placed Docalis under Woatapaaeee: eect dhe to Pascoe's mis- 
leading phrase, “legs short, the intermediate furnished with trochanters.” This 
is either a misprint for trochantins—or is meaningless since few insects are un- 
provided with trochanters. If the former alternative is the ease I think he was 
mistaken. I can find no sign of this structure in D. funerosus Hope]. 

Ill. Dacoprerinar. Tretothorax cleistostoma Lea. An inquiline of curi- 
ously elongated form—the head produced into a beak—is the unique represen- 
tative. After considerable discussion, since its discovery by Hacker, its position 
was determined by Blair [Ent. Mon. Mag., 1918, pp. 152, 153]. 


IV. Nycropormnar. A single genus Haangeltus, with three species belongs 


here. Often mistaken for Cistelidae, they are superficially remarkable for the 
multi-seriate sculpture of the elytra. 
V. AMPHIDORINAE. 


1. Sides of pronotum entire; head unarmed ind .... .... .. 2 
Sides of pronotum dentate; head horned ind .. .. .... .. .. Phaennis. 

2, ) Humeral jangle rounded: % 5 varieesie siete) Uaioe ole eileen ele eG Lye les 
Humera] angle dentiform .. .. .. .. .. .. s.+- .. «. .. .. Micretyche: 
VI. Opatrinar (including PEDININAE). 

1. Clothing squamose, ciliate or shagreened .. .. .. «. .. ws oe 2 
Clothing not as above, surface, more or less nitid.. .. .. .. 10 

Hom Kye syrtye Wee ell ae oo on go do on-50 96 Gb oF 3 
INGher srl) ee IGE WATCUWER Ss Go no 66 cc. s0,a0 gS Snro6 8 

3. Colour mottled—tawny and white .. .. .. .. .. .. .. (a) Endothina. 
Wat lsai een mh ogo bis) OO Of OOM OD oo, oo Sm wool oo ae + 

4. Wives divided: 7): o./: 42 .tel eo ela) ele) eee ciel eee aoe me CSO MOR MCRE 
Hives) mot (divided! sir rcemeieh cle ieee mest met meet metered iaicl ome te 5 

See Dike Cosine Waly) So. Go bo of 00, c0~00 00 da on 6 
Elytra striate or suleate-punctate -. 6. 22-2 ee ca ye oe 7 

6. Prosternum forked at apex .. .. ..... .. .. «+ «+ +» (b) Adelodemus- 
Prosternum not forked .. ied aitos totes fze . Achora. 

7. Antennae short (not reaching base of prothorax) « » ++ «« Gonocephalum. 
Antennae long (reaching base of prothorax) .. .. .. .. .. .. Cestrimus. 


(ec) Apatelus. 


CARTER, 128 


Swe icntellum VISIPIS cae cl ce we we we. ale es vsbse. o> ()). Caediomorpha. 
Seutellum not visible .. OG" ictichoO at GaN CRMC Opa Mae 9 
Seep ELyiram tn DELCULALOm tcc an waver rere) ciel easel Msiey tei, @ 6) (ism J6.<) sia (CO GGGMUS: 
Hl viracwiuhOncn tu Dercless ions) nee hitch ssreeren en ise tic oan ved ico) DOGS: 
HO My racsuate-punctate! mele (ce) sic oe) ne ee le oe Fale es 11 
Hilyirasirreanlanly punctate... 2. -- wc) ce ss cies se ce 14 
ite bormivelongatesubdepressed | fc e/, eis) oss sis ce we) cio ee ae 12 
Form ovate, very convex .. Be ietss sht ove 13 
12, Nitid, glabrous, size larger Ge mm. or more bicrey) «+ «e+, «» LMeterochetra. 
Opaque, pilose, size smaller (3 mm. or less) .. .. .. .. .. ..s.. Hyoeis. 
13. Clypeus excised at apex, elytral striae well defined .. .. .. .. .. Seymena. 
Clypeus truncate, elytral striae sub-obsolete .. .. .. .. .. Diphyrrhyncus. 
APE ONO TUM OMALGAtESICES! si) cisttcs) ale wa si ee. ere Nays. ee tisie ace’ as) 0, «) (DOQQUUES: 
Pronotum not foliate at sides .. .. .. we) me as ANEMIA. 


Mesomorphus, Gonocephalum, Cestrinus, igieees oad Waelodemus oceur in- 
land, the remaining genera are sandy beach insects, though Anemia and Hyocis 
are not exclusively so. 

(a) Endothina is near and may be congeneric with Leichenum Blanch. 

(b) Adelodemus placed by Gebien as synonymous with Cestrinus is more 
nearly allied to Achora, though, as I think, distinet. 

(c) Apatelus hopei Muls. is probably a Cestrinus. It has not been identi- 
fied in collections. 

(d) The six characters mentioned by the author as distinguishing Caedio- 
morpha from Caedius are all found in Caedius sphaeroides Hope,-but the obvious 
scutellum and distinct sculpture in Caediomorpha differentiate the genera. 


VII. Tracuyscetinar. In Australia the only genus is Trachyscelis, con- 
taining minute sub-spherical insects to be found plentifully on our beach sand 
hills. They are remarkable in that the number of antennal segments varies with 
the species, ZT. ciliaris Champ. having 10, laevis Champ. and nigra Cart. having 
11 segments [Vide Proc. Ent. Soe. Lond., 1907, p. xxvi.]. 


VIII. PHanermNar. Sphargeris physodes Pase. A sub-spherical sea- 
beach insect, without seriate sculpture, is our only representative. 


IX. Crypricivar. Another monotypic group containing Crypticus sub- 
maculatus Champ. found on sea-beaches of north-west Australia. 


X. BOLITOPHAGINAE 


1. Antennae clavate .. 6 
Antennae not clavate .. ae 40 2 
2. Strongly convex, elytra fiber calete 35 3 
Less convex, elytra not tuberculate bien iptestse cere!) sus 4 
Sameeadeoreonhorned sare mn eis ee miarene ied ers sei terse Cel osts aah en yma 
Blea’ @it Gi Tadeo: MOBS G5 os 6a 65 aa a6 60 00 bo 50 00 Bo UU QUA 
4. KElytra suleate-punctate .. .. .. Sid Pa) Beaks OM ep eee 5 
Elytra costate (without seriate amc 28) PPlcneyy steuntetel lentbesria even CLASCUS: 
2 Latometus. 
5. Sides of pronotum crenated .. .. .. .. .. .. «. .. «. .. Bradymerus. 
Sicks OE TOROROMIA OHM oo ce 50 Go 00 06 06 50 ca 00 90 SHOKOCIIUS, 
GaeeAmtennaelwithel Omseomentseece i) ee ieliesileicl ei) ile ee OnCOpagza. 
Antennae with 11 segments .. .. .. Gare: NOTH eee oO 7 
7. Form more or less oblong and Reanessedl Mem eee hier ics 8 
TWamal Ova aml CMI. oo oo 6a oo 00 60 oc 60 GO 60 10 
8. Antennal club of 2 segments .. .. .. .. .. .. -. .. .. .. Caanthus. 


Ai@amell Gil) Gi GB) SEEMS) 55 24 oo pn ao of 2G oO OF 9 


124 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


9. ‘ Elytra with rows of tnbercles';.°:. :... .0 2... .. .. -.. Jlygerus: 
Piytra striate-punctate’ 5. 2.05) ). ava ie ee ele) en NO Cocenastess 

10. Sides of pronotum explanate .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. (1) Mmionychus. 
Sides of pronotum involute .. .. .. .. .... .. .. «. -. -. Emhypnon. 


(1) I propose the name Mnionychus for Mnionophilus Cart., since Mnion- 
ophila has been twice used previously (Stephens, 1831) and (Boisduval, 1840, 
Lep.). 


XI. ULopine. 
1. Antennae sub-clavate ( aa 2 or 3 clearly wider than preced- 


ING}) sets Ss. Aiveto Ret ace sek ae ee 2 
Antennae lightly Sagan to. is Sa. Geig edea Dk) let ei cuemee ane nae Lena 
Antennae not widening to apex .. 92. <. «5 4-9. sel one -) ee eeelomens 

2. Sides of pronotum excised behind .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Ganyme. 
Sides of pronotum not excised behind .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Dipsaconia. 


The tabulation of this group by Pascoe [Ann. & Mag., 1869, p. 31] is 
misleading. (1) In both Dipsaconia and Ganyme the 3 apical segments are 
wider than the rest, though scarcely clavate. (2) The distinction “Prothorax 
sealy at the sides, Ulodes,’ and “Prothorax ciliate, Dipsaconia” is fallacious, both 
having similar or identical scalose clothing. 

(3) The character “Antennae art 3 quam 4 duplo longiore” as distinguish- 
ing Ulodica from Ulodes is inaccurate, the 3rd segment being only slightly longer 
than the 4th. It is, I think, too trivial a character for generic distinction, and 
the name Ulodica should disappear as a synonym. 

This group is doubtfully separable from the Boletophaginae, though Gebien 
in the Junk Catalogue follows Pascoe in this. Of the two distinguisshing char- 
acters given by Pascoe, the globose fore-coxae are found in both groups (e.g., 
Mychestes). I have used the other in my key. 


XII. DtIAPERINAE. 


1; Antennae: not elavate:: ic0 jc, seme) ele eee 2 
Antennae “clavate: 3.07 4c, Alsi aeons ete ene area 7 
2, Anfennae:Serrate on ‘Inside’... 2. 32 sca. Js 4s mee Cee Gena mate 
Antennae not sermate) on inside ae ane eee mer ene 3 
3. Antennae strongly widened to apex .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Emneboeopsis. 
Antennae not strongly widened to apex .. .. .. .. .. .. 4 
4. Body Ovali.: ee: 234, Eee is eee 5 
Body spherical (facies Oe eigueniaey oh w, “elerlete. Slay Chris paeame 
5. Posterior tarsi having segment 1 longer than 2 3 poribinadie 6 
Posterior tarsi having segment 1 not longer than 2-3 com- 
bined! >. 95h wi , . sss. +... Alphitophagus. 
6. . Post- tees process Eee nae. oth feast os st lee ce «. Sptloscaphus 
Post-intercoxal process narrow .. .. .. .. -. Platydema. 
7. Apical 5 segments of antennae formance lotaae inhi -. .. .. Pentaphyllus. 
Apical 2 segments of antennae clavate .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Enneboeus. 
[Note:—Hoplocephala (nom. praeoce.) = Arrhenoplita. Four Australian 


insects have been referred by their describers to this genus. A. evilis Champ. 
pygmaea Champ. and erecta Lea having clavate antennae should be placed under 
Pentaphyllus. H. callistomonis Motsch. is unknown in collections and impossible 
to determine from description. I have not seen a true Arrhenoplita from Aus- 
tralia. The genus shares with Platydema (at least in some species) the sexual 


character “males horned,” but its species are narrower and more convex than 
Platydema}. 


CARTER. 


XU. Lerrocurman, Leiochrodes suturalis Westw. 


125 


A Coecinella-like in- 


sect, is our sole representative. Originally described from Amboina, it has a 
wide range, being recorded from New Guinea by Gebien. I have found it on 
the ground under decaying leaves near Sydney, the Tweed River, and near Rock- 


hampton. 


XIV. PHRENapaTINAr. A single genus, Platycilibe. 


beetles, found in decaying logs, having tridentate mandibles. 


These are small 
I have not been 


able to see this character in Brachycilibe, a genus otherwise allied to Platycilibe. 


XV. ULOMINAE. 


1. Antennae clavate 
Antennae not clavate .. 
2. Head of o horned Ee Be 
Head of ¢ not horned .. 
3. Elytra striate-punctate .. 
Elytra seriate-punctate 
Elytra irregularly punctate 500 
4. Antennal club with 4 segments .. é 
Antennal club with 2 or 3 segments .. 
Antennal club with 1 segment .. 
5. Species with eyes .. 
Species blind .. : is 
6. Form eylindrie, antennal let with 4 Reements +e 
Form depressed, antennal club with 3 segments .. .. 


7. Antennal segments gradually widened to apex... .... .. 


Antennal segments widening to 8th, thence narrowing 
8. Tibiae not denticulate on outer edge 
Tibiae denticulate on outer edge .. 
Oe elcad sot cy horned 0-2) ae 
Head of ¢ not horned .. 
10. Elytra striate punctate 
Elytra irregularly punctate .. : 36 
11. Antennae short, form moderately convex . 
Antennae long, form depressed 
12. Antennae little widened to apex .. . sie 
Antennae with last 6 aa abmoptly “Halon ps 
13. Species with eyes 
Species blind . 


14. Epipleurae entire; tarsi noe Hilo ae 


Epipleurae abbreviated, tarsi villose .. 


2 
7 


. Gnathocerus. 


3 

4 
Microcilibe. 

5 
Tribolium. 


. Brachycilibe. 


. Micruloma. 
6 
Thorictosoma. 

. Lyphia. 
. Mesotretis. 
8 
Latheticus. 
9 
13 
. Sitophagus. 
10 
11 


. Hypophloeus. 


. Palorus. 
12 

Ulomoides. 

. Diachina. 
14 


.. Lyphluloma. 
. Alphitobius. 


Uloma. 


XVI. CossypHinar. Monotypie (Cossyphus Odewahni Pasc.). 


XVII. Hearne. 
i, Wyte! co eo. 00 a6 
Without aitires 50 an 
2. Mesosternum axzonicll, ‘forked. ae 
Mesosternum declivous, concave .. 


3. Tarsi strongly widened (ante penultimate segment bilobed) 


Tarsi not thus widened . as ; 
4. Head enclosed by me roraete Se rencions eae 
Head not thus enclosed . 


5. Form depressed, mesosternum not or = eclli notched ‘at ‘Oe : 


Form convex, mesosternum clearly notched at apex .. 


2 
4 


Encara. 
3 


. Pezohelaeus. 


. Pterohelaeus. 

. Helaeus. 
5 

. Sympetes. 

. Saragus. 


126 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


XVIII. Nycrozominae. 


4, » Wiyes divided! <2 .. 25. . 5. Fo 20. «GeO ec a ete tnneNe eae sees Sree 
Eyes not divided ale oseriey tc Pa euler een ee 2 

2. Anterior tibiae with outer Treen Bera Sst tok rhe ae 3 
Anterior and intermediate tibiae with outer margins enere Trichosaragus. 

3. Mandibles. bifid’ “ativapex =. Gn ess pene ete ee eer 4 
Mandibles simple .. .. .. Ree 9 

4, Submentum with strong vertically soetsn eae later tooth 5 
Submentum angulate, scarcely or very shortly dentate .. .. 6 
Submentumedentate <2) cl) sa eis es) eta steer 8 

5. Form ovate and very convex .. .. .. .. .. -- -- «- -+ +» Onosterrhus. 
Form more elongate and depressed .. .. .. .... «. .. .. Agasthenes. 

6. Elytra smooth (or nearly so) .. .. .. .. .. «. +. «+ -» .. Amphianaz. 
Elytra rugose-reticulate or costate .. .. .. .. ss «. -- -- th 
Hlytra suleate-punctate .. <. .. 2. -. oc. oo ss oe wa en oe Ononyeius, 

7. Form ovate and explanate .. .. .. Ais aie) serneke. teense = Gren GLOBO Ltesm 
Form oblong-ovate, scarcely hose Me Sea, Bey ae bs eet leeds 

8. Pronotum nearly as long as wide, sides eed sk /iat teyeec ea) orem Iese 
Pronotum much wider ie long, sides entire .. .. .. .. .. .. Byallius. 

9. Body glabrous, margins of tibiae entire .. .. .. .. .. .. .. * Onoglypta. 
Body pilose, anterior tibiae crenulate on margin .. . . .. Onotrichus. 


* Onoglypta. I propose this name for Aglypta Gees since Aglyptus has 
been twice used previously. (1) Férst. (Hymenoptera) 1856. (2) Le Conte 
(Coleoptera) 1866. 

The genera Onosterrhus, Agasthenes and Amphianaz are very difficult to 
separate by any one constant character, the species having concurrent forms. 
Aethalides and Nyctozoilus also tend to run into one another, the genotype of 
the former Ae. punctipennis Bates has parallel elytra, while the elytra of 
marginicollis and decemcostata Cart. are nearly so, whereas Ae. Stephem and 
Ae. Coxi might be placed justifiably in Nyctozoilus. 


XIX. TENEBRIONINAE. 


1. Epipleurae entire, mandibles bifid, apterous .. .. soles 2 
Epipleurae abbreviated, mandibles bifid or cimiple: “ase 
WIMP OD vs x. aks ask aie) vas y soe Woke) lett yee os? easy aero eres 6 
2. Tarsivsilky pubescent .: 0 in) as Geen coe ee ala cosy «ives = seb au EEe 
Mars) sparsely pilose? .<) ci ccuies sh sh Ga eis we cos eee OTOno cues 
ars), coarsely pubescent, «ass ee wecseee) Seer ee ee 3 
3. Form ovate (very Be Pray oe Outi eorcmoccr Cee een econ, Seu 2lyianine. 
Form oblong .. .. .. aug RMT hels Seep eee ee eR mS oto 4 
4. Elytra strongly enstate Gouna Oo mu GoMmGldo SGeca! ein sata sao: QUOTA. 
Elytra\ striate spunctater 7: mae tice amacrine Cea 5 
5. Tibiae ‘strongly spurred at apex-.. 2. 3. =. 9. a. «4 =. =. Wlenemeress 
Tibiae feebly spurred at apex .. .. . + ele © 6 ace «| eMeOrAGs 
6. Antennae non-clavate, head without eae 5 in ee Ror ee ces ra 7 
Antennae clavate, herd Inne hh igo) ao aa Go Wares aolac ce Jinan. 
i, Mandibles bifid at apex cay i q-e eeer mere nee ne 8 
Mandibles simple! <...\02..) niece ny) Cees eee eR nee 10 
8. Tibiae swithoutsapicalspurss. pe scieee acs oem ei 9 
Tibiae ywith short: apicalispurs qn yee een ae mere: Teremenes. 
9. Form wide and depressed, apterous .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. Hydissus. 
Form narrow and subeylindric, winged .. .. .. .. .. .. -. Oectosis. 
10. Lateral border of pronotum more or less explanate .. .... . 11 


Lateral border of pronotum not explanate .. .. .. .. .. 12 


11. 


12. 


CARTER. 


Fore and post-tibiae dentate in db (in S. suleigera) ... .. 


Fore and post-tibiae undentate in o .. 
Elytra seriate-punctate Cor cera 
Elytra striate-punctate .. 


Synercticus and Tanylypa have cane fore fora onic 


127 


. Setenis. 

. Promethis. 
Encyalesthus 
Menephilus. 


and thus logically 


fall under Pythidae. but, for the present, I prefer to Consider them as aberrant 
members of the TENEBRIONINAE, distinguished thus:— 


Elytra irregularly punctate between subobsolete costae 
Elytra striate-punctate .. .. 


XX. BRISEINAE. 


The single genus Briseis, 


Synercticus. 
. Tanylypa. 


For distinctions from TENE- 


BRIONINAE and CYPHALEINAE see Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1914, pp. 45, 46 


XXII. 
XXII. CyYPHALEINAE. 


Prosternum prolonged and carinate .. ate 
Prosternum not prolonged nor carinate .. .. . 


HETEROTARSINAE. 


Monotypie (Notoprataeus litoralis Cart.). 


23 


Antennae rather short, eee 7-10 thicker al shania aba 


preceding .... .. 
Antennae long, Sonne? 
Tibiae dilated at apex .. ae 
Tibiae not dilated at apex .. 
Body glabrous .. : 
Body pilose .. 9 othorsae 
Elytra Seriatereanctatel Sch dic 
Elytra seriate-punctate .. of6 
Elytra irregularly punctate .. 
Form oblong or oblong-ovate .. 
Form widely ovate or subspherical 


710 ‘little ouilreet 


Anterior angles of pronotum blunt and little produced .. 


Anterior angles of pronotum acute and produced . 
Sides of pronotum not foliate 

Sides of pronotum foliate .. .. .. fe Oa 
Elytral punctures dense and ieee or 

Elytral punctures sparse and subseriate .. 

Elytra sub-gibbous; eyes rather close .. : Berks 
Elytra not at all gibbous, eyes widely ree 20 
Form convex, elytra densely punctate .. 

Form depressed, elytra sparsely punctate .. 
Epipleurae entire : ne 
Epipleurae abruptly agnnarredl pend ee 


3 

17 
. Lepispilus. 

4 

5 

a6 15 
. Platyphanes. 
O pigenia. 

6 

i 

13 

8 

10 

9 


. Campanotiphilus. 


Timeneca. 
. Mitrothoraz. 
. Hutoreuma. 
iL 
. Trisilus. 
12 
(1) Aphectus. 
. Olisthaena. 


Sides of pronotum not foliate .. 14 
Sides of pronotum foliate .. RE SRT hncroas shes <s Hemicyclus. 
Sides of elytra foliate, dise sub- ose o9 onan oo wo ag 00 00 ca OSC, 
Sides of elytra not foliate, dise non-costate .. .. .. .. .. .. Bolbophanes. 
Elytra striate-punctate, body oblong . Laonicus. 
Elytra irregularly punctate, body oval .. : aaa 16 
Elytra closely punctate with sub-costate impressions .. Amarygmimus. 
Elytra sparsely punctate without such impressions .. . . Altes. 
Anterior angles of prothorax advanced and spinose .. .. 18 
Anterior angles of prothorax advaneed but not spinose .. .. 19 
Elytra ovate and (in general) strongly convex .. .. .. . Prophanes. 


Elytra subparallel and depressed .. .. 


. Anausis, 


CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


Basal segments of post-tarsi nearly as long as the rest united . Chartopteryz. 


Basal segments of post-tarsi much shorter than the rest united. 20 
Epipleurae gradually narrowed behind .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Cyphaleus. 
Epipleurae abruptly narrowed behind .. .. .. .. .. .4.. 21 
Elytra seriate-punctate, form parallel .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Paraphanes. 
Hlytra irregularly spunctate’ <\., <. asc0 Stic ueeieeen neers 22 
Elytra spinose at apex, form elliptic Ait sn. in Ghee ie ceo CCT Ssh 
Elytra not spinose at apex, form widely ovate .. .. .. .. .. Cyclophanes. 
Mesosternum notehed\ ab apexi..) im <1) Sete mcs sacle 24 
Mesosternum not notched at apex... ............ .. .. .. Mithippia. 
Tarsi closely and finely pilose ave wale Ba omeoo oc. 00 MOLINE 
Tarsi with stiff hairs at apices of sepments pie we os «- «. Barytipha: 


(1) Aphectus. I propose this name for the aed name Hectus Pase. 


used by Fabricius in 1775 (Sys. Ent.). 


XXIII. CNODALONINAE. 


Body winged... 2.5 cere in wots palsies Melee mee ieee 2 
Body ‘apterous: «\:. si. cic vere, cic) pie sie ele) ele evan ion eiclmeton isms BALLER On meee 
Form sub-eylindric .. .. .. 3 80 G4 Go. orOs. oo. 50 3 
Pronotum explanate, elytra oat AOL OO. om be aor oe 4 
Elytra coarsely, irregularly punctate .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Titaena. 
Elytra finely striate-punctate .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .» «. -. «. Dhesilea. 
Mesosternum horizontal .. .. .. .. .. .. .. «. +. «+ «+ (a) Chariotheca. 
Mesosternum declivous! 3.4%: < sjo\r-i\ ci) wcle = ms eee ee eG 


N.B.—The last two genera doubtfully distinct. 
(a) Chariotheca Pasc. holds good. My substitution of Chariothes was un- 


necessary since Chariotheca Dej is a nomen nudum. 


10. 


XXIV. ADELIINAE. 


Hamerisdentiform: yc. «ic uence CERO ee eee 2 
Humeri not dentiform .. .. . cemeets 3 
Terminal segment of antennae as ioe as ies aes 3... Macroperas. 
Terminal segment of antennae not so long .. .. .. .. .. .. Daedrosis. 
Sides of pronotum foliate .. .. .. SOPs Gat ne <nG 4 
Sides of pronotum not, or scarcely, foliate Acmetes Pome eee 8 
Elytra not closely adapted to prothorax :. .. .. .. .. .. 5 
Elytra closely adapted to prothorax .. .. .. ...... .. 7 
Tarsi ‘tomentose’ beweath’..(:)-2, 5.1 ac) aoe eee eee 6 
Tarsi pilose beneath .. .. .. .. . .. .. Dystalica. 
Front with stirrup- Ale iapeeeaan “3rd anieral sonar not 

much longer than 4th .. .. .... - .. .. Cardiothoraz. 


Front without such atest 3rd uentean cep ane much 
longer than 4th . 


. Adelium. 
Epipleurae subvertical . 50 ve oe ae +e oo es 2. Compergs 
Epipleurae acutely connected with elytra os + ss «+ .. «. Setrotrana, 
Mandiblessnotched tates pexcsee meee ie enn 9 
Mandibles simple .. is -. .. .. Hutherama. 
Head and sides of preaeions coe or Deuhaneabne -. +. «. Beplegenes. 
Head and sides of pronotum not so... .. .. .. .. .. .. 10 


Base of pronotum not coarctate .. 


. Otrintus. 
Base of pronotum coarctate .. .. 


CARTER. 129 

11. Apex of pronotum emarginate ............... . Nototrintus. 
Apex of pronotum not (or scarcely) emarginate .. .. .. 12 

12. Eyes nearly round . . Brycopia. 
Eyes narrow, [SESE eit : 13 

13. Antennae moniliform, terminal wenn large : . Leptogastrus. 
Antennae not moniliform, terminal segment moderate 14 

14. Tarsi tomentose beneath .. . Apasis. 
Tarsi pilose beneath .. . Licinoma. 
XXV. HELOPINAE. 

1. Pronotum strongly emarginate 3 2 
Pronotum feebly emarginate .. . “ Metisopus. 
Pronotum not at all emarginate .. 8 

2. Elytra oblong, subparallel .. . Tarpela. 
Elytra Bemis ae ae . Austropeus. 

3. Prosternum more or less compressed . Omolipus. 
Prosternum not compressed . . Campolene. 


*The monotypic Metisopus purpureipennis Bates is ironnd in Norfolk Island. 


XXVI. MEbRACANTHINAE, 


Two genera each with a single rare species, of widely different facies are 


known from tropical Queensland. To these I have added Melytra from Tas- 
mania, placed inappropriately, I think, by Gebien under the Cnodaloninae and 
by its anthor under Apocryphinae. It must be excluded from the latter by the 
presence of trochantins on the intermediate coxae. The long, slender antennae, 
sides of front obliquely (though slightly) elevated, hind coxae widely separated, 
the convex, oval and apterous body are all consistent with the position assigned 
to it here. 
The three genera are readily separable as follows:— 


Elytra strongly and closely pustulose . : .. Bluops. 

Elytra coarsely suleate-punctate: size large .. Axynaon. 

Elytra seriate punctate: size small .. .. . Melytra. 
XXVII. AMARYGMINAE. 

slams CLAD TOUS Weare pmrey vera ome ors bers) Lva¥-y B-Series aaitcve user Nee risa or, 2 
PHOS Go, co 6 5 00 . Trichamarygmus. 

2. Mandibles bifid ‘a Pd 5c . Amarygmus. 
Mandibles simple .. . Chalcopterus. 
XXVIII. StronGYLIINAz. 

1. Form subeylindrie and elongate .. Bro ea gee . Strongylium. 
Form oblong and shorter .. .. .. BG od Roe ate 2 

2. Pronotum nitid, sides straight and silane Ry as use els) foe 3 
Pronotum opaque, sides dentate in middle .. . Notostrongylium. 

3. Shoulders with elevated callosities .. . Pseudostrongylium. 
Shoulders without eallosities .. .. .. : d . Ebenolus. 
This subfamily is, as Pascoe stated oe a Hise , 1869) “merely a 


designation for a number of discrepant forms” with “no more definite generic 
idea than in any one of the so-called genera of the Linnean epoch.” Thirteen 
Australian species have been recorded, chiefly from tropical regions. I am un- 
able to find clearly defined limits to the genus Strongyliwm in Miklin’s volumin- 
ous monograph. 

Their fragile structure, long, thin, antennae and legs give them a strong 
likeness to C1STELIDAE, with which they are often confused in collections. 


130 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


Order COLEOPTERA. 
Family TENEBRIONIDAE. 


Subfamily ZOPHERINAE. 


ZOPHEROSIS. White, Zool. Soe. Lond., 1859, p. 121. 
Is georges White; lie, py 121 \(plhexviy ES) ere ei) ine eae 


Subfamily STENOSINAE. 


COTULADES. Pase., Jour. Ent., 1860, p. 119. 
2) *fasciculams Pase., lich, ps UO Ns a. teen! lowe aetna) LOM tcies 
3. leucospila Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1845, p. 107 .. .. . Bou ea/s\, 
4. montanus Blackb., Roy. Soe. S.A., 1893, p. 132 . Bins Mts, N.S.W. 
5. tuberculatus Cart., Lin. Soc. N.S.W., 1921, p. 308. . Mittagong, N.S.W. 
DOCALIS. Pasce., Jour. Ent., 1860, p. 121. 
6. funerosus Hope, Ent. Soe. Lond., 1845; p. 107 .. .. N.S.W., V., T. 
degener Pase., Jour. Ent., 1860, p. 121. 
exoletus Pase., l.e., p. 122. 
maculatus Blackb., Roy. Soe. §.A., 1893, p. 132. 


Subfamily DacoprRINnae. 


TRETOTHORAX. Lea, Roy. Soe. V., 1911, p. 211. 
7. ‘cleistostoma Lea, lic, p. 213 (ple xvi. 2)) 3 oe lee oan) eee ee 


Subfamily NycroperiNae. 


EXANGELTUS. Blackb., Roy. Soe. 8.A., 1897, p. 93. 

8. angustus Blackb., l.c., p. 94 (pl: xvit, £.3)) 52.2 50 2) oa on ere ees 

9) gracilor Blackb:, lie: 190350p; B08) sau cj ee w=) elon ie che eG 

10. rufipennis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1919, p. 140... .. .. .. .. «5 @ 
EDYLIUS. Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 353. 

11. canescens’ Champ:, Iic:, p. B54... sic sis New os od) olen cus oye See 
DIPHYRRHYNCUS. Fairm., Rev. Zool., 1849, p. 445. 

Acanthosternus Montr., Soc. Ent. Fr., 1860, p. 289. 

12. apicalis Champ., Ent: Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 368 .... .. .. «. «. WAG 

13: -ellipticus ‘Champ., ic:; p. 3867) am 66 26 we ae. c+ we) fee NAS 
HETEROCHEIRA. ULacord, Gen. Col. V., 1859, p. 335. 

14, australis Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 258 .......... . W.A. 

15. tropica Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924, p. 33 .... .. i oweanile’ Q. 


Subfamily Oparrivar. 


SCYMENA. Pasce., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 455. 
16. amphibia Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p. 94 .. .. .. S.A.; W.A. 
australis Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1887, p. 270. 
17. wariabilts Pase., Joun, Bnt. 1866) p: 465) 3.) an oc) ciel acl sim NESE 
MESOMORPHUS. Seidl., Nat. Ins. Deutsch, 1893, p. 361. 
Hopatromorpha Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1907, p. 289. 
18. darlingensis Blackb., Roy. Soc. §. Aus., 1894, p. 216 .. .. .. N.S.W. 
19: ., darwins “Blackbs olic., py) Gace stan cole, Meriter toie cs ates) ever 
20. leat Cart., l.c., ae Ls 22M ots ie oe ie man  aien eecuohenden ms 
21. longicornis Blackb., , 1892, p. 40 fo na oc aoisiny te oat teen 
22. vagabundus aoee het Soe. Lond., 1894, p. 361. wel Vous: eaves NEW 


CARTER. 131 


23. villiger Blanch., Voy. Pole Sud., 1853, p. 154 .. .. .. W.A. (Asia, Afr.) 
asperulus Fairm., Soc. Ent. Belg., 1898, p. 234. 
dermestoides Reitt., Best Tab., 1904, p. 74. 
dispersus Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 361. 
mustelinus Fairm., Note Leyd. Mus., 1882, p. 221. 
puberulus Fauy., Bull. Soc. Linn. Normand., 1867, p. 187, nota. 
CESTRINUS. Er., Arch. f. Naturg., 1842, p. 172. 
Isopteron Hope, Col. Man., 1840, p. 112. 
24. brevis Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, e 3560s . N.S.W. to W.A. 
aspersus Blackb., Roy: Soe. S. eae 1894, p. 210. 
puellus Geb., Faun. Sud-west. Aus., 1908, p. 325. 
25. championi Blackb., Roy. Soc. 8. Aus., 1894, p. 210 .. .. N.S.W. to W.A. 
eremicola Black., l.c., p. 211. 
ztetzi Blackb., l.c., p. 212. 
26. costatus Geb., Fauna Sud-west Aus., 1908, p. 326 .. ..... .. .. W.A. 
27. dentatus Cart., Lin. Soc. N.S.W., 1921, p. 309 .. .. .. Camooweal, Q. 
28. punctatissimus Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 278 .. N.S.W. to T. 
aversus Pasce., l.c., p. 278. 
posticus Pase., l.c., p. 278. 
minor Blackb., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1894, p. 212. 
29. trivialis Er., Arch. Naturg., 1842, p. 173 .. .. 5 (Qh, as Uk 
meanoies (Isopteron) Hope, Ent, Sh. Toni, 1942 2, p. 77. 
piceitarsis Hope, l.c., p. 76. 
squamosus (Apatelus) Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 278. 
angustior Blackb., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1894, p. 211. 


APATELUS. Muls. et Rey., Mem. Acad. wee 1859, p. 153. 
“305 hope: Muls:; lic) p. 1564 .. .. .. . Bee nectteete 35 HAL 


ACHORA. Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 279. 
Prionotus Muls. et Rey. Mém. Acad. Lyon, 1859, p. 150. 
Priothorax Geb., Cat. Junk., 1910, = 318. 
31. serricollis Hope, Ent. Soe. Lond., 1842, p- eae sae ey aS: 
denticollis Blanch., Voy. Pole Sud., “1853, p. 154, 
obscurus Er., waecut Arch., 1842, p. 173. 
32. tuberculatus (cestrinus) Cart., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1914, p. 369 .. W.A. 
ADELODEMUS. Haag., Jour. Mus. Godeffr., 1878, p. 120. 
Apostethus Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1882, p. 27. 
33. excisicollis Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1908, p. 403 (pl. xvi. f. ae oo A) 
34. squalidus Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 278 .. .. .. o'501 
FopIEHHIS Haag., Jour. Mus. Godeffr., 1878, p. 121. 
foliata (seirotrana) Cart., R.S.S. ae, 1914, p. 403. 
*35. terrenus Pasc. (Apostethus) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1882, 1s 43 oo oa Op 
ANEMIA. Cast., Hist. Nat., 1840, p. 218. 
36. caulobioides Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 224 .. .. .. .. .. W.A. 
GONOCEPHALUM. Chevr., Dict. Univ. d’Hist. Nat., 1849, p. 274. 
' Hopatrum Blackb., Roy Soc. S. Aus., 1907, p. 286. 
37. adelaidae Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1894, p. 214... .. .. .. .. S.A. 
38. alternatum Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1915, p. 5382 .. .. .. Raine Is., Q. 


*39. australe Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 251 .. .. .. ip naib tekay baceneAG 
40. carpentariae Blackb., Roy. Soe. 8. Aus., 1894, p- 213 . Bc eke Bio dN 
41. costipenne Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1915, p. 533 .. .. .. .. Cairns, Q. 


costatum Cart. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1914, p. 222. 


132 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


42. cowardense Blackb., Roy. Soe. 8. ooo a D215 ect ae yen ees 

43°, elders Blackh;, (ici) #892) tps oo) eet ieee ee ee 

44. macleayi Blackb., Le., 1907, p. 288 . ar Aut Gece So tS) 

45. mastersi Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, *. ‘O77 ye os N.S.W. 

46. meyricki Blackb., Roy. Soe. a Mt 1894, p. 213 . So rave and W.A. 

Saye Blackb., 7 12) 218, 

47. misellum Blackb., l.c., 1907, pe 288 oc capes oe iit Semraieenoe ae 

48. subcostatum Cie Tn Sue! N.S.W,, UGVAL, jal. "309 cianikearel Q. 

49. torridum Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1994, DP: 309) sis Eek eh ee NNN 

50. walkert Champ., l.c., p. 360 .. .. .. len Faten (orem ete NEN 
ENDOTHINA. Carter, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924, a "536. 

51. squamosa Cart., l.c., p. 537 . Pere brat . Sydney, N.S.W. 
HYOCIS. Pase., jar Ent., 1866, 7 ABT. 

52. bakewelli Pasc., l.c., p. 457 .. .. .. eels Vices ‘to; WeAs 


cancellata es Roy. Soe. Wee 1907, a “164, 
(var) oecidentalis Blackb., uaa, Soc. N.S.W., 1895, p. 102, W.A. 


53. bicolor Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1008, p: 402. 2. 06 ns. SINS Weel 
54. inquilina Cart., Wor eal jo 83) 6565 ac se) wie) ler ale DeTth, pWeAG 
55. minor Cart., ies 1920, DP: 220! ae sie use) ool cl ee) Stradbroke wleemOs 
56. nigra Blackh., i 1895, p. 101 . MMO eSNG Ob roumOs Gd “ao. Shek. 
57. pallida Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., ae lBerthey oi ae oon oo elle ISESEYY, 
58. pubescens Macl., lc. p. 279 .. . + «= QF N-SIWe 


59. subparallela Champ,, Ent. Soe. ‘ton. "1894, * 363 . _ NSW. to W.A. 
variegata Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1895, p. 102. 
CAEDIUS. Blanch., Hist. Nat. ie 1845, p. 13. 
60. tmdi Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1887, p. 271 .. .. .. .. .. «« SyAL 
61. sphaeroides Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, p. 77... .. .. .. SA. & Q. 
tuberculatus Cart., Roy. Soc. §. Aus., 1914, p. 370. 
SOBAS. Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1863, p. 45. 
Trigonotarsus Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1845, p. 106. 
Pseudocaedius Blackb., Roy. Soe. SA. 1890, p. 91. 
62. australis Hope, l.c., p. 76... .. . doo AS ais Fesnerar N.W.A. 
squamosus (Pesueens ie) ipiaeeh 1 
CAEDIOMORPHA. Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1888, i 272. 
63. heteromera Sea tees King, Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1869, p. 44 (pl. 
Saply it (3)) 5 > ee « ) All Stators 
aeans Blackb., Ray. ica s. Agee 1888, Dp. 272, 
Subfamily TRACHYSCELINAE. 
TRACHYSCELIS. Latr., Gen. Crust. et Ins., 1809, p. 379. 


64. ciliaris Champ., Ent. Mon. Mag., 1893, p. 254... .. .. .. .. .. W.A. 
65. Jaevis Champ., l.c., p. 254 .. .. faye ca wee W.A. 
66. migra Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1906, a eal. dtu icostonpas NS.W., Q. 


Subfamily PHaueriwar. 
SPHARGERIS. Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1860, p. 122. 
67. physodes Docu, l.e., p. 122 . siel isie Veveu fave licere qietemiiois > pene Ts VERE eae 
Subfamily avewoae 
CRYPTICUS. Latr., Régne Anim., 1817, p. 298. 
68. submaculatus Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 362 .. .. .. N.W.A. 


Subfamily BonrropHacin ar. 
BRADYMERUS. Perroud., Soc. Linn. Lyon., 1864, p. 540. 


Tsostira Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p. 97. 


CARTER, 133 


69. crenatus Pase., l.c., p.98 ...... - Bis QoeON ae rr es Q 
x granaticollis messin Ann. Sas Ent. spelt 1883, p. 23. 
70. raucipennis Blackb., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., IGE. Ga; 22DG6" 36 oor coats 


seriatus Geb., Exp. Neerl. N. Guinea, 1920, p. 248 
SCOTODERUS. Perroud., Ann. Soe. Linn. Lyon., 1864, p. 114. 
Dechius Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 455. 
71. cancellatus Montr., Soc. Ent. Fr., 1860, p. 296. : 
aphodioides Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 455 .. N.S.W., Q., New 


Caledon. 

*72. costatus Fairm., Rev. Zool., 1849, p. 421 .. .. .... .. .. .. Wallis Is. 

73. scissicollis Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, p. 266 .. .. .. .. .. N.S.W. 
BYRSAX. Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1860, p. 42. 

Tih, Gee (Chitin IRGy. Sac SE Avns) TMG ja, Bal ca 65) coved op ton INGSHYe 

75D. egenus Pasc., Jour. Bnt., 1866, p. 459 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. N.S.W., Q- 

ii qenderap asi, kt, i) CE 22 66 Ae eo eo o6 6 on loo oo) NESBNicjaGy 

77. pinnaticollis Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1914, p 234 .. .. .. .. .. .. Q. 

78. saccharatus Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p. 95 .. .. .. .. .. Q. 
NOTOCERASTES. Cart. 

(8) Gieebtons Chins aa te gol dd lookas Ido-ad calonmoc Go) oolOg Ce NESEA) TEaen ie 
ILYXERUS. Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 458. 

Chi, dope EEC JUGS joy eBlog oa GU au do. be ac lac lbp mon oo uo aaNet ie 
CAANTHUS. Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 378. 

81. gibbicollis Champ., l.c., p. 378 .. .. CAE on Ot Cc eR NCPC ae te 
ORCOPAGIA. Pase., Ent. Soe. Lond., 1868, % “12. 

82. monstrosa Pase., l.c., p. 12 . Fo. den oo IESE Wen WA 

83. regularis Cart., Roy. Soe. S. aes 1914, p. "293, Soo Be meee Mae 
MYCHESTES. Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p. 96. 

Cub Gis Ihe, Iles distBy jon GEIO Ga oo molec von oo eo ce OniNtsR ie 

85. lignarius Pase., |.c., 1870, p. 97 nnce, crests) Mayans ot ees, INES Wis 

86: masters? Macl., Hut. Soc: N:S.W., 1872, p. 279... .. .. .. .. .. Q: 

SiemenascocueMaclemlecr mp arAng) ((Plaexyinn tent) ator Bet nail sis) (ysl nie en wie su Gs 


MNIONYCHUS. Cart. 
Mnionophilus Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1919, p. 141. 


Bis. (agains (tna, Wor teh eS) os oo 65 bc cu au co oe ao om \ieneirlin z 

SOM omnaus Carin ml Cay py tone teil cen Gee ee ea ee Oradle Mt 
ENHYPNON. Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1919, p. 143. 

SOM elancens Cart il-cs) pul 44a en even tate Sy ah ericeees Pevaee ee. Ls 
ELASCUS. Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1860, D- 119. 

Olmmeerassicormispeascwml caps sl OOS astern atin sEtisc ss Skat io a Ve 

92. lunatus Pase., l.c., p. 120 .. . Ect hla sttt fave). aes be 

93. major Cart., Linn. Soe. NS.W., "1921, p. ‘310. -- -. Dorrigo, N.S.W. 
EATOMETUS. HEr., Arch. Naturg., 1842, p. 213. 

*94, sulnecoene Tt, ee, Ob US So 60 onic Beh ete coher be 


(Described from a single cence and proacecntiky coh since Paennted! 
Possibly Colydiidae) . 


Subfamily AMPHTORINAE. 
ECTYCHE. Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 143. 


95. bicolor Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1918. p. 709 .. .. .. King R., N.A. 
96. coerulea Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 397 .. .. .. .. N.W.A. 
97. erebea Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 144 .. .. .. .. .. W.A. 
98. mana Pase., l.c., p. 145 .... .. Ms EAn sla Stic eg AS 


99. scabripennis Bates. Ent. ‘Soe, ibaa "1873, a 360 Noyes cluete ta Vel 


134 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAB. 


100. sculpturata Bates, l.c., p. 361 (pl. xvi. f. 5) .. .. . Balle ote, DVN 

101. semibullata Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 248 .. Geraldton, W.A. 

102. tuberculipennis Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 361 .. .. -. .. W.A. 
MICRETYCHE. Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 362. 

103. ferruginea Bates, l.c., p. 364 .. 2. 2. oe oe we oe we oe oe oe ee W.A. 


var. dubia Bates, 1.c. 
ryei Bates, l.c., p. 364. 


104. intermedia Bates, l.c., p. 363 .. .. .. .. .. .. Champion Bay, W.A. 
PHAENNIS. Champ., Ent. Soe. Lond., 1894, p. 399. 
105. fasciculata Champ., l.c., p. 400 .. .. .. .. .. Blue Mts, N.S.W., T 


Subfamily ULopin se. 
DIPSACONIA. Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1860, p. 123. 


106. australis Hope, Ent. Sue. Lond., 1845, p. 108 .. .. .. S.A, V., T. 
bakewelli Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1860, p. 124. 
107) --gymtosa Pasc, Vel gps Le4 si.) 2. ete eine ter) NSA 


ULODES. Er., Arch. Naturg., 1842, p. 180. 
Ulodica Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 31. 

108. hispidus Pasc., l.c., p. 32 .... Soo te yl we )Oed eve, LE Se 
109. verrucosus Er, eo Naturg., 1842, | p. 181. Pema io, “S. 
variicornis Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, p. 78. 

TRICHULODES. Cart., Roy. Soc. 8.A., 1914, p. 223. 
110. punctatus Cart., ies D: 224 25 RPM t Ae as waded. sa (E 
GANYME. Pasce., ee Mag. Nat. Fast 1869, p. "39. 
111. sapphira Newm., The Entom., 1842, p. 404 (pl. xvi., f. 8) N.S-W., V 
howitti Pase., Ann. Mae. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 33. 


Subfamily D1APeRINAg. 
SPILOSCAPHA. Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1873, p. 202. 
112. thalloides Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 281 .. .. .. .. N.S.W. 
crassicornis Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1873, p. 203. 

PLATYDEMA. Cast et Bril. Ann. Se. Nat., 1831, p. 350. 
Neomida Motsch., Bull. Mon., 1873, p. 476. 
Histeropsis Chevr., Pet. Nour. Ent., 1878, p. 221. 
Typhobia Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 279. 


113. -abdominale Geb., Fn. Sudw. Aus., 1908, p. 327 .............. WA. 
114. aries Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 280 .. .. .. .. N.S.W., Q. 
115. bicinctum Champ., Ent. Soe. ond) 1894, i aE Lt omOmM suc BEAN Al 
116. deplanatum Champ., l.c., p. 374 .. .. : 5 . N.W.A. 
117. fuligineum Pase. (Typhobia) peece ian Mas: Nae Ese "1869, p. 

UD! sete rrotaat saiesnswotseacrt yee Maio ores Be cose N.S.W., Q. 


118. Jaticolle Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, a 280 Soe looncoNodscac 

119. limacella Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 280 .. S.A., V., N.S.W., Q. 
fossulatum Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1887, p. 273. 

120. limbatum Cart., Linn. Soc. NS.W., mor p. 311 -. .- Murray R., S.A. 

121. macleayi Cart... .. : +: -. .. .. Kuranda, Q) 

122. metallicum in. Le., "1908, + “404 . BOP6D G5 65 a0 50 oo NESEY, @) 

123. pascoei Macl., Ent. S00: N.S.W., 1872, p eet se co 65 Oh, WHSEIICS Wate. 
victoriense Blackb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1893, p. 297. 

124. rufibase Cart., Linn. Soe. NS.W., 1918, p. 701 seeioeod Hoe NEA): 

125. striatum Montr., Soc. Ent. Fr., 1860, p. 290, N.S.W., Q., Berd Howe Is., 


New Caledonia, 
kanalense Perroud., Soc. Linn. Lyon., 1864, p. 113, 


CARTER. 135 


oritica Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 280. 
spicatum Oll., Ins. Fauna, L. Howe Is., 1889, p. 87. 
championi Blackb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1890, p. 139. 
obscurum Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1888, p. 1387. 
126. sulcatopunctatum Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922, p. 73 .. .. .. N.Q. 
127. tetraspilotwm Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, p. 78 .. Q., N.S.W., V., S.A, T. 
tasmanum Mars., Soc. Ent. Fr., 1876, p. 110. 
ALPHITOPHAGUS. Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., 1832, p. 12. 
Phyletes Redt., Gatt. deutsch. Kal. Fn., 1845, p. 128. 
Phylethus Redt., Fn. Austr., 1849, p. 589. 
128. bifasciatus Say., Jour. Acad. Phil., 1823, p. 268 .. .. .. .. .. Cosmop. 
pictus Ménét., Cat. rais., 1832, p. 203. 
populi Redt., Fn. Austr., 1849, p. 589. 
quadripustulatus Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., 1832, p. 12. 
*129. quadrinotatus Mars., Soc. Ent. Fr., 1876, p. 110 .. .. .. .. .. .. A. 
[Unidentified in Australian colls.; probably 127 supra.] 
CEROPRIA. Cast et Brill. Ann. Se. Nat., 1831, p. 396. 
Epilampus Blanch., Hist. Nat. Ins., 1845, p. 30. 
130. maculata Geb., Cat. Junk, 1911, p. 383 (pl. xvi, fig. 9) .. .. .. N.Q. 
bifasciata Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1908, p. 404 (nom. praeoc.) 
quadriplagiata Geb., Exp. Neerl. N. Guinea, 1920, p. 255. 
131. peregrina Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 460 .. .. .. .. .. .. N.S.W., Q. 
janthinipennis Chevr., Pet. Nouv., Ent., 1877, p. 170. 
*13la. (?) novica (Platydema) Motsch., Bull. Mose., 1873, p. 470. : 
spectabilis Cast et Brill. Mon., p. 397 .. :. .. (?) A. 
[Doubtfully Australian. The note in description says “Cette espéce vient 
d’Amerique; M. Dupont l’a recue aussi de la Nouvelle Hollande.’ If the latter 
statement be true, it may be the same as Hspites basalis Pasc.—H.J.C.]. 


132. valga Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 281 .. .. .. .. N.S.W., Q. 
ENNEBOEUS. Waterh., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 228. 

WSR; stdin, Claeiiye., ye ICR Eos BY) 5 iGo oo uo lob oe SO Bo moomDon coe bs 

“UBL. (OOH Neat, Wer Iie To PPA) oe 66 oo, soso koe Gos mDC ene solernd ls 
ENNEBOEOPSIS. Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 375. 

135. pruinosus Champ., l.c., p. 376 .. .. .. bo BO =Dol0%0- Lae omnoted A 


PENTAPHYLLUS. Latr., Regne anim., 1829, p. "30. 
136. erecta (Arrhenoplita) Lea, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1898, p. 581 .. . N.S.W. 
137. exilis (Arrhenoplita) Champ., Ent. Soc. Landy, 1894, p. 372 .. N.W.A. 
138. pygmaea (Arrhenoplita) Champ., le., p. 371 .. .. .. . N.W.A. 
*139. Hoplocephala callistomomis Motsch., Bull. Mose., 1873, p- “469, has not 
been identified. Its generic sium is doubtful. 
DERISPIA. Lewis, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1894, p. 389. 
140. coccinelloides Westw., Tijd. Schr. v. Ent., 1883, p. 69 ..... Q., Malay Is. 


Subfamily LErocHRin sk. 
LEIOCHRODES. Westw., Tijd. Schr. v. Ent., 1883, p. 69. 
Leiochrota Westw., l.c., p. 70. 
Ades Guér., Arch. Ent., 1857, p. 277. 
Hades Thoms., Mus. Se., 1860, p. 13. 
Pimplema Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1887, p. 16. 
141. suturahs Westw., lc. p. 73... .. 2... .. irs N.S.W., Q., Amboina. 
_ (Coceinellid- tie insect found under leaves in moist “alec 


136 CHECK LIS't OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAR, 


Subfamily PHRENAPATINAE. 


PLATYCILIBE. Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1911, p. 205. . 
142. brevis Cart., l.c., p. 205 (pl. xvi. f. 10) Mt. Wilson and Mt. Royal, 


N.S.W., V. 
143. bicolor Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1914, p. 225 .. .. Tambourine Mt., Q. 
144. integricollis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 226 .. .. .. N.S.W., Q. 


145. triclavata Cart., l.c.. 1921, p. 311 .. .. .. .. .. Tambourine Mt., Q. 


Subfamily ULomMinae. 


GNATHOCERUS. Thunb., Vetensk. Acad. Handl., 1814, p. 47. 
146. cornutus ¥., Ent. Sys. Suppl., 1798, p. 51 .. .. .. .. Cosmopolitan. 
cucullatus Montr., Soc. Ent. Fr., 1860, p. 294. 
laeviusculus Steph., Ill. Brit., 1832, p. 10. 
macillaris Beauy., Ins. Afr. et Am., 1805, p. 125. 
ruber Thun., Vetensk, Acad. Handl., 1814, p. 47. 
LYPHIA. Mauls et Rey. Opuse. Ent., 1859, p. 166. 
Lindia Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1888, p. 275. 
147. australis Geb., Cat. Junk., 1911, p. 393 .. .. .. .. .. N.'S.W., @., S.A; 
angusta Blackb., Roy. Soe. 8. Aus., 1888, p. 275 (nom praeoe.) 
148. grandis Cart. Safes oe vise che aie pie mieeneiiieceeen tee . Cooktown, Q. 
149. tasmanica Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 370 .. .. .. .. N.S.W., T- 
MESOTRETIS. Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1872, p. 151. 
100. ferrugmen Bates; leer, po LOM. free ceniee eee ee Albany, W.A. 
151. inconstans Lea, Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1917, p. 156 .. .. Geraldton, W.A. 
LATHETICUS. Waterh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880, p. 147.- 
152. oryzae Waterh., lc. p. 148 .. Sore: Gee ee 
TRIBOLIUM. Macl., Ann. Jav., 1825, p. 47. 
Margus Redt., Gatt., 1845, p. 127. 
Stene Steph., Ill. Brit. Ins., 1832, p. 9. 
153. confuswm Jacq. du Val., Gen. Col. d’Europe Cat., 1868, p. 181: 


. Cosmopolitan. 


PONCE OECD EDO) Cola) S805 nooo Go on so oo Closiayaailiticm. 
ferrugineum Muls., Col. Fr. Latigénes, 1854, p. 244. 
154. myrmecophilum Lea, Roy. Soe. Vic., 1904, p. 383 .. .. .. .. .. Vz 
155. ferruginewm F., Mant. Ins), 1787, p. 212) 4.1). 46 Cosmopolitan 
bifoveolatum Duft., Fn. Aust., 1812, p. 304. 
castaneum Herbst., Kaf., 1797, p. 282. 
navale Herbst., I.c., 1792, p. 138. 
rubens Cast., Hist. Nat. 1840, p. 220. 
testaceum F., Ent. Syst. Suppl., 1798, p. 179. 
PALORUS. Muls., Col. Fr. Latigtnes. 1854, p. 250. 
156. austrinus Champ.. Ent. Mo. Mag., 1896, p30. e224. Dammeaelsls 
157. depressus F., Skrivter Naturh. Selsk., 1790 .. .. .. .. Cosmopolitan. 
umicolor Ol., Ent. ii., 1790, p. 12. 
158. eutermiphilus Lea, Mem. Q. Mus., 1921, p. 216 .. .., .. Townsville, Q. 
159. pygmaeus (Acthosus) Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus.. 1914p: 2257 2. 22 @s 
160. ratzeburgi Wissm., Stett. Ent. Zeit., Tee EOR OME sen. Senldee Cosmopolitan. 


ULOMA. Cast., Hist. Nat.. 1840, p: 219. 
? Melasia Muls., Opuse. Ent., 1856, p. 160. 
Prioscelida White Voy. Ereb. and Terror, 1846, 05 al. 
Acthosus Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1863, p. 42. 
161. brunnea Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1906, [er oe ee Gio mace tit bin-dN Eee 


CARTER, 137 


bo mlatorn Gantt este 6 cies coat e tee her udeiie vise Wnumagons, N.S: W. 
163. ovalis Perroud., Soc. Linn. Lyon., 1864, p. 121 .. .. N.S.W., V., T. 
164. sanguinipes (Tenebrio) F., Sys. Ent. p. 256 .. .. .. Q., N.S.W., V. 


consentamea Perroud., Soc. Linn. Lyon., 1864, p. 119. 
depressa Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 454. 

laticornis (Acthosus) Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p: 294. 
165. westwoodi (Acthosus) Pase., Jour. BEnt., 1863, p. 43 we raat, 1, 14!) 
MeME Nail cars eahty ays ist ef 5 (OLS SESH og) Woy) ald 
ULOMOIDES. Blackb., Roy. Soe. 8. Ans 1888, p. 274. 
266. humeralis Blackb., l.c., p. 274 .. . Be Fea ss ea hte, ) 8 act WA 
67. macleay: Cart. .. -. .-; Me Aa er ae ea ees tick sist vise: ING Wiss 


ALPHITOBIUS. Steph., Il. Brit. mat, 1832, p. 11. 
Cryptops Sol., Hist. Chile, 1851, p. 235. 
Heterophaga Redt., Gatt., 1845, p. 127. 
Microphyes Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 286. 
168. blairi Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 224 .. .. .. Townsville, Q. 
169. diaperinus Panz., Pn. Germ., 1797, p. 16 .. .. .. .. .. Cosmopolitan. 
mauritanicus Curt., Brit. Ent., vill, p. 16. 
opatroides Bril., Ins. Canar., 1838, p. 70. 
170. laevigatus (Opatrum) F., Spec. Ins., 1, p. 90 .. .. .. Cosmopolitan. 
2? mauritanicus ¥., Ent. Syst., 1792, p. 113. 
? oryzae Herbst., Kaf., 1799, p. 18. 
piceus Ol., Eneyel. Meth., 1792, p. 50. 
picipes Stell, UJ. Brit. Ent., 1832, p. 11. 
rufipes (Microphyes) Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 286. 
granivorus Muls. et God., Soc. Linn. Lyon., 1868, p. 288. 
striatulus Fairm., Soe. Ent. Fr., 1869, p. 231. 


Hine tomidus arte linn SOCwNeoaWes LOLI Ds 208i. es, wt aes. NQ@: 

Wiz, arupreyNonle, Chitin, Wes UCR, ft, 225) oc edi cs feo po oo bo oo og INN 
DIACLINA. Jacq. du Val., Gen. Col. d’Eur., ui., 1861, p. 296. 

173. nitida (Heterocheira) Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1908, p. 405 .. . N.Q. 


immaculata Geb., Exp. Se. Néerland, New Guinée, 1920. 
SITOPHAGUS. Mauls., Col. Fr. Latigenes, 1854, p. 264. 
174. hololeptoides Cast., Hist. Nat., 1., 1840, p. 220 .. .. .. .. Cosmopolitan. 
castaneus Reitt., Mitth. Miinch. Ent., 1877, p. 9. 
farinarius Woll., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1858, p. 414. 
HYPOPHLOEUS. F., Skrivt. Nat. Selsk., 1790. 
Corticeus Crotech., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870, p. 46. 


175. australis Champ., Ent. Soe. Lond., 1894, p. 369 .. .. .. .. .. N.W.A. 
MICRULOMA. Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1919, p. 146. 

176. minuta (Acthosus) Cart., a UGG, joe BER 60 me! Gul ele) op oo. INaSb\ No 
MICROCILIBE. Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1919, p. 147. 

177. castanea Cart., ee E AT ee BA ER, Paes co oo oo co WG \Wallgori, INGS NY. 
BRACHYCILIBE. Gant _ 1911, p. 207. 

178. tasmanica Cart., A TiO, Pella ge sy ce ae .. . Wilmot, Tas. 


[N.B—The genotype is B. antennata Cart. ova ional lowe Island. ] 
THORICTOSOMA. lea, Roy. Soe. S. teat 1919, p. 257. 


179. cremogaster Lea .. .. pone O00) ee roretlaan. naar at bee ANN alec 
180. ectatommae Lea, l.c., p. 258 Bee ep alagaeta) Rar iom aie lists? Ws weuaiourisyngeituc WANG 
BI abrale Wea, lich p. 259) 52 05 - Ee slot cas Mpareh toe iae ag WW eas 


TYPHLULOMA. Lea, Linn. Se, N.S.W,, 1911, p. 45. 
182. inops Lea, le, p. 475 ...... .. FO. OSieciotenictiG dita.cia cro ima Oh 


138 


CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


Subfamily HeLarrnas. 


ENCARA. Gemm. Col. Hefte, vi., 1870, p. 124. 


183. 
184. 
185. 
186. 
187. 
188. 
189. 


encephalus Breme, Mon., p. 23. 
camelum Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1911, p. 188 .. .. Berowra, N.S.W. 
floccosum Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p. 100 .. .. N.S.W., Q. 
lacordairet Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 519 .. Illawarra, N.S.W. 


latum: (Cart.,. Jic:,. L910) qo: glib ce eres erates macion Savin cctellitazen Tm NV eee 
nigrum. Cart., l.c:, 1905; p78) 2.) bo oeecee lon tenes eet nee NE SA 
submaculatum Breme, Mon., p. 25 : aa ile. ls, Rae ve wie ANE 
westwoodi Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. “262 Sas Mess) eye Aas sen NESS WER 


gibbosum Breme, Mon., p. 23. 


PTEROHELAEUS. Breme., Mon., 1842, p. 27. 


190. 
TOI 
192. 
193. 
194, 
195. 
196. 
197. 
198. 
199. 
200. 
201. 
202. 
203. 
204. 
205. 


206. 
207. 
208. 
209. 
210. 
211. 


912 


213. 
214. 


215. 
216. 
217. 
218. 
219. 


220. 
221. 
222. 
223. 


acuticollis Macl., Linn, Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 523 .. .. ice 
agonus Pase., one Ent., 1866, p. 461 . Be ic Be aoO or Musil 
alternatus Pase., Ann. Tse Nat. Hist., 1869, p- 284 . Ape eer sec. 
arcanus Pase., l.c., 1870, p. 98 . Smee ate RO, KAO ke 9a Q. 
asellus Pase., ee 99s Gr ORS oa ee Oe 
asstmilis Cane Linn. S60 N.S.W., 1922, p. 73 .. .. .. Ravenshoe, Q! 


bagotensis Blackb., Horn. Exp., 1896, p. 274 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. CA. 
bremei Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 281 .. .. .. .. .. «. .. Q 
brevicornis Blackb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1907, p. 292 .. .. .. .. .. WA. 
broadhursti Lea, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1896, p. 285 .. .. .. .. .. WA. 
bullatus Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 462 .......... .. V., N.S.W., Q. 
cereus Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p 545 .. .. .. .. .. .. W.A. 
confusus Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 283 . BoMmCI oo. on) (Al. 
convexiusculus Macl., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1888, p. 549. ae oe aN. Snes 
oe oinike NUEKAS Nicky 18 BPP on ot po bo cot o0 ree as... A). 
costatus: Macl., li¢..p: 526: 2c). Ai ns, cise oe ete Genet ee et oe eee e 


nigricornis Champ., Ent. Soe. Lond., 1894, p. 382. 
crenulatus Macl., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1888, p. 5384 .. .. .. .. .. NA. 
cylindricus Cart., Roy. Soc. S Aus., 1914, p. 373 .. .. Rockhampton, Q. 


darlingensis Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1919, p. 149 .. .. Bourke, N.S.W. 
darwiniensisMacl., l.¢:, 1888): 527 ..-).. sla ere at oh eke ed eee NA 
depressiusculus Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 533 .. .. .. .. S.A. 
dispar Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 286 ..... .. .. .. WA. 


abdominalis Lea, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1896, p. 286. 

dispersus Mael., Linn .Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 549. Murray R., N.S.W., S.A. 
fraternus Blackb., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1895, p. 51. 
? ovalis Blackb., lLe., 1887, p. 281. 


elongatus Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 282 .. .. .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
geminatus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1891, p. 153 .. .. .. S.A., W.A. 
sub-punctatus Cart., le., 1911, p. 182. 
guest. Cart. Vice 191955150 ere . ..; Broome, W.A. 
gracilicornis Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1907, p- - 291 RAors OG) ca Aci: 
granulatus Germ. Linn. Ent. 918487 p29 eee sian) meee 
granuliger Mael., Linn. Soe. N. S.W., 1888, p. 5387 2... =. N:SIW., Vie! 
guerini Breme, Mon., 1842, p. 36... .. .. sce VW WAS 


ventralis Blackb., Roy. Soe. Ss. Nee, 1907, a "991. 
hackert Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922, p. 74 .. .. ...Nat. Park, Q. 
insignis Blackb., Roy. Soe. 8. Aus., 1887, p. 277 .. .. .. .. .. SLA. 
insularis Breme, Mon., 1842, p. 30... ..... . see UN eAG 
interruptus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 297 Cainer W.A. 


bo bo bo 
MS 


CARTER, 139 


KOUGrE LEME we MON LOL, each a aie) iret ise (Ss) (aie Fics isat eest Wee. 
laticollis Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 285 .. .. .. .. N.S.W. 
ltitgiosus asc. cry ps 26a). is ee) ie ee ise YOney, N.S. W. 
MINUS LEASE WCshDs oan, Cie eSi vanes) ici <) wich hes! lst fas) es) oe NAS 
MAACASSITMAUST ESC Caps CON eta outs Vere, we coe ess). eisij ok msy. jois ais: WA 
nitidiusculus Macel., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 538 eeieseacry EAS 
nitiduloides Cart., l.c., 1908, p. 406 .. .. .. .. .. .. Blue Mts. N.S.W. 
modicostis Cart., l.c., 1920, p. 228 .. .. .. .. .. -- .. Moree, N.S.W. 
MOUULOSUS A OAL CCl OL Omen LAO mein lela ostjiisiel elugeieh fe ies eee NOAS 
CUTIE, IGGL. Wiehe alfetste, Teen Ge) 6 ocion 06 pon “OD Be or pelioo mom Kab 
oblongus Cart., l.c., 1920, p. 228... .......... .. Blue Mts. N.S.W. 
opacus Cart., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1914, p. 374 .. .. Rockhampton, Q. 
opatroides Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 544 .. .. .. .. N.SLW. 
ovulum Haag., Verk. Ver. ae Untem. eae Usvits} 74 LI on (Ah 
parallelus Breme, Mon., 1842, p. 33 .. .. .. 50 60 o0/ 300, Viel 
parvipunctatus Cart., iit Soe. N.S.W., 1921), p. 312 .. Camooweal, Q. 
peltatus Er., Arch. Nature, 1842, p. 175 Dt OA el On Ce obmicd gral ke 
MErsculneus lm CALs aN. SOC MINS Nel Ome nn a NC wel ciel etisis . sie) AW 
planus Bless., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., 1861, p. 90 .. .. .. .. N.S.W., V. 

hepaticus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 285. 

peltoides Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 546. 
piceus Kirby, Linn. Soc. Lond., 1818, p. 468 .. .. Q., N.S.W., V., S.A. 

pascoei Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 282. 

pruinosus Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 461. 
politus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1911, p. 185 .... .. oo bo Nel 
puer Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1907, p. 291 .. .. .. .. Yeller W.A. 
puncticollis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1910, p. 121 .. .. .. .. N.W.A. 
punctipennis Macl., |.c., 1888, p. BAA MG AS td Bee a4 IE 50. A) 
DUB LUSMNEAC sl: Chm o+ OMrmuryen aizite.s | felch wisi bsici ris) eoan!hal cterkerh si aesie Qs 
raucus Blackb., l.c., 1889, p. "1226 Pa ok dees aoe, chal Beco ane NAY. 
regularis Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1907, p. 291 .. .. .. .. N.S.W 
RHA eRe, Wilkos, CHE 105, 81) ol ue co coco 00s dosod oo oo domes 
rubescens: Cart., Roy. Soc: S. Aus, 1914) p. 3872 .. .. .. .. .. S.Q: 
septemcostatus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1910, p. 120... .. .. .. N.A. 
genoa, (Chintz, Wes, IGG, (0, GRE 65106 ao oe oo Sooo oc eo ud so Shop 
servus Pasc., Thome. Ent., 1866, p. 462 PERE toy cine et nepeprneuists wat vs 
SHOES Irene, Wier, ISH js C2) a5 ob-ae do an ou bo 00 boo NAS 
simplicicollis Blackb., Roy. Soe. S. Aus.. 1907, p. 291 .. S.A. 
sinuaticollis Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W.. 1888, p. 526... .. C. York, N.Q. 
SolidusnGarta les 1910s ps lie 1 etiess)-r) 2- Rockhampton, (Q: 
spinicollis Macl., |.c., 1888. p. 523 56 09 G0 Go ap asi gg Cwolrarady @), 
squalidus ee be DDS La Ee eee ane ay diene ton Ghalmerss @) 
SCT RES (Chitin, WO, IBID, joy, 1B) cs so 66 coc no oo SH). 
subcostatus sie cae Dal SOmaracter cess tikes "Bement R., N.S.W. 
subgeminatus Mazcl.. l.c., 1888, p- 537 Ban O1Gs fOARCIT Nee NOG Ce mcs 2 
sulittnotas Carat, Weer, Ubi, Fos GH on ca co co ae ce oo oo od ob 1oo ANieee 
thumaloides Macl., |.c., 1888, p. 549 RETA ae on ee ey Ae ae se A 
tristis Germ., Linn. Ent., 1848, p. 197 .. ........... .. S.A., W.A. 

memnonius Pase., Jour. Ent.. 1866, p. 462. 

tenustriatus Lea, Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1897, p. 586. 
aman Crt. Wo, WMO, jo, UNS so oo oo e600 co 05 co pa 30 SHO) 
mestitus) Wart. Roy. Socy SA. 1914) mp. 375) -. 2: 2. -- 2. =. a. SvAl, 


140 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


270. vicarius Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 283 .. .. .. N.S.W., V. 
glaber Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 547. 
ater Blackb., Roy. Soc. $.A., 1887, p. 279. 
? striato-punctatus Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 266. 
271. walkeri Breme, Mon., 1842, p. 27 .. .. .. Bec BN HSEA WY. (6). 
riverinae Macl., Linn. Soe., NS.W., "1888, p. 523. 
PEZOHELAEUS. Geb., Res. Exp. Se. Néerl., N. Guinée 1920, p. 282. 
272. denticollis (Pterohelaeus) Cart., Roy. ‘Sob, S:A., 1914, p. 37 Sa eae 
273. hirtus (Pterohelaeus) Macl., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1888, p. 532 .. N.S.W. 
HELAEUS. Latr., Régne Anim., iii., 1817, p. 301. 
274. approximatus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1910, p. 100 .. .. .. .. W.A. 
275. bimarginatus Cart., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1914, p. 376... .. L. Austin, W.A. 
276. brevicostatus Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1889, p. 865 .. Broken Hill. 
277. browni Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc., 1818, p. 467 .. .. .. id aa Wis 


278. castor Pase., Jour. Entom., 1866, p. 464... ...... Te 8. As W. . 
279. colossus Beene! Mon.; 842%.) 50) ye 3 a by NS? W., 
280. comatus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1910, p. 101 . En coth ich id Ww ie 


281. conjunctus ie Roy. Soe. 8. ince 1917, OTs oe were tr. <Oblden S.A. 
282. consularis Pasc., Jour. Entom., 186, Pp: 463) 24.4.4. 08 Relecenat W.A. 


283. crenatipennis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1910, p. 114... .. .. .. NA. 
284. cycliformis Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus.,-1914, p. 377 .. .. L. Austin, W.A. 
285. debilis Blackb., ites 1892, p. 42 . ve ae ea Cue) WRAG 
286. derbyensis Macl., Linn. Soe. N.S.W,, "1888, i “648 we Séce vs 2) evo Wie 
287. echidna White, Voy. Capt. Grey, 1841, nee p> 464) 5 aye ee Wee 
288. ellipticus Lea, Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1897, 586) eee ee 2 <2 OWA 
289. elongatus Blackh., l-c., 1889) sp. 2267.2 25 3. ose. Dalene W.A. 
290) “frenchs Cart. Le. el OU Opa M2 eee ere “Philips R., WA. 
291.” fulvolirtus lea, lic: 1896p 288 een ee eel incest W.A. 
292. georgei even ra 19105, p. 103 wf 2. Ss a Se ain we eA berry re 
293. . giles’ Cart. lic; 1910, p. 104 2. 3 cea ae ciel ee ec mee 
294. granulatus ae fice 1896, p. 289 . Fen oats te se 2s +. Mullewa, Weae 
295. haagi Dohru, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1881, p. 314 . He tas aed eee Oe 
296. hamlyni Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1911, p. 192 2: 22 as ee Nice Remon 
297... hopes’ Breme; Mon., 1842) py68:\ 55 . 6. coca ce oe) eee eee 
298. ingens Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1892, p. 43 .... .. terest S.A. 
299. interioris Macl., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1888, p. 639 .. -- oo Darlmowke 
300. intermedius Breme, Mon., 1842, p. 61 eke Fie Pert Auecee S.A. 
301. latifolius Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 299 . . Margaret R., W.A. 
302. lubricus Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1892, p. 4 wo oe Ja. Amst Wine 
303. macleayi eosin. Mone 8425p: 600.) eee - ee ps Albany Weve 
304. mastersi Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., "1870, p- "99 so 3. a Wall CS WeAS 
305. modicus Blackb., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1899, Dt Oo seer Peeretsi\. 
306. moniliferus Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 463 .. .. .. .. SA, NW. Vie. 
307. occidentalis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1910, p. 106 . . Shark B., W.A. 
308; opacicotlis (Cartier, palOGe eae eee ae ae Perth, W.A. 
309. ovatus Guér., Voy. Gage 1830, p- 105 . Ses Bos GO HONTSE Moy. Wine 


var. echinatus Hope, Ent. Soe. Terie 1848, p. 54. 
var. horridus Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.SW., 1889, p. 866. 
310. pallidus Macl., 1.c., 1888, p. 640 . Sets coe Sgt) ok san ene 
311. perforatus Latr,, Régne Anim., 1929, p- 32 Jota mien omaoe Viele. 
var. Kirby Breme, Mon., 1842, p. 57. 
var. Spencei Breme, |.c., p. 53. 
var. Spinolae Hope, Ent. Soe, Lond., 1848, p. 53, 


312. perroni Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 259 .. .. .. S.A., Kangaroo Is. 
falcatus Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 464. 
313. princeps Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1848, mY BRea) Sc ae emearia ache: 
aridus Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1892, p- Pa 
314. rugosipennis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1910, p. 107 .. Bridgetown, W.A. 
315. scaphiformis Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Neh 1899, p. 38 Sa die toe eae SEANS 
316. sparsus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1910, p. 110... .. .. .. Onslow, W.A. 
317. spinifer Cart., Nese OOM OB ea me ie ors es W.A. 
318. squamosus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist,, 1869, p- . 286. - ee R, Vie. 
Be antae nail §.A. 
319. alee Blackb., hae: Son! 8. Dake 1892, p. “40. .. .. Nungarra, W.A. 
320. tuberculatus Breme, Mon., 1842, p. 71 .. .. .. bh CREA ORES STA MG 
321. waitei Lea, Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1917, p. 578 (pl. XV1., £ 12) Ooldea. S.A. 
SYMPETES. Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 464. 
322. acutifrons Tess Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1896, p. 290 .. .. . Geraldton, W.A. 
323. bicolor Cart., l.c., 1910, p. 83 .. .. Sip ao oo. ued 1th WEN 
324. bremei Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1848, p- le Moh ele, cate eer os on WAL 
duboulayt Pase., iene Ent., 1866, 7 466. 
325. browni Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1919, p. 152... .. .. .. .. Cue, W.A. 
326. denticeps Cart., l.c., 1911, p. 191 .. ..... .. .. .. Shark Bay, W.A. 
dat. depressus Cart., lic, 1919, p. 153 .. .. .. .. .. .. Geraldton. W.A. 
328. eacisifrons Cart., lic: 1910; p. 86 .. .... .. .. .. .. Onslow. W.A. 
329. gagates Breme, ot 1842, p. 52... oa ophaouletatey Mi/glG 
contractus Have, Ent. Sa) ands 1848, p- 53. 
tricostellus Breme, Mon., 1842, p. 53 
330. orbicularis Breme, l.c., p. 51 .. .. .. eee erin Wills 
331. patelliformis Pasc., iar Mag. Nat. Hist., “1870, p- 100 . . Perth, W.A. 
332. quadratus Cart., Linn. Soe. INESSWE LOL S40.) Shark Bay, W.A. 
333. rotundatus Breme, Mon., 1842, p. 50 . S Ow meO tcl act nncrS tic cemtees any ieee We 
OLE SeCU RUC OSUSH ESXEMe MCs. Did One veisier: cist welel fercle cel aici vss Jel EOLtH,: WiaAL. 
335. testudineus Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1848, p. 53 .. .. .. .. .. N.W.A. 
undulatus Lea, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1896, p. 291. 
336  tricostellus White, Voy. Capt. Grey, 1841, p. 464 .. .. .. Albany, W.A, 
macleayt Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 465. 
337. wunicarinatus Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 265 .. .. .. Kangaroo Isl. 
SARAGUS. Er., Arch. Naturg., 1842, p. 171. 
338. addendus Blackb., Horn. Exp., 1896, p. 275 .. .. .. .. .. .. C.A. 
339. australis Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 263 .. .. .. .. .. NSW, V. 
340. bicarinatus Champ., Ent. Soe. Lond., 1894, p. 385 .. .. .. _NW.A. 
341. blackburni Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 656 .. .. .. S.A. & V. 
342. brunnipes Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 264 .. .. Albany, W.A. & S.A. 
marginatus Sol., Stud. Ent., 1848, p. 356. 
brunmpennis Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 670. 
macleayt Blackb., 1.c., 1889, p. 871. 
343. carimatus Breme, Mon., 1842, p. 41 .. .. .. 5 oo oo Idk, fSEA\ 
344. catenulatus Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 658 . noe iG N.S.W. 
345. clathratus Macl.. l.c., p. 663 .. .. .. apne pieron mone Q. 
346. confirmatus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. ee 1870, jb OZ be. co yom aw NE 
347. convezxicollis Mac]., Linn. Soc. N.S.W.. 1888, p. 656 .. a ob moe tales 
348. converus Cart.. l.c.. 1919, p. 153 .. .. .. .. Cambo. Cambo.. N.S.W. 
349. costatus Sol., Stud. Entom., 1848, p. 355 .. .. .. N.S.W., V.. T., S.A. 


CARTER. 141 


laevicollis Breme, Mon., p. 44. 
Taevicollis Macl., Mon., p. 657, 


142 


350. 
351. 
352. 


353. 
354. 
355. 
356. 
357. 
358. 


359. 
360. 


361. 
362. 


363. 
364. 
365. 
366. 
367. 
368. 


369. 
370. 


371. 
372. 
373. 
374. 
375. 


376. 
377. 
378. 
379. 
380. 
381. 
382. 
*383. 


384. 
385. 


386. 
387. 
388. 
389. 
390. 
391. 


CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


crenulatus Macl., l.c., p. 663 .. .. .. . nC Kor ise EN 
darwini Lea, eee Boe. N.S. W., 1896, = 284 . oc . Soassoe W.A. 
emarginatus Guér., Voy. Coq., 1830, yal eee aa nokeneme SES We 


Bee Boisd., Voy. <Astrol., 1835, p. 265. 
ellipsoides Cart., Linn. Soe. N. S.W., 1921, p. 313 . sue Kalgoorlie, W.A. 


frenchi Cart., oe 19T0! piel 2Seeee ye San sooo LET fs}\. 
geminatus acl Hon NCCE yas (its) Golon oc. a0 ao) ol - Gaya, N.S.W. 
dlateralis Cart. Ve., VOU py 202) is “sie Se poe cia tem 1s) ale she eNOS 
inaequalis Blackb., l.c., 1889, p. 867 .. .. .. eect Sh: 
incisus Pasc., Ann. ae Nat. Hist. 1870, p. 101 oh Vip) Lee 

é ‘ - “ines N.S.W. 
fete! Babe, oad “Ent, "1866, a “466 . SE aS ero OC T. 
interruptus Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, > Pl Remo OM og foo og Nor "S.A. 

re Saea res Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 659. 

intricatus Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 386 .. .. .. .. N.W.A. 
laevicollis F. (Silpha) Sys. Ent., p. 73 .. .. .. .. Endeavour R., Q. 


reticulatus Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 97. 
laevis Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 671 .. .. N.'S.W. & N.W.V. 
latus Blackb., J.c., 1889; p. 869 .. .. .. .. «. .. «. =. N.W.V2, 9:80 
latipes: Cartarl.c, 19113 %p:-201b nee atan Cueaee . Bell, = 
limbatus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 287 .. .. 
lugubris Lea, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1897, p. 587 .. .. Kimberley, a. 


luridus Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 97... .. .. .. a (0), 
var. interstitialis Haag., l.c., p. 97. 
magister Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 465 .. .. .. .. .. .. N.S.W., Q. 
icarus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1905, p. 177. 
margimellus Hope, Ent. Soe. Lond., 1848, p. 55 .. .. (?) Norfolk Sound. 
rudis Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 659 .. .. .. N.S.W. 
mastersi Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1910, p. 126 .. .. .. .. N.W.A. 
mediocris Blackb., l.c., 1889, p. 870 ..... .. .. . <; eA 
montanus Cart., lc. 1910, p. 127-4. 3.) .2 as, ws pine Mts., N.S.W. 
novemcostatus: Cart., lc. 1911, .p. 198 .. 2. 66 se 22 ce 2a 2 NWA 
odewahni. Pasc., aus Ent., 1866, p. 467 . 5% Ns cyst aye) Cte 
lindi Blackb., Tne Soe. NS.W., 1889, p. ” 868. : 
opacipennis Macl., Le., 1888, p.<661 2 2 tuners 2.) Stat elon Se ENE 
ovalis Macl., l.c., 1888, p. G61... ep ees sare pers te cots Gayndaheoe 
pascoei Macl., is Pi (669 sense. oa 0 0) pier wet teeth crn Uwe eee 
perlaevis Cart., l.c.. 1911, p. 200... .. .. .. .. .. .. Carnarvon, W.A. 
pronus Cart., l.c., 1921, p. 312 .. «. .. 1 «. 3. Mat Rock, NiSIWe 
punctatus Cart., lc.,, 1924, p:..34 2. 6.. 22 22. ce bg ace N.S.W. 
rugosipennis Macl., l.c.. p. 664 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Monaro, N.S.W. 
rugosus Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 264 READ oc: co ik 
(Unidentified in collections.) 
satelles Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1889, p. 872 .. .. Adelaide, S.A. 
simplex Hope, Ent. Soe. Lond., 1848, p. 55... .. .. S.A.. Wn. N.S.W. 
asidoides Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 465. 
sphaeroides Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1911, p. 204 .. .. Shark Bay, W.A. 
striatipennis Macl., l.c., 1888, p. 668 .. .. .. .. .. Monaro, N.S.W. 
strigiventris Lea, Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1915, p. 795 .. Everard Range, C.A. 
subreticulatus Cart., l.c., 1918, p. 703 .. .. .. (. <.sange Ra WNeAG 
substriatus Cart., Rov. Bon: S. Aus., 1914, p. 378 . . Hunter R., N.S.W. 
tarsalis Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1848, p. 55 .., .. .. Port Lincoln, S.A, 


asperipes Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p- 101. 


392. 
393. 


CARTER, 143 


tricarinatus Blackb., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1892, p. 43... .. .. C.A. 
wilsonmt Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1925, p. 234 .. .. .. .... (a) W.A. 


Subfamily NycrozorLrn ae. 


DYSARCHUS. Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 449. 


394. batesi Haag., Jour. Mus. Godeffr., 1879, p. 117 .. .. .. .. .. .. Q. 
395. duboulayi Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., ie Th ZY 6s do eden, atna Wiles 
396. howitti Bates, le., p. 273 .. .. setae ao bo Vile 
397. irregularis Cart., Linn. ced N.S.W., "1924, = 537 Aine Searihorne: Q. 
398. odewahni Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 449 .. .. .. . Sch oo ao HA 
399. tuberculatus Blackb., Linn. ‘Soe. N.S.W., 1889, p. 873. Port ieneain: S.A. 
ONOSTERRHUS. Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 451. 

Hypocilibe Bates, Ent. Sree Lond., 1872, p. 275. 
400. acwticollis Cart., Ann. Q’land Mus., 1911, p. 14... .. .. N.W. Vie. 
A0l= bates Hage. Verh: Wer? Hamb., 1878, p: 99 532 oe ee we we ws Q: 
402. bos Cart., Ann. Q’land Mus., 1911, p. 17 (pl. xvi., f. i” .. S.A, W.A. 
A) See CLEANER ORTH sry Pay Ol ectal cic) reich eis. sisi vie. (eis ss. closers ee . W.A. 
ADE GOTOH (Chia rs tor job dik aS tonnes ou ecomiGoeNe ob igang, Wek 
405. goudiei Cart., le, p. 15 .. .. SanS N.W. Vic. 
406. impunctatus Haag, Verh. Ver. Bante "1878, 99 se Peak Downs, Q. 
407. kennedyi Cart., Roy. Soc. §.A., 1914, p. 378 .. .. .. ...... .. BA. 
408. laetus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1890, p. 567 Ben aie Crh esr Ee Ns 
409. laevipennis Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 100... .. .. .. .. N.A. 
410. laevis Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 451 .. .. .... . 55,00. Whels\s 
411. lugubris Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1890, Pp: 570 : Pert hued. S.A 

tmconspicuus Blackb., l.e., p. 572. 
412. macleayi Bates, Ent. Soc. Ends CWP Vos 29 er elena Somers otsHhey 
413. major Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1890, p. 565 .., .. Seyilenen’ W.A. 

heroina Blackb., Horn. Exp., 1896, p. 279. 
414. marginicollis Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 277 .. .. .. .. .. W.A. 
415. ooldensis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1918, p. 704 .. .. .. Ooldea, S.A. 
416. opacus Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 278 .. .. Champion Bay, W.A. 
417. parvus Cart., Ann. Q’land. Mus., 1911, p. 13 .. .. .. Kookynie, W.A. 
418. punctulatus Bates Ent. Mo. Mag., 1873, p. Bl Ceres ; W.A. 
419. rotundatus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., rh p. 568 . Lachlan. TR, NS.W. 
420. sculpturatus Blackb., Gn, JOs BOL oo: cio cc ; NES We 
421. sloanei Blackb., l.c., 1894, p. 103 . se voarotag acter’ lekaydesies aaah as Diireartat N.S.W. 
422. socius Cart., ier (Herel Wists, Il jo, ZB oo ca co oo oo Niner (A), 
423. squamosus Ces, eh pel Gia ee es eeiers . Walgett, N.S.W. 
424. stepheni Cart. (igre) ioe Soe NSW., 1909, p. 133 .. Forbes, 

N.S.W. 
425. vagepunctatus Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 99 .. .. . > @ 
426. veternosus Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1900, p. 140. |. Tisixe Eyre, S.A. 
427. vittatus Blackb., Tui Soc. N.S.W., 1895, ds WO a oc ae. 50 5 O, 
AGASTHENES. Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 352. 

428. championi Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1910, p. 131 .. .. .. S.A., W.A. 
A2O™ Sjrenchy, Cart, V.c!,; 1909/7 ps W3all 2. fe. .. .. Murchison, W.A. 
430. westwoodi Bates, Ent. Soe. Lond., 1873, p. “353. .. .. S.A. & W.A. 


Saragodinus Bates, Ent. Soe. Lond., 1872, p. 269. 


AMPHIANAX. Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 350. 


431. 


subcoriaceus Bates, l.c., p. 351 .. .. .. .. .. N.W. Vic., Eucla, S.A. 
goudiei (Agasthenes) Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1909, p. 129. 
euclensis (Agasthenes) Cart., l.c., 1910, p. 129. 


144 


CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


NYCTOZOILUS. Guér., Voy. Coquille, 1830, p. 92. 


432. 
433. 
434, 
435. 
436. 
437. 
438. 
439. 


440, 
44]. 
442. 
444, 
445. 
446. 
447. 
448. 
449, 
450. 
451. 
452. 
453. 
454. 


approximatus Blackb., Horn. Exp., 1896, p. 277 .. .. .. Pee C!s 
carbonarius Cart., Ann. Q’land Mus., 1911, p. 23... .. Yetholm, NSW. 
carlovillensis Cart., Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 1922, p. 75 .. Chase Q. 
crassicornis Blackb., Horn. Exp., 1896, p. 276 .. .. .... . CA. 
crassus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924, p. 35 .. .. aalte N. S.W. 
daemeli Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 98... .. Peak Downs, Q. 
denticollis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1921, p. 314 .. .. Stanthorpe, Q. 
deyrollei Bates, Ent. Soe. Lond., 1873, p. 348 Aes Xyl., 1.15) a0 eee 

eee ern: Hills, V. 
aribestien Cant. hes Q’land vere 1911, “ts! 24 . .. Cunnemulla, Q. 
imaequalis Blackb., res Exp., 1896, p. 277 . sve) ay Ney ee See 
trregularis Blackb., l.c., p. 278 .. .. .. .. a Nie Seance C.A. 
lateralis Cart., aoe ae N.S.W,, 1925, = 235 .. .. Yeppoon, Q. 
macleayi Cart. .. .. bn ae Cocnebecsiene N.S.W. 
marginatus Cart., Linn. Bee NS.W., 1921, p. 315 ..... Wyreema, Q: 
mastersi Macl., Ent, Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 284 .. 2: .. «. \Gayndalae: 
obesus Guér., Was? Coqu., 1830; p. 93) even bs. oes oe) cies ie 
parvus Cart., Linn. mie N.S.W., 1917, p. 705 .. .. .. Townsville, Q. 
puncto-costatus ae , 1921, p. 314... .. ..:... Wyndham; NewWeaAs 
pusillus Cart., <a ieee ponmne -+ .- «. .. Rockhampton, Q. 
reticulatus nee “Ent. Soe. Lond, 1872, p Ps QTE wr oe) cache oe SWE 
ruficornis Cart., Ann. Q’land Mus., 1911, p. 28 .. .. .. Camooweal, Q. 
sexcostatus Ghanten Ent. Soe. ince 1894, p. 388... «<= < 3. SNEWeee 
vermiculatus Cart., Ann. Q’land Mus., 1911, p. 26 .. .. Augathella, Q. 


ONONYCTUS. Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., eee p- 382. 


455. sulcatus Cart., l.c., p. 383 .. .. .. .. .- Narrabri, N.S.W. 
AETHALIDES. Bates, Ent. Mo. Mars 1873, 7 50. 
456. costipennis Cart., Linn, Soc. N.S.W., 1909, p. 135 . Cootamundra, N.S.W. 
457. coxi Cart., os Soc. S. Aus., 1914, p. 380 .. .. Wallomombi, N.S.W. 
458. decemcostata Cart., a Soe. N.S.W., here p- 138 .. Grampians, V. 
459. marginicollis Cart., l.c., p. 136 .. .. ..... 22 es oe oe NEW 
460. punctipennis Bae cae Mo. Mace 1873, p. 51 -- »- Murray heave 
461. stepheni Cart., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1914, p. 379 .. .. .. Howell, N.S.W. 
STYRUS. Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 348. 
462. batesi Haag., Verh. Ver. Hanh, AUC {hoy yeatteleemen acs ate oe (al 
elongatulus Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 350. 
463. clathrides Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1890, p. 573 .. .. si 
464. elongatulus Maal: Ent. Soe. N.S.W., 1872, p. 284 .. N.S.W. &. 8.Q. 
465. latior Cart., Linn. oe N.S.W., 1909, p. 127 .. ... .. Walcha, N.S.W. 
466. puncticollis Cart., lc, 1919, p. 156 .. .. .. .. .. Capertee, N.S.W. 
BYALLIUS. Pase., Ann. co Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 42. 
467. angustatus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1925, p. 236 .. .. Nerriga, N.S.W. 
468. kosciuskoanus Caee Linn. Soe. NS.W., 1908, p. 412, Tecan. N.S.W. 
469. laticollis Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1914, (esieleas) SATO E Capra! N.S.W. 
470. mastersi Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., Bias 2: p. 139 F | Condahalaat N.S.W. 
471. ovensensis Gans Ios tes He) 35 Ae e- as sane |. Jrchieve 
472. punctatus Cart., l.c., 1919, p. 158 .. .. .. . .. Cunningham, V. 
ie reticulatus Pace ieee Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, 7 43 .: Gippsland, V. 
474. 


revolutus Cart. (Styrus) Roy. Soe. S. aoe 1914, p. 381 . - Marmor, Q. 


ONOGLYPTA. nom. nov. 


475. 


aglypta Gebien, Fn. Siidw. Aus., 1908, p. 329. 
gebieni Cart., Ann. Q’land Mus., 1911, p. 29... .. .. Kookynie, W.A. 


CARTER. 145 


476. octocostata Geb., Fn. Sudw. Aus., 1908, p. 331 .. .. Daydawn, W.A. 
ONOTRICHUS. Cart., Ann. Q’land Mus., 1911, p. 30. 
477. lateralis Cart., ike {SL gall Sk Alora . .. -- Shark Bay, W.A. 
478. minor Carf., Hoy. Se 8. ee 1914, p. 384 va See Gue, WAP 
TRICHOSARAGUS. Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1889, } p. . 1269. 
1269. 
479 pslosellus Blacky.;) lie, p. Lat -. 3.) 3. s- =. -» =. Yorke Pen, S.A: 


Subfamily CossyPHINAE. 
COSSYPHUS. Ol., Ent., iii., 1795, p. 1. 
480. odewahni Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 468 .. .. .. .. .. N.S.W.,.S.A. 


Subfamily BrisEinae. 

BRISES. Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 145. 

Ephidonius Pase., |.c., p. 151. 
481. acuticornis Pasc. (Ephidonius) l.c., p. 152 .. .. ea ieiet eas 
482. blairi Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1914, p. 58 (pl. xvii., Ley 19) C. and N.A. 

483. duboulayi Bates a Ent. Soe. Lond., 1872, p. 279 

SE Oe Stamped Bay, W.A. 
484, datarerias Cart., alan San NSW. 1921, p- 316. Broken Hill, N.S.W., 
as 
485. present: Blackb. iGupiiadansis) Rae Site ‘S. IN 1895, p. 5 AGN 
486. trachynotoides Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 146 .. S.A., W.A. 


Subfamily TENEBRIONINAE. 
SLOANEA. Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1916, p. 209. 
487. costata Cart., l.c., p. 210 (pl. xvii. f. 17) .. Mt. Barrington, N.S.W. 
ASPHALUS. Pase., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, p. 12. 
488. ebeninus Pase., lc, p. 12 . Mimelciuerss caleirereicis wie) Vas) ar INES AW, Qe 
489. striatus Cart., Linn. Soe. NSW. 1911, ms CWE) 56 50 na oo Chote, (Ab 
HYPAULAX. Bates: Ent. Soe. Lond., 1868, p. 259. 
Chileone Bates, l.e., p. 264. 
490. ampliata Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1874, p.19.. .. .. .. .. W.A. 
var. Parryi Bates, l.ec., p. 20. 
491. deyrollei Bates (Chileone) Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, p. 264. Tenterfield, 
492. foveata Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1914, p. 59 (pl. xvii., f. 16) 
Bete cia .. .., Tenterfield, N.S.W., & 8.Q. 
493. insularis ore \(eiatgnots) “Ent. Sha. fends see ios WO 50 66 oo INGEN 
iridescens Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1888, p. 1432, 
494. interioris Blackb., l.c., p. 1432 . . «. .... -. -+ McDonell Ranges. 
495. marginata Bares, Ent. Soe. Trond, "1868, p. 261 po co oo Wash \Wo, SHO} 
sinuaticollis Bates, l.c., p. 261. 
opacicollis Macl., Ent, Soe. N.S.W., 1872, p. 285. 


496. nanus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S)W., 1921, p. 316... .... .... ..... N.A. 

497. opacula Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1874, p. 18 .. Rockhampton, Q. 

403) Ones IPBSO., dour, Wir, IW, fo, 458) ob oc 66 oo 54 co co Wolly to 
var. cong Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, 1874, p. 21. 

499. oralis Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, p. 263 .. .. .... .. N.S.W., Q. 


oblonga Bates, l.c., p. 263. 

gayndahensis Macl., Ent. Soe. N.S.W., 1872, p. 284. 

(?) crenata Boisd. (Upis) Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 255. 
500. puneticollis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1914, p. Gil. ie Onslow, W.A. 
S0lepygmacus Cart. a. eee ae : ay A Pare Darwin, N.T. 


146 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


502. spenceri Cart., lc, p. 62 .. .- roy oe Flora R., N.A. 
503. tarda Bates, Ent. Soe. Lond., 1868, S 262. .. «+ «- Wide Bay, Q. 
504. tenuistriata Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1874, Perel ewe cuca NeE@s 


HYDISSUS. Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 148. 
505. feronioides Pasc. (Nyctobates) Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 453 .. N.S.W., Q. 
ENCYALESTHUS. Motsch., Schrenck’s Reise, 1860, p. 139. 
Cholipus Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 471. 
Pachyurgus J. Lee., Class. Col. N. Amer., ae p. 230. 
506. atro-viridis Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 311 .. .. .. .. .. N.Q. 
var. iridipennis Fairm., Not. Leyd. Mus., 1897, p. 220, 


507. excisipes Cart., l.c., 1914, p. 63. sa eeetelcs eaikcurandasses 
508. penetipennis Pase. ., Jour. Ent., 1866, p- 472 sqpccmcote sn SESH hs (Cl 
509. tuberculiceps Cart., Roy. Soe. 8. Aus. 191A 53226. oi, rusia clones 


SETENIS. Motsch., Bull. Mose., 1872, ii., p. 24. 
Pediris Motsch., 1.¢ 
510. suleigera Boisd. (Upis) Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 256... .... .. C. York. 
longipes Motsch., Bull Mose., 1872, p. 28. 
PROMETHIS. Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 148. 
511. angulata Er., Arch. Nat., 1842, i, p. 174 .. .. N.S.W., V., T., S.A. 
512. lobicollis Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1914, p. 65 .. .. .. Kookynie, W.A. 
B13, ‘major (Cart. 1:c;,.p. (64) cy or cous ious eee ee OV Ieee 
514; ‘minor Cart., lc, p. 67 .. .. -. - . -- ». «- Rockhampton, Q. 
515. nigra pies Hor. Soe. Ent. Sea 1861, pw9l .< 2-1 Vi; N-SAWeeO! 
lethalis Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 148. 
516. opaca Cart., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1914, p. 386... .. .. .. Craven, N.S.W. 
517. quadricollis Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 149 .. V., N.S.W., Q. 
pascoei Macl., Ent. Soe. N.S.W., 1872, p. 285. 
MENEPHILUS. Muls., Col. Fr. Latigénes, 1854, p. 291. 
518. coerulescens Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 100 .. .. .. N.S.W., Q. 
519. colydioides Kr., Arch. Nat., 1842, p. 175 ..,.. .. .. Q., N.S.W., V., T. 
var. parvulus Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 285. 


520. corvinus Er., le, p. 175 .. .. .. oa fd NES Wee Vis IL, Seas 
eianieeane Hope, Ent. Sos, Trond. 1842, p. 79. 

521. humilis Wr,, Arch. Nat:; 18425 9p. 174.2 3. ss. fs Gch fete aiel teen cee 

522. laetus arts Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1914, p- 69 Fear Magis frre ‘N.Q. 

523. pulcher Cart; lc: 1924) pi3G, 2k) ee teic ete stella acl Teeral (2) N.Q. 

524. rectibasis Gant, ies 1914 aps 70) oe a. .. .. Dorrigo, N.S.W. 


525. ruficornis Chante Ent. Soe. Teste 1894, } p. gon : ‘6s N.S.W., V., T. 
var. aeneus Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W. 1905, p. 179. Syd., N.S.W. 
var. azuripennis: Cart., l.c., 1914) p: 53... ..°.. ©2793. Ni@! 

526. sydneyanus Blackb., Roy. Soe. 8. Aus., 1893, p. 182 .. .. Q., N.S.W. 

OECTOSIS. Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 149. 

527. cylindrica, Germ. (Upis) Linn. Ent., 1848, p. 198 .. S.A., V. & W.A. 

longicollis Cart. (Menephilus) Linn, Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 231. 
TEREMENES. Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1914, p. 54. 
528. convexinsulcus Hope ne Ent. Soe. Lond., 1842, p. 79. 
BE Q., N.S.W., Vi, ES; (SuAe 
rales Paci (Manse) ene Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p: 151° 
(?) nigerrimus Boisd. (Tenebris) Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 254. 
529. longipennis Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, p. 79 . NS.W., V.,, Ds ScAe 
530. socius Cart., Linn. Soe. N:S.W., 1914, p. 68 2... ., .. .. N.Q! 
MENERISTES. Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 150. 


CARTER. 147 


531. australis Bless., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., 1861, p. 94 .. Q., N.S.W., V., T. 
(?) Boisd., Voy. Astrol., p. 254. 
laticollis Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 150. 
(?) Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 253 (Baryscelis). 
angulicollis Motsch., Bull. Mose., 1872, p. 30. 
var. intermedius Pasc., Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 150. 
(?) politus Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 253 
(?) politus Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 253 (Baryscelis). 


532. dentipes Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., Te Th Teo als Gown Ce MOR ah 

533. latior Cart., l.c., p. 75 . Sc se oe oo fo IDYaTey ESE KM 

534. porosus Gam le 1918, > “117 56 a2 GA) in OGmod wool NGA re) rani ay 

535. proximus Cart., l.c., 1914, p. 74,—1916, p. ‘214 50) 010, coh dNUSH Nay? Gs 

536. tibialis Cart., ie rhe VE) (Gala! sanree ain IIS)) Slat oo ton ou oo WS ESa cen lo 
TENEBRIO. L., Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 417. 

537. molitor Ee l.¢., p. 417 se kerdress eee a COSINO POLLAN. 

538. obscurus F,, Ent. Syst., 1792, p. 40 no ao oo oo co oe Chesniayaayhicry 
TOXICUM. Latr., Hist. Nat., 1804, p. 297. 

539. brevicorne Pasc., Jour. Hnt., 1866, p. 454 .. .. .. .. Q., N.S.W., V. 


parvicorne Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 281. 
curvicorne Blackb., Roy. Soe. 8. Aus., 1887, p. 276. 
spretum Blackb., l.c., p. 276. 


640. gracile Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881, p. 438 . a6 oo 00 INESE\ ey NA 
541. imsigne Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1914, p. 76 .. .. .. N.S.W., S.A. 
542. punctipenne Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, pu 404) jo ) ) NAL Qs N-SOW. 


distinctum Macl., Ent. Soe. N.S.W., 1872, p. 281. 
addendum Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1888, p. 1431. 
Plateuri Pic., Mel. Exot. Ent., vi. 1913, p. 19. 


543. quinquecornutum Cart., l.c., 1914, p. 77 .. .. .. .. Bellingen, N.S.W. 
PARATOXICUM. Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 380. 

544, widescens Champ., l.c., p. 3881 .. .. .. .. .. .... T. and Vic. Alps, 
SYNERCTICUS. Newm., Entomol., 1842, p. 403. 

545. heteromerus Newm., l.c.. p. 403 .. .. .. .. .. .. Q., N.S.W., V., S.A. 


piceus Pase., Jour. Ent., 1862, p. 325. 
TANYLYPA. Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 152. 
DLOMmnOrtomb asc wl Cup sul Ooieve Menten Gina inoe lace orale Lae Ver ieee al De 


Subfamily HererorarsIn ae. 
NOTOPRATAEUS. Cart., Linn. Soe. 1924, p. 37. 
hii, Unaenadlis Citic, Ike, {85 Boo ce co 06 co 00 os on bo vo Aone, Ay 


Subfamily CyPHALEINAE. 

LEPISPILUS. Westw., Arcan.. Ent., 1841, p. 44. 
Tyndarisus Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 294. 
548. longitarsis Pase. (Tyndarisus) lic. .. .. .. .. ..'.. .. N.S.W., V., T. 
549. rotundicollis Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1889, p. 140 .. S.A., N.S.W., V. 
550. stygianus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 290 . N.S.W. & V. Alps. 
551. suleicollis Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, pp. 248, 268 .. .. N.S.W., V., T. 

PLATYPHANES. Westw., Ent. Soe. Lond., 1849, p. 206. 

552. pee ee Linn. Soe. NS.W., Ge, 1 1) co ao oc Q. 
553. clarki Cart., Le oF .. .. Denterfield, N.S.W. 
554. creber San vee Sa. Ss. bas, 1892, p- "995 Nee Mes Se NE GO): 
555. cyancipennis Cnn, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1915, p. 538. Tambourine Mt., Q. 
556. cyaneus Pasc., Tae Ent., 1866, p. 472 .. ....... .. .. .. Cairns, Q. 
557. denticollis Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1914, Wo (Sco oo bo oo Vera, Ob 
558. ellipticus Cart., l.c., 1913, p. 81... .. .. no 60,00 oo Chiba, A); 


148 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


559. elongatulus Mael., l.c., 1888, p. 308 .. .. .. «- -. -- Mossman R., Q. 
560. frenchi Cart., lc., 1913, p. 79 .. -- Souc as IN SiWe Qe 
561. gibbosus Westw., Ent. Soe. Lond., 1849, = 206 Be Mccoy seat NESW ecm 
562. kershawi Cart. (iigeredes) Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1913, p. 100 .. .. .. Q. 
563. minor Cart., le, p. 77 .. . meats ee N.S.W. 
564. oblongus Waterhs Ent. Soc: ond: 1874, = “BAT ie Oo 0 Bac (A 
paneer Haag., Verh. Wee Hamb., 1878, p. 100. 

565. parallelus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1913, p. 78 . .. Dorrigo, N.S.W. 
566. quadrifoveatus Cart., l.c., p. 80... .. .- Ach dt di: eke Se 
. var. subangulatus Cart., es p. 1. 

567. rugosulus Cart., l.c., 1914, p. 80... .. .. -.-.. .. -. Rockhampton, Q. 
568. similis Cart., l.c., 1917, p. 708 .. .. .. .. «- -- 


569. striatopunctatus Westw. (Prophanes) Ent. Soe. Lond., 1849, p. 205. 
we N.S.W., & Q. 


570. superbus Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., "1895, a “105 . va ABby oe NL 
LAONICUS. Haag., Vaud Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 100. 

571, dimeli Haag., l.c., p. 101, 124 .5 2.01. Gc. sean me &- Cl) Vos 

572. pilosus Haag., Lc., p. 100, 124 .. .. Spake Ma as aemeO? 


OPIGENIA. Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, = 288. 
573. browni een Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1914, p. 81 ..-Southern Cross, W.A. 
574. vittata Westw. (Platyphanes) Ent. Soe. Lond., 1849, p. 206 .. .. V. 


iridescens Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 289. 
TRISILUS. WHaag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 101. 


575. femoralis Haag., l.c., p. 101, 127 . at .. .. Gayndah, Q: 
576. aera Cart. sei Has Linn: Sor. “N.S.W,, 1911, p. 210. 
: . N.S.W., Q. 


TIMENECA, ‘Carts, iieeg (5 NSW. 1914, p. 78, 
Ctimene Bates, Ent. Soe. Lond., 1873, p. 359. 


577. brewert Bates, l.c., p. 360 .. .. .. os as os Albany; WaSe 
CAMPANOTIPHILUS. Tien Roy. ane, S. i 1914, p. "957. 
578. fimbricollis Lea, l.c., p. 258 .. .. .. i .. .. Beverley, W.A. 


MITROTHORAX. Cart., Linn. Soe. NSW. ‘1914, p. 78. 
Mitrephorus Cart. (nom. praeoec.) l.ec., 1913, p. 83. 
579. convexicollis Cart., l.c., p. 83 .. . .. .. Tambourine Mt., Q. 
EUTOREUMA., Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., “1914, a 78. 
Toreuma Cart. Pig saaie oie 1913, p. 84. 
580. cupreum Cart, \.c., p. 85) -. <. .. »- « ac sla bos Oats Ne 
581. minor Cart., l.c., 1924, p. 37 da we ama seo 3a, Sh. 
OLISTHAENA., Er, Aven! Nat., 1842, p. ‘17. 
Peau Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 291. 
582. -nitida Tir:, Arch. Nat., 1842; p: 078) <2) 2. i sc) sis ws) Ge) ee) eee 
erichsoni Champ. (Decialma) Ent. Soe. Lond., 1894, p. 395. 
583: ‘pascoet Bates. (Dectalma) 1.c:; 1873) p) SDS. p> «<1 + | ee es 
584. rufoaenea Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1914, p. 82 .. Tambourine Mt., Q. 
585. tenuitarsis Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 291 .. .. N.S.W., V. 
APHECTUS. Cart., nom. nov. 
Hectus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 289. 
586. anthracinus Pase., Le, p. 290 .. . .. .- Rockhampton, Q. 
BOLBOPHANES. Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W.. 1913, p. 86. 
587. dumbrelli Lea, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1895, p. 603 .. .. .. .. .. N.S.W. 
588. rugatus Cart., |.c., 1913, p. 87 .. ijnes fe cs gee ve NEOs Wags 
589. sericatus Cart., l.c., 1919, p. 159 .. se «St . Brisbane, Q. 
Sa0'/ fvartcolor (Caria l.c,, SUS.) DSc. sc ee ie ene eee: eer ees 


CARTER. 149 


HEMICYCLUS. Westw., Arcan. Ent., 1841, p. 44. 


591. flavipes Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1913, p. 89 .. .. .. Dorrigo, N.S.W. 
592. punctulatus Pasc., Journ. Ent., 1866, p. 472 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Vz 
593. reawmuri Casteln., Hist. Nat., 1840, p. 224 .......... NS.W,, Q. 


grandis Westw., Arcan. Ent., 1841, p. 44. 
metallicus Westw., l.c., p. 44. 
OSPIDUS. Pasce., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 467. 


594. chrysomeloides Pasce., l.c., p. 468 .. .. Ee Toth hor apeintear cot OR 
sirens oe Cart., Linn. Soe. NSW., 1909, p. 128. 

595. gibbus Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1897, Ds G4 eis aa (Cape York, @: 

596. major Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W.,, 1920, p. 231 Bees eicranyele os 0s, INQ) 


ALTES. Pasc., Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 288. 
Apomestris Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 357. 
597. binodosus Pase. (Chartopteryx) Jour. Ent., 1862, p. 327 ; > A) 
598. westwoodi Bates (Apomestris) Ent. Soe. rian, 1873, p. 358. N.S.W., V. 
AMARYGMIMUS. Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 354, 


599. duboulayi Bates, l.c., p. 355 .. .. .. n€ Champion Bay, W.A. 
CHARTOPTERYX. Westw., Arcan. Entom., “1841, p- 43, 
600. blackburni Cart., ‘ie Sees INOS Ven SIGHIEY pos Oil i, 65, on Bid sons ss 
601. childrent Westw., Arcan. Ent., 1841, Mon Ate ce Fae ccanle tiers, Gap Noss 
602. glaber Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 310 .. ..,.. .. N.S.W., Q. 
603. tmperialis Cart., l.c., 1908, p. 407 (pl. xvii, f. 21) .. ...... N.Q. 
604. mastersi Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 287 .. .. Gaara Q. 
605. planue Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1913, p. 90 .... Acacia Cr., N.S.W. 


606. victoriensis Blackb., Roy. Soc. S: Aus,, 1892, p. 226 .. .. N.S.W., V. 
CYPHALEUS. Westw., Arcan. Ent., 1841, p. 43. 


607. aereus Waterh., Ent. Mo. Mies UW ios TB co co pe ney dbaaslarch (4), 
608. cupricollis Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 287 .. .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
609. formosus Westw., Arcan. Ent., 1841, p. 48 .. .. ..... .. N.S.W., Q. 


var. iopterus Westw., l.c., p. 43. 
insignitus Pase., Jour. Ent., 1862, p. 327. 
610. fulgidipennis Boisd. (Chrysobalus) Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 267. N.S.W., ( 
Schmeltzi Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 101. 
611. rugosus Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd., 1832 .. .. .., Soon ce NESAW. 
aterrimus Gray, l.c., p. 29, 
OREMASIS. Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 470. 
Oremasis Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 470. 


612. cupreus Gray, Griff. Anim. Kined., 1832, p. 22... .. .... .. N.S.W. 

GIS), AamG Wane, Wit, Soe, ioral ie} jos GES G4 65 Go aa oo 50 oe eo Oh 
CYCLOPHANES. Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1913, 2. 92. 

614. gloriosus Cart., Le, (Rey ooee wo. e et Dorrico NE SaWe 

615. splendens Cart, cep: 96 so co 00 oo aotoo oo Wenimlxopiertine Wir, ©). 

616. variegatus Cart., l.c., p. 93 .. . : .. Dorrigo, N.S.W. 
PARAPHANES. Macl., Linn. Soe. N.S. W., 1888, p- "308. 

617. nitidus Macl., ites je clebe as sorte So Taal op) bo co Boe On 


PROPHANES. Westw., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1849, p. 203. 
Moerodes Waterh., Ent, Mo. Mag., 1877, p. 72. 
[See my note Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1917, p. 717, also 1914, p. 72.] 


618. aculeatus Westw., l.c., p. 204 .. .. .. ee NESAWe mE: 
aestnaa Macl., Ent. Soe. N.S.W,, 1872, e 287. ; 

619. brevicostatus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., ie We TB on oo Umer, @ 

620. brevispinosus Cart., l.c., eee 10a: CY): -ospieo Bo) calemot ae MOA tee nad NIG) 


621. brown Cart., Le., iH To. hy colo. GommUed co oNpon tor Dm 6 sino Heol INKO) 


150 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


622, ducalis Cart., l.c., 1913, p. 97 (pl. xvii, f. 20) .. .. .. .. .. .. N.Q 
623. mastersi Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1871, p. 357 .. .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
chalybeipennis Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 286. 
ANAUSIS. Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 355. 
624. macleayi Bates, l.c., p. 356 .. .. . .. Champion B., W.A. 
625. metallescens Westw. (Prophanes) Ent. Soe. ante 1849, p. 204. N.S.W. 
spinosus Waterh., le, 1874, p. 546. 
626. quadrispinosus Waterh. (Guphaiees) liek, p. 545 2. as se NSaWelG: 
tricolor Haag. (Prophanes) Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 101. 
LYGESTIRA, Pasce., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. pa . 


627. lata Waterh., Ent. Mo. Mag., 1877, p. ej oa 4. ERO CS ene 
628. ke Waety. (Prophanes) Ent. Soc. Bek 1849, p. 205, N.S.W., Vas 
: emer SA. 
BARYTIPHA. Bases an Mag. Nat. Baise "1869, Pp. 292. 
629. socialis Pasc., l.c., p. 292 .... .. + od ae ee 
MITHIPPIA. Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, 4, 993, 
630. _atrita Pasc., l.c., p. 293 .. .. .. soa. an ae INISEWiSeas 
631. jansoni Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, p- “359 br saben 26) se eee 


Subfamily CNODALONINAE. 


TITAENA. Er., Arch. Naturg., 1842, p. 178. 


632. alcyonea Tir., l.c., p. 180... =. .. Speed bas, Naor 
var. ruficollis Bates, Ann. Mag. ‘Nat. Hie 1814, p- 104. 
633. colwmbina Er., l.c., p. 179 .. .. . Bron icy Whey INSEE. 


rugosa Blanch., wor Pol. Sud., 1853, =, 178. 

var. viridis Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1874, p. 103. 
634. minor Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1913, p. 104 .. Tambourine Mt., Q. 
635. pulchra Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1874, p. 103 .. .. Moruya, N. SW, 
636. tasmanica Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 396 . 


637. tyrrhera Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1913, p. 103 .. . » Gyre, tit 

638. varicolor Teooy Verh. Ver. Femee Uy Acre peal Vrre aolodeco an INIA) 
THESILEA. Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 103. 

639. cuprina Fairm., Rev. Zool., 1849, p. 451 ... BOE oda aa. 50 [NUe) 


CHARIOTHECA. Pase., Jour. Ent., 1860, p. 125. 
Chariothes Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1914, p. 78. 
640. brevis Cart. (Menephilus) Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1914, p. 69 .. N.S.W., Q. 
641. doddi Cart., lc., 1924, p.38.... .. vies see 
642. planicollis Fairm, (Thesilea) Rev. Zeal "1849, a Si asi, lenny eee le 
oblonga Blanch. (Olisthaena) Way. Pol. Sud., 1853, p. 169. 
cupripennis Pasc., Jour. Ent. 1860, p. 126. 
? australasiae Motsch. (Augolesthus) Bull. Mose., 1872, p. 35. 
643. striato-punctata Macl. (Decialma) Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 310. N.Q. 
viridipennis Macl., l.c., p. 311. 
644° “subinolacea Cart, Vier, VOWS ip: 84) oie cteuitelel =o) = ele ter meee 
645. varipennis Cart., 1.c., 1925, p. 237 .. .. .. ey axeu ei E Gs 
APTEROTHECA. Geb., joe, Neérland. N. Guin., 1920, p. "348. 
646. amaroides Pase. ee Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., aan p- 463. 


(pl. xvii., f. 22) . kod 2), Lizard is 
647. besti Blkb. (Cnareencen: ee ‘So NSW. "1895, a 105 . sinha SA) 
648. punctipennis Cart.. l.c., 1924, p. 38 .. .. .. .. .. .. Nat Park, Q. 


ESPITES. Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1882, p. 32. 


649. 


CARTER. 151 


basalis Pase., l.e., p. 32. : sod opi de We Monks ah 

? sumptuasus Hage (Zetraphyllus) Ent. Soe. Lond., 1842, p. 78. 

aurobasalis Fairm. (E2ncyrtus) Ann. Leyd. Mus., 1893, p. 41. 
Subfamily ApELimN Ag. 


CARDIOTHORAX. Motsch., Etudes. Ent., 1859, p. 67. 


650. 


Atryphodes Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 37. 
Thoracopherus Hope, Col. Man., 1840, p. 188. 
acutangulus Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1879, p. 131 .. .. Mt. Wilson, N.S.W. 
aeripennis Blackb., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1892, p. 226. 
var. constrictus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1919, p. 160. 
aeneus Bates, Ent .Mo. Mag., 1879, p. 131 .. .., . Port Stephens, N.S.W. 
var. macleayensis Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1919, p. 162 
b SAIONG a chet Gale ee : . Macleay R., N.S.W. 
aericollis Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, "1869, p. 38 . , Ourimbah, N.S.W. 
batesi Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S. W., 1906, p. 243, 


alternatus Cart., l.c., 1919, p. 163 ... .. .. .. Wingham, N.S.W. 
Gratus Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 479 .. .. .«.... .. .. Pine Mt. Q. 
armipes Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1879, p. tal atm yee ais _ Tueadnamarion. Q. 
asperatus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., ie p. 213. Baeeion Mt., N.S.W. 
aureus Cart., eos 1906, p. 241... . Grose Valley, Blue Mt., N.S.W. 
CURES, (Opinit, IWC, dy PRA eos bo Aa oc) oo wid ed) oo loo Sb ESA Aae 
bisulcatus Cart., ere LOA ys GMeyrere 20 160 ob oo WEEE Op 
brevicollis Redt., Reise Novara, 1868, p. 130 . .. .. - Monaro, N.S.W. 


caperatus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist , 1869, p. 40 . New England, N.S.W. 
var. Dy siheene ee Cart., iene Soc. N.S.W., 1906, p. 244. 
captiosus Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1879, p. 1831 .. .. .. .. C. York, Q. 
carinatus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1909, p. 143 ..; .. Mt. Garnet, N.Q. 

castelnaudi Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 38. 

.. .. Moss Vale to Bulli, N.S.W. 
ah peat Cart., ‘Roy. ical S. heey, “1914, ot 399 .. ..... Guyra, N.S: W. 
coeruleo-niger Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1906, p. 250. Bulahdelah, N.S.W. 
coerulescens Cart., te GPAL oy BIT se oo Op 90 60 36 oo JMpbereEyy INESAWY 
connerus Haag., Werk, Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 102 so bo 06 95 Ch WOdis OL 
cordicollis Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 38 .. .. N.S.W., 8.Q. 


crassicornis Bare Ent. Mo. Mag., 1879, p. 74 .. .., .. Wide Bay, Q. 
crenulicollis Bates, l.c., p. 1382 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Endeavour R., Q. 
CINMIDES mB ates, MUG (anes ey ic! isl eis ors NRO, Gs (SQ): 
distinctus Bates, l.c., p. 132... . .. .. Wingham, N.S.W. 
dorrigoensis Catt., Tana, Soe. NSW, 1911, 7 ‘846 arenvets Dorrigo, N.S.W. 
egerius Pasce., Tone Ent., 1866, p. 478 Sb on- col bo cou SE\ enc dtsiKOr 
encephalus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 39 .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
Cris ARC, doi WBimic, eG, to ZW so on oc eo oo 0180 ad aousHop 


fraternalis Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1879, p. 72. 
volgipes Bates, l.c., p. 72. 
excisicollis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 236 .. .. .. Hidsvold, Q. 
femoratus Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1879, p. 71 ..,.. .. .. NS.W. & $.Q. 
var. subdentatus Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1911, p. 484 
(Coff’s Harb.). 
jieyacs Chitin Ike, WGR2, jo. 1 od co oc oc 06 co 06 oo JMNM, (A), 
foveatus Cart., La, GRA so, GEIS oa oo oo .. .. .. Stanthorpe, Q 
grandis Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1879, p. 75 (pl. xvil., f. 24) Blue Mts., 
N.S. W. 


152 


683. 
684, 
685. 
686. 
687. 
688. 
689. 
690. 
691. 
692. 
693. 


694. 
695. 


696. 
697. 
698. 
699. 
700. 
701. 


702. 
703. 
704. 
705. 
706. 
707. 
708. 
709. 
710. 
711. 
712. 
7138. 


CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE. 


haagi Bates, l.c., p. 133 . F hd . Macleay R., N.S.W. 
harrisoni Cart., Linn. Soe! NS.W., 1925, p- 239 ae aeons N.S.W. 
hopson (Cart. Vic), pia) as) ae .. .. Barrington, N.S.W. 


howitti Pasce., Rare Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, 37 . National Park, N.S.W. 
humeralis Bates Ent. Mo. Mag., 1879, p. 133 .. Wauchope, N.S.W. 
interstitialis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1916, p. 211 . Barrington, N.S.W. 


tridipes Cart., l.c., 1911, p. 845 .. .. ... .. .. Coffs Harb.. N.S.W. 
kershaun Cart, 1.c:, 1919, ps U6l 2 sy -e) ene. os Ge Lownsvillemer 
laticollis Cart., l.c., 1911, p. 217 he? ae es. Oberon; Neoneme 
longipes Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag.. 1879, ae 13) 3. a... Tweed Ra NeSAwe 
macleayi Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 478 .. .. .. .. Tweed R., N.S.W. 


emscsdee Rede) Bane Novara, 1868, p. 129. 
marginatus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 233 . meee N.S.W. 
mastersi Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 288 .. .. .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
sialon Haag., Verh. ven Hamb., pare oe 
angulatus Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag., "1879, 
chalceus Bates, l.c.. p. 74. 
metallicus Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., ee p. 234 .. .. Bunya Mt., Q. 


mimus Cart., Des 1909, p. i 6: es he fo ae Totes ae Mt., Q. 
nasutus Cart., l.c., 1924, p. 539 .. .. .. .. .. Port Macquarie. N.S.W. 
opacicollis Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 288 .. .. ... Gayndah, Q. 
pithecius Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 39 .. .. .. .. .. S.Q. 


politicollis Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1879, p. 73 .. Hunter R., N.S.W. 
fergusoni Cart. (Otrintus) Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1911, p. 212. 
punctostriatus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1906, p. 246. Ourimbah, N.S.W. 
pygmaeus Cart., ies Deol eh eee .. .. Eden, N.S.W. 
quadridentatus Waterh., Ent. Soe. an) 1875, y p. "205. Port Bowen, Q. 
regularis Cart.. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p- 234 .. Toronto, N.S.W. 


rotundicollis Cart, l.c., 1905, p. 413 6) 2: os toe ce) ve Atherionnmes 
rugosus Cart:. l.c. 1906, p. 248 2 .. .~ 3s 2. 3. Wyong Nessie 
sexsulcatus Cart., Ie... -. . oe 0s sie «> ale oe, arrington pNtoaWe 
tibialis Cart., es UGaGl, jay 219° Se GoLee does oo oo oc Jee, (2). 
undulaticostis Cart., l.c., 1920, p. 235 .. .. .. .. Moruya, N.S.W. 


undulatus Cart., Ray. God 8. Aus., 1914. p. 400 .. Comboyne, N.S.W. 
victoriae Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922, p. 76 .. .. .. .. Vict. Alps. 
walekenaeri Hope, Col. Man., 1840, p. 189 .. .. .. Sydney, N.S.W. 
(?) dilaticollis Guér., Voy. Coq., 1830, p. 100. 
kirbyi Sol.. Stud. Ent., 1848, p. 193. 


NOTOTRINTUS. Cart. 


714. 
715. 
716. 
717. 


acaciensis Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1911, p. 214 .. .. Acacia Cr., N.S.W. 
hackeri Cart., Le, ie ee 2 bo oc 2 oe ee NG Parken. 
jacksoni Gace, ue 1905, p. 180. aie Xvil., 3 25) . .. Dorrigo. N.S.W. 
striatus Cart., l.c.. 1906, p. 253 .. .. a) ce estes Byron Bs NeSoWe 


OTRINTUS. Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 483. 


718. 
719. 


behri Gene Ent., iii., 1848, (ee Sliwoe ae oo 56 gee ga NHS, We Sis 
cylindricus Cart., Linn. Soc. N:S:W., 1911, p: 211 03 .. .2 3. .. men@s 


BLEPEGENES. Pasc., Ent. Soe. Lond., 1868, p. 12. 


720. 


Ceradelium Prendh., de Borre, Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg., 
1868, p. 126. 

urusper Pasc., lc: p. 12) 742) 2. 3. 2. e eee Ll awarra se NeSal ye 
armatus Borre., l.c., p. 128. 


721. equestris Pase., Ann. Mag. eae Hist., 1882, p. 28 .. .. North N.S.W. 
722. nitidus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1891, p. 583 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Q. 
APASIS. Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. ae ‘1869, p. 139: 
723. beplegenoides Cart., Linn. Soe. INGSANW LOOSE pn 450s > oe) Alps, © Vi. 
724. howitti Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 140 .. .. .. .. .. Vie. 
var. longicollis Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1909, p. 146. Alps, V. 
725. puncticeps Lea, l.c., 1896, p. 293 .. .. .. .. .. Mt. Kosciusko, N.S.W. 
726. sinuaticollis Cart., ].c., 1911, p. 846 .. .. .. .. .. .. Dorrigo, N.S.W. 
LICINOMA. Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 140. 
727. aerea Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 240 .. ..... Dorrigo, N.S.W. 
728. angusticollis (Cardiothorax) Cart,, le., 1906, p. 240 
Ao itd Gado anton Se ee . Clarence R., N.S.W. 
729. apasioides Cart., l.c., 1920, Dp: O41 eyes ei erat, eee WOTTESE. Viz 
730. coerulea Cart., l.c., 1924, p. 541 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Stanthorpe, Q. 
731. commoda (Adelium) Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 139 .. .. T. 
732. cyclocollis Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1914, p. 392 .. .. .. Kuranda, Q. 
733. elata Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p. 103 .. ..,.. .. Wide B., Q. 
wiolacea Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 292. 
(seiguest Gari. Noy) soc. S. Aus LOE pr 3007. io i se . WAL 
735. wlidgei Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924, p. 540... .. .. ken park Q. 
TES, Tara Oban, Kes Tab BAY Go G0 do do co be oo comma) oo oO NEN Marna Kay 
737. meridiana Cart., l.c., 1920, Ps 242) 2 26 : 6. outcast 
738. monticola Black. (Daedrosis) Roy. Soc. S.A., "1892. p. “297. 
bo Bal dd Sa oleoLcenaaG . .- Blue Mts., N.S.W. 
punctalatera Cart., (uae Soe. N.SLW., 1919, p. 169. 
739. mnitida Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 140 LOeRstor ays V. 
victoriae (Daedrosis) Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1891, p. 533. 
740. mitidissima Lea, l.c.. 1898, p. 587 .. .. .. ..; .. Clarence R., N.S.W. 
741. nodulosa (Adeliwm) Cian Ent. Soe. Lond., 1894, p. 404 .. .. .. T. 
742. pallipes Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1891, p. 542 .. .. ... N.S.W., V. 
143. jnumcticeps Cart., l.c., 1924, p. 41 .. .. .. .. .. .. Bowral, N.S.W. 
744. splendens Cart., lc, p. 541 .. .. 5 co oo 00 oo NG, @), 
745. subcanaliculata Cart., l.c., 1921, p. 318 ao co oo, co ili, Wikwakoa, We 
746. sylvicola Blackb., Rey Soe. 8.A., 1894, p. 219 .. Forest Reefs, N.S.W. 
var. montium Cart., tee 1914, p. 391. 
747. tasmanica (Adeliwm) Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 403 .. .. T. 
748. truncata Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., eee Depeko rots ttstew orem Spe favs! Worst Ws 
749. umbilicata Cart, Ie, al e4t to, Zal on oo 60 co oo iyariuryo, INESE\Yo 


CARTER. 153 


ADELIUM. Kirby, Lm. Sie Lond., 1818, p. "420. 


750. 


751. 
752. 
753. 
754. 


799. 


Tega avin Blanch., Hist. Nat., 1845, p. 37. 
abbreviatum Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 281 .. .. .. pera. Las! 
impressum Blanch., Ware Pole. Sud., 1853, p. 177. 
var. latwm Pase., Toms Ent., 1866, we 482. 
var. dentatum Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1919, p. 167. 
var. foveatum Cart., l.c., 1909, p. 147. 
var. lomondense Cart., l.c., 1919, p. 167. 
aequale Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1891, p. 539 .. Port Lincoln, S.A. 
aerartwm Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 133 .. Darling Downs, Q. 
alpicola Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1891, p. 536... .. .. .. Alps, V. 
angulicolle Casteln., Hist. Nat., 1840, p. 236 .. .. .. .. N.S.W., V. 
succisum Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 480. 
arboricola Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1911, p. 220 .. Acacia Cr., N.S.W. 


C 


a &> 
oo 


> > Dd 


IX D 
Fa 2109 


NA’NNDWANANAATS 
~“I 


~] 
4-1 
2 OE 


=~] 


NJ “J -J 


lop) 
HS OF 


~i 
ie 


1a] 
4 
SO OO 


CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


augurale Pase., Jour, Ent., 1866, p. 480 .. .. North N.S.W. & aa 
auratum Pase., Le, p. 481 Bei tks .. «- North N.S.W. & 8.Q. 
barbatum ca. Linn. Soc. N.S8.W., 1908, p. 274 ..... Endeavour R., Q. 
brevicorne Tees. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ree 1861, p. 101, N.S.W,, Vig Las we 
nar Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 136. 
? virescens Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 281. 
breviusculum Geb., Fn. Sud-west. Aus., 1908, p. 344 .. .. .. S.W.A. 
calosomoides Kirby, Linn. Soe. Lond., 1818, p. 420 .. .. Sydney, N.S.W. 
harpaloides Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 280. 
geniale Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 135. 
canaliculatum Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1908, p. 276 .. Botany, N.S.W. 


capitatwm Lea, l.c., 1898, p. 584 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Wileannia, N.S.W. 
coeruleum Cart., U¢., 1906; p. 255) «... i +) ciate =: +12 panies COLOURS Gls 
coxi Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1912, p. 486 .. .. .. .. Ebor., N.S.W. 
cuprescens Cart., l.c., 1909, p. 148 .. .. .. .. -. .. ... Bardoc, W.AX 
cyaneum Cart., lie. LOLI pp. 222) se se es ede es ep eee curandasmoe 
delicatulum Cart, en 1919 Rss Gh won wetkatns » we ce. brishanewmoe 
ellipticum Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1894, p. 219 . CRiahrord R., N.S.W. 
fergusoni Cart., ‘ine. Soc. N:SiW., 1910; p. 132) 3. : iced . 
Flavicorne Carts, dec, 1912) jos 49i ase mere ieee cra ec Otway, V. 


geminatum Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p. 102. N.N.S.W. & S.Q. 
punctum Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1906, p. 257. 
var. illidgei Cane le., 1924, p. 542. 
goudier. Cart., Iie}; 1909) p: 150) 55 25 35 ne sete eeseue NEV) Savas 
hackeri Cart., l.c., 1908, p. 273 .. .. soto wa NEO! 
helmsi Cart., lee ‘1905, p. 181 fol =, £ 26) . Bas! ‘Gteqens N.S.W. 
fereroupeuk Tes, l.c., 1898, p. 582 .. .. .. .. Mt. Kosciusko, N.S.W. 
inconspicuum Blackb., le., 1891, p. 586 .. .. .. Kangaroo Isl, S.A. 
interruptum Cart. (Daedrosis) l.c., 1918, p. 710 .. .. .. .. Cairns, Q. 
irregulare Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1914, p. 411 .. ., .. .. S.W.A. 
lictnoides Kirby, Linn. Soc. Lond., 1818, p. 421 .. .. .. .. .. V., TZ. 
cisleloides Er., Arch. Nat., 1842, p. 176. 
helopioides Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 280. 


lindense Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1891, p. 5388 .. .. .. .. S.A., W.A. 
mcCulloch Cart., l.c., 1919, p. 166 ... .. .. .. .. .. Woaleha, N:SaWe 
murez Cart., l.c., 1921, p. 317 .. .. =. 2. 2 as We on (\WiyteemaynG: 
occidentale Blackb., Ligis S90 Spa retsavene Pm mieratsesery \ic/2\- 
parvulum Macl., Ent. Sac. N.S.W., 1872, p: 290 «a! ois) Gayndaha@s 


pestiferum Cun. Linn. Soe. N.S.W,, 1908, p. 276 .. Illawarra, N.S.W. 
pilosum Pase., ae Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 134, N'S.W., V. (w.d.). 
scutellare Pasce., l.c., p. 134. 
plicigerum Pasce., l.¢., p. 183 .. .. .. «. ae Port Denison, Q. 
var. rugosicolle Macl., Ent. Soe. NSW, 1872, p. 289. < 
politum Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 247 ... Mt. Victoria, N.S.W. 
porcatum F. (Carabus) Sys. Ent., 1774, p. 239 .. .. .. N.S.W. (w.d.) 
caraboides Kirby, Linn. Soe. Lond., 1818, p. 466. 
punciipenne Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, ip 2iSiece eek eee eee 
pustulosum Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1891, p. 534 .. N.S.W., V. (w.d.) 
var. victoriae Blackb., l.c., p. 535. 
reductum Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 135 .. N.S.W. & 8.Q. 
ancilla Pase., l.c., p. 136. 
convexiusculum Macl., Ent. Soe. N.S.W., 1872, p. 289. 
nitidum Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1906, p. 256. 


794. 
795. 
796. 
*79T. 
798. 
799. 


800. 


801. 


802. 
803. 
804. 


805. 
806. 
807. 
808. 
809. 
810. 


811. 


CARTER. 155 


regulare Lea, Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1898, p. 582 .. Forest Reefs, N.S.W. 


reticulatum Cart., l.c., 1905, p. 181 .. .. -. +: Kurrajong, N.S.W. 

rotundum Cart., ten 1908, p. 275 .., .- so ao we Wikeracig), NGSHYG 

rugicolle Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. 279° FO Ed EROS AERATED = 

ruptum Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 139° .. .- Warburton, V. 

scytalicum Pase., l.c., p. 137 .. .. Bea ee exthy Wiel 
angulatum Blackb., Linn. Soe. N. S.W., 1891, p. 538. 

similatum Germ., Linn. Ent., 1848, p. 198 ., .. .. .. V S.A. (w.d.) 


var. obesum Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 481. 

simplex Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1892, p. 44 .. Nullarbor Plains, C.A. 
negligens Geb., Fn. Sudwest. Aus., 1908, p. 343. 
tralaticium Geb., le. p. 341. 


sloanei Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1909, p. 151 .. .. .. Orange, N.S.W. 
steropoides Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 138 .., .. Forrest, V. 
striatum Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 481 .. .. .. North N.S.W. & S.Q. 


var. viridipenne Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 289. 
subdepressum Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1908, p. 276 .. Eden, N.S.W. 


sublaevigatum Cart., l.c.. 1925, p. 239 .. .. .. .. .. .. Yeppoon, Q. 
tenebrioides Er., Azch. Wee UBER aay AYKB So 56 oe a6 bo co tou Ney at 
tropicum Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W,, ee *. 537 . 54 98) 40 ool Nbak 
vesiculatum Cart., l.c., 1922, p. 78 .. .. .. .. .. .. -. Kuranda, Q. 
vicarium Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 480 .. .. .. .. .. . Albany, W.A. 


forticorne Geb., Fn. Sudwest. Aus., 1908, p. 343, 
violaceum Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1905, p. 182 .. Tenterfield, N.S.W. 


SEIROTRANA. Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 483. 


812. 
813. 
814. 
815. 
816. 


817. 
818. 
819. 
820. 
821. 
822. 
823. 
824. 
825. 
826. 
827. 
828. 


829. 
830. 
831. 


832. 
833. 
834. 


anomala Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1925, p. 240 .. .. Barrington, N.S.W. 
bimetallica oa @,, TRE, je, WEE oe oni oo co bo oo, Gre aay NSS 
carbo Cart., l.c., 1925, p. 240 .. .. .. ao oe oboe Q. (w.d.). 
catenulata Bois, Vase Astrol., 1835, p. 276 . oo 08 00 MMe, INES 
erentcollis Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1689, >. 43... .. Warburton, V. 
denticollis Cart., Linn. Soe. NSW. 1908, a. 397. 
elongata Er., Arch. Nat., 1842, p. 177... .. .., 7. 
femoralis neice Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, 10s PPA aig 66 | Gesmndet Q. 
geniculata iraey Verh. Ver. Hien, 1878, p. 102 . _ Dera, N.S.W. 
integricollis Haag., l.c., p. 102 ..... .. 5 co 90. NiSh\io (Giek)e 
major Blackb., Roy. Soe. 8. Nis 1892, 5. “998 . Tamworth, N.S.W. 
mastersi Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist,, 1870, p. 104 Sid: Leet AA leu OIaR Say 
minor Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 248... ...... mae Mts., Q. 
monticola) blackb:, le: 1891p: 54) a eee ele V. 
nodicauda Cart., l.c., 1921, p. 318 .. .. obo. ‘Siamioaea Q. 
nosodermoides Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p. 104 . Wide Bay, Q. 
orphana Pase. (darm) WO, Welt), jos Wet} oc oo Ss co WWeidommtoA, We 
parallela Germ., Linn. Ent., 1848, p. 199 .. .. .. .. ve S.A. (w.d.). 


congesta Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 482. 
proxima Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 43 .. South N.S.W., & V. 
punctifera Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 291 .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
repanda Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 137. N. N.S.W. & Q. (w.d.) 
Foon os Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1891, p. 542. 
simplea Blackb., l.c.. p. 540 .. .. .. .. .. arts a0 00 Isbi\, 
simsoni Cart., l.c., 1919, Wul68) Ss eas: Be pee ibernenais Te 
strigipennis Bates, Ent. Soe. Lond., 1873, @: “365 . BeCaneoNron. NING 


156 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


835. subcancellata Cart., Roy. Soc. 8. Aus., 1914, p. 404 . Tambourine Mt., Q. 
836. tumulosa Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922, p. 78 .. .. .. Herberton, Q. 


837. uniformis Cart., l.c., 1908, p. 398 .. .. .. .. .. .. Quirindi, N-S:We 
838.- vertebralis Cart., lc, p. 397 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Blackheath, N-S.W- 
839) “wicina Cart. Uc. sp. 1391 a. 12 oe) ene ee eee ROSE” VialleyamNeSaNye 


BRYCOPIA. Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 141. 
Dinoria Pase., 1.c. 
840. angulata Cart. (Daedrosis) Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1914, p. 389 .. .. .. V. 
841. capillata Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1921, p. 319 .. .. Stanthorpe, Q. 
842. cheesmani Cart., l.c., 1909, p. 154 .. .. .. Alps, V., Southern N.S.W. 
843. coelioides Pasc. (Dinoria) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p. 103 .. .. T. 
diemenensis Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1919, p. 170. 
844. comata Cart., l.c., 1920, p. 244 .. ..:.. . S.A. 
845. crenaticollis Cart., l.c., 1908, p. 415 . Onna & Blue Mts, N. S.W. 
846. dubia Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, - p. 293 .. .. .. .. Gayndah, @) 
847. femorata Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1909, p. 155 >. «- Warburtonssve 


848. globicollis Cane l.c,, 1920, p. 244... .. .. .. .. .. Launceston, T. 
849. globulosa Cart. (Adelium) l.c., 1905, p. 184 .. .. Kurrajong, N.S.W. 
850. hexagona Cart., l.c., 1920, p. 246 .. .. .. .. .. Mt. Wellington, T 
Shik leas Cart., Lc: p. 240) mie acl . .. .. Launceston, T. 
852. longipes Macl., Ent. Soe. N.S W,, 1872, 7 "293. .. .. Gayndah, Q. 


853. minor Cart. (Asian) Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1905, . 183. Ourimbah, N.S. W. 
854. minuta Lea (Adelium) l.c., 1898, p. 583. .. Sydney, Mulwala, N.S.W., 

TRACE eh Sous Gono oo dase. a0 fo BENGE, Silk. 
855. monilicornis Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 289 .. .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
856. obtusa Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 246 .. .. .. Lizard Isl., Q. 
857. pilosella Pane, Ann. Mag. Nat. Fise 1869, p. 141 .. Mt. Macedon, V. 
858. punctatissima Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W,, 1919, p. 171 .. Exeter, N.S.W. 


859. quadraticollis Cart., l.c., 1925, p. 242 .. .. .. Sane ra N.S.W. 
860. taylori Cart., l.c., 1906, p. 258 .. .. .. .. «+ Oberon, N.S.W. 
861. tuberculifera Champ., Ent. Soe. Lond., 1894, =, BOBS 0+ cia Go, oe Le 


LEPTOGASTRUS. Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 293. 
862. apiformis Cart. (Daedrosis) Roy. Soe. 8. Aus., 1914, p. 389. Dapto, N.S.W. 
863. cyaneus Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1920, p. 939 . Nore sO! 
864. hirsutus Cart. (Daedrosis) 1.c., 1906, p. 254 . Mt. Rance NSW. 
865. mastersi Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 294 ae -«) Gayndaha@: 
866. occidentalis Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1920, p. 239 .. Parkerville, W.A. 
DAEDROSIS. Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, p. 266. 
867. antennalis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 240 .. Mt. Irvine, N.S.W. 
868. crenatostriata Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, p. 268 .. .. .. .. N.S.W. 
ambigua Bates, l.c., p. 269. 
pygmaea Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 103. 


MACROPERAS. Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1914, p. 393. 
869: antennalis’ Cart., lic, p: 394 2. 3.2. sa 5: eo ae 2. -2) Moruyal IN-SaWe 


CORIPERA. Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 483. 
870. adamsi Lea, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., ey p- 476 (pl. xvii., f. 27) . 5 
E we . Magnet, Wiseatai T. 
871. bistriata Ga ie 1908, p- "414 oe Bo iae pooc caine vAsaect, Ih 
872. deplanata Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, p. O77 . Sh go ao Soe lalolopiany ‘th 
873. distincta Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1905, p. 185 .. Blackheath, N.S.W. 


CARTER. 157 


874. geminata Lea, l.c., 1898, p. 588 .. .. .. .. Mt. Kosciusko, N.S.W. 

875. mastersi Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 292 .. .. .. Gayndah, Q. 

876. morleyana Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1905, p. 184 . Mt. Irvine, N.S.W. 

877. ocellata Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 44 .. .. Mt. Macedon, V 
DYSTALICA. Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 142. 

878. homogena Pasce., l.c., p. 142 .. .. a) coco Nie: 


parallela Lea, Linn. son NS.W,, 1898, i 586. 
879. panageicollis Macl. (Adelium) Ent. Soe. N.S.W., 1872, p. 290. 
*880. subpubescens Bates, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 369 .. .. (?) N.S.W. 
(Doubtfully distinct from homogena Pase., while the locality given by the 
author has not been confirmed.). 
EUTHERAMA. Cart., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1914, p. 405. 


BE Cyanclm nOALi nC. P sl 400) cf -oia"clc) teres Sis Use! oie) wie. aa baie avancee UNGAR 
CYMBEBA. Pasce., Jon: Ent., 1866, p. 483. 
*882. dissimilis Pacer lic., p. 484 .. .. .. .. C. York, Q., & New Caledonia. 


(Unknown in Rneteabian collections. The Australian habitat requires con- 
firmation). 


Subfamily HeLoprn as. 
OMOLIPUS. Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1860, p. 127. 


883. angustus Cart., Linn. San INESEVoy MG), fos BEY Ga no co co Cn, Wes 

884. bimetallicus Ga Gsy. 1a ERO ne tog koe OO) moor mace R., NA. 

885. coeruleus Cart., ie Tekst (UL gb de boc xc cae R., N.A. 

886. corvus Pase., jue Ent., 1860, p. 127 (pl. xvii, “f, 98) . 55, oc teh) 

grandis Macl., Ent. Soe. N.S.W., 1872, p. 294. 
887. cyaneus Pase., Ann. me Nat. Hist., 1870, p- 98 . .. Nicol Bay and 
ae . Albany, W.A. 

F Wenatioees (Geb, “Fn. Gadveet Gain 1908, p- 332. 

888. cyaneipennis Champ., Ent. Soe. Lond., 1894, p. 394 .. .. .. N.W.A. 

889. gmesioides Pasc., Ann. ies Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 143. Port Denison, Q. 

SOON laeuisibascs, Lies py l42 5. 3 : o8F O10'.0 Capvork@! 

891. nitidus tant od a aoe . Blackall Range, Q. 

892. oblongus BAIS, Ent. She Mae, 1873, 2. “379 . | Giemeion Bay, W.A. 

affinis Geb., Fn. SHE. Aus., 1908, 7 “333. 

893. ovatus Cart., Linn. che N.S.W., 1922, p. 79 .. .. .. .. Recherche Isl. 

894. parvus Bates IDveti, Stores Wonely aE} jab Bi) oo ba Go oe ob oo om Whee 

895. punctato-sulcatus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1920, p. 249 Raat cin NEAL 

896. socius Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1862, p. ‘463. Lizard Is. & Kuranda, Q. 

897. submetallicus Geb., Fn. Sudwest. ASE, TIE jo BBB} 55 go co Ch Woe @) 
CAMPOLENE. Pasce., Jour. Ent., aaa. p. 44. 

898. nitida Pase., l.c., p. 44 .. .. .. .. .. Sydney, N.S.W. 
AUSTROPEUS. Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1924, a "543. 

899. aration Cael, Ie, {Op BH “ac (a5 ooo Siecle ee acd Veter (ai) WA 


TARPELA. Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag., 1870, p. 972. 
Lamperos All., Abeille, 1876, p. 4. 
900. catenulata All., Pet. Nouv. Ent., 1877, Dee Woks peas aes. Seay GAL 
Wil, Gael Chrat, Wise See, Wesi\iye, ibe ss Wale os 56 Sc oe 50 oo oo INO), 


Subfamily MrracanTHINAE. 


AXYNAON. Blackb., Roy. Soe. 8. Aus., 1897, p. 34. 
Catopherus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1917, p. 713. 


158 


902. 


CHECK LIST OF, AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE. 


chempioni Blackb., 1.c., p. 35 (pl. xvii, f. 29) . een ace NEA 
corpulentus (Catopherus) Cart., Linn. Sic: NS.W., 1917, p. 714. 


BLUOPS. Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1914, p. 227. 


903. 


werrucosus Cart., l.c., p. 228 .. .. .. pee toe sco. ctgich, @): 


MELYTRA. Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist 1869, a ea) 


904. 


ovata Pase., l.c., p. 34 (pl. xvii, ¢. 28h) ¢ cae haa ea ee res 


Subfamily AmARYGMINAE. 


AMARYGMUS. Dahn., Analect. Ent., 1823, p. 60. 


905. 
906. 
907. 


908. 


909. 
910. 
911. 
912. 
913. 
914. 
915. 
916. 
917. 
918. 
919. 
920. 
921. 
922. 
923. 
924. 
925. 
926. 
927. 
928. 
929. 
930. 


931. 
932. 


933. 


934. 


Eurypera Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p. 106. 
Dietysus Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 486. 
Aphyllocerus Fairm., Le Natural., 1881, p. 348. 


aborigine Cart., Roy. Soc. S, Aus., 1913, p. 39 .. .. .. .. .. Mackay, Q. 

aeger Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1893, p. 90 .. .. N.S.W., V., S.A: 

anthracinus Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, p. 79 .. .. .. .. N.S.W., Q. 
ellipsoides Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 350. 

bicolor F., Syst. Ent. p. 118 .. .. .. ayer sto OTIS as 


mene Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1889, p- “4247, 
var. torridus aoe Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist., 1869, p. 351. 


carbo Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1913, p. 38 .. .. .. .. .. Cairns, Q. 
convexiusculus Macl., Ent. Soe. N.S.W., 1872, p. 297 .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
convexus Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 485 ..,.. .. .. .. Brisbane, Q. 
corpulentus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1913, p. 40 .. .. Mt. Chalmers, Q. 
cupido Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 346 .. .. .. Cooktown, Q. 
curvipes Geb., n.n. for alienus Blkb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1893, p. 93. Vie. 
diaperoides Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, p. 1887 .. .. .. .. N.Q. 
erubescens Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1914, p. 230... .. .. .. Cairns, Q. 
exilis Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 346... .. .. .. N.'S.W. & V. 
femoratus Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1913; p. 43) 227-6 .. 3... ss Qe 
foveolatus Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 297 .. .. .. Gayniatl @), 
frenchi Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1893, p. 90 .. .. .. .. (?%) Vie. 
gemmatus Cart., Roy. Soc. §. Aus., 1913, p. 44... .. .. .. Kuranda, Q. 
hackeri Cart., lc. p. 44 .. . *) vie Biel te OSS OLR SEG) 
incultus Cart., ane Soe. N.S.W,, 1919, p. 472° din, acs! Fpl ae’) pens eee ee 
kershawi test, Roy. Soe. S. ae L913. p; 42) 5, Sa Se oe ere NESAIM 
kurandae Cart., l.c., p. 45 .. .. : .. .. Kuranda, Q. 
lindensis Binceo, Tare Soe. NSW. 1893 pp- "93, “104, Port Lincoln, S.A. 
lilliputanus Blackb., 1.c., pp. 91,104... ..... .. .. Wide Bay, Q. 
maculicollis Cart., Ray, Soe. S. hoe! 1914, p. “931 .+ .««) Kuranda @: 
maurulus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p. 105 .. N.S.W. & Q. 
metalliceps Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1921, p. 321. .. .. Cue, W.A., & 

Space Ser . Tarcoola, S.A. 
minimus Cae ae Soe. Ss. Agee 1914, ; p. 932. fon a 2 Cairmem@: 
minutus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 347 .. .. Sydney, N.S.W. 

rutilipes Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1893, p. 91. 

morio F., Sys. Ent., 1775, p. 123... .. .. » a2 N.Qs Papuaish 


var. cuprea Guér., Voy. Coquille, 1830, - p. 102. 
uniformis Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1889, p. 1272. 
tasmanicus Black. l.c., 1893, p. 105. 
foveoseriatus Fairm., Pet. Nouv. Ent., 1877, p. 187. 
foveostriatus Fairm., Soe. Ent. Belg., 1883, p. 29. 
picipes Fairm. (Dietysus) Tijd. v. Ent., 1893, p. 26. 

obtusus Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 348 .. .......... Q. 


935. pascoei Geb. [n.n. for cupreus Pase. (Huripera) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 
TSO Spe LOGi | tet reves en cewet Sevace vos x. ort Denison; Q: 
936. pectoralis Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1893, p. 90, 96. Dorrigo, N.S.W. 
EBYA jacieaGare: bao, Ikan eh ERA UPA co oo! ae oo co oomons On msomoc Nat 
queenslandicus Blackb., l.c.. pp. 92, 101 .. .. .. .. .. N.Q. 
938. picicornis Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, p. 78 .. .. N.S.W., V., S.A. 
indigaceus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 346. 
939. pinguis Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1893, pp. 92, 102 ... Cooktown, Q. 
OZ OM DONOSUS MEN ACK Ds wl: Cesp OD Gls 9O! tcfay ei cit felen feted tet. =< 40 soo UNO 
941. pusillus Pase., Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 347 .. Tiller, N.S.W. 
942. regius Cart., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1914, p. Qe) one so oo bia, ©). 
943. rimosus Blkb., Linn. Soc. N S.W,, 1893, pp. 93, 103. Riganeng R. N.S. W. 
944. rufescens Cart., Roy. Soe. s. Nir UGS fos Gal as pe) toa oo cos NENA 
945. fuficornis Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1893, pp. 90, 96. Richmond R., 
of Gra Chon OE JOR, SOOO Eee DREAD CHO mete merc ace mee . N.S.W. 
946. rugaticollis Blackb., l.c., pp. 93,104 ............ .. Sydney, N.S.W. 
947. semissus Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 349 .. Illawarra, N.S.W. 
948. sphaeroides Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1913, p. 38 .. .. .. .. .. .. Q. 
949. stolidus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1893, pp. 91, 99. .. ee N.S. We 
950. striatus Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 297 .. .. .. OR. S.W. & Q 
951. swavis Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1893, pp. 90, 95 .. Sprains N.S.W. 
DOP SULCOLURE OAL MKC. LO Wi LOMerir- tice ie ilies =ieel o-te, Del wile’ is: 
CBA WHT. Weasey, di@uii 1Dhrtre, IRs) jon Chis aG Ga op oo oGmuo mon pou con\ls 
954. termitopiilus Lea, Roy. Soc. Vic., 1910, p. 223 .. .. .. .. 2. .. Q. 
DOdMMCLD IGS u Cant. WOVSOCaS4 AUS LONG.) 40) oa ae ates sin see. NGG): 
DOO anemSHism Hh OVySm Emin on pw OO Gee lies vest ss ao) NES: We oc1Q: 
957. tropicus Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1913, p. 42... .. .. BG N.Q. 
958. tyrrhenus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1870, p. 105 .. _ tne W.A. 
959. variolaris Pasc., l.c., p. 106 .. .. .. 5 co oo Ahr 1h (), 
TRICHAMARYGMUS. Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Niet 1913, p. 46. 
960. prlosus Cart., l.c., p. 46 .. .. od 6a co Siebel 1s (Cney. Vivo 
CHALCOPTERUS. Bless., Hor. Soe. Ent, Giase 1861, p. 103. 
961. acutangulus Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1899, p. 47 .. .. .. .. .. CA. 
962. affinis Bless., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., 1861, p. 109. Q., N.S.W., V., S.A., 
0.6 “'b.6. 20.0 ib. feiss atl SRAM teas SVE Rey aeice Neidee Cheri thai ne emmy Merete EY =H 
howitti Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 348. 
sitmius Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1892, p. 421. 
963. amethystinus F., Sys. Ent,, OM: CL Aer estat shes at cial es) eho NEAL. 
964. angusticollis Cart, Roy. So, S. Aus., 1913, p- 19. caleren ihe ere ite NOS 
965. bellus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 433... .. .. .. .. .. N.Q. 
966. boops Blackb., Roy. Soe. S. Dirt SO OF SpA Diente stay cr vaineayepevey cual VIAN: 
967. bovilli Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 4538... .. .. .. .. .. NA. 
968. brevipes Blackb., l.c., p. 434 .. .. .. Sanus ele a NERVE Wie. & S.A. 
969. caesar Cart., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1913, p. “16 (pl. xvu., f. 30) 
fae oy .Sandstone, W.A. 
970. carnabcens Black Tea Sie, NS.W,, 8, p- 468 . Cunnamulla, Q. 
Gril. aang WAR, Ike, jo, 460 oc co sc 06 do oo ce bo INOW Wie, Oe WANS 
972. catenulatus eae C55 De 409) oo cc 56.06 oc co co oo Mtoomeomln, @), 
973. clypealis Blackb., l.c., mi GD oe on ot hie rte sera tsce to hates nse IO AW 
974. colossus Blackhb., l.c., p. 454 .. .. .. Weenie Meera Vig NESE Wess): 


CARTER. 159 


laticollis Blackb., 1.c., 1893, p. Ga 


992. 
993. 
994. 
995. 
996. 
9977. 
998. 
999. 


1000. 


1001. 
1002. 
1003. 
1004. 


1005. 
1006. 
1007. 
1008. 
1009. 


CHECK LIST OF AUS'TRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


columbinus Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1832, p. 271 .. .. .. N.S.W., V., T. 
variabilis Bless., Hor. Soe. Ent. Ross., 1861, p. 108. 
vinosus Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 346. 

confusus Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1914, p. 236... .. .1 .. .. .. 8.Q. 
opacicollis Blackb. (nec Macl.). 
(2) resplendens Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1832, p. 272. 


costatus Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., ee PEAGaiclas ce sc ey eee ae 
cribratus Blackb., l.c., 1901, p. 25... .. .. .. .. -- .. .. Marmor, Q. 
cupreus F., Sys. Ent., 1775, p. 123 .. .. .. JS ne vi, (Calms 


venereus Gaal Ed. Linn., 1788, p. 1728. 
rusticus Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1893, p. 63. 


cupripennis Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, p. 78 .. .. .. .. .. N.S.W. 
froggatti Blackb., Linn. Bae N. ou viene! p. 436. 

cyaneus Cart., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1913, p. Sia~ ave cregelle alee Ne 

cyaneiventris Cart., l.c., p. 12... .. PCr. oF. e706. ek 


Tee eee es Blackb. tee Hope). 
cyanopterus Hope, Gray’s Zool. Mise., i., 1831, p. 32. ? Nepal, N.S.W., V. 
cyanetpennis Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, p. 78. 
laevicollis Bless., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., 1861, p. 110. 
coelestis Pase., Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 345. 


cylindricus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 452 .. .. .. .. N.Q. 
difficilis Blackb., lc, p. 426 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. MeDonnel Range, C.A. 
dodds Cart., Roy. Soc. S: Aus. 19135 %p. US 2 1) a manda: 
elongaius Cart.; l-¢.5 p. 20) ico cit mete Jers ete) celeb clone Ee ener ee 
eremita Blackb., l.c., 1890, p. 44 .. .... .. .. Mt. Margaret, W.A. 
(2) puer Blackb., lc., 1899, p. 41. 
eyrensts Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 442 .. .... .. .. S.A. 
exoletus Blackb., l.c., 1893, p. 58 .. .. . . .. Cooktown, Q. 


fastuosus Germ., Linn. Ent., 1848, p. 200 . Q. e N. S. W,, V., S. Aus., W.A. 
obsoletus Macl., Ent. Soe. N.S. W., 18725 p. ‘096. 
confluens Blackb., Linn. Soe. NS.W,, 1892, p. 440. 


fervens Germ., Linn. Ent., 1848, p. 200 .. .. .. .. .. Adelaide, S.A. 
gilesi Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus; 1913; p: 17 2. 3 2.5 =. .. Condon Weas 
gracilicorms Blackh., l.c., 1899, p. 45 .. .. .. .. .. .. Yalgoo, W.A. 
gracilior Blackb.,. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1893, p. 66 .. .. .. .. Cairns, Q. 
grandis Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 295 .. .. .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
impenialis Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1892, p. 455 .. .. .. Marmor, Q. 
tmeonspicuus Blackb:, I:e-) p. 466) =). ie as ee ete) ate en ee ne 
interioris Blackb., l.c., 1890, p. 311 ..,... .. «gar ae DEAR WAS 


blackburni Geb, Fauna §.W. Aus., 1908, p. 339. 
mtermedius Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 489 .. N.S.W. & S.Q. 
arthuri Blackb., Roy. Soe. 8. lee 1902, p. 319. 
interrogationis Geb., Fauna 8.W. Aus., 1908, p. 337 .. .. .. .. S.W.A. 
tridescens Cart., Roy. Soc. 8. Aus., 1913, p.22......... .. Eucla, S.A. 
iridicolor Bless., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., 1861, p. 107 .., .. . Vie., N.S.W. 
iridiventris Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 458 .. .. S.A., W.A. 
meyricki Blackb., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1890, p. 45. 


twig sBlackb., l.¢., 1899, p.'43: <= vz; pe. oicyeeh eee eee ae ee 
juvenis Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 429 .. .. .. Portland, V. 
kochi Blackb., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1900, p. 59, L. me S.A. & Dalby, Q. 
laetus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 428 .. .. .. .. Emela, S.A. 


latifrons Cart, Roy. Soe. §S. Aus., BBE es 28) oo ce 4 terde 1B, WGA 


CARTER. 161 


leat Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1893, p. 65 . ge N.S.W. & N.W.V. 


lepidus Blackb., l.e., 1892, p. 465 Wee, = . York, W.A. 
longipennis Hope, Ent. Soe. Lond., 1842, p. 79 .. .. Kellerberrin, W.A. 
similis Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1892, p. 451. 
longiusculus Blackb., l.c., 1888, p. 1485 .. .. .. .. .... .... .. S.A. 
LONGUS UBIACE Ds) 1.Cry LOG es SOO! alah feel cel ale sie) cio) oie) erm. (oie W.A. 
Heeesdusn Gantt cp LOlA os Acer. ci) sicthiciel se eel ste Eeyeneg W.A. 
mea Berd. Nah. pic Gb s oa Gallon sog0c 600d. COMsc mo omopmacetS 0 
major Blackb., l.c., p. 449 .. .. .. .. .. .. «. «. .. Cooktown, Q. 
mastersi Blackb., l.c., 1893, p. 61 .. .« 56, Dos Oo ade, Go loan Nes 
maximus Cart., Bay. Soc. 5. Aus., 1913, p. TD Jee ee) 1) COOktown; @! 
cupreus Blackb. (nec F.). 
mercurius Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1892, p. 449 .. .. .. .. N.W.A. 
var. croesus Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1899, p. 44. 
michaelseni Geb., Fauna, Sudw., Aus., 1908, p. 334 .. .. .. .. .. W-A. 
mimus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 450 .. Kalgoorlie, W.A. 
minor Blackb., es ith! 2e8s} om oo ice UBD. OG Ane SU CR OCMC tet 
aeenedens Geb., Fauna Sudw. Dees 1908, p. 336. 
modestus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 432 .. .. Wide B., Q. 
MiTMayensts lack Dai lC. Pe 4Oo! ell i ets elec eis! tals Wale ole) elel aie eAL. 
mundus Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1899, p. 48 .. .. .. 5 bo INA), 
neglectus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 446 .. iin S.W. & 8.Q. 
nigritarsis Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 485 .. .. .. .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
rufipes Macl., Ent. Soe. N.S.W., 1872, p. 294. 
mobiles Blackb., Tnnn: Soe: N:s.W., 1893; p: 63 :. -. .. .. .. .. N.Q: 
oblongus Blackb:y-l.c: 1892, py 404 <r as ws es ce we «we oe Wien 
obscurus Blackb., aan Ley Shed ce LOCI: CO Nao routs se oma AN hans 


ocularis Blackb., l.c., 1893, p. 4. Wal wets SGt60s0e 60° oe aM Oe 
opacicollis Macl., ae Soc. N.S. W,, 1872, p- 295 a6 oo INESEYS Oa SHO; 
hunterensis Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1893, p. 64. — 


palmerensis Blackb., 1.c., p. 65 . Ha 6 On (Oe COS GINO DRE EOD TCE OD 
palmerstoni Blackb., Le., 1892, p. ASE Toles: dol sis ooine! cece 
parallelocollis Geb., Fauna Sudw. Aus., 1908, p- 335 Taveeruice: aie Wiss 
perlongus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 444 ..,.. S.A. & W.A 
picipes Macl., Ent, Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 295 .. .. .. .. V., N.S.W., Q. 


jucundus Blackb., Roy. Soe. S. Aus., 1899, p. 50. 
placidus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 435 .. Kellerberrin, W.A. 


plutus Blackb., ee jp HL B65) Gel oS Seen aie NE S. W. & Brisbane, Q. 
. _ polychromus Pas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Eb, 1869, TO a¥is) 5 aa Wo ts IShANS 
praetermissus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., ‘1924, jth 42) eo Soe loo oe. ING) 
prismaticus Cart., Ror Soe. S. Aus., 1913, p- 21 .. .. Camooweal, Q. 
proditor Blackb., men MEE) 1a, tee oo Oe Solio -oly ae. ao dNle\ Aer 
prospiciens Blackb., Lama Soe. N.S.W., 1893, 5 62. Papacte nine cic Win Ae 
proximus Blackb., nee Tob BY oc oo oo 00 o6 aa oo sete IDtmcay @), 


pulcher Blackb., ie piG450 5 bo 60 00 06 06 ao Chiang, ©, 
puncticollis Ee, Ent. Soe. andl, “1842, fio 73 oc co ao oo IPH, WAY 
punctipennis Macl., Ent. Soe. N.S.W., 1872, p. 296 .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
punctulatus Blackh., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 463 .. N.S.W. & Q. 


purpureus Germ., Linn. Ent., 1848, p. 199 .. .. .. .. Adelaide, S.A. 
rugosicollis Macl., ae Soe. N.S.W., 1872, p. 295 .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
rugosipennis Macl., l.c., p. 296 .. .. .. .. .. Gayndah, Q. 


scutellaris Cart., tho iste N.S.W., 1921, ie "320 .. Kimberley, W.A. 


162 CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE, 


1055i* segues Blackh., 1¢:,, 1893) G9) seven. ce. Snel nie steer ee NEC 

1056. semisertatus Blackb., I-c.. 1892, p. 460... 3. 22 32 0s :: NSW, V. 

1057. sericatus Cart., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1913, p. 24... .... .. C. Youle Q. 

1058. setosus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 459 .. .. .. .. .. N.Q. 
var. cupriventris Cart., Roy. Soc. 8. Aus., 1913, p. 13. 

1059. smaragdulus F., Sys. Ent., p. 123 .. .. .. sil ste aren NAR CceNE@E 


semiticus Pasc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Elist:, 1869, p. 349. 
vigilams Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1892, p. 432. 
cairnsi Blackb., l.c., 1893, p. 60. 

triangularis Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, p. 104. 


1060. sparsus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 432 .. .. ..,..*.. .. N.A. 
1061. sulcipennis Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, p. 78 .. .. .. .. Perth, W.A. 
suturalis Pase., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, p. 350. 
1062. superbus Blackb., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1890, p. 309 .. .. .. .. .. N.A. 
1063. tenuicornis Geb., Fauna Sud. W. Aus., 1908, p. 340... .. .. .. .. W.A. 
1064. tinctus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 425 .. .. .. .. .. S.A. 
1065. torpedo Cart., l.c., 1921, p. 320... .. .. 7 NE@: 
1066. velutinus W. S. Macl., King’s Sury. Aust., 1827, p p. "443, ‘Wyndham, W.A. 
1067. versicolor Blackb., than Soc. N.S.W., 1892, Ped2d fs ste) poe eos 


1068. viridicollis W. S. Macl., King’s Suey Aust., 1827, 3 piso) wate “WA. 
bicolor Geb., Fauna Sud. W. Aus., 1908, p. 338. 
1069. vividus Blackb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892, p. 488 .. .. N.S.W. & Q. 
1070. zonatus Blackb., Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1899, p. 46... .. .. .. .. .. N,Q. 
Subfamily STRONGYLIIN AB. 


STRONGYLIUM. Kirby, Linn. Soc. Lond., 1818, p. 417. 


1071. australe Makl., Mon., 1864, p. 354 .. .. .. acd, sie eee 
1072. corrugatum ca tim Soe. N.S.W,, 1915, 3: 528 Wo), (ale), Nate Neo 
1073. cylindripenne Cart., ores GP 55 ao oo a ao oe Tanbonie Mt, Q. 
1074. longicrus Cart., oe GY Ses BAU sa yo oo on a0 Caine Q. 
Perce Cart. (nom. praeoce.) Le., 1915, oe 525. 
1075. macleayi Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1863, p. 43 .. .. .. .. .. .. N.S.W. & Q. 
1076. mastersi Macl., Ent. Sue. N.S.W., 1872, p. 298 .. .. .. Gayndah, Q. 
1077. punctithorax Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1915, p. 529 .. .. .. Cairns, Q. 
1078. ruficolle Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, p. 298 .. .. .. ..Gayndah, Q. 


1079. vertebrale Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924, p. 43 (pl. xvii, f. 31) ... N.Q. 

EBENOLUS. Fairm., Notes Leyd. Mus., 1897, p. 227. 

1080. banksi Cart., ane Soe. N.S.W., 1924, p. 43 .. .. .. Moa, Banks Isl. 

1081. minor Cart., l.c., p. 44 .. .. -. .. Moa Banks 

NOTOSTRONGYLIUM. Cart., Linn. Soe. NS.W., "1915, p. 523. 

1082. fuscovestitum Cart., Roy. Soe. 8. Aus., 1914, p. 232 .. Gosford, N.S.W. 

1083. reticulatum Makl. (Strongylium) Mon., 1864, p. 343. are Mts., N.S.W 
ave, “siete: “seal iels “atte Mis! Uneet Say etcemcusianodmerete cee: on RAG a VAC HmAlL DES 

1084. rugosicolle Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1915, p. 523 .. .. .. .. .. N.Q. 

PSEUDOSTRONGYLIUM. Kraatz. Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1880, p. 114. 

1085. viridipenne Kraatz., l.c., p. 120. 


ABBREVIATIONS USED. 


A. for Australia. S.A. for South Australia. 
N.S.W. ,, New South Wales. (ay, » Queensland, 
V. » Vietoria. N.Q. ,, North Queensland. 


N.W.V. ,, North-west Victoria. 8.Q. ,, South Queensland. 


CARTER, 163 


W.A. for Western Australia. N.A. for Northern Australia. 
N.W.A. ,, North-west Australia. E.A.  ,, Eastern Australia. 

Whe » Tasmania. C.A. ,, Central Australia. 

N.T.  ,, Northern Territory. C. York ,, Cape York Peninsula. 


Linn. Soe. N.S.W. for Proceedings of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. 
Roy. Soe. S.A. ,, Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia. 
Ent. Soc. Lond. ,, Transactions of the Entomological Society of London. 
Other abbreviations for references are those generally recognised. 
A few names [Nos. 79 (nov. gen. et spec.), 121, 162, 167, 444, 501, 708, 891] 
have been included, which are in course of publication in the next Proceedings 
of the Linnean Society of New South Wales. 


An asterisk * placed before a name in the Check-list indicates a species un- 
known to the author in nature. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 
Plate xvi. 

Zopherosis georgii White. 
Tretothorax cleistosoma Lea. 
Exangeltus angustus Blkb. 
Adelodemus excisicollis Cart. 
Eectyche sculpturata Bates. 
Caediomorpha heteromera King. 
Mychestes pascoei Macl. 
Ganyme sapphira Newm. 
Ceropria maculata Geb. 
10. Platycilibe brevis Cart. 
11. Uloma westwoodi Pase. 
12. Helaeus waitei Lea. 
13. Saragus incisus Pase. 
14. Onosterrhus bos Cart. 
15. Nyctozoilus deyrollei Bates. 


SOTCOR AY OP CMS COTO 


Plate xvii. 
16. Hypaulax foveata Cart. 
17. Sloanea costata Cart. 
18. Meneristes tibialis Cart. 
19. Brises blairi Cart. 
20. Prophanes ducalis Cart. 
21. Chartopteryx imperialis Cart. 
22. Apterotheca amaroides Pase. 
23. Melytra ovata Pase. 
24. Cardiothorax grandis Bates. 
25. Nototrintus jacksoni Cart. 
26. <Adelium helmsi Cart. 
27. Cortpera adamsi Lea. 
28. Omolipus corvus Pase. 
29. Axynaon championi Blkb. 
30. Chalcopterus caesar Cart. 
31, Strongyliwm vertebrale Cart : 


164 


A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES. 
(Phylum Motiusca—Order Loricata.) 


By Tom Irepate and A. F. Basser HULL. 


Wil 


Family PLAxIPHORIDAB. 


Shells with eight-slit anterior valve, teeth not pectinated, one-slit median 
valves, and callused posterior valve; the girdle having corneous processes and 
sutural tufts, rarely with minute scales. 

The shells are mostly of large size, the typical species reaching 150 mm. 
in length, but the subtropical and tropical forms are very small, not exceed- 
ing 15 mm. in length. As the group is represented by large species in the 
extremity of South America, Falkland Islands, New Zealand, and southern Aus- 
tralia—practically a circumpolar Antarctic distribution—so the small forms 
which occur in Madagascar, southern India, Ceylon, tropical eastern Australia, 
and New Caledonia show an almost world-encireling distribution with, so far 
as is at present known, a break in the American region. We anticipate that 
this hiatus will in time be filled by the discovery of one of the small forms 
on the Peruvian or Brazilian littoral. 

The large forms seem very closely allied, the New Zealand and South 
American forms of the type being regarded as conspecific. The small forms 
appear closely related, though geographically so widely separated. 

Only two genera are found in Australian Waters:— 


Shells large; girdle with corneous processes only .. .. .. .. .. Poneroplaz. 
Shells small; girdle clothed with minute scales and having 
COTMEOUS PTOCESSES: © =. er<) fais) cre oie) ere csi WerstnEe tum one neem TUCO) DOTA 


Genus PoNEROPLAX. 
Poneroplax Iredale, Proc. Malac. Soe., xi., 1914, 32. Type by original designa- 
tion Chiton costatus Blainville. 

Shells of large size, oval and with microscopically wrinkled sculpture and 
sometimes prominently sculptured in the same manner: anterior valve with eight 
radial ribs more or less obsolete: an ill-defined or semipustulose rib indicating 
the lateral area: posterior valve with mucro subterminal: insertion plates and 
sutural laminae large: anterior valve with eight slits, no pectination: sinus not 
toothed: no insertion plate in posterior valve, a heavy callus forming instead: 
girdle leathery, broad, with long corneous processes, rarely bunched at sutures, 
forming sutural tufts, which are more marked in juvenile than in adult examples, 
and disappear or become merged in the marginal processes in dried examples. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 165 


The following is a key to the species:— 
Heavily sculptured: 


Sculpture evanescing .. .. Meer ste USA ios Siglo GLO: 
Sculpture persistent, and wavy on “lena areas) 3. a. «2 «. «- paetehana. 
Rarely sculptured; smooth as juvenile .. .. .. .. .. .. .. «. .. +. «+ costata. 


PONEROPLAX COSTATA. 
(Plate xviii., figs. 1, 9, 10.) 


Chiton costatus Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), xxxvi., 1825, 548. King 
George Sound, Western Australia. Type in Paris Mus. Thiele, Revision 
Chitonen (Chun’s Zoologica, Heft 56), Pt. 1, 1909, 24, pl. iii, £ 20, 21 
(fig. of type). 

Chiton glaucus Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. de |’Astrol., Zool., iii., 1835, 376, pl. 74, 
f. 7-11. D/’Entrecasteaux Channel, Tasmania. Type in Paris Mus. (? 
lost). Not Chiton glaucus Gray, Spicilegia Zoologica, 1828, 5. 

Euplaciphora modesta Haddon, Zool. Challenger, xv., 1886, Polypl., 33, ex 
Carpenter M.S. Describes Brit. Mus. No. 67 from Australia. Type in 
Brit. Mus. 

Plaxiphora tasmanica Thiele, Revision Chitonen (Chun’s Zoologica, Heft 56), 
Pt. 1, 1909, 25, pl. i., f. 24-26. Type in Berlin Mus. 

Plaxiphora bednalli Thiele, Id. ib., 1909, 25, pl. iii., f. 27-31. South Australia. 
Type in Berlin Mus. 

Plaxiphora albida May, Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xv., f. 10. 


Fig. 1. 
P. costata Blainville. Valves 5 and 8. (After Thiele). 


Plaxiphora tasmanica May, Id. ib., 1923, Appendix, pl. xv., f. 10. 

Shell large, ovate, depressed, entire sculpture microscopic wrinkling, girdle 
with long slender nearly straight corneous processes, sutural tufts absent. 

Colour brown, flamed with green or yellow, sometimes one or two valves 
wholly of the latter colours. 

Anterior valve with eight indistinct radial waves. 

Median valves broad, beaked, a smooth raised rib separating the lateral 
from the pleural areas. 

Posterior valve with mucro almost terminal, no postmucronal area distinguish- 
able, ante-mucronal area as pleural area of median valves. 

Girdle leathery, fleshy when alive. 

Interior blue, darker medially. Slitting 8—1—0. 

Dimensions: 25 x 17 mm. (juvenile figured). Maximum measured: 98 x 44 
mm. 

Station: On the surface of rocks between tide marks. 

Habitat: Western Australia, South Australia. Tasmania, Victoria. 

Remarks: A juvenile shell from the type locality is described and figured. 


166 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


PONEROPLAX ALBIDA. 
(Plate xviii., figs. 2, 8, 11.) 

Chiton albidus Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), xxxvi., 1825, 547. Tle 
King. Type in Paris Mus. Thiele, Revision Chitonen (Chun’s Zoologica, 
Heft 56), Pt. 1, 1909, 24, pl. iii., f. 22, 23 (fig. of type). 

2 Chiton petholatus Sowerby (and var. porphyrius) Mag. Nat. Hist., iv. 
(Charlesworth), June, 1840, 289. New Holland. Types lost. Conch. 
Illus., f. 64, 65, and 59. , 

Chaetoplewra conspersa H. Adams & Angas, P.Z.S., 1864, 193. Port Lincoln, 
South Australia. Type in British Mus. 

Plaxiphora petholata var. conspersa Pilsbry, Man. Conch., Ser. 1., xiv., 1893, 324. 

Plaxiphora costata May, Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xv., f. 11. 


Fig. 2. 
P. albida Plainville. Valves 5 and 8. (After Thiele). 


Fig. 3. 
P. tasmanica Thiele. Valves 5 and 8. (After Thiele). 


Fig. 4. 
P. bednalli Thiele. Valves 5 and 8. (After Thiele). 


Plaxiphora albida Ashby & Hull, Aust. Zool., iii., 1923, 83, pl. viii, f. 5 (6). 

King Island. 

Shell large, ovate, subdepressed, sculpture well marked, girdle processes 
curved. 

Colour dark to blackish brown, beaks frequently tipped with white; some 
valves flamed with green or yellow. 

Anterior valve rayed with eight slightly elevated distant ridges, overridden 
by irregular wavy concentric cording. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 167 


Median valves broad, beaked, a prominent lateral rib, cut by wavy con- 
centrie lines so as to make it appear seminodulose, a similar ridge forming the 
posterior border of the lateral areas. Between these two ridges V-shaped wrinkles 
occur and these persist across the pleural area but vanish medially, the jugal 
area being faintly microscopically wrinkled. 

Posterior valve with the mucro subterminal, postmucronal area almost 
smooth, ante-mucronal area wrinkle sculptured as pleural areas. 

Girdle very broad, spongy, having corneous processes. 

Interior bluish green, darker medially. Slitting 8—1—0. 

Dimensions: 30 x 19 mm. juv. Maximum measured: 74 x 38 mm. 

Station: On the surface of rocks between tide marks. 

Habitat: Tasmania, Victoria, South Australia, Western Australia, 

Remarks: An immature specimen from the type locality is described and 
figured. 

The two species here allowed are generally separable at sight, the juveniles 
showing the distinctions clearly; the adults show variation, according to the 
station and locality, but are generally recognisable by means of the form of the 
posterior valve. Thiele’s figures drawn from the type specimens are here re- 
produced. Attention has often been drawn to the variability of these species 
and up to the present no definite means of distinguishing subspecies is known. 
At King Island in Bass Strait, and at Port Arthur, South Tasmania, the two 
species grow side by side, costata living higher up and albida predominating 
lower down. At the latter locality the former shell rarely develops obsolete wrinkles 
with age, but becomes elongate and round backed, lengthening to an elongate 
oval of large size, the girdle becoming leathery and nude; a fairly large speci- 
men when dried, measured 87 x 42 mm. From Fowler Bay, South Australia, 
small specimens agreeing with the topotype described have been examined, and 
from Neptune Island large specimens, 90 x 48 mm., agree with the large ones 
from Port Arthur, thus showing little variation from west to east. On the other 
hand albida from Port Arthur develops into a comparatively broader shell which 
never grows so large nor (owing to its station) does its girdle ever lose all its 
corneous processes; the prominent wrinkling being always present. An average 
large shell measures 63 x 42 mm. dried. 

From Port Arthur also comes a narrow highly elevated shell strongly sculp- 
tured, which may be an ecologic variant or even a recognisable subspecies, in 
which case it might be called mawlei. 

At Port Lincoln, S\A., a small light coloured highly sculptured form oceurs, 
upon which was based Chaetoplewra conspersa H. and A. Adams. A feature of 
the albida form is the predominance of the light markings, while in costata the 
darker colour prevails. 


PONEROPLAX PAETELIANA. 
(Plate xviti., figs. 3, 7, 12.) 


Plaxiphora paeteliana Thiele, Revision Chitonen (Chun’s Zoologica, Heft 56), 
Pt. I., 1909, 26, pl. iii., f. 34-36. “Tasmania and Cape York” error = Port 
Jackson, N.S.W. Type in Berlin Mus. 

Plaxiphora costata Iredale, Proe. Mal. Soe., ix., 1910, 157. Caloundra, Queens- 
land. 

9 Plaxiphora excurvata Pilsbry, Man. Conch., Ser. I., xiv., 1893, 327, from 
Carpenter M.S. Australia? Haines Coll. and Coll. McGill University, 
Montreal. 

Shell large, oval, depressed, round-backed, sculpture strongly wrinkled, girdle 


168 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


broad, with long nearly straight corneous processes, with larger and thicker ones 
at sutures. 

Colour generally brown flamed with green or yellow, but wholly. greyish white 
examples are not uncommon, while occasional blotches of blue or red are found on 
some specimens. 

Anterior valve concentrically closely wrinkled, the eight radials obsolete or 
appearing only as waves: the apex smoother. 

Median valves with the lateral areas not very well differentiated but bounded 
by two radial ribs, the intervening space sculptured with wrinkled V sculpture, 
which appears to cut the radials into nodules, and then pass on to the pleural 
and turn towards the jugum. This sculpture runs parallel to the edge of the 
preceding valve, becoming very fine on the jugal area. The posterior rib is 
similarly carved into about a dozen elongate lozenges, but these are not 
separated. 

Posterior valve with the mucro depressed, nearly terminal, the postmucronal 
area scarcely defined, the ante-mucronal area sculptured as pleural area. 

Girdle very broad, sutural tufts present and distinct in juveniles, but obscure 
in adults. 

Interior pale bluish-green. Slitting 8—1—0. 

Dimensions: 33 x 21 mm. juv. 80 x 40 mm. Maximum of examples 
measured. 

Station: On the surface of rocks between tide marks. Juveniles are fre- 
quently found in the interstices between tunicates below low water mark. 

Habitat: New South Wales, South Queensland. - 

Remarks: A juvenile shell from Freshwater Bay, near rort Jackson Heads, 
described and figured. The peculiar sculpture is diagnostic. 


Genus AERILAMMA, 


Aerilamma Hull, Proce. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxxvi., 1924, 113. Type by 
original designation A. primordia, id. ib. 
Shells of small dimensions and tropical distribution, having Plaxiphorid 
structure, but primitive ornament; the girdle covered with minute scales and 
bearing sparse corneous processes, the margins spiculose. 


To this genus Hull has allotted Plaxiphora parva Nierstrasz (Zool. Jahrb., 
1906, 501) from Mozambique, and P. indica Thiele (Revision Chitonen, 1909, 23) 
from Ceylon. 


AERILAMMA PRIMORDIA. 
(Plate xviii., figs. 13-17.) 


Aerilamma primordia Hull, Proc. Roy. Soe. Queensland, xxxvi., 1924, 113, pl. 
xxi, f. 4. Stone Island, Port Denison, Queensland. Type in Queensland 
Museum. 

Shell very small for the family, broadly ovate, not elevated, but carinated; 
side slopes convex. Colour olive-green, unevenly flecked with reddish-brown and 
blotched with dark green. 

The sculpture of the whole shell is uniformly granulose, the grains somewhat 
irregular in shape and size, but all high and pointed. 

Anterior valve broad and high, apex not beaked, planate. 

Median valves: lateral areas distinctly raised, not differentiated, no dia- 
gonal, jugum broad, V-shaped, with the pustules small and crowded. 

Posterior valve small, rounded, the pustules smaller and tending to a more 


IREDALE AND HULL. 169 


regular pattern than on the other valves; mucro prominent, posterior, straight 
behind. 

Girdle wide, spongy, covered with minute, elongate, rounded scales, and hay- 
ing a few corneous processes opposite the sutures; margin spiculose, the under 
side densely minutely scaly. In dried examples the girdle contracts to one-third 
of the width when alive. 

Interior bluish-green, paler at the edges and the sutural laminae, anterior 
valve with eight slits, median valves 1-1 slit, posterior valve unslit; callus wide, 
smooth; eaves projecting; sinus broad. 

Dimensions: 7 x 5 mm. (type), maximum of series measured 15 x 9 mm. 

Station: The type and several co-types were found on the under side of 
stones embedded in coral sand and debris between median and low water mark. 
On Armit Island a colony was found inhabiting a typical Plaxiphorid station in 
crevices in the rock and amongst clusters of oysters on a rocky promontory, 
above median tide mark. 

Habitat: North Queensland, from Port Curtis to Cooktown. 


Remarks: This genus presents an interesting example of the northward 
migration and synchronous degeneration of Antarctic species, the closely allied 
genus Poneroplax reaching greatest dimensions and occurring in greatest quan- 
tity in the sub-Antarctic Islands, Tasmania, and southern Australia. 


Family CHiron ae. 


This family includes the most highly specialised forms, some of the groups 
being well endowed with ocelli. There appear to be two or three distinct groups 
represented in the series at present associated under this name. Thus the 
Rhyssoplax series, the Sypharochiton series, and the Lucilina series are separable 
at sight, although the variation in the individual genera comprised in the series 
is not small. Beginning with the Rhyssoplax series, it has been shown that the 
evolution of the species is expressed in the growth stages of any species, and 
that all the stages are still represented as distinct species, forming an easily 
recognised chain of development such as is rarely seen in other groups. Com- 
mencing with Delicatoplaz—Tegulaplaz being a peculiar offshoot—the regular 
links in the serial chain of development are seen through Rhyssoplar coxi, R. 
jugosa, R. exoptanda, and R. tricostalis into Mucrosquama carnosa and M., {ver- 
conis. It is suggested that Amaurochiton may be a very specialised ancient ally 
of this series. 


The Sypharochiton series shows variation in another way as, while in the 
former series the variation in sculpture is a marked feature and the scale differen- 
tiation is small; in this the sculpture seems to vary very little, though the girdle 
covering ranges from scales to long spines, and in some genera the posterior 
valve loses its insertion plate, a callused plate forming in two or three cases 
independently. It should be noted that no degeneration of the insertion plates 
has yet been observed in the Rhyssoplax series. 

The third or Lucilina series combines a glossy shell and horny scaleless 
girdle. the posterior valve varying from a peculiarly well developed one with a 
large mucro and toothed insertion plate, to a small flattened one with planate 
terminal mucro and eallused insertion plate. An extraordinary variation is seen 
in Schizochiton, which is the only one of the family showing reduction in the 
slitting of the anterior valve; in addition it shows the largest ocelli, and is 
characterised by the large fissure in the posterior valve. 


170 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Ecologically the whole family may be divided into two groups, (a) Emer- 
gent, and (b) Immergent. The first group, like the Plaxiphoridae, in their 
adult stages, take up stations on the surface of rocks above median tide mark, 
and are therefore exposed to the air for long periods twice daily; some examples 
in fact remain even above mean high water mark and are only submerged during 
spring tides or by the surf in rough weather. The emergent group comprises 
the whole of the Sypharochiton series, and Onithochiton of the Lucilina series. 
The entire Rhyssoplax series is immergent, none being found exposed at any 
state of the tide. Lucilina and Schizochiton are sometimes found just above 
mean low water mark, but always under stones or in crevices of dead coral, and 
not exposed to the air. 

In relation to size of shell, the following dimensions are assigned to the 
three grades referred to, viz.:—Small”’—under 20 mm. in length; “medium”— 
20-35 mm., and “large’—over 35 mm., the measurements being of average adults. 

Practically the only feature diagnostic of this family is the pectination of 
the insertion plates. In addition the slitting of the anterior valve is eight or 
more, the higher number being caused by interslitting. In only one case, Schizgo- 
chiton, is it less, being six or seven. 


As a guide to the determination of the groups, the following scheme is 
proposed. 
Girdle scaly: 
Teeth finely pectinate: 
Seales very small: 


Shell practically smooth .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. Delicatoplacz. 
With concentric ridges only .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Tegulaplas. 
Seales larger: 

Shell with linear sculpture present on central areas .. Rhyssoplaa. 
Seales large and mucronate .. .. .. .. .. .. .._.. .., Mucrosquama. 

Seales large and rounded: 
Sculpture distinctive .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. +... Amaurochiton. 

Teeth coarsely pectinate: 

Posterior valve strongly toothed: seales large .. .. .. Sypharochiton. 
Posterior valve weakly toothed: scales small .. .. .. Squamopleura. 
Girdle semispinose, spines clubshaped, posterior valve callused .. .. Clavarizona. 
Girdle spinose: posterior valve callused .. .. .. .. .. Liolophura. 
posterior valve with toothed insertion ise .. Amphitomura. 
spines very lone «2 :. :2 << 0 24 aor wees oe) ALCON ORC URE 
Girdle leathery: posterior valve callused dal legos te et fe og oe eter OMELIEOC Ite 
posterior valve with prominent foothed insertion plate. Lucilina. 
Girdle spiculose: posterior valve strongly fissured .. .. .. .. .. Sehizochiton. 


Genus DELICATOPLAX, n. gen. 
Type Chiton translucens Hedley & Hull. 


This peculiar form is at present only known from the Peronian Region, and 
represents the ancestral stage of all the Rhyssoplacid forms. In addition the 
girdle seales are small for this family, but the insertion plates are pectinated, 
the sinus very narrow but coarsely pectinate, the sutural laminae consequently 
very large. 


ee 


IREDALE AND HULL. 171 


DELICATOPLAX TRANSLUCENS. 
(Plate xvui., figs. 21-25. Plate xx., fig. 15.) 


Chiton translucens Hedley & Hull, Rec. Aust. Mus., vii., 1909, 263, pl. Ixxiv., f. 
14-18. Vaucluse, Port Jackson, N.S.W. Type in Australian Museum. 
Shell large, elevated, carinated, side slopes straight. Colour buff, clouded 

with olive and sage-green, and microscopically freckled with rufous, in some 

specimens shaded with orange-red on the lateral areas. 

Entire surface finely granulated in quincunx. The general smoothness of 
the valves is only interrupted by a few impressed growth lines. ‘The lateral 
areas of the median valves are raised, and there are a few rudimental furrows 
in the remoter pleural areas. The mucro of the posterior valve is median, sub- 
prominent. 

Girdle broad, covered with small, finely striated, oval, polished, and densely 
subimbricate scales. 

Interior flesh tint passing into green; sinus narrow, deep, denticulate. Slit- 
ting 8—l1—10, teeth deeply irregularly pectinated on the edge and outside. 

Dimensions: 38 x 21 mm. (type); 55 x 30 (maximum). 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: New South Wales (Shellharbour, Port Jackson, Port Stephens), 
Southern Queensland (Caloundra, Point Cartwright). 

Remarks: This shell, when alive, presents a beautiful translucent appear- 
ance, the prevailing tint being green. It is very clean, being apparently of a 
nomadic disposition, and therefore less exposed to the attacks of parasites. It 
prefers smooth surfaces, and is often found on sunken glass bottles. In describ- 
ing the furrows in the pleural areas the authors used the term “vestigial.” In 
the light of a more critical examination of the evolutionary process of the family, 
we adopt the view that these furrows are in fact rudimertal. 


Genus TEGULAPLAX, 0. gen. 


Type Chiton howensis Hedley & Hull. 

This curious genus recalls Rhyssoplax but the animal is alert and active like 
that of Ischnochiton (sensu lato). The elongate shape with the narrow elevated 
shell and very broad girdle and characteristic sculpture present features easily 
recognised. It would appear to be an early offshoot from the ancestral Rhysso- 
placid stock which developed a curious sculpture, and has retained it without 
modification for a long period. When Hedley and Hull described the type 
species they were unaware that any of the group had been previously known, 
whereas four species had been introduced in literature:—Ischnochiton ravanae 
Sykes (Rep. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Suppl. iv., 1903, p. 178, pl. 1, fig. 4, 
from Ceylon); Ischnochiton hululensis Smith (Fauna and Geog. Maldive and 
Laccadive Arch., Vol. IL., 1903, p. 619, pl. xxxvi., figs. 3-6, from Hulule I.) ; 
Chiton imbricatus Nierstrasz (Siboga Exped. Monog., xlviii., 1905, p. 79, pl. iu., 
f. 37, pl. vii. figs. 188-194, from the Moluccas) and Chiton (Clathropleura) 
plate: Thiele (Revision Chitonen., pl. ii., 1910, p. 92, pl. ix., f. 46-48, from the 
Red Sea). 

The distribution suggested its discovery in Australian waters, and we now 
record it owing to the acumen of the doyen of Loricate collectors in Australia, 
Mr. E. H. Matthews, now in his seventy-sixth year, after whom we name the 
Australian species. 

The whole of the species show a very similar form and sculpture so that 
it is difficult to determine their exact relationship with the few specimens of 
all, save howensis, yet available. 


172 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


TEGULAPLAX MATTHEWSI, 2. sp. 
(Plate xviii., figs. 26, 27.) 

Shell small, elongate oval, strongly elevated, carinated, side slopes curved 
and steep, sculpture characteristic, girdle very broad, scales small striate ovals. 

Colour creamy white, the jugal area pinkish-brown with a few white 
splashes, the sides of the valves with longitudinal splashes of greenish, the an- 
terior valve nearly uniform greenish brown, the posterior valve mostly creamy 
white with a few splashes and a wedge-shaped patch of brown from the mucro 
to the girdle, which is irregularly numerously banded with pinkish brown. 

Anterior valve fairly large, microscopically punctate, obsolete growth lines 
across valve, a couple of the characteristic concentric wrinkled ridges develop- 
ing towards edge. 

' Median valves with the lateral areas elevated, showing half a dozen wrinkled 
ridges parallel to the girdle, the central areas smooth. (In some lights these 
ridges appear to overlap like tiles, hence the generic name). 

Posterior valve with the apex elevated, median, the postmucronal slope con- 
cave, almost entirely smooth, a few wrinkles only beginning to appear: ante- 
mucronal area smooth. 

Girdle very broad, with extremely small elongate oval closely imbricating 
seales, regularly striate with about ten striae. 

Interior pale greenish white. Slitting 10—1—10-12. 

Dimensions: 11 x 6 mm. juv. 

Station: Under stones in pools on coral reef. 

Habitat: Darnley Island, Torres Strait. Collected by E. H. Matthews. 

Remarks: Though only one small specimen has yet been received it differs 
from the very large series from Lord Howe Island in its fewer concentric 
wrinkles and the coneave postmucronal area. 


Genus RHYSSOPLAX. 
Rhyssoplax Thiele, Das Gebiss der Schnecken (Troschel), ii., 1893, 368. 
Type by monotypy R. janeirensis = Chiton affinis Issel. 
Clathropleura Thiele, Das Gebiss der Schnecken (Troschel) ii., 1893, 367. 
Not Clathropleura Tiberi., 1877, of which the type is C. laevis. Cf. Iredale, 
Proc. Mal. Soce., xi., 1914, 39. 
Anthochiton Thiele, Das Gebiss der Schnecken (Troschel) ii., 1893, 377. 

Type by monotypy Chiton tulipa Quoy & Gaimard. 

This genus comprises a large series of species of superficial similarity, 
though of varying sculpture. 

The shells are of large to small size, elongate ovals, highly elevated, 
carinated, with scaly girdles. The sculpture varies from almost smooth, longi- 
tudinal sculpture always being present on the central areas, to strongly sculp- 
tured shells. Anterior valve always eight-slit, insertion plate short, teeth finely 
regularly pectinated: sutural laminae large, sinus broad, finely toothed, median 
valve with one slit at each side, finely pectinate: posterior valve with short in- 
sertion plate cut into about ten to twelve teeth, all being finely pectinate. Girdle 
sealy, scales striate but with a strong tendency to smoothness, sometimes small 
ovals, at others more rounded and larger, always closely imbricating. 

As regards the sculpture, the juveniles of all the species are entirely smooth, 
the linear sculpture developing first on the pleural areas and then the radials on 
the lateral areas and end valves. This has been discussed by us in more detail 
in the Proc. Mal. Soc., xi., 1914, 39-41, and this Journal ITT., 1923, 163, and de- 
tailed figures are given on Plate xix., figs. 28-35 and 37 (R. venusta). 


IREDALE AND HULL. 173 


The species can easily be separated by means of the development of seulp- 
ture, thus :— 
Anterior valve, lateral areas of median valves and postmucronal area smooth 


unsculptured : 
Salles araclll, GME be Moa Bd cote oe on oo OG loa) Homa Some 
Seales large, suboval .. .. .. . .. ++ «+ jugosa series. 
Anterior valve, ete., weakly ribbed, ribs non- matte. 
central areas weakly sculptured .. .. . 5 60 90 00 oo on GUilinennit 
Anterior valve, ete., strongly ribbed, ribs non- Presinieeel 
central areas strongly sculptured .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. vauclusensis. 
Anterior valve, ete., ribbed, ribs porerednlece! 
interstices sind chee eres 50 G0 60 65 6d 50 oo MECH SCG, 
Anterior valve, etc., ribbed, Mite mednloee) 
central areas strongly sculptured .. .. .. .. .. .. .. tricostalis series. 


i. Series of R. orukta. 
The orukta series consists of two distinct species only, the typical orukta 
having a series of pits in front of the lateral area, the other species, coxi, having 
the pleural areas sculptured with a few weak sulcations only. 


RHYSSOPLAX ORUKTA. 
(Plate xviii., fig. 31. Plate xx., fig. 2.) 
Chiton oruktus Maughan, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxiv., 1900, 89, pl. 1. 3 a-g. 

McDonnell Bay, South Australia. Type in coll. Maughan. 

Rhyssoplax oruktus May, Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xvi., f. 10. 

Shell medium, elongate oval, elevated, subcarinated, sculpture of pits on 
pleural areas only, girdle scales small, weakly strate. 

Colour variable. “Greyish green, mottled with olive. Anterior valve slightly 
lighter in colour than the rest. Dorsal areas tipped with reddish tinge.” 
(Type). Upon a ground of buff or ivory white, most elaborate, varying colour 
patterns are arranged in olive-greens or shades of brown. The girdle is general- 
ly tesselated. 

Anterior valve smooth. 

Median valves with lateral areas elevated, smooth, growth lines sometimes 
notable: the pleural areas smooth save for a series of longitudinal pits in front 
of the lateral area, twelve in number. 

Posterior valve with the mucro at anterior third, the postmucronal slope 
straight and steep, postmucronal area smooth, ante-mucronal area pitted as 
central area. 

Girdle with small scales, faintly striate. 

Interior greenish-white. Slitting 8—1—10. 

Dimensions: 20 x 10 mm. (type); 26 x 13 mm. Tasmanian specimen 
figured. 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: South Australia. Tasmania, Victoria. 

Remarks: The South Tasmanian shells which Ernest Mawle found fairly 
numerously at Port Arthur are mostly dark coloured, more elevated and more 
elongate than typical shells, with more numerous pits. 


RHYSSOPLAX COXI. 
(Plate xviii., figs. 19, 32-34. Plate xx., fig. 3.) 


Chiton coxi Pilsbry, Nautilus, vii., 1894, 119. Port Jackson, New South Wales, 
Type in Philad. Acad. 


174 U A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRAI[AN LORICATES, 


Chiton (Clathroplewra) bellulus Thiele, Rev. Chitonen (Chun’s Zoologica, Heft 
56) Pt. i, “1910” = Dec., 1909, 93, pl. x. f. 5-8. New South Wales. 
Type in Berlin Mus. 

Chiton coxi Hedley & Hull, Rec. Aust. Mus., vii., 1909, 261, 262, pl. Ixxni., f. 
3-5. 

Shell small, elongate oval, elevated, semicarinated, sculpture of weak sul- 
cations on pleural areas only, girdle scales, small ovals. 

Colour extremely variable. ‘Delicate bluish, mottled or blotched with olive 
brown, yellow and white.” (Type). While the prevailing colour is brown 
mottled with lighter, some examples are emerald green with one or two valves 
in purple; grey with several valves in scarlet. white with end valves in grey; or 
pale brown with several valves in black. 

Anterior valve smooth. 

Median valves with lateral areas elevated, smooth; pleural areas sculptured 
with a few longitudinal suleations only: these vary in number in the same 
locality so the variation may be sexual. 

Posterior valve with mucro median, postmucronal slope concave. 

Girdle with small weakly striate closely imbricating oval scales; in many 
eases tesselated in contrasting colours. 

Interior bluish or creamy white. Slitting 8—1—10-12. 

Dimensions: 13 x 7.5 mm. (type); 21 x 12 (maximum). 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: New South Wales, South Australia. 

Remarks: Mr. E. H. Matthews collected a couple of specimens on smooth 
limestone rock, three feet below low water at Giles Point, S.A. 

ii. Series of R. jugosa. 

Key to the species :— 

Anterior valve, lateral areas of median valves, and postmucronal area smooth: 


Pleural sculpture weak 2: 26062). 20 (6, ot fle Sele belen <i) ye +=) ee LORS ROMEO 
strong: 

Few ribs crossing the valve .. .. ..... .. .. .. -. diaphora. 

All ribs ‘crossing the valvel-=. -. .. «01 ested tn see 


RHYSSOPLAX TORRIANA. 
(Plate xviii., figs. 18, 28-30, 35, 36. Plate xx., fig. 1.) 


Chiton torriana Hedley & Hull, Ree. Aust. Mus., vii., Feb. 28, 1910, p. added (no 
pagination). New name for C. torri, id. Type in Aust. Mus. 

Chiton torri Hedley & Hull, Rec. Aust. Mus., vii., 1909, 262, pl. Ixxiii., f. 6-11. 
Kangaroo Island, South Australia. Not Chiton torri Suter, Proc. Mal. Soe., 
vii., 1907, 295. 

Chiton hullianus Tredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., ix., June 30, 1910, 103. New name for 
C. torri Hedley & Hull. 

Rhyssoplax torrianus var. klemi Ashby, Trans. inoy: Soe. S. Aust., xliii., 1919, 
72, pl. xi., f. 3. .Corney Point, Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. Type in 

coll. Ashby. 

Shell large, oval, elevated, carinated, sculpture of weak suleations on pleural 
areas only, girdle scales large. 

Colour pale olive green with dark green concentric lines on both end valves 
and lateral areas of median valves; jugal area and edges of sulci in central 
areas deep green. 

Anterior valve smooth. 

Median valves with lateral areas smooth, elevated: the pleural areas seulp- 
tured with weak longitudinal sulci, these varying in number from 9-10 to 3-4. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 175 


Posterior valve with mucro ante-median, postmucronal slope nearly straight. 

Girdle with large rounded oval scales, faintly striated. 

Interior greenish white. Slitting 8—1—12. 

Dimensions: 15 x 9 mm. (type); 44 x 25 mm. (maximum measured). 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: South Australia, South Western Australia. 

Remarks: The western shells appeared to show fewer suleations on the 
pleural areas, but this is proven to be individual only as Ashby named this 
variety from South Australia. 

RHYSSOPLAX DIAPHORA. 
(Plate xvii., fig. 39. Plate xix., fig. 1.) 

Rhlyssoplax diaphora Iredale & May, Proc. Malac. Soc., mi., 1916, 115, pl. v., f. 
1. Norfolk Bay, Tasmania. Type in Tasmanian Museum. May, Illus. 
Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xvi., f. 9. 

Shell large, elongate oval, very elevated, carinate, sculpture of longitudinal 
ribs on pleural areas only, girdle scales large. 

Colour pale olive green, end valves and lateral areas concentrically lined in 
dark green, a white triangle on the postmucronal slope; the ridges between the 
sulci of the central areas reddish-brown, the sulci blue; jugal area dark green. 

Anterior valve smooth, very perpendicular; in senile shells a faint radial 
ribbing is suggested. 

Median valves with the lateral areas well elevated, smooth, growth lines 
present in old shells when radials may be indistinctly seen: pleural areas with 
weak longitudinal ribs less than half of which extend across the valve. These 
vary in number from ten to sixteen, four to seven reaching across: jugal area 
wide, wedge-shaped. 

Posterior valve with mucro postmedian, postmucronal slope slightly con- 
cave. 

Girdle with large rounded oval scales, obsoletely striate. 

Interior pale bluish green. Slitting 8—1—12. 

Dimensions: 31 x 17 mm. (type); 46 x 24 mm. (maximum measured). 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: Tasmania, Victoria (except on eastern coast), South Australia. 


RHYSSOPLAX JUGOSA. 
(Plate xvii, figs. 20, 37, 38. Plate xx., fig. 4.) 


Chiton jugosus Gould, Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii., 1846, 142. New South 
Wales. Type in Phil. Acad. U.S. Exped. Mol., 1852, 317. Atlas, pl. 28, 
f. 430. 

Lophyrus jugosus Gould, Otia Conch., 1862, 3, 242. 

Chiton concentricus Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, Chiton, sp., 95, pl. xvi., f. 95, 
New Zealand (Harl), error — Port Jackson, New South Wales. Mus. 
Cuming in Brit. Mus. Not C. concentricus Koninck, 1843, Deser. Anim. 
foss., 322. Nor C. concentricus Sowerby, 1840. 

Chiton: jugosus Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 178, pl. 36, f. 91-95. Hedley & 
Hull, Ree. Aust. Mus., vii., 1909, 262, pl. Imi, f. 12, 13. ; 

Shell large, oval, elevated, carinate, sculpture of longitudinal ribs extending 
across the pleural areas, girdle scales large. : 

Colour: While in general terms this may be described as extremely variable, 
there is yet a consistent colour pattern from which few deviations are found. 

The anterior valve, the lateral areas of the median valves, and the greater part 

of the posterior valve are ornamented with coloured concentric lines, the post- 

mucronal area of the posterior valve having an inverted V in white or with 


5 ite A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


rayed coloured lines parallel with the sides of the triangle. The ribs separating 
the sulei of the central areas are reddish-brown, while the sulci themselves are 
blue. The most frequent colour of the concentric line pattern is green, pale to 
dark olive, while it may be found wholly or partly in pink, red, orange, blue or 
black. The adoption of red for the whole or part of valves ii. and iii. is a 
common practice; and many specimens may be found with some or all of valves 
ii. to vii. in white. In most of these partial albinos traces of the concentric 
lines may be seen in faint grey, while the colouring of the central areas is con- 
stant, though faint. The most brilliant colouring is found amongst examples in- 
habiting sandstone country; basalt produces colder colouring, black and white 
contrasts being often found, while in granite and shale country the dull greens 
predominate. 

Anterior valve smooth. 

Median valves with the lateral areas well raised, smooth, growth lines rarely 
notable: pleural areas carved with straight square-cut ribs crossing the valves, 
ten to fourteen on each side, jugal area narrow, linear. 

Posterior valve with mucro ante-median, postmucronal slope slightly concave. 

Girdle scales large, convex, obsoletely striated. 

Interior pale bluish or greenish white. Slitting 8—1—12. 

Dimensions: 35 x 20 mm. (type); 48 x 26 mm. (maximum measured—Two- 
fold Bay, N.S.W.). 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Eastern Victoria. 


ii. RHYSSOPLAX CALLIOZONA. 
(Plate xix., fig. 2. Plate xx., fig. 13.) 


Chiton aereus var. calliozona Pilsbry, Nautilus, viu., 1894, 55. Gulf St. Vincent, 

South Australia. Type in Philad. Acad. 

Lophyrus tulipa Angas, P.Z.S., 1865, 186. Port Lincoln, S.A. (error for L. 
sicula). 

Chiton siculoides Angas, P.Z.S., 1878, 868. Nom. nud. Port Lincoln, S.A. 

Chiton calliozona Bednall, Proc. Malac. Soce., ii., 1897, 151, f. in text and pl. 

Xi}, CG: 

Rhyssoplax calliozoma (sic) May, Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xvi., f. 8. 

Shell very large, elongate oval, less elevated than majority of this genus, 
carinate. 

Colour olive-green, darker on the lateral areas, lighter on the jugum; dark 
green vertical lines crossing the central areas. Girdle scales in alternate patches 
of claret and green. ; 

Anterior valve with twenty flattened broad radial ribs, non-nodulose with 
narrow interstices, ribs increasing by intercalation with age. 

Median valves with the lateral areas similarly sculptured with three or four 
radials with shallow undulations between: pleural areas with 2-12 weak sulci 
laterally, the jugal area broad and painted with lines parallel to and simulating 
these sulci. This sculpture becomes distinctly weaker with age; the sulei vary 
considerably, about two or three on each side in juveniles to twelve in adults. 

Posterior valve with mucro submedian, postmucronal slope concave, post- 
mucronal area obsoletely rayed as anterior valve. 

Girdle scales large, very convex, very faintly striate. 

Interior pale bluish. Slitting 8—1—10. 

Dimensions: 38 x 18 mm. (type); 55 x 33 mm. 

Station: At edge of smooth stones, imbedded in clean sand two to three feet 
below low water (E.H.M.). 

Habitat: South Australia, Northern Tasmania, Victoria 


IREDALE AND HULL. V7 


iv. RHYSSOPLAX VAUCLUSENSIS. 
(Plate xix., figs. 8-12, 39. Plate xx., figs. 7, 12.) 
Chiton vauclusensis Hedley & Hull, Rec. Aust. Mus., vii., 1909, 261, pl. lxxiv., f. 

19-23. Vaucluse, Port Jackson, N.S.W. Type in Aust. Mus. 

Rhyssoplax vauclusensis Hull, Aust. Zool., iii., 1923, 162, pl. xxv., f. 9-12. 

Shell large, elongate oval, elevated, carinate, sides slopes slightly curved and 
steep. 

Colour olive-buff, flamed with sepia in the pleural areas, the jugal area with 
sepia dots; most ribs picked out with orange or chocolate; rarely cream or ivory 
white with a few sepia dots on the posterior margins of the valves. 

Anterior valve rayed with 20-28 ribs, not distinctly nodulose, interstices 
narrow but not pitted, number of ribs increasing with age by intercalation. 

Median valves with laterals similarly sculptured with three or four ribs, 
more according to age: the central areas longitudinally strongly ribbed through- 
out, the jugal area very narrow and linear, the ribs about sixteen on each side, 
the number varying with age, the interstices square-cut. 

Posterior valve with mucro slightly antemedian, the postmucronal slope con- 
cave, the postmucronal area rayed as anterior valve, but sculpture less pro- 
nounced: antemucronal area as central areas. 

Girdle seales large, convex obsoletely striate. 

Interior pale bluish green. Slitting 8—1—12. 

Dimensions: 33 x 20 mm. (type); 44.5 x 25 mm. (maximum measured). 

Station: On under or upper side of stones in 4—5 feet below low water mark. 

Habitat: New South Wales (Shellharbour, Port Jackson, Port Stephens), 
Southern Queensland (Caloundra, Point Cartwright). 

Remarks: Of this handsome and strongly sculptured shell only three ex- 
amples were known between 1909 and 1921. In the latter year several were 
taken at the type locality, Bottle and Glass Rocks, Vaucluse, Port Jackson, and 
subsequently a considerable number were collected at Shellharbour by McAndrew, 
and Thackway at Port Stephens. Iredale took one at Caloundra, Queensland, 
in 1909, and Hull took several at the same place and at Point Cartwright, further 
north, in 1921-3. The Queensland shells are rather coarser in sculpture, and 
several juveniles were taken, showing the entire absence of sculpture on the lateral 
areas. 

iv. Series of R. bednalli. 
Radial sculpture strong; colouration green: 


Wwahe milo @a jolarril pe, 5s Ga oo dolde 60 64 50 bo op mo, WCCDOGR 
iten milo Oa polamll emer, 55 dé acl ba od 06 no foo 46 oo oo oo KUPCaUS 
Radial sculpture weak; colouration red ....... .. .. ..-. .... .. exoptanda. 


RHYSSOPLAX BEDNALLI. 
(Plate xix., figs. 7, 18-21. Plate xx., fig. 6.) 

Chiton bednalli Pilsbry, Nautilus, ix., 1895, 90. Yorke’s Peninsula, South Aus- 
tralia. Type in coll. Bednall, now Matthews. Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soe., ii. 
1897, 153, pl. xi., f. 8, and f. in text. 

Rhyssoplax bednalli Hull, Aust. Zool., ii., 1922, 84, pl. xxiv., B., f. 5-8. 

Shell large, elongate oval, strongly elevated, carinate, side slopes straight. 

Colour cream white, with a small flesh pink spot at each beak, and a sparse 
mottling of same on lateral areas, the central areas clouded with green, the 
girdle flesh tinted with green bars. 

Anterior valve with about twenty radial flattened ribs, the interstices narrow 
and pitted: the apex smooth. 


178 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Median valves with lateral areas elevated, similarly sculptured, the radial 
ribs three or four in number, the posterior seminodulose, their interstices pitted: 
the central areas sculptured with narrow longitudinal ribs extending across the 
valve, about twelve on each side, the jugal area narrow, smooth, linear. 

Posterior valve with mucro submedian, the postmucronal slope very concave, 
the postmucronal area sculptured as anterior valve but sculpture weaker: ante- 
mucronal area as central areas. 

Girdle with large convex rounded faintly striate scales. 

Interior bluish white, darker medially. Shtting 8—1—10. 

Dimensions: 25 x 11 mm. (type). 

Station: On small smooth stones in 18 inches at low water (E.H.M.). 

Habitat: South Australia, Victoria. 


RHYSSOPLAX SURRECTA, 
(Plate xix., figs. 23-26. Plate xx., fig. 5.) 
Rhyssoplaz surrecta Hull, Aust. Zool., 11., 1922, 84, pl. xxiv., B., f. 1-4. Port 

Willunga, South Australia. Type in South Australian Museum. 

Shell large, elongate oval, very elevated, carinated. 

Colour white, flecked with pale reddish-brown on the lateral areas ail beaks 
of median valves: central areas washed with pale green, flecks of the same colour 
appearing on the jugal tract. 

Anterior valve with about twenty-six radial ribs, the interstices pitted, valve 
rather perpendicular. 

Median valves with lateral areas radially ribbed, ribs few and flattened, 
interstices pitted, the posterior edge toothed but the rib not distinctly noduled: 
the pleural areas on each side crossed by ten bold longitudinal ribs, the jugal 
area narrow, linear. 

Posterior valve with mucro submedian, postmucronal slope very concave, 
postmucronal area rayed as anterior valve but sculpture less pronounced: ante- 
mucronal area as central areas. 

Girdle scales large, convex, apically striate. 

Interior pale greenish white. Slitting 8—1—12. 

Dimensions: 35 x 12 mm. (type). 

Station: Probably deep water. 

Habitat: South Australia. 

Remarks: This species appears to be a deeper water representative of R. 
bednalli, growing to a larger size, with bolder sculpture throughout. 


RHYSSOPLAX EXOPTANDA. 
(Plate xix., fig. 3. Plate xx., fig. 14.) 

Chiton exoptandus Bednall, Proc. Malac. Soe., i1., 1897, 152, f. in text and pl 
xii, f. 7. Gulf St. Vincent, South Australia (dredged). Type in coll. 
Bednall, now Matthews. 

Shell large, elongate oval, elevated, carinate, side slopes straight. 

Colour distinetive, reddish or pale vermilion, with concentric lines in darker 
on end valves and lateral areas of median valves; sometimes with wedge-shaped 
markings in deep red on the jugum, or irregularly at sides, vertically waved 
across lateral and pleural areas. 

Anterior valve with about twenty flattened non-nodulose ribs, the interstices 
narrow and regularly pitted. 

Median valves with lateral areas well elevated, seulptured as anterior valve, 
radials numbering two to four, evanescing towards edge. Pleural areas crossed 
by about eight bold well separated longitudinal ribs, sueceeded by half a dozen 


IREDALE AND HULL. 179 


decreasing in size and more closely spaced, thus forming a wedge-shaped smooth 
Jugal area. 

Posterior valve with the mucro postmedian, postmucronal slope concave, 
postmucronal area rayed as anterior valve but radials narrower and more closely 
packed: ante-mucronal area as central areas. 

Girdle scales large, convex, very faintly apically striate. 

Interior pinkish white. Slitting 8—1—12. 

Dimensions: 27-28 x 14.15 mm. (type); up to 60 mm. (E.H.M.). 

Station: Upper surface of smooth stones in sandy pools, two-three feet below 
low water (E.H.M.). Dredged in shallow water. 

Habitat: South Australia, Victoria. 


v. Series of R. tricostalis. 
Characterised by bold nodulose radial sculpture and well developed longi- 
tudinal ribbing, girdle scales oval, striate, medium to small, not mucronate. 


Scales strongly striate: longitudinal sculpture bold .. .. .. .. .. .. tricostalis. 
very faintly striate: longitudinal sculpture weak .. .. .. .. geraldtonensis. 
strong .. ee ee ee we we we oe tt oe oe VERUSTA. 

Very bold seulpture: longitudinal and radial .. .. .. .. excellens. 


RHYSSOPLAX TRICOSTALIS. 
(Plate xix., fig. 5. Plate xx., figs. 9, 10. 
Chiton (canaliculatus var. ?) tricostalis Pilsbry, Nautilus, viii., 1894, 54. Gulf 

St. Vincent, South Australia. Type in Philad. Acad. 

Chiton limans Sykes, Proce. Mal. Soe., ii., 1896, 93, fide Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. 

Vict., 1920, 153. 

Chiton tricostalis Bednall, Proc. Mal. Soce., i., 1897, 151. 
Chiton aureomaculatus Bednall & Matthews, Proce. Mal. Soe., vii., 1906, 91, pl. 

ix., f. 3 a-f. Marion Reef, Troubridge Shoal, South Australia. Type lost. 
Rhyssoplax tricostalis Ashby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxxiii., 1921, 154, pl. viii., 

f. 2. May, Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xvi., f. 11. 

Shell medium, elongate oval, very elevated, carinate, side slopes straight. 

Colour very variable. Wholly red, brown, olive-green or purple; frequently 
with valves ii. and iii. white; girdle generally tesselated. 

Anterior valve with strongly nodulose radial ribs, the ribs varying in num- 
ber and the nodules in strength: the type was described as having 17-19 ribs. 

Median valves with lateral areas similarly ribbed, ribs varying from two to 
five, and size of tubercles varying, central areas with narrow jugal smooth area, 
about fifteen longitudinal ribs on each side, all but one or two extending across 
the valve. 

Posterior valve with mucro submedian, postmucronal slope concave, post- 
mucronal area sculptured as anterior valve but weaker: ante-mucronal area as 
central areas. 

Girdle scales small, elongate ovals, closely imbricating, striate. 

Interior bluish white. Slitting 8—1—12. 

Dimensions: 17 x 9 mm. (type); 30 x 15 mm. 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: South Australia, Victoria, Northern Tasmania. 

Remarks: The variation seen in the sculpture of this species in the juvenile 
stages is obliterated in senile shells. Thus a shell measuring 18 mm. may show 
radials of few large broad nodules, very like those seen in verconis, eleven on 
the anterior valve, two on the lateral areas and about eleven on the postmucronal 
area, seven nodules to a radial: another shell collected at the same time and place, 


180 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


and very little larger, only 21 mm. in length, will show eighteen radials with 
others intercalating on the anterior valve, the nodules bolder, more rounded and 
ten in a row, the lateral similarly with three rows: in each case the pleural area 
shows about eleven distinct ridges on each side. 

A larger shell will show twenty strongly nodulose ribs on the anterior valve, 
four and five on the lateral areas and fifteen on the postmucronal area: the longi- 
tudinal ribs on the pleura number 12-13 on each side, all reaching across and 
leaving a narrow smooth linear jugum. 


RHYSSOPLAX GERALDTONENSIS. 
(Plate xix., fig. 4.) 
Rhyssoplax geraldtonensis Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. §8. Aust., xlv., 1921, 47, pl. 

vii., f. 1. Geraldton, Western Australia. Type in coll. Ashby. 

Shell medium, elongately oval, strongly elevated, carinated. Colour dull 
eream, specked throughout with golden brown, on valves iii., iv., and v. a longi- 
tudinal patch of bright red-brown is seen extending from the girdle half way 
across each side of the valve; small patches of brown oceur on the posterior 
valve. 

Anterior valve obscurely radially ribbed with nodules, about sixteen rays, 
nodules only discernible in a good light; the posterior edge of the valve semi- 
toothed; apical portion smooth, twice as extensive as in R. tricostalis. 

Median valves with the lateral areas rayed with ribs which number three 
or four, scarcely nodulose, the posterior one more marked; the pleural areas are 
longitudinally ridged with about a dozen weak ridges only, eight of which eross 
the valves, leaving a large wedge-shaped smooth jugal area. 

Posterior valve with mucro median, postmucronal slope straight; post- 
mucronal area rayed with a dozen semi-nodulose ribs; ante-mucronal area as 
central area. 

Girdle scales small, very faintly striate apically. 

Interior white. Slitting normal. 

Dimensions: 26 x 14 mm. 20 x 11 mm (type). 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: Western Australia. 

Remarks: The shell described and figured was collected by Hull at Rabbit 
Island, King George Sound, W.A., and was examined by Ashby, who identified 
it. 

RHYSSOPLAX VENUSTA. 
(Plate xix., figs. 28-35, 37.) 
Rhyssoplar venusta Hull, Aust. Zool., iii., 1923, 165, pl. xxii., f. 1-4. 9-12. Emu 
Rhyssoplax particolor Hull, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxxvi., 1924, 114. 

Park, Keppel Bay, Queensland. Type in Australian Museum. 

Shell small, elevated, oval, carinate. side slopes curved, sculpture of nodu- 
Jose radials, and longitudinal ribs on pleural areas. 

Colour apple-green, except valves iv. and v., which are pompeiian red; the 
girdle yellow, except opposite valves iv. and v., where it is brick-red and there 
are a few irregular splashes of brick-red appearing on the yellow portion. 
(Type). Other examples are wholly brown, olive-green, dull red, and combina- 
tions of these colours with one or more valves in black. 

Anterior valve with the early portion smooth, then twelve radial ribs of 
rounded separated nodules appear, increasing with age. 

Median valves with lateral areas bounded by two semi-nodulose ribs, about 
six nodules to a rib, the interval between depressed, smooth: pleural areas with 
nine straight ridges on each side, interstices narrow, jugal area narrow, linear. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 181 


Posterior valve with mucro median, postmucronal slope nearly straight, post- 
mucronal area rayed as anterior valve, ribbing weaker, ante-mucronal area as 
central areas. 

Girdle broad, scales small, elongate ovals, striate. 

Interior bluish white. Slitting 8—1I—11. 

Dimensions: 84 x 5 mm. (juv.); 12 x 7 mm.; 17 x 10 mm. 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. Occasionally found on dead 
coral or on Pinna. 

Habitat: North Queensland (Keppel Bay to Thursday Island). 

Remarks: As remarked upon when described the type was immature, and 
the development shows a well sculptured shell with twenty-five nodulose radial 
ribs on the anterior valve; four nodulose ribs on the lateral areas, sixteen on the 
postmucronal area: the pleural area has sixteen ridges on each side. Such a 
shell measures 17.5 x 9.5 mm. from Armit I. 

A variant from Thursday Island shows little bold sculpture, though reaching 
a length of 17 x 10 mm. 

RHYSSOPLAX EXCELLENS, n.Sp. 
(Plate xix., figs. 22, 27, 40.) 

Chiton pulcherrimus Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., ii., 1877, 75. Darnley 
Island, Torres Strait. Type in Macleay Mus., Sydney. Not C. pulcherrimus 
Sowerby, P.Z.S., 1841, 103, from Island of Bohol, Philippine Group, in Mus. 
Cuming. 

Shell medium, elongately oval, elevated, carinate, sculpture very complex, 
girdle scales large ovals, deeply grooved. 

Colour creamy brown, the girdle with darker banding. 

Anterior valve with about twenty-five radiating strongly nodulose ridges, the 
posterior edges apparently toothed. 

Median valves with lateral areas very elevated, with three bold nodulose 
ridges, the diagonal showing an additional weaker nodulose rib anteriorly, while 
along the posterior edge a toothed rib is developed: pleural areas strongly longi- 
tudinally ridged with fourteen ridges on each side, a very narrow smooth jugal 
band being left: transverse ridges link up these longitudinals which are sharply 
nodulose. 

Posterior valve with muero median, postmucronal area concave, sculptured 
with twenty radiating nodulose ridges, ante-mucronal area sculptured as pleural 
areas. 

Girdle wide with large oval scales bearing deep grooves, about six grooves 
to a scale. 

Interior white. Slitting 8—1—12, all teeth reeularly pectinated. 

Dimensions: 22 x 13.5 mm. 

Station: ? 

Habitat: Darnley Island, Torres Straits (Brazier, “Chevert” Exped.). 

Remarks: This is probably the most beautiful species of Rhyssoplax, cer- 
tainly with most complicated sculpture. Pilsbry (Man. Conch., Vol. xiv., p. 130, 
1893) only cognizant of the Philippine species from Carpenter’s MS. notes in- 
cluded it in Ischnochiton, the teeth being only faintly pectinated and the girdle 
seales weakly striated. Iredale compared the Darnley Island shell with the type 
tablet and noted that, though the Philippine Islands’ shells undoubtedly were of 
the Rhyssoplacid series, the dorsal area was sculptured like honeycomb and the 
pleural sculpture differed a little in detail: the Queensland shell differed in the 


strong pectination of the insertion teeth and the deep grooving of the girdle 
scales. 


182 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Genus MucrosquaMa, n. gen. 

Type Chiton carnosus Angas. 

This group shows the most remarkable development of the groups allied to 
Rhyssoplax, providing a heavily sculptured shell with a girdle covering of striated 
scales lengthening into semi-pyramidal structures. Three species are admitted, 
and it may be that two have developed independently, as one is found in deep 
water in the Adelaidean region, while two occur in the Peronian region. They 
are easily separated by means of the external sculpture:— 


Anterior radials numerous, finely nodulose .. .. .. .. .. .. -. -. -- particolor. 
few, scarcely nodulose .o 2s =e se oe ener ee . carnosa. 
few, composed of distant, broad nodules .. .. .. .. .. .. .. verconis. 


MucROSQUAMA CARNOSA. 
(Plate xix., figs. 17, 36. Plate xx., fig. 11.) 


Chiton carnosus Angas, P.Z.S., 1867, 222, ex Carpenter M.S. in synonymy of 
Chiton muricatus A. Adams. Port Jackson, N.S.W. Type in Brit. Mus. 

Chiton limans id., ib. 

Chiton muricatus A. Adams, P.Z.S., 1852, 91, pl. xvi, f. 6. Sydney, N.S.W. 
Type in Brit. Mus. Not C. muricatus Tilesius, Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb., 
1824, 483. 

Chiton limams Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1892, 176. Ex Carpenter M.S. deserip- 
tion. Port Jackson, N.S.W. Type in Brit. Mus. 

Chiton aurantius id., ib. 

Chiton carnosus id., ib. 

Chiton limans Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc., ii., 1896, 93. New name for Chiton muri- 
catus A. Adams. Sydney. 

Rhyssoplax jacksonensis Ashby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic., xxxiii., 1921, 153, pl. viii., 
f. 1 a,b. Port Jackson, N.S.W. Type in coll. Ashby. 

Rhyssoplax carnosus Hull, Aust. Zool., iii., 1923, 164. 

Shell medium, oval, elevated, carinate. Colour very variable. Generally 
brown or olive-green, frequently red, orange, vermilion, yellow or purple, or a 
combination of two or more of these colours; valve ii. often white or with a white 
line along the anterior margin. 

Anterior valve very elevated, apex erect, sculptured with sixteen faintly no- 
dulose ridges with deep wide interstices. 

Median valves with lateral areas well raised with two main ridges, a couple 
interealating, obscurely nodulose; interstices smooth; pleural areas with fifteen 
narrow parallel ridges on each side; small triangular smooth jugal area. 

Posterior valve with mucro ante-median; postmucronal slope a little con- 
eave; postmucronal area with about sixteen semi-nodulose ribs; ante-mucronal 
area as central areas. 

Girdle covered with closely imbricating striate scales which develop attenuate 
points with age, more prominent medially. 

Interior pinkish-white, darker in middle. Slitting 8—I—12. 

Dimensions: 30 x 18 mm. (Shellharbour, figured). 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: New South Wales. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 183 


MucrosQUuAMA PARTICOLOR. 
(Plate xix., figs. 13-16, 38.) 


Rhyssoplax particolor Hull, Aust. Zool., iii., 1923, 165, pl. xxvi., f. 5-8. Caloun- 
dra, Queensland. Type in Australian Museum. 

Sheli small, recalling a small carnosa but differing slightly in the sculpture of 
the median areas, notable in that of the anterior valve and lateral areas, less pro- 
nounced in the postmucronal area: girdle scales pointed, not so mucronate. 

Colour variable. Lilac-rose, mottled with darker; some median valves partly 
yellowish; the girdle lilac-rose, with four yellow bands in opposing pairs at the 
sutures of the anterior and posterior valves respectively (type). Other examples 
are olive-green with white stripe on valve ii., brown and white mottled. Yellow 
with valves iii. to v. black, and many other variants. 

Anterior valve with about twenty-five seminodulose radials reaching little 
more than half the distance from the girdle to the apex, the apical portion un- 
sculptured. 

Median valves with the lateral areas similarly sculptured, two to four 
radials: pleural areas show about a dozen longitudinal ridges, of which eight 
eross the valve, jugal area smooth, wedge-shaped. 

Posterior valve with mucro median, postmucronal slope a little concave, post- 
mucronal area rayed as anterior valve: ante-mucronal area as central areas. 

Girdle scales pointed, larger in the middle, where they become mucronate, 
but not with such apical points as in carnosa. 

Interior pinkish white. Sltting 8—1—12. 

Dimensions: 13 x 7 mm. (type); 20 x 11 mm. (figured shell). 

Station: Under stones below low water mark. 

Habitat: South Queensland. 


Mucr0sQUAMA VERCONIS. 
(Plate xix., fig. 6. Plate xx., fig. 8.) 

Chiton vercomis Torr & Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxii, 1898, 215, pl. 
vi, f. 1. Gulf St. Vincent, South Australia (dredged). Type in coll. Torr. 
Shell medium, oval, elevated, carinate. 

Colour pink, splashed and blotched with cream and a few small patches of 
brown. 

Anterior valve with ten radial rows of separated broad nodules, six nodules 
to a row, thus forming six concentric rows, apex smooth. 

Median valve with the lateral areas formed by two similar elevated rows, 
narrow depression between, and again six nodules to a row: pleural areas sculp- 
tured with about a dozen slanting fine ridges, on each side, the jugal area smooth, 
narrow linear. 

Posterior valve with mucro ante-median, postmucronal slope concave; post: 
mucronal area as anterior valve, but nodules smaller and more closely packed; ante- 
mucronal area as central areas. 

Girdle scales small, mucronate, strongly striate. 

Interior pinkish white. Slitting 8—1—12. 

Dimensions: 24 x 12 mm. (type). 

Station: Dredged. 

Habitat: South Australia. 


184 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 
Plate xviii. 


Fig. 1. Poneroplax costata Blainville, whole shell. 
2, Poneroplax albida Blainville, whole shell. 
3. Poneroplax paeteliana Thiele, whole shell. 
4. Poneroplax paeteliana Thiele, anterior valve. 
5. Poneroplax paeteliana Thiele, median valve. 
6. Poneroplax paeteliana Thiele, posterior valve. 
7. Poneroplax paeteliana Thiele, interior of posterior valve. 
8. Poneroplax albida Blainville, half median valve. 
9. Poneroplax costata Blainyille, half median valve. 
10. Poneroplax costata Blainville, anterior valve. 
11. Poneroplax albida Blainville, anterior valve. 
12. Poneroplax paeteliana Thiele, half median valve. 
13. Aerilamma primordia Hull, whole shell. 
14. Aerilamma primordia Hull, anterior valve. 
15. Aerilamma primordia Hull, half median valve. 
16. Aerilamma primordia Hull, posterior valve. 
17. Aerilamma primordia Hull, interior of posterior valve. 
18. Rhyssoplax torriana Hedley & Hull, posterior valve from side. 
19. Rhyssoplax coi Pilsbry, posterior valve from side. 
20. Rhyssoplax jugosa Gould, posterior valve from side. 
21. Delicatoplax translucens Hedley & Hull, whole shell. 
22. Delicatoplax translucens Hedley & Hull, interior of anterior valve. 
23. Delicatoplax translucens Hedley & Hull, half median valve. 
24. Delicatoplax translucens Hedley & Hull, interior of posterior valve. 
25. Delicatoplax translucens, Hedley & Hull, scales of girdle. 
26. Tegulaplax matthewsi Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 
27. Tegulaplax matthewsi Iredale & Hull, scales of girdle. 
28. Rhyssoplax torriana Hedley & Hull, interior of anterior valve. 
29. Rhyssoplax torriana Hedley & Hull, interior of half median valve. 
30. Rhyssoplax torriana Hedley & Hull, interior of posterior valve. 
31. Rhyssoplax orukta Maughan, whole shell. 
32. Rhyssoplax coxi Pilsbry, whole shell. 
33. Rhyssoplax coaxi Pilsbry, seales of girdle. 
34. Rhyssoplax coxi Pilsbry, half median valve. 
35. Rhyssoplax torriana Hedley & Hull, whole shell. 
36. Rhyssoplax torriana Hedley & Hull, half median valve. 
37. Rhyssoplax jugosa Gould, scales of girdle. 
38. Rhyssoplax jugosa Gould, half median valve. 
39. Rhyssoplax diaphora Iredale & May, half median valve. 


Plate xix. 
Rhyssoplax diaphora Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 
Rhyssoplax calliozona Pilsbry, half median valve. 
Rhyssoplax exoptanda Bednall, hali median valve. 
Rhyssoplax geraldtonensis Ashby, whole shell. 
Rhyssoplax tricostalis Pilsbry, half median valve. 
Mucrosquama verconis Torr & Ashby, half median valve. 
Rhyssoplax bednalli Pilsbry, whole shell. 
Rhyssoplax vauclusensis Hedley & Hull, whole shell. 
Rhyssoplax vauclusensis Hedley & Hull, anterior valve, immature. 
Rhyssoplar vauclusensis Hedley & Hull, half median valve, immature. 


SOE GOT AD UES SNS) Fo 


eri 


ee 


a 


IREDALE AND HULL. 185 


Rhyssoplax vauclusensis Hedley & Hull, posterior valve, immature. 
Rhyssoplax vauclusensis Hedley & Hull, scales of girdle. 
Mucrosquama particolor Hull, anterior valve, immature. 
Mucrosquama particolor Hull, half median valve, immature. 
Mucrosquama particolor Hull, posterior valve, immature 
Mucrosquama particolor Hull, scales of girdle. 
Mucrosquama carnosa Angas, scales of girdle. 

Rhyssoplax bednalli Pilsbry, scales of girdle. 

Rhyssoplax bednalli Pilsbry, anterior valve. 

Rhyssoplax bednalli Pilsbry, half median valve. 

Rhyssoplax bednalli Pilsbry, posterior valve. 

Rhyssoplax excellens Iredale & Hull, scales of girdle. 
Rhyssoplax stirrecta Hull, scales of girdle. 

Rhyssoplax surrecta Hull, anterior valve. 

Rhyssoplax surrecta Hull, half median valve. 

Rhyssoplax surrecta Hull, posterior valve. 

Rhyssoplax excellens Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 
Rhyssoplax venusta Hull, anterior valve, immature. 
Rhyssoplax venusta Hull, half median valve, immature. 
Rhyssoplax venusta Hull, posterior valve, immature. 
Rhyssoplax venusta Hull, scales of girdle. 

Rhyssoplax venusta Hull, anterior valve of juvenile. 
Rhyssoplax venusta Hull, half median valve of juvenile. 
Rhyssoplax venusta Hull, posterior valve of juvenile. 
Rhyssoplax venusta Hull, scales of girdle of juvenile. 
Mucrosquama carnosa Angas, whole shell. 

Rhyssoplax venusta Hull, whole shell, adult. 

Mucrosquama particolor Hull, whole shell, adult. 
Rhyssoplax vauclusensis Hedley & Hull, half median valve, adult. 
Rhyssoplax excellens Iredale & Hull, half median valve. 


Plate xx. 


Rhyssoplax torriana Hedley & Hull. 

Rhyssoplax orukta Maughan. 

Rhyssoplax coxi Pilsbry. 

Rhyssoplax jugosa Gould. 

Rhyssoplax surrecta Hull. 

Rhyssoplax bednalli Pilsbry. 

Rhyssoplax vauclusensis Hedley and Hull (type). 
Mucrosquama verconis Torr & Ashby. 

Rhyssoplax tricostalis Pilsbry (var. awreomaculata). 
Rhyssoplax tricostalis Pilsbry. 

Muerosquama carnosa Angas. 

Rhyssoplax vauclusensis Hedley & Hull (juvenile of Queensland form). 
Rhyssoplax calliozona Pilsbry. 

Rhyssoplax exoptanda Bednall. 

Delicatoplax translucens Hedley & Hull. 


186 


THE CUTTLE-FISH “BONES” OF THE SYDNEY BEACHES. 
(Puytum Mo.uiusca—Cuiass CEPHALOPODA). 
By Tom Irepaue. 
(By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum). 


(Plates xxi.-xxiii.). 


Fig. 5. Front view of Solitosepa 
plangon, waiting for its prey. 


No molluscan “shells” represented in the Sydney Fauna appear to have 
been so neglected as the present group. A common object on every beach all 
through the year, no attempt at classifying the various forms has hitherto been 
made. This is mainly due to the fact that the complex makers of the “bones” 
have been regarded as difficult to study, and the “bone” itself has been considered 
a secondary matter of little importance, which has thus escaped serious attention. 
The “bones” are at times abundant on the Sydney beaches, and some specimens 
may be picked up at any time: it would appear that these beaches constitute one 
of the richest hunting grounds in the world. So many different forms have been 
investigated that a novel treatment is here suggested: this was necessitated by a 
study of the literature of the subject, and a survey of the species from the rest 
of Australia. Consequently, while this essay fulfils the primary scope of the 
inquiry, the corollary is a survey of the euttle fishes of Australia, which will be 
later published. In the fuller account the animals, as well as the bones will be 
dealt with in detail, and the technicalities, which have developed, comprehensively 
demonstrated. 

I will here simply provide a summary of the “bones” that may be picked 


TREDALE. 187 


up on these beaches, but which constitute the known faunula of this State. The 
Sydney beaches include all the beaches between Broken Bay and Botany Bay, 
and all the species have been found on these, but as hereafter shown some species 
are much commoner in the north, while others are better represented in the south 
of the State. In this inquiry I have been assisted by many friends, all of whom 
are sincerely thanked, and for especial thanks I may signal out Mr. A. I’. Basset 
Hull, who has collected for me many specimens from Queensland and New Cale- 
donia, Mr. G. MacAndrew, who made very large collections at Shell Harbour, 
Mr. H. Mort, who searched Jervis Bay, Mr. A. O’Sullivan, who gathered a fine 
lot at the Richmond River rocks, and Mr. G. P. Whitley, of the Australian 
Museum, who has searched the beaches south of the Sydney Heads, while I have 
patrolled those to the north. Altogether some thousands of specimens have been 
critically examined from this State alone, so that a reliable working basis can 
be safely provided. 

The history of the group in Sydney literature is somewhat brief. As long 
ago as 1849, cataloguing the mollusca in the British Museum, Gray included two 
species from Sydney, one of which he named as a new species. Later, when 
Angas listed the Mollusea of Port Jackson in 1867, 1871, 1877, his only note 
reads, “Species of Sepia, ete., oceur on the enast of New South Wales, but at 
present they appear to be unidentified.’ Dealing with the material collected by 
the “Challenger,” Hoyle introduced a new species from deep water off Twofold 
Bay, N.S.W., and figured one of Gray’s previously described species. | When 
Whitelegge catalogued the Invertebrate Fauna of Port Jackson and neighbour- 
hood in 1889 four species were listed, while Brazier in 1892 collated five- from 
New South Wales, but only four from Port Jackson. Hedley, in 1908, added 
another species, and in 1918 recorded five species only. The present account 
registers fourteen species, of which eight may be regarded as common. 


Fig. 6. Side view of Solitosepia plangon in swimming attitude, 
waiting for its prey. Long tentacles concealed. 


The animal which is responsible for these “bones” is a Cephalopod—with 
eight arms and two longer tentacles—which swims only. Externally these ani- 
mals are comparatively generalised, so that hitherto little has been done in con- 
nection with the determination of their interrelationships, but from study of the 
bones I suggest inquiry would indicate valid differences equivalent to the obvious 


188 CUTTLE FISH “BONES” OF SYDNEY BEACHES. 


ones seen in related families. I have examined animals of half of the species 
represented in the Australian fauna, and propose to describe them in my larger 
essay, so here only give a couple of illustrations so that if an animal be met 
with it may be recognised and the bone will absolutely determine the species. 

The “bones” are so numerous that the majority are recognisable at sight 
when the distinguishing characters are known. A crude method of tabulating 
them by means of sizes may be mentioned as there is one extremely large one, 
two or three rarer large forms, the majority of medium size and a couple of 
very smal] narrow ones. 


An artificial key can be arranged on other features as:— 


Inner cone large, shell medium, spine keeled .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Solitosepia, 
spine not keeled .. .. .. .. .. Mesembrisepia. 

Inner cone missing, shell medium, spine keeled .. .. .. .. .. .. Glyptosepva. 
spine rounded .. .. .. .. +. .. Decorisepia. 

shell very small and narrow, spine rounded .. Arctosepia. 

Inner cone produced as a glgze and spine missing in adult .. .. Amplisepia. 
Inner cone produced ventrally as a ledge .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Acanthosepion. 


Genus SOLITOSEPIA, nov. 

Shell of medium size, the inner cone well developed, the spine keeled. While 
these features distinguish this growp the members disagree in other details so 
much that the species may not prove congeneric later. The species selected as 
type, S. Liliana, is the broadest one, while S. plangon, in addition to being the 
narrowest, shows reduction of the inner cone. This group is characteristic of the 
Peronian region as though four species are here included, two are at present only 
known from that region, and the other two have not a wide extralimital range. 

An artificial key may be presented thus :— 

Shell. broad, back not ribbed. 52 cj 22 Sj. coe: cre tetes sill ie) we eis che Nem mre ceuerate 


medium; back not xibhed\ <9 3. .< <. -euiseicis ce is © oueeeeen CoRMEE SIRS 
larger, back-ribbed ais-ic0. aw wlesees: enedcie? ete ee Cae stoi mts roel eS merece na 
smaller and narrow, back ribbed .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .- .. S. plangon. 


As confirmatory characters, the back of the firstnamed is chalky-white, while 
that of the second is cream: neither show a median ventral suleus. The third 
has a very deep ventral suleus and a prominent rose inner cone. The last is 
narrow, a long deep ventral sulcus, and inner cone more or less obsolete. 


SOLITOSEPIA LILIANA, n.sp. 
Plate xxi., fig. 1-3. 


Shell of medium size, regularly oval, about twice as long as broad, a short 
prominent spine produced backwards and bearing a keel ventrally: dorsal sur- 
face not ribbed, nor ventral surface anteriorly swollen, nor suleate. 

Dorsal surface wholly calcareous, bluish or chalky-white in colour, finely 
irregularly pustulose, the pustules becoming coarse on each side towards the 
spine, while a series of indistinct rays may be seen radiating from the spine 
anteriorly. 

Ventral surface flattened anteriorly, excavate posteriorly, a chitinous edge 
along the anterior half, but obsolete posteriorly: the anterior ventral surface 
does not show striation, though posteriorly it is strongly striate, the striae very 
close, but square-cut, not produced to a point. ‘ 

Inner cone large, white. 


Dimensions: 90 x 45 mm. Average. Type: 114 x 51 mm. Manly Beach. 
Habitat: New South Wales. 


189 


IREDALE. 
ANTERIOR 
CHITINOUS | 
MARGIN ~~ ”. Las CHITINOUS // 
] MARGIV 


UNSTRIATED /f 


PM cnc dllilfiotiny,, | 


ory aie HP, 


ohm, 


BASAL VENTRAL 
NOTCH « KEEL 


IUTER-- 
Cowe 


SPIIVE ----- 
DORSAL VIEW 


VENTRAL VIEW 


Diagram of Cuttle-Fish Bone, illustrating terms used in description. 


SOLITOSEPIA MESTUS. 
Plate xxi., figs. 4-5. 


1849. Sepia mestus Gray, Cat. Moll. Coll’n Brit. Mus. Cephal., p. 108. Aus- 


traha. 


1886. Hoyle, Rep. Zool. Chall., Vol. xvi., p. 135, figs. in text. 


1892. Brazier, Austr. Mus. Cat., No. 15 (Cat. Mar. Shells Austr.) 
pi dips IO mP MT: 
1918. Hedley, Check List Marine Fauna, N.S.W., Moll. M. 33. 


Shell smaller than the preceding, elongate oval, more than twice as long as 
broad. 
Dorsal surface less calcareous, creamy, finely pustulose throughout, similarly 


indistinetly rayed, outer cone much less calcified, white. 
Ventral surface a little more swollen anteriorly, the chitinous edge extend- 


ing the whole length of the shell, the striae less squarely cut and more wavy, 


and extending further forward. Spine not produced, noticeably dorsally. 


Inner cone large, striated, cream. 
Dimensions: 40 x 18 mm. Average. 
Habitat: New South Wales, 


Specimen figured: 57 x 21 mm, 


190, CUTTLE FISH “BONES” OF SYDNEY BEACHES. 


SOLITOSEPIA ROZELLA, n.Sp. 
Plate xx1i., figs. 6-7. 


Shell large for the group, elongate oval, narrowed anteriorly, more than 
twice as long as broad, inner cone prominent coloured, deep ventral suleus. 


Dorsal surface calcareous, rose, finely pustulose with three median ribs, the 
middle one elevated, the side ones becoming obsolete laterally, diverging an- 
teriorly, chitinous edge exposed about half the length of the shell. 

Ventral surface very swollen anteriorly, a very deep broad median suleus 
about half its length, absent anteriorly, the chitinous edge present all round but 
faint posteriorly and well marked in front: the posterior striae are wavy pro- 
duced in front into a V in agreement with the sulcus. 

Inner cone large and coloured, usually deep rose. 

Spine short, thick, keeled ventrally and notched basally on the ventral side, 
swollen dorsally above the notch. 

Dimensions: 135 x 47 mm. Type: Manly Beach. 

Habitat: New South Wales. 


SOLITOSEPIA PLANGON. 
Plate xxiii., figs. 3-4. 
1849. Sepia plangon Gray, Cat. Moll. Coll’n Brit. Mus., Cephal., p. 104. Port 


Jackson. 

1886. Hoyle, Rep. Zool. Chall., Vol. xvi., p. 128, footnote. 

1892, Brazier, Austr. Mus. Cat., No. 15 (Cat. Mar. Shells Austr.) 
in diy joy IL ek 

1918. Hedley, Check List Marine Fauna, N.S.W.. Moll. M. 33. 


Shell medium, narrow, elongately oval, a little narrowed anteriorly, about 
three times as long as broad, inner cone obsolete, long ventral sulcus. 

Dorsal surface calcareous, cream, finely pustulose throughout with a median 
rib and two fainter ones on each side diverging anteriorly, the chitinous edge 
exposed along the edges of the shell. 


Ventral surface swollen anteriorly, a deep narrow median suleus extending 
nearly the whole length, the chitinous edge becoming pronounced posteriorly 
where it passes in front of the spine: the striae advanced to a point with a 
fainter notch on each side. Spine keeled, sometimes the keel is obsolete. 


Inner cone indistinct, coalescing with the edges of the striated area. 
Dimensions: 110 x 30 mm. Specimen figured: Manly Beach. 
Habitat: New South Wales. 


Genus MESEMBRISEPIA, nov. 


This genus is introduced for the species I call M. macandrewi, which is re- 
presentative of an Adelaidean group to which S. chirotrema Berry belongs. The 
development of the spine is the characteristic feature in whieh it differs from 
Solitosepia and suggests a relationship with Amplisepia, which may be later dis- 
cussed. The shell is large for the medium series, elongately oval, inner cone well 
marked and lengthened, spine round and almost pinched off and directed ven- 
trally. 


TREDALE. 191 


MESEMBRISEPIA MACANDREWI, 0.Sp. 
Plate xxi., figs. 8-9. 


Shell large medium, elongately oval, about three times as long as broad, 
inner cone yery pronounced and lengthened, well marked ventral sulcus, spine 
rounded. 

Dorsal surface calcareous, pinkish cream, outer cone white, rather wide 
chitinous margin exposed, an indistinct median ridge widening anteriorly, a less 
marked radial on each side, posteriorly these are defined by means of a lateral 
shallow gutter: very finely granulated anteriorly, coarsely irregularly pustulose, 
pustules elevated and lengthening into spiculose objects and vanishing on the 
base of the spine, which is almost separated from the shell by a deep depression. 

Ventral surface swollen in the middle sector of the shell, the anterior por- 
tion flattening, the posterior deeply excavate: a wide median sulcus is prominent 
in the middle sector, obsolete posteriorly: striated area of median length, striae 
pointed. 

Inner cone well developed, white, elongate and broad, finely striate longi 
tudinally, advancing but leaving no marked siphonal depression. 

Outer cone large, calcified, extending in front just round the inner cone and 
leaving a cavity behind from which the spine projects. 

Spine long, rounded, directed ventrally. 

Dimensions: 170 x 56 mm. Type: Shellharbour. G. MacAndrew. 

Habitat: New South Wales. 

Remarks: Odd worn shells were found on the Sydney beaches by Whitley 
and myself, but MacAndrew collected half a dozen, including the perfect one 
figured. Owing to the pinching in behind the spine most beach shells lack this 
important feature. This is the Peronian representative of S. novaehollandiae 
Hoyle, of which S. chirotrema Berry appears to be the benthal form. 


Genus GLYPTOSEPIA, nov. 


The “bones” of this group differ at sight in their colouration, but the marked 
feature is the loss of the inner cone, a feature of great significance, while the 
shape of the bone differs and the spine is very long and strongly keeled. On 
account of the confusion of the earliest named species as hereafter noted I name 
as type, G. opipara, though in it the features are exaggerated. 

The shell is elongately oval, narrowed posteriorly and anteriorly, pinched in 
and a little attenuated forward: there is no inner cone apparent and there is no 
ventral suleus, though the ventral surface is a little swollen anteriorly and the 
striated area is generally long. Dorsally the surface is coarsely granulose and 
salmon coloured, the outer cone semi-chitinous, bluish. 

The shells belonging to this genus are very brittle and are generally broken 
when washed up on the beach. 


GLYPTOSEPIA OPIPARA, 0.sp. 
Plate xxii., figs. 7-8. 


Shell large for this group, elongate oval, about twice as long as broad, dorsal 
sculpture diagnostic, consisting of a median raised curved rib, flattened on each 
side and angulately carved laterally. 

Dorsal surface very coarsely pustulose, flattened like a table, the edges 
steeply sheering, the table medially adorned with a rounded elevated rib cleanly 
isolated, and tapering posteriorly where a large chitinous edge is exposed; the 
whole of the outer ¢one being chitinous, while a chitinous mantle is spread over 
the posterior end of the shell. 


192 CUTTLE FISH “BONES” OF SYDNEY BEACHES. 


Ventrally there is no median sulcus, but generally a line indicates its posi- 
tion, while the anterior swelling is more pronounced than in other members of 
the genus: striated area long, striae rather square-cut: the inner cone is missing 
as a separate feature, having coalesced with the border of the striated area: the 
chitinous outer cone advances in front of the spine, which is very long and 
sharply ventrally keeled. 

Dimensions: 132 x 42 mm. Type. Masthead Is., Capricorn Group (Coll. 
C. Hedley). 

Habitat: South Queensland, New South Wales, as far as Sydney (broken 
shells mostly). 

GLYPTOSEPIA GEMELLUS, 2.Sp. 
Plate xxii., figs. 1-2. 

Shell medium, broadly elongate oval, about twice as long as broad, a long 
keeled spine, dorsal surtace weakly ribbed, ventral surface anteriorly, little 
swollen, not sulcate. 

Dorsal surface flattened, coarsely granulose throughout, very coarsely pos- 
teriorly, finer anteriorly where the shell is pointed and then sinuate laterally, a 
feature at present seen only in this group: a thin chitinous anterior margin 
develops posteriorly, so that the outer cone is little calcified and bluish, contrast- 
ing with the salmon colour of the rest of the shell. 

Ventrally the surface is little swollen anteriorly, there is no median sulcus, 
the striated area long and the striae rather squarely produced: there is no inner 
cone and the spine is very long and ventrally keeled. 

Dimensions: 96 x 35 mm. Type. Manly Beach. 

Habitat: New South Wales. 


GLYPTOSEPIA MACILENTA, n.sp. 
Plate xxii, figs. 3-4. 

Shell very similar to the preceding one, but long and narrow, the width 
about one-third the breadth. 

Shell small for the medium series, narrowly elongate oval, attenuate and 
laterally sinuate anteriorly, a little narrowed posteriorly. 

Dorsal surface finely granulose, a little flattened where a median rib is 
developed and the edges a little tabulate, diverging anteriorly: a narrow chitin- 
ous edge is exposed save at the anterior end, disappearing posteriorly, the outer 
cone thin, calcareous, bluish, contrasting with thesalmon tint of the remainder 
of the dorsal surface. 

Ventral surface little swollen anteriorly, striated area very long and squarish 
in front: no median suleus. 

Inner cone missing. Spine very long and ventrally keeled. 

Dimensions: 92 x 28 mm. Type: Manly Beach. 

Habitat: New South Wales. 


GLYPTOSEPIA CULTRATA. 
Plate xxu., figs. 5-6. 


1885. Sepia cultrata Hoyle, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. v., Vol. xvi.. p. 198, 
Sept. Off East Coast Austr., St. 163, 2,200 Fathoms. 
1886. Hoyle, Rep. Zool. Chall., Vol. xvi., p. 133, pl. xx. Type 
locality corrected to St. 163 A.. off Twofold Bay, N.S.W. 
150 fathoms. 
1889. Whitelegee, Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. xxiii., p. 282. 


TREDALE. 193 


1892. Brazier, Austr. Mus. Cat., No. 15 (Cat. Mar, Shells Austr.) 
Tis Ly Poy abe 
1918. Hedley, Cheek List Marine Fauna N.S.W., Moll. M. 33. 


Hoyle described and figured this species, and the specific name has been 
since used for other species. A fragment determined as this species by the late 
E. A. Smith, of the British Museum, proves to belong to a species quite lunlike 
the figure. I have been unable to find a specimen in agreement, even after 
suggesting that both description and figure are incomplete or imperfect, so have 
reproduced the figures in this place. 


Genus DECORISEPIA, nov. 
This genus is introduced for a remarkable species which shows a rounded 
spine in addition to which it lacks the inner cone, and the “outer cone” is large 
and scarcely caleareous. Type D. rex infra. 


DEOCORISEPIA REX, 0.Sp. 
Plate xxi., figs. 9-10. 

Shell large for the medium series, elongately ovoid, narrowed anteriorly. 
more than twice as long as broad, no inner cone and no ventral sulcus. 

Dorsal surface finely pustulose, showing three ribs, the median one rounded, 
prominent, the lateral ones rounded divergent: a large chitinous margin is ex- 
posed which occupies most of the outer cone and advances in front of the 
spine as a broad horny projection: outer cone only a little caleareous and whitish 
contrasting with the deep rose of the rest of the shell. 

Ventral surface little swollen anteriorly, striated area long, showing no 
median sulcus, striae rounded. 

Inner cone absent, coalescing with the edges of the striated area. 

Spine medium, rounded. 

Dimensions: 119 x 40 mm. Type: Manly Beach. 

Habitat: New South Wales. 


Genus ARCTOSEPIA, nov. 


A peculiar group of very small narrow shells is known of which the only 
Australian representative yet described is Sepia braggi Vereo. The only generic 
name in existence is Doratosepion Rochebrune proposed for the Japanese species 
S. andreana Steenstrup. In Japanese waters more than one generic form ap- 
pears to exist, and it is suggested that at least a subfamily is necessary to in- 
clude these Cephalopods. In order to enable correct study of the Australian 
animals to be undertaken, I therefore propose the new generic name Arctosepia 
and name A. limata as type. It is noteworthy that none of this group has yet 
been noticed in Queensland, and that shells of A. braggi are sometimes numerous 
in southern Australia, a locality whose cuttle fishes otherwise suggest no affinity 
with those of Japan. 

Shells very small, very narrow, ventrally swollen, posteriorly sweeping for- 
ward and narrowing, a chitinous outer cone appearing as a hood, the spine 
rounded and more or less curved, inner cone missing, fusing with the edges of 
the striated area. 


ARCTOSEPIA LIMATA, D.Sp. 
Plate xxiii., figs. 7-8. 
Shell very small, narrowly elongate, attenuate at both ends, more than 


four times as long as broad, no inner cone nor ventral sulcus, spine rounded. 
Dorsal surface calcareous, pink, comparatively smooth, but showing very 


194 CUTTLE FISH “BONES” OF SYDNEY BEACHES. 


regular arched growth lines, an indistinct median elevated rib present, widen- 
ing a little anteriorly: a very small chitinous edge present but posteriorly this 
develops into a curious chitinous hood, passing in front of the spine. 

Ventral surface swollen anteriorly, no ventral suleus but a median narrow 
linear groove present the whole length of the shell, striae rounded, becoming 
pointed with age: unstriated area a little more than one-fourth the length of 
the shell: the chitinous edge expands into an outer cone, very little calcified, and 
presenting a hood-hke appearance. 

Spine long, thin, rounded, with a slight tendency to curvature dorsally. | 

Dimensions: 36 x 8 mm. Type: Manly Beach. 

Habitat: New South Wales. 

Remarks: This is a smaller species than A. braggi Verco, which lives in 
South Australia, Victoria and North Tasmania, proportionately broader, less 
narrowed posteriorly, different shape, etc. 


ARCTOSEPIA VERSUTA, 1.Sp. 
Plate xxiii., figs. 5-6. 

Compared with the preceding, this species is smaller and differs more at 
sight than is indicated by measurement. 

Dorsally the median rib is less pronounced, the growth lines more closely 
packed, the posterior end much less rapidly tapering. 

Ventrally the anterior portion is more swollen and posteriorly less excavate: 
the striae are more numerous, straighter, becoming rounded with age, a longer 
unstriated area being left. 

Spine shorter, rounded, with a strong tendency to curve first dorsally then 
ventrally. 

Dimensions: 33 x 7 mm. Type: Manly Beach. 

Habitat: New South Wales. 


Genus AMPLISEPIA, nov. 


I am introducing this generic name for Sepia apama Gray, whose sepion 
differs entirely from that of the remainder of the Australian species yet known, 
save its eastern representative A. verreauxi Rochebrune. The sepion is very 
large, elongately oval, tapering posteriorly, broadly rounded anteriorly, the dor- 
sal surface flattened, finely pustulose anteriorly, coarsely granulose posteriorly, 
the outer cone developed and erassly thickened, the spine missing: ventrally it 
is very much swollen anteriorly, deepely excavate posteriorly, the outer cone 
elongated and crassly thickened, the inner cone appearing as an elongate glaze, 
inside which appears a coarse granulose pustulate development. In the juvenile 
stages the sepion is more normal, the inner cone well marked, as in Solitosepia, 
and a small spine present. 

AMPLISEPIA VERREAUXI. 
Plate xxiii., figs. 1-2. 
1884. Ascarosepion verreauxi Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, Series 7, 


Vol. viil., p. 98. Sydney, N.S.W. 
1889. Sepia apama Whitelegge, Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. xxiii., p. 282. 


1892. Brazier, Austr. Mus. Cat., No. 15 (Cat. Mar. Shells Austr.) 
pi ds eon dill, 
1918. Hedley, Check List Marine Fauna, N.S.W., Moll. M. 33. 


Not Sepia apama Gray, Cat. Moll. Coll’n Brit. Mus. Cephal.. 1849, p. 103. 
Port Adelaide, S.A. 


IREDALE. 195 


The characters of the species are those of the genus, but this form may be 
distinguished from the Adelaidean type by the narrower inner eone, the smaller 
phragmocone and the less prolonged mucronal area. It may grow to a larger 
size, the measurements of the largest one handled up to the present being 465 
mm. long by 170 mm. broad, thus surpassing the Japanese S. hercules, but larger 
ones have been noted, but not yet preserved. 


Genus ACANTHOSEPION. 


Acanthosepion Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, Ser. 7, Vol. vi., p. 100, 
1884. Type (fide Mayer, Zool. Jahresbericht, 1884). Sepia aculeata Hasselt. 
This group is well distributed throughout the Indo Malayan Archipelago, 

and may be regarded as distinctive of that region. Two or three offshoots are 
known and these will be discussed in a later essay. Meanwhile one of these 
reaches into northern New South Wales and worn shells are sometimes found 
on the Sydney beaches. This one is of the medium series, with the inner cone 
produced ventrally as a ledge: the typical form has the inner cone similarly 
produced but more pronounced: the spine is not keeled, the dorsal surface 
rounded, coarsely pustulose, the ventral surface not much swollen anteriorly but 
deeply excavate posteriorly, a wide shallow sulcus present. 


ACANTHOSEPION WHITLEYANUM, i.sp. 
Plate xxiii., figs. 9-10. 

Shell large for the medium series, broadly elongately oval, anteriorly a 
little narrowed, more than twice as long as broad, inner cone produced ventrally 
as aledge, long shallow wide ventral suleus. 

Dorsal surface coarsely pustulose, pustules larger and massing laterally 
towards the posterior end but finer adjacent thereto, while thé outer cone is 
finely semi-chitinous: a large chitinous margin is exposed: no definite ribbing 
is present but an indistinct triangular area may be discerned with indications of 
a median rib and lateral semi-ribbing. 

Ventral surface a little swollen anteriorly and deeply excavate posteriorly, 
where it becomes as thin as paper, and hence in shells washed up on the beach 
the spine is generally missing: a shallow wide suleus extends nearly the whole 
length of the shell: this is striate, the unstriated area being less than one-fifth 
the length of the striate, and at its sides a smooth edge is seen: the striated area 
advances with a rounded elongate sweep. 

Inner cone appearing as a faint glaze laterally, but becomes more pro- 
nounced posteriorly, sweeping in front of the siphonal cavity to form a small 
caleareous ledge. 

Spine long, rounded, not keeled, produced from a little caleareous rim 
almost detached from the outer cone. 

Dimensions: 168 x 65 mm. Type: Port Macquarie, New South Wales (H. 
S. Mort). 

Habitat: New South Wales. 


Note.—The beautiful illustrations which adorn this essay have been prepared 
by Miss Joyee K. Allan, of the Australian Museum, and present a series hitherto 
unequalled in any previous publication. The author’s thanks are here tendered 
with the knowledge that whether his conclusions be wholly accepted or not, the 
accurate figures will mark a milestone of progress of inestimable value to workers 
in every land. The shells figured, and long series supporting the results, are in 
the Australian Museum, being presented by the various collectors already named. 
The series show in many cases growth stages from a few millimetres to extreme 
age, and these have been utilised and will be fully described in the larger essay. 


196 CUTTLE FISH “BONES” OF SYDNEY BEACHES, 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 


Plate xxi. 
Fig. 1. Ventral surface of Solitosepia liliana Iredale. 


H 


2. Dorsal surface. 
3. Side view. 
4. Ventral surface of Solitosepia mestus Gray. 
5. Dorsal surface. 
6. Ventral surface of Solitosepia rozella Iredale. 
7. Dorsal surface. 
8. Ventral surface of Mesembrisepia macandrewi Iredale. 
9. Dorsal surface. 
Plate xxii. 

Fig. 1. Ventral surface of Glyptosepia gemellus Iredale. 
2. Dorsai surface. 
3. Ventral surface of Glyptosepia macilenta Iredale. 
4. Dorsal surface. 
5. Dorsal surface of Glyptosepia cultrata Hoyle. 
6. Ventral surface. 
7. Ventral surface of Glyptosepia opipara Iredale. 
8. Dorsal surface. 
9. Dorsal surface of Decorisepia rex Iredale. 
10. Ventral surface. 

Plate xxiii. 

Fig. 1. Ventral surface of Amplisepia verreauzi Rochebrune. 
2. Dorsal surface. 
3. Dorsal surface of Solitosepia plangon Gray. 
4. Ventral surface. 
5. Dorsal surface of Arctosepia versuta Iredale. 
6. Ventral surface. 
7. Dorsal surface of Arctosepia limata Iredale. 
8. Ventral surface. 
9. Dorsal surface of Acanthosepion whitleyanum Tredale. 
10. Ventral surface. 


197 


THE BURROWING HABITS OF TACHYGLOSSUS ACULEATUS. 


By Harry Burreuu, C.M.Z.S. 


(Plate xxiv.) 


In an endeavour to test accurately the burrowing habits of an Hchidna 
(Lachyglossus aculeatus) 1 first procured a clear glass tank, open at the top and 
measuring twelve inches across, twelve inch in depth, and eighteen inches in 
length. This observation receptacle I elevated on a skeleton bench, so that I 
could observe conveniently from below, above, at both sides and ends. 

My subject was a medium-sized, freshly caught male Echidna, possessing 
spurs about 4 inch in length, apparently functionless. After shovelling some 
red soil into the tank I placed the coiled-up creature feet down, on the centre 
of that earth surface, and watched preliminary operations from above. 

After a little persuasion the creature commended to dig down with the claws 
of both fore-paws simultaneously. Then it systematically tossed upwards the 
excavated earth at either side of its body, until steadily increasing mounds of 
fine earth accumulated, concealing the spines projecting above the surface. Now 
that my view was obstructed from above, I followed on with a view from below. 
This was secured by lying on my back, with face beneath the glass bottom. 
From this position I noticed the earth moving beneath the creature’s fore-paws. 

More and more the earth became disturbed, until the tips of the fore-claws 
appeared through the now broken under soil. At this stage the digger had des- 
cended about three inches from the surface. To make clearer the exact direction 
and method entailed in the movements of the paws, during the downward and 
forward trend, I removed the animal, emptied the tank completely, and then 
whitewashed the bottom evenly on the inside. After thoroughly drying the wash, 
I replaced the earth and again induced the Echidna to carry on operations. 

On this occasion I took the precaution of placing the tail of my subject 
close to one end of the receptacle, so as to allow more space for forging ahead, 
as is the Echidna’s custom when digging on clear ground. Being somewhat 
familiar now with the movements at the initial stage, I made a point of watch- 
ing the actions of spines, tail, and hind quarters separately. By so doing, I 
observed that the frequently trailed stub tail appeared to prod the earth oc- 
casionally—obviously as a point of resistance against any backward trend oc- 
easioned while obliquely sinking. 

The hind legs were used principally to force the shoulders in the direction 
desired, by slowly trampling down the sloping track created by the sweeping 
movements of the excavating fore-claws. Between times the spines obtained 
secure grips in the side walls as the creature descended. 

Another peep from below, and a complete pattern could be distinctly seen 
scrolling the whitewash. This was carried on for four inches along the glass 
bottom before the hind feet made a discernible impression thereon. 


198 BURROWING HABITS OF TACHYGLOSSUS ACULEATUS. 


Repetition of the above experiment, and confirmation secured by similar 
trials on solid earth with the same anmial, as well as with other specimens, have 
led me to record the following notes as a fair diagnosis of the complete protec- 
tive burrowing habits of Tachyglossus aculeatus. 

Firstly, an alarmed Echidna presses itself to the earth’s surface with neck, 
head, and muzzle tucked tightly beneath the body. At this stage the quills about 
the upper neck and shoulders pierce the ground, as also do those fringing the 
underparts and hind-quarters. The tail, meanwhile, is rigidly pressed to the 
earth. Both fore-paws, placed together, and reaching beyond the nape of the 
neck, sweep around spasmodically (according to sinking conditions) to the 
sides, where the upturned palms throw the excavated soil free upon the surface; 
there it remains in miniature mounds, intermingling with the exposed body 
spines. Meanwhile, the fore-paws return to their initial position, to repeat the 
action in every detail. Hach time that a throw-up of earth occurs, all quills 
available for service mechanically manoeuvre for a fresh hold below. Thus, an 
auxiliary purchase is obtained to secure and fortify the digger in its temporary 
stronghold. 

To keep the fore-parts up to requirements, the hind feet traverse the inelin- 
ing track previously graded by the eutting fore-claws until the desired depth is 
reached. This depends upon the size of the animal. There it relinquishes deep 
digging, and gradually ascends until all unprotected parts of its exterior be- 
come equally concealed. The head at this juncture occupies the central, and 
therefore the deepest, part of the inverted-helmet-like excavation. This hollow 
rarely measures more than six inches in depth, although the ejected earth piled 
up at either side makes it appear deeper. 

As regards the abnormally enlarged, curved claw of the secend pedal digit, 
this I find is principally used for gripping when the animal is harrowing, or 
chmbing rough mountains. Possibly, too, it is used during the sexual embrace. 
Respecting its adaptability for toilet purposes (suggested by Professor Wood- 
Jones, in his book, The Mammals of South Australia, Part I, Page 42), from 
personal experiences with live specimens in the field, such a suggestion does not 
appeal to me from any point of view. If the claw curved inward instead of 
outward, perhaps there would be some possibility of its being used for seratch- 
ing purposes on certain parts of the Hehidna’s body. But there seems to be 
little doubt that the main function of this member is to aid the mammal in fhe 
three processes described. 


XVI. 


PLATE 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZooLocist, Vol. iv. 


2k 


E.H.Ze 


Australian Tenebrionidae. 


. 1 ‘ 
eee 
Srp 
nite . re 
; 
ul > 
5 : ; 
ate ' 
3 
rite 
: ¢ 
1 p r 
i 
i 
r 
> JL 
' 
os 
R Pian 
4 - . 
t wn ” - = 
| ey 
e 
, rn Z * 
| or 
° . 
x Ss, 
| Sewer. Fa 


ee ’ -—— es 


< 
. es 
ni eet 
4A “ 
’ 
sy , 
£ 1 
H Ma 
{ yr. p- - 
i ' > - 
} 2 s Gey: cs 
Pi aS Bee oh a 
P es 2 _ 
& ¥ oe. & 
rae: a _ 
Me ; Ds . 
cs ’ 
ul a : 
ities ~ - —— ee — <1) oe i 
wont. : 
? at ou 
daly reget 
vont ae = 
| “ 1 a : 


> eee 
Fa A ara NU I ae Ae ee NEN mri Sit mame oat ye 


hy etn sa nee e ne = 


mn 


ae 


PLATE XVII- 


iv. 


Zoouoaist, Vol, 


THe AUSTRALIAN 


Australian Tenebrionidae. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZooLoGist, Vol. iv. PLATE XVIII. 


a - 
°. i} 
- 
rary 
_ — 
7 
‘ 
ho 
_* ¥ 7? > Ree ere 
* 
5 


THe AvstRALIAN Zoouoaist, Vol. iv. PLATE XIX, 


‘ Tay wk / 
<eE bamerebis ce 1 | 


PLATE xx. 


lv. 


VOL. 


THe AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST. 


ay si sa 7 ee 


Trviesf Clarice 


a 
i 


PLATE XxI. 


Tue AusTRALIAN Zootoaist, Vol. iv. 


Drawn by Joyce K. Allan. 


Australian Cuttle-Fish Bones. 


PLATE XXII. 


Tue AusTRALIAN Zoouoaist, Vol. iv. 


Drawn by Joyce K. Allan. 


Australian Cuttle-Fish Bones. 


4 


XNXIIT- 


PLATE 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZoouoGist, Vol. iv. 


5 ” FNS pa ey cues , 


Drawn by Joyce K. Allan. 


Australian Cuttle-Fish Bones. 


Tue AvsTRALIAN ZooLoGist, Vol. iv. PLATE XXIV. 


Tachyglossus aculeatus, curled up, showing the curved claw, the uses of which 
are discussed in Mr. Burrell’s paper. 


Photograph by Harry Burrell. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


PUBLICATIONS. 
“The Australian Zoologist”’ 


A Journal containing reports of the proceedings of the Society, papers re- 
lating to the Zoology of Australia, notes and comment upon matters coming 
within the scope of the Society’s aims and objects. Published at irregular intervals. 


VOLUME I. (1914-1920). Parts 1 to 8. 
256 pp. with 19 plates and 63 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 


VOLUME II. (1921-2). Parts 1 to 4. 
272 pp. with 45 plates and 16 text figures. Unbound. Price 12/6 net. 


VOLUME III. (1922-5). Parts 1 to 8. 
362 pp. with 41 plates and 27 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 


VOL. IV. PART 1. Published 12th June, 1925. Price, 4/-. 


Page. 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales .. .. .. .. .. «2 «swe se 
Shearwaters on Lion Island .. .... .. 2 


Note on an Australian Sein of the Beni Panaaes as a epniterhiel Fisheries 


Product in Wellington, N.Z., by W. J. Phillipps, F.L.S., F.R.G.S. 3 
Practical Observations of Grutiorvgnahus beneath water, by Harry Burrell 

C.M.Z.S. Seeibe 4 
Field Notes on pseu Habits of Echidna, i aay Barcel, C.MZ. S. 8 
A Naturalist in North Queensland, by A. F. Basset Hull .. .. .. 9 
Lepidoptera of Yeppoon, Queensland, by A. Jefferis Turner, MD., BE. 8. aly 
Ticks, by E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. .. .... .. Metteres oh yeh e cae 
“Qrnithologia,” An Old Time “Poem” Fit IGOR SOS UIGL OOOO Foe ICRC i 


VOL. IV. PART 2. Published 10th November, 1925. Price 6/-. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales .. .. oo lon eis 
Presidential Address, by G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., BE, “BRE. s. 58) joo ahs} 


Sections—Annual Reports :— 


Brolocicala SurveyesegHon teri stcoracteene Bete cos smal ate tele) toss 40 
Omitholopicala Sechiong erik. jcc a sensei aatem ais ss so slkitye, Jieter eran je, 40 
Entomological Section .. .. JEWS LOM ELA Eee sa One dA 
George Forster’s Paintings, by Tom iredulen seep ise 48 
The Principal Fauna of the Comboyne Plateau, a EL C. Oeaien MB., 
Ch.M., R.A.O.U. ae 54 
A Mereecaph of the Drennan Tate, Vv, in “Tom Trerioleh “ad ik F. 
Basset Hull .. .. . 75 


Notes on the Seals found in B sratealcn ire: i A. S, ik Souer, CMZ. s. 112 


CONTENTS OF THIS PART. 


A Check-List of the Australian Tenebrionidae, by H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. 


A Monograph of the Australian He Wil, ed Tom Iredale and A. F. 
Basset Hull .. .. .. be ate sic eae 


The Cuttle-Fish “Bones” of the genes Beaches, by Tom Iredale .. .. .. 


The ro aa Habits of ogee eae aculeatus, by Harry Burrell, Ee 
Sena Mie ic ; é © 0) RIS SoM cota. Nanas cha ere 


AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS. 


No. 1. Check-List of the Fishes and Fish-like Animals of New South 
by Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist, Australian Museum, 104 PP») 43 
Bound in Boards. Price 5/-. Postage 4d. ; 


Application for Publications should be made to the pienoresy Sexrelary 
Box 2399, G.P.O., Sydney. 


Issued by the XatowaL wmusee> 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


Bdited by 
A. F. BASSET HULL, 0.F.A.0.U. 


Vol. 4—Part 4 


(Price, 6/-.) 


Sydney, April 30, 1926. 


All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Secretary, 
Box 2399, General Post Office, Sydney. 


Sydney: 
Sydney and Melbourne Publishing Co., Ltd., 29 Alberta St., 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 
Established 1879. 
REGISTERED UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 1899 (1917). 


COUNCIL, 1925-1926. 


President: 
Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B. 


Vice-Presidents : 
E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M., 
Professor Launcelot Harrison, G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., B.E., F.E.S. 


Members: ‘ ; 
Neville W. Cayley. J. R. Kinghorn. 
Robert C. Dixson, J.P. A. Musgrave. 
E. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., B.S. “ oe Aes M.Se. 
H. E. Finckh. - David G. 5 
W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. Ellis Le G. Troughton. 
OFFICERS. 
Hon. Secretary: E. F. Pollock. Hon, Treasurer: D. G. Stewart, BAL 
Hon. Librarian: Philip Shipway. 
Hon. Editor: A. F. Basset Hull, C.F.A.0.U. Hon. Auditor: E. BE. Coates. 
OFFiceRS OF SECTIONS. a 
i Entomological Section. Biological Survey Section. ae 
Chairman: G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sce., Chairman: Professor Launcelot Harrison. — 
Z aes Ga ahaa Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. Ds 
on. Secretary: ldfine Hon. Treasurer. G. Athol Waterhouse, Cay 
Ornithological Section. ree Professor Griffith Taylor, Pas a 
Sopa ey Hull fessor W. R. Browne, A. J. ns oe 
Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. BEE eed ee Wy 
Committee: E. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., B.S. Economic Zoology Section. 
P. A. Gilbert, J. R. Kinghorn, HE. F. Chairman: C. Hedley, F.L.S. 


Pollock and H. Wolstenholme. Hon. Secretary: A. F. Basset Hull. 


Supsoription: Ordinary Member, £1 1s. per annum. (Entrance Fee £1/1/. 
Life Member, £10/10/-. 
Associate Member, 7s. 6d. per annum. (No Entrance Fee). 
Life Associate Member, £3/15/-. 


PRIVILEGES: 
Ordinary Members—Free admission to Taronga Zoological Park; Additional 
Tickets admitting 20 Adults or 40 Children each year; 
Free Copy of “Australian Zoologist.” (if desired). 
Associate Members—F ree Copy of “Australian Zoologist.” 
“THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST.” 

Communications intended for “The Australian Zoologist’ should preferably 
be type-written. 

Authors should state whether proofs and reprints are desired when submitting 
MS. Fifty reprints of any article appearing under a separate title will be supplied 
gratis. If more are required, terms may be ascertained on application to the 
Rditor. 


NARRATIVE, by Anthony Musgrave. 

BIRDS, by P. A. Gilbert. 

FISHES, by Gilbert P. Whitley. 

MARINE MOLLUSCS, by Tom Iredale. 

INSECTS, by Anthony Musgrave. 

BRYOZOA, by Arthur A. Livingstone. 

CORALS, by Charles Hedley. 

BOTANY, by C. T. White and Dr. W. MacGillivray. 
BIBLIOGRAPHY, by Anthony Musgrave. 


Au 
B. 
C. 
D. 
E. 
13g 
G. 
H. 
I. 


Plates xxv. to xxxvl. 


A. NARRATIVE. 
By AntHony Muserave, F.E.S. 
(By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 


In November, 1925, the writer was one of a party which left Sydney for 
the purpose of investigating the biology of North-west Islet in the Capricorn 
Group, off the Queensland coast. 

The trip was organised and arranged by Mr. E. F. Pollock, the Hon. 
Secretary of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales, after correspond- 


BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


200 


2 Nee) 
pay eal er og aoe 
; 2 y]u] wnasyjo9 


‘] 2ansasny Kpo7 


fe J xDyaivy 


ap 1 wysoy 


@ 77) pry nog a, 
Jay udyjamay] >> 
Ea 
Jy Koszpiy an 
Se <3 
{ yoay juown7 EPR TERE [ee | 
poser) 
Pere > fy Suraay 


1 PPaysOW <> 


Co PIS] 2URsT 


OQ, J ry 2g 5 
© s 


4294 MDISI, 


Saat 


et ae 
Jay Saye é 7] uo1ay 
% q 
% 

2, 1 PUM (> PST MN 
; fe 7 MSP Feared = 
pay pjeywoosg i . Neca 

= Sy] woty 


J??Y YON 


synj og 


poayy aquiorjp9 


y sunny 


qulog Yy}1oy 


ef 


ze 


sNOLSOVI 


8 


4aa4), 


1 sang 


1 &pog 


usonudoy adoy 


|] GQpowwny D> 


Map showing the Capricorn Group in relation to the Queensland coast. 


NARRATIVE—MUSGRAVE. 201 


ence with Mr. Otho Webb, of Darr Creek, Queensland. Certain concessions 
were secured by Mr. Pollock from the New South Wales and Queensland Govern- 
ments which materially reduced the expenses of the several ladies and gentle- 
men he invited to accompany him. 

At Brisbane three Queensland members joined the party, and at Gladstone 
the services of a cook were requisitioned, bringing the number of the party up 
to fifteen. The Queensland members consisted of: Mr. Otho Webb (Darr Creek) ; 
Miss Hilda Geissmann and Mr. W. Curtis (Tambourine Mountain); while the 
New South Wales members were:—Mr. E. F. Pollock (leader); Mr. and Mis. 
C. Coles; Mrs. V. Lowe; Miss E. Chase (University of Sydney); Mr. G. P. 
Whitley (Australian Museum); Dr. W. MacGillivray (Broken Hill); Mr. P. 
A. Gilbert; Mr. J. F. Newns; Mr. C. Nolan; and the writer. 

The New South Wales members left Sydney on the 22nd November, reached 
Brisbane on the 23rd, and arrived next day at Gladstone, Port Curtis. 

On the morning of the 25th, the party embarked on the eutter “Lyola” for 
North-west Islet, and, after a somewhat rough trip across the 47 miles stretch 
of sea, arrived at the islet at dusk. On arrival, the members were hospitably 
entertained by the turtle-hunters at their turtle-soup canning factory. Only the 
blankets were landed that night, and the party slept on the beach above high- 
water mark. Next day tents were erected at a spot selected by Dr. MacGillivray 
and Mr. Pollock, at a short distance from the factory. Camp was broken on 
Monday, 14th December, about three weeks having been spent on the islet, 
though circumstances compelled the writer to leave the island on the 6th 
December. 

During our stay, those interested in the biological problems of the islet busied 
themselves with the preservation of specimens, writing notes, or taking photo- 
graphs, while those not concerned with natural history wandered over reef and 
islet and led a care-free existence, though ever-ready to lend a helping hand. 
The heat was intense, but at low tide the reef and the lazoon provided a means 
of escape from the glare and the burning rays of the sun, and most of the 
party took advantage of the opportunity to wade through the cool waters in 
search of shells or other marine animals. At high tide, sharks appeared in the 
lagoon, and so rendered it unsafe for bathers. 

The avifauna of the islet was investigated and photographed by Dr. Mac- 
Gilivray, Mr. Gilbert, Mr. EB. F. Pollock, Mr. Otho Webb, and Miss Geissmann, 
all of whom were experienced in field work. At low tide, Miss Chase and Mr. 
Whitley occupied themselves with the marine fauna, while at high tide they 
emulated the author in collecting insects or preserving material secured. Miss 
Geissmann and Mr. Coles made interesting observations upon the turtles, and 
brief accounts have been published by them in Queensland papers. The writer 
in collaboration with Mr. Whitley has written in The Australian Museum Maga- 
zine, a popular account, embracing all the information available about the North- 
west Islet turtles. 

Since the return of the party to civilisation, the specimens secured have 
been submitted to specialists for identification, and their researches are ap- 
pended. For assistance in naming material I am indebted to the staffs of the 
Queensland and South Australian Museums, as well as to my colleagues of the 
Australian Museum. Mr. Hedley, the Director of the Great ‘Borate Reef In- 
fee ite GU iy ee ey nee ae 
eae eTl , urther assisted in identifying the corals 


In the present account it has been the aim of the author, as far as possible 
by 


202 ‘ BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


to give lists of the animals of the different groups or a reference to them in 
the bibliography. In this manner, it is hoped that the contribution will serve to 
bring our knowledge of the animal and plant life of the group up-to-date, and 
act as a basis for future work in biological investigation. 

With a view to limiting the number of references in the text, the date of 
publication of a paper is usually placed after the author’s name and the title 
and other particulars may be consulted in the bibliography. 


HisToRICAL. 


The first naturalist to visit the Capricorn Islands was Professor J. B. S. 
Jukes (1), the naturalist on H.M.S. “Fly,” and in his narrative he describes 
One Tree, Wreck, and Heron Islands. 

H.M.S. “Fly” and “Bramble” surveyed the Capricorn Group in 1843, and 
the results of their surveys are embodied in the Admiralty chart embracing that 
portion of the Queensland coast. 

In October, 1904, a small party of naturalists visited Masthead Island, and 
an excellent general account of the island, together with a list of the Mollusca, 
later appeared under the pen of Mr. Charles Hedley (2). Two other members 
of the party, Messrs. F. E. Grant and A. R. MeCulloch, described the Crustacea 
of the island and of Port Curtis. 

In October, 1910, some members of the Royai Australasian Ornithologists’ 
Union visited the group for the purpose of studying the birds. Camps were 
established on North-west and Masthead Islands, and parties made excursions to 
neighbouring islets; North Reef, Tryon, Erskine and Heron Islands being visited. 
The narrative of the expedition was later written by Mr. Charles Barrett (3), 
and the birds identified on the islands listed by Messrs. A. J. Campbell and 
Captain 8. A. White. 

Several parties of zoology students from the University of Queensland have 
visited Masthead since 1910, the late Mr. A. R. McCulloch, of the Australian 
Museum, being a member of two parties, and Mr. E. Le G. Troughton, of the 
same institution, of one. 

The proximity of the islets to the large town of Rockhampton, has brought 
them into favour with the general public as ideal spots. for holiday camps, 
.though the absence of water will always be an important factor in keeping 
prospective visitors away. Only North-west Islet boasts a water supply, and 
this is caught in tanks at the turtle-soup canning factory and is the property 
of the proprietors. We took a large supply of water with us from the main- 
land, but, as this proved inadequate, the turtle-hunters kindly permitted us to 
draw on their supplies. 

THE CAPRICORN GROUP. 


North-west Islet is one of a series of reefs or reef-girt islands constituting 
the Capricorn Group, which link with the islets of the Bunker Group to form a 
chain which extends from North Reef to Lady Elliott Island. The islets and 
reefs of the Capricorn Group are as follows:—North Reef, Tryon Island, Wil- 
son Island, Bloomfield Reef, Wreck Island, North-west Island, Irving Reef, Pol- 
maise Reef, Masthead Island, Erskine Island, Wistari Reef, Heron Island, Sykes 
Reef, One Tree Island, Lamont Reef, and Fitzroy, Llewellyn and Boult Reefs. 


(1) Voyage of H.M.S. “Fly,” i., chapter 1, 1847. 
(2) Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxi., 1906, 453-479. 
(3) The Emu, x., 1910, 181-194. 


NARRATIVE—MUSGRAVE. 203 


The Bunker Group consists of three small coral islets:—Lady Musgrave Islet 
(No. 1), Fairfax Islet (No. 2), and Hoskyn Islet (No. 3). 

The Tropie of Capricorn passes between Heron Island and Wistari Reef, 
and North-west Islet lies to the north of the Tropic. 

The group is not to be regarded as part of the Great Barrier Reef system, 
as Mr. Hedley has pointed out. Swain’s Reefs which lie to the north of the 
Capricorn Group mark the southern limit of the Great Barrier Reef. 


NortH-west IsLer. 
Plate xxv., fig. 1. 


North-west Islet is a small coral islet or pseudo-atoll about a mile in length, 
about three miles in circumference, and about 300 acres in extent. It is en- 
cireled by a coral reef which is somewhat irregularly oval in shape, measuring 6 
miles in length by 2 in breadth, the ends of the oval lying east and west. The 
sea surrounding the reef is from 15 to 20 fathoms deep. The islet, which con- 
sists of sand and coral-sand rock, is raised but a few feet above high water mark, 
and is situated at the western end of the oval, the reef being only about half 
a mile from the shore. A fine sandy beach encircles the islet, interrupted only 
at its northern and southern ends by outcrops of coral-sand-rock. At the 
northern end, too, the sea has encroached upon the islet, probably as the result 
of storms, and many of the trees are uprooted and overhang high-water mark. 
Though devoid of any natural water supply, the islet is densely wooded, the 
Pisonias being the dominant plants and rising to a height of 50 feet. These 
trees flourish in the sandy soil, and their boughs are laden with the nests of the 
White-capped Noddy Tern, while below in the sandy soil, Wedge-tailed Shear- 
waters or Mutton-birds honeycomb the soil with their burrows, rendering walk- 
ing a precarious pastime. Every few yards one sinks to the knees in a burrow 
as the treacherous surface gives way, the noise of one’s fall sending the Noddies 
off their nests in alarm and gibbering at the unfortunate who had thus dis- 
turbed their tranquillity. 

Apart from birds and turtles, the only outstanding forms of animal life on 
the islet are the domestic cats and fowls which have been liberated by former 
owners of the turtle factory, and which have gone wild and taken to the forest. 
In the early mornings we were awakened by the crowings of chanticleers from 
the Pisonia forest, and parties crossing the islet found several hens nesting. In 
view of the scarcity of water it is remarkable that the fowls have survived. From 
some roosters shot by one of the lads from the turtle-canning factory, it would 
appear that they are fast reverting to the jungle fowl strain. Cats were seen 
by several of the party, and they doubtless destroy many nesting sea-birds. 


Tue REEF. 
Plate xxy., fig. 2, 3. 
Plate xxvi., fig. 4. 

Between the shore and the reef-crest is a lagoon, which at low tide is ex- 
tremely shallow, and one may easily walk out to the reef-crest. 

The reef-crest itself is clearly defined at low tide as a circle of black dots 
or “nigger heads,” as they are termed. These are large fragments of coral torn 
up from the base of the reef by storms, and which now lie stranded on its crest. 
Some of these storm-stranded coral boulders are very large in size, and from 
the shore at high tide present the appearance of fishing boats. 

The encircling coral boulders with the shallow lagoon give the islet the ap- 
pearance of an atoll, a condition which prevails at Masthead, as well as at 


204 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


other islets of the group. Such an islet is aptly termed a pseudo-atoll. The 
large nigger-heads are much eroded, their contours showing jagged edges rising 
from hollowed-out cavities, which latter frequently serve to shelter the large 
loricate, Amphitomura gemmata. Mr. Hedley has dealt with the subject of the 
erosion of the “nigger-heads” in his account of Masthead Island (1906). From 
the reef crest the reef slopes down gradually as a flat coral wall washed by the 
sea, its surface broken here and there by large pools in which grow fine corals, 
tabular and branching forms of Acropora. 

At low tide the water in the lagoon runs out to sea, falling over the reef 
crest in a series of small cascades, the outer sea appearing to be below the level 
of the lagoon. As the tide ebbs, smaller blocks of dead coral stud the reef and 
the lagoon. Beyond the edge of the reef is a light blue-green line of water, and 
beyond this again the darker blue of the open sea. 


Tue Lacoon. 
Plateyscxvieg ties leds 
Plate xxvii, fig. 3, 4. 

The area between the shore and the reef-crest is divisible into well defined 
zones. Thus, proceedings shorewards from the magic circle of coral boulders, we 
meet with (1) large patches of livmg interwoven corals with long sandy channels 
running through them, the corals consisting of Tubipora, Acropora, Pocillopora, 
Goniastrea, Seriatopora, and Porites, while large circular Porites also occur and 
are the only solid corals to be met with, the branching forms crumbling be- 
neath one’s feet; (2) sparse patches of corals of the same genera, but which 
may be easily overturned; (3) a white muddy zone; (4) the beach, with its 
carinated bivalve shells, Cardium (Fragrum) fragrum, and coral fragments. 

The lagoon with its marine life provided an inexhaustible field for study. 
On leaving the beach at low tide probably the first animal to attract the atten- 
tion of the marine zoologist is the marine gephyrean worm, apparently the same 
species as that described as Pseudobonellia biuterina by Johnston and Tiegs 
(1919) from Masthead and North-west Islets. These animals oceurred abundant- 
ly in a little sheltered bay near our camp where there were small coral fragments 
for them to hide under, or else their bodies would be hidden in the sand. From 
such shelter each would exsert a long black proboscis, bifid at the end. The 
same coral fragment would shelter quite a number of individuals, and the pro- 
hoscides could be seen radiating out in all directions. About 300 yards from 
the shore, patches of coral occurred, though isolated clumps existed quite close in- 
shore. A very common coral was Seriatopora hystrix with fine branches, pink 
and white in colour. A small blue and white-banded fish, Daseyllus arwanus, 
frequented the coral, and on a piece being broken off remained in the branches 
rather than forsake the shelter to which it was accustomed. Many tiny erabs 
and prawns utilised the crevices in the corals, and marine worms armed with tiny 
siliceous spicules were also encountered in breaking off coral fragments, their 
poisonous spicules entering the skin and setting up a severe irritation. 

The corals, on the whole, were rather disappointing when judged by the 
pictures taken by Saville Kent of reefs further north, but the large pools be- 
yond the reef crest yielded very fine examples, tabular Acropora vieing with 
branching forms in beauty of design. Browns and yellows were the predominat- 
ing colours of the corals, with a few purple patches here and there, relieved by 
an occasional clump of green sea-weed, like tufts of hair. The thick-antlered 
forms of stag-horn coral at the sides of the reef pools are kept at the same level 
as the sloping reef-wall by the waves, and grow as flattened pinkish masses 


NARRATIVE—MUSGRAVE. 205 


above, the part projecting into the pool being normal in form. These pools 
provided shelter for numerous forms of animal life, a Hawksbill turtle, Chelone 
imbricata, swimming in one of these coral pools making a charming picture as 
he swam from under the shelter of a coral bank into the sunlight. In another 
pool beautiful fish, identified as Pomacentrids, swam in the cover of the coral 
shelves. 

Clams, chiefly small ones, occurred among the corals and the wondertul variety 
of the mantle colouration was noted. Some were black with yellow stripes, 
others purple, some were dark with blue markings. Mrs. Lowe and I watched a 
large swimming crab feeding on a clam. It behaved in an almost human man- 
ner, plunging its big nippers into the shell and extracting tiny fragments which 
if would quickly pass into its mouth. 

Cones of various kinds were abundant, and Cowries were much sought after 
by the ladies of the party. The Melon or Bailer shell, Cymbiwm flammeum, was 
not uncommon on the reef, and a fine example was secured while in the act of 
laying its large gelatinous egg capsule. This species was also secured and photo- 
eraphed with its egg-capsule by a member of the R.A.O.U. party in 1910. 

Holothurians or Beche-de-Mer were represented by several species, and 
one long and black form occurred in numbers amongst the corals, extending out 
from under the blocks and scouring the sand with branching tentacles. 

Crustacea of every kind and shape oceurred in the lagoon among the coral. 
Large crabs seuttled away at our approach, while some tiny forms remained 
in the erevices of branches of madrepores collected, and were only detected when 
they had finally succumbed and turned pink. A fine example of the Painted 
Spiny Lobster, Palinurus fasciatus, was speared by the turtle-hunters in the 
lagoon, and presented to us. Its green, blue and red colouration make it a 
very striking object. The shell of a gastropod molluse, Turbo speciosus, yielded 
a brilliant tropie Hermit Crab, Dardanus megistos, reddish in colour, its back 
ornamented with white spots ringed with blue. 


Tue FIsHEs, 


The fish-fauna of North-west Islet was found to be rich in species, as well 
as in individuals, about seventy species having been observed within three weeks 
by Mr. G. P. Whitley, who has kindly supplied me with the following popular 
notes on the fishes and has also furnished the detailed account published under 
his name (infra). 

“Of the fishes of North-west Islet, perhaps the most attractive were those 
which lived amongst the coral. Dainty demoiselles, grey, yellow, brown, electric 
blue, or striped, swam in little schools in the deeper waters of the reef. In 
stocks of coral, little green gobies (Paragobiodon echinocephalus) and blue- 
striped Pomacentrids (Dascyllus aruanus) sought shelter, remaining in the 
branches even when the coral was removed from the water. Lurking in crevices 
were myriads of tiny fishes, gobies, cling-fishes, blennies and the like, and large 
reef-eels (Gymnothoraz). Another fish, Amphiprion polymnus, sheltered 
amongst some giant sea-anemones which grew beneath certain of the coral blocks. 

“With the influx of the tide, Parrot-fishes, ‘Morwongs’ (Lethrinus), and 
other splendid food-fishes were seen darting quickly through the water; these, 
when speared, were welcome additions to our rations. Sharks and rays came 
over the reef-crest and patrolled the inshore waters at high tide. Several 
man-eaters were seen, but they evaded such hooks as were baited to lure them. 
Spotted Cat-sharks (Chiloscylliwm ocellatum) were very common amongst the 
coral; they groped half-blindly along the bottom searching for food and when 


206 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


touched made no attempt to escape. Their golden horny egg-shells were some- 
times found cast upon the beaches. Garfish, whiting, silver-bellies, and other 
small fishes swarmed in the sandy shallows, whilst Sucker-fishes (Hcheneis 
naucrates) did most of the scavengering, eating the offal of the turtles, dead 
fish, ete., and apparently relishing a curious stone-like crab (Calappa hepatica). 
“Outside the reef, larger fishes were encountered, some of which were caught 
by trailing a line from a launch. Coral Cod (Plectropoma maculatum leopardus) 
were caught in this way, also the Barred Spanish Mackerel or Leaping Tuna 
(Scomberomorus commersonii), a fine fighter, which grows to a length of six 
feet and attains at least thirty pounds in weight. Another common outside fish 
was the Skipjack or Long Tom, a species of Tyloswrus, which leapt out of the 
water, or skimmed almost vertically through it, like a shining green snake. Fly- 
ing fish, too, were abundant and a mullet, perhaps frightened by a porpoise, 
obligingly jumped onto the deck of our launch. Shoals of Sprats (Stolephorus 
robustus) and Anchovies (Engraulis australis) were attacked by the Noddies and 
Mutton-birds. The Reef Herons confined their fishing activities to the reef.” 


TURTLES. 
Plate xxvii., fig. 1, 2. 

The islet with its sandy beaches affords an ideal situation for turtles to 
make their nests and lay their eggs, and every year hundreds of the chelonians 
come ashore. The same state of affairs prevails at the other islands of the 
group, but a turtle-soup canning factory has been established on North-west 
Islet for many years, and, though the industry has been subject to various 
vicissitudes, the factory is now in full swing and heavy toll is being taken of 
the female Green turtles. Three species of turtle visit the islet, the Loggerhead 
(Thalassochelys caretta), the Hawksbill or Shellback (Chelone imbricata), and the 
Green or Greenback (Chelone mydas), and of these the lastnamed is by far the 
most abundant, though all three occur in tropical and subtropical seas through- 
out the world. The Loggerhead is of no commercial value, but the Hawksbill 
furnishes the Tortoise-shell of commerce, while from the Green turtle is pro- 
duced the famous turtle-soup and the by-products, calipash and ealipee. 

Dr. W. MacGillivray has drawn my attention to the definition of the terms 
ealipash and ealipee as they appear in Webster’s Dictionary, and has pointed 
out that on North-west Islet they do not appear to have been correctly applied. 
In the dictionary the definitions are as follows:—“Calipash. A part of a turtle 
which is next to the upper shell. It contains a fatty and gelatinous substance 
of a dull greenish tinge, esteemed as a delicacy. Calipee. A part of a turtle 
which is attached to the lower shell. Jt contains a fatty and gelatinous sub- 
stance of a light yellowish colour much esteemed as a delicacy.” 

On the islet the turtle-hunters used the term “calipash” for the flesh near 
the plastron or lower shell, and “calipee” for the flesh of the flippers. 

Every night during our stay at the islet about 30 to 40 female Green turtles 
would come ashore to lay their eggs. Their paths up the beach to the margin 
of the scrub where they excavate their nests were indicated by broad scalloped 
tracks. These tracks serve to indicate their whereabouts to the turtle-hunters, 
who nightly patrol the beach turning on their backs all the turtles they en- 
counter. In this position the animals are helpless, and are left with waving 
flippers churning up the sand, until ready to be butchered. Their plight as 
they lay with drooping heads, and eyes bloodshot and exuding long trails of 
mucus aroused our pity, and some of the ladies tried to ease their sufferings 
by pouring water over them or placing wet bags on their plastrons. 


NARRATIVE—MUSGRAVE. 207 


Before killing operations commenced we experienced the joys of riding to 
the water those females who had finished egg-laying. A female turtle, though a 
heavy creature weighing about three and a half hundredweight, seems to ex- 
perience little difficulty in carrying a rider down to_the water’s edge. 

A detailed account of the turtles of North-west Islet may be seen in The 
Australian Museum Magazine, Vol. 2, No. 10. 


THE VEGETATION. 
Plate xxviii. 

The plants of North-west Islet are similar in most respects to those oc- 
curing on Masthead Island (1) and other islands of the Capricorn Group. Dur- 
ing my visit I collected a few of the more conspicuous plants, which were later 
identified for me by Mr. C. T. White, the Government Botanist of Queensland. 
A more complete collection was made by Dr. W. MacGillivray, and a list of 
the plants, together with notes made by him is subjoined. 

From just above high-water mark, the vegetation extends back towards the 
centre of the island, and forms two well-defined zones or associations. In that 
zone nearest the sea and just above the reach of the highest tides, we find that 
the Beach Oak (Casuarina equisetifolia) is the most conspicuous plant grow- 
ing in the sandy soil. Here the Green turtles come to lay their eggs, frequently 
encountering its roots as they sink their egg-pits. Other plants also occur in 
this zone, and the Goat’s-foot Convolvulus (Ipomaea pes-caprae) a widely dis- 
tributed tropical plant whose curiously-shaped leaves have given rise to its 
vernacular name, occurs commonly along the strand. In fact, the plants which 
frequent the sandy soil near the beaches on these tropie islets are frequently 
grouped under the heading of a “pes-caprae association.” 

Another inhabitant of this zone is the Tournefortia argentea, a tall shrub or 
small tree with red-brown trunk, light silvery-green leaves and yellow-green 
fruit. The trunks are twisted, and the leaves for the most part grow from the 
ends of the branches in clusters directed upwards. On North-west Islet the 
leaves are much subject to the attacks of grasshoppers, and many of the trees 
were almost defoliated. Dodder-like vines hang from their branches and mat 
the topmost boughs. These small trees are much sought after by Reef-herons 
as nesting sites, and the young on leaving the rough platform of sticks hwhich 
serves as a nest, scramble onto the tree-top by means of the vines and there 
await the parents. In the shelter of the straggling boughs on the ground, Silver 
Gulls make their grass nests and rear their young. It is the most conspicuous 
plant between the Casuarina and Pisonia zones. 

Scaevola koenigii, a shrub with large, shining yellow-green leaves grew com- 
monly in this zone and was flowering on the occasion of our visit, the flowers 
attracting numbers of Sphegid and Psammocharid wasps. 

Among the Tournefortia and Scaevola bushes near our camp grew an 
obnoxious plant, Achyranthes aspera, its seeds adhering readily to one’s clothes. 
The seeds grow along the stems of the plant and are easily detachable. From 
the top of each seed two curved hooks extend two-thirds the length of the seed, 
serving to anchor it firmly to one’s clothing. 

Along the south-eastern side of the island grow numbers of Pandanus or 
Serew-pine, forming in places dense groves. The buttressed stems, saw-like 


(1) Longman. Plants of Masthead Island. Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’land, xxv., 1914, 
17-23. 


208 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


leaves and heavy green or ripe-yellow fruits, render these palm-like trees con- 
spicuous among the other forms of beach flora. 

On Wilson Island, not far away, the other members of the party found the 
Pandanus to be the dominant plant of that island, even the Pisonias taking a 
second place in importance. 


Tue Pisonia Forest. 
Plate xxix. 

The most conspicuous plant of the second zone or plant association on 
North-west Island is Pisonia brunoniana. In association with it occur other 
plants such as figs of several kinds, Pipturus argenteus, a tall shrub with silvery 
undersurfaces to its leaves; Celtis paniculata, a tall tree with dark green leaves 
and rather similar in appearance to a Kurrajong; and vines of various kinds. 
The Pisonia trees with their almost flesh-coloured trunks and light-green leaves 
dominate the surrounding vegetation, many rising to a height of over 40 feet 
and presenting a wall of verdure when viewed from the reef-crest or the sea. 
On the northern and southern ends of the island the Pisonias come down to the 
water’s edge and their boughs may project over the beach. Here, owing to the 
winds, their trunks are twisted so that they assume fantastie shapes. Inland, the 
trunks are straighter and may measure some feet in diameter. Though very 
stout in appearance they are really extremely soft, and when cut with an axe 
yield a surprising amount of moisture. The boughs are very brittle and snap 
if any pressure be put upon them. They are favoured as nesting sites by the 
White-capped Noddy Tern, and the leaves are used in the construction of the 
nests. The Pisonia is widely distributed over the other islands of the Capricorn 
Group and extends onto the mainland. It owes its widespread dispersal to the 
nature of its seeds, which are extremely sticky, adhering readily to the feathers 
of birds. The seeds grow in clusters, and each seed is cylindrical and ridged. 
These ripe clusters fall to the ground where, if they come in contact with the 
feathers of a bird, they cling so closely that any efforts on the part of the bird 
to dislodge them only results in the seeds becoming mpre firmly affixed. Mn 
Gilbert of our party, one day, when in the company of Dr. MacGillivray and 
myself, found a White-capped Noddy so covered with bunches of Pisonia seeds 
that it was unable to fly, and merely hopped along the ground. The wings and 
feathers were bedraggled and seed clogged. It would have ultimately succumbed 
from starvation, so it was mercifully killed. 

Some seeds collected from the Noddy Tern and submitted by the writer to 
Mr. Cheel, of the Herbarium, Botanic Gardens, Sydney, were identified by him 
as those of Pisonia aculeata, which is a climbing form. Seeds taken from a tree 
by Mr. Gilbert and sent to Mr. Cheel proved to be identical with those adher- 
ing to the Noddy. Leaves of a Pisonia were collected by Dr. MacGillivray (see 
list) and identified by Mr. White as P. brunoniania. As the seeds of the species 
are very dissimilar it would appear that two species of Pisonia oceur on the 
islet, though Dr. MacGillivray informs me that he saw no “climber” beyond 
those given in his list. 

While camped at North-west Islet, members of the party made one-day 
excursions to Tryon and Wilson Islets. Wilson Islet was visited on ‘Thursday, 
3rd December, 1925. I did not join the party, but Mr. Whitley, who was a 
member of it, has kindly provided me with the following account. 


ns 


NARRATIVE—MUSGRAVE. 209 


Witson Ister. 

“On December 3rd, a party went in one of Christopher Poulson’s launches 
to Wilson Islet, 13 miles from North-west. After passing the edge of the coral 
reef, porpoises, basking turtles and pelagic fish were seen. A hook was baited 
with red rag and towed behind the boat, and a fine Coral Cod (Plectropoma 
maculatum leopardus) was soon caught and lay flapping about on the deck, its 
colours changing every minute in a series of light and dark pearl grey flushes. 
Tts body and fins were covered with small bright blue spots. The next fish 
hooked must have been a monster for it nearly pulled a man overboard, but it 
broke the line and escaped. A large Barred Spanish Mackerel or Leaping Tuna 
(Scomberomorus commersonii) was safely landed, after fighting well and leap- 
ing several feet out of the water. Miss Chase netted a few small brown medusae 
amongst the plankton which drifted past the vessel. At noon, we landed on the 
beach of Wilson Islet. The beach was heaped up by the surf, which was heavier 
there than at North-west Islet, and strewn with weathered lumps of coral. Tho 
dominant tree was Pandanus, Pisonia being scarce, but otherwise the flora re- 
sembled that of North-west Islet. Cicadas were plentiful in the Casuarinas. 

“On the beach in the pitiless glare of the sun, two species of Terns were 
nesting in little pebble-strewn hollows amongst the larger coral blocks. The 
noise made as hundreds of them flew overhead was almost exactly like that of a 
cartwheel which needs oiling. Eggs, white with light blue and brown blotches, 
were present in some of the nests, together with chicks. One of the latter was 
yellowish-brown dorsally, whitish on the sides. A few flecks of dark brownish 
on median line of back near shoulder and others on wings. The beak was white- 
tipped, otherwise pinkish-brown. Eye dark. Feet and legs pink. It was breathing 
rapidly in the intense heat, and, though apparently very young, instinctively 
scuttled into the shade of the nearest stone. Other chicks were prostrated with 
the heat, but they revived later, according to Mr. O. Webb. A chick, presum- 
ably of another species, photographed by Miss Geissmann, was dove-grey and 
white in colour, with dark grey markings on head and wings. Beak and feet 
black. (Specimen in Aust. Mus.). 

“Sea eagles and Reef Herons were present in the trees on Wilson Islet. 

“Tn places, as at North-west Islet, rocks jut out into the water from the 
beach. Many are formed of coral and shells conglomerated together and pre- 
senting the appearance of polished fossils en bloc. The reef yielded many bean- 
tiful shells and the vivid blue starfish, Linckia pacifica. A few small fishes were 
collected in the rock-pools, as were also crabs and young specimens of the com- 
mon black beche-de-mer. ; 

“Inland, the ground was strewn with the serrated leaves of the omnipresent 
Pandanus, and search for animals only revealed isopods, ants, a young cricket 
and some spiders. A dead Wedge-tailed Petrel and the head of a Skipjack or 
Long-tom (Tylosurus), both probably killed by sea-eagles, were also found.” 


Tryon IsLet. 


Tryon Islet, a densely wooded island, lying five miles to the north-east of 
North-west Islet, was visited by a party on the 13th December. They found the 
vegetation similar to North-west Islet, but the shores were steeper and many 
turtles had died there. Gulls and Brown-winged Terns were found breeding. 


210 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 
(B.). BIRDS. 


By P. A. Ginpert. 
Plates xxx.-xxxil. 


The Capricorn waters support a vast assemblage of sea-birds and migrants. 
Indeed, the population of Wedge-tailed Shearwaters can be reckoned at three 
millions without fear of an over-estimation, while an effort to calculate the num- 
ber of White-capped Noddies may reasonably place them at one and a half 
millions. The Crested, Bridled, Roseate, and Black-naped Terns could be com- 
puted in tens of thousands, Silver Gulls and Reef Herons by the thousands, with 
migrants and others in hundreds. This rough computation is given to afford an 
idea of the relative proportions of the bird population. 

Many of the species observed were common to: all the islands visited, but 
in several instances individual kinds selected a special island to nest on, and 
by sheer force of numbers ousted other species with more or less similar habits 
from that particular region. On North-west Islet the Wedge-tailed Shearwaters 
and White-capped Noddies held full sway, their numbers being so dense that 
Silver Gulls and Reef Herons were compelled to occupy limited sites on the out- 
skirts. Tryon Islet sustained a mixed population of Shearwaters, Bridled Terns, 
Silver Gulls, and Reef Herons. Wilson Islet was inhabited by the beautiful 
Roseate and Black-naped Terns in strength, and a small party of Crested Terns, 
while Masthead Islet was the rendezvous of a colony of Crested Terns.* It will 
be noticed how the various species of Terns resort to separate islands to con- 
egregate and nest, with the exception of Wilson Islet, which harboured three 
species. Here the favoured sites of the Roseate and Black-naped Terns co- 
existed, and their habits being somewhat alike their movements were in harmony. 
The regions of the Capricorns were especially rich in Tern life; nine species 
being identified of the eighteen on the Australian list, five of which were 
breeding. 

A prodigious amount of fish life must be required to feed this huge con- 
course of sea-birds. Not only do the adult birds have to satisfy their own ap- 
petites, but they also have to meet the never ceasing demands of their in- 
satiable young. Add to this the toll taken by deep sea enemies, and we can 
get a faint notion of the density of fry which is necessary to maintain this 
mighty interdependence of life. Further, the continual attacks of piscivorous 
birds must act as powerful selective factors in shaping new species of fish. 

An amazing sense of direction was displayed by all species of birds which 
travelled to and from, passed by, or dwelt on North-west Islet. Plovers would 
arrive at low tide, hastily feed among the coral stones and sea-weed, then with 
a chorus of whistles which signalled their agreement to move on, they rose a 
few feet, skimmed over the surface of the water and flew to other feeding 
grounds. Other migrants tarried the full duration of time, which the tide took 


*Reported by Mr. Stanley, of the Barrier Reef Committee, who landed on 
N.W.1. from H.M.S. Moresby during our sojourn. 


a 


BIRDS—GILBERT. 211 


to recede and rise. At night many inspiring moments were spent on the coral 
beach. When the air was perfectly still we often heard the calls from flocks 
of birds as they flew overhead, each giving the other the password so that each 
knew the whereabouts of the other, and whither all were going. 

What impelled these feathered mariners to set sail and shape a course in 
the blackness of night? ‘Surely they possessed an extraordinary memory for dis- 
tance and location. How easily the conscious human loses his way without the 
aid of a compass. Yet these valiant nightfliers were only concerned about the 
welfare of their mates, as they all knew whither they were bound. A close 
study of the Wedge-tailed Shearwaters also revealed a singular sense of direc- 
tion. One stood with amazement while these strange birds silently regulated 
their direction in the gloom of early night. On their nightly return to North- 
west Islet they assembled on the wing near the points used as exits for de- 
parture in the early morning. After circling round for some considerahle time 
to get their bearings, they flew with certitude over the Pisonia forest, each bird 
dropping beneath its canopy on suspended wings almost at the entrance to its 
burrow. Experiments with White-capped Noddies also yielded some interest- 
ing evidence with regard to the sense of location. From several nests I ex- 
changed white eggs for some heavily blotched ones to see the effect on the sitters. 
The sitting birds took no notice of the changes whatever, and settled on the 
strange eggs without hesitation. I then removed their nests and eggs to different 
positions on the same bough, but when the birds returned they were completely 
lost, and flew about in a most bewildered manner. I particularly observed these 
birds to find out whether they could recognise their own eggs, as many suppose 
that the multitudinous types and variations in the markings are used as a means 
of recognition. The behaviour of the White-capped Noddies convinced me that 
they have a wonderful sense of location and direction, but no power of dis- 
crimination so far as the colouration of eggs is concerned. F 

Although the Shearwaters greatly outnumbered the Noddies, well-balanced 
relations existed between the two species with regard to their departure from 
or arrival at the islet. The Shearwaters moved out to sea before daybreak and 
returned after sunset. The first of the Noddies usually streamed out in the 
first gleam of daylight, and the last of them returned to the trees as the sun set. 
If it should happen that these birds left together the turmoil would result in 
disaster for both species, as the resolute sallies of the White-capped Noddies 
could never harmonise with the swallow-like flight of the Wedge-tailed Shear- 
waters. This is a marvellous instance of two prolific species adapting them- 
selves to a circumscribed area for breeding purposes. The Shearwaters were so 
dense that they oceupied almost every foot of ground to burrow in. The Noddies 
were so numerous that they had possession of nearly every branch of every 
tree on which to place their nests. 

The most remarkable feature about the Wedge-tailed Shearwaters was their 
manner of wooing. They assembled in parties of thirty or forty, on bare 
patches of ground among the Pisonia trees. In the moonlight a rather quaint 
spectacle was presented by these birds going from one to the other in search 
of a mate. The male appeared to be the most active in this respect; his 
methods of courtship were somewhat curious judged in comparison with other 
avian ceremonies. He caressingly placed his head alongside that of the female 
and began a low wailing song, which was rendered in varying intonations. He 
then changed it to purrs, often his notes sounded like the whimpers of a child, 
or the bleats of a lamb. Should the female show the least signs of responsive- 


212 hee a) BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 
ness, he would indulge in a series of plaintive pleading murmurs, which usually 
terminated in an emotional howl similar to that of the domestic cat. Sometimes 
the female rejected these overtures, and waddled to a male near-by. If she ac- 
cepted him they began to burrow side by side. The male inflated his throat as 
he uttered his mournful notes, the greatest distension being reached as the final 
howl was produced. 

There were probably two million Shearwaters courting and burrowing on 
North-west Islet. The medley created by their strange songs is not readily for- 
gotten. From afar the calls came to one’s ears in a confused din and clamour, 
close by the sense of hearing segregated the various notes of the agonising eat- 
calls. This was augmented by outbursts of chattering, croaking, and rattling 
notes from the White-capped Noddies, with the intermittent crows of domestic 
cocks in a feral state as counter melody. This pandemonium continued through- 
out the night till three o’clock, when signs of restlessness were evident among 
the courting birds. In the waning moonlight, half staringly, half gropingly, 
they moved from their trysting places, and made for the numerous branching 
tracks which took them to the main tracks leading to the edge of the islet 
through avenues of tangled Pisonia trees. At the edge of the islet clear open 
spaces worn bare of vegetation by continual traffic accommodated a couple of 
hundred birds. Here final caressings took place. Generally an inclined lane, 
shoot, or take-off served as an exit from these assembly grounds to the flood tide 
bank, along or down which the birds ran a few paces to rise on the wing and 
pass out seaward. 

The ramifications of these main tracks converge from all points on the islet. 
Each track may be likened to a river with its tributaries and their many stream- 
lets. The main tracks were solid and one could walk with ease along them. 
Thirty or more of these main tracks radiated from the centre of the islet, and 
poured out the Shearwaters in continuous streams from three o’clock till half 
past four in the morning, then gradually decreasing numbers of laggards de- 
parted. As these birds moved along the main tracks in close formation of 
eight or ten abreast, it presented one of the most fascinating pageants of bird 
masses. While this enthralling display was in progress, many birds gave forth 
subdued howls, others whimpered, some crooned. Often two birds would begin 
to fight, temporarily holding up the procession. The birds in the rear became 
very turbulent, then, after much howling, order was restored, and the gap in the 
ranks closed up. 

From dusk till after eight o’clock the Shearwaters returned to North-west 
Islet in an unbroken flock, and flew so close together that oftentimes they hit 
each other with their wings. Their point of arrival was usually high and well 
over the Pisonia trees, but occasionally when a stiff north-easter blew they 
skimmed over the sea till the forest was reached. They then swept over the 
tree tops, and flopped beneath the canopy of vegetation. Once they were 
noticed approaching the islet in long lines closely packed together from four to 
twelve or more deep. Various calls and notes were uttered while on the wing. 
Tt was an extremely interesting experience to be seated in the thick of the 
Jungle about half past seven at night, just as the moon rose and threw its 
crake ean ae Oe ae 
burrows or Paesane grounds iter on in 3 ae Wiis Bate Nae thee 
hit the soft seal with a thud E Scie eee = iprageuan e - 

x ; - Everywhere the quaint dark forms could be 
seen anxiously groping about for their meeting places. 


O_O EE 


os 


BIRDS—GILBERT. 213 


Many Wedge-tailed Shearwaters were infected with a mucous discharge 
similar to roup in domestic fowls. I procured one of these diseased birds for 
Miss E. Chase, of the Sydney University, to dissect. Her examination dis- 
closed that the lungs were ulcerated. This infection rendered the birds help- 
less on the wing, although when liberated on the water they paddled away freely, 
but every now and then made fruitless efforts to rise. Many dead birds lay 
strewn about the beach. These were probably infected birds which had suc- 
ecumbed on the high seas and drifted in with the tide. Again, numbers were 
too weak to join the early morning throng, and lingered on the shore line till 
the White-bellied Sea-eagles swooped down on them. Here we have a telling 
example of the elimination of the unfit. The more vigorous birds flew out to 
sea before daylight, and returned after dark, and thus escaped the depredations 
of the eagles; but the weaklings were offered up on Nature’s altar to feed 
healthy eaglets, which incidentally prevented the contamination of the normal 
birds. Two species of mallophagous parasites were collected from the diseased 
Shearwater. On the 26th of November the Shearwaters were at the height of 
the pairing season, the second week in December they began to lay eges. 

Many nests of the Silver Gull were found, containing two or three eggs 
(26/11/1925). Later these nests were tenanted by young (5/12/1925). The 
nests were placed on the ground, a depression being made in the sand, in which 
strands of dry grass and other materials were put as lining. The most favoured 
site was at the foot of a Tournefortia shrub. Under one of these shrubs three 
nests were found, two with three eggs and one with two. The gulls were always 
on the alert, and long before we approached their retreats they gave vent to 
angry cries. There seemed to be a sentinel continually on the watch. It took 
up a position at the top of a small tree overlooking the nesting site, and as 
soon as it gave the alarm the sitting birds left their nests, and these together 
with other birds close by joined in attacks on the intruders. They were excep- 
tionally fearless, time and again they snapped their bills within inches of our 
heads. 

The Silver Gulls on North-west Islet were possessed of extraordinary cun- 
ning, and showed great skill and patience when on a foray among the nests of 
White-capped Noddies. Repeatedly they hovered and soared hawllike above the 
communities, awaiting their chances to slip in and steal the eggs. The trees 
nearest the Gulls’ nesting site were particularly pillaged, a quarter of the nests 
being emptied. The Gulls showed no hesitation in carrying out their raids when 
the opportune time arrived. Towards midday when the blazing sun made brood- 
ing a little irksome for the Noddies, many of them flew out for relief, and, 
while their forces were thus depleted, the Gulls dashed in. 

On the beach the astute Gulls displayed all the attributes of veteran beach- 
combers. They loitered for hours round the luckless green turtles which had 
been thrown on their backs on the beach by turtle hunters, waiting for them to 
be butchered. How unwillingly they moved away as we neared them! How 
angrily they scolded till we had passed on! During the operations of the turtle 
factory the Gulls become very fat and lusty, and regarded the undeveloped eggs 
and seraps of turtle meat strewn about the beach as delicacies well worth atten- 
tion. Nevertheless the shrewdness of the Silver Gulls was very impressive, and 
living among them from day to day gave us the opportunity of seeing the many 
good qualities in these imperious, neatly plumaged birds of the beach. And 
despite the somewhat ill reputation I have given them, they are exceedingly 
cleanly as regards their toilet. Every day at low tide small parties were seen 


214 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


enjoying a wash and a splash in the shallows, after which they retired to the 
beach and thoroughly groomed themselves. 

It would be impossible to accurately estimate the number of White-capped 
Noddies which inhabited North-west Islet. They were so numerous that one 
was inclined to say a million or so without going into his method of ealeulation. 
In one tree alone Dr. MacGillivray and I counted 148 sitting birds. In the 
same tree many birds were courting, others were building nests. At the moment 
of our count the population was 168, which included non-sitting pairs, and 
males resting by the side of their brooding females. The actual number of 
birds frequenting this tree would be over three hundred, as the sitting birds 
must be doubled. This was an average tree. Many trees were observed with 
the sitting birds so closely packed together, and others incessantly flying in and 
out, that it was impossible to compute them. Other trees had few occupants. 
Pisonia and Fig-trees were mostly resorted to for nesting in, but another densely 
foliaged laurel-like tree often sheltered crowded families of this handsome 
Noddy-tern. 

T have never observed a more affectionate bird, unless it be the Dusky Wood- 
swallow. The male Noddy sat by the brooding female for hours, often he 
preened her feathers, nibbled her beak, and showed many other little signs of 
affection. Frequently a pair would be confined to a square foot of space, but 
notwithstanding these cramped conditions, the Noddy regarded it as sacred and 
promptly ousted any of his kin that ventured within this narrow area. The 
White-capped Noddies had a pleasing manner in their courtship. They stood 
side by side on a bough, then nodded and bowed to each other. With open bills 
they uttered various rattling and croaking notes; the rattling notes were quite 
characteristic and resembled the noise made by loosely running cogwheels. The 
croaking notes were more often like those of a frog, but somctimes sounded 
like the stridulations of insects. One bird would begin to chatter and perform, 
the other would look and listen, and so each carried on in turn. 

The nest is a ragged-looking structure chiefly composed of the broad flimsy 
leaves of the Pisonia. These were placed on a branch and firmly packed to- 
gether with excreta. A shallow depression was made which just prevented the 
egg from rolling off. If the birds were suddenly startled they frequently kicked 
their eggs out, consequently observations had to be made quietly. I examined a 
thousand or more nests, each of which contained one egg only. Some were pure 
white, others had fine short streaks, a preponderance were spotted on the larger 
end, while many contained heavy blotches a third of an inch in diameter. The 
male shares in the task of incubating the egg. The ceremony attached to re- 
lieving each other is a pretty one. The male, presumably, sat alongside his 
spouse, then with a chuckle he started nibbling her bill; she returned the com- 
pliment. Then the female gently raised herself from the egg till it was ex- 
posed. Both glanced to see if it was safe, when the female carefully slipped off 
and allowed the male to settle down on the egg. A little more fondling and the 
female glided from the tree seaward. One sex fed the other while it was sitting 
on the egg. : 

From morning till the close of day the White-capped Noddies brushed over 
the treetops in an uninterrupted flow to and from the sea. During the day 
many free from nesting obligations, or replete with food, congregated in flocks 
of 25 or 50 along the beach. They showed their displeasure at being disturbed 
by clustering over our heads on the wing. This Noddy is the chief disperser of 
Pisonia seeds, Every day a bird was noted with these viscid and peculiarly 


a 


BIRDS—GILBERT. 215 


hooked seeds clinging to its plumage. Accompanied by Dr. MacGillivray and 
Mr. A. Musgrave, I found a bird completely disabled through its feathers be- 
coming inextricably glued together. Several times a gun was dicharged, when 
the Noddies in the vicinity of the report rose from their nests in a cloud, shriek- 
ing, chattering, calling, but tranquillity soon overtook them, and with celerity 
and ease they returned to their nests. The loudness of the cries may be judged 
by my hearing them when over a mile out at sea. The White-capped Noddies 
evinced fearlessness in their many attacks on the White-bellied Sea-eagles. On 
the 26th November new nests, fresh and heavily incubated eggs, and a few 
young birds were observed. Nine days later the forest was ringing with a de- 
cidedly sweet, but subdued, “swee-oo swee-oo,’ uttered by myriads of chicks a 
day or two old. Mallophaga were present on this species. 

The eyrie of a White-bellied Sea-eagle was located in a Pisonia tree forty 
feet from the ground. This was the permanent habitation of a pair of august 
old birds. Two healthy eaglets, fully grown, but in immature plumage, with 
the strength of their parents concealed in their brilliant deeply-set eyes, were 
surprised as I raised myself above the edge of their home. One, stirred to 
anger, remonstrated by spreading its wings to their full extent. The other, 
overcome by the intense heat, rested under a Pisonia branch which cast an ac- 
ceptable shade over part of the huge nest structure. 

The nest was composed of the large sticks of Pisonia, Tournefortia and 
Ficus trees. It measured four feet across, two feet three inches deep in materials, 
with a depression of four inches. The leaves of the Pandanus Palm, strands of 
grass, and sprays of Tourmefortia were used as lining. Innumerable feathers 
and bones of Wedge-tailed Shearwaters lay strewn about, together with remains 
of fish, the jaws of a Long-tom being evidence that this Eagle subsisted on a 
varied diet. Ten wings of Shearwaters were counted on the ground in a heap 
where the Eagles had regaled themselves. ; 

For a time mystery surrounded the presence of a pair of brown birds on 
North-west Islet. During the day they were seen soaring aimlessly in the sky, 
then apparently disappeared, tll one day Dr. MacGillivray saw them alight on 
the eyrie. | We then observed that the eaglets left their nest daily for trial 
flights, and returned after each exercise. Fortunately, it must have been after 
one of these exertions of the wing that I put up my camera to secure their 
picture, as I often wondered why these feathered monsters tolerated my un- 
welcome visit. The nest was infested with Dermestid beetles, which devoured 
all the leavings of the Eaglets, and thus helped to keep it clean. 

The Reef Hezon was one of the most interesting forms to observe, its 
dignified demeanour yielding infinite pleasure. The elegant stateliness of this 
Heron was never more evident than at high tide, when sometimes as many as 
fifteen birds gathered to form a party. This graceful band was mostly com- 
posed of pure white birds, with three or four greyish-black members, which 
helped to enhance the beauty of the gathering. They leisurely preened and 
trimmed their feathers as they rested on some high vantage point, waiting for 
the tide to run out. These birds were mostly off duty. or those that had finished 
breeding. A fair proportion of young birds made their presence obvious in 
these flocks by their inordinate timidity; their tendency, too, to move to the 
middle of the flock greatly added to the grace of their movements. 

As soon as the tide began to fall, the Herons dispersed in families, or in- 
dividuals.. While the lagoon emptied its waters into the sea, they patiently 
searched its shallow reaches for anything that was offering in the way of food. 


216 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


The first catch was taken to nestlings which feel the pinch of these enforced 
long intervals between meals. The Herons seemed to keenly watch the flow of 
tidal waters, for they wasted no time in making to the outer reefs, where they 
used the “niggerheads” or coral boulders as look-outs, before they finally settled 
down to search the coral pools which teemed with small fishes. The feeding 
grounds were sometimes several miles from their nesting sites. The birds fed 
singly, except those adults with full grown young, which were attended to by 
their parents. 

During our sojourn, nests with two or three eggs, newly hatched young, 
nestlings half grown or fully fledged, fledglings which had just left the nest, 
and young full grown birds were observed. The usual number for a sitting or 
brood was two eggs or young. All the nests found were built in Touwrnefortia, 
Pisonia, Ficus, or bushy laurel-like trees. The height varied from eight to 
fifteen feet from the ground. The structures were composed of coarse sticks, 
with lengths of vines, grass, and fine twigs as lining. One nest measured 
eighteen inches across. I found a nest which was owned by a greyish-black 
male bird and a female white ‘bird. I assume that the female does most of the 
brooding, and that the white bird of this pair was the female, as it was more 
often seen on the nest. The nest was in a Fig-tree surrounded by White-capped 
Noddies. It contained two eggs from which two dark young emerged. All the 
pairs of white birds had white young. Both sexes shared in incubation and 
feeding the young. When the nestlings are disturbed they disgorge whatever 
food they have in their stomachs, fresh or half digested; probably this serves 
to lighten them should they anticipate flight, or perhaps to distract the attention 
of their enemies by an offering of food. 


Mainland species were poorly represented on North-west Islet and the ad- 
jacent islands. The Pied Bell-magpie lacked the “currawong” eall of its econ- 
tinental relations, but its other notes were identical. Miss H. Geissmann located 
a nest about 50 feet up in a Fig-tree, which contained three fully fledged young. 
There was no distinction between the warble of the insular form of Silver-eye 
and the mainland Zosterops lateralis. Their habits were alike in every respect, 
while the location and construction of their nests were the same. The North- 
west Islet bird appeared to be a trifle lighter in colour than the mainland type, 
but this may be attributable to the nature of its food, which consisted of a 
narrow range of fruits, berries, and insects. Several nests were found, most of 
which had been occupied, one with two eggs, and one with two young. The Bar- 
shouldered Dove was occasionally seen on the eastern end of the islet, feeding in 
seed-bearing vines. A pair of White-shouldered Caterpillar-eaters were seen on 
Wilson Islet. The Sacred Kingfisher was observed on all the islands visited, it 
was nesting in the trunks of Pisonias. Most of the adults were feeding newly 
hatched young. 

The many wandering species of the Plover family yielded endless interest. 
Every day flocks of these migrants arrived and departed; sometimes the shores 
at low tide would be crowded with a variety of these birds eagerly feeding among 
the exposed coral. These mystery birds have caused no end of speculation with 
regard to their passages over long distances, without food and in the face of 
adverse conditions. Their inherent knowledge of distance, direction, and loca- 
tion, however, is undoubtedly the result of inealeulable ages of struggle and 
wandering, in which millions of their kind have succumbed to perfect the present 
generations. Most of the factors in their evolution which have brought about 
these powers of endurance are now lost to us, and it therefore seems hopeless to 


BIRDS—-GILBER'. 217 


definitely assign the causes which have furnished them with their remarkable 
instincts. 

The active Turnstone was very popular with the bird observers. This robust 
little fellow especially charmed us with his method of turning over small pieces 
of dead coral in quest of eatables. To perform this task he raised and pushed 
the stone at the same time with his upper mandible near the forehead. Then 
with a sharp jerk he threw the coral clear of the lurking organisms. The Turn- 
stone worked assiduously during low tide, but seemed to vanish when the in- 
coming waters ran half way up the beach. The Lesser Golden Plover was an- 
other bird that constantly engaged our attention. It was always present on the 
beach, and caused much amusement by the skipping way it avoided the ripples 
of the rising tide. Several parties of Bar-tailed Godwits continually patrolled 
the beach, often accompanied by little Whimbrels. The Sharp-tailed Stint made 
oceasional visits to the islet in medium flocks, but its stay was very brief. A 
small band of Oyster-catchers was always conspicuous on the eastern end of 
the islet. 

At low tide from this point the reef was bare for several miles eastward, 
and over this wide stretch the migrants and sea-birds spread in countless num- 
bers. The habitual cautiousness of the Plover kind required much strategy from 
observers to enable them to obtain a better understanding of their shy ways. 
Their presence on North-west Islet was ostensibly to feed, and, while they seem- 
ingly concentrated on the pursuit of food, they incidentally preserved a vigilance 
that sorely tried the patience of stalkers who essayed to secure their pictures. 


Witson Isuer. 


Our trip to Wilson Island was a profitable and interesting one. When our 
launch was midway between Tryon and North-west Islet, we ran through a small 
flock of Little Terns shepherding a shoal of fish. They dived for a catch, rose, 
swallowed it on the wing, wheeled in a half circle, and then repeated the move- 
ments. Later we passed an immense body of White-capped Noddies which 
churned the sea with their continual plunges at a swiftly moving school. Bridled 
and Crested Terns were also observed sharing the spoils. As we approached 
Wilson Islet, the Little Terns became more plentiful. No records of their nest- 
ing were obtained; probably they would resort to this islet later in the season. 

This lonely outpost was the home and refuge of many birds. When we 
were about to land, a party of Reef Herons, twelve white and one dark, rose 
in unison from a Casuarina on the southern end, and with a graceful sweep flew 
round the islet to avoid us. Silver Gulls and Crested Terns greeted us from 
the northern beach, where the latter occupied a small corner for nesting. This 
picturesque islet was overgrown with Pandanus palms above which a Fig-tree 
or two and several Pisonias thrust their leafy tops. Near the shore line luxuriant 
Tournefortias and the widely distributed Casuarina equesitifolia had a footing. 
Several species of grass and other herbaceous growths were noted. The lean of 
the vegetation northward indicated that Wilson Islet received the full force of 
southerly gales, while further evidence was afforded by a rugged outcrop of 
coral rock which formed a miniature breakwater on the southern end, with no 
intervening beach between it and the vegetation. The western shore was steep 
and irregular; a few Green-backed turtles had left their trails here. On the 
eastern shore there was a wide area of coral boulders, stones, shingles, gravel, 
and sand. This coarse coral rock spread over the higher ledge for a couple of 
acres, and was occupied by Roseate Terns. This area seemed to be permanently 
above high water mark, as numerous small creepers trailed on the ground, while 


218 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


young Tournefortias and other herbage flourished, which appeared destined to 
enlarge the vegetation-bearing area of the islet. A lower ledge of shingles and 
stones extended from this site in a curved narrow belt to the southern end, and 
was in the possession of the Black-naped Terns. 


Dr. MacGillivray and I made our way round the southern end and im- 
mediately stepped into the nesting region of the Black-naped Terns. The rest 
of the party went round the northern end and flushed the Roseate Terns from 
their nests. With startled calls they rose from their eggs and intermingled. 
There was a slight difference in their cries of alarm. It was a beautiful sight 
to look up at these two species commingled in a dense flock just overhead. 
Many birds hovered and fluttered quite low with their heads pointed towards 
their nests, while their feet hung down with outspread toes and distended webs. 
The brilliant red feet, and dark-reddish bills of the Roseate Terns, and the glossy 
black feet and blackish bills of the Black-naped Terns helped to make a con- 
trast of indescribable beauty. Slowly they separated, the elegant Roseate re- 
tired to the boulders, the dainty Black-naped to the shingles. 

' The Black-naped Terns usually constructed their nests near small pieces of 
coral stone. Numerous coral pebbles and fragments of sea shells were gathered 
and arranged between these stones to form a receptacle for the eggs. The nests 
were all built on the lower ledge, and were so close together in places that it 
was necessary to look before each step lest one should tread on the eggs. Seven 
nests were counted in a square yard. The eggs were extremely difficult to see 
as their light colour harmonised with the white background on which they rested. 
Many of the nests contained only one egg, others had two, heavily incubated, 
but I have no record of the young of this species being observed. The Black- 
naped Terns’ eggs were easily distinguishable from those of the Roseates by 
their less pointed shape, lighter colour, and small markings, which often formed 
a well-defined zone on the larger end. 

The Roseate Terns were more abundant and possessed a greater nesting area 
than the Black-naped species. They chiefly resorted to the higher ledge, which 
was composed of the coarse coral. Their nests were placed under small shrubs, 
near large stones, by the side of tussocks of grass, in bunches of creepers, or 
among gravel. All the sites that offered shelter from the sweltering sun were 
availed of, two nests being found under some of the plants. Most of the nests 
examined contained two eggs, several had three, while an occasional single egg 
was seen. Many young were observed, a number had just hatched, others were 
half grown. ‘When disturbed scores of young scrambled from their retreats and 
quickly made their way to the Pandanus jungle for shelter from the blazing 
sun, the adult birds fluttering by, urging and directing them. The young varied 
in colour from a spotless creamy white to a dull brown, heavily mottled and 
streaked with much darker markings. We visited Wilson Islet on the 3rd of 
December. 

I append a list of the species observed in the Capricorn Group. Several 
other species were seen, but some doubt existing as to the exact identification, 
they are omitted. This region being a sanctuary, no skins were taken for 
identification purposes. I am greatly indebted to Dr. W. MacGillivray for the 
assistance he gaye me in identifying many of the species, and also for my ‘re- 
ferences to Tryon Islet; indeed, his wide experience of the Avifauna of the 
Great Barrier Reef was drawn upon by all members of the party interested in 
birds. 


Lt “peers eae 


BIRDS—GILBERT, — 219 


LIST OF BIRDS OBSERVED. 
Note: The synonymy has been revised by Mr. Tom Iredale, who has also 
added the notes in square brackets []. 


Order PROCELLARIIFORMES. 
THYELLODROMA PACIFICA, Wedge-tailed Shearwater. 
Procellaria pacifica Gmelin, Syst. Nat., Vol. i., pt. i., 1789, 560. Pacifie Ocean 
== Kermadec Islands. 
Puffinus pacificus Mathews, Birds Austr., l., 1912, pl. 75. , 
Thyellodroma pacifica Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Rec., iv., 1920, 67. 

Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 26. 

[The East Australian form was named Puffinus pacificus royanus by 
Mathews, Birds Austr., iii., 1912, 85, the type being a specimen from Sydney; 
the characters assigned were horncoloured, small bill, short wings and tail. <A 
specimen found dead or dying by Miss E. Chase, of the University of Sydney, 
has the bill marked as black, the legs bluish-white, but it has a very small bill, 
short wings and tail]. 

North-west, Tryon and Wilson Islets. 


Order FReGATI. 
FREGATA MINOR, Frigate Bird. 
Pelecanus minor Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i., ii., 1789, 572. West Indian Seas = 

Jamaica. 

Fregata minor Mathews, Birds Austr., iv., 1915, pl. 229. 
F'regata minor Mathews & Iredale, Austral Ay. Ree., iv., 1920, 68. Manual Birds 

Austr., i., 1921, 58. 

[Two species of Frigate Bird are known from North Queensland, and the 
determination of the species occurring so far south would have been valuable. It 
may be noted that the form of the larger (the present) species occurring at 
Torres Strait has been named F'regata minor peninsulae Mathews (Bull. Brit. 
Orn. Club, 44, 1923, 16), and F’. m. mathewsi by Lowe}. 

Masthead I., reported by Mr. Stanley, H. M. S. Moresby. 


Order PELECANI. 
MicrocaRBO MELANOLEUCUS, Little Pied Cormorant. 


Hydrocorax melanoleucus Vieillot, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. nouv. ed., viii., 1817, 
88. Australasiae —= New South Wales. 
Microcarbo melanoleucus melanoleucus) Mathews, Birds Austr., iv., 1915, pl. 223, 
Carbo melanoleucus (on pl.) 5 text 189. : 
Microcarbo melanoleucus Mathews & Iredale, Austr. Av. Rec., iv., 1920, 69. 
Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 65, pl. x., fig. 1. 
North-west I. reef, Tryon I. 


Order Lart. 
STERNA DOUGALLII, Roseate Tern. 
Sterna dougallii Montagu, Ornith. Dict. Suppl., 1813, no page. Scotland. 
Mathews, Birds Austr., ii., 1912, pl. 108. Mathews & Iredale, Austral. Av. 
Rec., iv., 1920, 70. Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 87, pl. 5, fig. 3; pl. 3, 
fig. 6 (nestling); pl. xii., figs. 5-6. 
{The Australian subspecies S. d. gracilis Gould (P-Z.S., 1845, 76) is well 
characterised by its paler colouration and long slender bill]. 
Breeding, Wilson I. 


ae ee 


220 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


GYGISTERNA SUMATRANA, Black-naped Tern. 
Sterna sumatrana Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. (Lond.), xiii., 2, 1822, 329. Sum- 
atra. 
Sterna melanauchen (on pl. » Mathews, Birds Austr., ii., 1912, pl. 110, text, p. 
Sterna sumatrana 370. 
Gygisterna sumatrana wanes: & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 70. Manual 
Birds Austr., i., 1921, 88, pl. xiv., figs. 2, 3. 
[The Australian form has been named S.s.kempi Mathews (Nov. Zool., 
xviil., 1912, 210). on account of its longer bill though shorter wing]. 
Breeding, Wilson I. (Apparently southernmost record). 


STERNULA ALBIFRONS, Little Tern. 
Sterna albifrons Vroeg., Cat. Rais. d. Ois., Adumb., p. 6, 1764. Europe. 


ea a Mathews, Birds Austr., ii., 1912, pl. iii., text, p. 375. 


Sternula albifrons 
Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 70. 
Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 89. 
[The Hast Australian form will bear the name S. a. placens Gould (Ann. 
Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. iv., Vol. xiii, 1871, 192) named from Torres Strait]. 
Seas between North-west and Tryon Islets, Wilson Islet. 


PELECANOPUS BERGII, Crested Tern. 

Sterna bergii Lichtenstein, Verz. doubl. Zool. Mus Berlin, 1823, 80. Cape of 
Good Hope. 
pe oan Pl.) | Mathews, Birds Austr., ii, 1912, pl. 106, text, p. 340. 

Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv. 1920, 70. 
Pelecanopus bergii, Mathews & Iredale, Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 92, pl. 

xiv., f. 4. 

[Whether the Capricorn bird is referable to the southern (P. b. poliocercus 
Gould, Synops Birds Austr., 1837, pl. 37: Tasmania) or northern race P. b. 
pelecanoides King (Survey Intertrop. Coast 8. Austr., i., 1826, 422: Torres Strait) 
was not determined]. 

North-west, Tryon I., Wilson I., Masthead I. 


PELECANOPUS BENGALENSIS, Lesser Crested Tern. 


Sterna bengalensis Lesson-Traite, d’Orn., 1831, 621. India. 
Sterna media (on pl.) | 
Thalasseus bengalensis { 
Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 70. 
Pelecanopus bengalensis, id., Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 93, pl. 3, fig. 5, pl. 

4, fig. 1. 

[The Australian form is smaller and paler than the typical race and should 
be called P. b. torresii Gould (P.Z.S., 1842, 140, 1843, described from Port Es- 
sington, Northern Territory). Mathews named the Cape York form P. b. robini 
(Austral Av. Ree., iii, 1916, 55) and this might be the valid name for the 
Capricorn birds]. 

North-west and Wilson Islets. 


HYDROPROGNE CASPIA, Caspian Tern. 


Sterna caspia Pallas, Noy. Comm. Acad. Sci. Petrop., xiv., 1770, 582. Caspian 
Sea. 


Hydroprogne caspia (on BL) Mathews, Birds Austr., ii., 1912, pl. 105, text, p. 


Hydroprogne tschegrava 333. 


Mathews, Birds Austr., ii., 1912, pl. 107, text, p. 352. 


BIRDS—GILBERT. 221 


Hydroprogne caspia Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Rec., iv., 1920, 70. Manual 

Birds Austr., i., 1921, 96, pl. 3, fig. 1, pl. xii., fig. 3, 4. 

{Again either the northern or southern forms might have been met with. 
Gould named the southern form on account of its very large size and powerful 
bill and the name H. ec. strenwus Gould (Birds Austr., vii., 1846, pl. 22) ean be 
used for this distinct form. The Cape York bird is smaller in all its measure- 
ments, though still much larger than the typical bird and was named H. c. yorki 
by Mathews (Austral Av. Ree., ii., 1915, 125) ]. 

Capricorn waters, near Masthead Islet. 


MELANOSTERNA ANAETHETUS, Bridled Tern. 
Sterna anaethetus Scopoli, Del. Flor. Fauna Insub., 1786, 92. Philippine Is. 


bee a eee ONDE) yet eweiBindsrauctes tie 1912) spl: U4. text, p, 397 


Melanosterna anaethetus 5 
Mathews & Iredale, Austral Ay. Ree., iv., 1920, 70. 
Manual Birds Austr., Vol. i., 1921, 97, pl. 3, fig. 
PS ap lexx: loo 
{The East Australian bird is recognisable as a subspecies with the name 
M. a. novaehollandiae Stephens (Shaw’s Gen. Zool., xiii., pt. i., 1826, 161: New 
South Wales) being darker and larger than the typical form with a greyer 
neck, the West Australian form being even darker and has been named M. a. 
rogersi Mathews (Austral Ay. Rec., ii., 1915, 126: Admiralty Gulf. North-west 
Australia) ]. 
Breeding, Tryon Islet. 


MEGALOPTERUS MINUTUS, White-capped Noddy. 
Anous minutus Boie, Isis, 1844, col. 188. North-east Australia. 
Micranous leucocapillus (on pl.) Mathews, Birds Austr., 1., 1912, pl. 117, text, 
Megalopterus minutus J p. 417. 
Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 
70. Mannal Birds Austr., i., 1921, 100, 
pl. 3; fig: 4, pl. xin, fic: 1, 2; 3: 

[This would be the typical subspecies better known under Gould’s name 
Anous leucocapillus (P.Z.S., 1845, 103, 1846) described from Raine I., Great 
Barrier Reef]. 

Breeding, North-west Islet. 


Anous stouipus, Noddy. 

Sterna stolida Linné, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., 1758, 137. Atlantic Ocean. 
Anous stolidus Mathews, Birds Austr., ii., 1912, 405, pl. 115. Mathews & Iredale, 

Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 70. Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 102, pl. 3, 

fig. 9, pl. xiii., fig. 4, 5. 

[Mathews named the East Australian race A. s. antelius (Austral Av. Ree., 
iii, 1918, 159: Cooktown, Q.) as being browner, with lighter head and longer 
wings than A. s. gilberti which he had previously named (Birds Austr., ii., 1912, 
405) from West Australia]. 

Capricorn waters, near Masthead I., North-west I. 


BRUCHIGAVIA NOVAEHOLLANDIAE, Silver Gull. 
Larus novaehollandiae Stephens, in Shaw’s Gen. Zool., xiii. 1, 1826, 196. New 
South Wales. 


222 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


Larus novaehollandiae (on pl.) ) Mathews, Birds Austr., ii., 1912, pl. 120, text, 
Bruchigavia novaehollandiae  $ p. 448. 
Mathews & Iredale, Austral Ay. Ree., iv., 1920, 
71. Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 106, 
pl. xiv., fig. 5, 6, pl. xv., figs. 1, 4. 
[Two subspecies have been recognised from Kast Australian waters while 
a very distinct third occurs in Tasmania. The typical form from New South 
Wales B. n. novaehollandiae has a light coral bill with mirrors on the three first 
primaries, while B..n. yorki Mathews (Birds Austr. Suppl., No. 1, Check List, 
1920, 30: Torres Strait) is larger with a stouter bill and generally only mirrors 
on the first two primaries]. 
Breeding, North-west and Tryon Islets, Wilson Islet. 


CATHARACTA LONNBERGI, Antarctic Skua. 
Catharacta antarctica lonnbergi Mathews, Noy. Zool., xviii, 1912, 212. New 


Zealand Seas. 
Megalestris antarctica (on pl.) 2 Mathews, Birds Austr., il., 1913, pl. 122, text, 


Catharacta lonnbergi J p. 484. 
Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Rec., iv., 1920, 
fale Manual Birds Austr., 1., 1921, 110, 
j0) Gp.o0 rst ( oe ao : 
[It is interesting to note this subantarctie bird goes so far north]. 
Capricorn waters, near Masthead I. 


LIMNOCINCLUS ACUMINATUS, Sharp-tailed Stint. 
Totanus acuminatus Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soe. (Lond.), xiii., 1, 1821, 192. 
Java. 
Erolia acuminata (on By) Mathews, Birds Austr., i1., 1913, pl. 161, text. p. 
Lamnocinclus acuminatus 255. 
Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 72. 
Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 129, pl. xviii., fig. 
10. 
North-west I. 
HETERACTITIS BREVIPES, Greyrumped Tattler. 


Totanus brevipes Vieillot, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., nouv. ed., vi. 1816, 410. 


No loc. = Timor. 
Tringa brevipes (on pl.) / Mathews, Birds Austr., iii., 1913, pl. 151, text, 
Heteroscelus ineanus brevipes | p. 207. 


Heteractitis brevipes Mathews & Iredale, Austral Ay. Rece., iv., 1920, 72. Manual 
Birds Austr., i., 1921, 143, pl. xviii, fig. 3. 
[Searcely to be distinguished from this by sight is the Wandering Tattler 
H. incanus Gmelin (Syst. Nat., I., u., 1789, 658, I. Eimeo, Pacifie Ocean) which 
has also occurred in Torres Strait and may occur down the Great Barrier Reef]. 
North-west. Islet. 
VrETOLA LAPPONICA, Barred-rumped Godwit. 
Scolopax lapponica Linné, Syst. Nat., x. ed., 1758, 147. Sweden, Europe. 
Tampea bauer, (on pls arathews) (Binds Anstey) a) ics al ela 
Vetola lapponica 5 : 
Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 72. 
Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 145, pl. xx., fig. 1, 2. 


- 


des 


BIRDS—GILBERT. 223 


[The Australian birds are referred to the eastern race V. U. baueri Naumann 
(V6gel Deutschl., viii., 1836, 429: New Holland) separable by the darker rump, 
more heavily barred flanks and paler colouration]. 


North-west and Tryon Islets. 


MEsoscoLovax minutus, Little Whimbrel. 


Numenius minutus Gould, P.Z.S. (Lond.), 1840, 176, 1841. New South Wales. 
ie: sso 9) ; Mathews, Birds Austr., iii., 1913, pl. 146, text 180. 
Mathews & Iredale, Austr. Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 73. 
Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 149, pl. xix., 
fig. 10, 11. 
North-west Islet. 


PHAEOPUS PHAEOPUS, Whimbrel. 


Scolopax phaeopus Linné, Syst. Nat., x. ed., 1758, 146. Europe. 

Numenius variegatus (on pl.) ? Mathews, Birds Austr., iii., 1913, pl. 145, text 
Phaecopus phaeopus variegatus ) 176. 

Phaeopus phaeopus Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 73. Manual 

Birds Austr., i., 1921, 150, pl. xxiv., fig. 1. 

[The Australian birds belong to the eastern subspecies P. p. variegatus 
Scopoli (Del Flor. Faun. Insub., ii., 1786, 92: Luzon), a smaller bird with the 
rump more barred and axillaries with narrower and closer bars]. 

North-west Islet. 


HAEMATOPUS OSTRALEGUS, Pied Oystercatcher. 
Haematopus ostralegus Linné, Syst. Nat., x. ed., 1758, 152. Sweden, Europe. 
Haematopus longirostris (on pl.) Mathews, Birds Austr., iii., 1913, pl. 126, 
Haematopus ostralegus longirostris text 15. 
Haematopus ostralegus Mathews & Iredale, Austral Ay. Rec., iv., 1920, 74. 

Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 157, pl. xvi., figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. 

[The Australian Pied Oystereatcher was long known as H. longirostris, 
but there may be three subspecies in Australia and these ean only be regarded 
as forms of the European species. Mathews separated the North Queensland 
bird as H. 1. mattingleyi (Nov. Zool., xviii., 1912, 213: Cooktown) as being 
smaller, etc., and this may be the Barrier form]. 

North-west and Wilson Islets. 


HAmMATOPUS UNICOLOR, Black Oystercatcher. 


Haematopus wnicolor Forster, Descr. Anim. ed. Licht., 1844, 112. New Zealand. 
Haematopus niger fuliginosus Mathews, Birds Austr., i., 1913, 24. 
Haematopus unicolor Mathews & Iredale, Austral Avy. Ree., iv., 1920, 74. Manual 

Birds Austr., i., 1921, 158. 

[The South-east Australian race is known as H. wu. fuliginosus Gould (Birds 
Austr., pt. xviii. (Vol. iv., pl. 8) 1845: Tasmania) while the Northern Aus- 
tralian race is smaller and has a large bare space round the eye and is called 
H. u. opthalmicus Castelnau & Ramsay (Proc. Linn, Soe, N.S.W., i., 1877, 385: 
Gulf of Carpentaria, Queensland]. 

Tryon Islet, 


224 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


ARENARIA INTERPRES, Turnstone. 


Tringa interpres Linné, Syst. Nat., x. ed., 1758., 148. Europe. 
Morinella interpres Mathews, Binds NER, iil., 1913, 5, pl. 125. 
Arenaria interpres Mathews & Iredale, Nase Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 74. Manual 

Birds Austr., i., 1921, 159, pl. xix., figs. 8, 9. 

[The form of: Turnstone that visits Australia is called A. 7. oahuensis Blox- 
ham (Voy. Blonde Sandwich Is., 1826, 251, 1827: Sandwich Islands) a paler 
bird than the typical but not as pale as the American race, A. 7. morinella Linné]. 

North-west, Tryon and Wilson Islets. 


SQUATAROLA SQUATAROLA, Grey Plover. 


Tringa squatarola Linné, Syst. Nat., x. ed., 1758, 149. Sweden, Europe. 
Squatarola squatarola Mathews, Birds Austr., iii., 1913, 69, pl. 132. Mathews & 
Tredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 74. Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 162, 
rE xorath, ie (i 76 
[The Australian visitors are referable to the Eastern race S. s. hypomelus 
Pallas (Reise Russ. Reich., iii., 1776, 699: Siberia) separable by means of their 
larger bills, large size and paler colouration]. 
North-west and Wilson Islets. 


PLUVIALIS DOMINICUS, Lesser Golden Plover. 


Charadrius dominicus P.Z.S. Miiller, Vollst. Natursyst. Suppl., 1776, 116. St. 

Domingo, America. 
Charadrius fulous (on Pl.) aathews, Birds Austr., iii, 1913, pl. 133, text 74. 
Pluvialis dominicus fulvus 
Pluvialis dominicus Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 74. Manual 

Birds Austr., i., 1921, 163, pl. xxii., fig. 4, 5. 

[The Eastern Siberian race P. d. fulvus Gmelin (Syst. Nat. I., ii., 1789, 
687: Tahiti) which is the form visiting Australia, is a smaller bird than the 
American race, but with noticeably longer legs and brighter colouration]. 

North-west, Tryon and Wilson Islets. ’ 


Order RALLI. 


HYPOTAENIDIA PHILIPPENSIS, Buff-banded Rail. 
Rallus philippensis Linné, Syst. Nat. xii. ed., 1766, 263. Philippine Is. 
Eulabeornis philippensis Mathews, Birds Austr., i., 1911, pl. 47. 
Hypotaenidia philippensis Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 75. 

Manual Birds Austr., i., 1921, 194, pl. xxvi., fig. 7, 8. 

[This species, with a wide range, shows many subspecies so that the form 
occurring on the Great Barrier Reef needs investigation. It is most likely to 
be H. p. yorki named by Mathews (Austral Av. Ree., ii., 1913, 6) from Cape 
York, Queensland]. 

Tryon Islet. 


Order COLUMBAKE. 


CHRYSAUCHOENA HUMERALIS, Barred-shouldered Dove. 


Columba humeralis Temminck, Trans. Linn. Soc. (Lond.), xiii., 1, 1821. Broad 
Sound, Queensland, 


BIRDS— GILBERT. 295 


Geopelia humeralis Mathews, Birds Austr., i., 1911, pl. 31. 
Chrysauchoena humeralis Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 78. 
Manual Birds Austr., i, 1921, 245, pl. xxxiii., fig. 3. 


[This would be the typical subspecies]. 
North-west and Tryon Islets. 


Order HERODIONES. 


NOTOPHOYX NOVAEHOLLANDIAE, White-fronted Heron. 


Ardea novaehollandiae Latham, Index Ornith., ii., 1790, 701. New South Wales. 
Notophoyxz novaehollandiae Mathews, Birds Austr., iii, 1914, 438, pl. 188. 
Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 81. 
North-west and Wilson Islets. 


DEMIGRETTA MATOOK, Blue Reef Heron. 
Ardea matook Vieillot, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., nouv. ed., xiv., 1817, 416. 
Queen Charlotte Sound, New Zealand. 
Demigretta matook Mathews, Birds Austr., iii., 1914, 450, pl. 191. Mathews 
& Iredale, Austral Ay. Ree.,’iv., 1920, 81. 


[No consideration of this interesting genus has yielded acceptable results 
to all. The latest conclusion of Mathews & Iredale is that the Blue and White 
Reef Herons should be regarded as distinct species, the latter bearing the name 
Demigretta greyi Gould (Bird Austr., pl. xxxiii (Vol vi., pl. 61) 1848) named 
from Raine Island, while Mathews named the Australian race of the Blue Reef 
Heron D. m. cooktowni (Noy. Zool., xyiii., 1912, 232) from Cooktown, Q., as 
being paler than extralimital forms]. 

Breeding, North-west and Tryon Islets, Wilson I. 


Dvretor FLAVICOLLIS, Yellow-necked Mangrove Bittern. 


Ardea flavicollis Latham, Index Ornith., ii., 1790, 701. South China. 
Ardeiralla gouldi 

Dupetor flavicollis Mathews, Birds Austr., iii., 1914, pl. 198, text 479. 
Dupetor flavicollis Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Rec., iv., 1920, 81. 


[Two forms have been distinguished in Eastern Australia: a southern form 
D. p. gouldi Bonaparte (Consp. Gen. Av., ii., 1855, 132: New South Wales) and 
a northern one D. f. olivei Mathews (Noy. Zool., xviii., 1912, 234: Johnston 
River, Q.), the latter a darker bird throughout]. 

North-west Islet. 


Order FALCONES. 
CUNCUMA LEUCOGASTER, White-bellied Sea Hagle. 

Falco leucogaster Gmelin, Syst. Nat. I., i., 1788, 257. Loc. unk. = New South 

Wales. 
Haliaeetus leucogaster | vrothews, Birds Austr., iv., 1915, pl. 243, text 133. 
Cuncuma leucogaster ) 
Cuncuma leucogaster Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 83. 

Breeding, North-west I., Tryon and Wilson Islets. 


296 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


Order HALCYONES. 
SAUROPATIS SANCTA, Sacred Kingfisher. 
Halcyon sanctus Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. (Lond.), xv., 1827, 206. 

New South Wales. 

Sauropatis sancta Mathews, Birds Austr., vii., 1918, 180, pl. 339. 
Sauropatis sancta Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 89. 

{The North Queensland form has been separated as S. s. confusa Mathews 
(Nov. Zool., xviii., 1912, 289: Cooktown, Q.) as being smaller with a longer bill, 
but otherwise not differing in colouration from the southern race]. 

Breeding, North-west, Tryon and Wilson Islets. 


Order PASSERES. 
LALAGE TRICOLOR, Caterpillar-eater. 
Ceblepyris tricolor Swainson, Zool. Journ. I., 1825, 467. Australia — Sydney, 
New South Wales. 
Lalage tricolor Mathews & Iredale, Austral Ay. Ree., iv., 1920, 495. Mathews, 
Birds Austr., ix., 1921, pl. 418. 
Wilson Islet. 


STREPERA GRACULINA, Pied Crow-Shrike. 
Corvus graculinus White, Journ. Voy. N.S.W., 1790, 251. Sydney, N.S.W. 
Strepera graculina Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Rec., iv., 1920, 100. 
Strepera graculina Mathews, Birds Austr., x., 1923, 488. 

[The birds from North Australia are regarded as subspecifically separable; 
the form from Johnstone River, Queensland, having been named S. g. robinsoni 
by Mathews (Nov. Zool., xvii., 1912, 443) so that the Capricorn bird might very 
easily differ from that as well as from the typical race from Sydney]. 

Breeding, North-west Islet. 


ZOSTEROPS LATERALIS, White Hye. 
Sylvia lateralis Latham, Index Ornith. Suppl., 1801, p. lv. Sydney, New South 

Wales. 

Zosterops lateralis Mathews & Iredale, Austral Av. Ree., iv., 1920, 101. 
Zosterops lateralis Mathews, Birds, Austr., xi., 1923, pl. 505. 

[This interesting bird shows variation which is not yet understood. The 
Capricorn breeding bird was named Z. chlorocephalus by Campbell & S. A. 
White (Emu, x., 1910, 196) and the specimens collected by those workers cer- 
tainly differed, but no series has since been procured. The smaller form Z. 
ramsayi Masters (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. I., 1876, 56), from Palm Island, 
Halifax Bay, not Torres Straits, is quite separable]. 

North-west and Tryon Islets, breeding: Wilson Islet. 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 
(C.). FISHES. 
By Gitzert P. Wuitiey, Australian Museum, Sydney. 
(By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 
Plates xxxill. and xxxivy. 

During a holiday spent as a member of Mr. E. F. Pollock’s party on North- 
west Islet, I was able to make a collection of fishes, thanks largely to the kindly 
help rendered by the turtle-hunters and members of the camping party, com- 
prising about sixty per ¢ent. of the numerous species observed there. Only 
those species of which specimens were secured are recorded in this paper. There 
is no freshwater on North-west Islet, and all the fishes were taken on or near the 
coral reefs there. 

In compiling the following list, I have received material help from the card- 
index to Australian ichthyological literature made by the late Mr. Allan R. 
McCulloch, whilst Mr. T. Iredale has given helpful advice concerning taxonomy 
and early systematic literature. 

Carcharhinus stevensi Ogilby, C. melanopterus Quoy & Gaimard, Rhyncho- 
batus djiddensis Forskal, Dasyatis kuhlii Miller & Henle, Lutianus amabilis De 
Vis, Gymnocranius audleyi Ogilby, Scorpaena grandisquamis Ogilby, Choerodon 
venustus De Vis, Paragobiodon echinocephalus Riippell, Gobiodon verticalis 
Alleyne & Macleay, Echeneis naucrates Linnaeus, and Lepadichthys frenatus 
Waite are the only fishes recorded from North-west Islet in various papers by 
Ogilby and McCulloch (1). 


Family ORECTOLOBIDAE. 
CHILOSCYLLIUM PUNCTATUM. 


Chiloscyllium punctatum Miller & Henle, Plagiost., 1841, 18, pl. iii. Java. 

An ovigerous female, 885 mm. in total length, was greyish-brown above, 
lighter below, lacking spots or bars. 

Egg.—Hach oviduct of this specimen contained an egg, one of which measured 
96 x 47 mm. Shell golden-brown, coated with golden sl'my fibres, forming a 
lateral loop as described and figured by Ogilby and McCulloch (2). A smaller 
egg-case, shining dark brown interiorly, 77 x 33 mm., cast upon the beach at 
North-west Islet. Another was found on Bramble Cay by Mr. C. Hedley. 

Localities——North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland; speared by Mr. 
C. Coles, December Ist, 1925. 

A male specimen is in the Australian Museum from off Flat Top Island, 
Mackay, Queensland; coll. “Geranium,” 12th October, 1925. Regd. No. 1A.2573. 


(2) Ogilby and McCulloch, Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlii., 1909, PEM, ai, I 


225 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


CHILOSCYLLIUM OCELLATUM. 


Squalus ocellatus Bonnaterre, Tabl. Eneyel. Meth. Ichth., 1788, 8. La mer du 
Sud. 


Chiloscyllium ocellatum Ogilby & McCulloch, Proce. Roy. Soe. N.S. Wales, xlii., 


1908, 290. 
Very common amongst coral at North-west Islet, where, like the preceding 
species, it is known as “Wobbegong.”’ 


Family RHINOBATIDAE. 
RHINOBATUS ARMATUS. 


Rhinobatis armatus Gray, Ill. Indian Zool., ii., 1832-5, pl. xeix. (fide Sherborn). 
Rhinobatus armatus Ogilby, Mem. Q’ld. Mus., v., 1916, 85 & 95, f. 1. 

This species is evidently common in shallow water at North-west Islet. The 
largest seen was a male, 42.5 inches in length. One female, 583 mm. long, pre- 
served (Austr. Mus. Regd. No. 1A.2590). Another specimen, in the Australian 
Museum, is from Townsville, Queensland. 


Family DasyaTipAr. 
TAENIURA LYMMA. 


Raja lymma Forskal, Descr. Anim., 1775, 17.. Red Sea. 
Taeniura lymma McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus., xii., 2, 1920, 41, pl. x. 

One large specimen from North-west Islet, speared by Mr. C. Coles; Austr. 
Mus. Regd. No. 1A.2588. Other specimens are in the Museum from Cape York, 
Queensland, and the Sir Edward Pellew Islands, Gulf of Carpentaria. 


Family CLUPEIDAE. 
STOLEPHORUS ROBUSTUS. 
Spratelloides robustus Ogilby, Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxii. 1, 1897, 64. 
Coast of New South Wales. 
Stolephorus robustus McCulloch, Ree. Austr. Mus., xiii., 2, 1920, 42, pl. xi., f. 1. 
Three specimens, 32-40 mm. long; ejected by White-capped Noddies (Mega- 
lopterus minutus) on North-west Islet. 


Family ENGRAULIDAE. 
ENGRAULIS AUSTRALIS. 
Atherina australis White, Journ. Voy. N.S. Wales, 1790, 296, pl. —, f. 1. New 
South Wales. 
Engraulis australis McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus., xiii., 2, 1920, 43, pl. xii., f. 1. 
Dr. W. MacGillivray saw a White-capped Noddy (Megalopterus minutus) 
vomit fifty anchovies of this species. Hight specimens, 27-43 mm. long, were 
preserved. 
Loc.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland; 5th December, 1925. 


Family MurarnipAg. 
GYMNOTHORAX UNDULATUS. 
Muraenophis undulata Lacepéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v., 1803, 629 & 644, pl. xix., 
f. 2. No locality given. 
Muraena (Gymnothorax) undulata Weber & Beaufort, Fish. Indo.-Austr. Archip., 
iii., 1916, 376 (references and synonymy). 
Two specimens, 139-285 mm. long. Purplish with yellow reticulations. 


ae AT 


FISHES—W HITLEY. 229 


Family SyNGNATHIDAE. 
MICROGNATHUS BREVIROSTRIS. 

Syngnathus brevirostris Riippell, Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 1840, 144. Massowah, 

Red Sea. 
Corythoichthys tanakae Jordan & Starks, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxx., 1906, 696, 

f. 2. Tanegashima, southern Japan. 

Two males and six females, 24 to 62 mm. long, agree with the figure and 
description by Jordan & Starks quoted above. Other specimens in the Australian 
Museum are from Port Denison. + 


Family APOGONIDAE. 
APOGON FASCIATUS. 
Mullus fasciatus White, Journ, Voy. N.S. Wales, 1790, 268, pl. —, f. 1. New 
South Wales. 
Amia fasciata fasciata McCulloch, Biol. Res. Endeavour, ii., 3, 1915, 116 (‘re- 
ferences and synonymy). 
One specimen, 28.5 mm. long. 


APOGON FASCIATUS NOVEMFASCIATUS. 
Apogon novemfasciatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., ii., 1828, 154. 
Timor & Guam. 


Amia fasciata novemfasciata McCulloch, Biol. Res. Endeavour, iii., 3, 1915, 117. 
One specimen, 60 mm. long. 


Family SeRRANIDAE. 
PLECTROPOMA MACULATUM LEOPARDUS. 
Holocentrus leopardus Lacepéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., iv., 1802, 332, & 367. No. 
locality. 
Plectropoma maculatum leopardus Boulenger, Cat. Pere. Fish. Brit. Mus., i, 

1895, 161. 

Several specimens of this species were captured by trailing a line from a 
launch between North-west Islet and Wilson Islet, Capricorn Group, 3rd Decem- 
ber, 1925. It is known locally as the Coral Cod. 

D.viii/11; A.iii/8; P.i/15; V.i/5; C.13. 

Life-colours.—Flushing pearl-grey with many small bright blue spots which 
extend on to the vertical fins. Hyelid greenish; iris golden. Edges of pectorals 
orange; upper and lower margins of caudal flushed with wine-red. After death, 
the ground colour becomes uniform reddish-brown and the spots fade to a 
lighter blue. Pectoral rays yellowish, the membranes hyaline. Caudal edged 
with white. 


Family PLBSIOPIDAE. 
BELONEPTERYGION FASCIOLATUM. 
Acanthoclinus fasciolatus Ogilby, Mem. Austr. Mus., u., 1889, 63, pl. iii, f. 3. 
Lord Howe Island. 
Belonepterygion fasciolatum MeCulloch, Mem. Q’ld. Mus., iii., 1915, 51. 
Common in coral blocks at North-west Islet. 


Family CHABTODONTIDAE. 
CHAETODON RAINFORDI. 
Chaetodon rainfordi McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus., xiv., 1, 1923, 4, pl. ii, £. 1. 
Holbourne Island, off Port Denison, Queensland. 
One specimen, 98 mm. long. Common amongst coral at North-west Islet. 


230 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


HOLACANTHUS PERSONIFER. 

Holacanthus (Chaetodontoplus) personifer McCulloch, Ree. W. Austr. Mus., i. 
3, 1914,@f21, pl. xxxi. Shark Bay, Western Australia. Jd. Biol. Res. En- 
deavour, iv., 4, 1916, 195, pl. lvi., f. 2. 

Fairly common at North-west Islet, where it is known as the Yellow-tailed 

Leather-jacket. One large specimen preserved. 


Family PoMACENTRIDAE. 
POMACENTRUS CHRYSURUS. 


Pomacentrus chrysurus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v., 1830, 423. 

(ex Chaetodon chrysurus Broussonet M.S.). La Mer du Sud. 

One specimen, 76 mm. long (1A.2598). Two others vomited by Reef Heron 
(Demiegretta sacra), at North-west Islet, 26th November, 1925. 

This species has been recorded from Darnley Island by Alleyne & Macleay 
(3) and from Bowen by Schmeltz (4). Specimens are in the Australian Museum 
from St. Crispin Reef, off Port Douglas, and Cairns, Queensland. 


AMPHIPRION POLYMNUS. 


Anthias polymnus Bloch, Nat. Ausl. Fische, vi., 1792, 103 (fide Sherborn), and 

Ichtyologie, ix., 1797, 89, pl. ecexvi., f. 1. East Indies. 

Prochilus polymnus Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., ix., 1877, pl. ccce., f. 7-8. 
Amphiprion polymnus Jordan & Seale, Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci., x., 1905, 13, 
pl. vu. 

One specimen (14.2626), 62 mm. long, from North-west Islet, where the 
species is common amongst anemones in a restricted area of the lagoon. The 
young have a white band through the caudal peduncle which disappears with 
age; fins orange-yellow in life. 


GLYPHISODON COELESTINUS. 


Glyphisodon coelestinus Cuvier & Valene:ennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v., 1830, 464, 
and ix., 1833, 508 (ex Chaetodon coelestinus Solander M.S.). Mer des 
Indes. 

Abudefduf coelestinus Jordan & Seale, Bull. U.S. Fish. Bur., xxv., 1906, 285, pl. 
edb ag, il 
One young specimen, 21 mm. long, from North-west Islet constitutes a new 

record. for Queensland. Others are in the Australian Museum from Murray 

Island, Two Isles, Port Denison, and Masthead Island, Queensland; Lord Howe 

Island; New Hebrides; Philippines; Amboina; Samoa;, Friendly Islands. 


GLYPHISODON ZONATUS. 
Plate xxxiii. 

Glyphisodon zonatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v., 1830, 483. 

New Guinea. 
Glyphidodontops zonatus Bleeker, Atl. Ichth., ix., 1877, pl. eccevii., f. 3. 
Glyphidodon brownriggii Giinther, Fische Siidsee, vii., 1881, 232, pl. exxvii., f. e. 

(not Chaetodon brownriggii Bennett). 

Two specimens, 56-88 mm. long, agree excellently with Giinther’s figure 
quoted above. Each has D.xiii/13; A.ii/13, last rays divided. 

Localities —Murray Island, Torres Straits (C. Hedley and A. R. McCulloch) ; 
Two Isles, N. Queensland (C. Hedley and E. A. Briggs); North-west Islet, from 
coral blocks (G. P. Whitley). 


— 


(3) Alleyne and Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1., 1877, 343, 
(4) Schmeltz, Cat. Mus. Godeff. vii., 1879, 52. : 


C—O 


FISHES—WHITLEY. 231 


Family Sicanmae (5). 
SIGANUS CAPRICORNENSIS sp. nov. 
Plate xxxiy. 

D.i, xiii/10; A.vii/9; P.16; V.i/3/i; C.17. 

Head (59 mm.) 4.3 in the length to the end of the middle caudal rays 
(258). Depth below 6th dorsal spine (105) 2.4 in the same. Eye (16) equal 
to narrowest part of caudal peduncle, 3.6 in the head. Interorbital (21) 2.8, 
4th dorsal spine (37) 1.6 in the same. 

Form elongate ovate, compressed. Profiles convex, that of dorsal surface 
steeper than that of ventral. 

Head largely naked, but with scales on cheeks, and upper part of operculum. 
Eye large, equal in diameter to its distance from the supero-posterior angle of 
the maxillary. Interorbital markedly convex. Snout rounded. Two nostrils on 
each side of head, posterior larger than anterior. Opercular edges entire; a 
small opercular flap. Gill-openings wide. Prominent striae on preoperculum, 
operculum, and exposed portion of shoulder-girdle, and a few smaller ones at 
the postero-inferior border of the orbit. A bony crest in front of the eye. 
Maxillary not reaching vertical of anterior border of eye. Teeth forming a 
comb-like cutting edge. 

Body covered with very small cycloid scales which extend onto the nape, 
breast, and caudal fin. Vent slightly behind posterior membranes of ventrals. 
Lateral line indistinct, following the dorsal curvature. 

Dorsal spines strong, preceded by a procumbent spine; middle rays much 
longer than the last. Anal similar to dorsal but with thicker spines and shorter 
rays. Pectoral slightly emarginate, 4th ray longest. Ventrals angular, the first 
spine equal in length to the 5th anal spine. Caudal forked. 

Colours.—Ground colour chocolate brown, a little lighter on the membranes 
between the dorsal and anal spines. Honey-brown spots, slightly wider than 
their interspaces, extended over the head (including eyes and lips), body, tail 
and dorsal and anal spines and rays during life, but those on the head and fins 
have faded away since death and preservation in formalin. Oblique bars of 
honey-brown on dorsal and anal fin-membranes; fork of caudal edged with the 
same colour. Pectoral rays yellowish-brown, membranes hyaline. Tips of spines 
and an area between the ventrals whitish. No dark blotch on shoulder. 

Described and figured from the holotype, 258 mm. long to the end of the 
middle caudal rays. Australian Museum Regd. No. IA.2589. 

Locality —Coral reef at North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Great Barrier 
Reef, Queensland; coll. G. P. Whitley, December, 1925. 


Family Lapripas. 
CHOERODON OLIVACEUS. 


Choerops olivaceus De Vis., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 4, 1885, 876. Card- 
well and Cape York, Queensland. 

One large specimen (IA.2591) from North-west Islet, where it is known as 
the “Blue-bone” parrot fish. Other specimens in the Australian Museum are 
from Wide Bay district, Queensland, and Port Jackson, New South Wales. 

Colours—Ground-colour bluish-green, gradating to olivaceous on the head. 
From the corner of the jaw to near the ventral fin, the ground colour gives place 
to white. Eye peacock blue. Teeth bluish. An indistinct blue bar from the 
upper border of the operculum to the eye. A series of short yellow vertical bars 


(5) The validity of Forskal’s name Siganus is doubtful, but I follow most 
modern authors in using it until an opportunity for investigating the status 
of the fish names in the “Descriptions Animalium” shall arise. 


232 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


on a blue ground near the preorbital border. _Ill-defined flushes of blue occur 
on the body, one of which, darker than the rest, extends along the side from be- 
low the pectoral. Faint longitudinal bars of blue, interspersed with yellow, on 
the caudal peduncle. 

Dorsal fin greyish-blue mottled with yellow; pencils of rays and spines 
bluish with inframarginal bands of orange. Anal light blue proximally gradating 
to greyish, crossed by irregular yellow bars; margin whitish. Pectoral dull 
bluish, upper rays darkest. Ventral white; a yellow streak along first ray, ex- 
treme bases of rays violet. Caudal greyish with yellow blotches, membranes pea- 
cock blue between bases of rays. 

CHOERODON VENUSTUS. 
Choerops venustus De Vis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’ld., i., 3, 1884, 147. Moreton Bay. 

Recorded from North-west Islet by Ogilby (6). A specimen in the Austra- 
lian Museum (1A.2072) has fourteen dorsal spines. It was collected between 
17° and 19° S. Lat., Great Barrier Reef, Queensland, by Dr. W. E. J. Paradice, 
of H.M.A.S. “Geranium.” 

Family Coripar. 
HALICHOERES OPERCULARIS. 
Platyglossus opercularis Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iv., 1862, 148. Fiji. Id. 

Playfair, Fish. Zanzibar, 1866, 95, pl. xii., f. 1. 

Halichoeres opercularis Jordan & Seale, Fish. Samoa, 1906, 302, pl. xlvii., 3. 

Colours.—Ground-colour light green. A broad salmon-tinted hook-shaped 
band on cheeks and opereles bordered with white; a bronze blotch over opereular 
flap, above which a bronze band extends from maxilla, dips below orbit and 
follows curve of hook-shaped band. Pupil black, surrounded by ecoppery and 
an outer area of light green. Chin light sea-green. Some bronze bands extend 
along the scale-rows of the body from the head but are irregular and broken. 
A blotch of dark-brown-edged scales on middle of side, another behind opercular 
flap and another immediately before caudal peduncle. A dark scale on back be- 
low 6th dorsal spine. A large blotch of rose on lower part of side before origin 
of anal. Dorsal light green with oblique wavy reddish-brown bars, between 
which are yellow blotches. A black ocellus on 2nd and 3rd dorsal spines. Anal 
light yellowish-green with oblique red bars, darker proximally, interspersed with 
white-edged yellow blotches. Caudal rays yellow, the median with reddish-brown 
blotches; membrane hyaline. Pectoral rays yellow. Ventrals very light yellowish- 
green with a tinge of chestnut anteriorly. 

Locality.—North-west Islet; found dead on reef by Mrs. V. Lowe, 10th De- 
cember, 1925. Specimens are in the Australian Museum from Masthead Island, 
St. Crispin Reef, and Murray Island, Queensland; Lord Howe Island; New 
Hebrides; Samoa. 

PSEUDOLABRUS GUNTHERI. 


Pseudolabrus guntheri Bleeker, Versl. Akad. Amsterdam, xiv., 1862, 130. New 
Holland. (fide Weber & Beaufort, Fish. Indo.-Austr. Archip., i., 1911, 25). 
Id. McCulloch, Ree. Austr. Mus., ix., 3, 1913, 368, pl. xvii (references and 
synonymy). 
One young specimen, 32 mm. long. 
Family Scarpa. 
Scarus FASCIATUS. 
Scarus fasciatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xiv., 1840, 222. 


Moluccas. 
Pseudoscarus rivulatus Alleyne & Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1877, 


(6) Ogilby, Commerc. Fish, Fisher, Old, 1915, 34. 


FISHES—WHITLEY. 233 


345. Id. Kent, Great Barrier Reef, 1893, 295 & 370, chromo. pl. xv., 4—5a. 

(Not Scarus rivulatus Cuv. & Val.). 

One specimen, 340 mm. long, shows the following characters:—D.ix/10; 
A.1i/9. LL. lat. 24. Small molars present. Caudal margin moderately lunate. 

Colours when fresh—General colour bluish-green, each scale on sides with a 
nut-brown centre, those on breast and top of head without. Cheeks and lower 
surface of head orange. Chin and preorbital region crossed by reticulating green 
markings. Pupil yellow; eyelids green. Teeth white. 

Dorsal edged deep blue-green, with a wide inframarginal orange area which 
changes to dirty orange near the green base of the fin. Large oval green spots 
between spines and rays. Anal dirty yellowish-grey, broadly edged with bluish- 
green; green interradial blotches near base of fin. Caudal orange-brown, with a 
distal row of blue and a proximal row of green blotches. Ventral yellowish with 
a blue band anteriorly. Lower portion of pectoral bright green, the edge hyaline; 
upper border blue followed by a brown bar. Axil dark brown. 

Localities North-west Islet reef, Capricorn Group, Queensland; speared by 
Mr. George Haack, 5th December, 1925. 

North Reef, Capricorn Group (Ogilby, Commerce. Fish. Fisher. Q’ld., 1915, 
34, as Callyodon rivulatus). 

Cape Grenville, Queensland (Alleyne & Macleay, Loc. cit., 346). 


Family PARAPERCIDAE. 
PARAPERCIS CYLINDRICA. 


Sciaena cylindrica Bloch, Nat. Ausl. Fische, vi., 1792, 42 (fide Sherborn), and 

Ichtyologie, ix., 1797, 37, pl. cexcix., f. 1. Locality 7. 

One specimen of this common Queensland fish was collected at North-west 
Islet by Miss Hilda Geissmann; a smaller one was found in the stomach of a ray 
(Dasyatis sp.) together with prawns, gobies, and gastropod shells. 

Specimens are in the Australian Museum from Queensland, Lord Howe 
Island, Friendly Islands, Amboina, and Cochin China. 


Family Gosia. 
PaRAGOBIODON ECHINOCEPHALUS. 


Gobius echinocephalus Riippell, Atl. Reise Nord]. Afrika, Fische, 1830-1, 136, pl. 
xxiy., 3. Massowah, Red Sea. 
Paragobiodon echinocephalus McCulloch & Ogilby, Rec. Austr. Mus., xii., 10, 

1919, 239, pl. xxxiv., f. 1 (references and synonymy). 

Ten specimens, 22-29 mm. long. Common at North-west Islet, where they 
are called “Greenies.” Found amongst coral which Mr. C. Hedley, F.L-S., has 
kindly identified as Seriatopora hystrix Dana, in the branches of which they re- 
main even when the coral is taken from the water. 

Life-colours.—Green, lighter on abdomen; dorsal and anal tinged yellowish- 
green. Tips of dorsal, anal and caudal rays brown. Ventrals and pectorals 
green. Hye dark blue, surrounded by a dark golden ring. Other specimens 
agree in colouration with the form A. of McCulloch & Ogilby (loc. cit.). 


BATHYGOBIUS FUSCUS. 


Gobius fuscus Riippell, Atl. Reise Nordl. Afrika Fische, 1830-1, 137. Red Sea, 

Mapo fuscus McCulloch & Ogilby, Rec. Austr. Mus., xii., 10, 1919, 231 (refer- 
ences and synonymy). 

Bathygobius fuscus Jordan & Jordan, Mem. Carneg. Mus., x., 1, 1922, 78. Id. 
McCulloch & Whitley, Mem. Q’ld. Mus., viii., 2, 1925, 171. 
Several specimens obtained, 40-70 mm. long. 


234 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


AMBLYGOBIUS PHALAENA. 
Gobius phalaena Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xil., 1837, 92. Vani- 


colo. 
Amblygobius phalaena McCulloch & Ogilby, Rec. Austr. Mus., xii., 10, 1919, 253 


(references and synonymy). 
One specimen, 36 mm. 


CALLOGOBIUS HASSELTII. 


Eleotris hasseltii Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Indie, i., 1851, 253. Anjer, W. 


Java. 

Callogobius hasseltii McCulloch & Ogilby, Rec. Austr. Mus., xii, 10, 1919, 217 
(references and synonomy). 
Three specimens, 25- 47 mm. long. 


Family ELEOTRIDAE. 


ASTERROPTERIX SEMIPUNCTATUS. 

Asterropterix semipunctatus Riippell, Atl. Reise Nordl. Afrika, Fische, 1830-1, 
138, pl. xxxiv., f. 4. Massowah, Red Sea. Id. McCulloch & Ogilby, Ree. 
Austr. Mus., xii., 10, 1919, 273 (references and synonymy). 

Eleven specimens, 34-50 mm. long, from shallow reef waters of North-west 

Islet, where the species was commonly found. Austr. Mus. Regd. No. 1A.2638. 


EVIOTA VIRIDIS. 


Allogobius viridis Waite, Ree. Austr. Mus., v., 3, 1904, 177, pl. xmii., f. 3. Lord 
Howe Island. 

Eviota viridis McCulloch, Op. cit., xii., 10, 1919, 260. 
Seventeen specimens, 17-32 mm. Very common at North-west Islet. 


Family BLENNIIDAE. 


BLENNIUS INTERMEDIUS. 
Blennius intermedius Ogilby, Mem. Q’ld. Mus., i., 1915, 127. Darnley Island. 
Eleven specimens, 18-44 mm. long, from North-west Islet. Specimens from 
the Whitsunday Group and Bowen, Queensland, collected by Mr. E. H. Rain- 
ford, in the Australian Museum. 


ECSENIUS MANDIBULARIS. 


Ecsenius mandibularis MeCuiloch, Rec. Austr. Mus., xiv., 2, 1923, 122, pl. xv., 
f. 1-2. Masthead Island, Q. 
Two spirit specimens, 39 mm. long, from North-west Islet. One is lilac- 
brown, the other light brown with a dark head; both have white lateral spots. 
The types are faded formalin specimens. 


PETROSCIRTES ROTUNDICEPS. 


Petroscirtes rotundiceps Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., 1881, 9. Port 

Jackson, N.S. Wales. 

Three specimens, 38-55 mm. long. 

Specimens in the Australian Museum from Moreton Bay, Port Denison, 
Great Sandy Strait, Dunk Island, Caloundra, and Rat Island, Queensland, and 
Port Stephens and Port Jackson, New South Wales. 


are 


FISHES—WHITLEY. 235 


PETROSCIRTES LINEATUS. 
Petroscirtes lineatus De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 1884, 698. Murray 
Island, Torres Strait. 
Three specimens, 21-57 mm. long, from North-west Island, and one, 63 mm., 
from Port Denison, show the following characters:—D.29-31; A.17-21; black 
band on dorsal present or absent. 


SALARIAS FASCIATUS. 


Blennius fasciatus Bloch, Nat. Ausl. Fische, ii., 1786, 110, pl. elxii, f. 1. (fide 
Sheborn). 

Salarias fasciatus McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus., xiv., 2, 1923, 123, pl. xv., f. 3. 
Six specimens, 44-75 mm. Common in crevices of coral and rocks. 


SALARIAS MELEAGRIS, 

Salarias meleagris Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xi., 1836, 332, “terre 
de Van-Diemen” — Timor? Jd. McCulloch & MeNeill, Rec. Austr. Mus., 
xii., 2, 1918, 16. Jd. McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus., xiv., 5, 1926, 12. 

Eight specimens, 56-100 mm. long, show interesting colour-variation. Six 
have the characteristic markings figured by Giinther (7), whilst the others are 
very dark brown so that the spots and bars are very difficult to detect. 


SALARIAS DUSSUMIERI. 


Salarias dussumieri Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xi, 1836, 310, 
Malabar. Id. McCulloch & MeNeill, Rec. Austr. Mus., xii., 2, 1918, 18, 
PLA iv.) Le 2s 
Three specimens, 71-85 mm. long. The two anterior dorsal rays of the 
smallest specimen are deformed, being little more than half the height of the 
rest and strongly curved. 


SALARIAS CRENULATUS PALLIDUS subsp. nov. 


Salarias crenulatus McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus., xiv., 2, 1923, 124, pl. xvi. 

f. 1-2. Jd. McCulloch & Whitley, Mem. Q’ld. Mus., viii. 2, 1925, 175. 

(? Not Weber). 

The specimens described by McCulloch from Masthead Island, which is 
very near North-west Islet, differ from the typical S. crenulatus Weber (8) in 
several details which he set forth on page 125 of his paper quoted above. I 
consider these differences worthy of subspecific status and accordingly propose 
the name pallidus for the Australian form of this species. 

One spirit specimen, 53 mm. long, from North-west Islet (1A.2609). 

TRIPTERYGION ATROGULARE. 5 
Tripterygion atrogulare Giinther, Journ. Mus. Godef., i., 1873, 267. Bowen. 
Five specimens, 20-42 mm. 


Family GoBIESsOcIDAE. 


LSPADICHTHYS FRENATUS. 
Lepadichthys frenatus Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 3, 1904, 180, pl. xxiv., f. 2. 
Lord Howe Island. 
Five specimens, 17-43 mm. long. Fairly common in coral blocks. 


(7) Gunther, Fische Sudsee vi., 1877, 208, pl. cxvi., f. d. 
(8) Weber, Notes Leyden Mus. xxxi., 1909, 144, and Siboga Exped. lvii., Fische 
1913, 532, f. 112. Sanana, Sula Islands, and Tiur Island, East Indies. 


236 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


Family ConGROGADIDAE. 
CoNnGROGADUS. 
Congrogadus Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iv., 1862, 388 (subducens). 
This name has been mis-spelled Conyrodus by Lydekker, Roy. Nat. Hist., 
v., 1896, 439. Lydekker’s name appears to have been overlooked. 


CONGROGADUS SUBDUCENS. 


Text-fig. 1. 


Congrogadus subducens Richardson. Larva, 23 mm. long, from North-west 
Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. G. P. Whitley, del. 


Machaerium subducens Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xii.. September, 1843, 
175, pl. vi. Port Essington. Id. Rept. 12th meet. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 
(1842) 1843, Trans. Zool. Sect., 69. Jd. Ichth. Erebus & Terror, 1846, 72, 
ple exlivennta 0) 

Congrogadus subducens Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iv., 1862, 388. 

A larva, 23 mm. long, has the following characters: D.69; A.58; P.10; 
C.9. Body naked. Origin of dorsal over pectoral fin. No lateral line dis- 
cernible on body. When alive, it was green with transparent fins. Head 
crossed by radiating silvery bars edged superiorly with blackish. Eye golden. 

Loc.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland; rock-pool, 12th De- 
cember, 1925, coll. G. P. Whitley. 

A larger larva, 46 mm. long, was collected by Hedley and McCulloch at 
Murray Island, Torres Strait, in August or September, 1907. It has minute 
scales, and the anterior part of the lateral line is clearly discernible under a 
lens. 


BLENNODESMUS SCAPULARIS. 

Blennodesmus scapularis Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1871, 667, pl. Ixvii., f. a. 
Port Mackay, Queensland. Jd. McCulloch, Mem. Q’ld. Mus., iii., 1915, 55. 
Three specimens, 16-88 mm. long. 

Family BroTuLipAs. 
DINEMATICHTHYS MIZOLEPIS. 

Dinematichthys mizolepis Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), xx., 1867, 66. 
Cape York. 

Three specimens from North-west Islet. Colour in life: pinkish, the fins 
redder. The largest specimen in the Australian Museum is 80 mm. long, from 

Port Denison, Queensland; coll. E. H. Rainford. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 
Plate xxxiii. 
Glyphisodon zonatus Cuvier & Valenciennes. A series of specimens from 


the New Hebrides, showing variation of colouration with growth. Natural size. 
A. R. MeCulloch, del. 


Plate xxxiv. 


Siganus capricornensis Whitley. Holotype, 258 mm. long to the end of the 
middle caudal rays, from North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


237 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 
(D.). MARINE MOLLUSCS. 


By Tom Irepaue. 


(By Permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum). 


Plate xxxv. 


The Marine Mollusca of the Capricorn Group were catalogued by Hedley 
(1906-1907), where an account of Masthead Reef as a collecting ground is given 
based on the results of the expedition which stayed there on October 23-31, 1904. 

Four hundred and forty-seven species were listed, while more than one 
hundred were left undetermined. Of these listed no fewer than fifty-five were 
deseribed as new to science, while one hundred and twenty-three were additions 
to the Australian Molluscan fauna. 

The hundred left unworked have been utilised since in connection with 
other collections, and in 1909 Hedley described Cuna capillacea (p. 425, pl. xxxvi., 
figs. 9-10), Arcopagia dapsilis (p. 434, pl. xxxvii., fig. 33), Triphora tribu- 
lationis (p. 440, pl. xl., figs. 53-54), Odostomia chorea (p. 445, pl. xli., fig. 66), 
Odostomia sperabilis (p. 448, pl. xli., fig. 71), Marginella anzia (p. 452, pl. 
xlii., figs. 86-87), Mangelia anxia (pl. 455, pl. xliii., fig. 89), Mangelia naufraga 
(p. 458, pl. xliv., figs. 93-95), and Retusa pharetra (p. 464, pl. xliv., fig. 102), 
from the Hope Islands, noting that he had previously obtained these species at 
the Capricorn Group. In 1905 (2) Hedley had noted named species from the 
group, and in 1908 he amended some identifications. 7escribing as new Chione 
capricornea (p. 475, pl. ix., figs. 24-25). 

In 1912 another new species was described, Couthouyia aspera (p. 141, pl. 
xli., fig. 18). 

In 1919 Tonna cerevisina Hedley was noted; in 1921 Tridacna maxima var. 
fossor was introduced by Hedley, the type being from Masthead Islet. 

In 1922 Hedley revised the Australian Turridae and some twenty odd species 
were localised as from Masthead Reef. five of these being described as new, 
others already recorded being listed with more accurate names. The species re- 
corded may be here noted :— 

Turis marmorata Lam. (p. 215), Asthenotoma subtilinea Hedley (p. 219), 
Inquisitor mastersi Brazier (p. 243). Lienardia lutea Pease (p. 289), L. mighelsi 
Tre. & Tomlin (p. 289), L. strombilla Hervier (p. 294), L. vultuosa Reeve (p. 
294), Heterocithara hirsuta Folin (p. 298), H. zebuensis Reeve (p. 300), ‘A’na- 
cithara brevicostata Hed. type (p. 301), A. conata Hed. (p. 301), A. exquisita 
Hed. type (p. 301), A. naufraga Hed. (p. 304), A. stricta Hed. type (p. 304), 
Pseudoraphitoma informis Hed. (p. 310), Daphnella marmorata Hed. (p. 328), 
Veprecula vacillata Hed. (p. 330), Hemidaphne cyclophora Desh. (p. 332), 
Exomilus anzius Hed. (p. 333), Nepotilla tropicalis Hed. type (p. 337), Asper- 


238 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


daphne capricornea Hed. type (p. 340), Pseudodaphnella barnardi Braz. (p. 
343), Eucyclotoma carinulata Souv. (p. 355). 

Shirley (1915) listed a small series of shells collected on North-west Island 
by Miss Peberdy, apparently the first named from that islet. The names used 
by Shirley differ in many cases from those given by Hedley, and his determina- 
tions are not to be trusted. I therefore give his short list as published: Atactodea 
striata Gmelin, Trochus calecaratus Sow., Chrysostoma paradoxa Born, Quoyia 
decollata Q. & G., Cerithium colwmna Sby., C. hanleyi Sby., C. rubum Martyn, 
C. granosum Kiener, Clava aspera L., C. vertaga L., Natica chinensis Lam., 
Cypraea isabella L., C. annulus L., C. caurica L., C. errones L., Conus spectrum 
L., and Arcularia jonasi Dunk (= nana A. Ad.). 

Mr. G. P. Whitley made a small collection at North-west Island and a few 
were picked up at Wilson Islet. These were mostly common Queensland species, 
but here again a few of interest can be noted and they may be useful hereafter 
in connection with more material. A Pinna near menkei Reeve, a Turbo of the 
foliaceus group, Haliotis ovina Gmel., and some nudibranchs call for notice. 

Hedley had made a collection of cuttle fish bones and these he recorded as 
Sepia esculenta Hoyle, S. cultrata Hoyle, S. pfefferi Hoyle, leaving another un- 
determined. I studied these in connection with the Sydney ones reported upon 
in the last number of this Journal, and, as they appeared to be of great interest, 
I asked Whitley, who had helped me in connection with the Sydney ones, to pay 
especial attention to these. My request was complied with, though they were 
not found plentifully, and eight species were brought back. I am describing 
these in this place. 


SOLITOSEPIA SUBMESTUS n.sp. 
Plate xxxv., fig. 3, 4. 


Shell smaller than average S. mestus, narrower, more elongate, inner cone 
more strongly marked, the outer cone passing ventrally in front of the spine and 
showing a depression which is filled with chitin; the dorsal surface flatter and 
the ray sculpture more defined. 

Dimensions: 68 x 24 mm. Type: Masthead I. 


SOLITOSEPIA ROZELLA PEREGRINA n.subsp. 


Shell smaller, shorter and comparatively broader, the inner cone wider, the 
rose colour restricted to a narrow band; the dorsal sculpture more pronounced 
than in the typical form. 

Dimensions: 89 x 34 mm. Type: North-west I. 


SOLITOSEPIA PLANGON ADHAESA n.subsp. 

Shell narrower, more elongate, the inner cone more strongly developed, the 
outer cone advancing in front of the spine as a chitinous rim; the dorsal seulp- 
ture more pronounced and the dorsal surface more flattened than in the typical 
form. 

Dimensions: 88 x 26 mm. Type: North-west I. 

Remarks: These three forms, representing species of the Sydney fauna, may 
show greater differences when the animals are examined. The lastnamed was 
the species recorded by Hedley as 8. cultrata Hoyle in error. 


GLYPTOSEPIA OPIPARA Ire. 


This species was described from Masthead Island, but Whitley did not find 
it as abundant as Hedley did. 


MARINE MOLLUSCS—IREDALE. 239 


ACANTHOSEPION WHITLEYANUM Ire. 


This species was found at North-west Island, as it is the only member of 
the tropical forms of Sepia which has so far been found as far south as Sydney. 
From shell characters it appears nearest to the type of Acanthosepion, and the 
offshoots mentioned in my former essay may be here indicated. 


ACANTHOSEPION ELLIPTICUM ADJACENS n.subsp. 
Plate xxxyv., fig. 5, 6. 


Shell larger than S. elliptica Hoyle (Chall. Reports Zool., Vol. xvi., p. 131, 
pl. xix., figs. 14, 24), from the Arafura Sea, with the anterior (ventral) wall of 
the inner cone more pronounced, the unstriated area of less extent, the dorsal 
sculpture much less marked; spine rounded, delicate, recurved. 

Dimensions: 105 x 46 mm. Type: North-west I. 

Remarks: The group to which this form belongs may be differentiated sub- 
generically with the name Fiscisepia, the present form being taken as the type. 


Genus PONDERISEPIA nov. 

Shell very large, crass, back rounded, coarsely pustulose, spine very thick, 
rounded, short, ventral surface much swollen. 

Type: P. eclogaria, infra. 

PONDERISEPIA ECLOGARIA n.sp. 
Plate xxxv., fig. 7, 8. 

Shell very large, elongately oval, more than twice as long as broad. 

Dorsal surface well rounded, creamy white, darker laterally, very coarsely 
pustulose throughout, a narrow chitinous edge present, which vanishes posteriorly; 
outer cone strongly calcified. 

Ventral surface swollen post-medially with a shallow median suleus: the 
striae of the striated area very close together. Spine very short, thick, rounded. 
Inner cone well developed, lengthened, not produced ventrally as a ledge. 

Dimensions: 326 x 128 mm. Type: Masthead Island (coll. Hedley). 

Remarks: The type specimen was recorded as Sepia esculenta Hoyle, but 
specimens of that species prove very different and referable to Acanthosepion. 
Naef has proposed a subgenus Platysepia for the species S. esculenta, which 
name may be used subgenerically. The present species appears to be closely 
allied to S. hercules Pilsbry, and specimens of the same group are in this 
Museum from Fiji, and New Hebrides, while Mr. A. F. Basset Hull has col- 
lected it for me at New Caledonia, as well as in North Queensland. 


Genus CRUMENASEPIA nov. 


Shell of medium size, elongately oval, definitely distinguished by the develop- 
ment of the inner cone ventrally into a chitinous pocket. 

Type: C. hulliana, infra. 

CRUMENASEPIA HULLIANA U.Sp. 
3 Plate xxxv., fig. 1, 2. 

Shell medium, elongately oval. : 

Dorsal surface rounded, finely pustulose, creamy, darker laterally: three 
raised rib-like rays can be distinguished, the median one rounded, rather not- 
able, though not a great deal raised, the lateral ones obsolete outer cone weakly 
calcified but pustules more prominent, whitish; a large chitinous margin along 
the dorsal surface and extending round the outer cone. Ventral surface not 


240 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


much swollen anteriorly, a very shallow median depression. Spine short, crass, 
almost separated ventrally by chitinous margin, strongly calcified dorsally. Inner 
cone well developed, extending ventrally across and forming a large deep pocket 
of chitinous matter which is concave externally. 

Dimensions: 180 x 65 mm. Type: Howick Island, North Queensland. 

Remarks: This represents a well marked group of which two or three 
species have heen described as Sepia singalensis Goodrich from Ceylon, S. koetilitzi 
Hoyle & Standen from Somaliland and probably S. zanzibarica Pfeffer from 
Zanzibar. Dr. Paradice collected it at the Pellew Group, Gulf of Carpentaria, 
so that it has a wide range, extending to the southern limit of the Great Barrier 
Reef. 


METASEPIA PFEFFERI LAXIOR subsp. n. 
Plate xxxv., fig. 9, 10. 


Hedley collected three shells of graded size which he determined as Hoyle’s 
S. pfefferi (Chall. Rep. Vol. XVI., 1886, p. 145, pl. xxi., figs. 1-10) deseritbed 
from a female specimen dredged in the Arafura Sea. The shell fairly agrees 
with Hoyle’s account, but as the Masthead specimens all agree in being com- 
paratively broader, I designate them as above. Hoyle’s type was a female, 
measuring 45 x 24, while Hedley’s shells measure 51 x 32, 36 x 24, 27 x 16. 
Hoyle definitely stated no spine was present, but in the largest specimen there 
is a calcification, unfortunately broken, which suggests a spine formation, 


Order LoricaTa. 


Hedley recorded Callistochiton antiquus Reeve, Cryptoplax burrowi Smith 
and Acanthopleura spiniger Sowerby. Later Ashby added Acanthochiton shirleyi. 

In the Monograph of Australian Loricates appearing in this Periodical, 
Iredale and Hull descitbed the firstnamed as a new species, Callistelasma 
generos and added two other new species which had been dredged by Hedley, viz.: 
Parachiton capricornicus and Icoplax lwminosa. Lophochiton granifer Hull was 
recorded from this locality, and Lwucilina shirleyi Ire. also lives there. The 
Cryptoplaz proved to be larvaeformis Burrow, not burrowi Smith. Thus a 
faunula of eight species is known, but probably more occur, though none, save 
the rock living Amphitomura gemmata Blainville (= Acanthopleura spiniger Sow., 
Hedley) is common. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV. 


Crumenasepia hulliana Iredale, ventral view. 
Crumenasepia hulliana Tredale, dorsal view. 

Solitosepia submestus Tredale, ventral view. 

Solitosepia submestus Iredale, dorsal view. 
Acanthosepion ellipticwm adjaceus Tredale, ventral view. 
Acanthosepion ellipticum adjaceus Iredale, dorsal view. 
Ponderisepia eclogaria Iredale, ventral view. 
Ponderisepia eclogaria Iredale, dorsal view. 

Metasepia pfefferi laxior Tredale, dorsal view. 

Metasepia pfefferi laxior Tredale, ventral view. 


a 
da 


alate 


mimes 
Soh igo) SSI en feas 


241 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 
(B.). INSECTS. 
By AntHony Muserave, F.E.S. 
(By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 


Plate xxxvi. 


Despite the fact that parties have landed on the different islands of the 
group from time to time, no list of the insects has hitherto appeared, nor have 
any been recorded. During our stay on North-west Islet, Miss E. Chase, of the 
University of Sydney, and Mr. Whitley and myself of the Australian Museum, 
made collections of insects, and these are now deposited in the Macleay and 
Australian Museums. The number of species secured was small, but many others 
doubtless exist. Those collected all appear to be well known mainland forms 
which, in view of the proximity of the Queensland coast, is what one would 
naturally expect. The insects of the different orders have been submitted to 
specialists for identification, and I gratefully acknowledge the assistance I have 
received from those whose names appear in the following list, in association 
with the names of the insects they have determined. 

At the time of our visit, grasshoppers were the most conspicuous and 
abundant insects, and no plant appeared safe from their attacks. Great damage 
was done to the leaves of the Tournefortia argentea, the plants near our camp 
being badly attacked so that frequently only the mid-ribs of the leaves remained; 
a species of fig was similarly affected. The grasshoppers responsible for this 
destruction were all in immature stages, apparently of the same species, though 
Miss Chase secured a specimen of Acridiwm irregulare, which might possibly be 
the adult of the destructive species. Adults of other short-horned grasshoppers 
were secured, but they were not in any way similar to the injurious forms and 
were, moreover, fewer in number. Some interesting species of lone-horned grass- 
hoppers were also secured on the islet, but these await specific identification. At 
night, cockroaches invaded the tents in search of food, or lurked by day in the 
corners of our suit-cases. Two species were present, the widely distributed 
Periplaneta americana, and Periplaneta australasiae. 

Large black sphegid wasps of the genus Chlorion were the next most 
numerous group of insects on the islet, and these occurred commonly on the 
flowers of the beach plants, Tournefortia argentea, Scaevola koenigii, and Suriana 
maritima. Three species were present, and their names appear in the subjoined 
list. In company with the sphegid wasps was the large yellow and black Sand 
Wasp, Salius (Priocnemis) bicolor, a widely distributed species. Paper nest 
wasps, Polistes bernardii, built their nests near the camp and daily visited the 
water-bags in search of moisture. 

Cicadas were plentiful and noisy in the Beach Oaks, and some were at- 
tracted by the lights in our tents at night. Only one species appears to occur 


242 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


on the islet, and this has been idehtified by Mr. Howard Ashton as Arunta inter- 
media. This cicada varied somewhat in colouration, one form having light-brown 
markings, while in another the markings were green. The species seems to ap- 
proximate very closely to Arunta interclusa, which occurs at Port Curtis. 

The common Rice Bug, Plautia affinis, which occurs in New South Wales, 
Queensland, Murray Island, and New Guinea, was also secured, as well as a 
small reduviid bug at present undetermined. 

Butterflies were rare, and were represented only by three forms, the largest 
being the Tailed Emperor, Eulepis pyrrhus subsp. sempronius. 

Beetles were not numerous in species, only sixteen kinds being collected. 
Two carabs secured and forwarded to Mr. T. G. Sloane for identification are 
regarded by him as belonging to the genera Diaphoromerus and Sarothocrepis 
and constituting new species, and which he intends describing at some future 
date. 

On the sandy floor of our tent, I secured some tiny weevils, which Mr. Lea 
has identified as Mandalotus crassicornis. A little brown click beetle, Monocrepi- 
dius compactus, was attracted by the light of our hurricane lamp, and was 
secured on the sides of the tent in the morning. The largest beetle taken, was a 
longicorn beetle, Symphyletes vetustus var. anaglyptus. Some small weevils 
were bred from Pisonia seeds found adhering to the feathers of a White-cupped 
Noddy Tern, and these are considered by Mr. Lea, to whom they were submitted, 
to belong to the subfamily Cossonides and constitute a new genus and species. 

Thirteen species of Diptera were secured on the islet, and of these Dr. BE. 
W. Ferguson has been able to specifically identify five, and their names are 
given in the accompanying list. Robber flies of the genera Neoitamus and 
Leptogaster also occurred on the islet, and a species of earrion-fly, Sarcophaga. 


Class Dysrcta. 
Order ORTHOPTERA. 
Family Buatrrpar. 
PERIPLANETA AMERICANA. 
Blatta americana Linné, Syst. Nat. (ed. x.), 1758, 424, No. 4. (America). 
Periplaneta americana Lucas, The Entomologist, xxix., 1896, 124, f. 2, on p. 97. 


PERIPLANETA AUSTRALASIAE, 
Blatta australasiae Fabr., Syst. Ent., 1775, 271, No. 5. (From ships from the 
Pacific Ocean, Southern Asia, vide Shaw, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1925, 
p 205); . 
Periplaneta australasiae Lucas, The Entomologist, xxix., 1896, 124, f. 1, on p. 97. 


Family AcRIDIIDAER. 
ACRIDA NASUTA. 

Gryllus Acrida nasutus Linné, Syst. Nat. (ed. x.), 1758, 427, No. 11. (Africa). 
Acrida nasuta Sjostedt, Kungl. sv. Vet. Akad. Hand. Bd., 62, 1921, 30, pl. 18, 

rea LEP 

ATRACTOMORPHA CRENATICEPS, 

Truxalis crenaticeps Blanch, Voy. Pole Sud., Zool. Atlas, Orth., 1853, pl. 3, f. 

4,5. (Triton Bay, New Guinea). 

Note.—Identified by Mr. N. B. Tindale, S. Australian Museum. 


ACRIDIUM IRREGULARE. 
Cyrtacanthacris irregularis Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. Br. Mus., iii., 1870, 569. 
(Australia). 


INSECTS—MUSGRAVE. 243 
Acridium irregulare Sjéstedt, Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand. Bd., 62, 1921, 260, 
pl. 15, £. 13, 14; pl. 16, f. 6. 


Order Hemiprera. 
Family PENTATOMIDAE. 
PLAUTIA AFFINIS. 
Pentatoma affinis Dallas, List, 1851, 252. (Australia). 
Plautia affinis Froggatt, Agr. Gaz. N.S.W., xii., 1900, 1595, pl. f. 7. 


Family REDUVIDDAE. 
One species was secured on North-west Island, but I have been unable to 
identify it. 
Family Crcaprpar, 
ARUNTA INTERMEDIA. 
Plate xxxvi., fig. 2. 
Arunta intermedia Ashton, Proc. Roy. Soe. Vict. (n.s.), xxxili., 1921, 91. (Cape 
York, N. Queensland). 
Note.—Specimens from North-west Islet submitted to Mr. Howard Ashton 
have been identified by him as this species, but as there is no figure of the 
species available I have had one prepared. 


Order LepipopTEra. 
Family NyMPHALIDAD. 
HULEPIS PYRRHUS subsp. SEMPRONIUS. 
Papilio pyrrhus Linné, Syst. Nat. (ed. x.), 1758, 462, No. 24. (India). 
Papilio sempronius Fabricius, Ent. Syst., iii., 1793, 62, No. 194. (Australia). 
Eulepis pyrrhus sempronius Waterhouse and Lyell, The Butterflies of Australia, 
1914, 51, f. 41. 
Family Lycarnipas. 
CANDALIDES ERINUS. 
Papilio erinus Fabricius, Syst. Ent., 1775, 525. (Australia). 
Candalides erinus Waterhouse and Lyell, The Butterflies of Australia, 1914, 80, 
f. 342, 343. 
Note.—Identified by Dr. G. A. Waterhouse. 


Family He&sPErripar. 
PADRAONA FLAVOVITTATA. 
Hesperia flavovittata Latreille, Encycl. Méthod., ix., 1819, 768. (Australia). 
Padraona flavovittata flavovittata Waterhouse and Lyell, The Butterflies of Aus- 
tralia, 1914, 203, f. 859, 866. 
Note.—Identified by Dr. G. A. Waterhouse. 


Family SPHINGIDAE. 
HIPPOTION VELOX. 
Sphing velox Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii. (1), 1793, p. 378, No. 68. 
Hippotion velox Rothschild and Jordan, Gen. Insect., fase. 57, 1907, 1382. (Cey- 
lon to Fiji). 
Note.—Identified by Dr. A. J. Turner. 


Family Nocrurpas. 
MELANCHRA CONSANGUIS. 
Hadena consanguis Guen., Noct., 1., 1852, p. 97. 
Polia consanguis Hmpsn., Cat. Lepid. Phal. Brit. Mus., v., 1905, p. 102, f. 23. 
~  Note—Identified by Dr. A. J. Turner. 


244 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


ACANTHOLIPES SIMILIS. 
Acantholipes similis Moore, Lep. Atk., 1882, 174, pl. 6, f. 5. 
Note.—Identified by Dr. A. J. Turner. 


Family EucosmipAg. 
EUCOSMA PLEBEIANA. 
Crocidosema plebeiana Zeller, Isis, x., 1847, 721. 
Eucosma plebeiana Meyrick, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xxxvi., 1911, 248. 
Note.—Identified by Dr. A. J. Turner. “The species occurs now in suit- 
able localities throughout a large part of the globe.” Meyrick. 


Order HyMENOPTERA. 
Family PsamMocHARIDAE. 
SaLIus (PRIOCNEMIS) BICOLOR. 
Plate xxxvi., fig. 3. 
Sphex bicolor Fabricius, Syst. Entom., 1775, 352, No. 36. (New Holland). 
Note.—Identified by Mr. H. Hacker. As a figure of this very common 
wasp does not appear to be available to Australian entomologists, I have had 
one prepared. 
PSAMMOCHARES FRONTALIS. 
Sphea frontalis Fabricius, Syst. Entom., 1775, 349, No. 18. (New Holland). 
Note.—Identified by Mr. H. Hacker. 


PSAMMOCHARES DODDI. 
Anoplius doddi Turner, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1910, 328. (Townsville, Q.). 
Note.—Identified by Mr. H. Hacker. 


BATOZONUS VESPOIDES. 
Pompilus vespoides Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, 244, No. 8. (Aus- 
tralia). 
Note.—Compared with mainland specimens, identified by Mr. H. Hacker. 


Family SPHEGIDAE. 

CHLORION GILBERTI. 

Plate xxxvi., fig. 1. 
Sphex gilberti Turner, Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond., ii., 1908, 468. Mackay, Q.). 

Note.—Identified by Mr. H. Hacker. As this species has hitherto remained 

unfigured, I have taken advantage of the opportunity and had a figure pre- 
pared. Turner’s original colour descriptions reads as follows:—“Black; the 
abdomen steel-blue. Wings flavo-hyaline, broadly pale fusco-hyaline at the 
apex; nervures ferruginous.” Length of specimen figured 26 mm. 


CHLORION FUMIPENNIS. 
Sphex fumipennis Smith, Catal. Hymen. Brit. Mus., iv., 1856, 249, No. 44. 
(Australia, Adelaide). 
Note.—Identified by Mr. H. Hacker. 


CHLORION (PROTEROSPHEX) RESPLENDENS. 
Sphex resplendens Kohl, Termesz. Fuzet., ix., 1883, 2, 200. 
Note.—Identified by Mr. H. Hacker. 


Family VEsPIpan, 
POLISTES BERNARDII. 
Polistes bernardii Le Guillou, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1841, 321, No. 25. 
Note.—Identified by Mr. H. Hacker. “An extreme form of P. variabilis 
Saussure.” 


INSECTS—MUSGRAVE. 245 


Family MrGAcHILipAr. 
LITHURGUS RUBRICATUS. 
Lithurgus rubricatus Smith, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus., i., 1853, 146. (New Holland). 
Note.—Identified by Mr. H. Hacker. 


Order CoLEOPrERa. 
Family Histeripar. 
SAPRINUS AUSTRALASIAB. 
Saprinus australasiae Blackburn, Trans. Roy. Soc. S, Aust., xxxii., 1903, 107. 
Note.—Identified by Mr. A. M. Lea, and compared by him with Black- 
burn’s co-types. 
Family ELATeripae. 
MONOCREPIDIUS COMPACTUS. 
Monocrepidius compactus Candeze, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxi., 1878, Ixxix. 
(Rockhampton). 
Note.—Identified by Mr. A. M. Lea. 


Family MALAcoDERMIDAE. 
CARPHURUS ARMIPENNIS. 
Carphurus armipennis Fairm., Journ. Mus. Godeffr., xiv., 1879, 109. (Queens- 
land). 

Note—Identified by Mr. A. M. Lea. A specimen is in the Australian 
Museum collection from Masthead Is. collected by the late Dene B. Fry, October, 
1910. 

Family CrRAMBYCIDAB. 
ARIDAEUS THORACICUS. 
Clytus thoracicus Donovan, Insects of New Holland, 1805, t. 5, f. 4. 


ZYGOCERA PLUMIFERA. 
Zygocera plumifera Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (2), v., 1859, 33. (Aus- 
tralia, Sydney). 
SYMPHYLETES VETUSTUS var, ANAGLYPTUS. 
Symphyletes vetustus Pascoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), ix., 1862, 464. (Lizard 
Tes) 
Symphyletes anaglyptus Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., ix., 1867, 303. (Rock- 
hampton, Q.). 
Note.—Identified by Mr. A. M. Lea from specimens named by the Rev. 
Thomas Blackburn. 
Family CURCULIONIDAE. 
MANDALOTUS CRASSICORNIS. 
Mandalotus crassicornis Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., xxxi., 1907, 156. (N.S. 
Wales: Sydney on sea-beaches. Queensland: Brisbane). 
Note.—Identified by Mr. A. M. Lea. 


NotTIosoMUS MAJOR. 
Notiosomus major Woll., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, 633. (Rockhampton, Q.). 
Note.—Identified by Mr. A. M. Lea. 


Order Drprrra. 
Family BoMBYLIDAs. 
ANTHRAX ? SIMPLEX. 
Anthrax simplex Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. 2, 52, 76, t. 11, f. 4, 1847. 
(Tasmania). 
Note.—Identified by Dr. E. W. Ferguson. 


246 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


Family LONCHAEIDAE. 
LONCHAEA AUREA. 
Lonchoea aurea Macquart, Dipt. exot., Suppl. 4, 300, t. xxviii, f. 1, 1850, 
(Africa). 
Note.—Identified by Dr. E. W. Ferguson. 


Family ANTHOMYIDAE. 
ANTHOMYIA VICARIANS. 
Anthomyia vicarians Schiner, Reise der Novara, Zool., Dipt., 1868, 298. (Sydney). 
Note.—Identified by Dr. E. W. Ferguson. 


ATHERIGONA EXCISA. 

Coenosia excisa Thomson, Eugenies Resa. Insecta, 1868, 560. (Ross Is.). 
Atherigona excisa Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), xii., 1923, 185. 

Note.—Identified by Dr. E. W. Ferguson. This species, according to Mal- 
loch, supra, “is the most widely distributed of the genus, occurring in the Hawaiian 
Islands, Formosa, China, India, Australia, many islands in the Pacific, Africa, 
and some tropical. and subtropical parts of the New World, including Florida. 
The larvae feed in decaying fruits such as bananas, melon, tomato, ete.” 


Family Muscaripas. 
POGONORTALIS BARBIFERA, ? 
Pogonortalis barbifera, Hendel, Abhandl. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., viii., Heft 1, 
Gen. Insect., xxv., 1914, fase. 157, p. 85, t. 9, £. 155-156. 
Note.—Identified by Dr. E. W. Ferguson. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI. 
Fig. 1. Chlorion gilberti Turner x 2. 
2. Arunta intermedia Ashton x 1. 
3. Salius (Priocnemis) bicolor Fabricius x 2. 


247 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 
(F.). BRYOZOA. 
By Artuur A. Livinestone, Assistant in Zoology, The Australian Museum. 
(By Permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum). 


ESCHAROIDES DISCUS. 
Escharoides discus Kirkpatrick, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), i., 1888, p. 82, pl. ix, 
figs. 6 and 6a-b. 

A specimen of the species, which forms the second record of its occurrence, 
adheres to the disc-like formation of the zoarium as described by Kirkpatrick; 
it is attached to a fragment of shell and has a major diameter of 4 mm. and a 
minor diameter of 3 mm. The characters set out by Kirkpatrick are mostly in 
accordance with the specimen before me, but I cannot detect any traces of avi- 
cularia on the frontal zooecial walls. There are, likewise, no ooecia. Figure 6b 
exhibits more likeness than any other to the specimen in the Australian Museum, 
but, instead of having unarmed blunt process crowning the peristome, the ex- 
amples before me bear small triangular avicularia on their tips. 

Colour——Pale cream in a dried condition. 

Localities—Mauritius (Kirkpatrick). 

There is a specimen in the Australian Museum from North-west Island, 
Capricorn Group, Queensland, collected by G. P. Whitley, November, 1925. 


PORELLA sp. 


An encrusting colony belonging to this genus exhibits characters somewhat in 
accordance with those possessed by Mucronella mentalis MacGillivray (1), though 
the specimen before me may be distinguished by the following characters. Porella 
sp. is entirely destitute of spines above the aperture. It possesses triangular 
avicularia, one characteristically set within the proximal border of each zooecial 
aperture, and the others scattered at random over the surface of the zooecia. 
M. mentalis is considered to be without avicularia. 

The specimen before me is also closely allied to Porella areolata (2) with which 
it agrees in most characters. The main difference between these two forms lies 
in the character of the ooecia. The ooecia of Porella sp. are entirely immersed 
below the level of the surrounding frontal zooecial walls, whereas in P. areolata 
they are not so. Characteristic features about Porella sp. are that the proximal 
ooecial walls are flat and comparatively heavily calcified, and that they each 
continue downwards for a considerable distance within the zooecial aperture. 

Locality.—North-west Island, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


(1) MacGillivray, Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 1890 (1889), 109, pl. 5. f. 7. 
(2) Livingstone, Rec. Austr. Museum, xv., 1926, pl. vili., f. 2-4. 


248 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


HOLOPORELLA PIGMENTARIA. 


Holoporella pigmentaria Waters, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., xxxi., 1909, 163, pl. 
15, f. 16-19; pl. 16, f. 9-16; pl. 17, f. 22-23. 
Specimens from North-west Island are covered in parts with the charac- 
teristic pigment. The zooecia are very large in one specimen from a piece of 
dead coral, while in others they are comparatively small. 


SMITTINA LANDSBOROVII. 
Lepralia landsborovii Johnston, Hist. British Zoophytes, Ed., ii., 1847, 310, pl. 
liv., f. 9. 
Smittia landsborovii Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, 1880, 341, pl. xlviii., f. 
6-9. F 
Small colonies, which are assigned to this species, were found encrusting 
shells from North-west Island. 


SCHIZOPORELLA AURICULATA. 


Lepralia auriculata Hassal, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix., 1842, 411. 
Schizoporella auriculata Hincks, “A History of the British Marine Polyzoa,” I., 
1880, 260, pl. xxix., f. 3-9. 
Juvenile specimens of this species were found encrusting a shell from a 
lagoon at North-west Island. 


CRUSTACEA. 


The Crustacea section is omitted from this part through the unfortunate ill- 
ness of Mr. F. A. MeNeill, who is compiling a list of the Decapoda, supple- 
mented by a few species of other Crustacea determined by Dr. Chas. Chilton, 
N.Z., and Mr. Herbert M. Hale, of the South Australian Museum. This report 
will appear in the next part of the Australian Zoologist. 


,. = 


iis. 


r 249 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 
(G.). CORALS. 


By Cuarues Heptey, F.L.S. 


Collections of corals were made at North-west Islet by Miss BE. Chase and 
Mr. A. Musgrave, but these include only a small proportion of the species re- 
corded from the Capricorn Islands. I have collected many species at North- 
west Islet not represented among those brought back by the party. Below is a 
list of the species determined, with a reference to the source of each identi- 
fication. 


Class ANTHOZOA. 
Subclass ZoANTHARIA. 
Family SERIATOPORIDAE. 
SERIATOPORA HYSTRIX. 
Seriatopora hystrix Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Zooph., 1846, 521, pl. 19, f. 3, 3a, 
3b. (Fiji Islands). 
Seriatopora hystrix Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Pub. No. 213, 1918, 73, pl. 20, f. 1, 
la, 1b, 1c, 2, 2a, of Dana’s type. Also pl. 2, f. 4, of Dr. Mayer’s article. 


POCILLOPORA BULBOSA. 
Pocillopora bulbosa Ehrenberg, Corall. des rothen Meeres, 1834, 127. (Red 
Sea). 
Poeillopora bulbosa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Pub. No. 213, 1918, 75, pl. 21, 1, 
la, specimens identified as P. bulbosa by Dana. Also pl. 12, f. 1, 2, 3, of Dr. 
Mayer’s article. 


Family StyLoPHORIDAE. 
STYLOPHORA PISTILLATA, 
Madrepora pistillata Esper. pflanz., t. I., Forts., 1787, 73, Madr., pl. 60. 
Stylophora pistillata Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash., Pub. No. 213, 1918, 80, 
pl. 26, f. 1, la, specimen from Murray Island. Also pl. 18, f. 40, of Dr. 
Mayer’s article. 


Family Favirpan. 
GONIASTREA PEOTINATA. 
Astraea pectinata Ehrenberg, Corall. des rothen Meeres, 1834, 96. (Red Sea). 
Goniastrea pectinata Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash., Pub. No. 213, 1918, 114, 
pl. 43, f. 1, Dana’s type of Astraea sinuosa; f. 2, 3, 3a, 4, 5, 5a, specimens 
from Murray Island. 
Family FuNnGqDA£. 
FUNGIA SCUTARIA. 
Fungia scutaria Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., t. il., 1816, 236. (Indian 
Seas). 


250 | BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


Fungia scutaria Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. No. 59, 1903, 131, pl. 28, f. 3, 
3a, 3b, pls. 29, 30, 31, 32 (all figs.). 
Note.—New for Australia. 
Family AGARICIIDAE. 
PSAMMOCORA GONAGRA. 


Psammocora gonagra Klunzinger, Korall. Roth. Meer., pt. 3, 1879, 80, pl. 9, f. 
1. (Red Sea). 

Psammocora gonagra Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash., Pub. No. 213, 1918, 141, 
pl. 59, f. 1, specimen from Murray Island. Also pl. 18, f. 43, of Dr. 
Mayer’s article. 

Family ACROPORIDAE. 
ACROPORA DECIPIENS. 

Madrepora decipiens Brook, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., x., 1892, 456. (Rocky 
Island Reefs). 

Madrepora decipiens Brook, Cat. Mad. Corals Brit. Mus., I., 1893, 51, pl. xiv., f. 
B.-D. 

ACROPORA ABROTANOIDES. 

Madrepora muricata Solander & Ellis, 1786, pl. 57, nec Linne. 

Madrepora abrotanoides Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vert., t. ii., 1816, 280 (ed. 
il, 448). (Indian Ocean). 

Acropora (Eumadrepora) abrotanoides Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash., Pub. No. 
213, 1918, 166, pl. 68, f. 1, la, 2. 

ACROPORA SURCULOSA. 

Madrepora surculosa Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Zooph., 1846, 445, pl. xxxii., f. 
4, 5. 

ACROPORA BRUEGGEMANNI. 

Madrepora brueggemanni Brook, Cat. Mad. Corals Brit. Mus., I., 1893, 145, pl. 
xxiy. (Singapore). 

ACROPORA BAEODACTYLA. 

Madrepora baeodactyla Brook, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., x., 1892, 453. (Rodriguez). 

Madrepora baeodactyla Brook, Cat. Mad. Corals Brit. Mus., I., 1893, 158, pl. 
Mite eA Be 

Family Porrrmpan. 
GONIOPORA TENUIDENS. 

Rhodaraea tenuidens Quelch, Reef Corals, Challenger Reports, 1886, 188, pl. 8, 
1s Uy Yeah Tle 

Goniopora tenuidens Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Pub. No. 213, 1918, 186, 
pl. 84, £1; 2! 

PORITES sp. 
Subclass Aucyon aris. 
Family TURIPORIDAE. 
TUBIPORA MUSICA. 
Tubipora musica Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. x., 1758, 789. (Indian Seas). 


251 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 
(H.). BOTANY. 


List of Plants collected, identified by C. T. Wir, Government Botanist, Brisbane; 
with notes by Dr. W. MacGruuivray. 


Order Matvacear. 
Abutilon graveolens W. & Arn. 
At back of outer zone. Fruit three-cornered. 


Order ZYGOPHYLLACEAE. 
Tributus cistoides Linné. 
Order SIMARUBEAE. 
Suriana maritima Linné. 
Bushy shrub of outer zone. Small leaves and small whitish flowers much 
resorted to by wasps. Only previously recorded from Torres Strait. 


Order OLACINEAE. 
Ximenia americana Linné. 

Tree. No fruit or flowers. “Yellow plum” of Hammond Island; also on 
Dunk Is. and Bellenden Ker. “So far as can be determined by leaf specimens 
only.” 

Order LEGUMINOSAE. 
Caesalpina bonducella Flem. 

Strongly-growing climber; bipinnate leaves and recurved thorns in pairs; 
bright green foliage; no flowers or fruit. Only one plant found at, or just by, 
nest of Currawong (Strepera graculina) found by Miss Geissmann in centre of 
islet. “Kernels of seeds are the nickernuts of India. Prickly pods and blue or 
slate-coloured seeds used for ornamental purposes.” No sign of seeds under 
plant on islet, probably eaten by fowls. 

Sophora tomentosa Linné. 
Sea coast Laburnum. Not flowering nor seeding. 
Order ComPosITarE. 
Wedelia biflora D.C. 
Prevalent. Trailing yellow-flowering plant. 
Gnaphalium luteoalbum Linné. 
Dried or half-dried specimens in outer border only. 
Order GoopENOoviEsE. Section Sarcocarpaea. 
Scaevola Koenigii Vahl. 

Called “Native Cabbage” at Cardwell. “Pith of stems used in Asia in the 
manufacture of artificial flowers.” Bailey. 

Order Boracinesz. Section Heliotropieae. 
Tournefortia argentea Linné. 
Common bush with silvery leaves about our camp; flowers; fruit small 
greenish-yellow berries used as food by Zosterops lateralis. 
Order CoNnvoLULACcEAE. Series Calycinae. 
Ipomoea grandiflora Linné. 
Common in centre of islet. Strong climber. 
Series S'peciosae. 
Ipomaea pes-caprae Roth. 
More of a trailer in outer zone of vegetation. 


252 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


Order NYCTAGINEAE. 
Pisonia brunoniana Endl. 
No seed-pods were brought back, but they were seen many times on the tree 
and seemed identical with those on the Noddies. Leaves only brought back. 


Boerhavia diffusa Linné. 

“Haoweed.” Training plant forming masses 2 feet in height and often 
supporting itself on logs and stumps. Plentiful in rocky parts of islet towards 
the east side. 

Order AMARANTACEAE. 
Achyranthes aspera Linné. 
“Washerman’s plant of India.” Bailey. 


Order LAURINEAE. 
Cassytha filiformis Linné. 
Draping many of the shrubs of the outer zone. 
Order EuPHORBIACESE. Section i. Anisophyllum. 


Euphorbia atoto Forst. 
Section ii. Hremophila. 
Euphorbia eremophila A. Cunn. 
Sheep poison or Caustic plant. Common about Broken Hill, grows in erab 
holes in Salt-bush Plain. On the islet, both these plants grew in the outer zone 
of vegetation, often on outer edge and often close together. 


Order URTICACEAE. 


Ficus platypoda A. Cunn. var. petiolaris Bentham. 
Smooth leaves, small black fig when ripe; grows into a large tree. 


Ficus opposita Miq. 
Rough veined leaves. Red fig when ripe. 


Pipturus argenteus Wedd. 

Stringy seed heads. Small tree in scrub with silvery under-surface to 
leaves. 
Celtis paniculata Planch. 

Bushy green tree at or about edge of serub. No flowers or fruit available. 
“Investigator Tree.” 
Order CaSUARINEAE. 
Casuarina equesitifolia Forst. 
This tree grows only on outer border of outer zone. 


Order PANDANACBAE. 
Pandanus pedunculatus R.Br. 
On all islands visited; forming a dense community on Wilson Is. 


Order GRAMINEAE. 
Thwarea sarmentosa Pers. 

Sand-binding, creeping grass on outer or shore edge of outer zone. “Beach 
Grass.” : 

Sporobolus virginicus Kunth. 

Coarse grass all over outer zone all about our camp. A coastal grass grow- 
ing on brackish soil. : 
Spintfex hirsutus Labill. (Identified from description only). 


Grass with spiny heads which blow about. Common on south-west side of 
islet, about Casuarinas. - 


253 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 
(1.). BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
By AnrHony Musgrave, F.E.S. 
In compiling this bibliography, I have been greatly assisted by Mr. Charles 
Hedley, who has kindly supplied me with a number of references for a basis 


upon which to work. Mr. Tom Iredale and Mr. G. P. Whitley have also assisted 
by drawing my attention to references overlooked. 


Agassiz, A.—A Visit to the Great Barrier Reef of Australia in the Steamer 
“Croydon.” During April and May, 1896. Bull. Mus. Comp 
Zool., xxxviil., 4, 1898, 105. 
Alexander, W. B.—Sea-birds of the Great Barrier Reef. Trans. Roy. Geogr 
Soc. Austr., i., 1925, 47-51. 
Ashby, E.—Notes on Australian Polyplacophora, with descriptions of Three New 
; Species and Two New Varieties. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 
xlvi., 1922, 9-22, pl. iii. Records a new species .{canthochiton 
shirleyi from North-west Island. 
Barrett, C.—Narrative of the Expedition to the Islands of the Capricorn Group. 
The Emu, x., 1910, 181-194, pls. xv.-xviii. 
,» Im Australian Wilds. 1919, 200-222. An account of Masthead 
Island. 
Brook, G—The Genus Madrepora. Catalogue of the Madreporian Corals in the 
British Museum (Natural History), i., 1893, 1-212, pl. i-xxxv. 
In this work are listed many species of corals collected by 
Saville-Kent on the Great Barrier Reef and Capricorn Islands. 
Campbell, A. J. and White, S.A.—Birds Identified on the Capricorn Group dur- 
ing Expedition of R.A.O.U., 8th-17th Oct. 1910. The Emu, 
x., 1910, 195-204, pls. xix.-xxy. A new species of White-eye 
Zosterops chlorocephalus, is proposed. 
Grant, F. E. and McCulloch, A.R.—On a Collection of Crustacea from the Port 
Curtis District, Queensland. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxxi., 
1906, 2-53, pls. i.-iv. A List of Crustacea from Masthead Island 
is given. 
Haswell, W. A.—Observations on Australasian Polyclads. Trans. Linn. Soc. 
Lond. Zool. (2), ix., 1907, 465-485, pls. 35-37. A new species, 
Pseudoceros (?) limbatus, is recorded from Masthead Island 
collected by Mr. C. Hedley. : 
Hedley, C.—On a Large Example of Megalatractus aruanus L. Rec. Austr. Mus., 
vi., 2, 1905, 98-100, pls. xxi.-xxii., text-fie. 24. Recorded from 
Masthead Island. 


254 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLEP. 


Hedley, C.—Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part ix. Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
Wales, xxx., 1905, 529 and 541, pl. xxxi., figs. 9 and 10. Re- 
cords Maculotriton bracteatus Hinds, and Cyamiomactra mac- 
troides Tate & May, from the Capricorn Group. 

The Mollusca of Masthead Reef, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 
Part i. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxi., 1906, 453-479, 
pls. xxxvi.-xxxviii. A general description of the island is also 

ven. 

Td. eart ii. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxii., 1907, 476-513, 
pls. xvi.-xxi. 

Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part x. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
Wales, xxxiii., 1908, 475, pl. ix. f. 2425. A new species, 
Chione capricornea, is recorded from Masthead Island. 

Mollusca from the Hope Islands, North Queensland. Proc. Linn. 
Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxiv., 1909, 420-466, pls. xxxvi.-xliv. Species 
are recorded which are not included in the 1906 list. 

The Marine Fauna of Queensland. Presidential Address, section 
D, Biology. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 12th Report, Brisbane, 
1909 (1910), 329-371, 2 maps. 

Descriptions of some New or Noteworthy Shells in the Australian 
Museum. Rec. Austr. Mus., viii., 1912, 131-160, pls. xl.-xlv., 
figs. 1, 2. Couthouyia aspera, a new species, is recorded from 
Masthead Island. 

Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part xi. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
Wales, xxxviii., 1913, 258-339, pls. xvi.-xix. 

In this paper the author revises some of his identifications 
of the Mollusca of Masthead Island recorded in his 1907 paper. 

A Revision of the Australian Tridacna. Rec. Austr. Mus., xiii., 
1921, 171, pl. xxix., f. 6, and pl. xxxiii., f. 11. 

Tridacna maxima var. fossor var. nov. is recorded from 
Masthead Island. 

A Revision of the Australian Turridae. Rec. Austr. Mus., xiii., 
1922, 213-359, pls. xlii.-lvi., text-figs. 1-15. Records several 
species from the Capricorn Islands. 

, Some Naticoids from Queensland Rec. Austr. Mus., xiv., 1924, 
156. Uber flemingianum Recluz is recorded from Masthead 
Island. 
Hedley, C. and Taylor, T. G.—Coral Reefs of the Great Barrier, Queensland. 
A Study of their Structure, Life-distribution, and relation to 
Mainland Physiography. Section C. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 
Adelaide, 1907 (1908), xi., 397-413. Six blocks and three 
plates. 

Iredale, T.—Cuttle-fish “Bones” of Sydney Beaches. Australian Zoologist, iv., 

1926, 191, pl. xxii., f. 7-8. A new species, Glyptosepia opipara, 
is recorded from Masthead Is., collected by Mr. Hedley. 


Tredale, T. and Hull, A. F. Basset.—A Monograph of the Australian Lorieates. 
(Phylum Molluseca—Order Loricata). No. iv. Austr. Zool., 
lil., 1925, 339-361, pls. xxxix.-xl. Three new species are re- 
corded from the Capricorn Group, viz.: Parachiton capricornt- 
cus, Ieoplax luminosa, Callistelasma generos, in addition to 
Lophochiton granifer Hull. 


BIBLIOGRAPH Y— MUSGRAVE. 255 


, Id. No. v. Austr. Zool., iv., 1925, 80 and 101. Two species are 
recorded from the Capricorn Group, <Acanthochiton shirleyi 
Ashby, and Cryptoplax larvaeformis Burrow. 

Johnston, T. H.—A Census of the Endoparasites recorded as oceurring in 
Queensland, arranged under their hosts. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Q’land., xxviii., 1916, 31-79. Parasites on Chelonia mydas 
from Masthead Island, and a parasite from a kingfisher from 
Masthead Island, are listed. 

Johnston, T. H. and Tiegs, O. W.—Pseudobonellia, a new Echiuroid Genus from 
the Great Barrier Reef. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xliv., 
1919, 213-230, pls. ix.-xi. Pseudobonellia biuterina n.g. and 
n.sp. collected during visits in August, 1915, to North-west 
Tslet and in 1917 to Masthead Is. 

Jukes, J. B.—Voyage of H.M.S. “Fly.” i., 1847. Chapter i. The first ac- 
count of the Group to be published by a Naturalist. 

Livingstone, A. A.—Studies on Australian Bryozoa. No. 1. Rec. Austr. Mus., 
xiv., 1924, 189-212, pls. xxili.-xxvi., text-fig. i. Two species 
Parmularia integer and P. maeneilli from the lagoon at Mast- 
head Island, collected by Mr. C. Hedley and Mr. A. R. 
McCulloch in October, 1904, are recorded as new. 

Longman, H.—The Plants of Masthead Island. Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’land., xxv., 
1914, 17-23. 

McCulloch, A. R.—Studies in Australian Crustacea. No. 3. Ree. Austr. Mus., 
ix., 1913, 349, pl. xi. fig. i. Clibanarius taeniatus Miln.-Kdw. 
recorded from Masthead Island. 

McCulloch, A. R. and Whitley, G. P—A List of the Fishes recorded from Queens- 
land Waters. Mem. Q’land Mus., viii., 1925, 125-182. 

Species are listed from North-west Island, and other islands 
of the Capricorn Group. 

Musgrave, A. and Whitley, G. P—From Sea to Sonp: An Account of the 
Turtles of North-west Islet. Austr. Mus. Mag., ii., 1926, 331- 
336, illustrated. 

Rathbun, M. J.—Report on the Crabs obtained by the F.I.S. “Endeavour” on 
the Coasts of Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, South 
Australia, and Tasmania. Report on the Brachyrhyncha, 
Oxystomata, and Dromiacea. Biol. Res. “Endeavour,” v., 1923, 
95-156, pls. xvi.-xlii. 

Two species recorded from North-west Islet. 

Saville- Kent, W.—The Great Barrier Reef of Australia. Chapter iii., 1893, 103- 
108, pl. xxxB. Notes on “nigger-heads”’ at Wistari Reef and 
corals on Wistari Reef and North-west Islet. 

, The Naturalist in Australia, 1897. 

Shirley, J—Shells from North-west Islet, collected by Miss Peberdy. Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Q’land, xxvii., 1915, Abstract of Proceedings, p. x. 

Wilsmore, L. J—On Some Zoantheae from Queensland and the New Hebrides. 
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxx., 1909, 320-324, pls. 43-45. 

Two new species, Zoanthus pigmentarius, and Gemmaria 
arenacea, are recorded from Masthead Island, collected by Mr. 
C. Hedley’s party in 1904, 


256 


A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES. 
(Phylum Mouuvsca—Order Loricata). 
By Tom Irepatz and A. F. Basset Huu. 


VII. 
Genus AMAUROCHITON. 


Amaurochiton Thiele, Das Gebiss der Schnecken (Troschel), ii., 1893, 362. Type 
by monotypy Chiton olivaceus Frembly. 
Poeciloplax Thiele, id. ib., 365. Type by monotypy Chiton glaucus Gray. 

The peculiar sculpture determines this genus at sight, and with it is as- 
sociated the form of the girdle scales, which are rather large and rudely convex, 
closely imbricating and nearly smooth. The insertion plates are very short, 
finely pectinated, as is the sinus. The slitting of the anterior and posterior 
valves is numerous, 9 or 10—14, but only one slit is seen on each side of the 
median valves. : 

A well-marked group, localised in New Zealand and the west coast of South 
America. It is included here, as it is now established in southern Tasmania. 


AMAUROCHITON GLAUCUS. 
Plate xxxvii., figs. 1, 22. 

Chiton glaucus Gray, Spicilegia Zoologica, pt. i, 1828, 5. Locality unknown 
= New Zealand. Type in British Museum examined. 

Chiton viridis Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. de l’Astrol. Zool., ii., 1835, 383, pl. 74, 
f. 23-28. New Zealand. Type in Brit. Mus. Not Chiton viridis Spengler, 
Skrivter af Naturhistorie-Selskabet., iv., 1797, 70. 

Chiton quoyi Deshayes, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Verteb., vii., 1836, 509. New 
name for C. viridis Q. & G. Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 172, pl. 37, 
f. 6-8. 

Chiton quoyi subsp. limosa Suter, Journ. Malac., xii, 1905, 69. Manukau 
Harbour, North Island, New Zealand. Type in coll. Suter. 

Amaurochiton glaucus Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., xi. 1914, 38, footnote. May, 
Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xvi., f. 13. 

Shell large, broadly oval, a little elevated, semi-carinated; the surface very 
finely striate throughout but presenting a glossy appearance; girdle scales shin- 
ing. Colour generally dark bluish-green, but pale green, bright blue, red-brown, 
and white examples may be met with; generally unicolour, but a green or brown 
shell striped with white is common at certain localities. 

Anterior valve very broad, radially rayed with 80-100 delicate ridges; in 
juvenile shells these ridges can be seen to be composed of small nodules strung 
together and coalescing with age. 

Median valves with lateral areas a little elevated, similarly rayed with 20 
ridges increasing by intercalation with age; central areas closely lined with 
similar ridges longitudinally arranged, a little slanting laterally and present on 
the jugum, 80-100 being counted across the valve. 

Posterior valve with mucro at anterior third; post-mucronal slope nearly 
straight; post-mucronal area as anterior valve; ante-mucronal area as central 
areas. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 257 


Girdle covered with smooth squarish diamond-headed scales, somewhat re- 
sembling those of Ischnoradsia. 

Interior generally bluish-green, but varying a little, according to exterior 
colouration. Slits 9-10—1—14-15. 

Dimensions: 45 x 30 mm. 

Station: Under stones between tide marks. 

Habitat: Southern Tasmania, apparently introduced from New Zealand. 


Genus SYPHAROCHITON. 
Sypharochiton Thiele, Das Gebiss der Schnecken, ii., 1893, 365. Type by mono- 

typy Chiton pelliserpentis Quoy & Gaimard. (Voy. Astrol. Zool., 1835, 381).* 
Triboplax Thiele, id. ib. Type by monotypy 2. scabricula = pelliserpentis 

Q. & G. 

Another well-markéd group, endemic in Hastern Australia from Port 
Stephens, to Montague Island, New South Wales, and on the east and north 
coasts of Tasmania; abundant throughout New Zealand, with small forms at the 
Kermadec, Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands. 

Shell large to small, oval, round-backed, not much elevated, sculptured with 
coarse nodulose radials and fine longitudinals; girdle having coarse striate scales 
loosely packed. Insertion plates in all valves, strongly toothed; slits in anterior 
valve regularly more than 8, median 1, posterior 12; sinus toothed in second 
valve only, otherwise not denticulate though plate present; posterior insertion 
plate tending forward. The small forms may be distinguished by the degenera- 
tion of the teeth, and should constitute a subgenus. 


SYPHAROCHITON SEPTENTRIONES. 
Plate xxxvii., figs. 2, 4, 29. 
Sypharochiton pellis-serpentis subsp. septentriones Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. 

Aust., xlviii., 1925, 321. New South Wales. Type in coll. Ashby. 

Chiton pellis-serpentis Cox, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., viii, 1894, 428. Port 

Jackson and Port Hacking, N.S.W. 

Shell large, oval, elevated, round-backed; colour generally dark brown or 
black, but many may be found with one or more valves wholly or partly pale 
green or white. 

Anterior valve strongly nodulose, nodules in rays and cut by concentric 
growth lines; twenty to thirty radials having ten to fifteen nodules to each 
radial. 

Median valves with lateral areas well raised and similarly sculptured, but 
not so prominently; pleural areas closely ridged longitudinally throughout, inter- 
stices latticed, weaker on the jugum; sometimes notably sculptured with growth 
lines. 

Posterior valve with mucro elevated at anterior fourth; post-mucronal slope 
straight. 

Girdle scales large, oval, closely striate, not shining. 

Interior bluish-green, deeper medially. Slitting 11-1-14. 

Dimensions: 42 x 28 mm. 

Station: On the surface of the littoral rock, in crevices, or in depressions 
above median tide mark; less frequently, and generally in juvenile stages, under 
stones below median tide mark. This is one of the emergent species, and 
examples are often found above neap high water mark. Nearly all adult ex- 
amples are greatly eroded or overgrown with parasitic algae. 


*Note:—Quoy and Gaimard named this shell “pelliserpentis” (Peau-de- 
. serpent). Numerous writers have altered the spelling to either “pellisserpentis” 
or “pellis-serpentis.” We use the authors’ spelling. 


258 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Habitat: New South Wales. 

Remarks: S. maugeanus attains larger proportions, is more elongate, and 
more elevated; the sculpture is less pronounced, the girdle scales less strongly 
striate, shining. The New Zealand 8. pelliserpentis Q. & G. is distinguishable 
from the New South Wales shell by its more elongate shape, less pronounced 
pleural sculpture, and the very weak striation of the girdle scales, Avhich also 
are not shining. S. sinclairi Gray has finely striate, shining girdle scales; fhe 
pleural areas are smooth or with short longitudinal grooves. 


SYPHAROCHITON MAUGEANUS. 
Plate xxxvii., fig. 3. 

Sypharochiton maugeanus Iredale & May, Proce. Mal. Soe., xii., 1916, 114, pl. v., 
f. 5. Port Arthur, Southern Tasmania. Type in “[asmanian Museum. 
Sypharochiton pellis-serpentis Quoy & Gaimard: Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. 

Aust., xlvi., 1922, 20. (Includes S. sinclairi Gray!). (Not Chiton pelli- 

serpentis Quoy & Gaimard). May, Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xvi, 

f, 12. 

Shell large, elevated, carinated, side slopes convex. Colour generally dark 
to blackish brown, but frequently with valve ii. wholly black, the jugum black, 
and the other valves yellowish-white, sometimes flamed with black. 

This shell differs from S. septentriones in the larger size, more oval shape, 
weaker sculpture, more weakly striate and glossy girdle scales. The variation in 
sculpture was commented on by Iredale and May, and more material has shown 
this variation to be a marked feature of the southern Tasmanian species, hence 
the reports of S. sinelairi from that locality. The species, further, in compari- 
son with the New South Wales species, is more elevated, with the mucro more 
central, more elevated, and consequently the post-mucronal area is more pro- 
nounced. 

Interior: Greenish, darker medially. Slits 10-11—1—12-14. 

Dimensions: 63 x 35 mm. (dried). 

Station: This species appears to frequent the water much more than the 
Peronian shell which, like the New Zealand species, lives near or even above high 
water mark. Hence, while the two latter are generally represented by eroded 
shells, the former can be procured in fine, bright specimens with little or no 
erosion. 

Remarks: Examples from the north coast of Tasmania are generally smaller 
and more elevated; the sculpture bolder and more like the New Zealand species. 
No examples have been taken in Victoria nor in Twofold Bay, New South Wales, 
the Peronian species appearing to die out about Montague Island. 


SYPHAROCHITON MAYI. 
Plate xxxvii., figs. 6, 7, 8. 
Ischnochiton (Haploplax) mayi Pilsbry, Nautilus, viii., 1895, 128. Eagle Hawk 
Neck, East Coast, Tasmania. Type in Acad. Philad. 
Ischnochiton mayi Hedley & Hull, Ree. Aust. Mus., vii., 1909, 264, pl. lxxiv., f- 
28. May, Illus. Index Tas. Shells, 1923, pl. xiv., f. 13. 
Ischnochiton (Haploplax) mayi var. viridis Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 
xliv., 1920, 264, pl. xi., f. 2. D’Entrecasteaux Channel, Tasmania. 
_ Shell small, rounded oval, semi-carinated, side slopes curved, valves beaked. 
Colour black, pale green with black girdle (var. viridis Ashby). 
Anterior valve finely quincuncially punctate, developing into small tubercles 
arranged concentrically, not radially, towards the margin. 
Median valves with central areas finely quincuncially punctate, fine lines 
suggested towards the edge; lateral areas raised, similarly sculptured, but 


OO — — 


] 


IREDALE AND HULL. 259 


tubercles developing towards the edge and massed by growth lines, more pro- 

minent with age. 

Posterior valve with mucro ante-median; ante-mucronal area quincuncially 
punctate; post-mucronal area showing small tubercles arranged concentrically, 
but not so marked as on the anterior valve. 

Girdle broad, covered with small, rounded, rather coarse scales, finely striate 
with six to eight shallow grooves. 

Interior blue; slits 10-1-12, teeth degenerate, pectination obsolete. 

Dimensions: 20 x 12 mm. 

Station: Under or upon stones above median tide mark. 

Habitat: Tasmania (Port Arthur, D’Entrecasteanx Channel, Frederick 
Henry Bay, Maria Island, Tamar Heads). 

Remarks: May & Torr (Pap. and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1912, 31), give the 
general dimensions as “breadth is three-fourths of the length,’ but none of our 
dried examples is relatively as broad. 

Genus SQUAMOPLEURA. 

Squamopleura Nierstrasz, Siboga Expeditie (Der Chitonen) Mon., xlviii., 1905, 
102. Type by monotypy Squamopleura imitator Nierstrasz from Java, a 
species of Sclerochiton preoccupied. 

Sclerochiton Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1881, 287, 289, ex Cpr. M.S. Nom. nud. 
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 188, ex Cpr. M.S. Type by monotypy 
Chiton miles Pilsbry, ex Cpr. M.S. Not Sclerochiton Kraatz, Wiegmann’s 
Archiv. fur Naturg., xxv., 1859, 133. 

This group seems to be related to Sypharochiton, and also to Liolophura, 
but in the type species the sculpture is like that of the latter, while in another 
series it is different, though not like that of the former. 

Shells medium to large, oval, round-backed, depressed, sculpture coarse, 
nodulose radials and longitudinal nodulose ribs; girdle scales small, loosely 
packed, striate; anterior insertion plate short, sharply denticulate, eight-slit; 
median valve similarly denticulate, one-slit, sinus with a projecting wedge not 
denticulate; posterigr insertion plate reduced almost to a callus, but finely toothed, 
sometimes two well-developed slits at the sides, but the intermediate slitting is 
indistinct. 

SQUAMOPLEURA CURTISIANA. 
Plate xxxvii., figs. 5, 26, 27. 

Chiton (Ischnochiton) curtisianus Smith, Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, 78, pl. vi. f. 
D. Port Curtis, Queensland. Type in Brit. Mus. 

Ischnochiton curtisianus Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1892, 97, pl. 24, f. 6. 

Enoplochiton torri Bastow & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xx., 1907, 27, pl. 
iii. & iv. Queensland. 

Sclerochiton aruensis Thiele, Revision Chitonen (Chun’s Zoologica, Heft 56), 
1910, 96, pl. x. f. 36-41. Type in Berlin Museum. 

Liolophura curtisiana Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 242. Hedley & Hull, 
Ree. Aust. Mus., vii., 1909, 265. 

Sclerochiton curtisianus Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., ix., 1910, 103. 

Shell medium, depressed, round-backed, oval; sculpture notable; girdle with 
very small seales. Colour dull brown or olive green with wedge-shaped black 
markings on the jugum. 

Anterior valve closely covered with small rounded nodules of different sizes, 
not arranged in rows; strong concentric growth lines present; numerous black 
eyes are irregularly distributed. 

Median valves with lateral areas scarcely raised, similarly sculptured; pleural 
areas sculptured with longitudinal rows of nodules, about twelve distinct on each 


260 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


side, then massed and indistinct over the jugum; growth lines, marked with age. 

Posterior valve with muero little elevated, sub-central; post-mucronal slope 
straight; post-mucronal area sculptured as anterior valve; ante-mucronal area 
as pleural area. 

Girdle moderately broad, covered with very small, numerous scales, loosely 
packed, striate. 

Interior bluish, medially blotched with purple. Slits 8-1-2. Callus regu- 
larly striate. 

Dimensions: 16 mm. long (type), 24 x 16 mm. (Anson Bay, Northern 
Territory). 

Station: On the upper side of stones in mud and on the piles of the wharf 
at Port Curtis, in the attached valves of dead oysters or in the interstices be- 
tween clumps of that shell; on the outside of littoral rocks (Port Denison), 
amongst oysters on the hull of an iron ship wrecked at Magnetic Island, Queens- 
land; and on the stones of a breakwater at Redcliff, Brisbane River. 

Habitat: Queensland, from Brisbane to Cape York; Northern Territory, 
Point Torment, North Western Australia. 


SQUAMOPLEURA CARTERI, n.sp. 
Plate xxxvii., figs. 18, 20, 28. 

Sclerochiton curtisianus Smith, Ashby, Proc. Roy. Soe. West. Aust., viii., 1923, 
34. Point Cloates, W.A. Not of Smith supra. 

Sclerochiton miles Pilsbry, Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., xlvii., 1923, 231, 
pl. xvili., f. 3 a-d. Carnarvon, W.A. Not of Pilsbry infra. 

[Seclerochiton thielei Ashby, id. ib., 233, Sumatra, is an absolute synonym of 
Squamopleura imitator Nierstrasz, Siboga Expeditie, xlvili., 1905, 102, f. 
212-218. Java]. 

Shell large, round-backed, broadly oval, depressed, sculpture weak, girdle 
with small scales. Colour yellowish-green, with brown stripe on the jugum. 

Anterior valve broad, closely covered with fine nodules, and showing con- 
centric growth lines. 

Median valves with laterals a little raised, sculptured with nodules as an- 
terior valve; pleural areas marked with fine transverse lines, a few wrinkled 
longitudinals at the edge. 

Posterior valve with mucro depressed, submedian. 

Girdle scales small, loosely packed, striate, larger than those of S. curtisiana. 

Interior bluish, medially blotched with purple. Slits 8-1-2. Callus coarsely 
striate. 

Dimensions: 40 x 20 mm. - 

Station: On the upper side of flat littoral rocks near high water mark. 

Habitat: Point Cloates, North Western Australia. 

Remarks: The type of this species, collected by Mr. Tom Carter, is in the 
Western Australian Museum. Ashby recorded the species as S. miles which. 
however, it does not resemble, but agrees more closely with the form he has 
called S. thielei, which is identical with S. imitator Nierstrasz. It is interesting 
to find the range of the forms concurrent, so that we may suggest different 
origin, and that this species, and S. imitator, go together. Showing the sculpture 
of Liolophura and Clavarizona, they may be more closely allied to those genera ; 
while S. curtisiana may be near Sypharochiton. 


[SQUAMOPLEURA MILES. 


Chiton (Sclerochiton) miles Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 189, pl. 46, f. 1-5. 
Torres Strait. Mus. Cuming in Brit. Mus. 


Ischnochiton araucarianus Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soe, N.S.W., xxiii., 1900, 100, fig. 


— 


ide 


IREDALE AND HULL. 261 


in text. Isle of Pines, New Caledonia. 

Paratypes of araucarianus were compared by Iredale with the type of miles 
in the British Museum, and he noted “the type of miles is smaller, the scales are 
more closely packed, probably through drying; same irregularity in size, and 
similarly striated; both worn, but sculpture similar; would not separate them.” 
Hull has collected a series on the Islands of the Loyalty group, and a further 
comparison of these reveals no characters that can be utilised for separation. 
S. miles may be removed from the Australian list, the locality cited (Torres 
Strait) being erroneous; the type was probably collected by Macgillivray at the 
Island of Pines]. 


Genus CLAVARIZONA. 
Clavarizona Hull, Aust. Zool., iii., 1923, 199. Type by original designation 
Chiton hirtosus Blainville. 
Similar to Liolophura, excepting the girdle covering, which consists of short, 
obtuse, striated scales, resembling the heads of aboriginal clubs or nulla nullas. 


CLAVARIZONA HIRTOSA. 
Plate xxxvil., figs. 9-12, 17, 21. 

Chiton hirtosus Blainville, Dict. Sei. Nat. (Levrault), xxxvi., 1825, 546 (ex Peron 
M.S.). Seas of King Island, error = King George Sound, South Western 
Australia. Type in Paris Mus. 

Chiton georgianus Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., i1., 1835, 379, pl. 75, 
f. 25-30. King George Sound, South Western Australia. Type in Paris 
Mus. 

Liolophura georgiana Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 241, pl. 53, f. 36-40. 

Acanthopleura (Liolophura) georgiana Thiele, Fauna Sud.-West. Aust., 1911, 
399. 

Plaxiphora pustulosa Torr, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxxv., 1911, 107, pl. xxv., 
ft. 7. Albany, South Western Australia (founded on a valve). Type in 
coll. Torr. 

Clavarizona hirtosa Hull, Aust. Zool., iii., 1923, 199, pl. xxvili., f. 9-12. 

Shell large, broadly oval, moderately carinated, side slopes convex. Colour 
olive-green, brown or black, the two former generally having the dorsal area 
darker in a series of V-shaped markings, the black shells occasionally exhibiting 
on one or more of the median valves white patches which extend to the adjacent 
parts of the girdle. 

Anterior valve crowded with oval tubercles, irregularly radiating towards 
the margin; several concentric growth lines causing undulation of the surface. 

Median valves with lateral areas strongly differentiated, sculptured with 
eight or more radiating rows of elongated polished tubercles: central areas with 
numerous wavy concentric lines over the dorsal area, and breaking up into large 
oblong tubercles becoming more pronounced towards the margins. Valve ii. also 
shows three or more vertical lines on the dorsal area, crossing the wavy lines 
and converging posteriorly. 

Posterior valve with projecting terminal mucro, the large ante-mucronal area 
sculptured similarly to the central areas of the median valves; the post-mucronal 
area almost recurved, and sculptured with a few elongate tubercles. 

All valves with numerous ocelli, scattered on valve i., and chiefly along the 
diagonal in two or more rows in valves ii. to viii. 

Girdle densely clothed with short obtuse or conical striated scales; colour 
generally in bands of white and black alternating, the portions in front of the 
anterior and behind the posterior valves being white. 


262 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Interior purple-brown, sutural laminae whitish. Anterior valve with 10 
slits, median valves 1-slit; all insertion plates deeply pectinated, posterior valve 
with broad rough callus. 

Dimensions: 60 x 35 mm. (dried shell). 

Station: On the surface or in erevices of the rocks between high spring and 
mean tide marks. Juveniles are sometimes found under stones. 

Habitat: South Western Australia. 


Genus LIOLOPHURA. 


Liolophura Pilsbry, Nautilus, vi. 1893, 105. Type by original designation 

Chiton japonicus Lischke. 

Lioloplewra Cox, P.L.S., N.S.W., ser. 2, viii, 1893, 426. 

Valves exposed, dull and somewhat roughened, generally eroded outside, 
with minute eyes irregularly scattered over the lateral areas, the head-valve and 
the sides of the central areas. Interior dark coloured, having anterior and side 
insertion-plates slit into teeth and sharply pectinated outside; posterior valve 
with posterior terminal muero, lacking the insertion-plate, which is represented 
by a flat callous ledge. Girdle covered with stout calcareous spines of varying 
s1zes. 

LIOLOPHURA GAIMARDI. 
Plate xxxvil., figs. 13-16, 19, 31. 
Chiton gaimardi Blainville, Dict. Sei. Nat. (Levrault), xxxvi., 1825, 546. Port 

Jackson, New South Wales. Type in Paris Mus. 

Chiton incanus Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii., 1846, 145, New South Wales. 

Type in Philad. Acad. United States Expl. Exped. Moll., 315. Atlas, pl. 

28, f. 432, 432a. 

Maugeria incanus Gould, Otia Conch., 1862, 248. 
Acanthopleura incana Smith, Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, 81. Haddon, Zool. Chal- 

lenger, xv., 1886, Polypl., 25. 

Liolophura gaimardi Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 240, pl. 53, f. 30-35, Hull, 

Aust. Zool., ii., 1923, 198, pl. xxviii., f. 1-4. 

Shell the smallest of the genus; broadly oval, depressed, round-backed, 
valves beaked. Colour greenish-grey to blackish-brown, with a V-shaped black 
marking on the jugum of valves ii. to vill. 

The sculpture of all valves consists of wavy, concentric, nodulose ridges, 
the nodules becoming. more pronounced towards the margins; lateral areas not 
very clearly differentiated. 

Posterior valve with mucro post-median, post-mucronal slope concave. 

Girdle alternately black and white barred. densely covered with calcareous 
spines of three distinct forms: (a) small, pebbly, rounded, irregular scales, (b) 
larger conical truncated spines, (c) long, pointed, slightly curved spines. 

Interior dull purple, sutural laminae white. 

Dimensions: 45 x 25 mm. Slits: 10-11—1—0. 

Station: On the upper surface of rocks, in crevices, and on the dead shells 
of rock oysters, between high water and median tide mark. 

Habitat: New South Wales, from Port Hacking to Broken Bay (about 40 
miles of coast line from point to point, not including some hundreds of miles 
of indentations of the four harbours opening on to the coast). 

Remarks: Very common in Port Jackson and Broken Bay, but rare on the 
ocean front. Valves nearly always eroded, even in very young examples. It is 
quite possible that this species may be yet found outside the very limited habitat 
abovementioned. 


——— so 


aT 


ee 


IREDALE AND HULL. 263 


LIOLOPHURA QUEENSLANDICA. 
Plate xxxvii., figs, 23-25, 30, 32. 
Liolophura gaimardi queenslandica Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1894, 

87. Bundaberg, Queensland. Type in Philad. Acad. 

Liolophura queenslandica Hull, Aust. Zool., ii., 1923, 199, pl. xxviii., f. 5-8. 

Shell larger than the preceding species; anterior valve covered with oval 
tubercles, not arranged in any distinctly radial lines; lateral areas of median 
valves clearly differentiated, sculptured with seven or more radiating rows of 
oval tubercles; central areas horizontally lined. 

Posterior valve with mucro nearly terminal; ante-mucronal area horizon- 
tally lined; post-mucronal area tuberculate. 

Girdle scales somewhat similar to those of L. gaimardi, but smaller, the 
conical type predominating. 

{Interior dark purple-brown, sutural laminae lighter. Slits: 10-11—1—0. 

Dimensions: 55 x 35 mm. 

Station: Similar to that of Z. gaimardi, and also under stones in rock 
pools. 

Habitat: Northern New South Wales, Queensland to Townsville. 

Remarks: Very common on the ocean coast, even in the most exposed posi- 
tions, where the valves are generally eroded; when found under stones in rock 
pools the sculpture is less affected, examples being occasionally found with the 
sculpture intact. In the latter station the girdle is distended to such an extent 
that the scales and spines are widely separated, showing the white surface of 
the integument to which they are attached. Upon removing the shell from the 
stones the girdle rapidly contracts, and the covering scales and spines become 
crowded together, as seen in all dried specimens. 


Genus ACANTHOZOSTERA, n. gen. * 
Type Chiton gemmatus Blainville. 


Shells large, round-backed, depressed, oval, sculpture coarse, small nodules 
on anterior valve and lateral areas, pleural areas with irregular linear nodules; 
posterior valve with mucro prominent, elevated, terminal; girdle densely clothed 
with long, slightly curved or straight calcareous spines, alternately banded in 
black and white. insertion plates in all valves long and strongly denticulate, that 
of the posterior valve almost perpendicular; teeth coarse, deeply grooved ex- 
teriorly, irregularly spaced, 8-12:in anterior and posterior valves. invariably 1 
on each side of the median valves. Differs from Amphitomura Pilsbry (Nau- 
tilus vi., 1893, 105. Type by original designation Chiton borbonicus Deshayes 
= brevispinosus Sowerby) in that the latter has the mucro depressed, and the 
insertion plate of the posterior valve reduced almost to a striated callus, ‘with 
two well-pronounced lateral teeth. 


ACANTHOZOSTERA GEMMATA. 
Plate xxxvii., figs. 33, 34. 

Chiton gemmatus Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), xxxvi., 1825, 544. New 
Holland. Type in Paris Mus. ?. 

Acanthopleura spiniger B. A. Smith, Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, 81. Haddon, Zool. 
Challenger, xv., 1886, Polypl.. 23. Not Chiton spiniger Sowerby, Mag. 
Nat. Hist. (Charlesworth), iv., 1840, 287, Suppl., pl. xvi.. f. 2. Loe. un- 
known. Type lost. 


*See Amphitomura, p. 170, ante. 


264 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Acanthopleura gemmata Iredale, P.Z.S., 1914, 668. 

Acanthopleura gemmata queenslandica Ashby, Journ. Proc. Roy. Soe. West 
Aust., viii, 1923, 30. Dunk Island, Queensland. Type in coll. Ashby. 
[Chiton cunninghami Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, pl. xxvii, sp. & f. 181. 

Australia. Type in Brit. Mus. appears to be Amphitomura brevispinosa 

Sowerby, and not Australian]. 

Shell large, round-backed, depressed; colour brown or greenish-grey, with 
inverted V-shaped markings or straight dorsal line in black on valves il. to 
viii., or wholly black. 

Anterior valve minutely granulose throughout, studded with large tubercles, 
rarely rayed or forming concentric lines; small eyes notable. 

Median valves minutely granulose throughout; pleural areas often showing 
no other sculpture, sometimes with tubercles also; lateral areas small, slightly 
raised, with irregular larger tubercles, sometimes rayed. 

Posterior valve with mucro elevated, post-median; post-mucronal slope a 
little convex. 

Girdle broad and fleshy, densely covered with long calcareous spines, slightly 
curved or straight, black, green or white, generally alternately banded. 

Interior purplish-brown, sometimes showing a bluish sheen medially, and 
paler laterally. Slits 8-12—1—8-12. 

Dimensions: 95 x 60 mm. (dried example), living examples may be found 
up to 120 x 80 mm. 

Station: On the surface or in crevices of rocks or coral “nigger heads”; or 
under stones above median tide mark, frequently at or near high water mark. 

Habitat: Tropical Australia (Torresian Region, including the whole coast- 
line from Darwin east and south to Port Curtis, and west and south to Bun- 
bury). 

Remarks: The variation in this species is seen mostly in shape—broad or 
narrow—elevation, size, density and length of girdle spines. The very extensive 
series examined from the entire Torresian Region discloses no geographical 
difference between eastern and western examples, a great deal of the variation be- 
ing due to the ecological environment. Erosion is general, as is usual with 
emergent species; it is worthy of remark, however, that fully adult specimens in 
perfect condition, without any trace of erosion, have been taken from under 
stones above median tide mark. 


Genus ACANTHOPLEURA. 
Acanthopleura Guilding, Zool. Journ., v., 1829, 27. Type by subsequent desig- 
nation (Gray, P.Z.S., 1847, 168) Chiton spinosus Bruguiere. 
Francisia Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1881, 284, 289, 290; 1882, ex Cpr. M.S. 

Type by monotypy Chiton spinosus Bruguiere. 

Shell large, round-backed, depressed, oval, sculpture finer than in Acantho- 
zostera, girdle spines exceedingly long and curved. The long teeth of the inser- 
tion plate in the anterior valve, more than half the length of the tegmentum, 
and the slitting (more than one) of the median valves, characterise this group 
internally; the very long girdle spines distinguishing the genus superficially. 


ACANTHOPLEURA SPINOSA. 
Plate xxxviii., figs. 1, 2. 

Chiton spinosus Bruguiere, Journ. d’Hist. Nat. (Paris), i., 1792, 25, pl. 2; tase 
2 A.B.C. Loc. unknown. Type lost. Chiton spinosus Burrows, Elem. of 
Conch., 1815, 185, pl. xxvi., f. 4. Loe. unknown. Type lost, 

Chiton spinosus Reeve, Conch. Teon., iv., 1847, pl. 9, f. 51. 


a a ae ae ee 


ii. 


eS ee 


— a 


IREDALE AND HULL. 265 


Francisia spinosa Haddon, Zool. Challenger, xv., 1886, Polypl., 30. 
Acanthopleura spinosa Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 220, pl. 45, f. 80-87. 
Acanthopleura spinosa var. montebelloensis Ashby, Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. West 

Aust., vili., 1923, 32. Monte Bello Island. Type in coll. Ashby. 

Shell large, depressed, round-backed, oval. Colour wholly blue-black. 

Anterior valve very finely radially ribbed with minute nodules, concentrically 
finely lined with minute growth lines. 

Median valves with lateral areas scarcely raised, sculptured as in anterior 
valve; pleural areas smooth, valve erossed by minute growth lines. 

Posterior valve with mucro elevated, at posterior fourth; post-mucronal area 
convex, sculptured as anterior valve. ante-mucronal area as pleural area, growth 
lines more marked. 

Girdle broad, fleshy, covered with very long, curved, black spines. 

Interior bluish-white, purple medially. Slits 15-16—1-3—8~-10. 

Dimensions: 77 x 46 mm. 

Station: On the surface of rocks above median tide mark. 

Habitat: North-western, North-eastern and Northern Australia. (Extra- 
limital, Java, Timor, New Guinea, Philippine Islands, New Caledonia). 

Tropical Northern Australia. 


Genus ONITHOCHITON. 
Onithochiton Gray, P.Z.S., 1847, 65. Type by subsequent designation (id., p. 
169) Chiton undulatus = O. neglectus Rochebrune. 
Ornithochiton Cpr., in Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1881, 284. (Emendation only). 
Shell small to large, round-backed, oval, elevated; sculpture of nodules or 
fine linear longitudinals; girdle fleshy, very finely spiculose; posterior valve with 
callus only; insertion plates finely denticulate, as is the sinus; sutural laminae 
large; eight slits in anterior valve, one on each side of median valves. 


ONITHOCHITON QUERCINUS. 
Plate xxxviil., figs. 4-9. 

Chiton quercinus Gould, Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii., 1846, 142. New Soutlt 
Wales. Type in Philad. Acad. U.S. Expl. Exped. Moll., 312, f. 437. 
Chiton ineii Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, pl. xvi., sp. 94, f. 96 = 94. Raines 

I., Torres Strait. Capt. Ince. Type in Mus. Cuming in Brit. Mus. 

Onithochiton rugulosus Angas, P.Z.S., 1867, 115, pl. mii., f. 29. Port Jackson, 
New South Wales. Type in Brit. Mus. 

Onathochiton lyellii Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 247, pl. 55, f. 1-7. 

Onithochiton quercinus id. ib., 248, pl. 55, f. 12, 13. 

Onithochiton rugulosus id. ib., 249, pl. 55, f. 19. 

Onithochiton scholvieni Thiele, Revision Chitonen (Chun’s Zoologica, Heft 56), 
ii., 1910 = Dec., 1909, 99, pl. x., f. 60, 61. New South Wales. Type in 
Berlin Museum. Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xlvii., 1923, 230, pl. 
Sqibtl, tty ak 
Shell large, elongate oval, round-backed, weakly sculptured. Colour ex- 

tremely variable and brilliant, consisting generally of wavy vertical splashes of 

red, brown or green on a creamy or buff ground, with darker smaller splashes 
on the jugum; sometimes entirely black, deep red, rose, or green; occasionally 
with one or more valves in black and the otbers having the vertical coloured 
wavy splashes. 

Anterior valve with nine radial rows of eyes separated by series of crescen- 
tie sulci giving an appearance of imbricating flattened, broad scales (quercinus), 
sometimes with the rows of eyes indistinct, otherwise smooth save for growth 


266 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


lines (scholvieni); juvenile with bolder nodule-like markings, apical portion 
smooth (rugulosus). ‘ 

Median valves with lateral areas little raised, a semi-nodulose diagonal rib, - 
crossed by longitudinal wavy close-set riblets which pass across the pleural areas, 
becoming weak on the jugum (quercinus) ; otherwise with lateral areas scarcely 
raised, smooth save for growth lines, pleural area with a few slight longitudinal 
cuts vanishing on the jugum (scholvieni); juvenile with well marked nodulose 
rib separating the lateral from the pleural area, and another nodulose rib touch- 
ing the lateral; pleural area well ridged (rugulosus). 

Posterior valve with mucro depressed, terminal; sculpture agreeing with 
that of preceding valves. 

Girdle very broad, fleshy, very finely spiculose. 

Interior pinkish-white with central purple blotch. Slits 8-1-0, callus well 
formed. 

Dimensions: 60 x 32 mm. 

Station: On the upper side or at the edge of insertion of stones in deep 
pools, below low water mark; or on the surface or in crevices of rocks above 
median tide mark. In the former station nearly all examples are in perfect 
condition, the girdle is soft and spongy, and delicately veined in red. In the 
latter station the examples are almost invariably very old, eroded or overgrown 
with Lithothamnia, and the girdle is leathery, banded black and yellow. 

Habitat: New South Wales; Queensland as far north as Mackay (? Raine 
I.); Western Australia from Esperance to Abrolhos Is. 

Remarks: Thiele described as from New South Wales a new species, O. 
scholvieni, and Iredale recognised in this species the Western Australian shell, 
suggesting that Thiele’s locality was erroneous, but he now finds that Thiele’s 
form is common in New South Wales, and may represent a sexual difference, 
in any case it cannot be regarded as specific. Other species of Onithochiton 
show somewhat similar variation, and the two extremes always attract attention, 
so that we have figured both forms. 

The Western Australian shells all seem to be of the scholvieni type, while 
some are altogether smooth. 


ONITHOCHITON ASHBYI. 
Plate xxxviii., fig. 3. 


Onithochiton ashbyi Bednall & Matthews, Proc. Mal. Soe., vii., 1906, 92, pl. ix., 

f. 2, 2c. South Australia. Type in coll. Bednall, now Matthews. 

Shell small, elongate oval, elevated, not carinated, side slopes curved; sculp- 
ture of coarse nodules on anterior yalve and lateral areas, pleural areas smooth; 
girdle horny (probably fleshy when alive). Colour rich cream, splashed along 
the jugal area with bright orange-brown, a few blotches of the same colour at 
the sides of some valves. 

Anterior valve with scattered nodules irregularly and interruptedly rayed; 
eight rays may be distinguished. 

Median valves with lateral areas small but strongly elevated, with two ir- 
regular rows of elongated elevated nodules; pleural areas smooth, very finely 
transversely striate. 

Posterior valve with mucro terminal, a little upturned. post-mucronal area 
present only as an upturned edge with three nodulose ridges present; ante- 
mucronal area a little concave, smooth. 

Girdle horny (in dried type shell). 

Interior white. Slits 8-1-0; posterior callus sinuate medially. 

Dimensions: 8.5 x 4.5 mm. (curled type). 


no 
oO 
~I 


{REDALE AND HULL, 


Station: ?. 

Habitat: South Australia. 

Remarks: The original figure is poor, as noted by the authors. Our figure 
and description are from the type. At present only two specimens are known. 


Genus Lucrnina. 


Lucilina Dall, Proe. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1881, 290. New name for Lucia. Type by 
monotypy Chiton confossus Gould. 

Lueia Gould, Proc. Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist., viii, 1862, 283. Type by ariginal 
designation Chiton confossus Gould. Feejees. 

Toniciopsis Thiele, Das Gebiss der Schnecken (Troschel), ii., 1892, 371. Type 
by subsequent designation (Thiele, 1909), Chiton pictus Reeve. 

Shell small to medium, elevated, round-backed or carinated, elongate oval, 
posterior valve with prominent elevated mucro, sculpture of pits and nodules, 
girdle fleshy, finely spiculose; insertion plates finely pectinated, as is sinus; slits 
8-1-12, the posterior insertion plate with a forward tendency. ‘Two well-defined 
sections are found in Australian waters, the one large, weakly sculptured, round- 
backed; the other smaller, strongly sculptured, carinated; a third, like the latter 
but more finely sculptured, occurs throughout the Pacific. 


LUCILINA FORTILIRATA. 
Plate xxxviil., fig. 11. 


Chiton fortiliratus Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, pl. xvii, sp. & f. 112. Raine’s 
I. Torres Strait. Type in Mus. Cuming in Brit. Mus. Smith, Zool. Coll. 
Alert, 1884, 84. Port Darwin. 

Tonicia fortilirata Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 207, pl. 40, f. 3, 4. 

Shell medium, elongate oval, semi-carinated, sculpture very bold, especially 
on pleural areas; girdle fleshy. Colour yellowish, variegated with green, stained 
. with red in the middle (type). In a series from Darnley Island, Torres Strait, 
considerable variation is seen, some being wholly red, others greyish splashed 
with green only, and one with black markings on valves ii., iii., and viii. 

Anterior valve with curved separate nodules, apices backward, rayed in a 
dozen irregular rays, apex smooth. 

Median valves with lateral areas raised with two obsoletely nodulose radials 
bounding the area, about ten nodules to a row, enclosing three or more irregular 
rows of smaller nodules; pleural areas with about ten broad square-cut ridges 
with narrow interstices on each side, leaving a very narrow smooth jugal line. 


Posterior valve with muero elevated, post-median; post-mucronal slope con- 
vex, anfe-mucronal area concave, sculptured as pleural areas; post-mucronal area 
rayed with fine nodules, about twenty rather irregular rows being counted. 

Girdle fleshy, becoming horny in dried examples, densely covered with minute 
spicules. 

Interior pinkish-white. Slits 8-1-13. 

Dimensions: 28 x 18 mm. (type), 16.5 x 8 mm. (specimen figured and 
described). 

Station: Under stones in coral sand below low water mark; dredged in 8-10 
fathoms in sand and mud (Coppinger). 

Habitat: Raines Island, Torres Strait (Ince, type), Port Darwin (Cop- 
pinger), Darnley Island (E. H. Matthews). 


268 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


LUCILINA RAINFORDIANA. 
Plate xxxviii., fig. 10. 

Lucilina rainfordiana Hull, Proce. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxxvi., 1924, 115, pl. 
xxi, f. 3. Port Denison, North Queensland. Type in Queensland Museum. 
Shell small to medium, elevated, carinated, side slopes very slightly convex. 

Colour very variable, brilliant when alive, in most instances fading to dull brown, 

red or green when dry. 

Anterior valve with eleven radiating grooves, the interspaces filled by 4-0 
imbricating pustules with the apices directed backward. Ocelli visible all over 
the valve. 

Median valves with lateral areas strongly differentiated, covered with three 
radiating rows of large flattened imbricating pustules, the central row smaller 
than the two outer ones; central areas having 10-12 high curved riblets, the bases 
corresponding with the anterior row of pustules on the lateral areas, and curving 
inwards to the jugum; ocelli visible on all the valves, mostly seattered along the 
grooves in the lateral areas. 

Posterior valve with mucro very prominent, posterior, nearly straight be- 
hind; ante-mucronal area similar to central areas of median valves, with ocelli 
visible between the riblets; post-mucronal area densely covered with small rounded 
pustules. 

Girdle wide, fleshy, densely covered with minute short chaffy spicules. 

Interior bluish-white. Slits 8—1—12-13. 

Dimensions: 15 x 7.5 mm. (type), 24 x 15 (maximum measured). 

Station: On the under side of stones and dead coral in coral sand below low 
water mark. 

Habitat: Queensland, from Port Denison to the Capricorn Islands. 

Remarks: This is the southern form of L. fortilirata, the principal difference 
being in its bolder sculpture throughout, but especially marked on the lateral 
areas, 


LUCILINA SHIRLEYI. 
Plate xxxviii., figs. 12, 14. 

Lucilina shirleyi Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soe., xi., 1914, 131, new name for Chiton 
pictus Reeve. Type in Brit. Mus. 

Chiton pictus Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, pl. xv., sp. & f. 79. Raines Island, 
Torres Strait. Type in Mus. Cuming in Brit. Mus. Not Chiton pictus 
Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), xxxvi., 1825, 541. 

Tonicia confossa Gould, Melvill & Standen, Journ. Linn. Soe. (Lond.), xxvii., 
1891, 180. 

Tonicia picta Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 211, pl. 40, f. 5, 6. 

Shell medium, elongate oval, elevated, round-backed. Colour variable; 
pinkish-white, showily painted with green and scarlet spots (Reeve); in a very 
large series, collected by Hull and Rainford along the Queensland coast from 
Whitsunday Passage to Howick Islands numerous colour varieties oceur, some 
being wholly dark-red, others reddish, splashed with green, others with one or 
more valves in black. The colouring is very brilliant in living examples, but is 
not so liable to fade when dry as in the two preceding species. 

Anterior valve with rays of inverted V-shaped nodules, subimbricating, show- 
ing eyes between. 

Median valves with laterals little raised, bounded by two indistinet ribs 
more or less elongately tile marked, intervening area depressed, faintly nodulose, 
rows of eyes behind the anterior rib; pleural areas marked with continuation 
upward of the longitudinal ribs which tend to turn and eross towards the jugum ; 


the jugal area broad, wedge-shaped, smooth but pitted irregularly with jagged 
dashes. 


_———— le eee es ee 


IREDALE AND HULBb. 269 


Posterior valve large, mucro elevated at about posterior fourth; post- 
mucronal slope slightly convex; ante-mucronal area as pleural areas; post- 
mueronal area faintly nodulosely rayed, often almost smooth. 

Girdle wide, fleshy, densely covered with minute chaffy spicules. 

Interior white. Slits 8-1-12. 

Dimensions: 30 x 15 mm., dried example from Darnley Island figured. 

Station: On the under side of stones or blocks of dead coral embedded in 
mud or ¢oral sand, generally above median tide mark, but also found in deeper 
water. 

Habitat: Queensland, from Torres Strait to Capricorn Group. 

Remarks: The group to which this species belongs shows so little variation 
that subspecific rank is probably all the named members are entitled to. As the 
western (Sharks Bay) series is separable we allow the species until a review 
with series from each locality is undertaken. The earliest deseribed species is 
Chiton lamellosus Quoy & Gaimard (Voy. Astrol. Zool., iii, 1835, 386, pl. 74, fF. 
29-32) from Tonga Tabu, then comes Chiton confossus Gould (Proc. Bost. Soe. 
Nat. Hist., ii., 1846, 143) from Fiji. 


LUCILINA DILECTA. 
Plate xxxviil., fig. 15. 


Lucilina dilecta Thiele, Die Fauna Sudwest. Aust., iii., Dee., 1911, 397. Shark’s 
Bay, Western Australia. Type in Berlin Museum. Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soe. 
S. Aust., xlv., 1921, 47, pl. viii., f. 2 a-c. 
Tonicia truncata Odbner, Kungl. Svenska Vetensk. Handl. Bd., 52, No. 16, 1917, 
12. 
Tonicia (Lucilina) delecta Ashby, id. ib., xlvii., 1923, 230, pl. xviii., f. 2. 
Shell large, like the preceding species, but with stronger sculpture. 
Anterior valve more clearly sculptured with smaller wedge-shapd nodules. 
Median valves with lateral areas more regularly finely nodulose between the 
ribs; pleural areas more strongly sculptured with irregular ribs slanting towards 
the jugum, which is pitted; in some instances fine straight longitudinal ribs 
develop in the pleural areas, and a very distinet looking shell is seen. That 
this is only a variant is proved by the fact that some shells show both kinds of 
sculpture. 
Posterior valve with mucro more posterior and less elevated; radials on 
post-mucronal area more pronounced. 
Girdle and interior characters as in the preceding species. 
Dimensions: 46 x 25 mm. 
Station: Mr. Tom Carter collected a number of specimens which had been 
seraped off pearl oysters at Shark’s Bay, Western Australia. 
Habitat: Western Australia. 


Lucinina HULLIANA. 
Plate xxxviil., fig. 13. 


Tonicia hullianus Torr, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxxv., Dec., 1911, 104, pl. 
xxv., f. 4 af. Ellenbrook, South Western Australia. Type in coll. Torr. 
Shell medium, broad, elliptical, round-backed, side slopes curved. Colour 

reddish-buff, mottled on dorsal areas, turning to deep red on some of the lateral 

areas, a few minute irregular black and white spots. 

Anterior valve with about 15 or more fine striae radiating from the apex, 
with a slightly raised rib between each pair, each rib bearing ocelli. 

Median valves: the second is larger than the succeeding five; lateral areas 
with three to five almost obsolete flattened ribs, with ocelli in the interstices. 


270 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


pleural areas almost smooth, crossed by growth lines, and having a few ‘rudi- 
mentary pits; jugum smooth, flecked anteriorly with triangular white markings. 


Posterior valve with mucro prominent, terminal; post-mucronal slope per- 
pendicular; ante-mucronal area as pleural areas; post-mucronal area finely irre- 
gularly rayed, the rays crossed by growth lines. 

Girdle fleshy, covered with minute chaffy spicules. 

Interior pearly white. Slits 8-1-12. 

Dimensions: 30 x 20 mm. 

Station: Under a stone in a rock pool. 

Habitat: Ellenbrook, south of Cape Naturaliste, Western Australia. 

Remarks: Dr. Torr kindly lent us his type shell for examination and figur- 
ing. The species appears to be a remarkably smooth form of L. dilecta Thiele. 
As both species were described simultaneously, the descriptions appearing in 
December, 1911, priority must be given to Torr’s name should examination of a 
series show that both forms are found in the southern locality, as Torr’s shell 
was figured, while Thiele’s was not. 


LUCILINA CARPENTERT. 


Tonicia carpenteri Angas, P.Z.S., 1867, 116, pl. 13, f. 30. Port Jackson, Aus- 

tralia. Type in Brit. Mus. Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 1893, 208, pl. 40, f. 

Ch 

“Shell ovate, elevately convex, carinated, ashy white, ornamented at the 
hinder edges of the valves with pale spots, the spaces between which are very 
dark olive, melting into confused bands of a paler hue which extend nearly across 
the valves; valves rostrate, undulately concentrically subimbricately sculptured 
throughout; the lateral areas not raised but separated from the dorsal areas by 
an elevated rib. Posterior valve strongly gibbous, the umbo almost terminal; 
mantle margin brown. Length 9 lines. (Angas). 


Pilsbry publishes Carpenter’s descriptive notes, as follows:—“One specimen 
without anterior valve. The specimen as it stands measures length 17, breadth 
15 mill.; but measuring the valves only and allowing for the missing anterior 
valve it would be length 16, breadth 10 mill. Shell oval, moderately elevated, 
the dorsal ridge acute; olive clouded with dark, tessellated with light so as to 
appear toothed at the sutures. Mucro central, swelling, elevated, the posterior 
slope convex. Jugal area a rather narrow, nearly smooth dorsal line. Central 
areas with about 16 finely, rugosely sculptured, nearly concentric, but faint, 
grooves on the otherwise smooth surface. Lateral areas slightly raised by the 
curved diagonal; having lines of stumpy granules and concentrically rugosely 
grooved in continuation of the sculpture of the central areas, obsolete at sutures. 
Posterior valve concentrically grooved like the rest, all around. Girdle nearly 
smooth, very slightly lanugate. Posterior valve with 11 slits; teeth rather sharp, 
grooved outside. eaves very small. Sinns broad, flat, deep, having about 17 very 
slight teeth. 

This species is a transition toward Acanthoplewra in the thrown-forward 
teeth, but girdle and sinus are more Tonicioid.” 

We record this species with reservations. Many years of intensive collect- 
ing in Port Jackson have failed to disclose another example, and the genus is 
not known to oceur on the eastern coast of Australia south of the Capricorn 
group. From its description and figure it suggests a weakly sculptured L. for- 


tilirata. Iredale, from examination of the type, was unable to locate it, and is 


of opinion that it did not come from Port Jackson. 


a 


IREDALE AND HULL, 271 


Genus ScHIzOCHITON. 

Schizochiton Gray, P.Z.S., 1847, 65, 68. Type by monotypy Chiton ineisus 
Sowerby. 

Shell large, elongate, narrow, elevated, carinated, posterior valve deeply 
fissured, girdle spiculose, posteriorly slit; anterior insertion plate  six-slit, 
corresponding with the external rows of ocelli, which, however, sometimes number 
7 or 8, the additional rows developing at the edges; teeth denticulate; median 
valves with one or two slits on each side; sinus obsolete, finely denticulate. The 
genus is recognisable at sight by the fissured posterior valve, and the great 
development of the ocelli is a very remarkable feature. 

SCHIZOCHITON POLYOPS, n.sp. 
Plate xxxviil., figs. 16, 17, 19-21. 

Chiton elongatus Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, pl. viii., sp. & f. 40, a, b. Raines 
Island, Torres Strait. Capt. Ince. Type in Mus. Cuming in Brit. Mus. 
Not Chiton elongatus Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), xxxvi., 1825, 
542. 

Schizochiton elongatus Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., ii., 1877, 75. North 
Queensland. 

Schizochiton incisus BE. A. Smith, Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, 82. North Queensland. 
Not Chiton incisus Sowerby, P.Z.S., 1841, 61. I. Zebu, Philippine Islands. 
Haddon, Zool. Rep. Challenger, xvi., 1886, Polypl., 31. Melvill & Standen, 
Journ. Linn. Soe. (Lond ), Zool., xxvii., 1891, 181. 

Shell large, elongate, narrow, elevated, carinated. Colour greyish-white, 
flamed with brown, principally on the jugum, but sometimes so densely covered 
with colour markings that the whitish ground colour is almost entirely obscured. 

Anterior valve with six notable rays of ocelli, between which are wavy or 
zig-zag grooves, with ridges between being narrow, square-gut, of about the same 
width. 

Median valves with lateral areas smal!, very slightly raised, but a prominent 
ray of ocelli on the diagonal, the area being sculptured concentrically with 
grooves and ridges similar to those on the anterior valve; these pass over ‘and 
cross the pleural areas in all the valves except the second, on which they only 
cross at the edges and less than half way, otherwise leaving a large wedge- 
shaped jugal area, smooth, with longitudinal pitting; in the other valves the 
jugal area is a very narrow smooth band. 

Posterior valve as long as valve vii., with muero elevated, terminal, deeply 
fissured on the post-mucronal area, which bears three rays on each side of the 
fissure similar to those on the anterior valve and similarly seulptured between; 
ante-mucronal area as pleural areas. 

Girdle very broad, fleshy, densely finely spiculose, with bunches of larger 
spicules at the sutures. 

Interior white, sometimes pinkish or greenish, “with a large purple blotch 
medially. Slits 6-7—1-2—5-6. Sinus ecrenulated. 

Dimensions: 50 x 22 mm. 

Station: In crevices or on the under side of loose blocks of dead coral; 
sometimes under stones embedded in mud or coral sand at or above low ‘water 
mark. 

Habitat: North Queensland, from Cooktown to Torres Strait. 

Remarks: This species differs from S. incisus Sowerby from the Philippine 
Islands in the more numerous grooves and ridges on the lateral and central 
areas, and in the greater number of ocelli, the latter feature suggesting the 
name proposed. The jugum is also smooth or nearly so, while that of tthe 
northern species is striated. 


272 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


APPENDIX A. 


TERATOLOGY. 


Malformations, or deviations from the normal type of structure, in the form 
of shells possessing less than eight valves, are referred to in the first section of 
this Monograph under the heading “Teratology.” Linnaeus (Syst. Nat., ed. x., 
1758, 667) listed four species of the genus Chiton; C. hispidus, which he des- 
eribed as 6-valved, C. tuberculatus, 7-valved, and two other species 8-valved, in- 
dicating that he regarded the normal number of valves as varying from six to 
eight. Schumacher, the author of the ordinal name LORICATA, defined the 
group as consisting of shells with six or eight valves. Fleming (Hist. Brit. 
Anim., 1828, 289) deseribing Chiton marginatus Pennant (= Ischnochiton 
cinereus Linn.) stated “I possess a variety of this shell, which I found under a 
stone at Newhaven :n 1811, with enly six valves.” He also refers to the C. 
crinitus of Pennant, which the latter described as ‘‘with seven valves.” 

Pilsbry, in the introduction to his Manual, said: “It is likely that the six- 
valved were artificial fabrications, although a certain number may perhaps be 
traced to incorrect drawings. Most seven-valved specimens are due to the solder- 
ing together of two valves in consequence of some injury. ‘This is not un- 
common, a number of cases having come under my observation. Individuals 
actually seven-valved are known to occur, although they are far from common. 
The writer has examined many thousand Chitons, but has only seen two normally 
7-valved examples. One of these is figured . . . and as may be seen, it is in 
no respect abnormal save in the want of one central valve, and the consequent 
lengthening of the others. There is absolutely no trace of the missing valve. 
The absence of a valve produces no striking change in the general appearance 
of the animal, and it would be easy to pass one by among a quantity. Tihese 
considerations incline me to think that abnormalities in the valves may be less 
rare than supposed.” 

Henn (P.L.S., N.S.W., ser. 2, ix., 1894, 178) in describing the contents of 
a bottle found in a rock pool at low water, Watson’s Bay, Sydney, recorded 
“Cryptoplax striatus Lam. One specimen, three valves.’ Nierstrasz and Pel- 
seneer both misread this as meaning a specimen having three valves only, whereas 
it was a normal specimen and three separate valves. Oliver has quoted Pelseneer, 
without questioning the accuracy of the record. 

Bednall (Proc. Mal. Soe., ii., 1897, 154) under the heading of Plaxiphora 
conspersa Ad. & Ang. (= Kopionella matthewsi Iredale) quotes Pilsbry in part, 
and adds “Mr. Matthews is in possession of a veritable six-valved specimen of 
P. conspersa.” This shell is still in the Matthews collection, and another similar 
6-valved specimen, collected by Matthews, was included in a series of six examples 
of that species presented to the British Museum by Bednall, but it remained un- 
noticed until Iredale detected it in 1910. 

Iredale (Trans. N.Z. Inst., xi., 1907, 375) reeorded the oceurrence of a 5- 
valved specimen of Chiton pelliserpentis Q. & G., and a 6-valved Plaxiphora 
ovata Hutton, from New Zealand. The same author (Proc. Mal. Soe., ix., 1910, 
156) recorded Sclerochiton curtisianus Smith (= Squamopleura curtisiana) with 
seven valves, collected by him at Port Curtis, Queensland; two 7-valved Ischno- 
chitons from the Kermadee Islands (= J. kermadecensis Iredale), and a 7- 
valved Craspedochiton cinereus Linn., collected by him at Seascale, Cumberland, 
England. 

May and Torr (“The Polyplacophora of Tasmania,” Pap. & Proe. Roy. Soe. 
Tas., 1912, 29) under Ischnochiton crispus Reeve (== I. elongatus elongatus 
Blainville), place on record that “A very unusual five-valved specimen was found 
by W. G. Torr at Ulverstone (Tasmania) in July, 1908.” 


se Pe 


TREDALE AND HULL. 273 


Oliver (“Variation in Amphineura,” Trans. N.Z. Inst, lhii., 1921, 361) 
quotes previous records of abnormal extra-limital Loricates, and (in addition 
to those already mentioned in this Appendix) Onithochiton neglectus, with seven 
valves, from New Zealand, and deseribes a specimen of Callochiton (Levicoplax) 
platessa Gould, having seven valves on the left side only. 

S. Stillman Berry (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, xvi. July, 1925, 174) 
described an abnormal specimen of Acanthopleura granulata Gmelin from Key 
Vacea, Florida, which he considered sufficiently unusual to be made of record. 
“The malformation cons’sts not only in the reduction of the number of valves 
from eight to seven—an abnormality amply rare enough in itself to have in- 
duced comment practically wherever noted—but in the evident manner in which 
this has come to pass and the striking deformity which has resulted.” In this 
specimen the abnormality was caused by the fusion of valves i. and ii., resulting 
in a greatly elevated and beaked valve of twice the normal length. Berry re- 
fers, in the same paper, to Crozier’s record (Amer. Nat., 53, 1919, 278) of two 
specimens of Cliton tuberculatus Linn., collected at Bermuda, in which the last 
two plates were similarly coalesced. 

The example having three valves only, referred to in our introductory sec- 
tion, as being in the British Museum, belongs to the species [schnochiton con- 
tractus Reeve (= I. lineolatus Bla nville), and was collected in Victoria by Mrs. 
Kenyon, and recorded by Sykes (Journ. Malac., vii., 1900, 164, text-fig. 1). 

The foregoing records of abnormal examples are quoted chiefly to show 
how rare such aberrants were considered by the authors cited. The com- 
paratively large number of examples recorded by us is due, not only to a very 
keen examination of all specimens passing through our hands, but to the ex- 
tremely rich field provided by the Australian littoral. It is no exaggieration to 
say that a collector could easily take 1,000 Loricates, comprising at least twenty 
species, during one period of low water in Sydney Harbour, or any other fairly 
sheltered spot in the sandstone region. 

In May, 1925, Hull (P.L.S., N.S.W., 1, 1925, xxxix.) exhibited at a meet- 
ing of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 40 examples of abnormal 
Loricates, having less than eight valves. ‘Twenty species were represented, and 
there were specimens having five, six, or seven valves. In September, 1925, he 
exhibited specimens of two species of Loricates having nine valves each (loc. cit., 
xliii.). 

In examining some 30-40,000 Australian Loricates we have seen 78 specimens 
of 31 species having seven valves, and showing in only a few instances a trace 
of injury or fusion of two valves. There is no “consequent lengthening of the 
others,” such as Pilsbry describes in the case of his specimen. They are nearly 
all obviously congenital abnormalities, and the loss of one valve has not had any 
apparently injurious effect on the animals. In fact, many are particularly fine, 
healthy examples. We haye also found 17 examples of nine species having six 
valves, but have not so far found one with five; Torr’s I. crispus is the only 5- 
valved example of an Australian species known to us. In addition to the ap- 
parently congenital examples we have found numerous specimens in which injury 
has resulted in (a) the fusion of two valves, which form one of abnormal pro- 
portions (Plate xxxix., figs. 2 and 16), (b) the loss of one side of a median 
valve, and the complete closure of the resulting gap, with a consequent shorten- 
ing of the injured side and curvature of the dorsum (Plate xxxix., fig. 18), and 
(c) the fracture of one or more valves dorsally, with a curious recurved pro- 
longation of the fractured edges resulting from a determined effort on the part 
of the animal to effect repair of the damage. The lastnamed abnormality is 
illustrated by figures 17 and 18 of plate xxxix., and doubtless is the result of 


274 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


the complete fracture of the organic frame upon which the calcareous deposit 
forming the shell is lodged.* 

The discovery by Hull in 1925 of two perfect examples having nine valves 
was a striking proof of Pilsbry’s suggestion as regards seven-valved examples , 
that “it would be easy to pass one by among a quantity.” The specimens had 
been in his possession, one for four, and the other for two years, and it was . 
only when he was carefully examining his whole collection for abnormalities that 
these remarkable departures from the normal were noticed. They are both figured 


on plate xxxix. (figs. 14 and 15), and present no trace whatever of fission or | 
any injury which might result in the formation of an additional valve. Hach 
of the seven median valves is perfectly and symmetrically graduated, as in the 
case of a normal specimen having six median valves. In each ease valve ii. is 


longer, narrower, and more elevated than the remainder; valves iy., v., and vi. 
are practically of the same dimensions, while valve vii., and the adventitious one 
show a gradual reduction in width to meet the narrow tail valve. Recently Mr. . 
EH. M. Matthews returned from Darnley Island, Torres Strait, the proud possessor 
of a third nine-valved example, with the extraordinary report that some local | 
residents had informed him that such extravagant shells were “quite common.” ‘ 
In appending a list of species of the abnormal Australian Loricates re- 
corded, and that we have seen, or know are possessed by several Australian ecol- 
lectors, we would hazard the estimate that about 2 per 1,000 of the specimens 
examined by us exhibit congenital departures from the riormal] eight valves. The 
figure placed after the name of the collector indicates the number of examples of > 
each particular variety possessed by such collector. 
. 
. 


* By immersing a Loricate in a 25 per cent. solution of muriatic acid the 
calcareous deposit will be discharged, and the gelatinous frame, with all its details 
of sculpture, will remain. 


LIST OF ABNORMAL AUSTRALIAN LORICATES. 


(Those marked * have been previously recorded.) 


Ischnochiton elongatus elongatus, 5-valved, Torr 1*; 7-valved, Hull 5. 

Ischnochiton elongatus crispus, 6-valved, Hull 3, McAndrew 1; 7-valved, Hull 7, 
McAndrew 2. 

Ischnochiton examinandus examinandus, 7-valved, Hull 1 

Ischnochiton lineolatus, 3-valved, Brit. Mus. 1 (J. contractus *). ! 

Ischnochiton versicolor versicolor, T-valved, Hull 7, McAndrew 2. 

Ischnochiton examinandus examinandus, 7-valved, Hull 1. 

Heterozona cariosa, 7-valved, Hull 1. ¥ 

Heterozona subviridis, 7-valved, Hull 1. 

Ischnoradsia australis australis, 6-valved, Hull 1; 7-valved, Hull 1, MeAndrew 3. 

Ischnoradsia evanida novae-hollandiae, 7-valved, Hull 1. 

Haploplax smaragdina, 6-valved, Hull 1, MeAndrew 4; 7-valved, Hull 1, Me- 
Andrew 3. 

Haploplax lentiginosa, 6-valved, Hull 1. 

Haploplax arbutum, 7-valved, Hull 1. 

Icoplax mayi, 7-valved, Aust. Mus. 1. 

Levicoplax platessa, 6-valved, Brit. Mus. 1; 7-valved, Hull 3, Ashby 1. 

Eudoxoplax inornata, 7-valved, Hull 1, Torr 2. 

Lorica volvox, T-valved, Hull 1; 74-valved, Hull 1. - 

Loricella angasi, T-valved, MeAndrew 1, Hull 1. 

Kopionella matthewsi, 6-valved, Matthews 1*, Brit. Mus. 1°. 


or 


lo 


(REDALE AND HULL, 


Acanihochiton granostriatus, 7-valved, Hull 1. 

Meturoplax retrojecta, 7-valved, Hull 1. 

Notoplax gabrieli, G-valved, Hull 1. 

Craspedoplax variabilis, T-valved, Hull 2. 

Craspedoplax elegans, 7-valved, Hull 1. 

Cryptoplax iredalei, 7-valved, Hull 1. 

Poneroplax paeteliana, 7-valved, Hull 1. 

Delicatoplax translucens, 7-valved, Hull 1. 

Rhyssoplax cozi, 7-valved, Hull 2. 

Rhyssoplax jugosa, 7-valved, Hull 7, McAndrew 5; 74-valved, Hull 2. 

Rhyssoplax tricostalis, 7-valved, Hull 1, Matthews 1. 

Mucrosquama carnosa, 7-valved, Hull 1. 

Sypharochiton septentriones, 6-valved, Hull 1; 7-valved, McAndrew 1. 

Squamopleura curtisiana, 7T-valved, Hull 1. 

Liolophura gaimardi, 7-valved, Hull 1. 

Clavarizona hirtosa, 74-valved, Hull 1. 

Acanthozostera gemmata, 6-valved, Aust. Mus. 1; 9-valved, Hull 1*, Matthews 1. 

Onithochiton quereinus, T-valved, Hull 1, McAndrew 1; 9-valved, Hull 1*.. 
Recapitulation:—3-valved, 1 example; 5-valved, 1 example; 6-valved, 17 

examples of 9 species; 7-valved, 78 examples of 31 species; 74-valved, 4 examples 

of 3 species; 9-valyed, 3 examples of 2 species. Total aberrants, 102 examples 

of 37 species. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 
Plate xxxvii. 


Amaurochiton glaucus Gray, whole shell. 

Sypharochiton septentriones Ashby, whole shell. 

Sypharochiton maugeanus Iredale & May, half median valve, smooth var. 
Sypharochiton septentriones Ashby, posterior valve, side view. 
Squamopleura curtisiana Smith, whole shell. 

Sypharochiton mayi Pilsbry, posterior valve, inside view. 
Sypharochiton mayi Pilsbry, posterior valve, side view. 
Sypharochiton mayi Pilsbry, whole shell. 

Clavarizona hirtosa Blainville, anterior valve. 

10. Clavarizona hirtosa Blainville, half median valve. 

11. Clavarizona hirtosa Blainville, posterior valve. 

12. Clavarizona hirtosa Blainville, girdle scales. 

13. Liolophura gaimardi Blainville, anterior valve. 

14. Liolophura gaimardi Blainville, half median valve. 

15. Liolophura gaimardi Blainville, posterior valve. 

16. Liolophura gaimardi Blainville, girdle covering. 

17. Clavarizona hirtosa Blainville, posterior valve, inside view. 
18. Squamopleura carteri Iredale & Hull, girdle scales. 

19. Liolophura gaimardi Blainville, posterior valve, inside view. 
20. Squamopleura cartert Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 

21. Clavarizona hirtosa Blainville, whole shell. 

22. Amaurochiton glaucus Gray, girdle scales. 

23. Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry, anterior valve. 

24. Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry, half median valve. 

25. Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry, posterior valve. 

26. Squamopleura curtisiana Smith, posterior valve, inside view. 
27. Squamopleura curtisiana Smith, girdle scales. 

28. Squamoplewra carteri Iredale & Hull, posterior valve, inside view. 
29. Sypharochiton septentriones Ashby, girdle scales. 


OO IS ST OS pe 


276 


A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Liclophura queenslandica Pilsbry, girdle covering. 

Liolophura gaimardi Blainville, whole shell. 

Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry, whole shell. 

Acanthozostera gemmata Blainville, posterior valve, inside view. 
Acanthozostera gemmata Blainville, whole shell. 


Plate xxxviil. 
Acanthopleura spinosa Bruguiere, whole shell. 
Acanthopleura spinosa Bruguiere, posterior valve, side view. 
Onithochiton ashbyi Bednall & Matthews, whole shell. 
Onithochiton quercinus Gould, whole shell. 
Onithochiton quercinus Gould, whole shell, smooth form from Western 
Australia. 
Onithochiton quercimus Gould, anterior valve. 
Onithochiton quercinus Gould, half median valve. 
Onithochiton quercinus Gould, posterior valve. 
Onithochiton quercinus Gould, girdle covering. 
Lucilina rainfordiana Hull, whole shell. 
Lucilina fortilirata Reeve, whole shell. 
Lucilina shirleyi Iredale, posterior valve, side view. 
Lucilina hulliana Torr, whole shell. 
Lucilina shirleyi Iredale, whole shell. 
Lucilina dilecta Thiele, whole shell 
Schizochiton polyops Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 
Schizochiton polyops Iredale & Hull, half median valve. 
Schizochiton incisus Sowerby, half median valve. 
Schizochiton polyops Iredale & Hull, posterior valve from behind. 
Schizochiton polyops Iredale & Hull, posterior valve from above. 
Schizochiton polyops Iredale & Hull, posterior valve from side. 


Plate xxxix. 

Sypharochiton pelliserpentis Quoy & Gaimard, having five valves, re- 
sulting from fusion of ii. and ili, and vi. and vyii.; valve iv. or vy. 
wholly absent. (New Zealand). 

Ischnochiton elongatus crispus Reeve, having six valves; valves iv. and 
v. fused, valve vii. wholly absent. 

Ischnochiton versicolor versicolor Sowerby, 7-valved. 

Ischnoradsia evanida novae-hollandiae Reeve, 7-valved. 

Haploplax smaragdina Angas, 7-valved. 

Levicoplax platessa Gould, 7-valved. 

Lorica volvox Reeve, 7-valved. 

Rhyssoplax coxi Pilsbry, 7-valved. 

Rhyssoplax jugosa Gould, 7-valved. 

Rhyssoplax tricostalis Pilsbry, 7-valved. 

Liolophura gaimardi Blainville, 7-valved. 

Squamopleura curtisiana Smith, 7-valved. 

Poneroplaz paeteliana Thiele, 7-valved. 

Onithochiton quercinus Gould, 9-valved. 

Acanthozostera gemmata Blainville, 9-valved. 

Eudoxoplax inornata Tenison-Woods, having valves vi. and vii. fused. 

Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry, showing fracture and attempted re- 
pair of valve iii. 

Rhyssoplax jugosa Gould, showing fracture of valve ivy., attempted re- 
pair of the left-hand half, and complete loss of right-hand half; 
with closure of consequent gap, and resultant curvature of dorsum. 


277 


Tom, 
any 


ofeal a 14.4. 


ED, (za 


+ ie ati. -- + —— 


From a sketch by Tom Ferry. 


THE LATE ALLAN MeCULLOCH. 
Plate xl. 


By the death of Allan Riverstone McCulloch at Honolulu in August, 1925, 
Australia has lost one of her foremost systematic zoologists, whose reputation as 
an ichthyologist was world-wide. 

McCulloch was a man of retiring disposition, but with a really genial nature 
underlying his reticence. He had a boundless enthusiasm for his work, and no 
amount of ill-health could moderate either his enthusiasm or his industry. Enter- 
ing the service of The Australian Museum at an early age, he was at first in- 
terested in the decapod crustacea, but soon turned to what was to become his 
life’s work, the ordering of the Australian fish fauna. He described many new 
species, but the unravelling of old tangles lay nearer to his heart, and tthe clear- 
ing up of a difficult piece of synonymy always gave him acute pleasure. He 
set himself certain limits in his ichthyological work, and those limits may, to 
some, appear narrow, but that adjective cannot be applied to the man himself. 
He demareated his field, then cleared and ploughed and harrowed it, and has 
left a fair tillage. Future students of Australian fishes will call him blessed. 
His series of reports upon the Endeavour collections are masterly, and have 


278 THE LATE ALLAN McOULLOOH. 


called forth the encomiums of the doyen of ichthyologists, Dr. David Starr Jor- 
dan. His “Check List of the Fishes of New South Wales,” which appeared first 
in this journal, and was subsequently issued as the first Handbook of the Royal 
Zoological Society of New South Wales is admirably planned, and still more 
admirably executed. His memoirs upon Australian ichthyology are too numer- 
ous to be mentioned here. All his work exhibits a clarity of expression, based 
upon a most exacting industry of research. - 

McCulloch did not, however, confine himself to fish alone. An ardent field- 
naturalist, he knew nature as a whole, and was as happy in the evil ooze of a 
mangrove swamp as upon the highest and most beautiful of coral isles. His 
personal investigations included a goodly slice of the Pacific, the whole east 
coast of Australia, including the Barrier Reef and its islands, and portion of 
Papua. In later years he spent much time at Lord Howe Island, recuperating 
after bouts of ill-health. He was a first-class photographer, and the lantern- 
slide collection of the Australian Museum has benefited greatly by the wonder- 
ful series of nature pictures which he added. 

He was an artist to his finger-tips, a fact which is reflected from every 
aspect of his work. Apart from the beautiful series of drawings which illustrate 
his own researches, his pencil and brush were always at the disposal of his junior 
colleagues who were less fortunately gifted. Perhaps the most admirable fea- 
ture in McCulloch’s character was the interest he took in these junior workers. 
He made them all draughtsmen, he taught them all research methods, and he 
never failed them in advice and help. He leaves behind him a heritage of com- 
peteney which is already putting forth good fruit. In a brief forty years of 
life he accomplished a fine work. 

McCulloch’s ashes have been brought from Honolulu, and re‘nterred on 
Flagstaff Hill, in the Lord Howe Island he loved so well. His colleagues and 
friends have subscribed to erect a granite column, twelve feet in height, which 
now stands facing the coral reef on which so much of his work was done. It 
bears the following inscription :— 


In Memory or 


ALLAN RIVERSTONE McCuuiocaH, 


NATURALIST. 
1885-1925. 


ERECTED BY FRIENDS AND FELLOW WORKERS. 


His Asues Rest Herein. 


May he rest well, 


L.H. 


a ee an 


279 


ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


New Members. 


The following have been elected members of the Society since the publication 
of the last list (10th November, 1925) :— 


Ordinary members:—Messrs. Frank Buckle, Albert A. Lawson, A. Dattilo 
Rubbo, J. R. Tyrrell and G. P. Whitley. 


Associate members :—Messrs. C. H. Anderson, P. R. Makinson, J. F. Newns, 
D. L. Serventy, and A. BE. West. 

Life Associate members:—Mr. W. H. Barkley (commuted), The Director, 
Dominion Museum, Wellington, N.Z., and Mr. Emil H. Zeck (formerly an 
ordinary member, but now residing in Mexico). 


Donations to Handbook Publication lund. 


A further donation of £20 to the Handbook Publication Fund has been 
received from the Walter and Eliza Hall Trust. This makes a total of £90 
contributed by the Trust. A donation of £1 has been received from Dr, F. G. 
Hardwick, of Lismore. 


NOTES FROM THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. 


At a meeting held on the 14th April, 1926, Dr. G. A. Waterhouse exhibited 
two Skippers, that constitute new records for Queensland. These had been sent 
him by Mr. E. J. Dummigan, and had been caught on the Bunya Mountains. 
Signeta tymbophora M. & UL. had only been previously caught in the Illawarra 
district, N.S.W. 

Anisynta tillyardi W. & L. Since its discovery at Ebor, N.S.W., this 
species had been found by him at Murrurundi and Barrington Tops, N.S.W., at 
both places at an elevation of about 3,000 ft. 


He also exhibited a female moth Cebysa leucoteles, a form with aborted 
wings. This specimen had emerged in one of his cages and no less than 35 
males were caught flying round the outside of the cage, being attracted by the 
female. He remarked that some years ago he had observed a greater swarm of 
males, but did not count the total number. When the female was allowed out of 
the cage and pairing had taken place, the rest of the males immediately flew 


away. 
G. M. Gotprincu, Hon. Secretary. 


280 


CHECK LIST OF THE AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE. 
By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. 


CORRIGENDA. 


The following species were inadvertently omitted. 
375a. Saragusoleatus Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1922, p. 297. Pearson Is., S.A. 
379a. S. posidonius Cart., l.c., p. 296. Neptune Is., 8.A. 
758a. Adelium bicolor Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1908, p. 182. Kosciusko. 

A critic has suggested that Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands species should 
be included, Both islands are geographically rather in the New Zealand than in 
the Australian region, but some of the insects of the former have strong Aus- 
tralian affinities. 

The following Tenebrionidae have been described from Lord Howe Island :— 
Gonocephalum (Hopatrum) calvulum Oll., Mem., No. 2, Aust. Mus., 1889, p. 87. 
Brachycilibe antennata Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1911, p. 207. 

Saragus exulans Pase., Jour. Ent., 1866, p. 466. 
S. gulielmi Oll., Mem. No. 2, Aust. Mus., 1889, p. 88. 
Promethis (Nyctobates) sterrha Oll., l.e., p. 88. 
Hydissus (Meneristes) curtulus Oll., l.c., p. 90. 
H. vulgaris Oll., l.c., p. 89. 
From Norfolk Island. Metisopus purpureipennis Bates. 
p. 152. Ceradelium Prendh. should be Preudh. 
p- 179. Thorictosoma cremogaster Lea. Should be expunged as a Nomen nudum. 


= a ee, a ee 


—F" 


THe AustTraLian Zoouoaist, Vol. iv. PLATE xxv. 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 


1. Looking towards the Islet from the 2. Large and small nigger-heads on the 
edge of the reef at low tide. reef-erest, North-west Islet. 


3. A large weathered nigger-head on the 4. The turtle-canning factory from the 
reef-crest; in the crevices Loricates reef; the Pisonia forest lies in the back- 
shelter. ground. 


Photographs by A. Musgrave. 


! 
; } 
' 
‘ 
fi 


_ 


“3 


Tue AusTRALIAN Zoouocist, Vol. iv. PLATE XxVI. 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 


1. Tabular madrepore corals in a pool on 2. Stag-horn corals in a pool on the reef- 
the reef-crest. crest. 


3. A clam (Zridacna) with open valves. 4. A Loricate sheltering in a crevice of a 
These occurred commonly on the reef weathered nigger-head. 
and in the lagoon. 


Photographs by A. Musgrave. 


‘ - v . = 
fl 
) ’ a id ’ i 
i; = ¢ 
fan a - ain ese Sey corny we seer 
‘ n't + le 
7 = 
t i 
‘ 
5 
- = Pe Rare ie | 
. 5 


THe AustTraLIAn Zoo.oaist, Vol. iv. PLATE XxXVII. 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 


1. A Green Turtle (Chelone mydas), 2. Tracks of Green Turtles; on the bank 
coming up the beach to lay her eggs. are Turtles tured by the Cannery 
men. 


3. The Painted Spiny Lobster (Palinurus 4. A _ brilliant tropical Hermit Crab 
fasciatus), found in the lagoon. (Dardanus megistos), found in a pool 
on the reef. 


Photographs by (1) Miss Hilda Geismann, (2) Dr. W. MacGillivray, (3) 
and (4) A. Musgrave. 


Tue AustraLian Zoouoaist, Vol. iv. PLATE XXVIII. 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 


1. The silvery-leaved Tournefortia argen- 2. The greenish-yellow berries of Yourne- 
tea occurred commonly near the beach. fortia grow in clusters. 


3. The Native Cabbage (Scaevola koe- 4. Typical plants of the beach zone, 
nigii), a common plant of the beach Tournefortia (left), Scaevola (right), 
zone. Casuarina (Beach Oak), and Pan- 

danus. 


Photographs by A. Musgrave. 


THE AvusTRALIAN Zoouoaist, Vol. iv. PLATE XxIXx. 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 


1. The trunks of Pisonia trees growing 2. A seed-laden Pisonia tree. The sticky 
near the beach assume fantastic shapes. seeds clog the feathers of birds, often 
with fatal resulis. 


3. An inland glade in the Pisonia forest. 4. A glimpse seaward through the Pisonia 
branches. 


Photographs by A. Musgrave. 


” 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZooLoaist, Vol. iv. PLATE Xxx. 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 


1-2. Wedge-tailed Shearwaters or Mutton-Birds leaving one of the “take-off? places at 4 a.m. 


Photographs taken by flashlight. 


3. Mutton-Bird burrows in sandy soil 4. A Mutton-Bird “take-off” place by day- 
amongst the Pisonia trees, North-west light. The path is worn clear of vege- 
Islet. tation by long use. 


Photographs by (1) P. A. Gilbert, (2-4) A. Musgrave. 


Tue AvstTrALIAN ZooLocist, Vol. iv. PLATE XxXxI. 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 


1. Young Reef Herons in the top of a 2. Adult Reef Heron approaching its 
Tournefortia awaiting the parents. nest. 


3. Nest of White-bellied Sea Eagle in the 4. Immature White-bellied Sea Eagle. 
top of a Pisonia tree. Haglet at home. 


Photographs by (1, 2 and 4) P. A. Gilbert, (3) A. Musgrave. 


been SPM saree 


ect 


eee =) 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. iv. PLATE XXXII. 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 


1. White-eapped Noddy covered with the 2. White-capped Noddy on its nest. 
sticky Pisonia seeds, and unable to fly. 


3. White-capped Noddies’ nests on the 4. Two nests of the White-eapped Noddy, 
limb of a Fig-tree. each containing a single egg. 


Photographs by (1 and 2) P. A. Gilbert, (3 and 4) A. Musgrave. 


PLATE xxxtIt. 


Tue AustRatian Zooxocist, Vol. iv. 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 


oo 


ACN eet 
Pe A of 


relate 


i Fig yi) fh p 
: 


Ne 


V 


i 


Siganus capricornensis Whitley. 


About 2/3 natural size. 


G. P. Whitley, del. 


r 


RS 


Tue AusTraLian Zoouogist, Vol. iv. PLATE XxxIv. 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 


Glyphisodon zonatus Cuvier & Valenciennes. 


A series of New Hebrides specimens: enlarged. 
A. R. McCulloch, del. 


« 


pa 


PLATE XxXxy. 


THe Austranran Zoovoaist, Vol. iv. 


THT BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 


ares 
\ 


> 


Ase ‘ 
s\ 
AY 


RY 
PX men 


AS 
SES 


= 


PAAR 


wer 


CurtLe-FIsH BONES. 


Drawn by Joyce K. Allan. 


tz o ; j _ 
“ 
peer si ee 


feos 


Tue AustTRALIAN Zoouogist, Vol. iv. PLATE XXXVI. 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 


JZ 


1. Chlorion gilberti Turner x 2. 2. Arunta intermedia Ashton x 1. 
3. Salus (Priocnemis) bicolor Fabricius, x 2. 


Miss G. Burns, del. 


THE AUSTRALIAN Zoouoarst, Vol, iy. 


PLATE XxxVII. 


oe 2 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. iv. PLATE xxxvit, 


AA 
ZZ 
GH, 


THe AvsTRALIAN ZooLogist, Vol. iv. PLATE xxxIx. 


ABNORMAL AUSTRALIAN LORICATES. 


Photograph by A. A. Lawson, Ltd. 


Tue AvustrraLttan Zoonoatst, Vol. iv. PLATE XL. 


THE LATE ALLAN RIVERSTONE MeCULLOCH. 


F 


Service when the ashes were laid. The completed monument. 


Photograph by N. ©. Berry. Photograph by E. F. Pollock. 


The Monument is erected under the group of Kentia Palms on the left of the picture. 


Photograph by the late A. R. McCulloch. 


A aye yt 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


PUBLICATIONS. 
“The Australian Zoologist”’ 


A Journal paiaae reports of the proceedings of the Society, papers re- 
lating to the Zoology of Australia, notes and comment upon matters coming 
within the scope of the Society’s aims and objects. Published at irregular intervals. 


VOLUME I. (1914-1920). Parts 1 to 8. 

256 pp. with 19 plates and 63 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 
VOLUME II. (1921-2). Parts 1 to 4. 

372 pp. with 45 plates and 16 text figures. Unbound. Price 12/6 net. 
VOLUME III. (1922-5). Parts 1 to 8. 

362 pp. with 41 plates and 27 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 


VOL. IV. PART 1. Published 12th June, 1925. Price, 4/-. 


Page. 
Shearwaters on Lion Island . At 55 Sey 2 
Note on an Australian a of the penta eae as a peammrernial Fisheries 
Product in Wellington, N.Z., by W. J. Phillipps, F.L.S., F.R.G.S. 8 
Practical Observations of Oasihoriancnus beneath water, by Harry Burrell 
C.M.Z.8. zat 4 
Field Notes on ‘Natural’ Finbilg of Eohidna, is iBeregs Bacneilt C.M.Z. 8. 8 
A Naturalist in North Queensland, by A. F. Bassety erally. w- 9 
Lepidoptera of Yeppoon, Queensland, by A. Jefferis Turner, 3 M.D., FE. 8. 17 
Ticks, by E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. Sen : Bee natok 
Ornithologia,” An Old Time Poem etre Mitame crcl tolimielsi lecaisicilsism ous G0 


VOL. IV. PART 2. Published 10th November, 1925. Price 6/-. 


Presidential Address, by G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., B.H., F.E.S. ...... 38 

George Forster’s Paintings, by Tom Iredale .. .. . 48 

The Principal Fauna of the Comboyne Plateau, by ‘E. ic ‘(GARG MB. 
Ch.M., R.A.O.U. z 

A MGioarapl of the iaeeiration Sieentens Vv, ie irom Trodale! ard A Fr. 
Basset Hull .. .. .. 75 

Notes on the Seals found in Dsestenlian iseas by a” s. 135 Souef, CMZS. 112 


VOL. IV. PART 3. Published 22nd February, 1926. Price, 6/-. 


A Check-List of the Australian Tenebrionidae, by H. J. Carter, B.A., F.H.S. 117 
A Monograph of the Australian Loricates, VI., by Tom Iredale and A. F. 
Basset Hull .. .. .. eel Use lets qh 4 
The Cuttle-Fish “Bones? of the ioroacy andes, iy Tom Seedule LyAtale ieee OO 
The Tee Habits of Tach, Ce aculeatus, by Harry Burrell, 
C.M.Z.S. Arie 4 : DANY fern laitailts athena aeone ae lore. ex ad Ol 


CONTENTS OF THIS PART. 


The Biology of North-west Island, Capricorn Group: 


Narrative, by Anthony cen E.E.S. cede inn feet is by ofa) ne 
Birds, by P. A. Gilbert .. .. .. .. AB 8, oat 
Fishes, by Gilbert P. Whitley UALS hy ol ict Bantam ens 
Marine Molluscs, by Tom Iredale ., .. .. .. -. «+ «+ ee « 
Insects, by Anthony Musgrave, F.H.8. .. .. .. 2 ce ee oe ee ee 
Bryozoa, by Arthur A. Livingstone .. .. .. .. .. «. «+ « 
Corals, by Charles Hedley, F.L.S. ra Si eiarele scareeoetas 
Botany, by C. T. White and Dr. Ww. MacGillivray ooh a ite aeeies 
Bibliography, by Anthony Musgrave, F.H.S. .. 2. 1. 5 ey ee 


A Monograph of the Australian moe, 0 VIL, nae Tom Iredale and A. F. 
Basset, Hull <. ..).. .- ; Ray Whee O urea 


The late Allan MeCulloch,. by LH... 23 2. 0... Ga) eee oso) aie ate 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales .. .. .. .. .. ss ee ee ee 


AMO oOWp> 


AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS. 
No. 1. Cheek List: of the Fishes and Fish-like Animals of Rew ‘South Wales, 


by Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist, Australian Museum, 104 pp., 43 a 
Bound in sel Price Bis Postage 4d. 


Box 2399, G.P.O., Sydney: “aoe me 


a 


3 
. 
, 
; 
a 
¥ 
Ee 


e 


THE | 
AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST 


Issued by the 
‘Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


Edited by 
. A, F. BASSET HULL, 0.F.A.0.U. 


ex isl UME EHS 4/79) Ti; SS 


Se 


Vol. 4—Part 5 te JAN 15 1927 


AZ St o ¢ 


Tio AUE 
lONAL_ MUS! 


(Price, 4/6.) 


Sydney, November 30, 1926. 


All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Secretary, 
Box 2399, General Post Office, Sydney. 


Sydney: 
Sydney and Melbourne Publishing Co., Ltd., 29 Alberta 8St., 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 
Established 1879. 
REGISTERED UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 1899 (1917). 


COUNCIL, 1926-1927. 


President: 
A. J. Nicholson, M.Sc. 


Vice-Presidents : 
HK. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M., 
Professor Launcelot Harrison, G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., B.E., F.E.S8. 
Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B. 


E Members: 
E. J. Bryce. J. R. Kinghorn, C.M.Z.8. 
Neville W. Cayley. A. Musgrave. 
Robert C. Dixson, J.P. KE. F. Pollock. 
BE. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., B.S. David G. Stead. 
W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. Ellis Le G. Troughton. 
OFFICERS. 
Hon. Secretary and Editor: A. F. Basset Hull, C.F.A.0.U. 
Hon. Treasurer: D. G. Stewart, B.A. 
Hon. Librarian: Philip Shipway. Hon. Auditor: E. E. Coates. 
Orricers oF SECTIONS. 
Entomological Section. Biological Survey Section. 
Chairman: G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Se., Chairman: Professor Launcelot Harrison. 
F.E.S. Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. 
Hon. Secretary: G. M. Goldfinch. ue ae G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., 
ays, Ornithological Section. Committee: Professor Griffith Taylor, Pro- 
Se ae Bo ee eee fessor W. R. Browne, A. J. Nicholson, 
enue : M.Se., and E. Cheel. 
Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. 
Committee: E. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., B.S. Marine Zoological Section. ae 
A. H. Chisholm, C. Coles, and Chairman: T. C. Roughley. inf 
A. Musgrave. Hon. Secretary: W. HE. J. Paradice, M.B., Ch.M. a3 


SugsoripTion: Ordinary Member, £1 1s. per annum. (Entrance Fee of £1/1/- 
is suspended until the end of the current year). 
Life Member, £10/10/-. : 
Associate Member, 7s. 6d. per annum. (No Entrance Fee). 
Life Associate Member, £3/15/-. 


PRIVILEGES : 
Ordinary Members—Free admission to Taronga Zoological Park; Additional 
Tickets admitting 20 Adults or 40 Children each year; 
Free Copy of “Australian Zoologist.” (if desired). x 
Associate Members—Free Copy of “Australian Zoologist.” A, 


“THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST.” 

Communications intended for “The Australian Zoologist” should be type- 
written. 

Authors should state whether proofs and reprints are desired when submitting 
MS. Fifty reprints of any article appearing under a separate title will be supplied 
gratis. If more are required, terms may be ascertained on application to the 
Editor. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


ANNUAL REPORT, 1925-6. 


Membership. 


On 30th June, 1926, there were 403 members on the Register, divided into 
the various categories as follows:—Life members 27, ordinary members 248, life- 
associate members 14, associate members 108, and honorary members 6. Hight 
members died during the year, six resigned, the names of nine members were 
removed from the register, and twenty-seven new members were elected, giving 
a net inerease of three members. The Society has suffered heavy loss by the 
deaths of no less than three members of Council, Mr. Donald Hyde Scott, who 
held the office of honorary treasurer at the time of his death, Mr. Allan River- 
stone McCulloch, a member of Council of the old Society, who also held office 
on the Council of the incorporated Society from its inception until his early 
and lamented decease, and Mr. Hermann Edward Finckh, the longest in office, 
and one of the most constant in his attendances at Council meetings. Sir Hugh 
Dixson, K.B., and Mr. C. H. Hoskins, both members for many years, and both 
donors to the Handbook Publication Fund, Miss E. E. Chase, a promising young 
zoologist, who was lecturer and demonstrator in Zoology at the Sydney Uni- 
versity, Mr. Joseph James Fletcher, formerly secretary to the Linnean Society 
of New South Wales, and a scientist of the highest standing, and Mr. E. W. 
Gregory also died during the year. 


The Council. 


Seven meetings of the Council were held during the year, at which the at- 
tendances were:—Mr. Hajioran, Dr. Waterhouse, Messrs. Musgrave and Hull, 
7; Dr. Ferguson and Mr. Nicholson, 5; Professor Harrison, Messrs. Froggatt, 
Kinghorn, Shipway, Stewart, Pollock, and Troughton, 4; Messrs. Finckh and 
Stead, 3; Messrs. Campbell and Dixson, 2; Dr. D’Ombrain and Mr. Cayley, 1. 
Mr. Campbell, who was appointed Deputy-Master of the Mint at Ottawa, Canada, 
resigned on 11th February, 1926; Mr. Finckh died on 31st May, 1926; Mr. Dixson 
was elected on 27th July, 1925; Mr. Troughton and Mr. Stead were elected on 
1st October, 1925; Mr. Cayley was elected on 11th March, 1926, and Mr. Bryce 
was elected on 24th June, 1926, at the last meeting held during the year. 


282 ANNUAL REPORT. 


Sections. 


Very great interest continues to be taken in the Entomological and Ornitho- 
logical Sections which, commencing with six meetings in the year, now meet 
every month except December, and occasionally hold extra meetings to meet 
distinguished naturalists who are visiting Sydney. The Biological Section, and 
the Section of Economic Zoology have not held any regular meetings, and the 
establishment of a Section of Marine Zoology was only approved at the end of 
the year. 


The Australian Zoologist. 


The Society’s journal appeared three times during the year, the Parts being 
the largest yet issued; both subjects treated and plates produced being of ex- 
ceptional interest. The first coloured plate was issued during the year. Numer- 
ous letters of appreciation have been received from scientists abroad, and a 
number of applications to be placed on the exchange list have been made by 
British and foreign scientific societies and universities not previously in receipt 
of our publications, which are now regularly sent to 76 scientific institutions. 


Finances. 


The Society is holding its position financially, but there is room for im- 
provement in the ordinary membership, the number of members who receive 
passes to Taronga Park being somewhat smaller than usual. A full member- 
ship of 300 is earnestly desired, and members are invited to nominate new re- 
cruits to fill the vacancies that occurred during the year. 


Donations. 


During the year the Society received a further contribution of £20 towards 
the Handbook Publication Fund from the Walter and Eliza Hall Trust, bring- 
ing that Trust’s donations to a total of £90. Dr. F. G. Hardwick, of Lismore, 
donated £1/1/-, and Mr. A. A. Lawson, senior, presented the Society with a 
valuable microscope for use in connection with micro-photography. The thanks 
of the Society are due to all these donors. 


Retirement of Mr. E. F. Pollock. 


The President referred to the retirement of Mr. EH. F. Pollock from the posi- 
tion of Honorary Secretary, the duties of which office had been performed by him 
in an admirable manner for a period of two years, and the thanks of members 
for such long and meritorious service were tendered to him. 


Retiring Councillors. 


The following members of Council retired in terms of Article 23, and were 
re-elected :—Messrs, Ernest Bryce, Neville W. Cayley, Robert C. Dixson, A. F 
Basset Hull, David G. Stead, and E. L. Troughton. 


; 
i 
} 
1 


i 
. 
: 
7 
4 
; 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 
By Ausrey Hatioran, B.A., LL.B. 


Review of the Past Decade. 


On ist July, 1916, the collections of animals and birds, together with the 
other properties of the original Society excepting the library, were handed over 
to the Trustees of Taronga Zoological Park, and the then recently incorporated 
Society entered upon its new duties. These duties are set out in its Memoran- 
dum of Association, and need not be recapitulated here. 

Of the various objectives open to attainment, four have received special at- 
tention, with results that may be regarded as satisfactory in view of the very 
limited means at the disposal of the Society. 

1. “Lhe Australian Zoologist.” This publication was launched during the 
period when the Society controlled the Zoological Gardens at Moore Park, and 
three parts were issued—No. 1 in June, 1914, No. 2 in February, 1915, and No. 
3 in March, 1916, aggregating 64 pages, with 5 plates. During the first year 
under the incorporated Society, two parts were issued, containing 74 pages, 7 
plates and numerous text-figures. The issues during the following financial 
years (1 July to 30 June) were as follows:— 

1918-19.—One part, 60 pages, 2 plates. 

1919-20.—One part, 30 pages, 3 plates. 

1920-21.—Three parts, 98 pages, 25 plates. 

1921-22.—Two parts, 104 pages, 22 plates. 

1922-23.—Three parts, 124 pages, 17 plates. 

1923-24—Three parts, 114 pages, 16 plates. 

1924-25.—Three parts, 160 pages, 12 plates. 

1925-26.—Three parts, 244 pages, 35 plates. 

The total output since the registration of the Society has been therefore 21 
parts, containing 1,008 pages, 139 plates and over 100 text-figures. 

2. Australian Zoological Handbooks. So far only one Handbook has been 
issued, A. R. MecCulloch’s “Fishes of New South Wales.” The increased cost of 
printing has prevented the Society from carrying out this objective to the extent 
desired, although it is probable that another work will shortly be issued. 

3. Biological Stations. Through the generosity of the Trustees of the 
National Park a cottage and an observation cabin have been provided at different 
parts of the Park, and furnished by the Society. Work in connection with a 
biological survey of the National Park has been commenced. 

4. Work in Conjunction with Kindred Societies. The Society has joined 
forces with the Royal Australasian Ornithologists’ Union in promoting the study 
of ornithology and the protection of Australian avifauna. Meetings of the 
Ornithological Section of the Society are open to all members of the Union, 
whether they are members of the Society or not, and the business of the Union 
in this State is largely transacted at the Society’s office. 

The Society is also represented on the Committee appointed to advise the 
Commonwealth Government on matters relative to the export of Australian 
fauna, and on the Great Barrier Reef Investigation Committee. 

5. Sections, Although not expressly referred to in the Memorandum of 
Association, the establishment of Sections to deal- with special subjects has been 
most successful. Sections in Hntomology, Ornithology, Biology, Economic 
Zoology, and Marine Zoology have been established, and the meetings, especially 
of the two firstnamed, are largely attended by enthusiastic students and their 
friends. These meetings are open to all members who care to attend. 


284 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 


Conservation. 


An American opinion of the value of conserving a natural fauna and flora 
is expressed in Nature Magazine for June, 1926, in a review of a work entitled 
the Naturalists’ Guide. “The keynote of this notable book is Conservation, the 
preservation in its natural state, for all rational purposes, of as much as possible 
of the rich biota of America. Our wealth of natural life has served well the 
springs of literary and artistic expression, and constitutes a laboratory for the 
study of many phases of science of inestimable value in both inspirational and 
material lines. Thoughtful minds view with distress the headlong wasting of 
our fauna and’ flora, sacrificed all too often to the demands of an ignorant and 
vulgar commercialism. Duty to ourselves and our descendants requires that we 
use every effort to pass on to posterity at least a portion of the priceless wealth 
that has been ours. The task is a hard one, but it is only by striving for a 
worthy ideal against gieat odds that man has risen from barbarism, and he has 
still far to travel.” 

These stirring words are a fortiori applicable to the wonderful fauna and 
flora which are the exclusive inheritance of this vast island continent. Australia 
—the land of living fossils—as another American scientist has aptly described 
it, contains many animals, birds, and plants found in no other quarter of the 
globe, and once exterminated they can never be restored to us. The United 
States of America have already lost some of their birds and animals by the 
senseless destruction for food or the mere lust of slaughter, the Passenger Pigeon 
and the Bison may be cited as notable examples. The Bison has been restored 
to a small extent at enormous expense by obtaining stock from Canada. The 
few remaining Elk and Moose are now jealously protected and carefully guarded 
in well-policed sanctuaries. When will Australia awake to the urgent need of 
following America’s example? Our so-called sanctuaries are left unguarded by 
any but the ordinary police, already overburdened with urban and other duties, 
or “honorary” rangers who are virtually powerless. 


The Economic Aspect. 


Not only from a scientific, or even a sentimental point of view is conserva- 
tion to be commended—it has also an economic or commercial aspect. Many 
of our fur-bearing animals and the more attractive birds which are capable of 
being kept in captivity are the subject of extensive exportation—the skins of 
the animals in millions and the living birds in thousands annually leaving our 
shores. Uncontrolled exploitation of these valuable natural products can only 
lead to ultimate extinction. It is true that in most of the States there is par- 
tially protective legislation in respect of some of the rarer species, but the efforts 
to enforce this legislation are insufficient to ensure the full observance of the 
law. The excuse—we cannot eall it reason—for this state of affairs is the 
question of cost of maintaining a special force to police reserves and Crown 
lands. There are good answers to this excuse; why not impose an export duty 
on every skin, living animal or bird; or/and require hunters and trappers to 
pay an annual license fee? Not a foot of Crown land can be occupied with- 
out payment of rent or purchase. money; not a foot of Crown timber can be 
cut without payment of royalty; not an ounce of gold or a ton of Crown 
mineral can be won without payment of rent, royalty, or a fee for a miner’s 
right; the Crown fish can only be exploited for commercial purposes by licensed 
fishermen. Why then should the Crown-owned wild animals and birds be free 
to anyone who wishes to take them? It is true that the taking of game birds 
in season for sale is subject to a license, but the thousands of Crown-owned 


ee 


HALLORAN. 285 


cockatoos, and parrots that are exported to foreign countries are subject to not 
one farthing by way of license or royalty. Some of these birds bring as many 
pounds abroad as they cost in pence at home, and the payment of a reasonable 
royalty on them would only be a fair charge in keeping with the timber and 
mineral royalties, and it would make ample provision for the upkeep of a corps 
of rangers who would regulate the taking of unprotected and enforce the pro- 
tective laws relating to protected animals and birds. 


Closer Relationship. 


I wish to particularly stress the importance of closer relationship between 
the Society and the Trustees of Taronga, National, and some other Parks. There 
should be direct representation of the Society on the Taronga Park Trust; the 
home of the Society should be there. The Zoological Society of London actually 
controls its own gardens, and has its scientific meetings there. Past Ministers 
for Lands promised that there would be such representation, but so far nothing 
has been done. 

Zoological Survey of Australia. 


A Zoological Survey of Australia should be proceeded with at once. This 
was referred to in an excellent Presidential Address of Dr. G. A. Waterhouse 
before the Linnean Society in 1923. During the year there appeared in The 
Australian Zoologist a noteworthy group of articles entitled “The Biology of 
North-west Islet.’’ These were written by members of this Society as the result 
of a well organised trip made there last year, which produced valuable records. 
One of our aims should be to encourage such trips as these, for it has been 
abundantly proved that the intensive study of limited areas of particular zoo- 
logical interest, by as large a party of naturalists as possible, produces the best 
results. What would we give now to have a record of the fauna of Sydney itself 
as it was one hundred and fifty years ago? It can only be surmised from the 
surrounding country, and even that is fast losing its animals and plants before 
its investigation is quite completed. Other countries place some importance 
upon their animals, but in Australia little is done to preserve them or to help 
the naturalist in his study of them, until some animal becomes a pest, and then 
the naturalist is expected to suggest a remedy straight away. 


Voluntary Service. 

It should not be forgotten that most of the Natural History work of the 
past century has been done in a purely honorary capacity by men and women 
who love nature and natural history for its own sake. The few, and they are 
far too few, who hold official appointments have far too much that they are 
supposed to supervise, and are so hampered by routine work that they can ac 
complish very little. New South Wales needs another Sir William Macleay, who 
during his busy life worked as a naturalist, helped it by his generosity, which 
still continues by the benefactions in his will. The great German work on the 
butterflies and moths of the world, begun in 1906 under the editorship of Dr. A. 
Seitz, owes its origin to a suggestion made to Dr. Seitz by Sir William Macleay 
when the former was on a visit to Australia. 

The keynote of the Society is voluntary service for obtaining and spreading 
information relative to and the protection of our unique fauna. JI trust that 
greater interest will be taken in such an important scientific matter, that there 
will be an increase in membership of the Society, and that a generous publi« 
will realise that the Society is in need of liberal donations to properly carry on 
the work. : 


286 NOTES. 


Alteration of Articles. 
By resolution, duly carried at the Annual General Meeting, the following 
alterations have been made in the Articles of Association of the Society :— 


Article 5 has been amended by the addition of the words “(d) honorary 
associate members, not exceeding at any one time five in number for each section 
ot the Society.” 


Article 14 has been amended by the addition of the words “Honorary as- 
sociate members shall be persons non-resident in New South Wales who have 
rendered distinguished service to Australian Zoology. They shall be elected by 
a majority of the Council present at a meeting thereof, upon nomination by a 
duly convened meeting of a section of the Society. Honorary associate members 
shall be entitled, for such period as the Council may determine on election, to 
all the privileges and rights of associate members.” 


Annual Dinner. 


This function, which was held at the Sydney University Union prior to the 
Annual General Meeting, was attended by about 50 members and their friends. 


Officers for 1926-27. 


At a meeting of Council, held on 27th July, 1926, the following members 
were elected officers for the year ending 30th June, 1927:— 


President: A. J. Nicholson, M.Sc., F.E.S. 
Vice-Presidents: Dr. E. W. Ferguson, Professor L, Harrison, Dr. G. A. 
Waterhouse, and Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B. 
Honorary Secretary and Editor: A. F. Basset Hull. 
Honorary Treasurer: D. G. Stewart, B.A. 
Honorary Librarian: Philip Shipway. 
Honorary Auditor: E. E. Coates. 
New Members. 


The following new members have been elected since publication of the last 
list (30th April, 1926) :— 

Ordinary Members:—F. Arnott, Samuel Arnott, G. Bambury, Miss R. Bam- 
bury, Mark Blow, A. H. Chisholm (formerly Associate), Dr, A. J. P. Chapman, 
H. W. Cotton, T. C. Roughley, A. Royce, Mrs. Royce, M. Ward, H. Wolsten- 
holme (formerly Associate). 


Associate Members:—Mrs. Benham, K, F. Branch, W. Boardman, Alan P. 
Dodd, E. M. Hayward, A. A. Livingstone, F. A. MeNeill, J. H. Power. 


Life Associate Members (commuted) :—Professor W, E. Agar, J. H. Camp- . 
bell, E. P. Fleming, J. W. Wilkinson, A. E. West, and G. H. Williams. 


ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES 
BALANCE SHEET FOR THE YEAR ENDING 30th JUNE, 1926. 


LIABILITIES. 


| ASSETS. 


5 Sie) SO £, ietedl 
Muemernunt 2... 2,2... .: .2 .. v. 691 5 0 Inscribed Stock Capital Account ee 
Income Account .. .. ‘hse 29 4 3 (face value £700) ... 691 5 0 
Jandbook Fund Account ae ZL LEG Income Account :— 
Commercial Banking Co. of 
Sydney .. .. x By 1 @ 
Government Savings Bank 2316 9 
29.74.9053 
Handbook Fund Account :— 
War Bonds (face value £200) 188 5 0 
Government Sayings Bank 29 12 6 
217 17 6 
£938 6 9 £938 6 9 
HANDBOOK FUND ACCOUNT. 
RECEIPTS. DISBURSEMENTS. 
Ci Beka e 23 RH Gh 3 Bh ok 
Balance from 30th June, 1925... .. 5 BBE ee ita} Transfer to Income Account .. 50 0 0 
Donation (Walter and Eliza Hall Trust) « 20 0 0 Balance 30th June, 1926— 
Sales “Fishes’ Handbook .. .. . nb iss 10 8 Government Savings Bank 2912 6 
nterest .. .. WER ecia) scl Nemo! WL do 6 NWyarebonds) ce 188 5 0 
Pal a 
£267 17 6 £267 17 6 
INCOME ACCOUNT. 
RECEIPTS. DISBURSEMENTS. 
4 sid Ss: id: 5% Ge Gk ey RE ok 
Balance from 30th June, 1925 . 113 14 7 Publication Account— 
Annual Subscriptions— [Rintaiys! ob no a -o6 ce on oo lanaleeuts 
Year ending 30th June, 1926 . 26610 9 IBlocks;wetc. 4.0. - 132 14 5 
Year ending 30th June, 1927. 1011 6 — 429 11 10 
: Qileae 3 Office Accommodation 2) 0) 
Life Subscriptions .. .. 2510 0 Printing and Stationery .. .. .. 23 14 6 
Donations .. .. Te Ry BOOKS ieee chee ocimeve. vole Ue fas 4. il @ 
Government Grant . ¢ 5) A) @ anne CHEN 56 oe ¢ MeNek ee p20) 
Sales “Zoologist” Gael reprints) . 610 6 Cost of Annual Dima. soho 8 4 6 
Sale of Dinner Tickets .. L006 Miscellaneous .. . 4 7 G 
Transfer from Handbook Fund Balance on 30th ane. 1926— 
Account .. 50 0) 0 Commercial Banking Co. .. .. By Wo 
Interest . 4416 9 Government Savings Bank 2B 16 
29 aes 
CO MOmESiL £576 8 1 


Andited and found correct. 
7th July, 1926. 


Epw. E. Coatss, 


D. G. Srewart, Hon. Treasurer. 
Hon. Auditor. 


288 NOTES. 


Representation on the Taronga Park Trust. 


By notice in the New South Wales Government Gazette, of 8th October, 
1926, Mr. A. F. Basset Hull has been appointed a Trustee of Taronga Zoological 
Park, in place of the late Hon. H. C. Hoyle. The appointment was made on 
nomination by the Council of this Society, and on the recommendation to the 
Minister of the other members of the Trust. It is a matter for congratulation 
that the wish expressed by the President in his address has thus met with early 
fulfilment. Mr. Hull has recently spent some months studying the natural 
history of New Caledonia, where he procured many interesting and valuable 
specimens for the Australian Museum, together with a fine series of Kagus and 
other birds for Taronga Park. Upon his return he received a notification that 
he had been elected Correspondent of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila- 
delphia, in recognition of his scientific work, 


Taronga Aquarium. 


The Aquarium under construction at Taronga Park will be ready for 
opening about the end of this year. The structure is very well carried out 
in imitation rock work with cave effects, stalactites, and other attractive details. 
all of which will be lighted with subdued coloured concealed lights. 

Members of this Society will not be granted free admission to the 
Aquarium, but will be required to pay on the same scale as members of the 
publie. 


OPOSSUMS IN NEW ZEALAND. 


New Zealand News and Views for June, 1926, contains the statement that 
opossums, introduced from Australia and Tasmania, have multiplied greatly in 
New Zealand, where the animals’ appreciation of the forest food and climate 
is shown in the excellent quality of fur. 

During the previous trapping season licenses were issued by Acclimatiza- 
tion Societies to more than 700 trappers, who collected a total of 146,000 skins, 
The largest yields were: Wellington district, 50,239; Otago, 24,366; Westland, 
15,665; Nelson, 11,146. 

From this illuminating account we may gather that when the opossum 
becomes extinct in Australia as a result of cyanide poisoning, indisvriminate 
shooting, and absence of effective protection, it will still survive in other countries 
where it receives some measure of intelligent appreciation. 


i) 
aD 
te) 


OBITUARY. 


iw, etl 


Australian scientists and those members of our Society who had the privilege 
of his acquaintance mourn the loss of one of the greatest and most lovable of 
men. Paul’s eulogy of the Corinthians might well have been applied to Charles 
Hedley, for he “suffered fools gladly, he himself being wise.” Many a poor 
stammering entrant into the marvellous world of scientific knowledge owes his 
advancement to the helping hand held out by Charles Hedley. Courteous, kindly 
sympathetic, always ready to find and encourage the germs of usefulness in the 
beginner, his. advice and yaluable suggestions brought out the best in those whe 
were fortunately led to consult him. 


290 OBITUARY. 


Born in England in 1862, Hedley came to Australia as a young man, and 
for a while was on the land in Queensland. In 1889 he joined the staff of the 
Queensland Museum, and later accompanied Sir William Macgregor to New 
Guinea as naturalist attached to the expedition. In 1891 he came to Sydney and 
joined the staff of the Australian Museum, being appointed conchologist of that 
institution in 1896. He was assistant curator in 1908, and acted as curator on 
the death of R. Etheridge, junior, in 1920. In 1925 he retired from the Museum 
in order to accept the post of scientifie director of the Great Barrier Reef In- 
vestigation Committee, a position which he held at the time of his sudden death 
on 14th September, 1926. 

He was the author of upwards of 200 scientific papers, chiefly on con- 
chological subjects, although some of his most valuable and suggestive articles 
related to zoogeography. There were few fields of scientifie study in which he 
had not usefully tilled. A vigorous traveller, he had visited many parts of the 
globe, although his most fruitful expeditions were made in Australia, New 
Guinea, and the Pacifie Islands. 

As a member of Council of this Society and one time President, he did much 
to elevate its aims and further its interests. As one of the Museum staff he was 
indefatigable, and from his private means he enriched the collections and library 
with numerous yaluable specimens and rare books on scientifie subjects. In everv 
way he was one of those men whose loss will be felt by both individuals and 
the community. 


H. €. Hoynn. 


» The Hon. Harry C. Hoyle, one of the Trustees of Taronga Zoological Park 
appointed on its inception, died on 20th July, 1926. Mr. Hoyle was one 
of the Government representatives on the Council of the Royal Zoological 
Society of New South Wales prior to its incorporation, and was very prominent 
in the early negotiations which led to the selection of the new site for a zoologieal 
gardens. He was an eloquent speaker, and ably filled the position of ‘Treasurer 
in the Holman Ministry, 1914-1916. 


REPORTS OF THE SECTIONS. 
ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. 


During the past twelve months, eight ordinary meetings and one special 
meeting have been held, with an average attendance of over twelve. At these 
meetings, ten visitors have been present. 

At a meeting, held on the 10th January, it was decided that the section 
meet on the second Wednesday in every month, except during January. That 
this has been appreciated is evidenced by the increase in the average attendance 
during the session. a 

During the year, it was decided to set down special subjects for diseussion 
at certain meetings during the year. This procedure has been very successful. 

The first meeting was devoted to the narration of some entomological ex. 


REPORTS OF SECTIONS, 291 


perience by each member present. This provided an interesting evening, as each 
member had something unique to relate. 

Mr. E. M. Hayward, at another meeting, gave a very informative account 
of the zoology and anthropology of the Philippine Islands. Mr. A. J. Nicholson 
has opened a discussion upon the geographical distribution of insects, a subject 
which will be discussed at several meetings during the coming session. 

At all the meetings, many rare and interesting species of insects were ex- 
hibited. 

G. M. Gotprincx, Hon. See. 


ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. 


In submitting the annual report of the Section, we have to say that the year 
has been a satisfactory one. The lecturettes and discussions have been pleasant 
and informative, and meetings generally have been well attended. A good deal 
of interesting material accrued from a trip to the Capricorn Islands, Central 
Queensland, in November, im which several of our members took part’ That was 
the only expedition of a general nature held during the year, but members in- 
dividually and in small groups have made frequent visits to the Bird Cabin in 
National Park, some of these visits extending over several days. The Cabin has 
proved exceedingly useful in this respect, and it will continue to do so. Up to 
the present we have not attempted any directly systematic work there, but we 
hope later to achieve something on a larger scale than hitherto, and to publish 
a general account of the ornithology of National Park, in the interests of the 
Park, the public, and ourselves. Workers in other branches of natural history 
have also used the Cabin, notably a University group who have been attempting 
an ecological survey. This work is now nearly complete. 

If company expeditions on the part of the Section have not been carried 
out to any extent, there have at least been many trips by individual members. 
Mr. Tom Iredale was at Michaelmas Cay, near Cairns, for a month; Mr. E. F. 
Pollock visited the Bunker Group of Islands; Mr. Ellis Troughton has gone to 
the Santa Cruz Group; and Mr. Basset Hull is again visiting New Caledonia. 
Interesting bird notes should result from each of these trips. 

Members of the Section take pride in the fact that they were instrumental in 
securing for the Australian Museum, last month, the Grant collection of Austra- 
lian and foreign birds. 

The collection in question contains approximately 3,200 skins of birds, 
about half of them being of Australian origin, and the others representing many 
countries. Every continent is represented, and also many islands, notably New 
Guinea, Borneo, Fiji, the Solomons, Timor, the New Hebrides; Samoa; Ceylon; 
Madagascar; and the Philippimes. All the beauty of the rainbow is contained in 
the plumage of these birds, and there is a strong interest attaching to many of 
them by reason of their novelty and rarity. 

Perhaps the “show” specimens in the collection are the birds of paradise. 
Nearly twenty species of these brilliant creatures are represented by about forty 
specimens. The difficulty of securing paradise birds and their increasing rarity 
are in themselves facts that emphasise the value of the collection. 

These bird skins were got together by the late Robert Grant, for many years 
taxidermist om the staff of the Australian Museum. Mr. Grant was a very able 


292 REPORTS OF SECTIONS. 


collector and a skilled taxidermist; he knew what birds to secure and how to look 
atter the skins to the best advantage, and his visits to wild places in the tropics 
gave him opportunities of seeuring rare species. He worked on this collection 
from about 1890 to 1916, go that these birds represent skilled work extending over 
26 years. 

When Robert Grant died the collection passed into the possession oi his son, 
Henry, who, being also a skilled taxidermist, was able to care for the birds. In 
time he decided to sell the collection. An offer at once came from South Africa. 
Then came a bid from the United States, the amount offered being about £750. 
Mr. Grant was sufiiciently patriotic, however, to desire that the collection should 
remain in Australia. He remembered that Australian students were placed at a 
disadvantage by the fact that most of John Gould’s type specimens of birds were 
located in Philadelphia, and he did not wish to stress the disadvantage. 

It was at this stage that Mr. J. R. Kinghorn, zoologist at the Australian 
Museum, took up the matter. He organised a small committee from this Section 
to act with him, and personally communicated with various citizens, pointing out 
the value of the collection and the wisdom of straining every effort to prevent it 
leaving Australia. The result was thoroughly gratifying. ive men each gave 
£100; others gave smaller amounts, and within a few weeks Mr. Kinghorn was 
able to pay Mr. Grant something over £600 and take over the collection at the 
Australian Museum. 

The rarity of many of the species 1s emphasised by all naturalists who have 
seen the list, among them Mr. H. L. White, the well known pastoralist-ornithologist, 
of “Belltrees,”’ Scone, who was ong of the donors. Mr. White is very competent 
to judge on this point, for he has spent much more money on ornithological col- 
leetions than anyone else in Australia. Among the Australian birds represented 
are many familiar species, of course, but there are also such rarities as Prince 
Albert’s lyre bird, the rufous serub bird, the paradise parrot, the turquoisine 
parrot, the searlet-chested parrot, the superb parrot, the golden bower bird (a 
fine series of these beautiful bower birds is included), the black-throated whip- 
bird, and the lilac-crowned wren. 

Some of the birds mentioned are believed to be extinct. In any case, there 
is no chance of Australians generally ever seeing them, save in a collection such 
as this. 

Mention of rare parrots recalls the fact that the position of these birds in 
Australia is something in the nature of a national calamity. The broad-tailed 
parrots generally appear to be holding their own fairly well, and certain members 
of other genera arc not in danger. But the sad fact is that several of the 
Psephotus parrots are almost extinct; almost every one of the brilliant Polytelis 
parrots 1s in grave danger; and practically the whole of the seven members of 
the Neophema genus may disappear in the near future. It should be possible to 
brecd up some of these species in well-kept aviaries, under national supervision, 
with a view to re-establishing them throughout the country. Meanwhile, the sur- 
vivors should be rigidly protected, and every effort should be made to check ex- 
portation. 

Members will have noted that there has recently been a good deal of stirrinz 
of dry bones in the trusts that control the destiny of certain show places carrying 
a natural history interest, in and about Sydney. The trust of the Australian 
Museum, constituted by an antiquated act, has come in for a good deal of public 
criticism, and the responsible Minister has declared his intention of having it 


BIRTH OF BLUE-TONGUED LIZARDS. 293 


remodelled. In that event, it is hoped that the new trust will embrace men who 
understand museum work, and not melude men who chance to be heads of public 
departments, havimg no sympathy with museum work. The same thing, broadly, 
may be said in respect of the National Park and IKurmg-gai Chase Trusts. 
These also have been publicly criticised, largely because many of the trustees, 
holding life appointments, never attend mectings or pay the slightest heed to the 
interests of the reservations. The responsible Minister in this case also is con- 
sidering the matter of re-modelling the Trusts. Perhaps this may lead to the 
whole question of the conservation of fauna and flora being placed under one de- 
partment, a thing we advocated some time ago. 
Nevitite Cavey, Hon. Secretary. 


Oflicc-beavers for the year 1926-27 were elected as follow :— 
Chairman, Mr. J. R. Kinghorn. 

Vice-Chairman: Mr. H. Wolstenholme. 

Hon. Secretary: Mr, N. W. Cayley. 


Committee: Dr. EB. A. D’Ombraim, Messrs. A. H. Chisholm, GC. Coles, and A. 
Musgrave. 


BIRTH OF BLUE-TONGUED LIZARDS. 


Lucas and Le Soiief in their ‘Animals of Australia” (p. 248) write that the 
Blue-Tongued Lizard, Tiliqua scincoides, appears to be oviparous. ‘This is not, 
however, the case, since internal examination frequently shows large young 
within the oviducts, and Professor T. T. Flynn has described a placental connec- 
tion. No observations of the actual process of birth have been recorded, so that 
the following notes from Mr. Ralph C. Blacket, of Harbord, near Manly, are 
of interest. 

Mr, Blacket’s attention was drawn to the matter by Mr. Turner, a bird dealer, 
who had some living Tiliquas in captivity, towards the latter end of February 
of this year. The animal observed during parturition bore eleven young ones at 
irregular intervals during a period of about eight hours, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. 
The time intervening between births varied from a few minutes to upwards of 
half an hour. Mx. Blacket personally saw four of the young lizards born, and 
gives the following description :— 

“When the female lizard was about to give birth, she lifted her hind limbs 
and the posterior part of the body completely off the ground, upon which the 
head and forepart of the body was flattened. The young lizard is born folded 
so that head and tail overlap, and is enclosed in a complete allantoic sae, which 
is soon burst by its violent wrigglings, so that the head emerges. It then’ takes 
hold of the foetal membrane in its mouth, and proceeds to devour it, jerking it 
back off its body a little at a time until the last of it is pulled from the end of 
the tail. The whole of this process occupies about ten minutes, and the young 
one then proceeds to explore its surroundimgs. The young are born separately, 
each enclosed im its own membranes, and these in every case which I watched 
formed the first meal. A young one about half an hour after birth ate greedily 
small picces of damp bread which were offered to it.” 


CHECK LIST OF THE AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDAE. 
By H. J. Cartmr, B.A., F.E.S. 


FURTHER CORRIGENDA AND ADDENDA. 


A valuable result of the publication of the above is the receipt of informa- 
tion front Herr Gebien, the highest authority on this group. This is summarized 
below, together with further corrigenda. 

Corrigenda. p. 120 for Platagénes read Platygénes. 

p- 130 for Nyctoperinae read Nyctoporinae. 
p- 134 for Micretyche read Micrectyche. 
p. 146 for conveainsuleus read converiusculus. 
p. 151 for Hneyrtus read Hucyrtus. 
p. 162 for longicrus read longicrurum. 
Omisstons. 596a. Ospidus vestitus Cart., Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1919, p. 155. 
N.T. 
(27. Licinoma aenea Cart. var. comboynensis Cart., l.e., p. 241. 
N.S.W. 
1069a. Chalcopterus yorkensis Blkb., l.c., 1892, p. 467. W.A. 
Synonymy and extra-Australian distribution. 
Ceropria valga Pase. = Platydema detersum Wk. 
= P. laticorne Frm. 
= P. annamitum Frm. 
= P. malaccum Mars. with a wide Austro-Malayan 
distribution, Walker’s name holds good. 

Platydema tricuspis Motseh. (India, Java, Papua) is recorded by Gebien 
from C. York, Australia, taken by Hacker, and must be added to the Australian 
list. 

1. - Vide, pp. 117 and 280 ante. 

Amarygmus frenchi Blkb. == A. jodicollis Guér. from Amboina, Guérin’s 
name has priority. 

A. morio F., besides its wide Austro-Malay distribution, has recently been 
taken by Mr. Lea, in Fiji. 

A. regius Cart. = A. porosus Blkb., the latter name stands. 

Promethis. I stated that this genus had “a doubtful record from India.’ 
P. harmandi Allard (the species to which I referred) is a Setenis. 

Zopherosis. According to Gebien this genus also oceurs in America. 

The genera Edylius, Diphyrrhyncus, and Heterocheira, wrongly included 
under Nyctoporinae, should be transferred to the Opatrinae. 


Tribolium castaneum \lerbst. now holds good for No. 136, since T. ferru 
gineum F. does not belong to the TENEBRIONIDAE. 

Alphitobius tarridus Cart. (No. 171) is a Pseuduloma. 

This genus of Fairmaire is thus added to the Australian list. 


295 


ADDITIONAL FAUNA OF THE COMBOYNE PLATEAU, 1925-1926. 
By E. C. CuisHoitm, M.B., Ch.M., R.A.O.U. 


In my previous paper, “The Principal Fauna of the Comboyne Plateau,’* 1 
dealt with forms met with during the period, 1923-25. In this paper, which is a 
continuation, | am dealmg with additional forms met with in 1925-26. 


INVERTEBRATA. 
MOLLUSCA. 
Aneitea graeffei. Occasionally met with. 
; CRUSTACEA. 

Talitrus sylvaticus. This is the Amphipod mentioned in my _pre- 
vious paper as occurring under leaves in the brushes. There is an unidentified 
shrimp in the waters here, but it does not appear to be numerous. 

INSECTA—co.noprera. 

Encara submaculata. Fairly common. 

Mastochilus australasicus. Very numerous. 

Onthophagus capella. Very plentiful. 

Dasygnathus australis. Not as plentiful as the last species. 

Pimelopus (porcellus ?). Not often seen. 

Agrianome spinicollis, 

DIPTERA. 

Scaptia auriflus. 

Scaptia brevirostris. 

Scaptia violacea. 

Scaptia montana. 

Scaptia quadrimacula. 

Scaptia guttata. 

Tabanus musgravet. Not very plentiful here. 

Tabanus sanguinarius. This species was not taken on the Plateau, but at its 
base. 

Stomoxys calcitrans. 

Musca domestica (House Fly), M. Corvina (Bush Fly). 

Calliphora villosa (Yellow Blowfly), and Neocalliphora ochracea (Red Blow 
fly). Ave all common, the lastnamed especially inhabitine the brushes. 

Trichophthalma sp. of the family Nemestrinidae has a superficial resemblance 
to the common March fly, but differing in having a pointed tip to abdomen. The 
wings are pointed, slightly clouded with grey and slightly spread when settled. 

Chaetogaster violacea (?). This is probably a color variety of C. violacea. 
It is a large blue metallic tinted fly with yellowish wings. 

Gastrophilus equi. Occurs here, but does not seem to be plentiful. 

Culicidae. Mosquitoes as a class are not very prevalent and met with mostly 
in the brushes. 

The genus Anopheles I have not seen here. 


LEPIDOPTER A—RHOPALOCERA. 


Nacaduba lineata. In my previous paper I stated that I was not quite cer- 
tain about seeing’ this species here. I have since seen and identified it. 


ts Vol. iv., part ii., November 10th, 1925. 


296 ADDITIONAL FAUNA OF COMBOYNE PLATEAU. 


Papilio anactus. I have seen one individual only, which indicates its rarity 
here. 

Elodina parthia. Rare, and only seen in 1926. 

Phaedyma shepherdi. Very rare; only seen once early in November, 1926. 


HETEROCERA, 


Doratiphora vulnerans. Found here on Eucalyptus saligna, in the pupal 
stage, in early March. Of eleven cocoons I secured, 2 males emerged in the 
middle of March. This is unusual, as this species emerges usually in November 
or December. From two others a blue ichneumon fly emerged, showing that the 
species, in spite of the stinging rosettes of the larva, is not immune to attack. 


MYRIOPODA. 

Allothereua maculata. 

Cyliosomella sp. A Millipede of the order Diplopoda, a broad flattened species 
found amongst the dead fallen leaves in the brushes which, when disturbed, rolls 
itself into a ball. 

VERTEBRATA. 
PISCES. 


Anguilla australis, This species differs from <A, reinhardtii in having the 
origin of the dorsal fin much further back; otherwise the two species are almost 
indistinguishable. Both are here in about equal numbers, and it is quite probable 
that they interbreed. Of one of each species 22 inches long that I caught, I 
found that in A. reinhardtii the distance from the tip of the snout to the origin 
of the dorsal fin was 74 inches, while from the same points the distance in A. 
australis was 10 inches—a difference of 23 inches in the length of the dorsal fin. 


AMPHIBIA—awnoura. 


Hyla leseurii. Not very common. 
REPTILI A—opuop1a. 


Python spilotes. In my previous paper I stated that this snake did not oc- 
cur here. I now have to state that it dees occur, but it is not common. The one 
specimen which I have seen varied considerably from the species as I know it 
south of Sydney in being more variegated, with patches of greyish white, the 
diamond-shaped areas being of this color and not yellow, though nearly every 
seale on back and sides otherwise was black with a yellow centre. It is this latter 
feature, according to Krefft, which is the distinguishing character between P. 
spilotes and P, variegatus. The belly scales in this specimen were straw color, 
instead of being bright yellow. MKrefft gives the range of this species:—‘Port 
Macquarie to Jervis Bay, or perhaps Cape Howe, and from the coast to the 
western slopes of the Blue Mountains and the Liverpool Range.” It is just here 
that the two species overlap, and one would expect variants at their boundary 
limits; there is also a great probability that the two species interbreed where 
their areas overlap. This would help greatly to increase the tendency to varia- 
bility. 

Diemenia psammophis. This does not appear to be very common; found 
apparently only on the outskirts of the Plateau off the basalt amongst the hard- 
wood timber. 

Denisonia signata. This species is found on the basalt, and is fairly common. 


CHISHOLM. 297 


LACERTILIA. 

Lygosoma (Hinulia) tenue. 

Lygosoma (Liolepisma) mustelinum. Found under logs and stones on the 
basalt, and fairly common. 

Egernia major. This species lives in logs and holes, and is fairly common. 
It is exceedingly lively, travelling with great rapidity, and is very shy. An in- 
dividual I procured was dug out from under the roots of a tree growing on 
basalt. 

Physignathus lesueurti. Uncommon. Since writing my previous paper I 
have seen one or two individuals on the Plateau. 

Gymnodactylus (platurus ?). A broad tail Gecko. Probably fairly common, 
though not often seen. It inhabits the hard-wood country at the edge of the 
Plateau, living under the loose bark of trees. 

There is another interesting form of Gecko here, commonly called the “Fan- 
tail.” I have not had the opportunity of seeing one, but from descriptions its 
tail ends in a fan shape. 

Tiliqua nigrolutea. A blue-tongued lizard. Descriptions I have had indicate 
that this species inhabits the edge of the Plateau, though personally I have not 
seen it. 

AVES. 

Synoicus australis. 1 have seen this species several times, sometimes in pairs, 
at other times in groups of six to eight. They appear to be fairly numerous, and 
are seen about open patches of bracken. 

Gallinago hardwicki. Seen singly or in pairs about swampy edges of creeks. 
This is the first year I have seen it here. 

Aleyone azurea. This is exceedingly rare on the Plateau. I have only seen 
one here, though it is plentiful on the streams to which these waters flow. 

Micropus pacificus. Some days last summer these birds were numerous for 
days in succession, though only occasionally seen. 

Climacteris erythrops. Uncommon; only seen once. 

Plectorhyncha lanceolata. Quite a rare bird here, and I have seen only an 
occasional individual on the partially cleared brush land. 

Carduelis elegans. The English Goldfinch has lately been reported as having 
been seen here, though I have not yet met with it. 


MAMMALIA—MaARSUPIALIA. 


Isoodon macrourus. A rare and very interesting form, a fresh female speci- 
men of which I have forwarded to the Australian Museum. In October, 1925, I 
was shown a desiccated specimen of an animal by a man who has been used to 
the bush all his life, and is a native of the North Coast. He admitted that he 
was puzzled, and asked my opinion as to what the animal was. I was at a loss 
to answer him straight away. The animal had been dead several months, and 
was just a dried flattened carcase with only skin and bone left. The skeleton was 
complete, except for the tail. The feet and claws showed it belonged to the 
bandicoot family. On examining the dentition I found the cavities on each jaw 
long and curved, rather suggesting a carnivorous habit. I decided it was some 
thing out of the ordinary and sent it to the Australian Museum for identification, 
and later the whole carease, along with a fresh foot of the same species caught 
near the same place in a steel trap, the animal having torn or bitten it off and 


298 ADDITIONAL FAUNA OF COMBOYNE PLATEAU. 


escaped. The authorities at the Museum were very much interested in the speci 
men, and asked me to do my best to get a fresh specimen, as the only skull re- 
sembling it that they had was one sent from the Clarence. The fresh foot and 
that of the carcase were pronounced as being identical. Many people well up in 
bushlore have been enlisted to enable me to get a fresh specimen since, but with- 
out success, until July 25th last, when one was brought to me in a good state of 
preservation, having been killed by a dog and the entrails removed. The ‘otal 
length of this specimen was 25 inches, head and body 18 inches, tail 7 inches. 

A second specimen of this species—a young male—was brought to me on 
August 23rd last measuring, with head and body, 15 inches. I was able to com- 
pare this with a female J. obesulus caught the night before, the head and body 
of which measured 14 inches, and with a specimen of P. nasuta, of 114 inches, 
which was caught here a little while before and which [ had in spirits. 

Perameles nasuta. This was mentioned in my previous paper as having been 
observed here, though up to that time I had not verified it. I-am able now to 
confirm this, as I have seen it myself, though it appears to be less common than 
Tsoodon obesulus. 

Macropus wilcoxi. Red legged wallaby. In my previous paper I mentioned 
this species. It is invariably called here the ‘“Pademelon.” The true Pademelon 
(MM. thetidis) does not occur here. 

My thanks are due to Dr. Anderson and the Museum staff for the identifiea- 
tion of many species, and also to Dr. E. W. Ferguson for the identification of the 
Diptera, especially the biting flies. 


Errata. I would like to eall attention to a few misprints in my previous 
paper: On p. 59, line 15, for Daphnanandra read Daphnandra; on p. 61, line 11, 
fer “log shelters” read “bag shelters”; p. 61, last line but one, for Pericea read 
Sericea; p. 71, line 25, omit “and” at the end of the line; p. 73, line , Pademelon 
should have been in inverted commas, signifying “so-called” Pademelon, as it is 
not the true one; on p. 72, beginning the first line, under Marsupialia I have Pera- 
meles obesula; according to the latest classification and nomenclature this bandi 
coot is Tsoodon obesulus. 


SECTIONAL MEETINGS. 


During the period January to June, 1927, meetings of the Sections will be 
held as follows :— 


ENTOMOLOGIOAL SECTION: 


Wednesday.—9th February. Wednesday.—llth May. 
y 9th March. ; 5 8th June, 
x 13th April. 
ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION : 
Friday.—21st January. Friday —15th April. 
ij 18th February. i 20th May. 
A 18th March. - 17th June. 
Marine ZOoLoGicaAL SECTION. 
Monday.—6th February. Monday.—Ilst May. 
‘3 6th March. a 5th June. 


es 3rd April. 


Meetings are held at the Society’s office, Bull’s Chambers, Martin Place, at 
7.30 p.m., and are open to all ordinary and associate members. 


299 


THE BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET, CAPRICORN GROUP. 
(J). CRUSTACEA. 
By Frank A. McNeriu, Zoologist at the Australian Museum. 
(By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 
(Plate xli.; and Text-figs, 1-2.) 

In the last issue of the Australian Zoologist (Vol. iy., 1926, 248) attention 
was drawn to the fact that the section dealing with the Crustacea collected ou 
North-west Islet by members of the Royal Zoological Society who visited the 
Capricorn Group in November to December, 1925, was unfortunately omitted 
from the associated articles treating with the general zoology, ete. 

We owe our first knowledge of the Crustacea of the Capricorn Group to the 
efforts of Grant and McCulloch, who published an account of the Decapoda in 
1906 (1). Since that date no systematic list has appeared, and only three re. 
ferences to species occurring in the Group have been published, viz.: Clibanarius 
taeniatus H. M. Edw., recorded for the second time by McCulloch (2) from 
Masthead Island, and Chlorodiella niger Forskiil and Trapezia cymodoce 
Herbst, recorded by Rathbun (3) from North-west Islet. It is the purpose of 
this paper to supplement the work of Grant and McCulloch, but it must be pointed 
out, however, that in many cases records for the Group appear for the second 
time, but an effort has been made to amplify the facts already known concerning 
them. On the other hand, quite a number of species are recorded for the first 
time, some of which constitute new records for the Queensland coast and Aus- 
tralia. 

The islands of the Capricorn Group are reef-girt like many of similar con- 
struction along the coast of Queensland. They are termed pseudo-atolls, and 
their general geography has been well treated by Hedley (4), Grant and Me- 
Culloch (loc. cit., 1906) and Musgrave (5). 

My thanks are due to Dr. Mary J. Rathbun and Dr. Waldo Schmitt, of the 
U.S. Nat. Museum., and H. M. Hale, of the South Australian Museum, for as- 
sistance in the determination of a few of the more obscure species of the Deca- 
poda. The latter gentleman, Mr. W. H. Baker, of Adelaide, South Australia, 
and Dr. Chas. Chilton, of Christchurch, New Zealand, have determined the few 
species of Isopoda obtained by the expedition. 

In dealing with the various species of the collection, original references are 
quoted, together with others selected for their value as aids in the determination 
of individual species. 

It was mainly due to the enthusiasm of the late Miss E. Chase, B.Se., De- 
monstrator in Zoology, University of Sydney, and Mr. G. P. Whitley, of the 
Australian Museum, that such a fine collection was secured. 


). Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxi, 1906, 2. 

). Ree, Austr. Mus. ix., 1913, 349, pl. xi., fig. 1. 

(3). Biol. Res. F.I.S, “Endeavour,” v., 1923, 108 and 129. 

). Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxi., 1906, 453. 

(5). Avstralian Zoologist, iv., 1926, 199-209, pls. xxv—xxix. 


300 - BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


Class CRUSTACEA. 
Subclass Manacostraca, 
Order Drcapopa. 
Suborder NavTantTta. 

Tribe CARIDES. 

Family PoNTONIIDAE. 
Genus PERICLIMENES Costa. 
Subgenus AncyLocaris Schenkel. 


PERICLIMENES (ANCYLOCARIS) SPINIFERUS. 


Periclimenes petitthouarsi, var. spinifera, de Man, Abhandl. Senck, Naturf. Ges., 
xxy., 1902, 824 (Amboina and Ternate). 

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) spiniferus Kemp, Records Indian Mus., xxiy., ii., 1922, 
195 (and synonymy). 

With some little hesitation I refer to this species an ovigerous female 
specimen 16.5 mm. long, which has the second legs missing. The chela of the 
first leg is as shown in Borradaile’s figure (6), but it is only half as long as the 
carpus, whereas Borradaile (7) shows it as being about two-thirds as long as the 
carpus. 

No previous record of the occurrence of the species in Australian waters ap- 
pears to have been published. 
Locality—In pool on reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


PERICLIMENES (ANCYLOCARIS) ELEGANS var. DUBIUS. 


Periclimenes (Falciger) dubius Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xv., 1915, 

Pat 
Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) elegans Paulson, var. dubius Kemp, Records Indian 

Mus., xxiv., ii., 1922, 218. 

_ A male specimen of this small species of shrimp was collected in a pool on 
the reef. It measures 7.5 mm. from the tip of the rostrum to the end of the 
carapace and agrees perfectly with Kemp’s description and figure. 

Another male specimen of the species measuring 9.5 mm. in length is from 
the same source, but has the second legs missing and can only doubtfully be re- 
ferred to the variety dubius as above. 

The present record constitutes an addition to the Australian coastal fauna. 

Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus Pontonta Latreille. 
PONTONIA TRIDACNAE. 


Conchodytes tridacnae Peters, Mon. Ber. Acad. Wiss. Berlin, 1852, 594 (Ibo, 

East Africa). 

Pontonia (Conchodytes) tridacnae Miers, Zool. H.M.S. “Alert,” 1884, 290. 
Pontonia tridacnae Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., v., 1890, 509. Idem, Henderson 

Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. (2), v., 1893, 438. 

An’ unique ovigerous female specimen about 19 mm. long is identified as 
this species. It agrees very well with Dana’s figure (referred to by Miers, loc. 
cit.) in that the chelae are similar in form and proportion; this character was 
commented upon by Miers. 


(6) Trans. Linn. Soc. London, xvii., 2nd ser. Zool., 1917, pl. lii, f. Ik. = 
(7), Loe: cits-£. la. 


w 


CRUSTACEA—MCNEILL. 301 


Unfortunately no data are obtainable concerning the host of the specimen 
which appears to have been captured swimming freely in a pool on the reef. Ex- 
haustive inquiries failed to elicit further details from the collectors, and in view 
of the fact that Mier’s specimens also were not associated with any host, it would 
appear that the species is not as sedentary a commensal as some of its allies. 

Lvucality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Family Hrppotytipar. 
Genus Sprronrocaris Spence Bate. 
SPIRONTOCARIS MARMORATA. 


Palaemon marmoratus Olivier, Eneyel. Méth. Hist. Nat., Insectes, viii., 1811, 665; 
atlas, xxiv., 1818, pl. 319, fig. 3. 

Hippolyte gibberosus Haswell, Cat. Austr. Crust., 1882, 185. Idem, Whitelegge, 
Australian Museum Memoir, iii., 2, 1897, 146. : 

Hippolyte gibberosa Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., v., 1890, 497. 

Hippolyte marmorata Ortmann, Tom. cit., 497, pl. xxxvi., fig. 18. 

Spirontocaris marmorata Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxiii., 3, 1903 (1906), 
913 (synonymy). 


Fig. 1. Spirontocaris marmorata. 


Side view (slightly enlarged) and mandible (enlarged), from a pen drawing by the 
late F. E. Grant. The original was presumably from Masthead Island, in the Cap- 
ricorn Group, Queensland, where the artist made an extensive collection. 


Two males (measuring 16.5 and 21 mm. from the tip of the rostrum to the 
end of the carapace) and two ovigerous females (19 and 20 mm. long) of this 
typical reef shrimp were secured in pools on the reef at North-west Islet. An- 
other oyigerous female example (19 mm. long) was collected under similar cir- 
cumstances on Wilson Islet, during a day’s excursion from the main base. 

The present record appears to be the first definite one for the species in 
Australian waters. 

The sketch of the species reproduced here is from the pen of the late F. E. 
Grant and dated 1905. It shows all the main characteristics of the form and 
will facilitate identification. 

'  _Locality—Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


302 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST iSLE®. 


Family CRANGONIDAE [== ALPHEIDAE olim]. 
Genus CranGon [== ALPHEUS olim] Weber. 
CRANGON [== ALPHEUS olim] EDWARDSII. 


Athanasus edwardsii Audouin, Explic. Planches de Savigny, Description de 

Egypte, Atlas, 1809, pl. x., fig. 2. 

Crangon edwardsii Rathbun, Proe. Zool. Soe. London, 1914, 3, 654 (and synonymy 
quoted ). 

Three ovigerous females 9 to 16 mm. long, measured from the tip of the 
rostrum to the end of the carapace. Secured under loose dead coral blocks on the 
reef, where they were common. 

This species has a wide range along the eastern Australian coast line. 

Locality — North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Tribe STENOPIDEA. 
Family STENOPIDAE. 
Genus StTeNnopuSs Latreille. 
STENOPUS ROBUSTUS. 


Stenopus robustus Borradailc, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, xiii., ii., 2nd ser. Zoology, 

1910, 260, pl. 16, fig. 4. 

One juvenile example with limbs missing measures 6 mm. from the tip of the 
rostrum to the end of the carapace. Another damaged specimen secured with 
the above is about the same size, and is now in the United States National Museum 
collection. Both specimens were kindly identified for me by Dr. Waldo Schmitt, 
of the abovenamed Institution. They are undoubtedly correctly referred to S. 
robustus, as the identification was helped out by a further complete specimen of 
the species (8.5 mm. as above) from Port Jackson, which was examined in con- 
junction with the damaged material. 

It appears that the above records represent the first mention of the species 
from Australian waters; the type locality is Chagos Archipelago, and I know of 
no further reference to the species in literature. 

The species is obviously a tropical one and the New South Wales record is 
most interesting, as proving the existence of the strong south flowing current 
(Notonectian) which brings the larvae of several Decapod wanderers to these 
shores. 

Locality—Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Suborder REPTANTIA. 
Tribe PALINURA. 
Family PALINuRIDAE. 
Genus Pauinurus Fabricius. 
PALINURUS VERSICOLOR. 


Palinurus versicolor Latreille, Annal. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, 3, 1804, 394. 

de Man, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., xxv., 3, 1902, 760 (and synonymy). 

One large male 133 inches long, including telson, was speared in the shallow 
water of the lagoon. 

The very striking colour-marking of this form makes it at once recognisable 
as the species recorded and figured by de Haan (in Siebold’s Fauna Japonica, 
Crust., v., 1841, 159, pls. xliii. and xliv., fig. 2) under the name “Palinurus fas- 
ciatus Fabr.,” which is included as a synonym of P. versicolor by de Man in the 
work quoted above. The absence of a complete set of literature prevents me 


CRUSTACEA—MECNEILL. 303 


from checking the identity further, but if the nomenclature has undergone any 
changes since de Man’s paper was written I can be certain that the species here 
recorded will be easily recognised. 

In the “Narrative of North-west Islet,’ Mr. A. Musgrave discusses the capture 
of the above specimen under the name P. fasciatus, supplementing his remarks by 
a fine photograph (Australian Zoologist, iv., 1926, 205, pl. xxvii., fig. 3). 

The species has apparently not been recorded before from Australian waters. 
In the collection of the Australian Museum there are other much smaller speci- 
mens from Murray Island, Torres Strait: Malo, New Hebrides: Furona Id., S.W. 
coast of Ysabel, British Solomons. 

Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Tribe ANOMURA. 
Family PaGuripas. 
Genus DArpANuS Paulson. 


DARDANUS DEFORMIS. 


Pagurus deformis H. M.EKdw., Ann. Sci. Nat. (2), vi., 1836, 272, pl. xiii, fig. 4. 
Idem, Henderson, “Challenger,” Zool., xxvii., 1888, Anomura, 57 (and re- 
ferences). 

The two examples of this well known species in the collection have their 
genital apertures at the base of the third legs (8); the major hands measure eight 
by fourteen mm. and eighteen by twenty-six mm. 

Miers in 1880 (9) expressed some doubt as to the distinetness of D. pedun- 
culatus Herbst (10) and the present species of H. M. Edwards. It is difficult 
to recognise any likeness between the figures supplied by these authors, but Rath- 
bun (11) has associated them under the former name. I have not seen any pub- 
lished reasons for this action, and, not having been able to come to a decision 
myself, have refrained from using Herbst’s name in the present instance. 

Locality.—Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


DARDANUS MBEGISTOS. 


Cancer megistos Herbst, Naturg. d. Krabben u. Krebse, iti., 4, 1804, 23, pl. 61, 

fig. 1. 

Pagurus megistos Stebbing, Crust. South Africa, iv., 1908, 21 (and synonymy). 
Pagurus punctulatus Grant and McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxx1., 

1906, 37. 

This widely distributed and strikingly coloured Indo-Pacific species is re- 
presented by one male and four females; the Iength of the major hand ranges 
from 14.5 to 50 mm. The largest specimen is a female, the hand measurement 
of which exceeds that of the next in size (a male) by 23 mm. In an account of 
North-west Islet, which appeared in last issue of the Australian Zoologist, Mus- 
grave refers to the above species and illustrates his remarks by a photograph 
(12). 

Locality.—Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


(8). See Borradaile P.Z.S. Lond., 1898, iti.. 460. 

(9). Ann. Mag., Nat. Hist. (5), v., 1880, 374. 

(10). Naturg. d. Krabben u. Krebse, iii. 4, 1804, 25, pl. 61, fig. 2. 
(11). Smith. Misc. Coll., xlix.. No. 1717, 1907, 204. 

(12), Australian Zoologist, iv., 1926, 205, pl. xxvii. fig. 4. 


304 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


Genus Cautcrnus Dana. 
CALCINUS LATENS. 


Calcinus latens Randall, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1839, p. 135 (fide Dana 
1852, and Stimpson 1907). Grant and McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. 
Wales, xxxi., 1906, 34 (and synonymy). Stimpson, Smith. Misc. Colls., 
xlix., No. 1717, 1907, 208. 

One male and one ovigerous female approximately 25 and 30 mm. in length 
Locality.—Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Family AXIIDAE. 
Genus Axtus Leach. 
Subgenus Neaxtus Borradaile. 
Axius (NEAXIUS) PLECTRORHYNCHUS. 


Aaius plectrorhynchus Strahl, Monatsberichte der kon. preuss. Akad. der Wissen- 
schaften, Berlin, 1861 (1862), 1060, and figs. 2-4 and 11 on plate opposite 

p. 1072; and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd ser., ix.. 1862, 387. Miers, Zoology 

H.M.S. “Alert,” 1884, 282. Fulton and Grant, Proe. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 

xiv. (n, ser.), 1902, 60, pl. -v., fig. 7-8. 

Axius (Neaxius) plectrorhynchus de Man, “Siboga” Expd., Monogr. xxxix. ae, 

Decapoda, pt. vi.—Awxiidae, 1925, 12-13. 

One small female, measuring 6 mm. from the tip of the rostrum to the end 
of the carapace, agrees perfectly with Strahl’s description and figures. It was 
kindly identified for me by Dr, Waldo Schmitt. 

Miers was the first to record this species from the Queensland coast when he 
somewhat hesitatingly described an incomplete specimen about 13 inches long 
secured at Port Molle during the “Alert” Expedition. The present record verifies 
the oceurrence of the species in Queensland, but Miers’ timidity is to be admired, 
seeing that his specimen lacked chelae (fide notes made by the late F. E. Grant 
on the specimen in the British Museum) and was discovered at a locality greatly 
removed from Luzon in the Philippines (the type locality of A. (N.) plectro- 
rhynchus) ; a comparison of Miers’ description and the abovementioned notes by 
Grant with Strahl’s description and figures satisfies me that the Port Molle speci- 
men is correctly identified. 

Since Miers’ record of the species, Fulton and Grant have. recognised it 
from Victoria, and there are several specimens in the Australian Museum from 
South Australia. 

Variation—In a species having such a huge range as A. (N.) plectrorhynchus 
one must expect a certain amount of variation, as exemplified in the Soldier Crab 
(Mietyris longicarpus) recently dealt with by me in the Records of the Australian 
Museum. Fulton and Grant have already referred to the variable number of 
rostral teeth on the series examined by them and this feature is particularly 
noticeable in the southern Australian specimens before me, some of which are two 
inches long. Strahl’s figure shows a disposition of the rostral spines which allows 
of a bifureate rostral extremity, thus agreeing with the small specimen I have 
from Queensland, and apparently also with Miers’ specimen from Port Molle 
which is said to have five or six teeth on each side of the rostrum. In the 
southern Australian specimens, however, the rostrum may have a well defined 
median tooth, or three of equal length at the extremity which gives the strue- 
ture a tricuspid appearance; Fulton and Grant figured the former condition of 
the rostrum, and made no comment about the bifureate extremity as depicted by 


ORUSTACEA—MECNEILL. 305 


Strahl for the reason that they obviously overlooked that author’s figures. In 
some small southern Australian examples, also, the rostrum is much more flattened 
and not markedly hollowed or coneave above as in Strahl’s figure, or the small 
Queensland specimen before me. All major characters are consistant, however, 
and it would be impossible to my mind to separate the species into varieties, 
as the variation noted above may oecur in any one series of the species from 
southern Australian waters, a fact already recorded by Fulton and Grant. 
Loeality—Reet, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Family CALLIANASSIDAR. 
Genus Upoagrsra Leach. 
UpoGEBIA SIMSONI, 


Gebia simsoni Thomson, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1892, 49, pl. 1., figs. 3-5. 
Upogebia simsoni Fulton and Grant, Proe. Roy. Soe. Vie., xiv. (n.ser.), 1902, 

61, pl. v., figs. 5-6. 

One female specimen measuring 5.5 mm. from the tip of the rostrum to the 
end of the carapace was identified for me by Dr. Waldo Schmitt, of the United 
States National Museum, who states (in lit.): “This specimen seems to upset 
Borradaile’s subgeneric revision of Upogebia (Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., xii., 
1903, p. 542), for though the ‘thumb’ is distinetly shorter than the movable finger 
I can find no trace of the ‘small sharp tooth on the fore edge of the carapace 
over the antenna.’ Moreover, ‘the two branches of the last limb’ though ‘broad 
and stout,’ are longer than the telson, which is not admitted in the generic de- 
finition of Upogebia as it stands at present.” 

The species appears to have been only previously recognised from the east 
coast of Tasmania (Thomson—type locality) and Flinders, Western Port, Vic- 
toria (Fulton and Grant). The present record is a notable extension to the 
range of the species, and an addition to the Decapod fauna of Queensland. 

Locality.—Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Family GALATHEIDAE. 
Genus GaLaTHra Fabricius. 
GALATHEA PUSILLA, 


Galathea pusilla Henderson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., 1885, p. 407. 
Grant and MeCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxi., 1906, 43 and 49, pl. 

iv., figs. 5, 5a (with references). 

One example measuring 11 mm. from the tip of the rostrum to the end of 
the telson is definitely identified as this species. Although the chelae and most 
of the legs are missing from the specimen, it is easily identified with the aid of 
Grant and McCulloch’s key, which provides characters for the rostrum and the 
outer maxillipedes only. 

Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland; from pool on 
reef. 

Family PorceELLANIDAE. 
Genus PETROLISTHES Stimpson. 
PETROLISTHES LAMARCKI. 


Pisidia lamarckii Leach, Dict. Sei. Nat., xviii., 1820, 54. 
Petrolisthes lamarcki Grant and McCulloch, Proe. Linn. Sec. N.S. Wales, xxxi., 
1906, 38. 


306 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


Two males and one ovigerous female (7 to 8 mm. across the carapace) from 
North-west Islet, and one male (8 mm. across the carapace) from Wilson 
Islet. All the specimens were collected under dead coral blocks on the respective 
reels. 

Locality.—-Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Tribe BracHyuURA. 
Subtribe OxysToMaATA. 
Family CALAPPIDAB. 
Genus CaLAppa Fabricius. 
CALAPPA HEPATICA. 


Cancer hepaticus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, vol. 1., pt. i., 1767, p. 1048. 
Calappa hepatica Grant and MeCulloch, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xxxi., 1906, 

24. 

Three adult males 66 to 80.5 mm. wide were collected on a sandy bottom 
in the reef shallows. 

This species is very common on the Queensland coast, and the following 
observations on its habits were made by the late Allan R. MeCulloch :—“Oceurs 
everywhere in sandy flats into which it burrows rapidly, rising the legs to push 
away the sand so that it seems to sink into it backwards almost without effort. 
Meantime the chelipeds are held in a defensive attitude until nearly covered, 
when they are drawn up against the body as the crab disappears from view. The 
creature is merely covered, however, and a slight disturbance will hunt if out 
to repeat the manoeuvre a few yards away.” 

Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Subtribe BRACHYGNATHA. 
Superfamily OxyrHYNCHA. 
Family Magipar. 
Subfamily ACANTHONYCHINAER. 
Genus Mrenarruius H. M. Edwards. 
MENAETHIUS MONOCEROS. 


Pisa monoceros Latreille, Eneyclop. Methodique, x., 1825, 139. 

Menaethius monoceros Calman, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, viii., 2nd ser., Zool., 
1900, 34. Idem, Grant and MeCulloch, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xxxi, 
1906, 32. Idem, Balss, Archiv fiir Naturg. 90, Abt. A., 5 heft, 1924, 27 (with 
references). 

A series of five specimens (7 to 13.5 mm. wide) of this typical coral reef 
species was secured; this includes one adult of both sexes and three juvenile 
males. 

Locality.—kReef at North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland, 


Subfamily Masin ae. 
Genus TraARINrA Dana. 
TIARINIA GRACILIS. 


Tiarinia gracilis Dana, U.S. Explor. Exped., Crust. 1, 1852, 111, pl. 3, figs. 6a-d. 
Idem, de Man, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., xxv., 3, 1902, 674. 

? Tiarinia depressa Stimpson, Smith. Misc. Coll., xlix., No. 1717, 1907, 12, pl. 
lii., fig. 2. 
One ovigerous female with carapace 11 mm. long (including rostrum) and 

7.5 mm. wide. 


CRUSTACEA—MENELLL. 307 


The specimen has been submitted to Dr. Rathbun, who considers it to be 
referable to the above species, although she states (in lit.) that “the tubercles are 
much less strong than usual.” Dr, Rathbun also suggests that 7. depressa Stimp- 
son is a synonym of 7’. gracilis Dana, a statement | am inclined to accept. Un- 
fortunately, however, there is no possibility of examining Stimpson’s type 
material, as it was destroyed by fire in 1871 (sce loc. cit., 1907, 3) and any con- 
clusions, therefore, must be based solely on his description and figure. 


Superfamily BracwyrRHyNCcHA. 
amily Portunrpan. 
Genus THALA ITA Latreille. 
THALAMITA ADMETR. 


Cancer admete Herbst, Natur. d. Kvabben u. Krebse, 3, pt. 3, 1803, 40, pl. 57, 
fig, 1. 

Thalamita admete Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxv., No. 2, 1907, 63 (and 
references). 
In all, three specimens of this species were collected—two females measur- 

ing 13 and 16.5 mm. aeross the carapace and one male measuring 31 mm. 
Locality.—Keef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


TTHALAMITA STIMPSONI. 


Thalamita stimpsoni A. M. Edwards, Arch. Mus. Paris, x., 1861, 362, 367, pl. 
xxxv., fig. 4. Alcock, Journ, Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n. ser.), Ixviii., 2, No. 1, 
1899, 73, 79 (with references). 

Two adult female examples with carapaces 45 and 52.5 mm. wide. 
Locality Reet, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus CAPHYRA Guérin. 
CAPHYRA LABVIS. 


Caphyra laevis A. M. Edwards, Nouy. Arch. Mus. Paris, ix., 1873, 173, pl. iv., 
fig. 2. Grant and McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxi., 1906, 18. 
Two ovigerous females, 16 mm. wide. 

Though hitherto considered to be rare, this species apparently may be ob- 
tained fairly plentitully by combing one’s fingers gently through the polyps of 
colonies of the Aleyonarian coral Xenia. With a pale bluish white carapace and 
legs marked longitudinally with darker bands to resemble its host, this little 
crab lives secure from its enemies, protected by the armed tentacles of the 
Xenia, and doubtless securing a plentiful supply of food in the way of small 
worms, ete., paralyzed by the stinging cells of its host. 

This curious commensalism obviously explains the modification of the dactyls 
of the swimming legs for anchorage purposes. 

Locality-—In a pool on the reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queens- 
land. 

CAPHYRA ROTUNDIFRONS. 


Camtonyx rotundifrons A. M. Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, v., 1869, 156, 
pl. vii., figs. 11-12. 
Caphyra rotundifrons Calman, Trans, Linn. Soc. London, viii., 2nd ser., Zool., 
1900, 20. 
One female example measuring 9 mm. across the carapace. 
This species was oviginally described from New Caledonia and it has been 
recorded from “Torres Straits” by Calman (loc. cit.), but the present record ap- 


308 BLOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


pears to be the first definite one of its occurrence on the Australian coast. It is 
no doubt a commensal like the previous species, but unfortunately no informa- 
tion is available concerning its habits. 

Locality Reet, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Family XANTHIDAE. 
Genus PinumNus Leach. 
PILUMNUS SPINICARPUS. 


Pilumnus hirsutus Haswell, Cat. Austr. Crust., 1882, 69 (not P. hirsutus of 
Stimpson). 

Pilumnus spinicarpus Grant and McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S, Wales, xxxi., 
1906, 15, pl. i., fig. 2, 2a (and synonymy). Jdem, Rathbun, Biol. Res. “Bn- 
deavour,” v., 3, 1923, 123. 

One ovigerous female example measurmg 15 mm. across the widest part of 
the carapace (including spines). 

Synonymy.—Several recent acquisitions at the Australian Museum have been 
recognised as Haswell’s P. hirsutus, but it was realised that his description did 
not fit either Stimpson’s or Rathbun’s (13) remarks, nor specimens in the Aus- 
tralian Museum, correctly identified by the latter author from the collections 
made by the F.I.S. “Endeavour.” Unfortunately, the specimens on which Has- 
well based his record of P. hirsutus cannot be traced, and the opportunity to de- 
cisively solve the problem is lost. There can be no doubt, however, that Has- 
well’s record was based on examples of Grant and MecCulloch’s P. spinicarpus, 
probably of larger size than the type material. The fact that Haswell records 
the presence of three to four spines on the merus of the legs is sutlicient evi- 
dence alone to associate his deseription with P. spinicarpus, and the presence in 
the Australian Museum collection of a specimen of P. spinicarpus from the same 
locality (Holbourne Island, Queensland) as Haswell’s record of “P. hirsutus” 
strengthens this belief; numerous specimens of P. spinicarpus are in the Aus- 
tralian Museum from many Queensland localities, thus indicating that it is a 
reef species of rather common occurrence. 

Grant and McCulloch have already associated Haswell’s P.-cursor with their 
P. spinicarpus, an action with which I am in perfect accord after an examina- 
tion of Haswell’s specimens from Port Molle, Queensland. 

Whitelegge’s mention of P. cursor in 1897 (14) was based on Haswell’s 
P. cursor (nec. A. M. Edwards). , 

It seems surprising that Haswell should have identified as separate species 
two batches of the same form. The only way to account for this is that his 
P. hirsutus material was larger in size than his specimens of P. cursor; he was 
evidently deceived by the growth variation that is noticeable on the examination 
of any large series of DP. spinicarpus. Haswell was responsible for many 
anomalies in his work in the Catalogue of Australian Crustacea. but we must 
remember that he was the pioneer of systematic Australian Careinology, and 
not judge him too harshly on what in his day was a monumental work. 

Variation—In large specimens of P. spinicarpus (there is one male before 
me 22 mm. wide) the frontal lobes are a little more produced and strongly ser- 
rated, a small area of the carapace behind the antero-lateral spines is clearly 
eranular and the marginal spines are ycry well developed, particularly one at 


(13). For references see Rathbun, Biol. Res. F.I.S. “Endeavour, v. 3, 1923, 
122, pl. xxviii. 
(14). Whitelegge, Austr. Mus. Mem., iii., 2, 1897. 186. 


CRUSTACEA—MeCNEILL. 309 


the outer angle of each orbit and the one immediately below it on each antero- 
lateral margin. Also, the spines of the sub-orbital margins are very distinet; at 
the inner angle of each orbit there may also be present a small well developed 
spine, and in the largest specimen examined the spines are more numerous on 
the merus of the legs than described by Grant and McCulloch. The foregoing 
eharacters are not noticeable on many other smaller specimens, including the 
types which are quite obviously undeveloped examples of the species. Haswell 
noted that he recognised what he considered a variety of his P. hirsutus (nec 
Stimpson) which had the tubercles of the hands less numerous and less prominent. 
This character is noticeable in several examples before me from Port Denison, 
but it is m a male specimen from Port Darwin that the variation reaches its 
most advanced stage. This example cannot be separated from P. spinicarpus 
in major characters, but the carpus of each cheliped is covered with only very 
small widely separated tubercles above, and the larger hand is quite smooth, ex- 
cept where three to four minute tubercles occur. Above, at its articulation with 
the carpus, the smaller hand is sparsely granular, being quite smooth elsewhere. 
Such deviation from the typical form is not unknown amon® other eastern 
Queensland Decapods whose range extends northward around the Australian 
coast, and | vefrain from giving the above variety a name until it is possible 
to examine a much larger series of the species from the intermediate localities 
of its range. 

There are specimens in the Australian Museum from—Off Pine Peak, 
Queensland (dredged), and N.N.E. of Bowen, Queensland, 16 fathoms—F.LS. 
“Endeavour”; Masthead Island, Capricorn Group, Queensland (type locality) ; 
Port Molle, Queensland (P. cursor Haswell, nec. A. M. Edwards); Cairns Reef. 
off Cooktown, Queensland; Port Denison, Queensland; Holbourne Island, Queens- 
land (same loc. as P. hirsutus Haswell, nee. Stimpson); Hayman Island, Whit- 
sunday Group, Queensland; Port Darwin, North Australia (variety). 

Locality—Reet at North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus CHuLoropopsis A. M. Edwards. 
CHLORODOPSIS PILUMNOIDES. 


Chlorodius pilumnoides Adams and White, Zool. H.M.S. “Samarang,” Crust., pt. 

2, 1849, 41, pl. ix., fig. 3. 

Chlorodopsis pilwmnoides Rathbun, Biol. Res. I*.1.S. “Endeavour,” v., 3, 1928, 

108. 

Two male examples 12 to 12.5 mm. wide are clearly identical with this 
species; they agree well with Adams and White’s description and figure. 

Only one previous record of the species from the Queensland coast appears 
to have been published—that of Dr. Mary J. Rathbun (loc. cit.). This was 
based on a very small example (5.3 mm. wide) from off Cape Capricorn, Queens- 
land, in thirteen fathoms. The present identification of an adult verifies the 
oceurrence of the species. 

Locality.—Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus HErrputa Latreille. 
ERIPHIA SEBANA. 


Cancer sebanus Shaw, in Shaw and Nodder, Nat. Mise., xv., 1803, pl. 591. 
Briphia laevimana Grant and McCulloch, Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxxi., 1906, 14. 
Eriphia sebana Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxy., 2, 1907, 57. 

Six specimens (2 males and 4 females) measuring 47 to 56 mm. across the 
carapace. 


310 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


This is a very common species on the reefs of the Queensland coast. 
Locality — North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus Erisus H. M. Edwards. 
EXvIsus LAEVIMANUS. 


Etisus laevimanus Randall, Journ. Aead. Nat, Sei. Philad., viii, 1839, p. 115. 
Idem, Miers, Zool. “Alert,” 1884, 217. Idem, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soe. 
Bengal (n. ser.), lxvii., pt. 2, No. 1, 1898, 129, 131 (and synonymy). Idem, 
Calman, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, viii., 2nd ser., Zool., 1900, 7. 

One male 64 mm. aeross the widest part of the carapace. 
This is a widely distributed and common reet crab of the Queensland coast. 
Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus Evtsoprs Dana. 
ETISODES ELECTRA. 


Cancer electra Herbst. Naturg. d. Krabben u. Krebse, 3, i., 1801, 34, pl. li, fig. 6 
Etisodes electra Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n. ser.), Ixvii., 2, No. 1, 
1898, 133 (and synonymy). Jdem, Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxiii, 
for 1903, pt. iii., 1906, 851, pl. ix., fig. 7. Idem, Grant and McCulloch, Proe. 

Linn. Soe. N.S, Wales, xxxi., 1906, 10. 

One male and one female measuring respectively 10.5 and 15.5 mm. aeross 
the widest part of the carapace. This species is not uncommon on the reefs 
of the Queensland coast. 

Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus CHLORODIELLA Rathbun. 
CHLORODIELLA NIGER. 


Cancer niger Forskal, Descr. Anim., 1775, p. 89. 

Chlorodius niger Aleock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n. ser.), Ixvu., 2, No. 1, 
1898, 160. Zdem, Grant and McCulloch, Proe, Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xxx1., 
1906, 12. 

Chlorodiella niger Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxiii., for 1903, pt. ii., 1906, 
857. Idem, Rathbun, Biol. Res. F.1.S. “Endeavour,” v., 3, 1923, 108. 
Four males—two adults measuring 13 and 19 mn. across the carapace, one 

young male measuring 11 mm., and one juvenile 5 mm. There are very definite 

spines on the antero-lateral margins of the young in this species, but as growth 
proceeds these degenerate into lobes which may be very obtuse. 

An exceptionally common species on the Queensland eoast. 

Locality—Reet, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


CHLORODIEKLLA LAEVISSIMA. 


Chlorodius laevissimus Dana, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad., 1852, 80; and U.S. 
Expl. Expd., Crust, 1, 1852, 215, pl. xii, fig. 4a-g. Idem, Grant and 
McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xxxi., 1906, 12. 

Chlorodiella laevissima Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxiii., for 1903, pt. iii., 
1906, 857. 

Five specimens (two males and three females) range from 6 to 8.5 mm. 
across the carapace, and are exactly similar to those in the Australian Museum 
recorded under the same name from Masthead Island in the Capricorn Group 
by Grant and McCulloch. 


ORUSTACEA—MCNBEILL. 311 


The examples are somewhat hesitatingly referred here, however, for the 
above authors have noted that their specimens differ a little from C. laevissima 
as originally deseribed by Dana from the Hawaiian Islands in being sparingly 
areolate and haying a noticeable tuft of felted hairs at the base of the fingers 
of the major chelipeds. The Queensland specimens in the Australian Museum 
collection which are identified as C. laevissima are easily distinguishable from the 
allied C. niger of Forskal, but this is apparently not so with the form Rathbun 
examined and determined as Dana’s C. laevissima from the Hawaiian Islands 
(type locality). Rathbun states that “The line is not sharply drawn between” 
the two species occurring in these islands and they can only be separated on the 
following characters—‘C. laevissima has an orange reddish colour, while C. niger 
is brownish. Adult C. niger has the earapace finely granulate under the lens. 
Adult C. laevissima has the central part of the dorsum smooth; young specimens 
of both are much smoother.” Rathbun discredits the value of the arching of the 
fingers as a distinguishing character, thus opposing the views expressed by Dana 
and Alcock. Several of the specimens before me have been stored since capture 
in a medium of glycerine and water and exhibit the orange reddish colour noted 
by Rathbun. Each ambulatory limb, however, has in addition one or two trans- 
verse rows of reddish spots which are consistent in all of the Queensland speci- 
mens examined by me, both the present series and previous batches from other 
localities. All have the central pari of the dorsum smooth; the anterior part is 
finely granular under the lens, this character being no doubt the one whieh in- 
spired Grant and MeCulloch’s remark—‘the carapace is sparingly areolate.” 

Locality.— Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus Puatypopra Pell. 
PLATYPODIA ANAGLYPTA. 


Atergatis anaglyptus Heller, Abhandl. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, 1861, 6; and S.B. 
Ak. Wien, xliii., 312, pl. ii. figs. 11-12. 

Lophactaea anaglypta Grant and McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxi., 
1906, 9. 

Platypodia anaglypta Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxv., No. 2, 1907, 38. 
One juvenile female and one half-grown male measuring 9 and 13 mm. across 

the carapace. Not uncommon on several islands off the Queensland coast. 
Locality.—Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus Paymoprus A, M. Edwards. 
Puyadinus UNGULATUS. 


Chlorodius ungulatus H. M. Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i., 1834, 400, pl. 16, figs. 

6-8. » 
Phymodius ungulatus Aleock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n. ser.), Ixvii., pt. 2, 

No. 1, 1898, 162. Zdem, Calman, Trans. Linn, Soc. London, viii., 1, 2nd ser. 

Zool., 1900, 11. Idem, Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxv., No. 2, 1907 

46, pls. 3 and 4 (and synonymy). 

A series of five specimens (3 males and 2 females) measuring from 11 to 25 
mm. across the carapace are without doubt referabie to the above species, al- 
though only the three smaller ones have the sculpture sharply defined, fitting 
more closely the description given by Alcock. The “pusfule-like tubercles” re- 
ferred to by that author are much more evident in the female and juvenile ex- 
amples of this species, but it is unnecessary here to enlarge on variation, as Rath- 
bun (loc. cit.) has already treated the subject very fully. 


312 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


A very common form on the Queensland coast—large series occur in almost 
every collection from the area. 
Locality Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus Carpiuius Leach (in Desmarest). 
CARPILIUS MACULATUS. 
(Pl. xli.) 


Cancer maculatus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., xil., edit. 1., pt. 2, 1767, 1042. 

Carpilius maculatus Aleock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n. ser.), Ixvii., 2, No. 1, 
1898, 79. Idem, McCulloch and MeNeill, Rec. Austr. Mus., xiv., 1, 1923, 54. 
One male specimen of record size. The carapace is 140 mm. wide and the 

inajor hand 88 mm. lone (measured with the fingers closed). The present re- 

cord is the first of a live specimen fvom Australian waters. MeCulloch and my- 
self recorded the species for the first time in 1923 (loc. cit.); this was based on 

a dried carapace and hand found washed up on the reef at Holbourne Island, 

Queensland. 

From recent verbal reports I am led to understand that the species is not 
as rare on the Queensland coast as the present records tend to indicate. 
Locality.—Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


CARPILIUS CONVEXUS. 


Cancer converus Forskal, Deser. Anim., 1775, 88. 

Carpilius convexus Aleock, Journ. Asiat, Soe. Bengal (n. ser.), Ixvii., pt. 2, No. 
1, 1898, 79, 80 (and synonymy). Jdem, Calman, Trans. Linn. Soe. London, 
vili., 1, .2nd ser. Zool., 1900, 4. 

A large male example 79.5 mm. across the carapace. 

This appears to be the first time the species has been recognised from the 
Queensland coast, where it is not uncommon on many of the islands off the 
mainland. Calman records it (1900 loc. cit.) from Murray Island, Torres Strait. 

Locality. Reet, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus ATERGATIS de Haan. 
ATERGATIS OCYROE. 


Cancer ocyroe Herbst, Naturg. d. Krabben u. Krebse, iii., 2, 1801, 20, pl. liv. 
fig. 2. 

Atergatis floridus Aleock, Journ. <Asiat. Soe. Bengal (n. ser.), Ixvii., 2, No. 
1, 1898, 95, 98. Idem, Grant and MeCulloch, Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
Xxxl., 1906, 9. 

Atergatis ocyroe Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxv., No. 2, 1907, 37 (and 
synonymy ). 

Four male examples, comprised of three adults measuring 35 to 50 mm. 

across the carapace and one juvenile measuring 11 mm. 

This is one of the most conspicuous Deecapod forms on the coral reefs of the 

Indo-Paeifie Oceans. 

Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus ActAra de Haan. 
ACTARA TOMENTOSA. 


Zozymus tomentosus H. M. Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i., 1834, 385. 
Actaea tomentosa Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n. ser.), Ixvii., 2, No. 1, 
1898, 138, 140. 


ORUSTACEA—MCNEILL. 313 


One half-grown male measuring 17.5 mm. across the carapace. Well known 
from the Queensland coast and a common inhabitant of the Oriental Region. 
Locality.— North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus Lepropius A. M. Edwards. 
LEPTODIUS SANGUINEUS. 


Chlorodius sanguineus H, M. Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i, 1834, 402. 

Xantho (Leptodius) sanguineus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxvii., 2, No. 
1, 1898, 119 (and synonymy). 

Leptodius sanguineus Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxii., for 1903 (1906), 
847. 
One female example measuring 23.5 mm. across the carapace. 
The species is common on the Queensland coast. 
Locality Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus XAnvTHO Leach. 
XNANTHO GRASSIMANUS. 


Xantho crassimanus A. M. Edwards, Ann, Soc. Entom, France, vii. (4), 1867, 
267. 

Xantho (Leptodius) crassimanus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n. ser.), 
Ixvii., pt. 2, No. 1, 1898, 118, 120. 

Xantho crassimanus Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxili., for 1903 (1906), 847. 
One female example measuring 17 mm. across the carapace. 
Well distributed in Queensland waters. 
Locality — Reet, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus XAnrutaAs Rathbun. 
XANTHIAS ATROMANUS. 


Xanthodes atromanus Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, vi., 1882, 542; and 
Cat. Austr. Crust., 1882, 49, pl. i., fig. 1. Idem, Grant and McCulloch, Proe. 
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxi., 1906, 12. 

Xanthias atromanus Grant and MeCulloch, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxii., 
1907, 151. Idem, Rathbun, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1914, 659. 

One male amd one ovigerous female measuring respectively 15 and 10 mm. 
across the carapace. Although originally described from Port Jackson in New 
South Wales, this is a typical reef species of the Quecnsland coast. It has a 
remarkable range of colour variation, 

Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


XANTHIAS LAMARCKI, 


Xantho lamarckii H. M. Edwards, Hist. Nat, Crust., 1., 1834, 391. 

Xanthodes lamarckii Calman, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, viil., 1, 2nd ser., Zool., 
1900, 11 (and synonymy). JIdem, Grant and McCulloch, Proe. Linn. Soe. 
N.S. Wales, xxxi., 1906, 12. 

Xanthias lamarckii Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish, Comm., xxiii., for 1903, pt. ii. 
1906, 854. ; 

One adult male measuring 15 mm. across the carapace. 

A striking reef species with a finely granulated carapace. Occurs with the 
preceding species, but is not so common. 

Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


314 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


Genus Cymo de Haan, 
CYMO ANDREOSSYI. 


Pilumnus ? andreossyi Audouin, in Savigny’s Deser. de l’Egypte, Crust., 1825, 
86, pl. v., fig. 5. 

Cancer (Cymo) andreossiji de Haan, in Siebold’s Fauna Japonica, Crust. 1 
1833, 22. 

Cymo andreossyi Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n. ser.), Ixvil, 2, No. 1, 
1898, 173. 
One male specimen 12 mm. wide with a Rhizocephalid parasite attached 

under the abdomen. 
Locality.—Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Genus TRAPEZIA Latreille. 
TRAPEZIA CY MODOCE, 


Cancer cymodoce Herbst, Naturg. d. Krabben u. Krebse, iii., 2, 1801, 22, pl. li, 
fig. 5. 
Grapsillus cymodoce Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxii, for 1903 (1906), 
865, pl. xi., fig. 6. 
Trapezia cymodoce Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxv., 2, 1907, 58, 59. 
Idem, Biol. Res. F.1.S, “Endeavour,” v., 3, 1923, 129. 
Four males and two females (14 to 19 mm. wide) of this characteristic and 
widely distributed coral infesting species. 
The males have the fine furry pubescence of the outer palm confined to the 
upper half, while in the females it extends lower. 
Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


TRAPEZIA DIGITALIS. 


Trapezia digitalis Latreille, Eneyclop. Methodique, x., 1825, 696. Idem, Alcock, 

Journ. Asiat. Soe. Bengal (n. ser.), Ixvii., 2, No. 1, 1898, 218, 222. 
Grapsillus digitalis Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxiii., for 1903 (1906), 866. 

One ovigerous female measuring 10 mm. across the carapace (including 
lateral spines). Unfortunately the chela are missing from the specimen, but it 
is referred without much doubt to this species. 

The species of the genus Trapezia are most complex, and Dr. Mary J. Rath- 
bun’s aid was sought in the determination of the above incomplete specimen, re- 
presenting a species hitherto unrecognised in Australian waters. The specimen 
is small and has the lateral spines pointed, while the antero-lateral spines at the 
outer angles of the orbits are projected sideways. These characters are also 
noticeable in four smaller specimens (about the same size and smaller than the 
above example) of a series of six before me from Ysabel, British Solomon 
Islands. The two largest specimens of this lot, however, have blunt lateral spines, 
and the antero-lateral spines are projected forwards. All but the two largest 
specimens have their legs spotted proximally, and longitudinally lined distally. 
There is also a well defined patch across the carapace between the eyes which 
reaches backwards from the front to half the distance across the width of the 
eyes. Dr. Rathbun states (im lit.) that none of the United States National 
Museum specimens of T. digitalis “show spots on the legs if they originally had 
them.” Apparently her examples of the species are uniformly coloured like the 


two largest specimens before me, which were deyoid of any colour-marking wher. 
collected, 


CGRUSTACEA—MeNEILL, 315 


Genus Pseupozius Dana. 
PSEUDOZIUS DISPAR. 

Pseudozius dispar Dana, U.S. Explor. Expd., Crust. 1, 1852, 235, pl. xiii., fig. 9 
Idem, Calman, Trans. Linn. Soe. London, vili., 1, 2nd ser, Zoology, 1900, 14 
(and synonymy). 

One young male and one ovigerous female measuring respectively 10.5 and 
11 mm. across the carapace. 

This small dainty light red species appears to have not been recognised 
further south in the eastern Pacifie than New Caledonia, from whence it was 
described by A. M. Edwards as Pilwmnus nitidus in 1873. 

A group of conspicuous granules is present on the proximal half of the 
outer palm of the larger hand of the male specimen before me, a character 
which is variable in the species; this group of granules may be larger in in- 
dividuals of smaller size or may be entirely absent in slightly larger specimens 
irrespective of sex, as proved by the examination of a series of six examples in 
the Australian Museum collection from New Caledonia. The granulation of the 
outer palm of the smaller hand appears to be constant in the species. 

Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland; on reef. 

Genus Pinumnus Leach. 
PILUMNUS CAERULESCENS. 

Pilumnus caerulescens A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, ix., 1873, 242, 
pl. ix., fig. 3. Idem, Aleock, Journ. Asiat, Soe. Bengal (n. ser:), Ixvii., 2, 
No. 1, 1898, 191, 196. Jdem, Rathbun, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1914, 660 
(with references). 

One male, two females (the smaller ovigerous). The male specimen is the 
smallest of the series, and measures 6.5 mm. across the carapace (including 
spines). The ovigerous female is a little larger than the male, being 8 mm. wide 
The remaining female is 11 mm. wide. A fourth specimen is now in the col- 
lection of the United States National Museum. 

The acquisition of the above examples is most interesting, as there is every 
reason to accept them as A. M. Edwards’ species, which was originally described 
from New Caledonia. On not being able to refer the specimens to any known 
Australian species of the genus Pilumnus, | sought the kindly help of Dr. Mary 
J. Rathbun in their determination. Very few specimens have been referred to 
P. caerulescens since it was originally described. Alcock (loc. -cit.) doubtfully 
records it from the Andamans, while Dr. Rathbun recognised, with a query, an- 
other specimen from Siam; the last author also recorded what she considered 
a variety of the species from the Monte Bello Islands, N.-W. Australia. The 
present record is from a locality much nearer New Caledonia (type locality) 
than any of the above, and as so many Decapods are common to both of the 
areas indicated, there appears to be little doubt that the specimens before me 
are true P. caerulescens. 

The figure of the species given by A. M. Edwards is poor, and it is not un- 
reasonable to accept the tooth shown next to the orbital tooth as being really 
suborbital; Alcock (loc: cit.) has already indicated this in his description. A. 
Milne Edwards remarks that the areolation evident in this species is unusual for 
a Pilumnus. z 

On account of the obseurity of P. caerulescens it was my intention to fully 
describe and figure the material before me, but the specimens were returned from 
Dr. Rathbun in America too late to give effect to my desire; I hope to do this 
most important work at a later date. 


316 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


Locality —Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland; from eayi- 
ties in dead coral blocks. : 

There is another male specimen (12 mm, wide) in the Australian Museum 
collection from Port Denison, Queensland, which is also considered referable to 
the above species. Yet another example of about the same size from Saddleback 
Island, Queensland, was retained by Dr. Rathbun for the United States National 
Museum. 

Family OcyPopiDAr. Genus OcypopE Fabricius. 
OcYPODE CERATOPHTHALMA, 
Cancer ceratophthalmus Pallas, Spicilegia Zool., ix., 1772, 83, pl. v., figs. 7-8. 
Ocypoda ceratophthalma Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soe. Bengal (n. ser.), Ixix., 2, 

No. 3, 1900, 345 (and synonymy). Idem, Grant and McCulloch, Proe. Linn. 

Soe. N.S. Wales, xxxi., 1906, 20. 

One male and one female, measuring respectively 36 and 38 mm. across the 
widest part of the carapace. 

This widely distributed Indo-Pacific beach infesting species occurred com- 
monly at North-west Islet, and has been recorded as common on Masthead Island 
nearby (loc. cit., 1906). 

Locality Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Family Micryripan Dana. Genus Micryris Latreille. 
MICTYRIS LONGICARPUS. 


Mictyris longicarpus Latreille, Genera Crust. et Insect., i., 1806, 40 and 41. Idem, 
MeNeill, Rec. Austr. Museum, xv., 1, 1926, 102, pl. ix., and text fig. 1 (and 
synonymy). 

An unique juvenile male example 8 mm. wide. 

The occurrence of this species is unusual, as the prevailing conditions of the 
locality are very different to those of the mainland or mainland islands where 
Mictyris lives on the inter-tidal muddy-sand flats. I learn that there is a small 
quantity of silt present amongst the coral sand close inshore at North-west Islet, 
and it is possible that the area would sustain an occasional larva of the species 
which might be accidently washed ashore. No further specimens came under the 
notice of the collectors during their stay of two weeks on the Islet. 

Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Order STOMATOPODA. Family SQUILLIDAE. 
Genus GonopactyLus Latreille. 
GONODACTYLUS CHIRAGRA. 

Squilla chiragra Fabricius, Species Insectorum, i., 1781, 515. 

Gonodactylus chiragra Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., iv., 1, 1913, 147, 150, 155, pl. ix., 
fig. 107, and text figs. 1-2 (and synonymy). 

Four examples measuring 40-91 mm. from the tip of the rostrum to the 
end of the telson. The largest specimen is identified as var. platysoma. 
Not uncommon off the coast of Queensland. 
Locality.—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 
GONODACTYLUS GLABROUS. 

Gonodactylus glabrous Brooks, Voy. H.M.S. “Challenger,” xvi., Stomatopoda, 
1886, 62, pl. xiv., fig. 5, pl. xv., figs, 7-9. Idem, Kemp, Mem. Indian 
Museum, iv., 1, 1913, 148, 150, 167, 197, pl. ix., fig. 113 (and synonymy). 
Sixteen specimens measuring 20-53 mm. from the tip of the rostrum to 

the end of the telson. 


CRUSTACEA—MCNEILL. 317 


Although this species appears to be very common on the coast of eastern 
Queensland, it thas not been recorded from further south than Sir C. Hardy’s 
Island, N.-E. Australia—see Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, y., 10, 2nd 
ser., Zoology, 1893, 454 (as G. glaber). 

Further study of the Stomatopoda of Queensland will probably show that 
this species is more common on the coast than G. chiragra. 

Locality—North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland; on reef. 


GONODACTYLUS STOLIURUS, 
(Fig. 2.) 
Protosquilla stoliwra Miller, Verhandl. Naturf. Ges. Basal, viii., 1886, 477, pl. iv., 

fig. 2. 

Gonodactylus stoliuvrus Kemp, Mem. Indian Mns., iv., 1, 1913, 149, 184 (and 
synonymy). 

One juvenile example, measuring 20 mm. from the tip of the rostrum to the 
end of the telson, which agrees in all important characters with Kemp’s deserip- 
tion and the characters enumerated in his key to the species of Gonodactylus. 
The median rostral spine, however, reaches a little further than the “base of the 
eye stalks,” and the innermost of the distal teeth of the telson are undeveloped 
and not very conspicuous, there being only three distinct teeth on each side. 


BX 


Fig. 2. Gonodactylus stoliurus Miiller. 

Last two abdominal somites, telson and uropods in dorsal view of a juvenile 
example 20 mm. long. (G. P. Whitley, de/.). 

Further evidence of immaturity lies in the fact that there are only nine 
spines instead of “ten or eleven” on the external margin of “the basal segment 
of the exopod.” 

The species has not previously been recognised from Australian waters. 

Thanks are due to Mr. G. P. Whitley for the production of the original of 
the fine text-figure illustrating my remarks on this species. 

Colour—Uniform chocolate brown, which has not changed since preservation. 


318 BIOLOGY OF NORTH-WEST ISLET. 


Locality.—Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 
Order Isopopa. 
Suborder FLABELLIFERA. Family CyMoruoIpar, 
CYMOTHOA INDICA. 
Cymothoa indica Schioedte and Meinert, Naturh. Tidsskr. (3), xiv., 1884, 250, pl. 

vil., figs. 1-4. 

This species has not been previously noted in Australian waters; it oceurs 
on our north-western and north-eastern coasts and is more fully dealt with by 
Hale (15) in a paper appearing about the same time as this present contribution. 

Locality— North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland; ‘from pectoral 
fin of Mugil sp.” (G. P. Whitley). 

Obs.—The above identification and note by H. M. Hale. 


Family SPHAEROMIDAE. 
CYMODOCE BIDENTATA, var. 


Cymodocea bidentata Haswell, Cat. Austr. Crustacea, 1882, 291. 

Two examples (male and female) of a variety with the uropods a little 
longer and the anterior portion of the pleon considerably shorter than in typical 
examples, but similarly sculptured. The specimens measure 5 and 8 mm, (mea- 
sured to end of telson). 

Locality.—Reef, North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 

Obs.—The above note and identification by W. H. Baker,: South Australia. 


Suborder GNATHTIDEA. Family GNATHIIDAR. 
GNATHIA sp. 

A series of Praniza larvae taken from the gill of a Blind Shark (Chiloseyllum 
punctatum). Immature specimens of these curious isopods are not uncommon in 
the gills of rays and sharks captured off the Queensland coast. 

Locality—North-west Islct, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 

Obs.—The above note and identification by H. M. Hale. 


Suborder ONISCOIDEA. Family Ontscrpar. 
METOPONORTHUS PRUINOSUS. 


Porcellio pruinosus Brandt, Consp. monogr. Crust. Isop. terrestr., 19, ? year, 

fig, 21. 

Metoponorthus pruinosus G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, ii., 1898, 184, pl. Ixxx., fig. 

2 (with synonymy). 

This is an Huropean species which has aceidently been introduced by man 
into nearly all parts of the world. By some, it is now placed under the genus 
Porcellionides, or rather this is the name they prefer to use. 

Locality.—Wilson Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland (G. P. Whitley). 

Obs.—The above note and identification by Dr. Chas, Chilton. 


Subclass CrrRIPEDIA. Order THORACICA, 
Suborder BALANOMORPHA. Family BauaNnipapr. 
Subfamily CHELONIBIINAE. Genus CHELONTBIA Leach. 


CHELONIBIA TESTUDINARIA. 
Pilsbry, Bull. U.S. Nat. Museum, Washington, 93, 1916, 264, pl. 62, figs. 1-4 
(and synonymy). 
One example, 28 x 37 mm., was taken from the carapace of a turtle (Chelone 
mydas). 
Locality — North-west Islet, Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


(15). Trans. Roy. Soc..S. Austr., xlx., 1226, 212, text fig. 8 


319 


SOME RECENT NATURAL HISTORY OBSERVATIONS. 
By W. EH. J. Parapice, M.B., Ch.M., 
Honorary Correspondent, Australian Museum. 


A NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF BURROWING CRUSTACEAN 
Sphaeroma quoyana sav Cockatoo IsLAND, SYDNEY. 


(Plate xlii.). 


On the northern side of Cockatoo Island, under a wharf, and thus protected 
from the sun throughout the day, are to be found numerous pieces of sandstone 
riddled with holes made by the crustacean Sphaeroma quoyana. These pieces of 
sandstone form that portion of the foreshore of a reclaimed area, which lies be- 
tween tide marks. Among the sandstone are the remains of some old piles 
which are completely honeycombed by the same animal. 

On splitting the wood large numbers of S. quoyana varying in size from 
minute juveniles to adults, are found, often a number of animals of various 
sizes being present in the same burrow. 

In stone only one animal is found in each burrow, and that animal exactly 
fits the burrow. 

No small burrows and consequently no small animals were found in any 
stone I examined, the diameter of the burrows ranging from 6 mm. to 9 mm. 

The animals enter the stone in the region of the junction of the sides with 
the under surface, and burrow in a direction rising slightly from the horizontal 
plane for a distance of about 60 mm. of which the inner 30 mm. are still white 
indicating recent activity, whilst the outer portion of the burrow is stained and 
coated with mud. 

On splitting the stone a few deserted burrows were found, these being 
stained throughout their entire length. 

In wood the animal appears to enter wherever it can, but after penetrating 
a short distance the tendency is for the burrow to run longitudinally with the 
grain. 

Exactly similar sandstone lying between tide marks but outside the shade 
of the wharf is not attacked by S. quoyana. 

T have recently had an opportunity to inspect certain wharves where boring 
animals are at work. Accompanied by Mr. F. A. MeNeill I have compared notes 
with him on the distribution of marine boring animals elsewhere, and it appears 
to me that S. quoyana is most prolific where the salinity of the water is periodi- 
cally reduced by large quantities of rain water and mud. This occurs at the 
head of some of our bays, especially if the water is shallow, and up the rivers 
and in such an area the more the sunlight is excluded from any portion of an 
embankment the more damage will be done there by this crustacean. 


A Note ON THE OCCURRENCE OF ALBATROSSES IN SYDNEY HARBOUR DURING 
THE WINTER OF 1926. 
Plates xliii. and xliv. 


On the 9th August my attention was attracted by a large Albatross (the 
largest that I have ever seen in the Harbour) resting on the water in Farm Cove. 
This bird had a white body with a certain amount of greyish mottling, a marked- 
ly hooked beak, and no conspicuous black about the tail. 

Mr. Iredale, who contributed a note to this journal in 1923 on the Snowy 


320 F RECENT NATURAL HISTORY OBSERVATIONS. 


Albatross in Sydney Harbour, informs me that the distinguishing features of 
this species are first the exceptionally hooked beak and secondly the absence of 
black from the tail. 

I am therefore of opinion that this bird was a Snowy Albatross (Diomedea 
chionoptera). 

For some weeks previous to this date several pairs of Mollymawks (which 
are easily distinguished from the larger Albatrosses by the fact that the black 
of the dorsal aspect of the wing is continuous across the back) had been present 
in the Harbour, these birds being constant visitors to the Harbour every winter. 

From August 9th to September 14th there was not a day on which I did 
not see a pair or more of some species of Albatross somewhere between Bottle 
and Glass rocks and Garden Island, and since the latter date a few birds have 
been present at intervals up to the time of writing (November 1st). 

On most days there were two or three pairs of Mollymawks and two or 
three pairs of beautiful large Albatrosses with white bodies, black wings (but 
no black extending across the back) and, as far as could be seen from a com- 
paratively close distance, no black about the tail feathers. 

On the 2nd and 3rd September the largest number were present and they 
remained in a comparatively restricted area off Rose Bay. 

I noted six Mollymawks, six of the larger Albatrosses described above, and 
a pair of birds of the same size and of similar flight, but dark brown to black 
all over, except for an area of dirty white which extended along the ventral 
aspect from under the beak to under the tail. 

Between the dates abovementioned it was neither exceptionally calm nor ex- 
ceptionally rough, the usual winter north-westerly breeze continuing most of the 
time, but on the oeeasion of the appearance of the first Albatrosses the Harbour 
was clearer than I have ever previously noticed it, in spite of the fact that 
there was a large amount of string-like material suspended at all depths be- 
tween the surface and the bottom. 

Towards the end of the period under observation the water became some- 
what cloudy again. 

On the 28th of September I again noticed Albatrosses in the Harbour. In 
the morning, off Rose Bay, there was a fine bird of striking colourmg. The 
beak was of clean yellow and not as markedly hooked as some of the previously 
mentioned birds, the head was white, as*was also the upper part of the neck. 
The back was brown with a few scattered white patches. The brown of the back 
continued on to the lower part of the neck and round on to the breast forming 
a cirele around this part of the bird; it also continued outwards, making the 
dorsal aspect of the wings brown, cxcept for the flight feathers which were black 
and continued posteriorly into the tail which was either dark brown or black. 
The belly was white, as was also the under surface of the wings, except for the 
flight feathers which tipped this surface of the wing black. 

On the return trip in the afternoon this bird was still present and was now 
accompanied by a pair of the white bodied birds with black wings. 

On the 29th and 30th September Albatrosses were still present, a strong 
southerly continuing throughout this period, and among the birds I noticed two 
of remarkable plumage. They were both very large birds, although they were 
obviously juveniles. The first had a white head and neck, brownish breast, and 
white belly. The wings were white below and brown above, with black flight 
feathers; the back of the bird between the wings was brown with patches of 
white. The tail was white with a black tip. The other bird did not have black 


PARADIOE. 321 


Wings, its wings and body being white, densely mottled with grey. I regret I 
haye not been able to remember further details concerning this bird. 

These colour variations which I have noted indicate various stages in the 
evowth of Albatrosses, the Snowy Albatross (D. chionoptera) and the Wander- 
ing Albatross (D. exulans) both being represented, and if the absence of black 
on the tail is pathognomonic of the Snowy Albatross this species has been far 
more common than the Wandering Albatross in Sydney Harbour this winter. 

According to Mr. Iredale, Albatrosses were plentiful im the Harbour during 
the winter of 1923, rare during 1924 and 1925, and now they have been plentiful 
during 1926. 


A Nore on THE Hasits anp Station oF Centrostephanus rodgersii IN 
Port JACKSON. 


One of our most conspicuous sea urchins is Centrostephanus rodgersii, it be- 
ing a dark brownish purple in colour with long hollow brittle spines, which have 
a greenish iridescence in certain lights, and with a bright reddish membrane 
surrounding the mouth. 

Station—It is found among rocks in the zone extending from low water 
mark to a depth of about six feet below, and occasionally making its way into 
the zone between tide marks, in localities sufficiently close to the ocean to be 
little influenced by mud and fresh water. 

In Sydney Harbour the species occurs in large numbers between South Head 
and Bottle and Glass Rocks, but rapidly decreases in numbers as the Harbour 
is ascended. 

I have not met with it above Bradley’s Head, although other species are 
common along a great length of rocky foreshore above that locality. 

Habits—During the day C. rodgersii is usually found in erevices between 
rocks. 

At night they leave the crevices and wander about on the surface of rocks, 
some of them whilst the tide is high, making their way over rocks which are 
exposed for one or two feet at low water, but returning to the crevices by day- 
break. 

I have on one occasion seen considerable numbers of these animals on the 
surface of a large flat rock during the cold part of the year, and the rock was 
situated about four feet below low water mark. 

Even at low spring tides comparatively few of these urchins are found in 
situations where they are exposed to the atmosphere. 

C. rodgersii is recorded from Lord Howe Island among coral, whilst an al- 
led species with extremely sharp spines occurs among the coral of the Great 
Barrier Reef. 


OBSERVATIONS ON THE BREEDING OF THE BLACK Swan (Chenopis atrata) AND 
THE Buack Duck (Anas superciliosa) IN CENTENNIAL Park, SYDNEY, 
puRING AvueusT, 1926. 


During the first week of August I noticed a Black Duck swimming with nine 
very young ducklings in a pond at Centennial Park. Seven were dark brown, 
as is ordinarily the case with the young of this species, while two were the 
yellow of the duckling of a white strain of a domestic duck. 

On looking round the pond I was able to locate three more Black Ducks (or 
drakes of that species) some distance off, and a bird of approximately the size, 


322 RECENT NATURAL HISTORY OBSERVATIONS. 


white in colour, but with the dark metallic tinted flight and tail feathers of the 
drake of the Black Duck. This observation seems of interest, as it suggests inter- 
breeding between the native Black Duck and a domestic species; a likely enough 
happening should a Black Duck be kept in captivity with domestic species, but 
hardly to be expected among birds which are for all practical purposes in the 
wild state and free to pick their partners as they choose. 

On the 30th September I noticed that the ducklings were well feathered and 
that the white birds were definitely larger than the dark members of the brood, 
indicating that the biogens of the larger white strain were already producing their 
effect. 

It may also be of interest to note that at this particular time a pair of 
Black Swans which had been present all the winter, were building their second 
nest by breaking off or bending green reeds until they had a floating mass of 
five feet in diameter. 

The first nest in which eggs were laid was built in a similar manner some 
three months previously in another part of the pond, but was destroyed before 
any brood was hatched. 

On 16th October four eygnets covered with grey down, about the size of 
Indian Runner ducks, were seen accompanying their parents, evidently having 
been hatched in the second nest. 


REVIEWS. 
Cueck List OF THE Brirps OF AUSTRALIA. 


“The Official Check List of the Birds of Australia” (second edition) is the 
full title of a work compiled by a Committee of the Royal Australasian Orni- 
thologists’ Union, printed at Melbourne by the Government Printer. 

As compared with the first edition, published in 1913, the dying effort of 
the old conservative order which expired from senile debility as soon as it left 
the press, this edition represents a very great advance in the right direction, but 
it is still cramped by the spirit of its ancestor. While the first edition clung to 
certain imaginary specific Nomina conservanda, the second clings to “large genera,” 
but by way of compromise prints most of the recent generic divisions in italics. 
The result is unwieldy. Take PACHYCEPHALA (GILBERTORNIS) RUFO- 
GULARIS as an example of dozens of similarly expressed names, and when a 
subspecific name is added the quadrinomial whole is simply appalling. The Com- 
mittee virtually adopted Gregory M. Mathews’ latest Check List in all salient 
particulars as regards specifie names. If it was considered necessary to “lump” 
his admittedly too finely split genera, why not do so wholeheartedly? As regards 
generic divisions there will always be division of opinion, and so long as a compiler 
of a reference list is sound on the question of priority as regards specific names, 
he is not bound to accept every new generic subdivision that may be proposed. He 
should be consistent, however, and it would therefore have been much better if 
the Committee in this case had possessed the courage of their own opinion, and 
simply rejected such generic distinctions as they considered not unreservedly 
acceptable. 

While the result of Mathews’s untiring research as to specific priority of 
upwards of fifteen years has been accepted in nearly every instance, a few cases 
occur where the old “conservatism” has retained a name, such as Dacelo gigas, 


REVINWS. 323 


which Mathews has satisfied himself must yield to one with a claim to priority of 
Boddaert, which Mathews has satisfied himself must yield to one with a claim to 
priority of publication, viz.: Dacelo novae-guineae Hermann. (Vide Emu, xxvi., 
1926, 148). 

In the grouping of subspecies, accepted as such by the Committee, under 
the dominant species name, lies the main difference (other than genera lumping) 
between Mathews’s 1923 Check List and the one under review. The Committee 
say “Mr. Mathews regards some of the species accepted for the Check List as 
subspecies. As other members of the Check List Committee have the advantage 
of knowing the birds concerned in the field, and have in addition been able to 
examine much museum material, it has been decided, after a re-examination in 
each case, that certam Australian birds listed by Mr. Mathews as subspecies 
should be retained as full species . . . and that certain species accepted by Mr. 
Mathews were not entitled to specific rank.” Even had the Committee had ac- 
cess to the Mathews collection of skins upon which he based his opinion—and 
they had not such access—the matter would after all resolve itself into a ques- 
tion of individual opinion as to the validity or invalidity of a proposed sub- 
species. The actual differences, therefore, between the two Check Lists is so 
slight, and the major part of the work of classification having already been done 
and published by Mathews, that it is not quite clear why this new Check List 
should be wholly credited to the R.A.O.U. It is true that a very valuable (and 
original) appendix has been compiled by Mr. Harry Wolstenholme (not a mem- 
ber of the Check List Committee) entitled “The Scientific Names of Australian 
Birds (with notes, vocabularies, and pronunciation of the accepted names) .” 
This Appendix, and the reasonable price (12/6) of the Check List may be re- 
garded as its chief recommendations to public favour. That it will necessarily 
be accepted as the only “official” Check List of Australian Birds is more than 
doubtful. 


An AUSTRALIAN HENCYCLOPABDIA, 


Messrs. Angus & Robertson, Ltd., have published a work which will be an 
ornament and a valuable adjunct to the library of every Australian. Apart 
from the all-embracing nature of this great work of reference, which contains in- 
formative articles on everything in Australian economics, art and literature, it 
deals comprehensively but concisely with all the branches of Australian natural 
science from aboriginals to zoophytes. The names of those responsible for the 
various group-subjects are sufficient guarantee of their accuracy and scientific 
value. The marsupial and other mammalia were dealt with by the late Kmeritus 
Professor Haswell, the mollusca by the late Charles Hedley, and the fishes by 
the late A. R. McCulloch. Their work in this great publication is a fitting 
epitaph. W. B. Alexander deals with the birds, and there are articles from the 
skilled pens of G. A. Waterhouse, A. Musgrave, H. W. Ferguson, H. Hacker, H. 
J. Carter, R. J. Tillyard, and A. M. Lea, in entomology, EH. A. Briggs, F. A. 
McNeill, H. A. Longman, H. J. Burrell, L. Harrison, T. C. Roughley; T. Harvey 
Johnston and others in zoology. 

The work was edited by A. W. Jose and H. J. Carter, and the illustrations, 
particularly the coloured plates, are of outstanding merit. 


324 


A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES. 
(Phylum Mouuusca—Order LoricaTa.) 
By Tom Irepaue and A. F. Basset HULL. 
VIL. 
APPENDIX B. 
PALAEOLORICATA. 

Fossil Loricates were first brought under the notice of Australian workers 
in a paper by Etheridge (Rec. Geol. Surv, N.S.W., v., pt. 2, January, 1897, 67- 
70, figs. in text) wherein he described Chelodes calceoloides from the Upper Silurian 
of New South Wales. _ 

A few years later Ashby and Torr published an essay entitled “Fossil Poly- 
placophora from Eocene Beds of Muddy Creek, Mornington (Schnapper Point) 
and Moorabool, Victoria, with definitions of nine new species, and notes on 
others” (Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc., South Austr., xxv., pt. ii, 1901 (December), 
136-144, pl. iv.). The species described were Lorica compressa (p. 136, pl. iv., 
fig. 6: no loc.), Lorica affinis (p. 137, pl. iv., fig. 7: no loe.), Loricella gigantea 
(p. 137, pl. iv., fig. 3: Mornington), Plaaiphora concentrica (p. 138, pl. iv., fig. 
8: no loc.), Plaxiphora gellibrundi (p. 139, pl. iv., fig. 1: Eocene beds, Gellibrand, 
Victoria), Acanthochites (Notoplax) granulosus (p. 139, pl. iv., fig. 9: Schnapper 
Point), Acanthochites rostratus (p. 140, pl. iv., fig. 5: Schnapper Point), Chiton 
fossicius (p. 140, pl. iv., fig. 4: Table Cape), and Chiton paucipustulosus (p. 141, 
pl. iv., fig. 2). 

Hall then wrote “On the Occurrence of Two Species of Cryptoplax in the 
Tertiary Rocks of Victoria” (Proce. Roy. Soe. Vict., vol. xvii., n. ser., 1905 
(February), 391-3, pl. xxx.) naming Cryptoplax pritchardi, p. 391, pl. xxx., fig. 
1-6 from the upper beds of Muddy Creek regarded as Kalimnan, and C. gatliffi 
p-. 392, pl. xxx., figs. 7-9 from the lower beds of Muddy Creek distinguished as 
Baleombian. Hall there explains that while the lower beds have been recorded 
as Eocene, the upper beds were termed Miocene or even Older Pliocene, and in 
order to avoid disputes a local terminology was preferable as above and the 
lowest beds were called Baleombian, the lower Janjukian and the upper Kalim- 
nan. These names are more or less accepted and only minor differences still 
exist, the present usage being that the Baleombian would better compare wita 
the Oligocene, the Janjukian with the Miocene and the Kalimnan with the Lower 
Pliocene. 

We are not discussing these at present but will use them with reserve. 

Chapman, writing upon “New or Little-known Victorian Fossils in the 
National Museum, pt. ix., Some Tertiary Species” (Proe. Roy. Soe. Vict., xx., n. 
ser., 1908 (March), 218, pl. xvii., figs. 5-7) figured the posterior valve of Acan- 
thochites granulosus Ashby and Torr, questioning their association with Notoplax 
as the tail valve differed but transferred the species to Ischnochiton in the sub- 
genus Ischnoplax. This location was much more extraordinary than Ashby and 
Torr’s, and really had no basis at all. 

A little later Hull distinguished Lorica duniana (Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 
xxxv., 1910, 654, pl. xvu., figs. 1-2) from Table Cape, contrasting it with 
the recent L. volvox Reeve, figuring a Sydney example of this species. Hull 
then added in the same periodical (xxxix., 1915 (February 26), pp. 855-857) three 


IREDALE AND HULL. oe 325 


species of Loricella from the Table Cape beds, Tasmania, recording many valves 

ot Lorica duniana and a valve of Chiton fossicius. The species were named 

Loricella magnifica (p. 856, pl. xeiv., figs. 1-la), L. octoradiata (p. 856, pl. xeiv., 

fig. 2) and L. atkinsoni (p. 856, pl. xciv., figs. 3-3a). The following year Lredale 

and May dealing with recent “Tasmanian Chitons” pointed out (Proce. Malac. 

Soe., xii., 1916 (November 28), p. 112) that two species of recent Lorica had 

been confused and that the southern form Lorica cimolia appeared to be insepar- 

able from the fossil described as Lorica duniana Hull. 

Ashby then added another Loricella from the Table Cape beds, L. sculpta, 
(Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1921 (August 30), 38, pl. xy., figs. 1-2). 

Finally in a somewhat pretentious paper entitled “Monograph on Australian 
Fossil Polyplacophora (Chitons)” Ashby (Proc. Roy. Soe. Vic., xxxvii., n. ser., 
1925 (Novemper 30), 170-205, pls. xviii.-xxii.) has reviewed the species, intro- 
ducing new families and new genera on features of valves scarcely considered of 
any value in connection with recent species. 

It is obvious to every conchologist that to provide a scheme of classification 
that will satisfactorily cover both recent and fossil species, much more know- 
ledge of the latter must be gained before the attempt is made. Thus careful 
monographers such as Pilsbry and Thiele found it expedient to omit the dis- 
cussion of the fossil forms of Loricates in their respective works. While the 
classification of recent species is based on shell features, great stress is laid upon 
girdle characters and much assistance has been gained from the formation of 
the radula. 

Fossil Loricates are mainly represented by valves more or less worn and 
consequently their determination exactly is impossible. By analogy they are 
contrasted with the valves of recent species and thereby considered, but this is 
an unsatisfactory method. The variation of valves in many recent species is 
known to be very considerable and the separation of odd fossil valves from the 
same locality is fraught with disaster. This has been done in the past so that 
we cannot regard the conclusions as representative of the real facts, but only as 
temporary expedients. Consequently we cannot truly regard our fossil Loricates 
otherwise than in terms of doubt. 

We have a few facts to deal with and from study of these little can be 
gained of the evolution of the Loricates as yet. Certainly most ancient forms 
such as Chelodes are not by any means primitive, but show great specialization 
if they be Loricates at all. In the opinion of the writers Chelodes could not 
possibly be a Loricate unless it were accepted as a most specialized form, a con- 
clusion curiously in contrast with its age. However, for the use of students we 
give an outline of the classification published by Fischer in the Manuel de Con- 
chyliologie, forty years ago. There has been no amendment of importance since, 
as no further knowledge has been added. 

Incorrectly Fischer introduced a subgenus Hochiton to include all the 
northern Palaeozoic forms. This he subdivided into many sections, using those 
already named. 

Thus: Helminthochiton Salter, 1846. H. griffithi Salter, Silurian. 
Gryphochiton Gray, 1847. G. priscus Munster, Carboniferous. 
Chonechiton Carpenter, 1882. C. viseticola Ryckholt, Carboniferous. 
Glyptochiton Koninck, 1883. G. cordifer Koninek, Carboniferous. 
Priscochiton Billings, 1865. P. canadensis Billings, Silurian (lower). 
Pterochiton Carpenter, 1882. P. gemmatus Koninck, Carboniferous. 

= Anthracochiton Rochebrune, 1882. 
= Rhombichiton Koninck, 1883. 


326 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES. 


Loricites Carpenter, 1882. ZL. concentricus Koninck, Carboniferous. 
Cymatochiton Dall, 1882. C. loftusianus King, Permian. 
= Protalochiton Rochebrune, 1882. 
Probolaeum Carpenter, 1882. P. corrugatum Sandberger, Devonian. 
Even Fischer regarded as doubtful Loricates: 
Chelodes Davidson and King, 1874. C. bergmani David, Silurian. 
Sagmaplaxus Oehlert, 1881. S. sarthacensis Oehlert, Devonian, 
Beloplaxus Oehlert, 1881. B. sagittalis Sandberger, Devonian. 
And noted as still more doubtful: 
Sulcochiton Ryckholt, 1862. S. grayi Ryckholt, Carboniferous. 
Etheridge’s observation “Chelodes has been ascribed at different times to a 
Chiton by Barrande, a provisional Brachiopod by Lindstrém, an operculate coral 
by Davidson and King, an Aptychus by Von Ihering, and lastly relations have 
also been suggested with the Cirripedia” is illuminating, as it will be noted that 
each specialist has discarded it and suggested its reference to some other group. 
We would agree that it can be better placed elsewhere, as we can see nothing 
in it to class it as a Loricate. Consequently the species we now illustrate and 
describe can be regarded as the earliest Australian Loricate and of its Loricate 
character there can be no possible doubt. 


PERMOCHITON AUSTRALIANUS n. gen. and sp. 
Plate xlv. 


The specimen is a complete cast showing the whole eight valves in position, 
embedded in a matrix of ferruginous fine-grained sandstone, from the permo- 
carboniferous of Bundanoon, New South Wales, collected by the late W. T. 
Willcox. 

The cast is of medium size, elevated, semi-keeled, sides regularly sloping, 
posterior valve with the mucro anterior; from the separation of the valves there 
appears to have been well-developed sutural laminae, though no insertion plates 
can be discerned. 

Overlying the cast were two pieces of matrix showing the sculpture of the 
exterior; this appears to be of the nature of the recent Ischnochiton or Lepido- 
pleurus, it cannot be determined exactly which: the lateral areas of the median 
valves show deep curved growth lines such as are seen in some of the specics 
referred to those genera, while the median areas are longitudinally lined in a 
sloping manner agreeable with either but not showing beads as distinetly as seen 
in the small Australian Lepidopleurids: the impression of the anterior valve 
shows concentric grooving rather more closely than that of Lepidopleurus, and 
more so than that of any recent Ischnochiton. 

On the whole this cast and sculpture differs little in style from that of re- 
cent species, and in size and form it is also comparable. 

We have taken the extreme course of naming this beautiful Loricate cast as 
distinct, as any other method would cause more confusion than do any good. 

The type is in the Australian Museum. 

Analysing the recorded Loricate fauna in terms of age we find that we get 
curious results thus :— 

Baleombian (Oligocene): Lepidoplewrus magnogranifer Ashby, Protochiton 
granulosus Ashby and Torr, Afossochiton cudmoréi Ashby, Afossochiton rostratus 
Ashby, Acanthochiton chapmani Ashby, Cryptoplax gatliffi Hall. 

Janjukian (Miocene): Chiton fossicius Ashby and Torr, Lorica compressa 
Ashby and Torr, L, affinis Ashby and Torr, L. dwviana Hull, L. cudmorei Ashby, 
Protolorica atkinsoni Ashby, Loricella gigantea Ashby and Torr, L. magnifica 


IREDALE AND HULL. 327 


Hull, LZ. paucipustulosa Ashby and Torr, L. atkinsoni Hull, L. octoradiata Hu, 
Pseudoloricella sculpta Ashby, Plaxiphora concentrica Ashby and Torr, P. gelli- 
brandi Ashby and Torr. 


Kalimnan (Lower Pliocene): Cryptoplax pritchardi Hall, Callistochiton 
meridionalis Ashby. 

The Balcombian being the oldest series, we find a species of Lepidopleurus 
living alongside a Cryptoplax and Acanthochiton with two extinct groups Proto- 
chiton and Afossochiton. There can be little hesitation in regarding the Lepido- 
pleurus as doubtful as there is no character in the single eroded valve on which 
it was based: it looks more like that of an Ischnochiton. The Cryptoplax was 
also based on a single specimen which does not appear to be a Loricate valve at 
all: it should be discarded, the turned-in apex being fatal to its indusion. The 
Acanthochiton was also based on a “considerably damaged median valve” unfit to 
class as anything, and might be referable to any genus, though it may be a 
Loricate valve. 

Protochiton is a most interesting specialized relative of Acanthochiton in 
which the posterior valve has lost the insertion plate. We have shown how this 
occurs in this family in the genus Craspedoplax which has the posterior valve 
with the insertion plate well developed and toothed and which in some aged shells 
shows the insertion plate degenerating into a callus. This is not a primitive 
feature, but the result of specialization and the fact that such is seen in the 
Baleombian is of great importance, suggesting the extreme age of the group. 
This loss of the insertion plate cannot be regarded as of more than generic value 
and in the recent Craspedoplax we have not given it that rank. The valves for 
which Afossochiton was created do not show any characters worthy of generic 
rank, as we have shown that the recent species Acanthochiton kimberi Torr shows 
similar insertion plates lacking slits: in the case of the recent species, again the 
loss of slitting is purely due to degeneration and is not of primitive significance. 

Consequently Balecombian Loricates do not display any features that can 
separate them widely from the recent Australian Loricate fauna. 

The Janjukian Loricate fauna appears to be almost inseparable from that 
living in the adjacent waters to-day. While many species have been named there 
can be little doubt that more material will reduce the number. The genera re- 
presented are all specialized, another curious and unexpected result, confirming 
however the little information we have of the older forms. Thus the Chiton 
fossicius Ashby and Torr appears to be a Rhyssoplax and very specialized at 
that, while Rhyssoplax itself is regarded as one of the most specialized of the 
family. Lorica and Loricella are present, and so many valves have been found 
that not only many species but even genera have been differentiated. Their 
relationship with the recent species is so close that single valves cannot always 
be separated from recent specimens. As there are two distinct species of Lorica 
living in Hast Australia, a third in West Australia and a fourth in New Zealand, 
it is possible that the ancestral fossil would be variable, showing features of two 
or more of these species. It is suggested that if there be more than one species 
of Lorica present in the Table Cape beds they would be restricted to distinct hori- 
zons. Intensive collecting would alone solve that problem. Lorica is a very 
specialized genus and the presence of a posterior valve lacking the posterior sinus 
among the fossils has led to the proposition of a genus Protolorica which would 
be an ancestral form. Curiously enough this valve is credited with numerous 
eyes, another very specialized feature, and at the present time both Lorica and 
Protolorica are recorded from the same beds. 


328 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES. 


Loricella seems an even more specialized Loricate than Lorica and here again 
the fossil valves show so much variation that many species have been named. 
It must be noted however that the recent Loricella also shows similar variation, 
specimens living together being so different that it has even been suggested that 
they might represent different species. Series however show that the variation 
is individual, as in some specimens the sculpture varies from one style to the 
other. There can be little doubt that intensive collecting will reduce the number 
of species and may even include the heavily sculptured form for which a genus 
Pseudoloricella has been formed. The valve on which this was founded is very 
like a recent valve but lacks the spade-like process between the sutural laminae; 
this is a very specialized item, as it can be seen developing in the genus Kopronella, 
and unfortunately the valve is at present unique. In any case we have here 
again no primitive features in the known species, as the only other record is of a 
Plaxiphora which is so like the recent Poneroplax that no feature of separation 
could possibly be given that would stand criticism. Two species were named, 
but one is now admitted to be a recent valve, so no further comment is necessary. 
To sum up, the Janjukian Loriecate fauna appears to have been very like that of 
to-day, and more intensive collecting will probably bring to light more species 
of different genera. 

Only two species have been recorded from the Kalimnan and these are a 
Cryptoplaz, and a Callistochiton which has been regarded as conspecific with the 
recent species living in the same district. The Cryptoplax is of importance, as 
it does not seem to be altogether the same as the recent species, but as only worr 
specimens have yet been found there can be no dogmatism. 

We can thus see that our fossil Loricate fauna does not help us at all, or, 
rather, it proves that the most specialized of our living Lorieates were fully deve- 
loped as early as the Balecombian, and that at that stage no primitive forms per- 
sisted. We do not regard the Lepidopleurids as primitive forms, but as de- 
generate ones, and the fossil Loricates appear to confirm our view. 

It may be noted that recently Stillman Berry monographed the “Fossil 
Chitons of Western North America” (Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci., xi., 1922 (May 
16), 399-526, pls, 1-16, text-figs. 1-11) and in so doing handled 1,065 valves. 
He admitted one species from the Oligocene, for which he proposed a new genus 
and species: the rest were Pleistocene, save two which were Pliocene. The 
latter were determined as conspecific with recent species, while most of the Pleis- 
tocene were naturally recent forms. 

The Paris Basin fossils are generally regarded as of Eocene age, so that it is 
of interest to note that many species were described by Rochebrune in 1881, but 
his work was so bad that it was entirely repudiated by Cossmann in 1889 (Ann. 
Soe. Malac. Belg., xxiii., 14-20). Cossmann admitted ten species, nine of which 
were referred to Chiton, the tenth to Enoplochiton (later Anisochiton). Nine of 
Cossmann’s illustrations (pl. i.) show Lorieates of recent appearance, some even 
having pectinated teeth in the insertion plate of the anterior valve: the tenth, 
which he refers to Anisochiton, shows a curious posterior valve. In his later re- 
visions Cossmann does not appear to refer to these shells again. 

Saeco (I Molluschi terr. terz. Piemonte e Liguria, pt. xxii., 1897, 89-91) re- 
cognised six or seven species, referring to them as probably only varieties of the 
recent shells living in the Mediterranean. ~Posterior valves were common, and 
very like those of recent species, especially Acanthochiton. 

It will therefore be seen that the North American and European fossil Lori- 
cates bear the same relation to existing forms, as do the Australian fossils. 


2 


Tue AustraLnian Zoorocist, Vol. iv. PLATE XI. 


Carpilius maculatus Linn. 
A male specimen of record size, 140 mm. wide, from North-west Islet, 
Capricorn Group, Queensland. 

Photograph by A. Musgrave. 


oO 


aise ms 
= 
ne 
ina iooms 
= Nagel 
wen 
as 
ee 
o 
+ 
: 
ov F é 


THe AustraLian Zoouoaist, Vol. iv. PLATE 


THE BuRROWING CRUSTACEAN Sphaeroma quoyana. 
A. Burrows in sandstone, one containing an animal. 
B. Examples of affected sandstone and wood, the latter showing several 
animals in situ. 
Photographs by W, E. J. Paradice. 


Sete 


THE AusSTRALIAN ZoouoGist, Vol. iv. PLATE XLII. 


- 


In Sydney Harbour: 


Photographs by J. Degotardi. 


THE Austratian Zootogist, Vol. iv. PLATE XLIV. 


SUAS BARES 


ALBATROSSES ON THE WING, from photographs taken by E. F. Pollock, on a 
voyage from Lord Howe Island to Sydney. 


> 
a 


ae 


Tue AUSTRALIAN Zoo.oaist, Vol. iv. PLATE XLy 


Permochiton australianus Iredale & Hull, showing the complete cast, and two 
portions of the overlying matrix in which the sculpture is well defined. 


Drawn by Joyce K. Allan. 


ee 
. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales, 


PUBLICATIONS. 


“The Australian Zoologist 


A Journal containing reports of the proceedings of the Society, papers re- 
lating to the Zoology of Australia, notes and comment upon matters coming 
within the seope of the Society’s aims and objects. Published at irregular intervals. 


VOLUME I. (1914-1920). Parts 1 to 8. 
256 pp. with 19 plates and 63 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 


VOLUME II. (1921-2). Parts 1 to 4. 

172 pp. with 45 plates and 16 text figures. Unbound. Price 12/6 net. 
VOLUME III. (1922-5). Parts 1 to 8. 

362 pp. with 41 plates and 27 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 


VOL. IV. PART 1. Published 12th June, 1925. Price, 4/-. 


Page. 
Shearwaters on Lion Island . ties So ChB] 
Note on an Australian Beaap of the mies ja eaeeia) as a Fonemercal Riateries 
Product in Wellington, N.Z., by W. J. Phillipps, F.L.S., F.R.G.S. caeaee? 
Practical Observations of DOT eG lie beneath water, by Harry Burrell, 
C.M.Z.S. ce 4 
Field Notes on "Natural: Wahita of Hehidna, by Eo Fuereli C.M.Z.S. 8 
A Naturalist in North Queensland, by A. F. Basset Hull .. .. .. Po) 
Lepidoptera of Yeppoon, Queensland, by A. Jefferis Turner, 2 MD., FE, 8. 17 
Ticks, by EB. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. .. .. ...... Cesc is Peisiay 24 
MOraiholopinaeAT Oldt rime, Se Oem? fe Kicrelor: triste yb oilers cee sieves. “eet. BO 
VOL. IV. PART 2. Published 10th November, 1925. Price 6/-. 
Presidential Address, by G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., B.E., F.E.S. .. .. .. 38 
George Forster’s Paintings, by Tom Iredale .. .. .. 48 
The Principal Fauna of the Comboyne Plateau, by EL C. Chisholm, MB., 
Ch.M., R.A.O.U. ae 54 
A ionic of the neean ‘Loricates, Vv, ny ‘Tom Tredile eal A. F. 
Basset Hull .. .. .. 15 


Notes on the Seals soe in ered Sens! is ihe S. Tie Sonef, CMZ. 8. 112 


VOL. IV. PART 3. Published 22nd February, 1926. Price, 6/-. 


A Check-List of the Australian Tenebrionidae, by H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. 117 
A Monograph of the Australian Loricates, VL, by Tom Iredale aad A. F. 
Basset Hull .. .. .. Mace ie OF 
The Cuttle-Fish “Bones” of the fcver Reaches i Tom cmedale See aoc A OO 
The Burrowing Habits of Tachyglossus ee ae pe Burrell, 
EME ZA Spee Pareto se oars sass easier 6 ant oe Rlgn Rerame LOM 


VOL. IV. PART 4. Published 30th April, 1926. Price, 6/-, — 


The Biology of North-west Islet, Capricorn Group: sais 
Narrative, by Anthony ee ES. Ste e'« joes ts ouele Maraimare 
Birds, by P. A. Gilbert .. .. .. .. slic etn ie Same ins ee en ere ee 
Fishes, by Gilbert P. Whitley . ae, tye secicis eames is aebanh stelite sinaet 
Marine Molluscs, by Tom trode ae vn Pesigeies's’ eisico Renee 
Insects, by Anthony Musgrave, F.H.8. .. .. 2. 2... we ee ee ee D4 
Bryozoa, by Arthur A. Livingstone .:9.. 5. wo ee 6s ee be ee 
Corals, by Charles Hedley, ¥.L.S8. : : highs yedemagee ae 
Botany, by C. T. White and Dr. W. ‘MacGillivray Ok G05 BBL 1 ae 
Bibliography, by ae secre F.E.S. My + eh 


He syeoSanp 


Basset Hull .. .. a x 
The late Allan McCulloch, by L.H. .. .. es, ee sh os wae Bee = 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales .. .. .. .. es «. stots oT é 


CONTENTS OF THIS PART. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales — 
Annual Report, 1925-26 . gia y vole e's pin letelisa,s. :/sale ee 15 qupeeaueetetae ips 


Presidential Address, by pee. fone B.A, Lh. Be ia’. Ute eae 

Balance Sheet i", 0"s ici. v0 toe ies Shoes ota) lies 

Nokes.) SUR Pra ele dice (Paes ee oe eS Sie 
Obituary... re ee al oe ee ea GS cane ge oes eae aia las 
Reports of thé Sections <: .. 2. 2. 61 ee fe ee oe oe ee oe oe ce we oe 
Birth. of, Blue-tongued lnzards:, 4° 7.) ve, pfeil. joel alesis, cele siectaie is ss 
Check List of the Australian Tenebrionidae, Corrigenda .. .. .. .. ee \ z 
Additional Fauna of the Comboyne Plateau, by EH. C. Chisholm, MB, Ch.M.- 295 
Biology of North-west Islet (J.) Crustacea, by Frank A. McNeill .. .. .. 299 — 
Some Recent Natural teal sats we W. E J. Paradice, M.B., 


Ch.M. : sysibre telat basae Mois Bane ” 319 
Reviowa .. 0 ficce celue o. 21 aly Peak ORS Sie aes 
A Monograph of the Australian reat os VIIL, ek Tom Sede pads A. t= 

Basset Hull . : 6 


AUSTRALIAN ZooLocicaL HaNnpDBOOKS. 


No. 1. Check-List of the Fishes and Fish-like Animals of New South Wales, 
by Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist, Australian Museum, 104 pp., 43 plates. 
Bound in Boards. Price 5/-. Postage 4d. 


Application for Publications should be made to the Honorary | Secretary, 
Box 2399, G.P.0O., Sydney. 


THE 
AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST 


Issued by the 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


Edited by 
A, F, BASSET HULL, 0.F.A.0.U. 


enilikh Rute 
BURIAL Luo yp yy = 
IID Se 


JUN 17 19; 
Vol. 4—Part 6 


(Price, 4/6.) 


Sydney, May 18, 1927. 


All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Secretary, 
Box 2399, General Post Office, Sydney. 


Sydney: 
Sydney and Melbourne Publishing Co., Ltd., 29 Alberta St. 


Chairman: J. R, Kinghorn, C.M.Z.S. 
Vice-Chairman: H. Wolstenholme. 
Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 
Established 1879. 
REGISTERED UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 1899 (1917). 


COUNCIL, 1926-1927. 


President: 
A. J. Nicholson, M.Se. 
Vice-Presidents: 


Professor Launcelot Harrison, G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., B.E., F.E.b. 
Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B. - 


pe 


Members: 

E. J. Bryce. J. R. Kinghorn, C.M.Z.8. 

Neville W. Cayley. A. Musgrave. 

A. H. Chisholm. W. E. J. Paradice, M.B., Ch.M. 

Robert C. Dixson, J.P. EK. F. Pollock. 

E. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., B.S. Dayid G. Stead. 

W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. Ellis Le G. Troughton. 
OFFICERS. 

Hon. Secretary and Editor: A. ¥. Basset Hull, C.F.A.0.U. 


Hon. Treasurer and Hon. Librarian: Phillip Shipway. 
Hon. Auditor: E. E. Coates. 


OFFICERS OF SECTIONS. 


Entomological Section. Biological Survey Section. 
Chairman: G. Athol Waterhouse, Chairman: Professor Launcelot Harrison. 
D.Se., F.E.S. Hon. Secretary: I. A. Mackerras, 
Hon. Secretary: G. M. Goldfinch. M.B., Ch.M. 


Hon. Treasurer. G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Se., 


Ornithological Section. F.E.S. 


M.Se., and E. Cheel. 


Committee: E. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., B.S. Marine Zoological Section. 
A. H. Chisholm, C. Coles, and Chairman: T. C. Roughley. 
A. Musgrave. Hon. Secretary: W. E. J. Paradice, M.B., Ch.M. 


Surscriprion: Ordinary Member, £1 1s. per annum. (Entrance Fee of £1/1/- 
is suspended until the end of the current year). 
Life Member, £10/10/-. 
Associate Member, 7s. 6d. per annum. (No Entrance Fee). 
Life Associate Member, £3/15/-. 


PRIVILEGES : 

Ordinary Members—Free admission to Taronga Zoological Park; Additional 
Tickets admitting 20 Adults or 40 Children each year; 
Free Copy of “Australian Zoologist.” (if desired). 

Associate Members—Free Copy of “Australian Zoologist.” 


“THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST.” 

Communications intended for “The Australian Zoologist” should be type- 
written. ; 

Authors should state whether proofs and reprints are desired when submitting 
MS. Fifty reprints of any article appearing under a separate title will be supplied 
gratis. If more are required, terms may be ascertained on application to the 
Editor. 7 


Committee: Professor Griffith Taylor, Pro- 
fessor W. R. Browne, A. J. Nicholson, 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


Representation on Public Park Trusts. 


Tt will be remembered that the scientific societies have from time to time 
urged their claims to representation on the Trusts which control the Public Parks 
and the Australian Museum. These claims were favourably considered by 
Ministers of the Crown, and it was stated that the necessary legislation would 
be introduced. Circumstances have prevented, or, rather postponed this action, 
but so far as is possible under existing legislation steps have been taken to ap- 
point naturalists to such vacancies as have occurred in the Trusts as at present 
constituted. The ground is thus being prepared for the more specific represen- 
tation of the great incorporated scientific societies, as such, by the contemplated 
legislation. In addition to his appointment as a member of the Taronga Zoo- 
logical Park Trust, Mr. A. F. Basset Hull has been appointed to the Ashton 
Park Trust; Mr. A. H. Chisholm and Mr. G. M. Goldfinch have been appointed 
to the National Park Trust, and Mr. Harry Wolstenholme has been appointed 
to the Kuringai Chase Trust. Amongst the more recent elections to fill vacancies 
oceurring on the Australian Museum Trust, the names of Professor Harrison, 
Dr. G. A. Waterhouse, and Messrs. E. C. Andrews, and R. H. Cambage may be 
mentioned. The latter were, of course, elected by the other Trustees, while the 
appointments to the Park Trusts were made by the Governor on the recommen- 
dation of the Minister for Lands. That all the abovenamed appointees are 
members of this Society is a matter for congratulation, while the Royal and 
Linnean Societies, of which some are members, may also consider that their 
claims to representation have been recognised. 


Changes in Council Membership. 


Owing to his intended departure from Sydney, Mr. D. G. Stewart resigned 
his seat on the Council and the office of Honorary Treasurer. Mr. P. Shipway 
has been elected Honorary Treasurer for the remainder of the current year. 

The serious and long illness of Dr. E. W. Ferguson has compelled him to 
resign from the Council. His resignation has been accepted with deep regret, 
and the hope is expressed that he may recover his health sufficiently to rejoin 
the Council after the Annual Meeting. 

The two vacancies thus occurring have been filled for the unexpired term of 
the current year by the election of Mr. A. H. Chisholm, the well known writer 
of “Ways of the Wild” in the “Daily Telegraph” and joint Editor of the 
“mu,” and of Surgeon Commander W. E. J. Paradice, to whose initiative the 
establishment of the Marine Zoological Section is due. These gentlemen will re- 
tire under Article 23 at the end of June next, but will be eligible for re-election 
for the term of three years at the next Annual Meeting. 


330 EGGS OF THE CHANNEL BILL CUCKOO. 


New Members. 


The following new members have been elected since publication of the last 
list (30th November, 1926) :— 

Ordinary Members.—Norman C. Bucknell, 0.B.E., John F. Henderson, John 
A. Henderson, T. H. Nicolle, John R. Wallace, and A. Leslie Walker. 

Associate Members—W. L. Anderson, Gilbert Bates, A. Bailey, H. 0. 
Fletcher, and R. A. Johnston. 


Expedition to Queensland Islands. 


Mr. E. F. Pollock, who organised the expedition to North-west Islet in 1925 
is arranging for another outing to several islands on the Great Barrier Reef, 
in November next. The expedition will occupy four or five weeks, and full 
particulars may be obtained from the organiser, address “Te Whare,” Carrington 
Avenue, Strathfield, N.S.W. 


Eacs OF THE CHANNEL BILL Cuckoo. 
(Scythrops novaehollandiae Lath.) 


Mr. Moresby Propsting furnishes the following interesting notes on an un- 
usual Cuckoo combination :— 

“One day during the Christmas holidays I was riding down Mountain Creek, 
near Richmond, North Queensland, when I saw a Crow slip silently out of a 
dense coolabah. I rode up under the tree, and located a nest far out on a thin 
branch. As it was a difficult nest to negotiate, and I had a sufficiency of Crow’s 
eges in my collection, I decided to leave it. The next day, when passing the 
same spot, I changed my mind, and climbed the tree. The branch on which the 
nest was situated appeared even thinner than when viewed from the ground, 
but by exercising great care I reached the nest, which was constructed of coolabah 
and thorny mimosa twigs, lined with horsehair and pieces of wool. It contained 
ten eggs, four Crow’s and six Storm Bird’s. This extraordinary find well repaid 
me for the risk taken in climbing out on the thin limb. I have taken many 
Storm Bird’s eggs, but generally one at a time. They are always larger than 
the Crow’s eggs, and though somewhat similar in markings are easily separated 
from the foster parent’s eggs.” 

Both North and Campbell publish records of instances where two eges of 
the Channel-Bill Cuckoo (or Storm Bird, as it is called in many localities) were 
taken from the one nest, either of a Strepera or Crow, but Mr. Propsting’s re- 
markable clutch seems to be unique! I have discussed the matter with Mr. 
Propsting’s father, who recollects the finding of the eluteh, whieh is still in his 
son’s possession. He informed me that he had personally observed a pair of 
Crows feeding three young Storm Birds at a nest which was too small to ac- 
commodate the foster brood which was grouped round the nest. 

There are records of a young Channel-Bill ejecting a young Grallina from 
the nest. What appears most remarkable is that the Cuckoo habit of ejecting 
the other young birds should be suspended when it is a full and not a foster 
brother that is concerned. 


331 


CALOUNDRA SHELLS. 
By Tom IReDALE. 
(By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 


Plate xlvi. 


Everyone who visits Caloundra collects shells. The beaches are strewn 
with large Cassids and Cockles of attractive appearance, intermingled with which 
many larger and smaller shells occur. In the rock erevices about highwater 
mark multitudes of still smaller shells are jumbled together, washed backwards 
and forwards by the tides so that a shelly débris rich in perfect specimens is 
available for searching. Where then is this El Dorado of the shell collector? 

It really merits this appellation, as every visit reveals some golden treasure, 
some specimen of rarer beauty than hitherto, perchance a wanderer from the 
Tropics, or even some previously unknown mollusecan gem. 

Caloundra lies at the north end of Moreton Bay, some sixty miles from 
Brisbane, but the railroad from that place goes inland so that the nearest railway 
station is some thirteen miles distant from the beach. This comparative in- 
aecessibility keeps it still remote, so that to-day it is little more visited than 
twenty years ago, a few motorists being the additional pleasure seekers. As a 
consequence shells are still plentiful, though at many beaches on the east Aus- 
tralian coast surf bathing has driven away the majority of the large species 
of molluscs. 

The locality is not unknown to the scientific world, as Queensland naturalists 
have found it a favoured spot, especially as fishing is excellent in the neighbour- 
hood. 

At the end of 1902, Mr. (now Dr.) H. L. Kesteven visited Caloundra in 
the interests of Mr. Hedley, and the collection made was presented by the latter 
to the Australian Museum. No list was published, though one was made, a 
copy of which I haye before me, cataloguing no fewer than 373 species. This 
number well indicates the richness of the locality. Dr. Shirley with parties 
visited there, and a few species were recorded thence by him. 

In February, 1909, I exploited the locality for Loricates, also making a 
general collection in the few days available. I was extremely impressed, and 
recorded the Loricate fauna (Proc. Malac. Soe. (Lond.) Vol. ix., June, 1910, 
156-7) suggesting that it was of purely Peronian basic origin, contrasting with 
that observed at Port Curtis a few days previously which was just as surely 
Solanderian. A few years later Dr. T. Harvey Johnston made a study of the 
littoral fauna from the ecological viewpoint, contributing an important paper 
entitled “Ecological Notes on the Littoral Fauna and Flora of Caloundra, Queens- 
land” to the Queensland Naturalist (Vol. i, April, 1917, 53-63). In that 
paper the general nature of the beaches and rocks are detailed, together with a 
preliminary account of the organisms living between tide marks. 

Mr. A. F. Basset Hull, my collaborator in the Monograph of the Loricates 
now appearing in this Journal, visited Caloundra in 1921 and 1922, and con- 
firmed my conclusion as to its wealth in this group. 

Otherwise Mr. George Gross, of Brisbane, a very enthusiastic conchologist, 
had long collected in the locality, but this worker never published anything, 
although his collection, which I had the pleasure of examining in 1909, and 
which passed into the possession of Sir Joseph Verco, of Adelaide, South Aus- 
tralia, was probably the most extensive yet made of south Queensland mollusea. 


334 5 CALOUNDRA SHELLS. 


Last year, on returning with Mr. G. P. Whitley from Michaelmas Cay, off 
Cairns, North Queensland, circumstances necessitated a couple of days interval, 
which comparatively might have been wasted in Brisbane. Instead we decided 
to run down to Caloundra and review the outlook again. Although the weather 
Was unpropitious we were well rewarded for our pains, as we secured some nice 
things, while the place justified all encomiums after our experience on the Great 
Barrier Reef. We met there an ardent shell collector, Mr. C. H. Nicholson, who 
has since handed us some interesting specimens. 

Miss Joyce K. Allan, of the Australian Museum, has painted the beautiful 
figures here presented, and which almost make verbal descriptions unnecessary. 
My thanks are sincerely given here, as they make the recognition of my records 
easy to everyone. 

The types of the new species here described are in the Australian Museum. 


ANADARA NICHOLSONI, n.sp. 
Plate xlvi., figs. 6, 13. 


Although Arks have been recorded with world-wide distribution, this con- 
clusion does not harmonise with the data provided by series from many localities. 
A few species do appear to have a wide range, but closer examination reveals 
separative characters of good value, and these are usually associated with geo- 
eraphieal limits. 

The species hereunder described recalls A. pilula Reeve, from which it is 
separated by its larger size, much greater solidity, and its hinge teeth. 

Shell medium, very solid, rather orbicular, oblique, obese, umboes rather 
distant, lozenge area pronounced, hinge teeth comparatively few and strong. 
Color of dead shell white. Sculpture consisting of twenty-five strong radial ribs 
with deep interstices, the ribs closely nodulose, the interstices faintly striate, con- 
centrically with growth lines. The hinge-line is short, the median hiatus ill 
marked; on one side about twenty teeth, including half a dozen large irregular 
ones at the end; on the other side about twelve teeth with four large somewhat 
angulate teeth at the end. 

Length, 33 mm.; height, 39 mm. 

A dead shell collected by Mr. C. H. Nicholson at Caloundra. 

The hinge-line of A. pilula Reeve is here figured from a specimen from 
Yeppoon, Queensland. (Plate xlvi., fig. 14). 


ANADARA THACKWAYI, n.sp. 
Plate xlvi., figs. 4, 5. 


While on the subject of Arks, I take this opportunity of describing a 
strange New South Wales species first found by Mr. A. BE. J. Thackway, for 
whom it is named. The first specimens were picked up on the beaches between 
Port Jackson Heads and Port Hacking, one valve at Cronulla the other at 
Maroubra. During the last four years Mr. G. P. Whitley has found five more 
valves at long intervals on the Maroubra beach, while I have searched con- 
tinuously in vain the beaches north of the Port Jackson Heads, though, as the 
species is a relative of the northern tropical A. granosa, it would be expected 
there first. 

The new species agrees with granosa in general features, but is easily 
separated by the distant nodulation of the ribs, smaller size, finer hinge-teeth, 
and approximation of the beaks. Shell suborbieular or semioval, deep, regu- 
larly ribbed, beaks oblique, a little excentric, approximating, lozenge area narrow. 


TREDALE. 333 


Color of dead shells cream to chalk. Sculpture consisting of about twenty-one 
elevated distant ribs, each bearing about seven to nine prominent nodules, the 
earlier ones becoming obsolete: the deep wide interstices finely striate. The 
hinge-line shows fine longitudinal teeth, scarcely larger at the ends, but with a 
distinct hiatus in the middle below the beaks, where a couple of larger oblique 
teeth occur; on one side twenty-five teeth can be counted, on the other fifteen 
only: in the tropical granosa thirty and twenty teeth respectively oceur. 

Length, 26 mm.; height, 18 mm. 

A strange aberration, more elongate and with more and closer nodulation 
also occurred, and is here figured. Length, 30 mm.; height, 24 mm. 


STREPTOPINNA SACCATA INUSITATA, n. subsp. 
Plate xlvi., figs. 9, 10, 11. 

An extraordinary mollusc, suggesting a cross between an Avicula and a 
Pinna, was found at Michaelmas Cay, North Queensland, and immediately re- 
cognised by Mr. Hedley as a form of Pinna saccata L., a species previously un- 
recorded from Australia. A couple of larger specimens were, later secured, but 
to our great surprise a larger valve was found at /Caloundra./ This showed the 
muscle scars to be very small, and is here figured. These scars approximate 
much more closely to those of Atrina than to those of Pinna, and obviously in- 
dicate the species as generically distinct. 

When Martens reviewed the Pinnas (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xvii, 
February, 1866, 81-88) he noted the distinction of the species, and suggested 
habits, but gave the group no name. Without further information he intro- 
duced Streptopinna (Beitrag meeresf. Mauritius (Mobius), 1880, 318) some 
years later for this species alone. 

Apparently this species lives among corals and has adopted strange shapes 
to get around the branches, as when it has struck easy ground it grows com- 
paratively straight as the Caloundra one has done. 

‘The Queensland form is easily separated from the type in its different 
colouration, pale horn instead of amber-red, its more regular sculpture, five 
flattened distinctly separated ribs being counted, a sixth and seventh occurring 
in aged shells, and noticeable smooth area. 


PRATULUM PROBATUM, n.sp. 
Plate xlvi., fig. 8. 

Some years ago Hedley (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1904, 195, May 10th) 
recorded Cardium bechet Reeve, from the Tweed Heads district, New South 
Wales, previously only known from Queensland in Australia. Many valves 
were present on the Caloundra beaches and they were found to disagree in 
shape and seulpture from the true C@. bechei, and are therefore here differentiated. 
Shell large, thin, nearly orbicular, somewhat obese, medially and anteriorly very 
finely radiately rayed, almost smooth, posteriorly boldly closely ridged. Coloura- 
tion rose-pink flecked with white: internally pure white. The hinge-teeth agree 
with those of the type of Pratulum, suggesting tropical origin for the group. 
The radials on the anterior portion are very numerous and fine and are crossed 
by similar concentric growth lines, almost imperceptible in the juvenile, but 
odd ones are marked as growth stops: these become more pronounced with age, 
so that an old senile shell may show a series of step-like stages. Moreover, the 
periostracum is laid down in accordance, and, if present, shows a beautiful 
concentric arrangement. The posterior radials also bear very pronounced 
prickles in the living shell, but apparently these are easily worn off as they 


334, CALOUNDRA SHELLS. 


are seldom seen in the dead shells. These posterior radials number about 
twenty-seven and tooth the edge of the shell: though no noticeable radials per- 
sist on the medial and anterior portion of the shell; the edge is strongly and 
sunilarly closely toothed. 

The figured shell is a small specimen from Trial Bay, New South Wales, 
measuring 30 mm. broad and 28 mm. high. A perfect specimen from the Perey 
Islands, Queensland, measures 46 mm. in breadth, 44 mm. in height, and the 
conjoined valves 36 mm. A huge valve from the Tweed River Heads, New 
South Wales, measures 78 mm. in height, and 81 mm. in breadth. 


MARINAURIS MELCULUS, n.sp. 
Plate xlvi., fig. 3. 


Shell small, flattened, somewhat cireular, spire a little elevated, closely re- 
lated to Haliotis brazieri Angas, but easily separated by the presence of cording 
between the orifices and the basal rim. Colour pale greyish brown, flamed with 
brown and red. A fine radial sculpture crosses a close spiral sculpture of filat- 
tened lirae producing an obsolete reticulation which decreases with growth: a 
raised medial concentric rib is present. 

The orifices are close together and upstanding, while between these and 
the peripheral ridge lie four concentrie corded ribs; between the periphery and 
the callus four ridges occur, this area being convex. Columellar plate wide and 
flat. Internal colouration silvery: all whorls exposed. 

Length, 33 mm.; breadth, 29 mm. 

Broken specimens not uncommon at Caloundra. 

Hedley (Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. xxix., 1905, April 12, 1906, 521) 
observed that “It further seems to me that H. rubicundus Montfort, should re- 
place the later H. tricostalis Lamarck. Montfort’s name, which Pilsbry marked 
as very doubtful, was recognised and accepted by Dr. J. E. Gray, who had un- 
usual facilities for ascertaining the facts of the case.’ This conclusion «was 
revised (l¢., xxxiii., 1908, 464) on the grounds that rubicundus Montfort was 
preoccupied by Bolten and that scalaris Leach should be used. However, Mont- 
fort’s Padollus rubicundus was the monotype of Padollus, and it appears to 
have been overlooked that Montfort described from Africa a small shell a little 
more than an inch at its greatest diameter, and the good description and figure 
are both inapplicable to the Australian shell. Further there lives in South 
Africa a shell which agrees in size and description with the Montfortian species, 
known as Haliotis parva Linn. Bolten’s H. rubicundus (Mus. Bolt. (2), 1798, 
14) was cited by Hanley as referable to the Linnean parva, so that Padollus 
must be restricted to the African species. 

I therefore introduce Marinauris for the Australian forms commonly re- 
garded as Padollus, but would note that when Pilsbry monographed these mol- 
luses (Man. Conch., Vol. xii., 1890) he placed brazieri in a section under Padol- 
lus while he located roei, of which he incorrectly made hargravesi a synonym, 
alongside naevosa under Haliotis. 


MARINAURIS ETHOLOGUS, n.sp. 
Plate xlvi., fig. 1. 

Shell small, flattened, somewhat circular, closely related to JJ. hargravesi 
Cox, but differing at sight in the more numerous cords in this respect recalling 
the West Australian H. roei Gray, than which it is smaller, more circular and 
with finer seulpture. ; 


IREDALE. 335 


On the last whorl between the suture and the orifices seventeen ribs of un- 
equal width: between the orifices and the periphery three similar ribs, and be- 
tween the periphery and the silver callus six or seven minute elevated ridges 
oeeur. The preceding whorl shows nine main ribs or cords, the number in- 
ereasing by intercalation: all the ribs are square-eut, the interstices deep, both 
ribs and interstices crossed by numerous closely packed very marked threads. 

The interior silvery, clearly showing the preceding whorls. Between the 
orifices and the ecolumellar callus, which is wide and flat, the area is convex and 
corded; above the peripheral ridge are three distinct pronounced corded ribs. 

Length, 41 mm.; breadth, 31 mm. 

Broken specimens rare at Caloundra. 

H. hargravesi Cox is the rarest of Australian Haliotids, but is apparently 
widely distributed in deeper water from north of Sydney to Twofold Bay. 4H. 
brazieri Angas has the same distribution, but is much more common at certain 
localities, Mr. G. McAndrew having collected large series on the beach at Shell 
Harbour, N.S.W. 

PHASIANELLA CALOUNDRA, D.SD- 
Plate xlvi., fig, 12. 


Shell small, elongate oval, spire acute, whorls slightly rounded, sutures dis- 
tinet, whorls seven, imperforate. 

Colour creamy brown, circled with brown lines which are dotted with white 
and longitudinally flamed with brown in zigzag fashion; numerous variations of 
this colour scheme occur. Apical whorls minute, flattened; shell entirely smooth, 
but a microscopic spiral striation can be discerned with a glass: aperture ovate. 
about half the length of the shell: columella reflected and callused, the callus 
crossing to the posterior angle of the aperture; outer lip thin, sharp. Opereulum 
normal, white, with a faint yellowish tinge medially. — 

Length, 15 mm.; breadth, 9 mm. 

Abundant at Caloundra. 

Very like the southern P. variegata Lam., but different from the N.S.W. 
form. 

Nannocassis TorvA Iredale. 
Plate xlvi., fig. 7. 


Shell large for the genus, spire depressed, almost planate, apical whorls a 
little elevated, shell somewhat triangularly ovate, variced, mouth narrowed. 
Early whorls worn, five remaining ones distinguishable, the earliest of these 
showing sculpture worn and not definitely determinable, the next flattened with 
about twenty-two angulate nodules at periphery, an obscure varix apparently 
completing the whorl, revolving lirae becoming noticeable: these are better 
marked on the next whorl where two or three may be seen on the lower half, 
the nodules also being better marked as riblets, while two varices may be ob- 
served: on the antepenultimate whorl the same sculpture becomes bolder and a 
varix is marked at three-fourths the length of the whorl. On the last whorl the 
periphery is anguJate, seminodulose, the flattened. shoulder bearing’ slanting 
radials, the spirals having become obsolete: below the shoulder is a slight de- 
pression followed by another seminodulose ridge and thence to the base longi- 
tudinal ridges to the number of about thirty oceur between the preceding varix, 
three-quarters of a whorl back and the outer lip: fairly strong spirals, twenty- 
five to thirty in number, lattice the ridges: this sculpture is much emphasised 
on the face of the body whorl where it is heightened by a clear glaze from the 


336 CALOUNDRA SHELLS. 


inner lip. The inner lip is closely and strongly wrinkled, the ridges running 
backwards on the upper half and forwards on the anterior portion. The canal 
is short, recurved, and bounded posteriorly by a very deep narrow gutter run- 
ning into the umbilieal sector which is closed by the varix and the reflection of 
the inner lip anteriorly: above the gutter is a rounded collar succeeded by a 
narrow sulcus. The deep gutter continues interiorly under the glaze as in 
Nannocassis nana T. Wads., while at the posterior end of the inner lip appears 
a well marked ridge forming with the outer lip a posterior canal recalling that 
of Cypraecassis. The outer lip is reflected and the varix flattened, medially 
spreading internally: strong distant ridges are present along the interior edge, 
about thirteen in number with five intercalating in the middle but not entering 
the mouth. 

Length, 67 mm.; breadth, 38 mm. 

This distinet species based upon a dead shell collected by Mr. C. H. Nicholson 
is easily separated from N. nana T. Wds. by its larger size and complex seulp- 
ture. 

This makes the eleventh species of Cassid found on the beach at Caloundra, 
a number probably unsurpassed on any other beach in the world. 

The present species was diagnosed but not fully described nor figured in 
“A Review of Australian Helmet Shells,” published in the Records Austr. Mus., 
Vol. xv., 1927, 329. 

AMORIA GROSSI, n.sp. 
Plate xlvi., fig. 2. 


Shell large, oblong oval, spire short, acuminated, smooth. Colour of dead 
shell pale cream, mottled and streaked with pale brown, the mottling forming 
two irregular interrupted bands. The spire is about half the length of the 
aperture. 

The columella has four oblique plaits with a noticeable nodule at the posterior 
end, from some angles looking like a fifth plait. Interior of aperture white 
with about a dozen lines internally. 

Length, 118 mm.; breadth, 48 mm. 

Collected at Caloundra by Mr. G. Gross. 

This specimen was named as new and the above name attached in MS. by 
Mr. Hedley, and is now published. The species differs in size and solidity, as 
well as colouration from any other of the volva group. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE. 


Fig. 1. Marinauris ethologus Tredale, type. 

2. Amoria grossi Iredale, type. 

3. Marinauris melculus Iredale, type. 

4. Anadara thackwayi Iredale. ; 

5. <Anadara thackwayi Iredale, type. 

6. Hinge of Anadara nicholsoni Tredale, type. 

Nannocassis torva Iredale, type. 

8. Pratulum probatum Tredale, type. 

9. Streptopinna saccata inusitata Tredale. 

10. Streptopinna saccata inusitata Iredale, from Caloundra. 
11. Streptopinna saccata inusitata Iredale, from Galoundra. 
12. Phasianella caloundra Tredale, type. 

13. Anadara nicholsoni Iredale, type. 

14. Hinge line of A. pilula Reeve, from Yeppoon, Queensland. 


337 


CRITICAL REMARKS ON PACHYNERES AUSTRALIS MALLOCH; AND 
ITS POSSIBLE IDENTITY WITH BIBIONIDAE. 


By G. H. Harpy, 


Walter and Eliza Hall Fellow in Economic Biology, Queensland University, 
Brisbane. 


Dr. E. W. Ferguson and Mr. F. H. S. Roberts have requested my opinion 
of Malloch’s species Pachyneres australis, and there are others interested who 
have puzzled to account for such an abortive form of Bombyliid as Malloch’s 
description would convey to the average entomologist: moreover it is beginning 
to dawn upon many of us that a mistake has been made in allying the fly to 
the family. I have withheld expressing my own doubts upon the matter, await- 
ing the accumulation in various collections of more forms of BOMBYLIIDAE, but 
since the description was published only one new species has arrived showing 
outstanding characteristics, this being a Western Australian form that bears a 
strong resemblance to the TaBanmax. In offering the following views now, I 
do so with the object of turning the attention of investigators to the NEMATOCHRA 
wherein, perhaps, further specimens of Pachyneres australis Malloch may be 
found. 

This fly, reputed to be a Bombyliid and represented by one specimen presum- 
ably somewhere in America, was found by Malloch in a box containing bits of 
flowers and many hundreds of insects, evidently sweepings gathered at Como, New 
South Wales. The material had already been sorted by Dr. C. F. Baker for 
Homoptera at least once, the remainder being forwarded from Fiji to the States 
(see Malloch, Austr. Zool., ii., 1924, p. 205). 

Even on the incredible assumption that the fly so found did not suffer the 
loss of any appendages, the identity of a specimen only 1.5 mm. in length may 
not have been convincingly ascertained, so not only would I question the family 
alliance of the specimen but also the possibility of the highly specialised Pachy- 
neres occurring in such widely separated zoogeographical regions as represented 
by North America and Australia without an intermediate connection and with- 
out evidence of a closer zoological affinity between these regions. One can 
readily recognise the alliance of the typical Pachyneres with the North American 
BOMBYLIIDAE as the venation seems to show some connection with the genus 
Mythicomyia, but there is no Bombyliid known in Australia that appears re- 
lated even in a remote way. 

Como, the type locality, is a favourite hunting ground for insects and 
one that I have visited myself on several occasions, but no Bombyliid has been 
found there or elsewhere to conform to any characters given by Malloch. More- 
over, Malloch mentioned several distinguishing features between the ‘American 
and Australian forms, one being the antennae which had the third segment more 
tapering and without a discernible thimble-like process at the tip. Doubtless 
other differences could be found if looked for and amongst them some important 
ones that may give a clue to the family, for none such is to be found in 
Malloch’s account. 

I have carefully considered the diagram of the wing given with the descrip- 
tion to study from this aspect where else the insect may be placed. The veins 
in and near the anal area being reduced suggests a NEMATOCERA and a careful 
comparison with leading features in this section suggested further either of two 
families both having a median cell or one approximating thereto, namely, 
RHYPHIDAE and BIBIONIDAE. [Illustrations of Obliogaster, one of the former 


338 MALLOCH’S PACHYNERES AUSTRALIS. 


family, gave the venation with two veins running together to form a triangular 
area just above the first basal cell but the long antennae of that genus would 
prohibit this alliance. 

I have searched my collection of Brsionmaz for one that would approximate 
the venation of P. australis and found a truly remarkable similarity but in no 
case was a small triangular cell referred to present. I have yet other specimens 
of Nematocera, some have the small cell but all the forms so provided have elon- 
gate antennae and in none is to be found anything to represent a median cell. 

From the very meagre knowledge to be gained from Malloch’s account 
there is little to suggest that the insect is not a Bibionid, and there is much to 
suggest that it is not a Bombyliid. Arguments in favour of it being a Bibionid 
are :— 


1. The general type of wing structure, the triangular cell only being miss- 
ing on the forms examined. 

2. Small size—My smallest Bibionid is 3 mm. long; and the Bombyliid 4 
mm. or over. 

3. Black and yellow colour—these being the only ones found on the 
Bibionidae. 

4. A female with a wide front narrowing towards the antennae,—when the 
wide front oceurs on the Australian BOMBYLIIDAE it narrows towards the ocelli. 

5. Proboscis small, hardly exserted—The mouth parts are mainly ineon- 
spicuous on some of the BrB1onipaE and so if the palpi on the type are broken 
off, which is quite likely to be the ease, this character would seem to fit. 

The one outstanding character that makes me hesitate before offering these 
remarks as an undoubted solution to the identity of that supposed Bombyliid is 
in the nature of the ocellar tuberele. This is remote from the eyes on all 
Bibionids examined whilst on P. australis, according to the description, it is ap- 
proximate to them. 

fn 


FISHERMEN VERSUS SEALS. 


There has recently appeared in the Melbourne “Argus” some correspondence 
on the subject of seals destroying fish and crayfish-pots, the professional fisher- 
men loudly denouncing the seals as pests which are rapidly ruining the fishing 
industry by their depredations. While in Western Australia in 1921 I heard 
similar complaints against the seals in the Recherche Archipelago, and it was 
stated that the fishermen waged a determined war on the unfortunate mammals. 
It seems to be the old story of the dog and the bad name, for better qualified 
observers consider that the seals are not the chief offenders. 

Sir James Barrett writes in defence of the seals, quoting from a statement 
made by an experienced fisherman, who considers the seals “at times somewhat 
of a nuisance, but not to the extent indicated. . . . They are not keen fishers, 
as if they were they would immediately deal with the fish in the vicinity. Right 
round the rocks where they live is one of the best fishing grounds in Western-_ 
port. There are thousands of slow swimmers, gurnard, bluehead, and parrot 
fish. He has caught these fish with the seals swimming around the boat, but 
he has never lost one of the hooks from the seals. He has been crayfishing for 
a ereat number of years, and during this period he has not had more than half 
a dozen seals in the crayfish pots, and they were puppy seals which got in and 
could not get out, and were invariably dead,” 

A. F. Basset Hull. 


339 


A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES. 
(Phylum Moriusca—Order Loricata.) 
By Tom IReDALE and A. F. Basser Hutu. 
IX. 


APPENDIX GC. 
BIOGRAPHY AND BIBLIOGRAPHY, 


Note:—The following abbreviations are used in this Appendix :— 
S.A.—Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia. 

Tas.—Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania. 

Vic.—Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 

W.A.—Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western Australia. 

P.L.S., N.S.W.—Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales. 

A.A.A.S.—Report of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of 
Science. 

ADAMS, Arthur. 

Born at Gosport, Hants., England, 1820, died 1878. Famous English con- 
chologist, who was a naval surgeon and made large collections in the Eastern 
seas while on service, making beautiful paintings of living animals. With his 
brother Henry he wrote a standard work, “Genera of Recent Mollusea,’’ wherein 
a good general account of the groups of Loricates appears. Previously he had 
described two Sydney Loricates :— 

“Deseriptions of New Shells from the Cumingian Collection,’ P.Z.S., 1852, 
91-2. Chiton muricatus, Sydney (Strange), C. versicolor, do., do. 

With his brother he proposed the genus Lorica:— 

“On a new genus of Chitonidae,” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), ix., 1852, 355. 
Type L. cimolia = Chiton cimolius Reeve. 


ADAMS, Henry. 

Elder brother of preceding, an architect by profession, born 1813, died 1877. 
Described a new subgenus and species of Australian Loricata:— 

“Deseriptions of some New Genera and Species of Shells, from the Collee- 
tion of Hugh Cuming, Esq.” P.Z.S., 1861, 385. Notoplax, Cryptoplax (Noto- 
plax) speciosa. Tasmania. 

Collaborated with G. P. Angas (q.v.) in the description of the following 
shells :—Lepidopleurus variegatus, L. speciosus, L. liratus, Stenochiton juloides, 
Lorica angasi, Chaetopleura conspersa, Acanthochites costatus, A. carinatus (not 
Australian), Hanleya variabilis, Microplax grayi. “Description of New Genera 
and Species of Chitonidae from the Australian Seas, in the collection of George 
French Angas.” P.Z.S., 1864, 192-194. 

In the following year Angas, in connection with other mollusks figured 
Stenochiton juloides and Microplax grayi. 


ANGAS, George French. (Plate xlvi.). 

Born at Dawlish, Devonshire, England, April, 1822. In 1843 he visited 
South Australia and New Zealand. In 1851 he was secretary of the Australian 
Museum, Sydney. He subsequently returned to England, and died October 8, 
1886. He collected shells enthusiastically in South Australia and New South 
Wales, publishing good accounts after his return to England, and providing a 
basis for local workers. He had the honour of collecting the still unique Chori- 
plax grayi in Sydney Harbour sixty years ago. He listed the South Australian 
Loricates (P.Z.S., 1865, 186) totalling fourteen species, later adding two more 


340 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


(P.Z.S., 1878, 860). From New South Wales he recorded a larger fauna of 
twenty-three species, describing three as new, viz.:—Lophyrus smaragdinus, 
Onithochiton rugulosus, and Tonicia carpenteri (the lastnamed apparently is not 
from New South Wales). On p. 222 Chiton carnosus ex Carpenter MS. was 
recorded. 

ASHBY, Edwin. (Plate xlvii.). 


Born at “Plaistow,” near the village of Capel, Sussex, England, November 
2, 1861. Emigrated to South Australia in October, 1884. A keen collector of 
Loricates and a voluminous writer. He has personally collected in Western 
Australia from near Cape Leeuwin north to Geraldton; South Australia from 
near the Murray mouth westward to Venus Bay in the Great Australian Bight; 
Victoria in Port Phillip, Port Fairy, Warrnambool, Portland, Phillip Island, and 
Western Port; Tasmania, Derwent Estuary to Bruni Island, D’Entrecasteaux 
Channel, North-west Coast from Port Sorell to Robbins Island; New South 
Wales, Port Jackson and Port Stephens. He possesses a large collection of 
Australian and exotic Loricates, including that made by Major Dupuis. 

He has proposed the following new genera:—Kopionella (1919), Zostericola 
(1919), Lophochiton (1923); and named the following forms:—Ischnochiton 
atkinsoni lincolnensis, I. a. bruniensis, I. auratus, I. (Heterozona) properensis, 
I. (H.) cariosus var. occidentalis, I. (Haploplax) smaragdinus subsp. resplen- 
dens var. westernensis, I. (H.) misimaensis, I. (H.) mayi var. viridis, I, (Steno- 
chiton) pallens, Stenochiton posidonialis, S. cymodocealis, S. tatei, Lepidopleurus 
profundus (not May), Callochiton rufus, C. platessa var. fossa, C. klemi, Calli- 
stochiton antiquus meridionalis, C. a. mayi, C. gatliffi, Lophochiton johnstoni, 
Loricella torri, Kopionella tasmanica, K. matthewsi var. intermedia, Acantho- 
chiton bednalli var. johnstoni, A. macrocystialis, A. thackwayi, A. gatliffi, A. 
shirleyi, A, maxillaris, A, pilsbryi maughaneanus, A, retrojectus var. pustulosus, 
A. kimberi yallingupensis, A. (Notoplax) spongialis, A. (N.) spongialis glauerti, 
A, (N.) gabrieli, A. mayi, Notoplax porcina, Craspedochiton jaubertensis, Chori- 
plax grayi pattisoni, Cryptoplax iredalei, Rhyssoplax torrianus var. klemi, R. 
geraldtonensis, R. jacksonensis, Sypharochiton pellisserpentis subsp. septentriones, 
Acanthopleura gemmata queenslandica, A. spinosa var. montebelloensis. With 
Hull:—Ischnochiton iredalei kingensis. Fossil genera :—Protochiton, Afossochiton, 
Protolorica, Pseudoloricella, and species:—Lepidopleurus magnogranifer, Afosso- 
chiton cudmorei, Acanthochiton chapmani, Lorica cudmorei, Protolorica atkin- 
soni, Loricella sculpta. With Torr:—Lorica compressa, L. affinis, Loricella 
gigantea, Plaxiphora concentrica, P. gellibrandi, Acanthochites (Notoplax) 
granulosus, A. rostratus, Chiton fossicius, C. paucipustulosus. 

In addition to two papers written in collaboration with Torr (q.v.), he has 
published the following papers relating to Loricates :— 


1900. Definitions of Two New Species of South Australian Polyplacophora. 
8.A., xxiv., 86-88, pl. i. 

1901. Fossil Polyplacophora from Eocene Beds of Muddy Creek, Mornington 
(Schnapper Point) and Moorabool, Victoria, with Definitions of Nine 
New Species, and Notes on Others.  S.A., xxv., 136-144, pl. iv. (With 
W. G. Torr). 

1918. Review of the Australian Representatives of the Genus Ischnoradsia. 
S.A., xlii., 62. ; 

——. Monograph of the Genus Stenochiton (Order Polyplacophora) with 
Descriptions of Two New Species. S.A., xlii., 65-78, pls. xiii, xiv. 

——. Notes on South Australian Polyplacophora, with Additions to the Fauna; 


TOTS: 


1920. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 341 


together with a List of Australian Polyplacophora, showing their Dis- 
tribution in the Australian States. S.A., xlii., 79-87. 


A Review of the Genus Loricella (Order Polyplacophora), with Notes 
on Features Previously Unnoted and Description of a New Species. S.A., 
xliii., 59-65, pl. x. 

Notes on Australian Polyplacophora, including Descriptions of Two New 
Genera, a New Variety, and the Description and proposed recognition of 
Mr. Bednall’s Stenochiton Pilsbryanus. §.A., xlii., 66-73, pl. xi. 
Deseriptions of Six New Species of Australian Polyplacophora (four 
Acanthochitons and two Callistochitons), with other Notes. §.A., xliii., 
394-404, pls. xh., xi. 

The Occurrence of Three Species of Stenochiton in Western Australia. 
W.A,, vi, 108-111. 

Chitons of the D’Entrecasteaux Channel, Southern Tasmania, including 
additions to the Tasmanian Fauna, and Descriptions of a New Species 
and a New Variety. S.A., xliv., 263-271, pl. xi. 

A Review of Chiton crispus, Reeve (Order Polyplacophora) and _ its 
Allies, with proposed recognition of Blainville’s Chiton lineolatus, and 
Description of Three New Species. S.A., xliv., 272, pl. xi. 

Further Notes on Australian Polyplacophora with Additions and Cor- 
rections of the 1918 Distribution List. §S.A., xliv., 283-292. 

Deseription of Bracebridge Wilson Collection of Victorian Chitons, with 
Description of Two New Species. Vic., 33 (N.S.), 149-159, pl. viii. 
Notes on some Western Australian Chitons (Polyplacophora), with Ad- 
ditions to the Fauna and the Description of a New Species of Rhyssoplaz. 
S.A., xlv., 40-49, pl. viii. 

Description of a New Species of Fossil Loricella (Order Polyplacophora), 
with Remarks on Some Undescribed Characters present in Loricella an- 
gasi, Ad. and Ang., and L. torri, Ashby. Tas., 1921, 37-40, pl. xv. 

The Rediscovery of Choriplax (— Microplax) grayi, Adams & Angas 
(Order Polyplacophora), with Notes on its True Place in the Natural 
System and the Description of a New Sub-species. S.A., xlv., 136-142, 
pi. ix. 

Notes on the Australian Representatives of the Genus Acanthopleura, 
Guilding, together with a Description of Polyplacophora in the Western 
Australian Museum. W.A., viii., 29-34. 

Notes on Australian Polyplacophora, with Descriptions of Three New 
Species and Two New Varieties. S.A., xlvi., 9-22, pl. iii. 

Types of Species of Australasian Polyplacophora described by De Blain- 
ville, Lamarck, De Rochebrune, and others, now in the Museum D’Histoire 
Naturelle, in Paris. S.A., xlvi., 572-582. 

A New Species and Sub-species of Acanthochiton. W.A., x., 13-16, pl. i. 
Notes on the Genus Stenochiton and the Discovery and Recognition of 
the Type of Blainville’s Chiton longicymba in Stenochiton juloides, Adams 
& Angas. Proc. Mal. Soe. (Lond.), xv., 261-265. 

The Polyplacophora of King Island, Bass Strait, with Description of a 
New Sub-species. Aust. Zool., iii., 79-84, pl. viii. (With Hull). 
Monograph on the Australian Lepidopleuridae (Order Polyplacophora) 
with a Description of a New Species. §.A., xlvii., 216-223, pl. xvi. 

A Review of Ischnochiton (Haploplax) smaragdinus, Angas, 1867, and 


342 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


its Congeners, together with a Description of Two New Chitons from 
Papua. S.A., xlvii., 224-229, pls. xvi., xvii. 

——, Notes on a Collection of Polyplacophora from Carnarvon, Western Aus- 
tralia, with Definitions of a New Genus and Two New Species. S.A., 
xlvii., 230-236, pls. xvi., xvil., xvii. 

——. A Review of the Australian Representatives of the Genus Cryptoplax 
(Order Polyplacophora). S.A., xlvil., 237-243, pl. xix. 

1924. The Chiton Fauna (Polyplacophora) of Port Stephens, New South 
Wales. S.A., xlviii., 313-322, pl. xxxi. 

——. Further Notes on Australian Polyplacophora with Descriptions of Three 
New Species. §.A., xlviil., 323-327, pl. xxxi. 

——. Notes on the Types of Australasian Polyplacophora in the British 
Museum, §.A., xlviii., 328-333. 

1925. The Regional Distribution of Australian Chitons (Polyplacophora). 
A.A.A.S., xvii., 366-393, map. 

——,. Monograph on Australian Fossil Polyplacophora (Chitons). Vic., xxxvil. 
(N.S.), 170-205, pls. xviii., xxii. 

1926. The Acanthoid Chitons of New Zealand with Descriptions and Figures, 
including several New Species. Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), xvi., 6-35, pls. 
i. iv. 

——. Victorian Chitons. Vic. Nat., xliii., 7-16, pl. i. 

—. LEeological Notes and Descriptions of previously unrecorded Features of 
Onithochiton ashbyi, B. & M., Acanthochiton crocodilus, T. & A., 
together with Definitions of a New Callochiton (Polyplacophora). $.A., 
1, 241-244, text-fig. 

1927. Notes on, and Additions to, the Chiton Fauna of North-west Tasmania, 
together with a Brief Review of the Genus Stenochiton. Tas. (1926), 
92-117. 

Further Notes on Victorian Chitons. Vict. Nat., xliii., 356-358. 

ATKINSON, Edwin Dresser. 

A resident of the north-west coast of Tasmania, who collected fossils from 

the Table Cape beds, and after whom Loricella atkinsoni was named. Died 1920. 


ATKINSON, Richard N. Fe 
Son of the foregoing, and a keen collector of Loricates, after whom Ischno- 
chiton atkinsoni was named. Died 1915. 


BEDNALL, William Tompson. (Plate xlvi..). 


Pioneer collector of Australian Loricates in recent years, in connection with 
E. H. Matthews (q.v.). Born at Leicester, England, in August, 1838; died at 
Adelaide, South Australia, July 25, 1915. His historie paper, “The Polyplaco- 
phora of South Australia” (Proc. Mal. Soe. (Lond.), 1897, 139-159, pl. xii.) 
was based on Pilsbry’s Monograph, and with the assistance of the American 
master, much of the material being collected by Matthews. In it were described 
Ischnochiton tateanus, I. pilsbryi, I. (Stenochiton) pilsbryanus, I, thomasi, and 
Chiton exoptandus. Later, in collaboration with E. H. Matthews, Bednall published 
a paper “On New Species of Polyplacophora from South Australia” (Proe. Mal. 
Soc. (Lond.), vii., 1906, 91-92, pl. ix.) describing Ischnochiton resplendens, Lepi- 
dopleurus matthewsianus, Chiton aureomaculata, and Onithochiton ashbyi. Pilsbry 
named Chiton bednalli and Acanthochiton bednalli, Thiele Plaxiphora bednalli, 
and Torr [schnochiton bednalli in his honour. In 1875 Bednall privately printed 
at Darwin, Northern Territory, where he then resided, a List of South Austra- 


IREDALE AND HULL. 343 


han Shells; in 1893 Adcock privately printed another, and in 1908 Vereo pri- 
vately printed a third, but no list of South Australian Shells has been pub- 
lished. Bednall also published “Notes on some Tasmanian Chitons” (Tas., 1895, 
34-39) an item which was overlooked by Iredale and May in their account. 


BELL, Roy. (Plate xlvii.). 

Born at Sunday Island, Kermadec Group, February 19, 1882. A well 
known naturalist who collected at Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands, Port Fairy 
and Mallacoota, Victoria, and Twofold Bay, New South Wales.  Cryptoplax 
royana Iredale & Hull was named after him. 


BLAINVILLE, Henri Marie Duerotay de. 

Born 1777, died May 1, 1850. Famous French malacologist, who wrote a 
Traité de Malacologie, and in the preparation of this became interested in the 
numerous species of Loricates preserved in the Paris Museum from the collec- 
tions of Peron and Lesueur, and Quoy and Gaimard in Australia. He wrote a 
complete account, describing many new species. Although the descriptions 
were well written for the period they are now difficult to interpret, but many 
of the actual specimens described are still preserved. However, owing to the 
fact that the collections were mixed, and the shells have since been handled by 
many incompetent workers, great difficulty still persists. It may be noted that 
no specimens were marked “type” by Blainville, as has been asserted by a re- 
cent worker, the term “type” not coming into use in such a connection until 
some twenty years after Blainville wrote his descriptions. 

Blainville proposed the genus Cryptoplax and the species Cryptoplax larvi- 
formis (Diet. Sei. Nat. (Levrault), xii., 1818, 124). In the same publication 
(xxxvi., 1825, 541, et seq.) he named Chiton elongatus, C. lineolatus, C. longi- 
cymba, C. sueurti, C. vermiformis, C. costatus, C. albidus, C. hirtosus, C. gai- 
mardi, and C. gemmatus. Many species were recorded by him as from Australia 
which have not yet been identified; possibly the locality is erroneous. Such are 
Chiton tectum, C, clypeus, C. multimaculatus, C. testudinarius, and C'. elegans. 

For an account of Blainville’s troubles regarding the publication of his 
Loricate work see Proc. Mal. Soe. (Lond.), xi., 1914, 128. 


BRACEBRIDGE-WILSON, J. 

Master at Geelong Grammar School, Victoria. Born 1828, died October 22, 
1895. Dredged for many years in Port Phillip, Victoria, and his Loricates pro- 
vided E. R. Sykes (q.v.) with the opportunity of listing the Victorian species 
soon after the publication of Pilsbry’s Monograph. Sykes named Acanthochiton 
wilsoni and Ischnochiton wilsoni in his honour. 


BRAZIER, John. (Plate xlvii.). 

Born at Sydney, New South Wales, September 23, 1842. One of the 
ereatest of Australian shell collectors, still living. Although he secured almost 
every New South Wales species of Loricate, including Delicatoplax translucens 
and Parachiton puppis, in the early days (1860-70) of-his collecting, he did not 
describe them. He recorded the Loricates collected during the “Chevert” Ex- 
pedition (Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., ii, 1877, 75) including Chiton pulcherrimus 
from Darnley Island, Torres Strait, this shell being described in this Monograph 
as Rhyssoplax eaxcellens. 


BRODERIP, William John. 
Born 1789, died 1859. Famous British Malacologist who published the name 


344 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


Oscabrella, a latinisation of Lamarek’s Oscabrelle, the vernacular suggested for 
Cryptoplax (British Cyclopaedia, 11., 1836, 31). 


BRUGUIERE, Jean Guillaume. 

Born 1750, died 1799. Wrote the Conchology in the Encyelopedie Metho- 
dique, which was left unfinished owing to his death during the French Revolu- 
tion. He had the honour of describing the first Australian Loricate, Chiton 
spinosus (Journ. d’Hist. Nat., Paris, i., 1792, 25). 


BURROW, Edward John. 


A British minister, born 1785, died 1861, who published a little work en- 
titled “Elements of Conchology,” which ran into three editions. In this two 
strange Loricates were figured, and he introduced a MS. generic name given by 
Blainville, Cryptoconchus (this being the earliest division of the Linnean genus 
Chiton (1815) ), and deseribed Chiton larvaeformis, and C. spinosus. 


CARPENTER, Philip Pearsall. 


Born at Bristol, England, November 4, 1819, died at Montreal, Canada, May 
23, 1877. The most meticulous of conchologists, he took up the intensive study 
of Loricates and amassed a huge manuscript. Dall, who had latterly worked 
with Carpenter, after his death published a resumé based upon the manuscript, 
and Carpenter’s scheme was partially adopted. The work was never completed 
by Dall, and when some years later Pilsbry, in continuing Tryon’s Manual of 
Conchology, reached the group Dall placed the MSS. at Pilsbry’s disposal. The 
monumental work prepared by the latter owed a great deal to Carpenter’s notes, 
full use of his MS. descriptions of British Museum specimens being made and 
credited to Carpenter. Such well known names as Heterozona, Ischnochiton 
cariosd, in use, and many not at present used, such as Macandrellus, were pro- 
posed by Carpenter. Angas named Tonicia carpenteri in his honour. 


CARTER, Thomas. 


Well known Australian ornithologist who collected some Loricates in Western 
Australia, and after whom Squamopleura carteri was named. 


COPPINGER, Dr. Richard William. 


Naturalist on the “Alert,” collected Loricates at Sydney, Port Curtis, and 
Port Molle, Queensland. These were described by E. A. Smith (q.v.) who 
named Chiton coppingeri in his honour. 


COX, Dr. James Charles. (Plate xlvii.). 


Born at Mulgoa, New South Wales, 1833, died at Sydney, September 29, 
1912. Famous Australian conchologist, who through the publication of Pilsbry’s 
Monograph took a great interest in Loricates. He made a large collection, 
sending specimens to Pilsbry, who described the new species, naming Chiton cozi, 
and Acanthochiton coxi. Cox also sent a series to the British Museum, and 
listed the Port Jackson Loricates (P.L.C., N.S.W., viii., 1894, 426) where Liolo- 
pleura, a curious misspelling of Liolophura, was printed. 


CUMING, Hugh. (Plate xlvii.). 


Born in South Devon, England, February 14, 1791, died at London, August 
10, 1865. The world’s greatest shell collector, his collection being later secured 
by the British Museum, and many species of Loricates have been described from 


IREDALE AND HULL. 340 


it by Reeve. Carpenter practically based his unpublished Monograph on Cum- 
ing’s material. He did not collect in Australia, but secured most of the speci- 
mens that were collected by voyagers such as Jukes, Ince, and by collectors such 
as Macgillivray, Strange, Cunningham and others. An epitome of his life was 
published by Melvill (Journ. Conch., viii., 1895, 59) with a portrait here re- 
produced. 


CUNNINGHAM, Allan. 


Born 1791, died 1839. Great botanical collector in Australia, who appar- 
ently also collected marine shells for Cuming, as Reeve described Chiton cunning- 
hami (pl. xxvii., sp. 181, 184) from “Australia on the Rocks (Cunningham).” 
This, however, was not an Australian species. Reeve also recorded C. piceus 
from the same locality. 


DALL, William Healey. (Plate xlvii.). 


Born 1845 and still living and working. A famous American malacologist, 
whose name may be bracketed with that of Pilsbry as the two most learned 
malacologists the world will ever see; as each has worked in different groups 
neither has dimmed the lustre of his friend. The broad views of each separate 
them from present-day specialists and place them beyond future emulation. Dall 
worked with Carpenter about fifty years ago on the Loricates, and published a 
scheme adapted from Carpenter’s MS. He proposed the following names :— 
Heterozona, H. cariosa, Lepidoradsia, Macandrellus (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., i., 
1878), Stectoplax, Angasia, Spongiochiton, Sclerochiton, Francisia, Lucilina (1d. 
ib., iv., 1881-2). 


DESHAYKS, Gerard Paul. 


Born 1795, died June 9, 1875. Great French conchologist, who edited the 
second edition of Lamarck’s Hist. Anim. s. Verteb., in which he introduced the 
new name Chiton quoyi for C. viridis Quoy & Gaimard. 


DIEFFENBACH, Dr. Ernest. 


Born 1811, died 1855. German scientist, who travelled through New Zea- 
land, also collected Loricates at Neweastle and probably elsewhere in Australia. 
Reeve deseribed Chiton proteus and C. dieffenbachti from Neweastle, and re- 
corded C. lentiginosus from that locality. Unfortunately the C. dieffenbachti is 
another example of erroneous locality, the species being South American. 


DUPUIS, Commandant Paul. 


A recent Belgian conchologist, who for a little while examined the Loricates 
in the Paris Museum, but little of value was gained owing to his previous lack 
of knowledge of the group. He published two papers entitled “Notes prises au 
cours de Vexamen de la Collection de Polyplacophores du Museum de Paris” 
(Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., 1917, No. 7). He proposed Ischnochiton iredalei. His 
collection of Loricates is now in the possession of Edwin Ashby. 


ETHERIDGE, Robert, jr. 


Born 1847, died 1920. Celebrated palaeontologist, who named a fossil 
Loricate (problematical) Chelodes calceoloides. 


346 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


FISCHER, Paul. 

Born 1835, died 1893. (Obituary in Journ. de Conch., xlii., 1894, 1, and 
portrait). Famous French malacologist, who prepared an important Manuel de 
Conchyliologie forty years ago. He was not much interested in Loricates, al- 
though in this Manuel he proposed a novel nomenclature which, however, is not 
in accordance with present-day usage. Therein the name Anisochiton appears. 


GABRIEL, Charles J. (Plate xlvi.). 


Victorian conchologist who, after the retirement of Pritchard, collaborated 
with Gatliff in the continuation of the Catalogue of Victorian Mollusea. With 
his father Joseph Gabriel, he dredged in Port Phillip, Victoria. Hull named 
Ischnochiton aabrieli, and Ashby named Acanthochiton gabrieli in his honour. 


GABRIEL, Charles J. 


Born about 1790, died 1858. Associated as naturalist with Quoy on the 
voyages of the Uranie and Physicienne and the Astrolabe. Blainville named 
Chiton gaimardi after him. 


GATLIFF, John Henry. (Plate xlviii.). 

Born at Leeds, Yorkshire, England, May 17, 1848. Victorian conchologist, 
who collaborated with Pritchard in the preparation of a Catalogue of the Marine 
Mollusea of Victoria; when the first cataloguing was completed Pritchard re- 
tired, and papers in continuation have been written in collaboration with Gabriel. 
He has collected in Victoria westward to Portland Bay, and eastward to Kil- 
cunda, including dredging in Port Phillip and Western Port; at Port Jackson 
and Botany Bay in New South Wales; at Devonport in Tasmania; and at Port 
Darwin in the Northern Territory. His references to Lorieates, chiefly records 
of oeeurrences in Victoria, may be found in the Proceedings of the Royal Society 
of Victoria, Vols. 15, 18, 20, 21, 25, 27, 30 and 34. Ashby named Acanthochiton 
gatliffi and Callistochiton gatliffi, and Hall named the fossil Cryptoplax gatliffi 
in his honour. 


GLAUERT, L. 


Keeper of Biology of the Western Australian Museum. Has collected some 
Loricates, one of which was named Acanthochiton spongialis glauerti by Ashby 


GOLDFUSS, George August. 


Born 1782, died 1840. Published a Handbuch der Zoologie in 1820, in which 
he proposed Crepipoda for the Lorieates. 


GOULD, Augustus Addison. 


Born 1805, died 1866. Famous American conchologist, who described the 
Lorieates collected by Stimpson and Couthouy at Port Jackson on the U.S. Ex- 
ploring Expedition under Captain Wilkes. Five species were named:—Chiton 
fruticosus, C. jugosus, C. incanus, C. quercinus, and C. platessa (Proc. Bost. 
Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 1846) and these were figured in the U.S. Expl. Exped. Re- 
port, 1859, figs. 428, 437. The descriptions were reprinted in the Otia Conch., 
published in 1862, generic status being in some cases amended. He also des- 
eribed Chiton lugubris (Proc. Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist., yii., 1859, 163) and intro- 
duced the genus Lucia (Id. ib., viii., 1862, 283). The descriptions were also re- 
printed by Tenison-Woods in Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., ii., 1878, 250. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 347 


GRAY, Dr. John Edward. 


Born 1800, died 1875. One of the great British zoologists of the last cen- 
tury, and for many years head of the British Museum. At the early age of 
twenty-one he published in the London Medical Repository, Vol. xi., a scheme 
for the classification of the Mollusca by means of the animals (not shells), 
and therein introduced two generic names for Loricates, Acanthochitona and Lepi- 
dochitona, as well as the group name (from Blainville’s vernacular) Polyplaco- 
phora. In the Spicelegia Zoologica, 1828, he published Chiton glaweus from 
New Zealand. Later he provided a classification of Loricates (P.Z.S., 1847) 
introducing many new names, such as Ischnochiton, Onithochiton, Plaxiphora; 
and in the same volume he listed the Genera of Recent Mollusca, naming types 
for each. Previously, in the Synopsis of the Contents of the British Museum, 
he had printed as nomina nuda only some divisions such as Tonichia. Microplax 
grayi H. Adams & Angas may have been named after him. 


GUILDING, Lansdown. 


Born circa 1797, died 1831. Studied the Mollusca in the West Indies, be- 
came interested in Loricates, and provided a novel scheme of classification in the 
Zool. Journ., v., 1829, 182, in which the new generic names Phakellopleura and 
Acanthopleura were introduced. 


GUNN, Ronald. (Plate xlviii.). 

Born at Cape Town, South Africa, April 4, 1808; arrived in Tasmania, 
1829, where he died March 13, 1881. Great Tasmanian naturalist, who collected 
Loricates, and after whom Reeve named Chitonellus gunnii. 


HADDON, Alfred Cort. 


Born 1855. British Zoologist, who prepared an excellent account of the 
Lorieates collected on the Challenger expedition (Zool. Rep. Challenger, xv., 
1886). Later he visited Torres Strait, collecting in 1888, but then abandoned 
zoology in favour of ethnology. Eleven years later his collections were reported 
on by Melvill and Standen (Journ. Linn. Soe. (Lond.), Zool., xxvii., 1899, 150- 
206) where a few Loricates were listed as examined by Sykes, but no informa- 
tion of any importance was given relative tq the ten species secured. Pilsbry 
named Ischnochiton haddoni after him. 


HALL, Thomas Sargeant. 


Born December 23, 1858. died December 21, 1915. Victorian geologist, who 
described two species of fossil Cryptoplax, pritchardi and gatliffi. 


HARTMEYER, Richard. 


One of the members of the German South West Australian Expedition under 
Michaelsen, after whom Thiele named Cryptoplax hartmeyeri. 


HARVEY, William Henry. 

Born 1811, died 1866. (Memoir published 1869). Great phytologist, who 
collected seaweeds and shells in South Australia, but his collections were mixed 
with others; hence Chiton adelaidensis was described by Reeve as from Port 
Adelaide, collected by Harvey, whereas it came from North Queensland, probably 


349 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORWATES, 


collected by Jukes. Chitonellus larvaeformis, another North Queensland shell, 
was recorded by Reeve from Port Adelaide, this shell being afterwards named 
Chiton burrowi by EB, A. Smith. 


HEDLEY, Charles. (Plate xlviii.). 


Born at Masham Vicarage, Yorkshire, England, February 27, 1862, died at 
Sydney September 14, 1926. The foremost malacologist Australia has known, 
whose recent death is deeply deplored. With Hull he wrote two papers on 
Loricates :—‘Deseriptions of New and Notes on other Australian Polyplacophora” 
(Ree. Aust. Mus., vii., 1909, 260-266, pls. Ixxiil., xxiv.) in which the following 
names were proposed :—Lepidopleurus badius, Chiton translucens, C. vauclusensis, 
and (. torri, the latter emended to C. torriana, page added 1910. “The Poly- 
placophora of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands” (Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xxxvii., 
1912, 271-281) in which Chiton howensis, the type of the genus Tegulaplax, was 
deseribed. With May he described the first Loricate from Australian deep water, 
Lepidopleurus columnarius (Ree. Aust. Mus., vii., 1908, 123, pl. xxiv.). With 
ereat magnanimity he allowed Iredale and Hull to specialise on this group, help- 
ing them in every way with advice. He listed the Queensland forms (Rep. 
A.A.A.S., 1909, 352); the Western Australian ones (W.A., i., 1914-15, 171-174) 
and the New South Wales ones (Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li., 1918) thus pro- 
viding a basis for future workers. He also described the New Caledonian Lori- 
cate Ischnochiton araucarianus. Torr named Plaxiphora hedleyi in his honour. 


HERRMANNSEN, A. N. 


Compiler of the Index Generum Malacozoorum, in which he proposed the 
emendation Chitoniscus for Chitonellus. 


HULL, Arthur Francis Basset. (Plate xlviii.). 


Born at Hobart, Tasmania, October 10, 1862. First attracted to the study 
of Loriecates by the discovery of fourteen species in one pool at Freshwater, near 
Manly, New South Wales, 1906. Has collected intensively in the vicinity of 
Port Jackson, and in a less degree on the coast of New South Wales from Mon- 
tague Island to Coff’s Harbour; Queensland from Southport to Thursday Island; 
Western Australia from Albany to Esperance; Tasmania, at Port Arthur, Maria 
Island, North-west coast, and Maequarie Harbour; King Island, Bass Strait, and 
also in New Caledonia. In addition to papers.written in collaboration with 
Ashby (q.v.), Hedley (q.v.) and Iredale (q.v.) he has published the following :— 
1910. Deseription of a Fossil Lorica from North-western Tasmania.  P.L.S., 
N.S.W., 654-5, pl. xvii. 

1912. Deseription of Two New Isehnochitons from Western Port, Victoria, Vie., 
25 (N.S.), 120-1, pl. vii. 

1915. On a Collection of Fossil Polyplacophora from North-western Tasmania, 
with Descriptions of Three New Species. P.L.S., N.S.W., 855-857, pl. 
xiv. 

1922. A New Rhyssoplax. Aust. Zool., ii., 84-5, pl. xxivB. 

1923. New Australian Polyplacophora, and Notes on the Distribution of Cer- 
tain Species. Aust. Zool., iii, 157-166, pls. xxiv., xxvi. 

~~~. New Australian Loricata and Notes on the Distribution of Certain Species. 
Aust. Zool., iii., 195-201, pls. xxvii., xxviii. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 349 


1924, New Queensland Loricates. Proc. Roy. Soe. Queensland, xxxvi., 109-116, 
pl. xxi. 

He has proposed the following new genera:—Strigichiton (1923), Clavarizona 
(1923), and Aerilamma (1924); and named the following forms:—Ischnochiton 
gabrieli, I. faleatus, I. luticolens, I. examinandus, I. e. laetior, I. distigmatus, 
Tschnoradsia australis divaricata, Parachiton puppis, Terenochiton erratus, Calli- 
stochiton granifer, Lorica duniana, Loricella magnifica, L. octoradiata, L. atkin- 
soni, L. paucipustulosa, Acanthochiton purpuratus, A. complanatus, Aerilamma 
primordia, Rhyssoplax surrecta, R. particolor, R. venusta, Lucilina rainfordiana. 

Iredale proposed Chiton hullianus, and Torr Tonicia hulliana in his honour. 


HUTTON, Frederick Wollaston. 


Born 1836, died 1905 (Obituary, Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1906). Great New Zea- 
land zoologist, much interested in malacology. Early in his career he wrote up 
the New Zealand Loricates, but with these some Australian specimens were mixed 
(Trans. N.Z. Inst., iv., 1871, 179). He proposed Chiton rudis. — 


INCE, Captain. 


Nephew of Dr. J. E. Gray; captain of surveying ships, and a good collector 
after whom Chiton incii Reeve was named. 


IREDALE, Tom. (Plate xlviii.). 


Born at Workington, Cumberland, England, March 24, 1880. Tirst collected 
Loricates in New Zealand, and later at Port Jackson and Shell Harbour, New 
South Wales; Port Curtis, Caloundra and Michaelmas Cay, Great Barrier Reef, 
Queensland; and Port Fairy and Western Port, Victoria. During his residence 
in England (1909-1923) he studied the collections in the British Museum, and 
examined the series of Loricates in the Paris Museum, which were forwarded to 
him. In 1924 he was appointed conchologist to the Australian Museum, Sydney. 
He has published the following papers relating to Loricates :— 

1910. Notes on Polyplacophora, chiefly Australasian. Proc. Mal. Soe. (Lond.), 
ix., 90-105, and 153-162. 

1914. The Chiton Fauna of the Kermadee Islands. Id., x1., 25-51, pls. i., ii. 

——. Some More Notes on Polyplacophora. Id. ib., 123-131. 

——. Report on Mollusea collected at the Monte Bello Islands. Proce. Zool. Soe. 
(Lond.), 665-675. Includes a review of Acanthopleura. 

With W. L. May :— 

1916. Misnamed Tasmanian Chitons. Proc. Mal. Soe. (Lond.), xii., 94-117, pls. 
Iv., V. 

With A. F. Basset Hull :— 

1923-7. A Monograph of the Australian Loricates. Aust. Zool., iii. (1924-5), 
186-194, 227-238, 277-297, 339-362, pls. xxxlli., xxxvii., xxxix., and xI., iv. 
(1925-7), 75-111, 164-185, 256-276, 324-328, 339-360, pls. ix., xii., xvili., 
XX., XXXVi., XxXxix., xlv., xlvii., xlvii., xlix. 

He has proposed the following genera:—Terenochiton, and Poneroplax, and 
species :—Plaxiphora matthewsi, Chiton hullianus, Lucilina shirleyi. 

With W. L. May:—Genera Anisoradsia and EHudoxoplax; species Heterozona 
subviridis, Ischnochiton (Anisoradsia) mawlei, I. milligani, I. atkinsoni, I. torri, 
Callistochiton mawlei, Sypharochiton maugeanus, Rhyssoplax diaphora. 

With A. F. Basset Hull:—Genera Autochiton, Subterenochiton, Euporoplax, 
Euretoplax, Chartoplax, Levicoplax, Callistelasma, Callistassecla, Soltvaga, Glyp- 


350 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


telasma, Craspedoplax, Delicatoplax, Tegulaplax, Mucrosquama, Acanthozostera; 
species and subspecies Autochiton virgatus exaggeratus, Ischnochiton tateanus 
paradisiacus, Stenochiton longicymba historia, Stenochiton pilsbryanus dilatus, 
I. cuneatus, I. cygneus, Terenochiton liratellus, T. sperandus, Parachiton litoreus, 
P. capricornicus, P. opiparus, P. collusor, Levicoplax luminosa, Callistelasma 
periousia, C. generos, Acanthochiton crocodilus debilior, A. curiosus, A. denigma, 
A. sphenorhynchus, Notoplax speciosa addenda, N. subspeciosa, N. macandrewi, 
N. costata tasmanica, N. extra, Glyptelasma matthewsi occidentalis, Craspedoplan 
vaniabilis cambrica, C. v. diminuta, C. elegans, Cryptoplax mystica, C. striata 
occidentalis, C. iredalei attenuata, C. %. meridiana, C. royana, Tegulaplax mat- 
thewsi, Rhyssoplax excellens, Squamopleura carteri, Schizochiton polyops, Per- 
mochiton australianus. 


JOHNSTON, Thomas Harvey. 


Professor of Zoology at Adelaide University, previously at Queensland Uni- 
versity, who wrote an Heological Account of Caloundra, Queensland (Q. Nat., 
1917). 


JOHNSTON. 


Western Australian collector, after whom Ashby named Lophochiton john- 
stoni and Acanthochiton bednalli var. johnstoni. 


JUKES, Joseph Beete. 

Born 1811, died 1869. Great British geologist who was naturalist on the 
survey ship /’ly, and made fine collections which were searcely reported upon. 
However, Reeve credits Chiton volvox, C. divergens, C. ustulatus, and C. decussa- 
tus to Jukes, the first named localised as from Sydney. 


KIMBER, W. J. 
South Australian collector after whom Torr named Acanthochiton kimberi. 


KLEM, Walter. 
South Australian collector, after whom /thyssoplax torriana var. klemi was 
named by Ashby. 


LAMARCK, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Nonet de. (Plate xlviii.). 

Born 1744, died 1829. (Obituary Bull. Mus. Paris, 1907, 459). Great 
French conchologist whose Histoire Animaux sans Vertebres is the backbone of 
present-day malacological science. He introduced the genus Chitonellus with 
species C. laevis and C. striata. Thiele published Rochebrune’s name of Crypto- 
plax lamarcki, and Dupuis added confusing data regarding this name. 


LESUEUR, Charles Alexander. 


Born 1778, died 1846. French artist-naturalist, associated with Peron on the 
ill-fated Baudin exploring expedition, and the collections are always eredited to 
“Peron and Lesueur.” A large number of Loricates were secured by these col- 
leetors in Australian waters, and one was named Chiton sueurii by Blainville. 


LEWERS, Gerald Francis. 


Born at Sydney, N.S.W., July 1, 1905. A young collector, who aecom- 
panied Hull on collecting trips to King Island and North Queensland. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 351 


LICHTENSTEIN, Martin Hinrieh Carl. 

Born 1780, died 1857. Director of the Berlin Museum. Published a Sale 
Catalogue entitled Verz. samml. neuholl. Nat. (1837) based on gatherings by 
Lhotsky, and included therein Chiton mesoleucus, a nomen nudum, but obviously 
based on the white-striped Ischnochiton elongatus crispus from Sydney. 


LODDER, Miss. 


Tasmanian conchologist, who issued a List of Tasmanian shells (Tas., 1900, 
129-147) and on page 141 included thirty-one species of Loricates, many species 
of which were rejected by contemporary workers, but have since been redis- 
covered in Tasmanian waters. 


McANDREW, George. 


A keen New South Wales collector who has exploited Shellharbour, and taken 
many rare species of Loricates. Notoplaa macandrewi Iredale & Hull was named 
in his honour. 


MATTHEWS, Elijah Henry. (Plate xlviii.). 


Born at Nottingham, England, September, 1850, arrived in South Australia 
in January, 1859. The Nestor of Australian Loricate workers who, encouraged 
by Bednall and well situated at Yorketown, made excellent collections of South 
Australian Loricates which provided the basis of Bednall’s memorable essay. 
Since then Matthews has continued his interest im the group, collecting recently 
in Torres Strait where he recently added a new species to the Australian fauna, 
Tegulaplax matthewsi. He collaborated with Bednall in one paper only, but has 
recently enlisted C. Walton (q.v.) in the study of South Australian Lorieates so 
that the work may continue. Lepidopleurus matthewsianus Bednall, Acantho- 
chites matthewsi Pilsbry, Plaxiphora matthewsi Iredale, and Tegulaplax matthewsi 
Iredale & Hull were named in his honour. 


MAUGHAN, M. M. 


South Australian collector, who wrote one paper: “Description of a New 
Species of South Australian Polyplacophora” (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xxiv., 1900, 
89) the species described being Chiton oruktus. Torr & Ashby named Acantho- 
chiton maughani, and Ashby named A. pilsbryi var. maughaneanus after him. 


MAWLE, Frederick Ernest. (Plate xlviii.). = 


Born at Saltwater River, Tasman’s Peninsula, 1866. A keen Tasmanian 
collector who, at May’s request, investigated the Loricate fauna of Tasman’s 
Peninsula, making known an extensive faunula and the results formed the basis of 
a paper by Iredale & May (q.y.) in which they named Ischnochiton (Anisoradsia) 
mawlei and Callistochiton mawlei after him. He has also collected on the east 
coast of Tasmania, from Swansea to St. Helens. 


MAY, William Lewis. (Plate xlvii.). 

Born in South Australia 1861, died August 30, 1925. Prominent Australian 
conchologist who worked at the Mollusca of Tasmania for many years. With 
Tate (q.v.) he published a Revised Census of the Marine Mollusca of Tasmania. 
In 1912, in collaboration with Torr, he published “The Polyplacophora of Tas- 


352 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


mania” (Tas., 1912, 25-40). He recorded the species from the Furneaux Group 
(Viet: Nat., xxxi., 1913, 59); then through Mawle’s researches, financed by him- 
self, he obtained extensive material, and, in collaboration with Ivedale (q.v.) he 
revised the group in a paper entitled Misnamed Tasmanian Chitons. In 1919 he - 
deseribed Callochiton elongatus (Tas., 1919, 55). In 1921 he published a Check- 
list of the Mollusca of Tasmania, listing the Loricates on pages 30-34. This 
publication was supplemented in 1923 by his “Illustrated Index of Tasmanian 
Shells,” where all the species were figured, and in the.appendix a new name, 
Lepidopleurus profundus, appeared. In the same year he published “Mollusea 
of King Island” (Tas., 1923, 47-55), listing fifteen species of Loricates. His 
collecting was principally carried on at Frederick Henry Bay and Tasman’s 
Peninsula, the first Lorieate taken being the little black shell subsequently named 
after him by Pilsbry. He also collected in the Derwent Estuary, D’Entrecasteaux 
Channel, Maria Island, Hast Coast, North-west Coast, Furneaux and King Islands, 
Bass Strait. He earried on dredging operations with Hedley off Cape Pillar, 
taking Lepidopleurus columnarius, which he described jointly with Hedley (q.v.). 
Pilsbry named Ischnochiton mayi, Torr named Callochiton mayi, and Ashby 
named Callistochiton mayi and Acanthochiton mayi in his honour. 


MENKEH, Karl Theodor. 

Born 1791, died 1861. Great German malacologist who wrote a Molluscorum 
Novae Hollandiae Specimen in 18438, based on collections made in Western <Aus- 
tralia; three species of Lorieates were ineluded, but only one has since been re- 
cognised. In a revision (Zeitsechr. fur Malak., 1844, 62) he introduced Chiton 
coccus which has just recently been rediscovered. 


MICHAELSEN, Wilhelm. 


Born 1860. Leader of the German South West Australian Expedition, after 
whom Thiele named Cryptoplax michaelseni. 


MIDDENDORFF, Alexander Theodor von. 


Born 1815, died 1894. Russian zoologist, who made an intensive study of 
Lorieates, dealing principally with Palaearetie species, and proposed an elaborate 
classification which has been neglected as too complicated nomenclaturally. 
(Mem. Sci. Nat. Acad. Imp. Sci., St. Pefersb., vi, 1847). He proposed Hama- 
chiton, Platysemus, Ametrogephyrus, Phaenochiton, Dichachiton. 


MILLIGAN, Joseph. 


Born in Dumfriesshire, Scotland, 1829; arrived in Tasmania 1851, aged 22, 
as surgeon to the Van Diemen’s Land Company. Tasmanian zoologist, one of 
the founders and for many years secretary to the Royal Society of Tasmania, 
who was apparently an early enthusiastic collector of Loricates. Vide Ivedale & 
May’s “Misnamed Tasmanian Chitons” for the facts. These authors named 
Ischnochiton milligani after him. He returned to Scotland in 1860, where he 
died in 1883, aged 76. 


NIERSTRASZ, H. F. 


Dutch conchologist, who wrote up the Loricates collected by the Siboga Ex- 
pedition to the Moluccas (Siboga Exped. (Der Chitonen) Mon., xlviii., 1905) 
and recorded Acanthochites bednalli since named A. nierstraszi Thiele. In two 


IREDALE AND HULL. 303 
later papers he added many museum records which must be rejected. (Tijdschr. 
Nederl. Dierk. Vereen. (2), x., 1905, 141-172). (Notes Leyden Mus., xxv., 1905, 


recording Liolophura gaimardi from the Moluceas!). 


ODHNER, Nils Hjalmar. 


Of the Rijks Museum, Stockholm. Leading continental malacologist, who 
reported upon Myjobere’s collection from North-west Australia, and added two 
Loricates, Craspedochiton laqueatus (= jaubertensis Ashby) and Tonicia trun- 


cata (= dilecta Thiele) (IXungl. Svenska Vetensk. Handl. Bd., 52, 1917). He 
has since reported on the Loricates collected by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition 
(Schwedische Sudpolar Exp., 1901-3, Vol. i., No. 3, 1923). 


PAETEL, Friedrich. 


Born 1812, died 1888 (Obituary notice Journ. de Conch., xxxvii., 1889, 94). 
German conchologist, who prepared a catalogue of his collection and developed 
it almost into a list of the shells of the world. His collection is now in the 
Berlin Museum. He listed Chiton tasmanicus Cpr. a nomen nudum. Thiele 
named Plaxiphora paeteliana after him. 


PATTISON, George. 


Lighthouse-keeper at Cape Banks, South Australia; a collector after whom 
Ashby named Choriplax grayi pattisoni. 


PERON, Francois. (Plate xlix.). 


Born 1775, died December 14, 1810. One of the greatest French naturalists, 
who visited Australia with the Baudin expedition. Associated with Lesueur he 
made wonderful collections which were placed in the Paris Museum.  Unfor- 
tunately he died before he was able to work at them, and the new species were 
deseribed by others who had not access to his complete MSS. As the collections 
had been mixed owing to shipwreck, great difficulty has attended the recognition 
of many species. The Loricates were described by Blainyille (q.v.) and were 
subsequently worked at by Rochbrune who confused the specimens in an un- 
forgiveable manner. Recently Thiele, Ivedale, Dupuis, and Ashby have examined 
the Rochbrune complications, with not altogether satisfactory results. Roch- 
brune named Cryptoplax peroni after him. 


PILSBRY, Professor Henry Augustus. 

Born, 1862. The peer of Dall and co-equal as leading malacologist of all 
time. With the use of Carpenter’s MSS. he wrote a Monograph of Loricates 
which made this group a simple study, whereas previously it had been the home 
of inexplicable mystery. The extraordinary-ability of this genius becomes the 
‘more impressive the more this group is studied. 

The Monograph is contained in the Manual of Conchology (Tryon) Vols. 
xiy. and xv., 1892-3. The new generic or subgeneriec names proposed in these 
volumes included Heterozona, Loricella, Angasia, Spongiochiton, and Sclerochiton, 
new species including [schnochiton haddoni, I. intergranosus, I. intricatus, I. in- 
tricandus, I. sowerbyi, I. cariosus, I. subcariosus, Callochiton lobatus, Plaxiphora 
excurvata, Chiton avwantius, and Chiton miles. Through the publication of this 
Monograph Pilsbry was supplied with lone series of new Loricates from Aus- 


354 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


tralia, so that he deseribed many more, as noted below, but after having shown 

the Australian collectors how to walk alone he left the field to them. The follow- 

ing are his additional papers and the new names proposed therein :— 

1893. On Aeanthopleura and its Subgenera (Nautilus, vi., 105. Liolophura). 

—. Notes on the Acanthochitidae with Descriptions of New American Species. 
(Id. ib., 32. Loboplar). 

1894. Notices of New Chitons, I. (Nautilus, vii., 197.  Metwroplax, Acantho- 
chites retrojectus). 

——. Notices of New Chitons II. (Jd. ib., 119, Chiton cori, Acanthochites coxi, 
A, matthewsi). 

——. Notices of New Chitons II. (7d. ib., 189, Phacellozona, Choriplar). 

—. Descriptive Notices of New Chitons V. (id., viti., 55, Ischnochiton ptychius, 
Chiton (canaliculatus var. ?) tricostalis, Chiton aereus var. calliozona). 

—. List of Port Jackson Chitons collected by Dr. J. C. Cox, with a Revision 
of Australian Acanthochitidae (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad., 69-89, Haplo- 
plax, Ischnochiton smaragdinus picturatus, Acanthochites bednalli, Liolo- 
phura gaimardi queenslandica). 

1895. Note on Tasmanian Acmaea and Ischnochiton (Jd. ib., 128, Ischnochiton 
(Haploplax) may?). 

——. Description of a New Australian Chiton (Jd., ix., 90, Chiton bednalli). 

Ischnochiton pilsbryi Bednall, I. pilsbryanus Bednall, and Acanthochiton pils- 
bryi Sykes were named in his honour. 


PLATE, Ludwig Hermann. 


Born 1862. In connection with the Fauna Chilensis he fumished a volumin- 
ous report on “Die Anatomie und Phylogenie der Chitonen” (Zool. Jahrb. Suppl. 
Bd., iv., vi., 1897-1905) concluding with a phylogenetic tree, closely following that 
provided by Pilsbry in the Manual. 


PRITCHARD, Dy. G. B. 

Victorian collector who collaborated with Gatlff in the preparation of a 
Catalogue of the Marine Shells of Vietoria; the Loricates being listed in Proe. 
Roy. Soc. Vic., xv. (N.S.), 1902-3, 198 et seq. Hall named a fossil, Cryptoplax 
pritchardi, after him. 


QUOY, Jean Rene Constant. 

Born 1790, died 1869. Great French naturalist, associated with Gaimard on 
two French voyages, the Uranie and Physicienne and the Astrolabe. They must 
have been much interested in the Lorieates, as they collected a fine lot, figuring 
and deseribing them well (Voyage de l’Astrolabe, iii., 1835) naming Chiton sul- 
catus, C. fasciatus, C. oculatus, C. glaucus, C. viridis, and C. georgianus. Deshayes 
renamed their (. viridis, C. quoyi after Quoy. 


RAINFORD, E. H. 


Queensland naturalist, who assisted and collected Lorieates with and for Hull, 
and after whom Lucilina rainfordiana was named. 


REEVE, Augustus Lovell. (Plate xlix.). 


Born April 19, 1814, died October, 1865. (Notice by Melvill Journ. Conch., 
ix., 1900, 344 et seq. with portrait). The greatest conchological worker of the 


TREDALE AND HULL. 355 


last century and a worthy peer of the inimitable collector Hugh Cuming. He 
published large illustrated Monographs, the illustrations being paintings of the 
highest elass by Sowerby. In the Conch. Tcon., iv., 1847, Monograph of Chiton, 
he deseribed (C. adelaidensis, antiquus, arbutum, (carinulatus), castus, cimolius, 
concentricus, contractus, crispus, crocinus, cunninghami, decussatus  (dieffen- 
bachii), divergens, elongatus, fortiliratus, incii (inquinatus), metallicus, novae- 
hollandiae, pictus, proteus (sinclairi), ustulatus, virgatus, volver, and in the 
Monograph of Chitonellus included C. rostratus and C. gunni. He eredited Ince 
with collecting C. australis, elongatus, fortiliratus, incti, pictus, and Chitonellus 
rostratus at Raine I.; Dieffenbach with C. proteus and C. dieffenbachii at New- 
castle, and also C. lentiginosus Sowerby at the same locality; Sinclair with C. 
inquinatus, carinwlatus, and sinclairi at Van Diemen’s Land: Jukes with C. de- 
cussatus, divergens, ustulatus. and volvox; and. while recording Harvey as the 
collector of Queensland shells at Port Adelaide, did not mention his name in 
connection with C. virgatus from Port Lincoln, which he probably did collect. 


RISSO, Antoine. 


3orn 1777, died 1845. A European zoologist, who wrote a Natural History 
of South Europe in 1826, and therein published Leach’s names Acunthochites and 
Lepidopleurus. 


ROCHEBRUNE, A. T. de. 

Died April 23, 1812, in his 80th year. An erratie French malacologist, who 
worked at the Loricates in the Paris Museum and renamed Blainville’s species. 
He mixed the specimens up, so that it is now diflieult to trace the original ex- 
amples deseribed, and recent students have been handicapped in thei efforts. 
Many recent notes published are incorrect owing to lack of time to unravel the 
tangle. Rochebrune’s descriptions were published as follows:— 

1881. Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris (7), v.. Gymnoplax urvillei. 

1882. fd., vi., Cryptoplaxr montanoi, C. peroni, C. caledonicus, C. huerteli, C. 
unciniferus, C. torresiana, Chaetopleura biarmata (the Jastnamed is not 
Australian), Acanthochites tristis, A. turgidus, A. jucundus (not Austra- 
lian). 

1884. Jd., viii., Schizochiton nympha. 


SAUNDERS, Frank Lionel. 

Born at North Adelaide, S.A., October 30, 1887. A South Australian col- 
lector who first discovered the true habitat of Stenochiton, the discovery heing 
exploited by Ashby, who named Anisoradsia mawlet var. saundersi after him. 


SCHOLVIEN. 
Apparently a conchologist, after whom Thiele named Onithochiton scholvieni 
from specimens in the Scholvien collection, now in the Hambure Museum. 


SCHUMACHER, Heinrich Christian Friedrich. 

Born 1757, died 1830. Danish conchologist, who in his “Essai d’un Nouveau 
Systeme des Habitations des Vers Testacees,” published in 1817, separated the 
Loricates and provided the group name LoricaTa. 


356 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


SHIRLEY, Dr. John. 


Born at Dorchester, England, 1849, died at Brisbane, Queensland, April 5, 
1922. Queensland naturalist, who enthusiastically but without judgment colleeted 
shells, receiving exchanges and without criticism accepting absurd records, mix- 
ing South Australian with Queensland shells. For example, he sent Iredale 
Acanthochites matthewsi, Rhyssoplax verconis, and Plaxiphora costata as from 
Burleigh Heads, Queensland, whereas the specimens had been given to him by 
South Australian workers. Iredale named Lucilina shirleyi, and Ashby Acantho- 
chiton shirleyi after him. 


SHUTTLEWORTH, Robert James. 


Born in Devonshire, England, 1810, died in Switzerland, where he had lived 
most of his life, April 19, 1874. (Obituary Journ. de Conch., xxiii., 1875, 95). 
He published in German in the Mittheil. Naturf. Gesellsch. Berne, 1853, “Diag- 
nosen neuer Mollusken,” where he introduced several new genera for Loricates, 
including Aulacochiton, Craspedochiton, Ischnoradsia. 


SINCLAIR, Dr. Andrew. 


Collected in New Zealand and Tasmania, and his collections were recorded 
by Reeve as from the latter locality, whereas they were principally from the 
former, but a South American Loricate was also confused. 


SMITH, Edgar Albert. (Plate xlix.). 


3orn November 29, 1847, died July 22, 1916. (Obituary Notice Proe. Mal. 
Soe. (Lond.), xi, 1916, 215). Conchologist at the British Museum for about 
forty years, having entered in 1867 and retired in 1913. Little interested in 
Loricates, but dealt with Coppinger’s collection made on the voyage of the Alert, 
and described Chiton (Callistochiton) coppingeri, Callistochiton sarcophagus, 
Chiton (Acanthochiton) asbestoides, Chiton (Chitonellus) burrowi, Chiton (Ischno- 
_ Ghiton) curtisianus, and recorded C. adelaidensis, amplifymg Reeve’s description 
(Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884). 


SOWERBY, George Brettingham. 


The second of that name. Born 1812, died 1884. He published illustrated 
Monographs, and then painted the illustrations for Reeve’s Monographs, all very 
beautiful and accurate paintings. In the Mag. Nat. Hist. (Charlesworth) iv., 
1840, he deseribed Chiton versicolor, C, australis, C. evanidus, C. lentiginosus, C. 
petholatus and var. porphyrius (C. spiniger) and (C. sculptus). He then mono- 
graphed the genus the same year in the Conchological Illustrations, figuring all 
the above, and also (. spinosus Brug. from Australia and C. longicymba from 
Hunter River, the latter not Blainville’s species. Previously, in the “Genera 
Nee. Fossil Shells,” pt-, xii., 1822, he had named and figured Chiton chitonellus 
and C. cruciformis, only new names for previously described species of Crypto- 
plax, Carpenter named in MS. Jschnochiton sowerbyi, which Pilsbry published. 


STANGER, Dr. 


Born 1812, died 1854. Medical officer on a whaling vessel for health, visited 
New Zealand and Australia. Credited by Sowerby (q.v.) with collecting Chiton 
versicolor and C. lentiginosus. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 357 


STIMPSON, William. ; 

Born 1832, died 1872. Naturalist on Wilkes U.S. Exploring Expedition, 
who collected Loricates while at Sydney, the species being deseribed by Gould 
(q.v.). His journal has heen reprinted by Hedley. 


STRANGE, Frederick. 

Born at Aylsham, Norfolk, England, killed while collecting on Perey Island, 
Queensland, October 10, 1854 (Hedley, N.Z. Colonial Mus. Bull., No. 1, 1905, 
50). Natural history collector in the first half of last century; collected in 
Australia and New Zealand. A. Adams deseribed Chiton muricatus and C. versi- 
color as from Sydney, collected by Strange. 


SUTER, Henry. 


Born at Zurich, Switzerland, Mareh 9, 1841; landed in New Zealand, 1886; 
died at Christehurch, N.Z., July 30, 1918. Famous New Zealand malacologist, 
who was much interested in Loricates. He described Chiton quoyi var. limosa 
in the Journ. Malae., xii., 1905, 69, which appeared on December 30, 1905, but 
this variety had been previously introduced into literature under the same name 
by Nierstrasz (Notes Leyden Mus., xxv., 151, April 15, 1905). 


SWAINSON, William. 

Born 1789, died 1855. Wrote his own biography in “Taxidermy,” a volume 
of Lardner’s Cyclopaedia. Famous British zoologist, who wrote a Treatise on 
Malacology, and then emigrated to New Zealand (1840) and later came to Aus- 
tralia. In his last paper in the Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society 
of Van Diemen’s Land (iii, pt. 1, January, 1855) referring to Loricates, he 
noted “I possess figures and descriptions of more than thirty species discovered 
in Port Jackson alone, besides thirteen others I proeured or detected further 
north of that locality, near the Estuary of the Hunter River.” 


7 


SYKES, Ernest Ruthven. (Plate xlix.). 


Born 1867. British malacologist, who furnished a Report on a Collection 
of Polyplacophora from Port Phillip, Victoria (Proce. Mal. Soe. (Lond.), ii., 
1896) the first fruits of Pilsbry’s Monograph. He therein named Ischnochiton 
crispus var. decorata, I. wilsoni, I. (Haploplax) pura, Acanthochites pilsbryt, A. 
(Notoplax) wilsoni, A. (N.) glyptus, and Chiton limans. He later furnished a 
report on the Ceylon Loricates (Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries, 1903) in which 
he recorded Callochiton platessa (?) from Ceylon. 


TAPPARONE-CANEFRI, Cesare Maria. 
Born 1838, died 1891. In the Zool. Viag. Magenta Malac., 1874, 77, he re- 
corded Chiton piceus Gmelin from Sydney, obviously Liolophura gaimardi. 


TATE, Ralph. (Plate xlix.). 

Born in England, 1840, died at Adelaide, South Australia, 1901. Professor 
of Geology at the University of Adelaide. Edited Woodward’s Manual of the 
Mollusca, adding an Appendix, before he came to Australia. Though he wrote 
little on Loricates, he was very helpful to other workers. With May be pub- 


358 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN LORICATES, 


lished a Revised Census of the Marine Mollusea of Tasmania (P.L.S8., N.S.W., 
xxvi., 1901) in which appears the nomen nudum Lepidopleurus matthewsi. Bed- 
nall named Jschnochiton tateanus, Torr & Ashby named Acanthochites tatet and 
Ashby named Stenochiton tate after him. 


TENISON-WOODS, Rey. Julian Edward. (Plate xlix.). 

Born 1832, died 1889. Great Australian zoologist, who prepared a Census 
of the Marine Mollusca of Tasmania, and noted the abundance and variety of 
Loricates. He seemed, however, to regard many species as aberrations only. 
Later he described a new species, Chiton inornatus (Vie., xvil., 1881). 


THACKWAY, Albert Edward John. (Plate xlix.). 

Born at Hereford, England, May 30, 1885. A New South Wales collector, 
who obtained an extensive series of Loricates at Port Stephens, subsequently 
written up by Ashby, who named Acanthochiton thackwayi after hin. 


THIELE, Professor Johannes. 

Born at Goldap, East Prussia, October 1, 1860. Appointed to the Berlin 
Zoological Museum, April 1, 1899, and is still carrying out his research work 
there. He completed the work on the Radulae of the Mollusca commenced by 
Troschel, and among the Loricates named many genera from the study of this 
organ alone. (Das Gebiss der Schnecken (Troschel), ii., 1892) proposing Icoplaz, 
Mecynoplax, Rhyssoplax, Clathropleura, Amaurochiton, Poeciloplax, Sypharo- 
chiton, Triboplax, Toniciopsis. Pilsbry pointed out that from a study of shell 
characters these groups did not seem well founded, so Thiele later studied the 
shells in conjunction with the radulae and provided a valuable revision (Re- 
vision Chitonen (Chun’s Zoologica, heft 56) 1909-10) proposing Parachiton, 
Thaumastochiton, Cryptoplax coronatus, C. lamareki, Plaxiphora tasmanica, P. 
bednalli, P, paeteliana, Chiton (Clathroplewra) bellulus, Sclerochiton aruensis, 
Onithochiton scholvieni. Later he worked out the Lorieates collected by the 
German South West Australia Expedition (Mauna Sudwest Austral. Bd., iii., 
heft i1., Polyplacophora, December, 1911) proposing Ischnochiton albinus, T. in- 
differens, Callistochiton recens, Acanthochites deliciosus, Cryptoplax michaelseni, 
C. hartmeyeri, Lucilina dilecta. 


THOMAS, H. 


South Australian artist, who made the excellent drawings to accompany Bed- 
nall’s historic paper on South Australian Loricates, and for whom Bednall named 
Ischnochiton thomasi. 


TORR, Dr. William George. (Plate xlix.). 

Born in. Tavistock, Devonshire, England, May 26, 1853. Well known 
and enthusiastic collector and author. In addition to the Mediterranean 
and Northern Europe, he has collected widely in New Zealand, but his 
most fruitful work has been done in South and Western Australia, he having 
aceompanied Sir Joseph Verco on his dredging expeditions to the Nuyts and 
Recherche Archipelagoes in the Great Australian Bight, and from Albany to 
Geraldton in Western Australia. He has explored much of the 1,200 miles of 
coastline of South Australia; has collected in Port Phillip, Victoria, in Port 
Jackson, New South Wales; and on the Queensland coast from Tweed Heads to 
Cairns. He has visited Tasmania several times, and collected principally on the 


IREDALE AND HULL. 359 


North-west Coast and at Port Arthur. Notwithstanding his age, his great de- 

light is still to wade in rock pools collecting Loricates. In addition to papers 

written jointly with Ashby (q.v.) and May (q.y,) Torr has published the fol- 

lowing: 

1898. Definitions of Seven New Species of South Australian Polyplacophorae 
(jointly with Ashby). (S.A., xxii., 215-221, pls. vi., vii.). In this paper 
the following species were deseribed:—Acanthochites tatei, A. maughani, 
A. verconis, A. crocodilus, A. cornutus, A. exilis, Chiton vareonis. 

1911. Wester Australian Polyplacophora. (S\A., xxxv., 94-107, pls. xxiv., 
xxv.). Species deseribed:—I/schnochiton verconis, Lepidopleurus niger, 
Plaxiphora zebra, P. hedleyi, P. pustulosa, Acanthochites subviridis, 
Tonicia hullianus. 

1912. On a New Tasmanian Chiton. (Tas., 1912, 1-2). Callochiton mayt. 

1913. South Australian Polyplacophora. (S.A., xxxvi., 140-170, pls. v., vii.). 
Ischnochiton bednalli, I. bakeri, I. levis, Lepidopleurus pelagicus, Acantho- 
chites kimberi, A. rufus, A, rubrostratus. 

Shells named in his honour include Chiton torri Suter, C. torrianus Hedley & 

Hull, Zschnochiton torri Iredale & May. 


URVILLE, Jules Sebastien Cesar Dumont a’. 

Born 1790, died 1842. Leader of three French exploring expeditions, all of 
which touched Australia, the Coquille, 1822-25, the Astrolabe, 1826-9, and the 
Astrolabe and Zelee, 1837-40. On the firstnamed Lesson was the naturalist, on 
the second Quoy & Gaimard, and on the third Hombron, Jacquinot being a eap- 
tain.. Rochebrune named Gymnoplav urvillei after him. 


VERCO, Sir Joseph Cook. 

Born at Fullarton, South Australia, August 1, 1854. Famous Australian 
conechologist, who dredged largely in South Australian waters, handing over the 
Loricates he secured to Torr and Ashby. Later he assisted Torr in the investiga- 
tion of the Western Australian forms. Chiton verconis Torr & Ashby, Acantho- 
chites verconis Torr & Ashby, and Ischnochiton verconis Torr, were named in 
his honour. 


WALTON, Charles. (Plate xlix.). 


Born at Walkerville, South Australia, October 1, 1863. South Australian 
collector, and disciple of E. H. Matthews, who has published a popular account 
of “Collecting Mollusea at the Outer Harbour” (S.A. Nat., February, 1924) in 
which the local Loricates and the mode of preserving them are detailed. He has 
aequired the following aberrants, not included in Appendix A:—Poneroplax 
albida, Ischnochiton contractus (2), Notoplax costata, and Stenochiton longicymba, 
each with seven valves, Heterozona cariosa, and Rhyssoplax torriana, each with 
six valves. 


WOOD, William. 

Born 1774, died 1857. An English conchologist, who published a General 
Conchology in Monographs, 1814, the genus Chiton beg the first one issued. 
He knew no Australian species, but mtroduced names which were later selected 
for Australian species by authors who had overlooked his work, their names 
thus becoming invalidated, 


e 


360 


REVIEWS. 


[The almost simultaneous appearance of three imposing volumes dealing 
with Australasian animals and insects is an event worthy of special comment. 
The authors are all members of this Society]. 


Tue INSECTS OF AUSTRALIA AND New ZmALAND. 


By R. J. Tillyard, D.Se., F.R.S. Sydney, Angus & Robertson, Ltd., 1926. (42/-). 


The appearance of Dr. Tillyard’s new book, “The Insects of Australia and 
New Zealand,” is of almost epoch-making importance to Australian and New 
Zealand entomologists. The need for a comprehensive systematic text-book deal- 
ing with Australasian insects has long been felt, and Dr. Tillyard’s book appears 
to be of just the type best suited to serve the needs of Australasian entomologists. 

This work is essentially systematic in character and the major portion of 
the book is devoted to the classification of insects into families and major group- 
ings, though much information is given incidentally about the morphology and 
general bionomies of various types of insects. Insects of economic importance 
are also dealt with briefly in this portion of the book. Species which are out- 
standing, owing to their commonness, conspicuousness or special interest, are 
briefly mentioned in the descriptions of the various families in such a manner 
that they can be recognised with a fair degree of accuracy, and in many cases 
identification is simplified by the excellent figures. Naturally, nothing in the 
way of complete specific descriptions is attempted. 

It is refreshing to find that practically the whole of the numerous and really 
excellent figures are original, as one is naturally apt to become very tired of 
seeing the same figures reproduced in text-book after text-book. Special mention 
must be made of the plates, many of which are coloured. These not only add 
considerably to the attractiveness of the book, but also render the identifieation 
of many outstanding species of insects particularly easy. 

When one considers the vast amount of original research Tillyard has earried 
out in recent years on the wing-venation of insects, it is natural that this sub- 
ject should receive great attention in his book. This portion of the book will be 
of particular importance to entomologists in all parts of the world, as, for the 
first time, a connected account of wing-venation is given, which includes all the 
various and important modifications mtroduced by Tillyard. Naturally by no 
means all entomologists will approve of all these modifications, but it is satis- 
factory to have them dealt with in an easily accessible form. Personally, after 
several years experience in teaching this subject, I have found Tillyard’s modi- 
fications of the Comstock and Needham system of wing-vein nomenclature much 
simpler and more straightforward than the original system, and I think others 
will find the same when they become familiar with the modifications. A partieu- 
larly noticeable example of this is to be found in the Hymenoptera. Tillyard’s 
interpretation of the venation in this order is so simple that I find students ean 
understand it in the space of a’ few minutes, whereas the old system was so 
complex and difficult that it was ignored by most entomologists. 

In most orders the system of classification adopted by Tillyard is some- 
what original, but in nearly all cases the differences from the more familiar 
systems are more apparent than real. This is due to a very laudable attempt to 
use the same type of nomenclature and classification for the major groups in 
each order. Thus orders are consistently divided into sub-orders and super- 
families, these usually taking the place of divisions, series, etc., of previous 


REVIEWS. 361 


systems of classification. The nomenclature of the super-families is made to 
follow a definite rule, and this is to be preferred to the arbitrary method of 
naming major groups in the older systems. It is very satisfactory to note that 
a complete classification as far as families is given for all orders, as the small 
orders are usually passed over with a brief mention in text-books, with the result 
that it has been very difficult in the past to find an adequate description of the 
classification of the minor orders. 

In addition to the purely systematic portion of the book, chapters are given 
on external and internal morphology and life-history. To my mind these err 
on the side of briefness, but no doubt considerations of the permissible size of 
the book and the adequate manner in which these subjects have been dealt with 
in many other text-books have determined the rather limited extent of these 
chapters. There is also a short but very instructive chapter on the fossil record 
and origin of Australian and New Zealand insect faunas; and an extremely use- 
ful chapter on the collection, preservation and study of insects. The latter 
chapter is more comprehensive than is usually the ease when dealing with this 
subject, and it contains a fund of useful information. 

The lists of references to important papers given at the end of each chapter 
add greatly to the usefulness of the book to advanced workers, while the glossary 
given at the end of the book will be of great use to the student. 

It would be easy to eriticise the book on account of omissions, but I believe 
such criticism to be unjustifiable in view of the very definite limitations in space 
imposed in the production of this text-book. Dr. Tillyard has shown great dis- 
crimination in the choice of the subject matter of his book, in order that it may 
be of the greatest use to Australasian entomologists, and I commend it to the 
attention, not only of all Australian and New Zealand entomologists, but of all 
entomologists, wherever they may be situated. It is certain that all will find 
much of interest and use to them in this book. 


A.J.N, 


Tun Witp ANIMALS OF AUSTRALIA, 


By A. S. Le Souef and Harry Burrell, with a Chapter on The Bats of Australia 
and New Guinea, by Ellis le G. Troughton. London. Harrap, 1926. 


Since Lucas and Le Souef’s well known “Animals of Australia” has been 
ont of print for some time, a new work upon Australian mammals is particularly 
welcome. Although the opening sentence of the preface claims that information 
concerning all the Australasian mammals has been collected in one volume, thix 
is not strietly so, since the Cetacea are not included. This is the more difficult 
to understand when one finds other marine mammals, the seals and the dugong, 
included. Further, the use of the word “animals” in the title, in place of 
‘mammals,” to which the book is confined, seems an unhappy concession to a 
popular but unscientific connotation. 

These criticisms, however, need not detract from the value of the book itself. 
Highty pages are devoted to an excellent account of the Chiroptera, by a com- 
petent mammologist, Mr. Troughton, complete with keys, and with the dental 
formula for each genus. No complete account of the bats of Australasia has 
hitherto been published, and Mr. Troughton is to be congratulated upon a piece 
of work which is in accord with the best handbook traditions. 


362 REVIEWS. 


The remaining three hundred pages cover accounts of the carnivores, the 
dugong, rats and mice, and the marsupials and monotremes. The genera are 
diagnosed, and species and sub-species defined. Since in all some 400 species 
are dealt with, it is obvious that a very limited space must be devoted to in- 
dividual species. The generic descriptions would have been improved by the in- 
clusion of dental formulae, without great sacrifice of space. It seems a pity, too, 
that the field knowledge of the authors, which does, in many places, inform their 
brief descriptions, could not have found more expression. But we must thank 
them for what they have given us, which is a compilation of great value, and 
not grumble because it might have been more. 

Here is brought together on good paper and in pleasant type, a complete 
account of all Australasian marsupials and monotremes so far described, a task 
which has involved a very considerable research into a widely scattered litera- 
ture. The book is admirably balanced, and is beautifully illustrated with photo- 
eraphs of the living animals, most of which have been taken by Mr. Burrell, who 
has devoted much time and infinite patience to the adequate portrayal of our 
beautiful native mammals. It is a handbook for which we must offer our best 
thanks, both to the authors and to their publisher. 

L.H. 


THE PLATYPUS. 
By Harry Burrell, C.M.Z.S Sydney; Angus & Robertson, Ltd., 1927 (25/-). 


In the minds of most Australians the Platypus and Harry Burrell are linked 
together by those ties which are woven of the lastme fabric of constant associa- 
tion. The first to construct a model habitation for the Platypus in eaptivity, Mr. 
Burrell carried out a close study of the animal under daily observation in the 
old Zoological Gardens at Moore Park. Both before and since that memorable 
experiment this enthusiastic student of the Ornithorhynchus has spent many 
strenuous years in the pursuit and observation of the animal in its native haunts. 
The results of his work have been from time to time embodied in the form of 
interim papers published in the Australian Zoologist, but the present work is 
monumental in its all-embracing pages, which deal in detail with the discovery, 
zoological position, form and characteristics, habits, and life-history of the Mono- 
treme. One reads page after page, chapter after chapter of deeply interesting 
matter couched in dignified scientific language, graceful in diction, informative, 
and, where the opinions of other scientists are criticised, the case is presented 
for the most part in polished terms. It is therefore the more surprising to find, 
in the midst of such discourse, curious paragraphs that would be more suitably 
contained in the “Aboriginalities” column of the Sydney Bulletin. The frequent 
use of colloquialisms and eoined words, generally in inverted commas, such as 
“lipped-in” (p. 123) and “buck barracks” (p. 164) may be arresting, but is not 
in keeping with the tone of the greater part of the work. If the guiding hand 
that obviously directed Mr. Burrell’s literary labours-had modified these solecisms 
the work would have been faultless; as it is, however, it can only be described as 
a wonderful work. The illustrations, from the author’s own photographs, are of 
high excellence, and the fact that the hook was wholly set up and printed in 
Australia is a tribute to the enterprise and resources of the well known firm 
responsible for its production. 

A.F.B.H. 


SUPPLEMENT tO THE AUSTRALIAN Zoouocist, Vol. 4, Part 6. Issued May 18, 1927. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


LIST OF MEMBERS. 
Honorary MEMBERS. 


Coates, E. E., 350 George Street, Sydney. 

Johnston, Professor T. Harvey, The University, Adelaide, South Australia. 
Le Souef, E. A., Zoological Gardens, Perth, Western Australia. 

Lyell, George, Gisborne, Victoria. 

Minchin, A., Zoological Gardens, Adelaide, South Australia. 

Waterhouse, Mrs. G. J., Woodford. 


Lire MEMBERS. 
Austin, Thos. P., “Talbragar,” Kuringai Chase Avenue, Turramurra. 
Bennett, Fredk. Owen, “Kurkulla,” Wilga Street, Bondi 
Cambage, Richard Hind, “Wyaglan,” Park Road, Burwood. 
Cohen, George Judah, Hamilton Lane, Sydney. 
Coles, Clifford, Baneroft Avenue, Roseville. 
Dixson, Robert Craig, J.P., 100 The Strand, Sydney. 
Dixson, William, Gordon Road, Killara. 
Foreman, Dr. Joseph, 62 Macleay Street, Sydney. 
Ghest, Captain Robert Chevin, Hezlet Street, Chiswick. 
Halloran, Aubrey, B.A., LL.B., Bull’s Chambers, 28 Martin Place, Sydney. 
Holdsworth, Joseph Burdekin, Greenwich. 
Hordern, Mrs. Nora Ebsworth, Belltrees, Scone. 
Hordern, Sir Samuel, “Babworth House,” Darling Point, Edgecliff. 
King, Kelso, Mercantile Mutual Insurance Co., Martin Place, Sydney. 
Levien, Robert Henry, 64 Elizabeth Street, Sydney. 
Minell, Mrs. Dorothy Ebsworth, Belltrees, Scone. 
Nash, Albert Edward, 199 George Street, Sydney. 
Phillips, Albert Edward, Reiby Place, Circular Quay, Sydney. 
Ralston, Alexander Gerard, K.C., 167 Phillip Street, Sydney. 
Sands, Robert, “Kamilaroi,” Carrington Road, Waverley. 
Spain, Col. Alfred, V.D., 16 Spring Street, Sydney. 
Spring, Robert Alexander, “Woodford,” St. Elmo Street, Mosman. 
Todd, Dr. Robert Henry, Northfield Chambers, Phillip Street, Sydney. 
Waterhouse, Dr. Gustavus Athol, Bull’s Chambers, 28 Martin Place, Sydney. 
Waterhouse, Gustavus John, Bull’s Chambers, 28 Martin Place, Sydney. 
White, Alfred Henry, Belltrees, Scone. 
White, Henry Luke, Belltrees, Scone. 


ORDINARY MEMBERS. 


Addison, George Campbell, “Wamba,” Fairfax Road, Edgecliff. 

Anderson, Dr. Charles, Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Anderson, J. A., 18 Bower Street, Manly. 

Andrews, Ernest Clayton, Geological Survey, Department of Mines, Sydney. 
Arnott, F., Colonial Sugar Refg. Co., O’Connell Street, Sydney. 

Arnott, Samuel, William Arnott, Ltd., Homebush. 

Baas, Otto Hermann, 18 Bridge Street, Sydney. 


Note:—Unless otherwise specified, members are residents of the State of New 


South Wales. 
* * * Members will oblige by notifying the Honorary Secretary of any 


change of address. 


ii. 


Bailey, William Francois Leighton, 16 Langlee Avenue, Waverley. 
Bambury, Miss Rae, 7 Lennox Street, Mosman. 

Bambury, George, 7 Lennox Street, Mosman. 

Barling, Miss 8. M., “St. Adrian’s,” Raglan Street, Mosman. 
Barnett, Mareus S., Colonial Sugar Refining Co., O'Connell Street, Sydney 
Bartlett, Miss Violet Artah, “Talbingo,” Glen View Street, Greenwich. 
Beeman, J. W., 378 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Benson, Norman N., “St. George,” Ruby Street, Mosman. 

Binnie, George, 4D., Quirindi. 

Blow, Mark, 431 George Street, Sydney. 

Blow, Walter Russell, 11 Silex Street, Mosman. 

Bone, Walter Henry, 15 Bond Street, Sydney 

Booth, Frank Holroyd, Victoria Arcade, Sydney. 

Bradford, Samuel Edward, “Rocklands,”’ 9 Reed Street, Cremorne. 
Bragg, James §., Lithgow Coal Association, 3 Spring Street, Sydney. 
Braithwaite, Perey George, “Verona,” 14 Wolseley Road, Mosman. 
Brandon, Dr. Spiller, 183 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

Bryce, Ernest, Box 375, G.P.O., Sydney. 

Buckland, Thomas, “Lyndhurst,” Hunter’s Hill. 

Buckle, Frank, 84 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Bucknell, Norman C., O.B.E., Inverell. 

Burkitt, Professor Arthur Neville, ‘“Beroe,’’ View Street, Chatswood. 
Burnell, Spencer C., “Beaumaris,” Raymond Road, Neutral Bay. 
Burrell, Harry, “La Mascotte,” Doncaster Avenue, Kensington. 
Burrell, Mrs. Emily, “La Mascotte,” Doncaster Avenue, Kensington. 
Burrows, P., Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Calvert, Thomas, 9 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Calvert, Mrs. Ethel M., 9 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Cambage, Dr. A. S., e/o J. F. MeGovern, 139 King Street, Sydney. 
Campbell, Thomas J., Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Cansdell, Ernest W., 61 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Capel, Richard, “Gournama,”’ Warialda. 

Carruthers, Dr. Charles Ulick, “Labrador,” Macquarie Street, Sydney. 
Carter, H. J., B.A., F.E.S., “Garrawilla,” Kintore Street, Wahroonga. 
Cayley, Neville W., “Myriam,” Collins Avenue, Rose Bay. 

Chambers, Claude William, Sirius House, Macquarie Place, Sydney. 
Chapman, Dr. A. J. P., 147 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

Chapman, Heywood, “The Knoll,” Silex Road, Mosman. 

Chartres, Albert Walker, 24 Wolseley Road, Mosman. 

Cheeseman, Edward Thomas, Hotel Sydney, Sydney. 

Chisholm, A. H., “Daily Telegraph” Office, Sydney. 

Clark, Dr. Ernest D., 749 Military Road, Mosman. 

Clark, Roland C., “Girraween,” Kardinia Road, Mosman. 
Colquhoun, Perey Brereton, Muston Street, Mosman. 

Cormack, W. C., “Rona,” Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Cotton, H. W., 26 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Cox, Sir Owen, K.B.E., 4 Bridge Street, Sydney. 

Crabbe, Robert Maynard, “St. Malo,” Thompson Street, Mosman. 
Crago, Dr. William Henry, 185 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 
Crawford, John Douglas, 13 Silex Road, Mosman. 

Curlewis, C. P., 12 Castlereagh Street, Sydney. 

Curtis, Louis A., 67 Castlereagh Street, Sydney. 

Dangar, L. A., “Mornington,” Tamworth. 

Dangar, R. H., “Turee,” Cassilis. 

Desmarchelier, Theo., 15 Silex Road, Mosman. 

Dewhurst, Augustus, 7 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Dewhurst, Norman, National Mutual Life Association, 85 Pitt Street. Sydney. 


wae 
1. 


Dickeson, L. H., “Raluana,” Lennox Street, Mosman. 

Dickson, Arthur Stanley, ‘“Warumbul,’ Thompson Street, Mosman. 
Dixson, Dr. Thomas Storie, 215 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

Doak, Dr. Frank Wiseman, 90 Military Road, Mosman. 

D’Ombrain, Dr. Ernest Arthur, 205 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

Druitt, Alfred E., 8 Moruben Road, Mosman. 

Eastway, Richard, Box 858, G.P.O., Sydney. 

Eecles, Alfred Edward, 31 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Eipper, Miss E. M., 28 Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Elder, Frederick J., Australian Mutual Provident Society, 87 Pitt Street, Sydney. 
Evans, Dacre Fitzherbert, 5 Silex Street, Mosman. 

Fairfax, John & Sons, Hunter Street, Sydney. 

Farnell, Frank, National Park Trust, 5 Bligh Street, Sydney. 

Ferguson, Dr. Eustace W., Department of Public Health, Sydney. 

Fish, A. L., “Melita,” Milton Avenue, Mosman. 

Fitzpatrick, Herbert James, “Pittwater,” Lennox Street, Mosman. 
Fitzhardinge, Miss Julie G., “Redhill,” Pennant Hills. 

Froggatt, Walter Wilson, 24 Young Street, Croydon. 

Garland, Henry William, 10 Wolseley Road, Mosman. 

Gibb, C. A., 6 Hunter Street, Sydney. 

Gilder, Sherrington A. E. B., “Woodelms,” Cross Street, Mosman. 
Goldfinch, Gilbert M., Salisbury Road, Rose Bay. 

Gould, Henry, Simpson Street, Mosman. 

Green, R. Rae, “Brixton,” Whiting Beach Road, Mosman. 

Gurney, W. B., Department of Agriculture, George Street North, Sydney. 
Hagen, John Frederick, 43 Macleay Street, Potts Point, Sydney. 

Hall, Thomas E., 565 George Street, Sydney. 

Hambridge, Frank, 58 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Hamilton, A. G., Hereules Street, Chatswood. 

Harrison, Frederick [lingworth Wright, 15 Bent Street, Sydney. 
Harrison, Frank, Hoskins Buildings, 3 Spring Street, Sydney. 

Harrison, Professor Launcelot, The University, Sydney. 

Hatton, Charles, “Romaine,’ Cross Street, Mosman. 

Heighway, James A. D., 17 Muston Street, Mosman. 

Henderson, John Alexander, “Yeronga,” 18 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 
Henderson, John F., “Yeronga,” 18 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 
Henderson, Wallace Fyfe, Somerset House, 9 Martin Place, Sydney. 
Henty, Charles James, Union Club, Bligh Street, Sydney. 

Higgs, Reginald Francis, 297 Castlereagh Street, Sydney. 

Hill, A. C. W., Dalton House, 115 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Holland, Albert Andrew, 15 Ruby Street, Mosman. 

Holland, Hubert Steele, 14 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Holloway, Henry George, 17 Muston Street, Mosman. 

Holmes, Dr. H. Glennie, 120 Military Road, Mosman. 

Hood, Sir Alexander Jarvie, “St. Mungo,’ 14 Wylde Street, Potts Point. 
Hooke, R. W., 34 Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Hordern, Anthony, “Retford Hall,’ Darling Point. 

Hordern, Miss Audrey, “Babworth House,” Darling Point. 

Hordern, Miss Doreen, “Babworth House,” Darling Point. 

Houston, Ralph L., “Noorong,” Cooper Street, Strathfield. 

Howard, E., Yass. 

Howes, Harold James, “Keith House,” 5 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 
Hull, Arthur Francis Basset, Box 704, G.P.O., Sydney. 

Hull, William George, “Currawinga,” 15 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 
Jaques, Alfred Edmund, 12 O’Connell Street, Sydney. 

Jay, Frederick William, Box 456, G.P.O., Sydney. 

Kater, Mrs. H. E., “Headingley,” Wellington Street, Woollahra. 

King, Miss Alice, Thompson Street, Mosman. 


lv. 


King, Miss Myra, Thompson Street, Mosman. 

’ King, Walter, “Bobra,” Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Kinghorn, Roy J., C.M.Z.S., Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Lawson, Albert Augustus, Harden Road, Artarmon. 

Lawson, A. A., 9 Wilmot Street, Sydney. 

Lawson, David, 30 Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Lawson, Miss Hlsie, 30 Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Leplastrier, Arthur E., Union Street, Mosman. 

Le Quesne, Mrs. W. J., “Waipa,” 6 St. Elmo Street, Mosman. 

Lingen, J. T., K.C., Union Club, Bligh Street, Sydney. 

Littlejohn, Dr. Edward Sydney, “Noranside,” Malvern Hill, Croydon. 

Lloyd, Benjamin R., ‘Peradeniya,’ 2 Queen Street, Mosman. 

Lloyd, Cyril A., c/o W. Gardiner & Co., Ltd., 71 York Street, Sydney. 

Lynch, David W., “Vandroya,” David Street, Mosman. 

Macarthur, Edward J. Bayly, Union Club, Bligh Street, Sydney. 

Mackerras, Dr. I. M., Stanton Street, Mosman. 

Mackillop, J. A., F.R.G.S., “Cumbrae,” Ellamatta Street, Mosman. 

Maevean, A. K., c/o H. S. Bird & Co., Macquarie Place, Sydney. 

McHutchison, Samuel, “Simrae,’ Ruby Street, Mosman. 

MeLachlan, Herbert Donald, “Camira,” Lennox Street, Mosman. 

McMichael, H. J., c/o Mellwraith, McEachern Propy., Ltd., 61 Pitt Street. 
Sydney. 

Maher, James, 47 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Malley, Clyde, David Street, Clifton Gardens. 

Malley, Roy Neville, 86 Liverpool Street, Sydney. 

Mawhiney, Arthur, “Thornby,” St. George, Queensland. 

Mellor, Walter L., “Stamford,” Forest Road, Penshurst. 

Middleton, F. E., “Ben-ma-Chree,” Lennox Street, Mosman. 

Middleton, Frank William, “Ben-ma-Chree,” Lennox Street, Mosman. 

Middleton, James Thomas, 11 Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Mitchell, Karl A., A.M.P. Buildings, 89 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Murray, John Campbell, 8 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Musgrave, Anthony, Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Nassoor, Arif A., “Deep Dene,” Vernon Street, Strathfield. 

Nicholson, Alexander John, M.Se., Department of Zoology, The University, 
Sydney. 

Nicolle, Thomas H., 105 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

O’Sullivan, A., 6 Beach Road, Rusheutter’s Bay. 

Packer, Lewis, “Melita,” Milton Avenue, Mosman. 

Palmer, Joseph Smith, 96 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Paradice, Surgeon Lieut. Commander, William E. J., H.M.A.S. “Penguin,” 
Sydney. 

Parkes, George A., 10 Royal Exchange Buildings, Bridge Street, Sydney. 

Paton, James E., “Marstrand,” Wharf Road, Clifton Gardens. 

Patrick, Captain James Robert, David Street, Clifton Gardens. 

Patrick, Mrs. J. R., David Street, Clifton Gardens. 

Perier, A. J., Want Street, Mosman. 

Perry, Frederick S., Wharf Road, Clifton Gardens. 

Pike, Edwin Deacon, “Whangaroa,” Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Pollock, Ernest Frederick, “Te Whare,” Carrington Avenue, Strathfield. 

Powell, John, 170 Palmer Street, Sydney. 

Pratt, F. W., “Southwood,” 5 St. Elmo Street, Mosman. 

Pridham, Charles P., 31 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Prior, S. H., “Dundoo,” Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Prior, H. K., 42 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Purser, Dr. Cecil, “Craignish,” 185 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 


Vv. 


Rae, Herbert E., c/o Harrison & Attwood, De Mestre Place, off 308 George Street, 
Sydney. 

Raves, Victor Sydney, Wharf Road, Clifton Gardens. 

Rawlinson, John Perey, 2 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Read, Dr. Clarence, Chatswood. 

Richards, Harold William, c/o Dalgety & Co., Bligh Street, Sydney. 

Rickard, Sir Arthur, K.B.E., 84B Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Ridley, William, “Balgownie,” Middle Head Road, Mosman. 

Robertson, Walter Allan, “Oakleigh,” Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Rose, Rev. Herbert John, The Rectory, Strathfield. 

Ross, Dr. Chisholm, 225 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

Rothe, Waldemar Henrik, Union Club, Bligh Street, Sydney. 

Roughley, Theodore Cleveland, Technological Museum, Harris Street, Sydney 

Rouse, J. J., “Kardinia,” Darling Point. 

Royce, A., Tram Terminus, Dulwich Hill. 

Royce, Mrs. Ruth, Post Office, Dulwich Hill. 

Rubbo, A. Dattilo, 45 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Rudd, F. E., 26 Dalton Road, Mosman. 

Russell, James, “Talune,”’ Parramatta Road, Ryde. 

Sands, Col. R. S., ¢/o John Sands, Ltd., 374 George Street, Sydnev. 

Scammell, George V., “Melrose,” 28 Middle Head Road, Mosman. 

Scholes, Judge Edward, District Court, Sydney. 

Sheffer, S. F., “Wapello,” Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Shindler, David, 58 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Shipway, Phillip, 32 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Simpson, Thomas B., Union Club, Bligh Street, Sydney. 

Simpson, W. H., Effingham Street, Mosman. 

Sims, Albert, 58 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Smith, Ernest A., 15 Castlereagh Street, Sydney. 

Smith, N. M., “Benhilton,’ Brierley Street, Cremorne. 

Smith, R. Dundas, “Galandene,” Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Sorenson, Edward S., 66 Sydenham Road, Marrickville. 

Spring, Henry Langdon, St. Elmo Street, Mosman. 

Stead, David G., Pacific Street, Watson’s Bay. 

Stevenson, James, ‘“Eversley,” Silex Road, Clifton Gardens. 

Stewart, Donald Grant, “Na Delana,”’ Gordon Street, Mosman. 

Stewart, Robert, 97 Cabramatta Road, Cremorne. 

Street, The Hon. Philip, C.J., Chief Justice’s Chambers, Supreme Court, Sydney. 

Summerhayes, Thomas S., 17 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Syer, F. W., 25 Ranger’s Road, Neutral Bay. 

Tait, George Edward, “Marchmont,’ Moruben Road, Mosman. 

Tarleton, William, Lombard Chambers, 107 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Thomas, James Francis, 158 Phillip Street, Sydney. 

Thomas, John, Department of Mines, Sydney. 

Thompson, Alfred Webster, “Widden,”’ Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Thomson, Alexander, “Marsaili,’ 48 Muston Street, Mosman. 

Tillett, John Varnell, Crown Law Offices, Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

Townsend, Frederick, J.P., “Lulworth,” 32 Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Townsend, Norman, B.Se., B.E., 32 Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Trenerry, W. L., Commercial Banking Co., 58 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Tribe, E. S., “Currawong,” Clanalpine Street, Mosman. = 

Troughton, Ellis Le Gay, Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Tyrrell, James Robert, c/o Tost & Rohu, Martin Place, Sydney. 

Utz, Albert Edward, “Canoona,” Silex Road, Mosman. 

Von Drehnen, Carl, 7 Milton Avenue, Mosman. 

Von Drehnen, Otto, “Wyuna,” Buena Vista Avenue, Mosman. 

Walker, A. Leslie, “Willenhall,” David Street, Clifton Gardens. 


‘ 


yi. 


Walkom, Dr. A. B., 16 College Street, Sydney. 

Wallace, John R., 29 Alberta Street, Sydney. 

Ward, Melbourne, “Bellevue,” Wylde Street, Pott’s Point. 
Warren, John Donald, 56 Redan Street, Mosman. 

Waterhouse, Leslie Vickery, Mt. Hope, Ltd., 58 Pitt Street, Sydney. 
Weaver, Charles Herbert, “Bulyamba,” David Street, Mosman. 
Weaver, Miss Ethel H. M., “Bulyamba,”’ David Street, Mosman. 
Webster-Wedderburn, Annesley, 43 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 
Weymark, John N., “Kenilworth,” David Street, Clifton Gardens. 
Wheelwright, A. H., “Rosedale,” Narrawa, Crookwell. 

White, Cecil Alban, “Winbourne,’ Tom Street, Rose Bay. 
Whitley, Gilbert Perey, Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Williams, William John, 5 Effingham Street, Mosman. 

Willis, Thomas Charles, ‘“Araluen,’”’ Bay View Avenue, Mosman. 
Witney, Joseph John, “Doreen,” Gordon Road, Roseville. 
Wolstenholme, Harry, Wahroonga. 

Wood, Alexander James, “Doralbe,” Elizabeth Street, Gordon. 
Wreford, S. M., 129 Middle Head Road, Mosman. 

Wright, William Martin, “Yosemite,” 3 St. Elmo Street, Mosman. 
Wyld, George H., 21 Lang Street, Sydney. 

Wyper, William Wright, 4 Muston Street, Mosman. 


Honorary Associate MEMBER. 
Tllidge, R., “Aleyone,” Quay Street, Bulimba, Queensland. 


Lire Associate MEMBERS. 
Agar, Professor W. E., The University, Melbourne, Victoria. 
Ashby, Edwin, “Wittunga,’’ Blackwood, South Australia. 
Barkley, William Henry, Customs House, Sydney. 
Berney, I’. L., “Barearolle,” Longreach, Queensland. 
Cameron, Lindsay Duncan, “Coonara,” Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 
Director, Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand. 
Fleming, E. P., Parklands Avenue, Longueville. 
Hill, Gerald F., 5 Clifton Road, Hawthorn, Victoria. 
Hopson, John, “Dalkeith,” Eccleston. 
Jackson, Sidney William, Belltrees, Scone. 
Leach, Dr. J. A., Eyrecourt, Canterbury, Victoria. 
Moss-Robinson, Leslie H., Exon Vale, Narara. 
Nathan, Sir Matthew, K.C.M.G., “The Manor House,’ West Coker, Yeovil, 
England. 
Verco, Sir Joseph Cook, 211 North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia. 
West, Alfred E., 35 Helena Street, Guildford, Western Australia. 
Wilkinson, John Wrixon, “Thrushton,” via St. George, Queensland. 
Williams, Godfrey Herbert, Aberpergwn, South Wales. 
Wilson, Professor James Thomas, 31 Grange Road, Cambridge, England. 
Zeck, Emil H., San Juan de Letran 6, Mexico City, Mexico. 


ASSOCIATE MEMBERS. 
Anderson, Cecil Harry, Quay Street, Bulimba, Queensland. 
Anderson, W. L., “Flotsam,” Condobolin. 
Angus & Robertson, Ltd., Castlereagh Street, Sydney. 
Bailey, A., Raglan Street, Waterloo. 
Barker, George Herbert, 225 Albert Street, Brisbane, Queensland. 
Barnes, William, Australian Museum, Sydney. 
Barnett, Percival E. B., ‘“Bescob,” The Crescent, Chatswood. 
Barrett, Charles, “Maralena,” Maysbury Avenue, Elsternwick, Victoria. 
Barrett, Sir James, 105 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria. 
Bates, Gilbert, Sugar Station, Bundaberg, Queensland. 
Benham, Mrs. 


Vii. 


Berry, E. C., Box 234, Conway, New Hampshire, U.S.A, 

Bertram, Beryl, Marshall Avenue, Greenwich. 

Blackett, Ralph C., “Biskra,”’ Wyuna Avenue, Harbord, Manly. 

Bloxsome, Lloyd, 14 Heytesbury Road, Subiaco, Western Australia. 

Boardman, W., Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Branch, Kenneth F., Department of Zoology, The University, Sydney. 

Brennan, William Maybury, Forestry Office, Moree. 

Brookes, Albert E., Okaiia, Matamata, Waikato, New Zealand. 

Browne, Professor W. R., The University, Sydney. 

Browne, Arthur Maitland, Department of Mines, Sydney. 

Burns, Alexander N., Sugar Experiment Station, via Cairns, Queensland. 

Campbell, Archibald George, Kilsyth, Victoria. 

Campbell, Archibald J., 18 Wellington Road, Box Hill, Victoria. 

Chaffer, Norman, Boundary Road, Roseville. 

Cheel, E., Botanical Gardens, Sydney. 

Chenery, Dr. Arthur, Wentworth. 

Cherniayeff, Boris V., Jerseyville, Macleay River. 

Chisholm, Camden William, “Uyeno,” Woodward Avenue, Strathfield. 

Chisholm, Dr. Edward Claud, Comboyne. 

Clark, J., F.L.S., National Museum, Melbourne. 

Clee, Thomas H., Chester Street, Moree. 

Cleland, Professor J. Burton, The University, Adelaide, South Australia. 

Cornford, Kenneth M. A., “Greyfells,’ Queenscliff Road, Manly. 

Cowan, James, Boy’s Grammar School, Gregory Terrace, Brisbane, Queensland. 

David, Sir Edgeworth, K.B.E., The University, Sydney. 

Dickison, Dudley, 5 Rock Brook Road, East St. Kilda, Victoria. 

Dodd, Alan P., Prickly Pear Laboratory, Sherwood, Queensland. 

Dunbabin, Thomas, 19 Musgrave Street, Mosman. 

Edwards, Henry Vassal, Old Rectory, Tathra Road, Bega. 

Enright, W. J., West Maitland. 

Falkiner, Urs. Otway, Widgiewa. 

Faulkner, Arthur Stanley, Box 57, P.O., Albany, Western Australia. 

Fletcher, H. O., Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Francis, Grosvenor A., Gill Street, Charters Towers, Queensland. 

Fraser, Dr. Elizabeth A., Zoology Department, University College, Gower Street, 
London. 

Gallard, L., Lovell Street, Eastwood. 

Gilbert, Perey A., “Dacelo,” Colin Street, Lakemba. 

Hall, Miss L., B.Se., 8 Nicholson Street, Balmain Hast. 

Hardwick, Dr. F. G., Molesworth Street, Lismore. 

Hardy, G. H., The University, Brisbane, Queensland. 

Hayward, E. M., 363 New South Head Road, Rose Bay. 

Hewitt, Norman Cowan, Box 25, Tweed Heads. 

Horton-Smith, Clifford, “Woodvale,” Syddal Park, Bramhall, Cheshire, England. 

Johnson, Dr. Alan Syme, Lister House, St. George’s Terrace, Perth, Western 
Australia. 

Johnston, R. A., Engineer’s Branch, Sydney Harbour Trust. 

Kemp, Arthur Perry, Boonanghi, Quirindi. 

Le Souef, Albert Sherbourne, C.M.Z.S., Taronga Park, Mosman. 

Livingstone, Arthur A., Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Longman, Heber A., Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Queensland. 

Lueas, A. H. §., “Girrahween,” William Street, Roseville. 

Mann, John, Prickly Pear Board, Sherwood, Queensland. 

Matthews, Elijah Henry, Ralph Street, Largs, South Australia. 

Makinson, P. R., 53 McClelland Street, Willoughby. 

Mackerras, Mrs., Stanton Street, Mosman. 

McCarthy, T., Department of Agriculture, George Street, North Sydney. 


viil. 


MacPherson, Dr. John, “Wyoming,” 175 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

McKeown, Keith Collingwood, Irrigation Commission, Leeton. 

MeNeill, F. A., Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Mayer, Frederick W. S., Canowindra. 

Mort, Harold S., B.Se¢., B.E., 13 Milner Street, Mosman. 

Murray, Dr. P. D. F., Department of Zoology, The University, Sydney. 

Nicholls, Dr. Brooke, 23 Beaconsfield Road, Upper Hawthorne, Melbourne, 
Victoria. 

Northmore, Mr. Justice, Judge’s Chambers, Perth, Western Australia. 

Nubling, Erwin, 38 Macleay Street, Sydney: 

Oliver, Arthur W. L., Custom House, Hankow, China. 

Oliver, W. R. Brooks, Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand. 

Perkins, F. A., B.Se., Box 122, P.O., Stanthorpe, Queensland. 

Perry, Alan A., Bellevue Hill, Portland. 

Phillips, William John, Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand. 

Powell, A. W. B., 22 Shortland Street, Auckland, New Zealand. 

Power, J. H., School of Mines, 15 Hull Street, Kimberley, South Africa. 

Ramsay, J. S. P., 317 George Street, Sydney. 

Reid, Arthur R., Beaumaris Zoological Gardens, Hobart, Tasmania. 

Royal Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Royal Park, 
Melbourne. 

Seaward, William Trotman, “Myala,” Scone. : 

Selvage, John J., State School, Stewart’s Creek, Townsville, Queensland. 

Serventy, D. L., Railway Parade, Cannington, Western Australia. 

Simmonds, J. H., Hillsdon Road, Taringa, Brisbane, Queensland. 

Sinelair, Wilson Byron, Cairns Post, Ltd., Abbot Street, Cairns, Queensland. 

Taylor, Alan R., Prickly Pear Laboratory, Chinchilla, Queensland. 

Thackway, Albert E. J., “Wyoming,” Albyn Road, Strathfield. 

Tillyard, Dr. Robin John, F.R.S., The Cawthron Institute, Nelson, New Zealand. 

Turner, Dr. A. Jefferis, Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Queensland. 

Webb, Otho, “Wahroonga,’ Darr Creek, via Jandowae, Queensland. 

Williams, Amos E., Bullembalong Road, Berridale, via Cooma. 

Williams, George Richard, Court House, Parramatta. 

Wilson, F. Erasmus, Ferncroft Avenue, East Malvern, Victoria. 

Wise, Miss Mary I., Foster Street, Sale, Victoria. 

Worth, G., 74 Rocky Point Road, Arncliffe. 

Wright, John Herbert, Australian Museum, Sydney. 


Royat ZooLocicaAL Socrety or New SoutH WALES. 


Applications for membership should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, 
Box 2399, G.P.O., Sydney, accompanied by a remittance of the amount of sub- 
seription. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS. 

Ordinary member: Entrance fee £1/1/-, and subscription for one year £1/1/.. 
If application made after 1st January and before 30th June, 10/6. 

Associate member: 7/6 per annum, no entrance fee. 

Life member: Ordinary, £10/10/-. Associate, £3/15/-. 


PRIVILEGES. 

Ordinary members.—Free admission to Taronga Zoological Park; Ad- 
ditional tickets admitting 20 adults or 40 children each year; free copy of the 
“Australian Zoologist.” 

Associate members.—Free copy of the “Australian Zoologist.” 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZootoGist, Vol. iv. PLATE XLVI. 


Drawn by Joyce K. Allan. 


CALOUNDRA SHELLS. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZooLoaist, Vol. iv. PLATE XLVIT 


Brazier. 


Cuming, Dall. Gabriel. 


AUSTRALIAN LORICATES—AUTHORS AND COLLECTORS, 


THe AUSTRALIAN Zoonoaist, Vol. iy. PLATE XLVI. 


Gatliff. Gunn. Hedley. 


Iredale. Lamarck. 


Matthews. Mawle. 


AUSTRALIAN LORICATES—AUTHORS AND COLLECTORS. 


ne 
- PSs 
O ihins 
0 
7 y 


THe AUSTRALIAN Zoo.octst, Vol. iv. PLATE XtINX 


Peron. Reeve. Smith. 


Law s T 
Tate. Tenison- Woods. 


Thackway. Torr. Walton. 


AUSTRALIAN LORICATES—AUTHORS AND COLLECTORS. 


- 


» 
. 
= % v 
ci 
oe 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


PUBLICATIONS. 


“The Australian Zoologist"’ 


A Journal containing reports of the proceedings of the Society, papers re- 
lating to the Zoology of Australia, notes and comment upon matters coming 
within the scope of the Society’s aims and objects. Published at irregular intervals. 


VOLUME I. (1914-1920). Parts 1 to 8. 

256 pp. with 19 plates and 63 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 
VOLUME II, (1921-2). Parts 1 to 4. 

172 pp. with 45 plates and 16 text figures. Unbound. Price 12/6 net. 
VOLUME Ill. (1922-5). Parts 1 to 8. 

362 pp. with 41 plates and 27 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 


VOL. IV. PART 1. Published 12th June, 1925. Price, 4/-. 


Page. 
Shearwaters on Lion Island.. ...... 2 
Note on an Australian Sima of the peru Pie as a Sapmiperoint Fisheries 
Product in Wellington, N.Z., by W. J. Phillipps, F.L.S., F.R.G:S. 3 
Practical Observations of Giiarkuncius beneath water, by Harry Burrell 
C.M.Z.8. Ay seed 
Field Notes on a Natural Habits of Echidna, by Eee. Busrall C. MZ. Ss. car 8 
A Naturalist in North Queensland, by A. F. Basset Hull .. .. ... heme) 
Lepidoptera of Yeppoon, Queensland, ae A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., PE. s. eae lye 
Ticks, by E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. Rear aiet ii's : wiles taee ore ame 


“Ornithologia,” An Old Pima. Poem in): “Geese mais) suey aon 4 hisieuae HOO 


VOL. IV. PART 2. Published 10th November, 1925. Price 6/-. 
Presidential Address, by G. Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., ‘BE, BES 333 vee ee 88 


George Forster’s Paintings, by Tom Iredale .. .. . 48 

The Principal Fauna of the Comboyne Platean, by Ez C. Chitola MB., 
Ch.M., R.A.0.U. ae 54 

A Monograph of the aareation Tineientes v, iy ‘Tom Iredale and - F. 
Basset Hull .. .. .. 75 


Notes on the Sealy found in eAentcalian ‘Seas: by A. s. Le Boneh, CMZS. 112 


VOL. IV. PART 3. Published 22nd February, 1926. Price, 6/-. 


A Check-List of the Australian Tenebrionidae, by H. J. Carter, B.A., F.B.S. 117 
A Monograph of the Australian Loricates, VI., by Tom Iredale and A. F. 
Basset Hull .. .. .. Sayais: toenaeloe 
The Cuttle-Fish “Bones” of the fe vdury Benches Ae Tom tieedale SS aa cae BO, 
The es Habits of ee Eis a ae ae Burrell, 
C.M.Z.8. sR Saran Fave tet cutie os 5 - : Sar eons Cr 


ion 


a 
Semin: ; 


Narrative, by any Musgrave, 
Birds, by P. A. Gilbert . a 
Fishes, by Gilbert P. Whitley . Sheree MoO ena ois 2 Sea 
Marine Molluscs, by Tom Iredale .. .. 1. 2. 2 te ee ee oe 
Insects, by Anthony Musgrave, F.B.S.... 6. 6. bk ce eee oe oe 
Bryozoa, by Arthur A. Livingstone .. 2.0 60s oe ee oe eet oe 
Corals, by Charles Hedley, F.L.8..... .. .. Fee a 
Botany, by C.-T. White and Dr, W. Alecia Bi 
Bibliography, by Anthony sMnserere, AME Daou acatel eas La) Bebe 2, ee 


S HO UO 


pene D2 hikari tek ne ee ee ce ee ae Gis asters 
The late Allan MeClloc, Dy Ls He has Fs Aa Sateen 
ia Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales .. .. .. 2... ss ee ee es 2 


VOL. IV. PART 5. Published 30th caters 1927. Price, ps 2 
Presidential Address, by Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LLB. psc: x 


Biology of North-west Islet (J.) Crustacea, ee neat A. MoNeill. : - Sore 


Some Recent Natural Sed area v W. E. & aren a 
Ch.M. i CAE BPR ease 


A Makeonen of the Riateetig » Laieates, VIL. by ‘Tom Iredale and A, 
MBSaeG AUN ose eleva is 205i eeaeneree tee ‘ : 5 


CONTENTS OF THIS PART. ~~ 
_ Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales .. .. .. 0... 0. 2 
Eges of fie Whannél- balk Cricloo aeieh aycmte ac eae Bs asa 
Caloundra Shells, by Tom Iredale Tine acne BA rst eRe ee ‘i 
* Critical Remarks on Pachyneres ata Malloch, by e H. Hardy . 
Wishermen: versus Seals i): % 1: Aviciscularetinie bs bale acta es 


A Monograph of the Australian Loricates es tide Tom Tredale ia Re ns 
Basset Hull .. .. .. . ; Ua wansiaiatn 


Reviews Pes MOP Stave toda tiatihlSavty! yin at je Sana TORR cl ce tir eS ee reat oe 


AusTraLian ZoovocicaL Hanpsooxs. | 


No. 1. Check-List of the Fishes and Fish-like Animals of Ne\ 
by Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist, Australian bonny 1 
Bound in Boards. Price 5/-. Postage 4d. : et 


Application for Publications should be made to Waa! 
Box 2399, G.P.0O., Sydney. phar tee \ 


ig 


~~ 2 
- 


BSE 
8 


“- 


Sy. 
> A ¥ 
eeowyy 


i‘ ezs 
ve 
~wrww 9. 
3, = 
w 
w 
Sy 
J 


svyv 
~~ ws 


a? i ae PD) PP me Oa Imm BP LPP?wRP’ > Lp my! 
Dd Yd > 2B) ED.» PR Pp» DDD” DD BW 
bin ve we y »>- * »)) ») DP > ‘ » 2 > Wy» ) > >. ) 
: »pED Dy» )D > PPD PY WY wD»d Hin 1S 

>» ) ). y> dD » pop PPD»? iy) ») Y a 
): psy ») > a >> DBD ! ’ b> ) 
4 >) »)DIP D>) DD > Ip» MP 
B \ » YRBWD D>») DW Pp »D ) > DD) 
i » 2 » >) Dy) »d,>° » > oD » p Ub» > 

oy Epp >») » yy Paw > >» ®) 

sD) > yep) D PD?» ». ' 

» y a oe » >» y) >» »»D » LD ' 

>. > Ye) > pp yy >,» Due 2»? DB wi 

YD. PD) >» WP » Dw DP) 92) HW) 

y » aD) Pd» DpY ») Wr DD D)y Ds 
7 py »)d) yy» > yy Dy. i ’ E> 

5 DID W. Mp. > 2») DP YD) BD) 

». ad TRB) ad yo? >D DP) PD Wi) 

J PID) »D Ip IP >») DRP- I) pin 

» »), PEP »>»P IP BD »»? PPD. 2» >)» 

7 D> DIYMY,P_DDP_DYW DD WL WD DHPO)» JH»: 

> »)» »> pr» vd yo» DPD ) >>)» D ») 

> yy» yS. y: } 

Oe fo SS 

>» 

+3 

>» 4 ) , 
) y) > ) ») 

» dy ' @ Sy» y a} 
>, >» Pw» » ») 

des 22 
> D) 


DD . 
>> > um» a» : 
>> Dw > D 27> EDN > >> 

2D 2D DD yA» D YwWYYHY Yao W) 
»> WD» - > >>D py Pp WIM D Lp? 
aD > > 2D waa & P DP wre yp WI) 
yy >») YH > HD» yyw Ww 
ie ; BED >» DPD» DPW YW 
= Pp . PED. s > YP 2p >» Wg Wid} 
> > : wat DD > »> wd» » D))) y > 
» I)» > BD WDD LYDIW»Y Dy B 
>> yy Pm Ba? >) W> hy Dh 
> 2 D 2D DYD PAD) D Bp 2h 
-— PDP Dep >») MD) yp D> DH) 
> ) 2P D> > >) DD)» Dd) BW 
@ Ep PDD » >) >) B ) 
D >>) >» PDD  )) AD > 0 YH) mp) 
> BD) Vd >») TDvDr Dw ) 
2 > ED» D DID ® >) WP? DW) mw a 
D » P™»)) yp >») > DIDPOP) VAY YW 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 


Tn 


1642